BULLETIN : OF THE Oke ae FounpEp By WILLIAM H. Leccett, 1870 EDITOR LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD “ASSOCIATE EDITORS FRANCIS. ERNEST Liovp | _ DANIEL TREMBLY “MacDovucat — HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS oe ANNA Murray VAIL a Manco: Lorp BriTron - CARLTON CLARENCE CuRTIS MARSHALL AVERY Howe -NEW YORK © CONTENTS ANDERSON, A. P. Dasyscypha resinaria causing Canker Growth on Abies balsamea in Minnesota, 23 (Plates 1 and 2). Tilletia horrida Tak. on Rice Smut in South Carolina, 35. ARTHUR, J. C. New Species of Uredineae.—II, 227. BANKER, H. J. A historical Review of the proposed Genera of the Hydnaceae, 436. BaRNHART, J. H. Dates of the ‘‘ Nova Genera’’ of Humboldt, Bonpland and Kunth, 585. Berry, E. W._ Liriodendron Celakowskii Velen., 478. Dritton, E. G. Trichomanes radicans, 475. Burt, E. A. Some hymenomycetous Fungi from South America, 571. Cannon, W. A. A cytological Basis for the Mendelian Laws, 657. _ Cook, M. T. Development of the Embryo-sac and Embryo of Casta- lia odorata and Nymphaea advena, 211 (Plates 12, 13). CopELAND, E..B. The Conjugation of Spirogyra crassa Kg.,161. Cotton, J. S. Three new Plants from Washington, 573. Curtiss, C. C. Some Observations on Transpiration, 363. Duranp, E. J. Studies in North American Discomycetes.—II: Some new or noteworthy Species from Central and Western New York, 458. Eastwoop, A. Some new Species of California Plants, 75 (Plates 6; 7). New Species of Nemophila from the Pacific Coast, 471 (Plate 21). New Western Plants, 523. Evans, A. W. Hepaticae of Puerto Rico, 496 (Plates 22-24). Girs, W. J. See KirKxwoon, J. E. GrirFitus, D. A novel Seed Planter, 164. Concerning some West American Fungi, 290. Harper, R. M. Taxodium distichum and related Species with Notes on some geological Factors influencing their Distribution, 383. Hitt, E. J. Notes on migratory Plants, 564. Howe, M. A. Notes on North American Hepaticae, 281. Index to Recent Literature relating to American Botany, 55, 117, 175, 247, 317,415, 481, 526, 576, 609, 650, 710. Krirkwoop, J. E. & Gres, W. J. Chemical Studies of the Cocoanut, with some Notes on the Changes during Germination, 321. ili iv CONTENTS Knowtron, F. H. Notes on the fossil Fruits and Lignites of Bran- don, Vt., 635 (Plate 25). Report on a small Collection of fossil Plants from the Vicinity of Porcupine Butte, Montana, 705 (Plate 26). Kuprer, E. M. Studies on Urnula and Geopyxis, 137 (Plate 8). LaMson-ScRIBNER, F. & MERRILL, E. D. New or noteworthy North | American Grasses, 466. ; Lonc, W. H., Jr. Texas Fungi.—I. Some new Species of Puccinia, 110. q Maxon, W. R. See UNpERWoop, L. M. MERRILL, E. D. See LaMson-Scrisner, F. Mourritt, W. A. The Polyporaceae of North America. Ganoderma, 599. Netson, A. New Plants from Wyoming.—XIV, 4o0. j O’Brien, A. A. Notes on the comparative Resistance to high Tem=@ peratures of the Spores and Mycelium of certain Fungi, 1JOu" OsrERHOUT, G. E. Hesperaster nudus (Pursh) eeckeret and its Al-— lies, £73. 4 Peck, C. H. New Species of Fungi, 69. 4 Pierce, G. J. Forcible Discharge of the Antherozoids in Asterella Californica, 374. - Piper, C. V. New and noteworthy Northwestern Plants. —VI, 2213 : VII, 642. Notes on the biennial and perennial West American apie of Lappula, 535. RENNERT, R. J. Seeds and Seedlings of Arisaema Dracontium, 37 (Plate 3). i Russy, H. H. An Enumeration of the Plants collected by Dr. H. Ha 4 : Rusby in South America, 1885-1886.—XXXII, 694. 4 RypperG, P. A. Studies in the Rocky Mountain Flora.—VII, 145; — VIM, 232; IX, 680. Satmon, E. S. Supplementary Notes on the Erysiphaceae, 1, 83, 1sn4 a 647 (Plates 9-11); Indices, 302. ScHRENK, H. von. On the Teaching of Vegetable Pathology, 57. Stosson, M. The Origin of Asplenium ebenoides, 487. Torrey, J. C. Cytological Changes accompanying the Secretion of Diastase, 420 (Plate 20). 4 ~ _Unperwoop, L. M. American Ferns. —III. Our Genera of Aspidieae, ns tar, . a & ‘The Genus Gymnogramme of the Synopsis Filicum, 7: a Vv. A Review of the Genus Danaea, 669. ; 4 “ummvon, L. M., & Maxon, W. R. Notes on a Collection of Cuban ee " Pteridophyta, bases Descriptions of four new Species, S77. : I. The Genus@ ERRATA Vv Vait, A. M. Studies in the Asclepiadaceae.—VI. Notes on the Genus Rouliniella, 662. Waite, C. A. The saltatory Origin of Species, 511. Wuitr, V. S. The Nidulariaceae of North America, 251 (Plates 14-18). Some Mt. Desert Fungi, 550. Wicut, W. F. The Genus Eritrichum in North America, 407. Wituiams, R. S. Two new Western Mosses, 66. Errata Page 11, line 17, insert end of bracket after sind. Page 13, line 7, for auf gestellten read aufgestellten. Page 13, last line, for p. 294 read p. 204. Page 14, line 4 from bottom, for Polla read Palla. Page 15, line 8, for morphologische read morphologisch. Page 15, line 13, for Specializrung read Specialisirung. : Page 17, line 4 from bottom, de/ete the. Page 18, line 10, for 219 read 119. Page 84, line 17, for not read to. Page 84, line 20, for Pl. g read Pl. 11. Page 85, line 11 from bottom, for pp. read ff. Page 87, line 16 from bottom, de/ete the. fs age 87, line 13 from bottom, for Siberia and Asia read Siberia in : Page 87, last line, for skins read stems. _ Page 88, line 3, delete the. _ Page 91, line 1, after same insert name. | - ae gi, line 17 from bottom, de/ete the before S. Humuit. - Page 93, line 4, for Cladosorium read Cladosporium. Page 93, line 8, for fungus on read fungous. Page 94, line 10, delete in. Page 95, line 20, for Euphorbia Cyparissias palustris read Euphorbia _ Cyparissias (40) E. palustris. Page 95, line 12 from bottom, for 145 read 147. _ 6, line 7,4 delete ome, on E vi ERRATA Page 96, line 7, add of at end of line. Page to2, line 2, for Szumo read Izumo. Page 106, line 19, for Pl. 28 read Pl. 23. Page 107, line 10, for set read sent. Page 108, line 2, for attached read attacked. Page 182, line 16 from bottom, for pl. 1 read pl. 9. Page 1go, line 11, for skin read stem. Page 1gt, line ro, for no. read near. Page 192, line 6, for habitat read habit. Page 195, line 4 from bottom, for 72 read 70. Page 201, line g from bottom, for 30 read 50. Page 207, line 12 from bottom, for f. 20 read f. 21. Page 208, line 3 from bottom, for tenibus read tenuibus. Page 547, line 17, the paragraphs commencing ‘‘ The Cusick speci- men ’’ to the words ‘* Brewer specimen’’ on page 548, line 14, belong under Lappula Californica on page 546. Page 628, line 7, for Gypmnopteris read Gymmnopterts. Page 498, line 20, for preceding read following. Page 499, line 7 from bottom, for 23 read 22. Page sor, line 14, for 24 read 23. Page 502, line 1g, after pl. insert 22. Page 504, line 5, for 0.009 read 0.019. Page 504, line 21, for 24 read 23. Page 506, line 3, for 25 read 24. Page 507, line 12 from bottom, for 23 read 22. Page 509, line 13, after stenophylla insert and L, hamulata _ Page 509, line 18, after propagala insert (pl. 24. f. 10). Page 509, line 6 from bottom, for PLarre 23 read PLATE 22. Page 510, line 8, for PLATE 24 read PLATE 23. Page 510, line 21, for PLATE 25 read PLATE 24. BULLETING: a “LUCIEN MARCUS U aan a | President, | HON, ADDISON BROWN Vice Presidents, — ‘ - HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. VoL. 29 No. 1 BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB An unfortunate typographical error occurred in the December BULLETIN for which apologies are due to the writer; will those receiving this slip please insert it in the December number oppo- site page 668 ? Errata Page 668. Paragraph commencing ‘“ Specimens are repre- sented’ should be transferred to the end of the matter on page 674. Page 671. Commencing with the paragraph “ Besides the specimens collected at Bodega Port’’ all the matter following to the end of the article should have appeared before the matter com- mencing on page 669. It is hoped that this correction of an inexplicable mixing of the galleys will help to make this valuable contribution of Miss East- wood more intelligible. [EpiTor. ] tire BR Cs 5 es eo = —= na ee ee fod E § — japonici,” has described the istieine as new species or varieties : ; Phyllactinia suffulta var. moricola, Microsphaera Japonica, M. sam- bucicola, Sphaerotheca Kusanoi, S. phtheirospermi, Uncinula Shirai- ana, U. zelkowae, U. clandestina forma Japonica, U. verniciferae, * Memoirs Torrey Club, Volume 9. The numbers refer to the bibliography which will appear at the close of the article. FT capagatc 28 January] : 1 VoL. 29 No. 1 BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB JANUARY 1902 Supplementary Notes on the Erysiphaceae By Ernest S. SALMON, F.L.S. Since the completion of my monograph (67)* on the Erysipha- ceae, I have had the opportunity of examining a considerable amount of further material. This has enabled me to continue the study of the critical forms of several species ; to investigate many cases of the reported occurrence of a species on an unusual host plant; and to extend the geographical range and add further hosts for many species. In the following pages will be found an enumeration of most of the species of the Erysiphaceae ( follow- ing the order in which they are placed in my monograph) and under each species are arranged the critical notes, additional local- ities, host plants, etc. These records are based on personal ex- amination, except in those cases in which they are followed by a number placed in brackets. These numbers indicate a published record, which will be found in the work of the author quoted under the respective number in the bibliography. Before proceeding to give these notes, however, mention must first be made of several important papers dealing with the Erysi- phaceae which have appeared recently. Of taxonomic interest, the following must be noticed. Hennings (31), in his “ Fungi Japonici,”’ has described the following as new species or varieties : Phyllactinia suffulta var. moricola, Microsphaera Japonica, M. sam- bucicola, Sphaerotheca Kusanoi, S. phtheirospermi, Uncinula Shirat- ana, U. zelkowae, U. clandestina forma Japonica, U. verniciferae, * Memoirs Torrey Club, Volume 9. The numbers refer to the bibliography which will appear at the close of the article. [Issued 28 January] ? 1 2 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY and Erysiphe pisi var. desmodii. To this number of supposed new Japanese species, Sydow (82) has added another, viz. Uncinula_ Kusanot. With one exception—Uncinula verniciferae P,. Henn., which appears to be distinct—I consider that these Japanese plants are all to be referred to already described North American species, — orto cosmopolitan ones. Notes on some of these Japanese plants © will be found in my “ Erysiphaceae of Japan” (68); the remain- | ing species are discussed in the following pages. | The Erysiphaceae of South America have been noticed by — Spegazzini (79) and also by Neger (52). The former author has © described as a new species “ Erysiphe deserticola” from the Argen- — tine Republic, and has recorded other species of Erysiphe from the 1 same country. The only specimens I have been able to see of — “E. deserticola” have been in an immature condition, and I am. P| inclined to think from these that the plant will prove to belong to | the cosmopolitan species FE. polygoni DC. The other South © American species of Exysiphe recorded by Spegazzini prove to be — E. cichoracearum DC. and £, galeopsidis DC.. Of special interest is Spegazzini’s ('79, p. 330) record of the occurrence in the Ar- gentine Republic and. Uruguay of the conidial (Ozdivm) stage of members of the Erysiphaceae on no less than 98 different species of host plants—a fact which shows that these fungi flourish at all events in some parts of South America. ‘Neger (§2) has described as new species, from the Argentine Republic, Phyllactinia clavariacformis, Microsphaera myoschili and Erysiphe Fricki. Phyllactinia clavariaeformis proves to be identical with P, antarctica Speg., and although presenting somewhat re- markable characters which perhaps entitle it to be regarded as an incipient species—cannot be regarded as distinct from the old P. corylea (Pers.) Karst. The question of the relation of “ P. clavari- acformis’’ to the type, is discussed in detail below, where mention is made of the fact that forms of P. corylea quite similar to the South American “ P. clavariaeformis”’ appear sporadically on va- rious hosts in Europe and Asia, along with all intermediate forms. M. myoschili is certainly only one of the forms of JZ almi which show a much-branched apex of the appendages. £. /ricki is in- distinguishable from £. polygont, In Europe Serbinov (76) has described from Russia a var. NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 3 borealis of Microsphaera euonymi, and a var. polemoniacearum of “ FE. lamprocarpa Lev.’ These two plants I have not seen, but the description given of the latter seems to show that it is a form intermediate between £. cichoracearum and £. galeopsidis. In Japan a very distinct new species of Uncinula, U. septata Salm, (69) has appeared. The species has been found in two local- ities, and in each case it is associated with Sphaerotheca lanestris (S. Kusano). From a geographical point of view, the record by Raciborski (60) of the occurrence of Ozdzum-forms in Java is noteworthy. The occurrence of the New World species, Sphaerotheca mors- uvae (Schwein.)—the American gooseberry mildew—in a garden at Ballymena, County Antrim, Ireland, in 1900, is of special in- terest (see '71, '72). The question of the possibility of its intro- duction from America is considered under the species. Two important papers dealing with the Erysiphaceae by Grant Smith and Neger have appeared. Grant Smith, in his paper, ‘‘ The Haustoria of the Erysipheae,”’ (77) has given a detailed account of the structure and development of these organs, and has added several interesting facts to our knowledge of the subject. While finding that the mature hau- storium contains almost invariably a single normal nucleus (as Harper had already stated), the author records an isolated case, where the haustorium of ‘“ Erysiphe communis” on Gerantum maculatum contained two nuclei. It was also found that occasion- ally haustoria have a septum in the neck portion. As has long been known, a mature haustorium is nearly always surrounded by — a thick sheath-like layer. The correct interpretation of this sheath according to Grant Smith, is different from that which has hith- -erto been given. De Bary was of the opinion that it belonged to the protoplasm of the host cell, while Harper (Pringsh. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 29: 664), considered that this sheath is, as in the case of that of Puccinia, the disorganizing nucleus of the host cell. Smith says, however, that the sheath ‘“ does not belong to the protoplasm of the cell as de Bary supposed, nor is it the host nucleus as Rosen observed in Puccinia; but the contents of the sheath consist of disintegrated cellulose from the distal end of the cellulose ingrowth through which the haustorium has made its 4 SALMON : SUPPLEMENTARY way. The bounding membrane of the sheath, on the other hand, is the plasmic membrane of the host cell stretched and greatly enlarged by the osmotic forces involved.”’ The haustoria of Frysiphe graminis are, as is well known, peculiar in being provided with long finger-like processes. These haustoria Smith has studied in detail, and shown well in several figures. With reference to these haustoria it is observed, «this | form of absorbing organ may be looked upon as the result of a special effort of this species to obtain abundant food. The heavy growth of mycelium and the immense number of conidia produced by this species show the success it has attained. * * * Certainly these haustoria give an impression of activity not gained from other Erysipheae.”’ The most interesting discovery of Smith, however, is in con- nection with the haustoria of Uncinula salicis. Examples of U. salicis on Salix discolor were used for investigation, and the de- velopment of the haustoria was found to take place as follows: The mycelium (proper) is entirely external ; on the upper surface of the leaf the lobed appressoria give rise to penetrating tubes which enter the epidermal cells. All of these tubes, however, do not (as in all other cases known) develop in the epidermal cells into haustoria. Although normal haustoria are formed abundantly in these epidermal cells, in addition numerous slender hyphae can be observed reaching from the outer walls across the epidermal cells to their inner walls. These hyphae are the penetrating tubes or necks of subepidermal but otherwise normal haustoria in the palisade cells. On the lower surface of the leaf, in a similar man- ner, some of the penetrating tubes reach into the mesophyll cells immediately under the epidermal layer, and form haustoria there. Smith has also investigated the intercellular hyphae of Phy//ac- tenta, and has found that occasionally the hyphae produce haustoria in the palisade cells. It was observed that the majority of the intercellular hyphae (which may consist of three to five, or perhaps more, or rarely of only two cells) take a more or less direct course towards the vascular bundles—a region abundantly supplied with available food ; the fungus therefore shows a selective chemotropism. Examples of Phyllactinia on Xanthoxylum Americanum were found to offer some striking differences with respect to the develop- NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 5 ment of haustoria. The intercellular hyphae have thicker walls, and the intercellular appressoria are conspicuous, flattened, sucker- like structures pressed tightly against the cells of the leaf. So far as could be ascertained, these appressoria never give rise to the normal haustoria as in other examples of Phyl/actinia, the only penetrating organs observed being minute tubes, bearing a vesicle apparently without protoplasmic contents. These latter Smith considers to be modified or stunted haustoria. Neger’s paper is entitled ‘“ Beitrage zur Biologie der Ery- sipheen’’ (52), and is a valuable contribution to our scanty knowl- edge of the subject. Some points in this paper I shall here criti- cise in detail, and at the same time record some observations I have made on the same subject. Neger, by means of microtome radial sections, has carefully investigated the structure of the perithecial wall in many species o1 the Erysiphaceae. Summarized briefly, the following modifications of structure were found. In Lrysiphe polygon, E. cichoracearum and E: galeopsidis no marked difference in the cellular structure of the lower and upper halves of the perithecium occurs. In £. graminis, and more markedly in Z. saurica, the perithecial wall consists towards the exterior of several layers of very strongly thickened cells with an almost obliterated lumen. These layers of thick-walled cells are more numerous on the under than on the upper side. In conse- quence of this structure the perithecium becomes in a dry condition (on loss of turgescence) slightly concave on the upper surface, but never on the under surface. It may be noted here that Neger is incorrect in stating (on p. 365) that the genus Erysiphe (excluding £. graminis) is characterized by “ Perithecien nicht dorsiventral,”’ as in &. taurica and in many forms of £. cichoracearum (e. g. the large form on Arctium) the perithecium becomes in the dry state very strongly concavo-convex. In the species of Sphaerotheca examined, no difference in the cellular structure of the wall in the lower and upper halves of the perithecium was found to exist; consequently the perithecium in drying contracts equally on all sides. In the genus Microsphaera (M. alni, M. euonymi, M. grossu- lariae, M. berberidis, and M. euphorbiae were examined) a well- 6 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY marked difference of structure in the perithecial wall distinguishes the upper from the lower side. The wall of the upper side of the perithecium is composed of thick-walled cells, and is consequently 4 rigid, while the Jower side, being composed of thinner-walled cells, is flexible. As the result of this structure the perithecium in drying becomes strongly concave on the lower surface—a fact, according to Neger’s interpretation, of great biological im- portance. Podosphaera resembles Microsphaera in the structure of the perithecia. The genus Uncinula is divided by Neger into two groups— Microsphaeroidea and Euuncinula. In the first named group, in which the species U. salicis, U. prunastri, U. macrospora, U. flexu- osa, U. necator, and U. clandestina were examined, the cellular structure of the perithecial wall resembles that found in the genus Microsphaera. Inthe species of this group Microsphacroidea, how- ever, the difference of structure between the tissues of the under and upper sides is even more marked. A rigid layer of cells with strongly thickened walls surrounds the perithecium on its upper surface and at the sides, while layers of delicate-walled cells having a wide lumen occur on the lower surface. The group Exuncinula comprises U. aceris, U. polychaeta, and U. circinata. Were a differentiation exists between the cell-struc- ture of the under and upper halves of the perithecium, but it is not identical with that found in the last group. In UV. aceris the cells toward the upper surface have only slightly thicker walls and a slightly smaller lumen than those towards the lower surface ; in U. polychaeta the same characteristics are more marked; in U ctrcinata, however, exactly the converse is found. The perithecia of U. aceris (see monograph, p. 92) and of U. polychaeta become, when dry, concave on the under surface; while in U. circivata, in consequence of the tissue towards the upper surface being com- posed of tender cells with a wide lumen and those towards. the under surface being relatively thick-walled, the perithecia never become concave on the under surface, but usually become slightly so on the upper. In Phyllactinia the cells of the tissue towards the base of the perithecium have a narrower Jumen than those towards the upper NoTES ON THE EkYSIPHACEAE T surface ; consequently the perithecium in drying never becomes concave on the under surface. Neger considers that the difference of structure in the upper and lower halves of the perithecium which is found in many spe- cies, and which in many cases causes the under surface of the perithecium to become strongly concave on loss of turgescence, is of great biological importance. In describing the ripe perithe- cium of Microsphaera astragali, he remarks (p. 351): ‘‘ Die Frucht- korper losen sich, wenn sie einen gewissen Grad der Reife erreicht haben, vom Substrat los, indem sich die Unterseite der Perithecien bei abnehmendem Turgor einwarts wélbt und dadurch die Mycel- faden, an welchen das Perithecium entstand, zerrissen werden. Diese constant einseitige Einwartswolbung kommt dadurch zu Stande, dass die Perithecienwand an der Oberseite einen starren, aus englumigen dickwandigen Zellen gebildeten Panzer darstellt, wahrend die Zellen der Unterseite relativ weites Lumen und zartere Wande besitzen. * * * Es kann demnach kein Zweifel bestehen, dass wir es hier mit einer Einrichtung zu thun haben, welche eine spontane Loslosung der Perithecien vom Substrat ermoglicht. * * * Es sei gleich hier bemerkt, dass alle (von mir untersuchten) Microsphaera-Podosphaera- und die meisten Unei- nuda-Arten den gleichen Loslosungsmechanismus besitzen.”’ According to the behavior of the ripe perithecium, Neger divides the Erysiphaceae into the following biological groups : A. Perithecia not spontaneously falling off, mostly attached to the mycelium by their appendages: Sphacrotheca, Erysiphe ( U. circinata? ). B. Perithecia falling off when ripe. 1. Detachment caused by the shrinking of the perithecium base. (a) Cellular tissue of upper half of perithecium formed of narrow strongly thickened rigid cells ; cells of lower half delicate-walled : Podosphaera, Trichocladia, Microsphaera, Uncinula (% Microsphaeroidea). (8) Cells of the perithecial wall of about the same size on the under and upper sides of the perithecium ; on the upper side with narrow lumen, on the under with more or less delicate walls. Cells in the regions of the greatest curvature very large and flexible, becoming shrunken on the drying of the perithecium. The under surface of the perithecium con- sequently becomes concave. Luuncinula (excl. U. circinaia). 2. Detachment of the perithecium follows through the pressure exerted against the substratum by the appendages which turn downwards. The perithecium in drying suffers no important change of shape: Phyllactinia. In connection with the statement made above that the detach- 8 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY ment of the perithecium from the mother-mycelium is caused in many instances by the shrinking of the perithecium base, Neger remarks (p. 358): ‘Ich habe nun haufig beobachtet, dass die Reactionsfahigkeit der Perithecien auf Turgoranderungen sehr gross ist, d. h. dass bei Uebertragung eines Fruchtkorpers aus einem feuchtem Raum in einen Exsiccator die Gestaltveranderung sehr schnell erfolgt. Ware es da nicht denkbar, dass bei der durch Turgorabnahme herbeigefiihrten Schrumpfung des Wand- gewebes die Loslosung, d. h. Zerreissung der festhaltenden Mycel- faden, so gewaltsam erfolgt, dass das Perithecium eine starke Er- schiitterung erleidet und sich dabei auf die Seite legt (auch diese Lage ist an reife Perithecien sehr oft zu beobachten) oder sogar umkehrt? Es ist mir allerdings nicht gelungen, diesen Vorgang selbst zu constatiren.” Whether or not it be correct to consider that the detachment of the perithecium from the substratum is caused generally by the base of the perithecium shrinking and becoming concave, it may be noted that this contraction is, in one case at any rate, not essential to the process. This can be seen by observing ripe perithecia of U. circinata, Neger is in error in stating that the perithecia of this species do not spontaneously become free from the mycelium. If perfectly ripe examples of U. circinata are examined, ¢. g., those in Ell. & Everh. Fung. Columb. n. 110 (in herb. Kew), it will be found that many of the perithecia are in a reversed position, 7. ¢., the apex of the perithecium, covered with the numerous append- ages, is pressed against the surface of the leaf, while the base of the perithecium, to which there are usually a few mycelial threads attached, is exposed to view. The appendages of these fully ripe perithecia are always very numerous and well developed; and from Neger’s remark that in the specimens examined by him the appendages were badly developed it is evident that he was dealing with immature material. The reversal of the perithecia of U. circinata mentioned above implies of course a spontaneous loosen- ing of the perithecium from the mycelium. The perithecium, however, of this species does not, in consequence of its cellular structure (see above), become concave on the lower surface, so that it is evident that in the case of this Uncinula at all events some other cause brings about the detachment of the perithecium. NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 9 In many cases the perithecia of species of the Erysiphaceae appear to become free through the gradual dying away and disappearance of the mycelium. Some observations I have made on the spontaneous detach- ment and reversal of the perithecium in some species of Uncinula may be mentioned here. At p. 92 of my monograph I pointed out that the perithecia of Uncinula aceris are, from some cause, frequently turned over, and that the appendages which are thus pressed against the leaf, become mucilaginous and attach the (reversed) perithecium to the leaf. Some observations I have made since show that this phe- nomenon occurs in many other species of Unctnula. In U. salicts it can be seen on examining perfectly ripe examples that many of the perithecia have become turned over, so that the apices of the appendages rest against the surface of the leaf. This can be well seen in the specimens in De Thiim. Fung. austr. 655 (in herb. Kew). In a few instances, I have observed, in herbarium speci- mens, that the perithecia, through the mucilaginous degeneration of their appendages, have become actually fixed in this position to the leaf. It is easy to produce the same result artificially. A leaf after having been placed in water for a few minutes, and then freed from the superficial moisture, was laid on the surface of a leaf which bore numerous ripe perithecia of U. sa/cis—an example being chosen in which the appendages of the perithecia were spread- ing upwards. After a few hours, the superposed leaf was exam- ined, and it was then found that several reversed perithecia were adhering by their appendages to its surface. These perithecia required a slight amount of force to be detached. Perithecia of U. salicis were placed upside down on damp leaves of Hedera Helix, and it was found after a short time that these had adhered to it by their appendages. In U. macrospora, U. prunastri, and U. Clintonit the same reattachment of the perithecia in a reversed position can be observed. An ivy-leaf, was laid upon a leaf of Tilia Americana bearing numerous perithecia of U. Ciimtoni in which the appendages were spreading upwards. After a few hours perithecia reversed and fixed by their appendages were found on the ivy-leaf. On account of their large size, the reattachment of tle perithecia 10 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY can be most easily seen in U. polychacta. In this species the very numerous crowded appendages spread widely, and attach the re- — versed perithecium by a film-like layer spreading beyond the di- — ameter of the perithecium on every side. The mucilaginous break- ing down of the walls of the appendages is very evident here, and the reattachment of the perithecium is as firm as that caused by the penicillate cells of Phyllactinia. In U. circinata, also, if reversed perithecia are placed on a damp leaf, they will be found subsequently to have become attached to it by their appendages. This phenomenon of the spontaneous freeing of the perithe- cium and its subsequent reattachment by the appendages has been the cause, I believe, of leading systematists into several curious errors. The first case that may be mentioned is that of ‘ Unci- nula Columbiana Selby,” on Scutellaria laterifora from the United States. This fungus, as I pointed out in my monograph, p. 86, agrees exactly in all its characters with U. salicis. VU. salicis is only known to grow on species of Salix and Populus, and 1 suggested at the time that its presence on the Scuéellaria was perhaps accidental. I feel now little doubt that we have here an instance in nature of the perithecia of U. salicis becoming attached by their appendages in the manner described above to a foreign substratum, in this case the leaves of a herbaceous plant. In a second case it seems quite certain that reversed perithecia of U. salicis attached by their ap- pendages have been under observation. I refer to the “ U. salicis var. epilobi”’ of Vestergren (Bot. Notiser, 1897: 256), which was described as growing at Upsala on Epilobium angustifolium, (see monograph, p. 87). In the description Vestergren remarks : “The most obvious presumption would be that the perithecia of the Uncinula in question had been transferred by the wind to the Epilobium from, e. g., some Salix bushes growing in the neighbor- hood. Apart from the fact that there were none of the usual host-plants of U. saficis in the neighborhood, one must quite re- ject this presumption when one observes (under a slight micro- scopic magnification) how firmly the perithecia of the var. epi/obit are fixed to the substratum by means of the appendages radiating on all sides.” We may, I think, safely infer here that groups of — perithecia of U. salicis must have been blown on the Epilodium, and adhered by the appendages in the manner described above. Nhs A en ee eT eee DS re a ee Nores ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 11 In the case, also of Sredinski’s (80) record of the occurrence of U. salicis on Hedera Helix the same explanation probably holds good. I have seen also two specimens labelled ‘‘ Uncinula Wallrothii on Loncera Xylosteum.’’ The perithecia of the Uncinula on this plant, I have ascertained, are in the majority of cases adhering, in a reversed position, by means of their appendages ; and there is no reason for believing that the Zozcera was serving as a host-plant (see monograph, p. 97). It will, in all probability, be found that the example of U. geniculata, occurring on leaves of Hydrophyllum appendiculatum (see monograph, p. 112) consists of perithecia attached by their appendages. The following remarks of Neger’s require criticism. Neger writes (54, p. 344): ‘‘Man hat bisher, wie aus den meisten Erysipheen behandelnden Werken (besonders soweit dieselben mit Abbildungen versehen sind zu entnehmen ist, allgemein an der ansicht festgehalten, dass die Perithecien aller Erysipheen anna- hernd gleichen anatomischen Bau aufweisen. Dies ist aber ein grosser Irrthum und es ist unverstandlich, wie z. B. Tulasne in seiner Carpologia von Sphaerotheca Castagneit eine abbildung geben konnte, die, was Gestalt und relative Grosse der Perithe- cienwandzellen anlangt, durchaus nicht auf Sphaerotheca, sondern viel eher auf Uncinula, oder Erysiphe passt.” Neger is appa- rently unaware that in S. Castagnei the size of the external cells of the perithecium varies from 10-40 wide. Under the old name “ S. Castagnet”’ were included the two plants now known as S. humutli, in which the external cells of the perithecium measure from 10 to 204 wide, averaging 154; and S. humuli var. fuliginea, in which the cells measure from 20-30, rarely 40, averaging 25 4 wide (see monograph, pp. 45 and 49), Neger apparently intends by “S. Castagnet”” the segregate last-named, since he remarks: “Die Wandzellen bei Sphaerotheca sind im Verhaltniss zum Peri- theciendurchmesser auffallend gross und sind von sehr unregel- massiger Gestalt, wahrend die Wandzellen bei Arysiphe, Uncinula und anderen Erysipheen relativ viel kleiner sind und mehr oder weniger runde oder polygonale Gestalt besitzen. Z. B. fiir Sphae- rotheca resp. Uncinula \asst sich das Verhaltniss der Grosse einer 5 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY Wandzelle zum Peritheciendurchmesser durch folgende approxi- 2 mative Zahlen ausdriicken: 1:5 resp. 1: 18.’’ Now the size of . the cells in the species of Uncinula varies from 10 to 15 wide, reaching rarely to 20; so that it is perfectly correct to represent the perithecial wall of some forms of ‘‘.S. Castagnez”’ as being of similar structure to that of species of Uncinula. As regards the proportion between the number of cells and the diameter of the — perithecium also, S. hamuli type agrees with species of Uncinula. 7 Neger, it may here be noted, has raised De Bary’s section “‘ 771- 7 chocladia’ of Erysiphe to generic rank, and places in the genus | Microsphaera astragali and Erysiphe tortilis, 1 consider this arrangement undesirable for the following reasons: The two genera Microsphacra and Erysiphe are undoubtedly very closely allied, and it seems to me to be more in accordance with the principles of a natural classification to include in these genera the species which on both sides approach each other, than to take these out and base a new genus on them. Further, if we follow Neger and place WW. astragali in the new genus 77ichocladia, it is clearly unnatural for 12 Baumleri, so closely allied, to be gener- ically separated, and we should find it impossible to draw a satis- factory line between “ 7richocladia” (including M. Baumleri) and Microsphaera. It still seems to me to be better to include JZ as- tragali, which although certainly approaching some forms of £. polygoni, yet on the other hand is closely allied to Microsphaera Baumleri and M. euonymi, in the genus Microsphaera, and to keep £. tortilis in Erysiphe on account of its relationship with certain forms of £. polygont. Neger (52, p. 337) referring to the fact that I included in my monograph under the name Frysiphe polygoni all plants which showed certain morphological characters, notwithstanding that they grew on the most diverse host-plants—no fewer than 190 different species of plants (belonging to 89 genera) being given as hosts, observes: ‘ Freilich, ob diese Anschauung berechtigt ist, ist bis heute durch nichts bewiesen. Es liegen namlich nur ganz vereinzelte auf culturversuche begriindete Bestatigungen dieser gewohnlich in extenso angenommenen Voraussetzung vor, was um so mehr auffallen muss, als doch bei anderen Pilzfamilien, z- B. den Uredineen, trotz der dort bestehenden grésseren Schwie- NoTES ON THE ErRYSIPHACEAE 13 rigkeiten, die Frage der Wirthzugehorigkeit fiir eine grosse Anzahl von Arten durch experimentelle Untersuchungen klargelegt worden ist.’’ Further, with reference to the fact that in my monograph a great reduction of species was made, Neger remarks : “ Inwieweit dieses summarische Verfahren berechtigt ist, muss die Zukunft lehren. Hieraus ergibt sich aber das zweite, einer Losung dring- end bedirftige Problem: Welcher der bisher auf gestellten, auf morphologische Merkmale begriindeten Erysipheenarten erweisen sich physiologisch als solche ? oder um die von Rostrup bei den Uredineen angewandte Bezeichnung zu gebrauchen: Werden nicht viele der bisher als morphologisch gleich erkannten Formen in ‘biologische’ Arten aufzuldsen sein ?”’ The question of the possibility of the occurrence of “ biolog- _ical species”’ in the Erysiphaceae is one of primary importance, not only from the scientific side, but also from the economic point of view—for if “biological species” do exist, then we should endeavor to ascertain if the species of mildew which cause such widespread damage to cultivated plants belong to this class. If, for instance, it were found that the ‘‘ hop-mildew”’ constituted a ‘biological species,’ then we should know from which of the common weeds of the hop garden (Spiraea, Ulmaria, Potentilla spp., Epilobium spp., etc.) which serve as the host-plants of the morphological species called Sphacrotheca humuli, it could pass on to the hop; or whether, as might possibly prove to be the case, the spread of this hop-disease is dependent on infection from hop-plant to hop-plant. It will be well here to review the evidence with regard to this point. Direct experiments, and observations bearing on the sub- ject are, so far as Iam aware, very few in number. The experi- ment of taking the conidia of a mildew growing on a certain host- plant, and sowing them on the leaves of another plant has been performed by three botanists : (1) Magnus (in Bericht. deutsch. bot. Gesellsch. 16: 68. 1898) has stated that the conidia of Sphaerotheca humuli (DC.) growing on the hop will germinate and produce a conidia-bearing mycelium when sown on the leaves of Taraxacum officinale. (2) Iwanowsky (32) made some experiments in connection with the Ozdium* occurring on the to- *This Oidium De Thiimen described as O. fadaci; it is in all probability the conidial condition of Erysiphe cichoracearum DC. (see monograph, p. 294). 14 SALMON : SUPPLEMENTARY bacco plant. Iwanowsky observed an Ozdium, which he re-_ ferred to the conidial form of “ &. lamprocarpa” (= E. cichora- | ccarum), occurring on the leaves of some Compositae, especially — Inula Helenium and Lappa tomentosa. This Oidium he found | on examination to resemble strongly the Ozdium on the tobacco | plant. To quote the author’s words: ‘Bei der Aussaat dieser — Conidien auf die Blatter der Tabakspflanze entwickelte sich in | der That das Tabaks-Ocdium ; hieraus folgt, dass Letzteres zu i Erys. lamprocarpa gehért; jedoch bildet dieser Pilz auf dem | Tabak keine Fruchtkérper. In Form von Fruchtkérpern wtber- | wintert er auf den genannten Compositen und inficirt im fol- j genden Sommer die Tabakspflanze.’’ (3) Neger (54, P. 339) records the following observations: ‘‘ Auch das Nahrsubstrat- scheint Einfluss zu haben auf die aussere Gestalt der Conidien. Ich tibertrug Conidien von Arysiphe communis, welche auf Ranun- culus sp. entstanden waren, auf eine vollkommen gesunde, unter einer Glasglocke stehende Pflanze von Galium silvaticum ; die Infection gelang ; nach einigen Tagen trug das Ga/ium Rasen von Conidien-tragern. Der Vergleich ergab, dass die Conidien auf Ga- fium betrachtlich langer waren als diejenigen auf Ranunculus.” Cases apparently showing that in nature a species of mildew on one host-plant sometimes passes over to a contiguous plant of an- other species are mentioned by two botanists: (4) Allescher (in the Bericht. botan. Verein. Landshut, 146-152. 1887) has re- — corded the occurrence of Microsphaera Ehrenbergii (= M. alm 3 var. Jonicerae) on Syringa vulgaris, and has stated that the Syr-_ inga affected stood in the immediate neighborhood of a bush of : Lonicera Tatarica attacked by the same fungus. On Allescher’s 3 specimen sent to me it was noted that the fungus occurred only © on the branches of the Syringa which were close to the Lonicerd. — (5) Brannon (8) has recorded “Exysiphe communis (Wall.) Schl.” occurring “on Ranunculus recurvatus and an aster growing in the same place which had probably received the mildew from its — neighbors.”’ (6) Polla (in Bericht. deutsch. bot. Gesell. 17: 67. 1899) has made some observations bearing on the present subject. This author, having observed that in certain districts only Berderis vugaris and Corylus Avellana were attacked by Phyllactinia, — NoTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 15 while other trees, growing intermixed with the Berderis and Corylus (such as Carpinus, Betula, Fagus, Franinus, etc.), which in other districts are liable to be attacked, here remained perfectly free from the Phyllactinia, was led to the conclusion “dass Phyllactinia suffulta eine Sammelspecies darstellt, and dass die auf den verschiedenen Nahrpflanzen beobachteten Formen, wenn auch vielleicht nicht eine jede einer besonderen, doch min- destens mehreren verschiedenen, morphologische einander sehr ahnlichen oder gleichen Arten angehoren, welche nur auf ganz bestimmten Nahrpflanzen gedeihen. Zweifelsohne liegt bei PAy/- factinta und wohl auch noch anderen Gattungen der Mehlthau- pilze beziiglich der Speciesfrage dieselbe Erscheinung vor, wie sie bei den Rostpilzen aufgedéckt worden ist und als Spectalisrung des Parasitmus bezeichnet wird.” Reviewing the experiments given above, I should like to point out with reference to those, (1), (2) and (3), in which conidia were taken from one host-plant and sown on another, that such experi- ments require the greatest precautions being taken to ensure that the plant on which the conidia are sown has not been naturally in- fected previous to the experiment, and that it is not liable to infec- tion during the course of the experiment. Two cases which show the necessity of the greatest care being taken in this direction have come under my notice. A plant of Czzeraria, taken direct from a greenhouse in which the plants were apparently free from mildew, was placed in a greenhouse where the cinerarias were badly af- fected with Ozdium, and kept covered over by a bell-jar. Ex- periments were made with the object of trying to infect this Cineraria with an Oidium occurring in the same greenhouse on Celsta, and for this purpose the bell-jar was removed two or three times to allow the placing of the Ozdium-conidia on the leaf, and subsequently to observe if infection had taken place. The experi- ment failed, as on the marked places on the Crweraria-leaf where the conidia of the Ce/sia-Oidium were sown, no Ozdium appeared. In other spots on one or two of the leaves experimented with, however, an Ozdium began to grow, and spread gradually in large patches over the leaf, producing conidiophores in large numbers. A microscopic examination of the conidia of this Ozdium showed that it resembled the Ozdium that grew on the cinerarias in the 16 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY greenhouse, the conidia differing from those of the Osdium on Celsia in being smaller and in possessing distinct fibrosin-bodies. It is clear, therefore, that infection must have taken place by some means from the adjacent cinerarias. In the second case, some rose bushes in a garden were observed covered with an Ozdium, and it was noticed after a few days that an Ozdium had now appeared on some adjacent raspberry suckers. To ascertain if the rose-Ozdium had really, as it appeared, spread from the rose to the raspberry, the following experiment was car- ried out. The raspberry suckers, mentioned above, which were attacked by the Ozdium, were situated on one side of a garden path; on the other side of the path were two isolated suckers, both of which at this time showed no signs of Oidium. On one of these, conidia taken from the rose were sown, and the sucker cov- ered over with a bell-jar. The next day it was found that this sucker was slightly attacked by an Ozdium, which in the course of a few days spread and showed itself on most of the leaves at the apex of the sucker. During the whole time, the adjacent sucker, left untouched and uncovered, remained free from any Ozdzum. It might readily have been assumed that we had here the proof of the passing of an Ozdium from one species of host-plant to another, but a microscopic examination showed that such was not the case. _ The shape of the conidia on the raspberry plants agreed exactly Fi with that of the conidia of Sphaerotheca humuli (this species is re- corded on the raspberry by Burrill in Ellis and Everh., N. Amer. — Pyrenomycetes), and differed from that of the conidia on the rose (S. pannosa) in shape and size. The difference between the : conidia of S. humuli and S. pannosa I have elsewhere pointed out (71). On examining the Ozdium which appeared on the raspberry | sucker experimented upon, the conidia were found to agree in shape 2 with those of S. humuli and not of S. pannosa. It might be sug- 4 gested, of course, that the difference in shape was due to the in- fluence of a different species of host-plant on the same species of : fungus, but in the face of repeated experiments (made in a garden where no raspberry-Ozdium occurred) in which it was found that — conidia taken from the rose and sown on raspberry suckers inva riably failed to produce any infection, we are forced to conclude that in the first experiment mentioned above the raspberry sucke NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 17 must have been already naturally infected by the Ozdiwm on the raspberries before being experimented upon. With regard to Magnus’ experiment (1), I have already (monograph, p. 18) pointed out the special difficulties which arise if we consider that the Ozdium which appeared on the Taraxacum really resulted from the sowing of the conidia of S. humuli from the hop. Experiment (2) would seem, if scientific precautions were taken to prevent the access of other conidia to the tobacco leaf under observation, to prove satisfactorily that Erysiphe cichoracearum can pass from the leaves of a host-plant belonging to the Compositae to one belonging to the Solanaceae. The acceptance of the conclusions drawn by .Neger from his experiment (3) involves us in the same difficulties as in the case of Magnus’ experiment. If the conidia of £. polygoni were really the ones that produced the Ozdium on the Galium (the fact that the Ga/ium plant was kept under a bell-jar does not, unless special precautions were taken, preclude the possibility of infection by other conidia having taken place) it seems strange that we do not find in nature FE. polygoni occurring on Galium. It is true that many authors have recorded “4. communis’ or “&. Martit’””»— synonyms of £, polygoni—on species of Galium, chiefly G. Aparine, but this has always been due, I believe, to a wrong identification of the fungus having been made, as in all cases investigated the _ fungus has proved to be £. cichoracearum (see monograph, p. 20). It is to be noted, too, that Neger expressly states that the Ozdium which appeared on the Ga/ium showed morphological differences from that on the Ranunculus—a fact certainly favorable to the idea that infection from some other source had taken place. With regard to case (4) I have, through the kindness of Profes- sor P. Magnus, seen Allescher’s specimen of “ J. Ehrenbergu”’ on Syringa vulgaris. The fungus, which is certainly growing on this host, as the presence of mycelium and young perithecia show, presents the characters of the var. /onicerae (= M. Ehrenbergit) rather than those of the JZ. a/ni type (which grows commonly on Syringa vulgaris in the United States). It seems, therefore, that we can, as Magnus (Bericht. deutsch. bot. Gesellsch. 16: 68. 1898) has done, accept the case as affording proof that the var. 18 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY lonicerae has here passed over from the Lonicera Tatarica to the Syringa. (5) I have not seen a specimen of the Erysiphe on Aster re- ferred by Brannon to ‘“ £. communis.’ If the fungus has been correctly determined, it would be a remarkable instance of the passing over of the species to an unusual host-plant, as the Ary- siphe which occurs so commonly on As¢er in the United States has hitherto invariably proved to be £. cichoracearum., ' It has long been noticed (cf. Léveillé, Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 15: 219. 1851), that certain species of the Erysiphaceae, or exam- ples of a species on a certain host-plant, only rarely, or (in the second case) perhaps never, produce perithecia. In connection with this subject Neger (54) asks the question: ‘‘ Von welchen Factoren hangt die Conidienbildung, von welchen die Perithecien- bildung ab?’ With a view to obtain evidence on the subject, Neger kept under observation species of mildew growing on Arte- mista vulgaris, Ranunculus, and Epilobium montanum. These were first kept at a room-temperature in a damp atmosphere under bell- jars, and it was found that under these conditions the formation of conidia was extremely luxuriant, but that no formation of perithecia took place. Afterwards, in November, the plants were placed in a cold greenhouse, in which the temperature and atmospheric con- ditions were similar to those occurring in the open at the normal time for the production of perithecia. It was then found that no perithecia were formed on these plants. Neger remarks also, that in nature no production of perithecia takes place, as a rule, on those host-plants which have been injured by an excessively heavy crop of conidia, and cites Uncinula necator on Vitis, Sphacrotheca pannosa on roses, and S. Castagnei on Spiraea as examples. Also, it is observed that when the development of conidia is slight, then an abundant formation of perithecia occurs, e. g., Microsphaera alni on Viburnum Lantana, Phyllactinia corylea and S. Castagnet on Comarum palustre. Neger, as a deduction from these facts, and from the results of his single series of experiments, believes that an answer to the question stated above can be given as follows : “Conidienbildung wird befordert durch einen aus frischen, tur- gescenten Pflanzentheilen bestehenden Nahrboden. Temperatur- und Feuchtigkeitsverhaltnisse scheinen von untergeordneter Bedeu- NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 19 tung zu sein. Perithecienbildung setzt einen aus Alteren (meist ausgewachsenen) Pflanzentheilen bestehenden und durch Conidien- fructification noch nicht erschopften Nahrboden, sowie ein mehr oder weniger reich entwickeltes Luftmycel voraus.”’ I cannot agree with Neger that he has here given the causes which account for the formation or non-formation of perithecia in the Erysiphaceae. We find in nature so very frequently perithecia produced on the same leaf by the mycelium which had previously produced conidia that I am inclined to look upon this as the normal course of development, and to consider the non-pro- duction of perithecia on conidia-bearing mycelium as exceptional, instead of vice versa, as we should be obliged to do if we accepted Neger’s view. In many cases, the non-production of perithecia seems undoubtedly connected with the influence of certain host- plants on the fungus ; ¢. g., itis only in rare cases (see monograph, p. 202) that Erysiphe cichoracearum produces perithecia on culti- vated plants of Cucumis and Cucurbita. Further, it is to be noted that when perithecia do occur, they are found (in the case of the fungus on Cucurbita Pepo (vegetable marrow), not on distinct parts of the host-plant, but in the midst of the parts covered with the Oidium-bearing mycelium. Exactly the same occurs in the ex- amples of £. cichoracearum on the tobacco plant. On several species of Myosotis an Oidium occurs which has been commonly referred to £. cichoracearum, but neither on living plants, nor on the numerous specimens in exsiccati and herbaria, have I ever been able to find any perithecia. In conformity with the rule which obtains for many parasitic fungi, the normal course of de- velopment for the Erysiphaceae consists of two phases—a conidial stage in which successive crops of conidia are produced during the summer months when the host-plant is growing vigorously, fol- lowed (omitting exceptional cases) by a formation of perithecia at the time when the life of the host-plant begins to fail, so that rest- ing-spores (here represented by the ascospores are formed in order to continue the life of the fungus in a dormant condition through the winter when no host-plants are available. This relation to food-supply may be compared with the well-known fact of the production in the Zygomycetes of zygospores, which can be arti- ficially induced at any time by diminishing the food supply of the fungus. 20 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY It may be remarked here that little is known in connection with the germination of the ascospores. Wolff succeeded in germi- nating those of Erysiphe graminis, and in infecting grass leaves with them, but apparently no one since has repeated the experiment. Galloway germinated the ascospores of Unctnula necator, but failed in all attempts to infect leaves with them. In September, 1900, | placed a number of leaves bearing ripe perithecia of Arysiphe tortilis on the ground. These leaves were fully exposed to the weather, and were kept in every way under natural conditions. From time to time during the winter the dried remains of the leaves bearing still numerous perithecia were examined, but no opening of the perithecium or change in the appearance of the asci or ascospores was found. Finally, in the early summer of the next year, all the material was examined, consisting of about twenty perithecia on fragments of leaves, and it was then found that externally the perithecia appeared quite unchanged. On opening the perithecia it was found that many of the ascospores had collapsed, and in the surviving ones no germination could be induced. It may be worth noting that in Z. torts the appendages of the perithecium are very persistent, being found little changed at the end of eight or nine months of exposure. In U. xecator Galloway found that the appendages soon disappeared on exposing the perithecia to the weather. With regard to the sudden appearance of ‘‘ Ozdium”’ on plants, it has long been remarked that it is especially liable to occur after cold nights. Some experiments I have made ('71) in connection with the germination of conidia seem to give some direct evi- dence on this subject. In the case of S. Aumult on strawberries it was found that the conidia when sown in hanging drops at ordinary temperature showed only a feeble germination. On subjecting the conidia, however, before being sown to a low temperature—either by placing them on blocks of ice, or by subjecting leaves bearing conidia to a temperature of 0° C. the germinating power shown sub- sequently was very perceptibly greater. As I have already (71) remarked, it would appear, therefore, that in nature a decrease of temperature may cause plants to be attacked by mildew, not — only because the vitality of the plants may perhaps be weakened, and so rendered less able to withstand the attacks of parasites, but anata diittine eee NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE ~ 21 also by directly increasing the germinating powers of the spores of the parasitic fungus. Eriksson (‘Ueber die Forderung der Pilz- sporenkeimung durch Kalte,’’ Centralbl. fiir Bakter. und Para- sitenk. I: 557-565. 1887) has also experimented on the same lines with regard to the germination of uredospores, and found that cooling down to freezing point had a favorable influence on their germinating powers. As Zopf (go) has pointed out, bodies of a definite shape are found in the cell-contents of the conidia of certain species of the Erysiphaceae. These bodies are composed of a substance which Zopf calls fibrosin, and which he states to be almost indistinguish- able in its reactions from fungus cellulose. The bodies are minute, the largest measuring 6-8 in the greatest diameter, and are of varied shape, flattened discs, conical and hollow, or cylindrical. These fibrosin bodies belong to the group of carbohydrates, and according to Zopf function as reserve material ; he observed that on the germination of the conidia the fibrosin bodies were gradu- ally absorbed. They were first observed in the conidia of Podo- Sphaera oxyacanthae, but were also seen by Zopf in Sphaerotheca and in some species of Erysiphe. Neger (54) has observed them well-developed in the conidia of species of Uncinula, but states that in Microsphaera they appear to be absent or almost too small to be visible. Zopf’s statement, however, that these fibrosin bodies constitute the only case known in fungi in which a carbohydrate Serves as reserve material—in the place of fat or oil—is erroneous, as other carbohydrates are known to occur not uncommonly (see Errere in Ber. deutsch. bot. Gesellsch. 5: Ixxvi. 1887). Harper in an important paper in the Annals of Botany (25), in which the question of relationship of the Erysiphaceae to other fungi is discussed, replies in detail to the article of Dangeard (14) in which an attempt is made to discredit Harper’s previously published account of the development of the perithecium in Sphacrotheca. I am indebted to the following botanists for kindly sending me specimens : Professor J.C. Arthur, Mme. J. E. Bommer, Professor F. Bubak, Professor A. Magoécsy-Dietz, Mr. E. M. Freeman, Dr. J. Feltgen, Dr. D. Griffiths, Dr. P. Hennings, Professor Shotaro- Hori, Professor A. Jaczewski, Professor A. Kitmanoff, Dr. E. 22 SALMON: NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE Lambotte, Dr. G. Lnstner, Professor P. Magnus, Professor Kingo Miyabe, Dr. F. W. Neger, Dr. N. Patouillard, Professor E. Ros- trup, Professor P. A. Saccardo, Dr. C. Spegazzini, Dr. R. Tolf. (To be continued. ) Dasyscypha resinaria causing Canker Growth on Abies balsamea in Minnesota By ALEXANDER P. ANDERSON (WiTH PLATES I AND 2) In the fall of 1896, while collecting plants in the vicinity of Walker, on Leech Lake, northern Minnesota, the writer noticed that the trunks and larger branches of Adies balsamea, which grows abundantly in the bogs around this place, were affected to a great extent with some fungus or insect, producing numerous canker-like growths and swellings on the stems. This was true especially of the lower part of the tree trunks, and around the branches that had been shaded out and had died on account of an insufficient amount of light. On some trees almost every knot and dead branch was surrounded by one or more of these canker swellings, the canker not infrequently extending all around the tree trunk, or branch (fig. 2). When younger stems or branches were affected in this way the portion above the canker, and often the whole stem, had been killed by the girdling (jig. 7). The trees and cankers were carefully examined, to see whether ‘the cause of the deformation might not be due to insects, like the one causing the common tumors and “ witch-brooms”’ on Picea nigra * which also grows in the bogs of northern Minnesota. No Chermes nor other insect of any kind was present on the affected trees, nor could any indications of any be found, either on the surface of the trees, or on the inside of the bark and wood. The rough bark of the canker was found to have on it, numer- ous ascomata (jig. 3) which were very similar to those of Dasys- cypha calycina (Schum.) Fuckel (D. Willkomii Hartig), the com- : * These ‘* witch-brooms’”’ on Picea nigra sometimes become a meter or more in diameter and are usually spherical, when full grown. They are caused by some Species of Chermes—probably Chermes abictis. Compare von Tubeuf, Forst-naturw. Zeitschr. 2: 76. pl. 5. 1893; Anderson, A. P,, Bot. Gazette, 24: 312. 1897; and Brodie, W., The spruce Gall-louse, Ontario Department of Agriculture Bureau of Forestry, Toronto, May 1, 1893. In the last, mention is made of Chermes abietis as occurring on Picea nigra and Abies balsamea in Canada. 23 24 ANDERSON: DASYSCYPHA RESINARIA CAUSING mon larch canker-producing fungus of Europe, which were familiar to the writer in their living and natural condition. The canker swellings and deformations had much the same appearance as those caused by D. calycina, especially in the profuse resin exuda- tion and flow from the wound. The external character of the canker-swellings and the pres- ence of the ascomata, which were found only on the affected parts, led me to believe that the fungus, if not D. calycina, was a para- sitic one, closely related to the larch canker, Dasyscypha, of Europe. Material of the affected stems and fungus was collected at the time, which has since been worked up. The more important char- acters of the fungus and its effect on the stems are given in this paper. THE Funcus The ascomata are found only on the bark of the canker-swell- ings and deformations on living trees or on the similar swellings on branches and stems which have recently been killed by the cankers. The fungus is not present on the bark of any other part of the tree. The ascomata are stipitate when mature, but sessile in their de- veloping condition (fig. 3, a). The cups of immature and mature ones are approximately of the same diameter—one-half to one mil- limeter across. The stipe varies from one-fourth to one millimeter in length. The whole ascoma is covered over with pilear hairs (fig. 3), which are longer and more abundant on the cup, espe- cially around the disc, than on the stipe (figs. ¢ and 6). The hairs, which surround the disc, project upwards perpen- dicularly to the disc when the ascoma is wet or moistened, but when in a dry condition the hairs of the fringe are turned inwards and almost cover and exclude the disc from view. The reason for this movement will be explained later in the paper. The disc is slightly orange colored, seen best in younger ascomata, soon after they have opened. The stipe and surface of cups of mature ascomata are grayish, becoming whitish and more easily seen on the bark, when in a dry condition. The ascomata, although of a leathery consistency, become brittle and easily drop off when dry- Sections of the ascoma shows it to correspond, in its structural CANKER GROWTH ON ABIES BALSAMEA 25 characters, to those of the Helotiaceae, so well described and fig- ured by Durand,* and to the genus Dasyscypha. The asci are small, cylindrical and slightly club-shaped, taper- ing at the base, and becoming broader towards the rounded apex. They vary in size from 2.5x20 to 4x30 y. The ascus wall is extremely hyaline and difficult to find and measure. It can usually be made out, however, in thin sections, from the position of the spores which lie eight in a row, appearing as if the ascus wall had dissolved away, leaving the spores in their position (jig. 5). The spores are elliptical and extremely small. They vary somewhat in size, the lower ones of the ascus being smaller than the ones nearer the apex. Measurements of spores in several asci gave the following: 1.66 x 2.5 mw, 1.95 x 2.6 4, 2.07 X 3.04, 2.29 X 3.07 f4, 2.49 X 3.5 #. The paraphyses are cylindrical, tapering slightly at the base and are rounded at the tip; otherwise they are of the same diameter throughout. They are about one and one-half to two times as long as the asci, and vary in diameter from 0.8 to I.5 4. The asci and paraphyses are free at their ends, there being no epithecium present. The hypothecium consists of a thin layer of closely inter- woven and extremely slender hyphae, which are made out with difficulty. The excipulum (peridium) is made up of two not clearly dif- ferentiated portions, the medullary and the extal. The medullary consists of more loosely interwoven, colorless hyphae, which run in all directions, filling up the upper central portion of the stipe and forming a thin layer below the hypothecium. The extal layer of the excipulum consists of longer, thick-walled and closely inter- woven hyphae, which are more regular in their course, running almost parallel with each other and with the surface of the ascoma. Some of the extal layer hyphae change their course or become Separated from the other and project from the surface of the ascoma, forming the so-called hairs or pili. These pili or project- ing hyphae have a greater diameter (3 to 4/4) than any of the extal * Durand, Elias J., The classification of the Fleshy Pezizineae with Reference to the Structural Characters illustrating the Bases of their Division into Families. Bull. Torrey Club, 27 : 481. Igoo. 26 ANDERSON: DASYSCYPHA RESINARIA CAUSING hyphae (1 to 2), from which they grow. The pili are shortest on the stipe of the ascoma (40 long) and longest on the margin of the cup (80), where they form a fringe of hairs which project vertically upwards, when the cup is moist and open, but are turned inwards, almost covering and meeting in the center of the disc, when the ascoma is dry (jig. 6). This movement of the fringe of pili, surrounding the disc, is a hygroscopic one, due to tissue tensions. Thus the longer, thicker- walled and more compact peridial hyphae, running up and down and almost parallel with each other and with the surface of the ascoma, would, on drying, contract less than the medullary por- tion, consisting of loosely interwoven and thinner-walled hyphae, running more or less in all directions. As a consequence, when the ascoma dries the greater contraction of the medullary portion tends to pull in, or draw down, the hymenium, making it more concave, and at the same time causing an inward curvature of the fringe of hairs which project from the margin of the peridial portion extending around the hymenium. The pili or projecting hyphae, forming the fringe, do not curve, but remain at the same angle to the peridial substratum which makes this hygroscopic movement. ; The pili, projecting from the surface of the ascoma, especially those forming the fringe around the disc, are dotted over with minute particles of, what appears to be calcium carbonate (jig. 6). The particles disappear when sections are placed in a weak solu- tion of either acetic or hydrochloric acid. I have not been able to notice any evolution of carbon dioxiode from acid treated sections under the microscope. The differences in color of the ascoma in its wet and dry condition, is due partly to the presence of these particles on the pili. IDENTIFICATION OF THE FuNGUS The ascomata, as well as the cankers, in their external char- acters, resembles those of Dasyscypha calycina (Schum.) Fuckel, which has been found in the United States. It was collected by Judge Peters in Alabama, on Finus.* Tubeuf also states that the * Underwood, L. M., and Earle, F. S., A preliminary List of Alabama Fungi. Bull. Ala. Agric. Exp. Sta. 80: 202. 1897. CANKER GROWTH ON ABIES BALSAMEA 27 larch canker Dasyscypha occurs in the United States * and further that it is the only parasitic species in the genus Dasyscypha. Since the publication of Tubeuf’s ‘“ Pflanzenkrankheiten,”’ however, Wagner + has found that Dasyscypha calyciformis (Willd.) Rehm, is parasitic on Pinus silvestris, Abies pectinata and Picea excelsa, in Germany. These two are the only parasitic species of Dasyscypha that have heretofore been reported, but there can be no doubt but that more of the ones inhabiting the bark of living trees, will be found to be parasitic, when a careful examination of these is made That the Minnesota Dasyscypha on Abies balsamea is neither D. calycina nor D. calyciformis, is shown by the extreme minute- ness of its spores, which are smaller than those of any of the species which it resembles. The ascoma resembles that of D. Agassizii B. & C., but is much smaller. The size of the ascoma, as well as that of the spores, agrees most closely with those of D. chamaeleontina (Peck) Sacc. described by Peck{ from speci- mens collected at Sandlake, New York, on the under surface of hemlock-wood lying on the ground. Peck states that there is scarcely any appearance of hairiness on the cups, and that when the cups are bruised, they change in color from white to yellow, then to pink or red. The cups of the Minnesota Dasyscypha, do not change in color when crushed, nor are its spores “ stipitate”’ as in D. chamaeleontina. All the characters of the Minnesota Dasyscypha correspond most closely with those of Dasyscypha resinaria (Cook and Phil.) Rehm., which has been found in North Wales and in Hungary. It resembles this species so closely that there can be no doubt as to its being this one. In the following table, comparisons are made between the closely related species : Inthe original description of D. re sinaria§ the size of the spores was give as 5 x 2.54. This was found by Massee|| to be too large, as shown by the following, copied from Massee’s de- * Tubeuf, K. von, Diseases of Plants induced by Cryptogamic Parasites. es lish translation by Dr. W. G. Smith, 271. T Wagner, G., Beitrage zur kenntniss d. cceexecossenimeseanues Zeitschr. Pflan- zenkrankheiten, 6: 321. 1896. + Peck, C. H., Reg. Report, 30: 60. @ Grevillea, 3: 185. 1875; and Phillips, British Discomycetes, 242. || Massee, George, British Fungus Flora, 4: 344- 1887. DASYSCYPHA RESINARIA CAUSING ANDERSON 28 *BJOSOUUTL “194[B AA ye vaiuvsjvg seigy UO ‘Tose uBy} Jasuol ‘yor 7 $*1-go0 7 9° I —b'z X $:z-$'E Syjoous ‘Quipe< 30- Fic. 4. Section of ascoma, > 30. Fic. 5. Section of ascoma through hymenium and sterile portion; @, hymenium; 6, hypothecium ; ¢, medullary portion of excipulum; d, extal layer of excipulum; ¢, pili, X 450. Fic. 6. Portion of cup with pili forming the fringe around the disc; a, particles of © excreted calcium carbonate with which these hairs are dotted over, & 125. Fic. 7. Cross section of stem, through canker; a, resin vesicle in primary cortex, larger than normal ones on opposite healthy portion of stem; 64, two chains of patho- ay genic resin-canals; c, resin-pocket formed where cambium had been killed; filled with hardened resin, & 1%. Fic. 8. Section through portion of canker; a, resin vesicle of greater diameter than normal ; 44, two chains of pathogenic resin-canals, one in fall and the other in spring wood of the following year, < 15. Fic. 9. Part of cross section of apparently healthy wood, 6 centimeters below the a canker spot; a, pathogenic resin-canals; 4, ‘‘resin cells,’’? lumina of which are filled with hardened resin, > 160. Fic. 10. Part of cross section of wood at canker, with pathogenic resin-canals (4) and ‘‘resin-cells’’ (4), < 160. Fic. 11. Tangential section through a chain of pathogenic resin-canals ; ¢, wound parenchyma; 4, lining cells of resin-canals; ¢, medullary rays, 160. Tilletia horrida Tak. on Rice Plant in South Carolina By ALEXANDER P. ANDERSON At the time of the discovery of the smut on Oryza sativa L., in South Carolina, in 1898, the somewhat close similarity between it and the then already described Ti//etia corona Scribn. (now T. ro- tundata (Arth.) Ell. & Ev.), led the writter to suppose that the rice smut in South Carolina was identical with 7) rotundata (Arth.) Ell. & Ev., which had been found on Panicum and other grasses in the United States. Shortly before, in 1896, Takashi described a new smut on the rice plant in Japan.* In my paper? the original description of T. horrida Tak. was> copied, and the suggestion made that the South Carolina rice smut and the one in Japan might be the same. No specimens of 7: horrida had at that time been seen by the writer, but since then it has been found in seed rice imported from Japan. The spores and affected ovaries of the Japanese rice smut, and the South Carolina one, are identically the same in all their characters, so that there can be no doubt but that the rice smut found at Georgetown, South Carolina, was introduced through seed rice imported from Japan. Upon inquiry I found that Japanese seed rice had been sent to Georgetown, South Carolina, by the Clyde Steamship Company in 1896 and experimented upon by two planters near Georgetown, t which explains the appearance of 7. horrida Tak. at this place. That the rice smut at Georgetown, South Carolina, was Tilletia horrida Tak., has already been called attention to by Professor F. S. Earle.§ This had probably been overlooked by Professor L. H. Pammel in his recent bulletin on the Grasses of Iowa,|| where he makes mention of Zi//etia rotundata (Arth.) Ell. & Ev., as oc- curring on the rice plant in South Carolina. *Tokio Bot. Mag. 10: 20. 1896. t Bot. Gazette, 27 : 472. 1899. ft Bull. S. C. Agric. Exp, Sta. 41: 13. § Bot. Gazette, 28°: 138. 1899. \| lowa Geol. Survey Bull. 1: 253. 1901. 35 36 ANDERSON: TILLETIA HORRIDA TAK. ON RICE- PLANT Massee makes no mention of 7. horrida Tak., on the rice plant. He had evidently overlooked it at the time of the publica- tion of his monograph on 77//etia.* On account of the mistake made by me in my first paper, on the South Carolina rice smut, published soon after its discovery, there appears to be some confusion as to its name, which I hope the above note will correct. COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY. * Bulletin Kew Gardens, London. Seeds and Seedlings of Arisaema triphyllum and Arisaema Dracontium A By Rosina J. RENNERT (PLATE 3) Some interesting facts in the germination of the seeds of Aris- aema Dracontium have been recently described by Dr. MacDougal, and the author has devoted a greater part of the last year to the comparative study of the morphology and physiology of the seed- lings of this species and of A, triphyllum. Some attention was also given to seedlings of a hybrid between the two species and those of 4. flavum from Sikkim, India. It was previously found by Dr. MacDougal that the plumule of A. Dracontium emerges from the cotyledonary sheath only in a small proportion of the seedlings, and that only a few of those emerging exhibited a development sufficient to carry the lamina of the first leaf up into the air and unfold it to the light.* According to Braun, the closely related species Arum macu- latum displays a similar behavior. He says ‘‘So spielt auch an der Keimpflanze die Niederblattbildung eine grossere Rolle, als bei Ca/la, in dem nach Irmisch auf dem Cotyledon zunachst mehrere unterirdische vegetirende Niederblatte folgen bevor ein Laubblatt, und zwar erst im zweiten Jahre zum Vorsche in kommt.” + This statement seems to have escaped the notice of Scott and Sar- gant who have recently made an extended study of these seed- lings. t The seedlings of A. tiphyllum, on the other hand, send up a plumule as soon as the hypocoty] is firmly established in the soil, while the hybrid between 4. Dracontium and A. triphyllum dis- Plays a curiously intermediate type of germination. The hypo- (ihe dees, DT. Seedlings of Arisaema. Torreya, 1:2. 1901. Tt Braun. Ueber das Vorkommen mehere Hullblatter am Kolben von Arum maculatum 1.., Calla palustris, und Richardia Africana Kth. Verh. bot. Ver. Brand- eabury, 1:04. 1859. si t Scott and Sargant. On the Development of Arum maculatum from the Seed. Annals Bot. 12: 399. 1898. me 37 38 RENNERT: SEEDS AND SEEDLINGS OF ARISAEMA cotyl, in this case, increases in size at first without sending up a plumule, and it is only after the seedling has exhausted the entire food supply of the endosperm and has separated from the seed that the plumule appears. Like A. triphyllum the Indian species, A. favum, follows the normal type of germination, and its plumule arises shortly after the hypocotyl emerges from the seed. The seedling is only about one half the size of that of A. triphyllum. As the general structure of the seedling of A. triphyllum re- sembles most closely that displayed by A. Dracontium, this species was chosen as a basis for comparison in the study of the curious variations of A. Dracontium. The fruits of A. Dracontium and A. triphyllum are very simi- lar. In both the scarlet berries, which have a sweetish, slightly acrid taste, are closely crowded upon the spadix. The berries of A. Dracontium are larger and fleshier than those of A. tiphyllum and contain from three to six seeds, while those of A. tiphyllum are one- or three-seeded. In shape the seeds of both are some- what ovoid. At the hilum, the seed of A. Dracontium is generally puckered into two or three ridges and the short stalk of the funic- ulus is conspicuous, while in A. ¢riphyllum the seed is flattened in the hilar region, but also bears a prominent funiculus. Elsewhere the seeds are well rounded, except when flattened by the pressure of other seeds in the same berry. Both seeds bear a rudimentary aril which consists of a small disc-shaped fleshy mass situated imme- diately inside the coats at the hilar end of the seed, and extending as a core down the funiculus. The average size of the seeds of 4. Dracontium is 3.5 mm. in transverse and 4.25 mm. in longitudinal diameter, while the average seed of A. #iphyl/lum is 4 mm. in trans- verse and 3.5 mm. in longitudinal diameter, almost exactly revers- ing the proportions of A. Dracontium. When only a few are pro- duced in a berry, the seeds of A. Dracontium are larger in both axes than those of A. triphyllum, which develop singly. When, however, a number of seeds mature in the same berry they develop in such a position as to exert a lateral pressure upon each other and in consequence the transverse diameter remains shorter. In these cases the seeds of A. Dracontium do not attain the size of © ; even the smallest of A. triphyllum. On the whole, however, 4. TRIPHYLLUM AND ARISAEMA DRACONTIUM 39 Dracontium has the larger seed. The surface of both seeds is finely pitted and sometimes minute reddish spots are to be seen upon them. A. “iphyllum has a yellowish color and A. Dracon- “um a reddish-yellow blush. This color is due to substances in the wall of the inner coat of the seed, as the testa is translucent. In the general microscopic structure the seeds present only slight dissimilarities. The outermost row of cells in the testa of both species are brick-shaped and are set close together with their long axes at right angles to the radius of the seed. In both the walls of this outer row of cells are mucilaginous, swelling greatly when they come in contact with water. In A. Dracontium they are slightly larger and their outer walls are considerably thicker. A cuticle covers this row of cells in both species. Some of the cells below the outer row of the testa contain tannin, others are filled with mucilage in which raphide cells are im- bedded, still others have a red coloring matter within them. It is to these latter cells that the dotted appearance sometimes noted on the seeds is due. The tegmen consists of three rows of tabu- lar cells with very thick mucilaginous walls. In A. Dracontium these walls are orange-colored, and in A. ¢riphyllum yellowish in color and so serve to give each seed its distinctive appearance. There is a cutinized lamella on either side of the tegmen cells. The seeds of both plants are orthotropous and the embryo is imbedded in an abundant endosperm. In A. ¢triphyllum the endo- sperm appears entirely homogeneous to the naked eye, while in A. Dracontium there is a horny layer next the seed coats. Upon mi- croscopic examination, however, but slight differences are evident. The outer portion of the endosperm of A. Dracontium consists of 3 to 5 rows of cubical aleurone cells with walls capable of great swelling in water, These cells contain granular proteid globules, a single crystalloid, and also a small amount of fat. The aleurone cells of A. triphyllum are of exactly the same character, but are generally only from two to four rows deep, and also a trifle smaller. Within the layers of aleurone cells, making up by far the greater part of the endosperm, are large starch-bearing cells which have thin cellulose walls. Numerous crystalloids are imbedded in the Starch of these cells. These crystalloids are slightly more nu- merous in the seeds of A. Dracontium. In both cases, however, 40 RENNERT: SEEDS AND SEEDLINGS OF ARISAEMA they are very abundant near the aleurone cells and become scarcer toward the embryo at the center of the endosperm. It will be seen that the only difference between the two seeds lies in the size of the cells which compose the aleurone layer and the seed coats. It follows from the greater size of the seed of A. Dracontium that this species has a food supply slightly greater than that of 4. “#7- phyllum. Both resting embryos occupy a position near the base of the seed. In fact the aleurone cells near the micropyle are obliterated and the base of the hypocotyl of each embryo is close to the teg- men at this point. The cavity in which the embryo lies, but does not entirely fill, corresponds in general shape to that of the embryo and extends as an axis from the micropyle to the hilar region through the center of the seed. Its sides are formed of starch- bearing cells, aleurone cells close to the cavity at the hilar end, while the tegmen bounds it at the opposite end as described above. The embryos are club-shaped and small in proportion to the amount of endosperm contained in the seeds. In A. Dracontium they are 2 mm. long and .75 mm. thick, while those of A. ¢iphyl- /um are slightly larger, measuring 2.75 mm. in length and .5 to .875 mm. in thickness. In A. triphyllum three fourths of the length of the embryo consists of cotyledon, the remainder is taken up by the hypocotyl. This relation is different in A. Dracontium, for the cotyledon in this case bears a slightly greater proportion to the entire length of the embryo. A slight constriction marks the insertion of the cotyledon on the hypocotyl, and a very small pro- tuberance at the base of the hypocotyl is the incipient radicle. Five regions are already differentiated in the resting embryo of each species, the dermatogen, procambium, root cap, meristem and fundamental parenchyma. The dermatogen is continuous with the epithelial layer which covers the entire embryo and, at the slit for the emergence of the plumule in the cotyledonary tube, is deflected back to line the plumular cavity. In the plumule of A, triphyllum dermatogen is already clearly differentiated but in A. Dracontium it is not so evident. The dermatogen is composed of a single row of narrow cells with their long axis at right angles : to the longitudinal axis of the embryo. They are filled with aleurone grains and each contains a crystalloid. The procambium Se sires nese TRIPHYLLUM AND ARISAEMA DRACONTIUM 41 strands which foreshadow the bundles have already been laid down in the cotyledon, stem-bud and hypocotyl. Near the tip of the cotyledon the procambium strands branch and anastomose irregu- larly and therefore no definite number or arrangement of them can be determined, but at the base the number becomes constant and each strand occupies a regular position. The plan of arrange- ment in both species is similar. In cross section the strands mark out a crescent in which the largest is at the middle of the bow. In A. triphyllum which has regularly five strands, two lie on either side of the central ones, while the cotyledon of A. Dracontium shows the same arrangement of its five principal strands, but has in addition one or two smaller ones. When there are two, these extra strands occupy positions on either side of the large middle trace. When only one extra strand is retained, it invariably is at the right. In the tubular portion of the cotyledon, the largest strand is in the thickest part of the wall. The strands are com- posed of six or seven rows of narrow elongated cells which have their long axis four to six times the length of their radial, and parallel with the longitudinal axis of the embryo. In the stem-bud, procambium strands have also been differentiated. In A. Dracon- tum the strands in the plumule are faint and there is some varia- tion in the number of the procambial regions. They are never more numerous than three and at times only the pro-cambium of the future midrib has been laid down. In A. ériphyllum five distinct procambium regions can be distinguished in the plumule. Procambium strands are also present in the hypocotyl and occupy fully one half of its entire diameter. They are continuous with the procambium of the stem-bud and form at the base of the hypocotyl the rudimentary root stele. At the base of the hypo- cotyl the root-cap may be distinguished, made up of several rows of rather large cells which stretch across its entire base and are continuous at the sides with the dermatogen of the embryo. In the outer rows the cells are empty. Meristem tissue is to be found at the stem-bud and at the base of the hypocotyl where the root takes its origin. These cells are very small and nearly isodia- metric. Their nuclei are large and fill almost the entire cell. Parenchyma cells make up the rest of the embryo. They are two or three times the size of the epidermal cells and are packed with 42 RENNERT: SEEDS AND SEEDLINGS OF ARISAEMA starch. Scattered through the inner tissue are large cells filled with proteids in which a crystalloid also is embedded. These pro- teid cells are distributed through the tissues in those regions where the pro-cambium strands first make their appearance. The embryos of the two species are similar in shape, position in the seed and general structure. A. Dracontium differs from A. triphyllum in four particulars: (1) Its size, (2) The proportion which the length of its cotyledon bears to its hypocotyl, (3) The number of procambium regions to be found in the cotyledon and (4) The state of differentiation of the procambium strands in the plumule. Here already the tendency in. 4. Dracontium to delay the development of the plumule is evident. THE GERMINATION OF THE SEEDLINGS In both species when water reaches the seeds the mucilaginous walls of the outer row of cells of the testa swell, while the cells below, pulled out by the swelling outer row and pushed out by the increase in size of the mucilaginous tegmen and the walls of the aleurone cells, separate and show an irregular alternation of large and small cells, which are, of course, empty. The seeds now in- — crease considerably in size by the absorption of water, and the action of the moisture slowly reduces the outer row of the testa cells to a gelatinous film about the seeds. The mucilaginous tegmen is also soon dissolved, while all that remains of the seed coat is the inner part of the testa. The tannin in the vesicles contained within this becomes diffused through the whole of the cellulose coat and makes it more resistant to the disintegrating action of the soil. This part of the coat alone adheres to the seed until the last par- ticle of endosperm is dissolved. The mucilaginous cells of the seed coat and the thick walls of the aleurone cells serve to in- crease the absorption of water, while the outer row of the testa is instrumental in bringing about the attachment of the seed to the soil.* The cellulose layer of the testa, impregnated with tannin, _ protects the endosperm during germination. When water reaches the embryo in the seed it swells and fills the cavity in which it lies, © ; so that its epithelial cells are in contact at the sides with the starch *Klebs. Beitrage zur Morphologie und Biologie der Keimung. Untersuch. 2. d. 2 : Botan. Institut z. Tubingen. 1: 536. 1885. : | TRIPHYLLUM AND ARISAEMA DRACONTIUM 43 cells of the endosperm. Here the diastase formed by the epithe- lium of the embryo can begin to act upon the stored starch of the seed and a proteolytic enzyme to dissolve the crystalloids. The starch of the endosperm is absorbed before the crystalloids, and when the cells in contact with the embryo have been emptied of their contents the cell walls are pushed back by the advancing growth of the cotyledon and the enzyme acts upon the contents of the cells next outside. The proteids of the aleurone cells do not become soluble until late in the history of the seedling. The cell walls of the endosperm do not seem to be acted upon by any enzyme, and are wholly intact until the seed separates from the seedling. While the epithelial cells are secreting the enzymes, the coty- ledon increases in length and by its elongation pushes the hypo- cotyl, bearing the stem-bud, through the seed coats at the mi- cropyle. A. Dracontium requires fully a month longer than A. ‘riphyllum for its hypocotyl to protrude. When the hypocotyl has wholly emerged from the seed it is directed down into the ground at right angles to the plane of the cotyledon, which is still in the seed. This is effected by means of a bend in the cotyledon at the place where it leaves the seed. This downward pull of the hypocotyl serves to tilt the seed up, and is sufficient when the seed has not been planted deep to break through the ground and bring the seed to the surface. In all cases it loosens the earth about the seedling, and so renders it easier for the pumule to make its way through the soil. A great part of the cotyledon is confined within the seed during its entire development. The length which the cotyledons attain varies in both species, but those of A. Dracontium are on the aver- age shorter than those of A. sriphyllum. The average length of the 4. Dracontium cotyledons outside of the seed is 3 mm., while those of A. triphyllum reach an average length of 7 mm. The number of the cells in the cotyledon is not increased by its elonga- tion, for its entire growth is due to the increase in size of the already existing cells. The epithelial cells, which in the resting embryo had their axis perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the embryo, now in the region of the cotyledon have this relation com- pletely changed. Their long axes are parallel with the longitudinal 44 RENNERT: SEEDS AND SEEDLINGS OF ARISAEMA axis of the embryo. The cells of the parenchyma have also taken on anelongated form. The only region in the cotyledon where new cells are added is that occupied by the procambium and fibro- vascular bundles. Here the cell division is very active. Radial growth takes place only as the contents of the endosperm cells is absorbed. The shape, arrangement of cells and manner of elon- gating are exactly similar in the cotyledons of A. Dracontium and A. triphyllum. Jt is only in the fibrovascular system that any dif- ference between them has been discovered. Here in both cases, as in the procambium strands in the embryo, the bundles near the tip, branch and anastomose so that their distribution is irregular. At the base, however, the number of bundles is constant. A. Dra- contium as a rule possesses six bundles: one of these strands is very weak and occupies the same position as the sixth procambium strand in the cotyledon, 2. ¢., at the right of the largest central bundle. The _ left hand strand which corresponds to the seventh in the resting embryo disappears before the cotyledon has proceeded very far with its development. The cotyledon of A. ¢riphyllum has five bundles arranged as in the resting embryo. Ina few instances ei chlorophyl has been found in that part of the cotyledon of A. Dracontium which protrudes from the seed both when the plumule was functional and when it was not. These cases, however, are uncommon. { Up to this point there is almost absolute identity in the germi- nation of these two species: the only difference between them lies in the various sizes which the cotyledons attain. After this stage in the germination has been reached, however, various differences in the order of development of the organs become apparent. The rudiments of all the structures of the mature corm are present in the hypocotyl of both A. “iphyllum and A. Dracontium and the formation of the corm is brought about by the enlarge- ment of the base of the hypocotyl and the laying down in it of the definitive tissues. In both it increases in bulk at least to a small extent before the first primary root is sent out. The hypocotol of A. Dracontium enlarges at a very much more rapid rate in the _ first stages of germination than does A. triphyllum and generally _ attains a considerable development before the root appears. A seedling of 4. Dracontium with two roots each only 1 mm. in length TRIPHYLLUM AND ARISAEMA DRACONTIUM 45 may have a corm 4 mm. in diameter while in a well-developed seedling of A. ¢riphyllum with a strong system of roots and a plumule well grown, the corm may be only 1.75 mm. in diameter. The enlargement of the corm of A. “iphyllum becomes marked only after the leaf is well established as a photosynthetic organ. In those seedlings of A. Dracontium in which the plumule does not become functional the corm, when its growth is completed, averages 4.5 mm. in diameter. When, however, the seedling has a functionating leaf the corm may attain a diameter of 6 mm. The corm of A. triphyllum may have a diameter of 5.75 mm. at the end of the season, but in many cases it is much less. The enlargement of the hypocotyl is due to the increase both in size and number of its cells. As its growth is rather radial than longitudinal, the epithelial cells become isodiametric in shape. The storage cells increase in size and in number in all directions and so maintain the same relative dimensions. The starch grains contained in these cells are several times as large as those of the endosperm of the seed. The procambium cells of the hypocotyl are very active, dividing both in their longitudinal and transverse di- ameters and the fibro-vascular system soon becomes differentiated. Raphide cells are numerous in the corm and in all parts of the seedlings of the two species. As the corm enlarges, a layer of periderm arises on the outside, from which are cut off tangentially five or six rows of empty flattened cells. In addition to the pro- tection they afford the corm, these periderm cells are instrumental in effecting a separation between the cotyledon and the corm, after the food supply of the endosperm has been absorbed. They grow between the cotyledon and the corm and separate the two by proliferating cells from their surface. In several instances chlorophyl has been formed in the two or three rows directly be- neath the layers of periderm. The only difference in the develop- ment of the corm of the two species lies in the earlier enlargement of the hypocotyl of 4. Dracontium and the greater average size of its completed corms. The time at which the roots of A. Dracontium appear varies markedly. In some cases the hypocotyl enlarges greatly, becom- ing, as was described above, about 3 mm. in diameter before the first root arises. In other instances the roots are developed as 46 RENNERT: SEEDS AND SEEDLINGS OF ARISAEMA _ soon as the hypocotyl has found its way into the ground. Seed- lings of A. Dracontium vary greatly also in the number and kinds of roots which they send forth. Those with the most well de- veloped system have two primary roots from the base of the hypocotyl and later a thick root arising adventitiously from the the nodes. This secondary root, becomes contractile and trans- versely ridged for part of its length. One of the primary roots also often becomes contractile and helps to draw the corm deeper in the ground. A secondary root, however, is developed only in those seedlings which also send up a plumule and a few even of these have none. The seedlings in which the plumule has not started into activity have as a rule two primary roots, one of which becomes thickened and assumes the function of contraction. In some cases neither of the primary roots is contractile and in others only one short thin root is produced. A direct correlation be- tween leaf and root development is here evident. Variations in the structure as well as the number of the roots occur. The con- tractile roots which are for the most part simple have been ob- served occasionally to be branched. In another instance (the at single case in which two contractile roots occurred in the lot of A. Dracontium seedlings observed) two contractile roots were fused for part of their length. The root system of A. #iphyllum is very much better developed than is that of A. Dracontinm, for the roots are both longer and more numerous. The seedlings have always two and often three primary roots which reach a length of 5 cm. and in addition after the seedling is well under way, three thick adventitious roots appear, budding from the nodes. These roots are contractile and show the same transverse ridges as the con- | tractile roots of A. Dracontium. In some cases they pull the hypocotyl! down as much as 2 or 3 cm. below the level at which it germinated. After the secondary roots become firmly established, the primary roots grow no more and the greater part of the entire root function is discharged by the contractile roots which bear root hairs near their tips and become about 7 cm. long. The only difference in microscopic structure between the con- tractile, secondary and primary roots consists in the greater radial elongation of the cells of the inner cortex of the contractile roots. — | In A. Dracontium the root stele of the primary root ‘shows a diarch | Screech nena TRIPHYLLUM AND ARISAEMA DRACONTIUM 47 structure and the secondary roots are tetrach as arule. Some, however, have been observed to be triarch ; in A. triphyllum both primary and contractile roots are triarch. After the contraction of the roots the outer cortex cells are very much strained and twisted, but the radial elongation of the inner cells protects the stele from any distortion. The roots of A. Dracontium are more variable in all respects than those of A. triphyllum. The stem-bud of A. Dracontium and A. triphyllum have the Same structure in the resting embryo, with the exception that the procambium stands in the bud leaves have reached a more advanced stage of differentiation in A. wriphyllum. During the first season’s growth, however, the structure of the bud in the two species has an entirely different history. Like the roots the plumules of the A. Dracontium seedlings vary greatly in the state of development which they attain. As a rule the plumule of A. Dracontinm develops to at least a small degree after germination, forming a lamina and a short petiole which al- though it may break through the cotyledonary sheath, yet rarely reaches the air and is often represented only by a rudiment 2 mm. in length remaining permanently enclosed by the cotyledon and en- Wrapping in its turn the stem-bud of the next year. This undeve- loped plumule is cut off at the end of the season by the formation ~ of a periderm between it and the corm in the same way as the coty- lendon is separated from the corm. About 10 per cent. of the seedlings of A. Dracontium produce functional plumules, They appear at different stages during the growth of the corm, gener- ally when it has already attained a considerable size and in some cases only after the seedling has entirely separated from the seed. Its method of emergence from its enclosing cotyledon is exactly the same as that of J. triphyllum which produces a plumule nor- mally. As soon as the root has secured a firm hold on the soil and the hypocotyl is only slightly enlarged, the plumule with its blade recurved parallel to the petiole and rolled in at the mar- gin breaks through the tubular part of the enclosing cotyledon through a longitudinal slit which is already present in the resting embryo. The plumule becomes green rapidly while the petiole at the base of the lamina straightens out and the folded blade un- _ Tolls and grows larger. ~. 48 RENNERT: SEEDS AND SEEDLINGS OF ARISAEMA The functional plumules of A. Dracontium exhibit a tendency toward degeneration. A comparison of the plumules of the two species will well demonstrate the particular instances. The fully grown leaves of A. wiphyllum are ovate, the largest being 36 mm. in length and 30 mm. in width, while the smaller are 25 mm. by 13 mm. The functional leaves of A. Dracontium vary greatly meee in the shape and size of the lamina and in the length of the petiole. i In outline they range from broadly elliptical to nearly circular and all bear a mucronate point at the tip as does A. triphyllum. The largest leaves of A. Dracontium are about 25 mm. in length by 22 mm. in width, but the greater number are smaller, some being only 6 mm. by 3 mm. The margin of nearly all leaves of A. a7 phyllum are very finely serrulate ; while some leaves of A. Dracon- tium display a tendency to serrulation, more often they are entire. The upper surface of the A. triphyllum leaf is covered with faint whitish lines ; this appearance is due to the presence of elongated raphide cells in the mesophyll directly beneath the epidermis. A. Dracontium has numerous raphide cells in the mesophy]l but they — } are not so large as those of A. ¢riphyllum and cannot be distin- guished without the aid of the microscope. The under surface of | the leaves of A. ¢riphyllum is covered with a waxy bloom and the - upper surface also shows some wax. In A. Dracontium the wax is very much thinner on the under surface and barely discernible 01 j the upper. As a consequence the leaf of 4. Dracontium wilts very quickly after being removed from the plant. The development of stomata on both leaves is about the same. The leaves of both species are pinnately net-veined. In A. ¢riphyllum one pair of the lateral branches is more strongly marked than the others, fore shadowing distinctly the plan of the mature trifoliolate leaf. In A. Dracontium the plan of venation is more generalized. The lateral veins have all equal value and are neither so well marked as some nor so faint as other lateral veins of the leaf of A. triphyl/um. The mesophyll of the A. Dracontium \eaf is not so well developed nor so well supplied with chlorophyll as is that of 4. triphyllum. Those plumules of A. Dyracontium which become assimilatory organs are functional for a shorter period than those of 4. diphyl- | : ‘um, for they wither upon the plant much sooner. Those of long- est duration last not more than three months while some send uP * TRIPHYLLUM AND ARISAEMA DRACONTIUM 49 a petiole only, the blade being shriveled before it expands. Mon- strosities seem to be very frequent in the leaves of A. Dracontium, for instance, the displacement of the mucronate point from the tip to the middle of the under surface of the midrib or the multipli- cation of these points upon the under surface. The blade is also often lobed upon one side and in one instance both sides of the leaf showed this peculiarity. The petioles of the leaves of both species are streaked with red, the color being most abundant near the base. The petiole of A. Dracontium is considerably shorter than A. tiphyllum and the fibro-vascular system is weaker on the whole although some stems of A. Dracontium and A. triphyllum show scarcely any difference. In the arrangement of tissue within the stem there is exact simi- larity. The bundles are arranged to form an open cylinder gen- erally, in A. Dracontium, three on each side of the largest bundle. Those stems which attain the greatest development may have in addition a bundle running through the center of this cylinder, while in J. triphyllum the fibro-vascular system may include still another bundle, completing the cylinder and making nine bundles in all. | The development of the buds goes on during the growth of the seedling. Each rudimentary leaf arises as a hollow elevation enclosing the next youngest. At the end of the season the stem- bud of A. Dracontium has four bracts which enwrap the bud at the center and A. #iphyllum agrees exactly with this plan in Structure. All but the innermost of these enclosing bud leaves remain as rudiments upon the corm protecting the bud. The fourth grows large enough to protect the leaf as it pushes through the soil the second year, but remains at its base as a membraneous sheath. The second season all 4. Dracontium corms, like those of A. triphyllum, produce one trifoliolate leaf enclosed at the base by a sheath which, in those cases where no plumule is produced, must be regarded as the first leaf sent up by the plant. The functional leaf of the second season is trifoliolate normally, but is subject to great variation, such as the whole or partial fusion of two of its lobes or the complete obliteration of one of them. Even when the leaf is regularly trifoliolate great variations occur in the shape of 50 RENNERT: SEEDS AND SEEDLINGS OF ARISAEMA the individual leaflets. In some, the side leaflets may be narrowly — lanceolate while others may approach an elliptical shape. The mid leaflet is generally broader than the lateral ones, but here too } a variety of forms may occur. At the end of the second season's i growth there is still a slight difference in the size of the corms of those plants of A. Dracontium which have borne a plumule the first year and those that have not. The root systems are, however, simi ! lar; six adventitious roots are developed in each. Except in the retarded development of its plumule, the development of the stem- bud of A. Dracontium agrees with that shown by A. sriphyllum. — The repression of the plumule does not seem to be correlated with q any variations in the stem-bud of the second season, since varla- — tions of leaf form occur as frequently in second-year plants which 4 produced a functional plumule the first season. The principal differences between the seedlings of A. Dracom- — tium and A. triphyllum consist not only in the reduction and vari- ability of the roots, the variation and repression of the plumule of — 3 the part of A. Dracontium, but also in the precocious enlargement of the corm. This difference arises as soon as germination starts; - in A. Dracontium the foodstuff of the endosperm is employed — directly to build up the hypocotyl at the expense of the devel: — opment of root and plumule. In A. triphyllum, however, B® soon as the hypocotyl breaks through the seed coats, the root} are sent out and attain some development at once, the plumule — then appears, and in normal cases it is only after this assimilatory : organ is well established and the seedling has separated from the seed that the hypocotyl begins to enlarge. In A. sriphyllum the — : endosperm furnishes the material which is necessary to bring the | root and plumule to an advanced stage of development, and the — food material for the hypocotyl is supplied by the assimilation of i the plumule. The early enlargement of the corm and the repres* sion of the plumule can scarcely be held to be due to a patholog- 4 ical condition of the seed or to an unfavorable environment, as the — 1 seeds planted were perfectly sound and the plumules in the ene bryos of those from the same lot which were examined showed 20 _ evidence of the attacks of parasites or any abnormality, while the — conditions under which the plants were grown corresponded to the normal environment of these plants as was well demonstrated by TRIPHYLLUM AND ARISAEMA DRACONTIUM 51 the vigorous growth of A. triphyllum which was subjected to the same conditions. On the other hand the small proportion of functional plumules developed by seedlings of A. Dracontium and, in the cases in which aleaf was produced, the great variations in shape, the small size, the generalized form and venation, the delicacy of the lamina and the weak development of wax upon it, the shortness of the petiole and the frequent appearance of monstrosities, all are indications of de- generation and lead to the conclusion that this seedling is losing its power to produce a normal assimilating plumule. This con- clusion is borne out by an examination of the internal structure. The petioles of the smaller leaves of A. ¢riphyllum show the same arrangement of fibrovascular bundles as the largest of A. Dra- contium and a series of increasingly smaller plumules which may easily be obtained from a number of seedlings shows a successively more generalized development of fibrovascular system until in the least developed system it becomes reduced to a mere rudiment. The highly organized fibrovascular system of the hypocotyl, which is of very little service to the seedling without a plumule and only a weakly developed root system, is still retained and bears evidence that the present type of seedling which brings a plumule to various stages of imperfect development may be a degeneration from a con- dition like that of the seedlings of A. triphyllum with a plumule normally functional. So far as has been observed this type of germination is of no benefit to the seedlings. It does not seem to enable the corms to escape from the danger which they incur of being torn up by animals, for the development of the seedling without a strong root system of course precludes any great downward pull upon the corm by the contraction of its roots. Those plants of A. Dracontium which develop a leaf and correlated with this a Stronger root system have invariably been found buried deeper than the plants whose plumule is not functional, for although in the plumuleless seedlings there is no upwardly directed force to bring the corm near the surface such as the plumule exerts in forcing its way through the ground yet on account of the weak- ness of the root system the tendency is such as to keep the corms very near the depth at which the seeds germinated. The repres- 52 RENNERT: SEEDS AND SEEDLINGS OF ARISAEMA sion of a plumule, of course, prevents the destruction of young seedlings by grazing animals; but the well-developed plumule contains enough raphide cells to protect it from attacks of this kind and the advantage which the plants enjoy in this respect 1s largely over-balanced by positive disadvantages. This variation, oe er siete aes therefore, can scarcely have been perpetuated because of the ad- _ vantage as a means of defense which plumuleless seedlings pos- sess. As far as can be discovered at present this variation is of — no benefit to the plant but, on the contrary, there are great disad- vantages in this method of germination, which tend to throw the plant entirely upon the food supply of the parent form for another — season, The germination of A. Dracontium consists essentiallf in the — conversion of the hypocotyl of the embryo into the corm of the seedling by the transfer of the food material contained in the — endosperm. In some aroids,* this resorption of the endosperm — and conversion of the base of the hypocotyl into a corm takes — place before the embryo leaves the seed; that is to say, the deaat velopment of the seed is not completed until a bulbiform embry? with true fibro-vascular bundles and no trace of cotyledon has been formed. An example of this type is Spathyema foetida. When uy the seed of this plant germinates the stem-bud pushes out of the 7 micropyle and breaks through the ground first ; later adventitious — roots spring from the nodes. this seed and the sprouting of the first year’s corm of A. Dracot tium is the fact that in the former case the seed coats which suf round the bulbiform embryo must be penetrated by the stem-bud. If the corm formation of the seedling of A. Dracontium took — place within the seed coats (and this could be brought about — simply by the arrest of the elongation of the cotyledon) the tw? ‘i cases would be exactly similar. In fact the cotyledon of Ae Dracontium is varying in just this direction, for it often displays 4 q tendency to be shorter than the cotyledon of A. ¢riphyllum ® a has been pointed out above. The delay in germination at first © moreover, may be another indication of a tendency to carry Oe the entire development of the corm within the seed. _- ae * Engler. Monographiae Phanerogamarum, Araceae, 11: 34. : No primary root is produced. Tt — will be seen that the only difference between the germination of TRIPHYLLUM AND ARISAEMA DRACONTIUM 5 Owing to the lack of time and material the developmeut of the corm of Spathyema within the seed could not be traced but an ex- amination of the literature of the subject brought out the fact that many aroids manifest a tendency to carry on the development of the plant as far as possible before actual germination, 7. ¢., emergence from the seed and development of assimilatory organs occurs, * SUMMARY The .seeds of the two species present only a few unimportant differences in shape. In histological structure they are similar. The embryos are comparatively small and are imbedded in a co- pious farinaceous endosperm. The only essential distinction be- tween them consists in the slightly greater amount of food material in the seed of A. Dracontium, the extra procambium strand of its cotyledon and the weaker development of procambium in the plumule of its resting embryo. The first stages of the germina- .tion of the two seeds are of the same character and consist in the emergence of the hypocotyl and stem-bud from the seed coats at the micropyle, by means of the elongation of the cotyledon. As the development of the seedlings proceeds, the production of roots and a plumule takes precedence in A. *riphyllum while in A. Dracontium the enlargement of the hypocotyl begins at once _and the growth of the root and plumule is retarded. This pre- cocious development of the corm often takes. place to such a de- gree as to entirely inhibit the production of a functional plumule. The same differences between the two species in regard to the fibrovascular development is exhibited by the seedlings as is dis- played by the resting embryo. The structure of the stem-bud which develops upon the corm during the first season’s growth is absolutely the same in both species. The seedling of 4. Dracontium is diverging from what seems to be the normal type of germination in Arisaema, i. ¢., the develop- ment of an assimilatory plumule and the production of ‘a corm by means of the product of the photosynthetic activity of this organ, and is tending to produce a corm without the aid of a plumule by the direct transfer of the food material of the endosperm to the ———____. * Engler. Monographiae Phanerogamarum. Araceae, 11: 34, 35- Griffith. Trans. Linn. Soc. 20: 274-276. 1847. 54 RENNERT: SEEDS AND SEEDLINGS OF ARISAEMA hypocotyl. This type of germination does not seem to be due to a diseased condition of the seed or embryo or to an unfavorable environment nor does it appear to be advantageous to the young seedling. It might be suggested therefore that it is an expression of an inherent tendency in aroids to carry the young plantlet as far as possible in its development before an assimilatory organ is produced. If this conclusion be correct we have in A, Dracontium a transition stage between a seedling forming its corm outside of the seed coats with the aid of a plumule as in A. “riphyllum and a corm formation within the seed coats at the expense of the endo- sperm as is the case with Spathyema foetidus. Explanation of Plate 3 Fic. 1. Seedling of A, Dracontium showing hypocotyl just emerging from seed. Fic. 2. Seedling of A. Dracontium. Hypocotyl has begun to enlarge, short root has appeared. Fic. 3. Seedling of 4. Dracontium, Root has elongated, root hairs have arisen. Fic, 4. Seedling of 4. Dracontium. Uypocotyl has enlarged greatly, first root has elongated, second root is just appearing. Fic. 5. Seedling of A. Dracontium. Wypocotyl has attained full size of first year’s corm, Fic. 6. Seedling of 4. Dracontium. Specimen in which the root system has been only slightly developed. Fic, 7. First-year corm of A. Dracontium. Formation of periderm at base of cotyledon has separated corm from seed. Fic. 8. Seedling of A. Dracontium which has produced plumule. Fic. 9. Seedling of A. Dracontium. More advanced ; note single contractile root, developed only in those cases where plumule is sent up. Fics 10, 11, 12. Variations in form of plumule in those seedlings of 4. D7a-_ contium which send up a leaf. Fics. 13, 14. Second-year leaves of 4. Dracontium when a plumule had been developed by seedling. Fics. 15, 16, 17, 18, 19. First leaves produced by A. Dracontium corms which have been developed without the aid of a plumule. Fic. 20, Seedling of 4. ¢riphyllum. Hypocotyl just emerging. Fic, 21. Seedling of 4. ¢riphyllum. Cotyledon lengthened, hypocotyl has begu® to enlarge, root has arisen. Fic. 22, Seedling of 4. ¢riphyllum. Second root appearing. Fic. 23. Seedling of A. ¢riphyllem. Second root has increased in length. Fic. 24. Seedling of 4. /riphyl/umu. Plumule has emerged from cotyledonary sheath. Fic. 25. Seedling of 4. ¢rifhyllum. Petiole of plumule has lengthened, a third root has appeared. Hypocotyl perceptibly enlarged. Fic. 26. Seedling of A. ¢riphyllum. Contractile root formed, plumule fully e*- panded. Fic. 27. Seedling of A. kyérida._ Plumule produced. Fics. 28, 29, 30. Variations in form of leaf produced second year by A. Aydrida- ge Toraery Cis, 29 Burt. Beit. Torary Civs, 29 ' jg Butt. Torrey Cus, 29 Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany Beal, W. J. The Study of Botany thirty-six Years ago with Asa Gray. School Science, 1: 296. N. 1gor. Bitter, G. Zur Morphologie und Systematik von Parmelia, Untergat- tung Hypogymnia. Hedwigia, 40: 171-192. f/. 70, 7z. 20 Je. 1901; 193-256. 15 Au. Ig01; 257-274. f. 18-27. 20 O. 1901. Includes new species. ¢ Blackman, F. F. & Matthaei, G. L.C. On the Reaction of Leaves to traumatic Stimulation. Annals Bot. 15: 533-546. 4 4-8. pl. 29. S. Igor. Brotherus, V.F. Die Laubmoose der ersten Regnellschen Expedition. Bihang Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. 26’: 1-65. 1900. New species in Bruchia, Dicranella (3), Trematodon, Campylopus, Ochrobryum, Fissidens (6), Méinckemeyera, Calymperes, Hyophila (2), Tortella, Barbula, Hymeno- somum, Glyphomitrium (2), Macromitrium, Schlotheimia (2), Funaria, Physcomi- trium (4), Philonotis (2), Bryum (3), Catharinea, Solmsiella, Hookeria (4), Braunia, Cryphaea, Meteorium, Pilotrichella, Porotrichum, Thamnium, Sematophyllum, Rha- Phidostegium, Isopterygium, Microthamnium (2), Ectropothecium, Stereophyllum (3), fHypnum (3), and Thuidium (2). Brun, J. Diatomées d’eau douce de 1’Ile Jan Moyen et de la céte est du Groenland, récoltées par l’ Expedition Suedoise de 1899. Bihang Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. 26": 1-22. A/. 7-2. 1901. Carleton, M. A. Macaroni Wheats. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Ind.) 3: 1-62. A/. r-rz. 23 D. r1gor. Church, A. H. Note on Phyllotaxis. ‘Annals Bot. 15: 481-490. 7. 2,3. S. Igor. Collins, F. S. The Algae of Jamaica. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sciences, 37: 231-270. N. Igol. New species in Dictyerpa (gen. nov.), Scytonema, Diplochaete (gen. nov. ), Clado- Phora, Goniotrichum, Cordylecladia, and Antithamnion. Ferguson, M.C. The Development of the Egg and Fertilization in Pinus Strobus. Annals Bot. 15: 435-479. pl. 23-25. 8. 1901. Greene, E. L. Certain Canadian Violets. Ottawa Nat. 15: 191, 192. 3 D. 1901. Viola leucopetala, sp. nov. Hall, AyD. Simple Apparatus for the Measurement of Transpiration from a Shoot. Annals Bot. 15: 558-560. 7.9. S. 1901. B45 ‘ 56 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Hesselman, H. Om Mykorrhizabildningar hos Arktiska Vaxter. Bihang Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. 26’: 1-46. Al. 7-7. 1900. Kearney, T. H. Report ona Botanical Survey of the Dismal Swamp Region. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 5: i-x, 321-555. pl. 66-76. +f. 51-85. 6N. 1891. Kindberg, N.C. Grundziige einer Monographie iiber die Laubmoos- familie Hypopterygiaceae. Hedwigia, 40: 275-303. 20 O. Igo. Includes several American species. Lagerheim, G. Mykologische Studien. III. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der parasitischen Bacterien und der Bacterioiden Pilze. Bihang Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. 26‘: 1-21. A/. 7. 1g00. Lang, W. H. On Apospory in Anthoceros laevis. Annals Bot. 15: 503-510. pl. 27. S. Igor. Lewton-Brain, L. Cordyceps ophioglossoides (Ehrh.). Annals Bot. 15: 521-531. pi. 2. S. 1go0r. Lindman, C. A. M. Beitrage zur Palmenflora Siidamerikas. Bihang Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. 26°: 1-42. p/. 7-6. + f. r-T0. 1900 New species or varieties in Desmoncus, Bactris (2) and Cocos. Lindman, C. A.M. Einige neue Brasilianische Cyclanthaceen. Bihang Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. 26°: 1-11. f/. 7-4. 1900. New species in Carludovica (2) and Lvodianthus. Lindman, C. A. M. List of Regnellian Cyperaceae collected until 1894. Bihang Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. 26': 1-56. pi. 1-8 1900. New species in Eleocharis, Rulbostylis, Dichromena, Pleurostachys, Scleria and Carex, Loew, 0. & May, D. W. The Relation of Lime and Magnesia t0 Plant Growth. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Ind.) 1: 1-53- A” I-—j. 40. 1901. Malme,G.0.A. Beitrage zur Xyridaceen-Flora Siidamerikas. Bihaté Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. 26%: 1-18. ~/. z. Igor. New species or varieties in Xyris (4), and Abolboda, three of them illustrated in the plate by life-size photogravures. Masters, M.T. Hybrid Conifers. Journ. Roy. Hort. Soc. 26: 97-11% f. 25-33. Au. Igot. Meehan, T. Cystopteris bulbifera. Meehan’s Monthly, 11: 177; 178. pl. 12. _D,.4901- a ~~ F ee Se ee PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 1. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1898. Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. : Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00. Vel. 3. Nos, 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00. Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00. Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00. Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-18y8. Price $5.00. Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1g01. Price $5.00 7 Vol. 8. Nos. 176—-. 1g01—(current). List of separate numbers available on application. 3. A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896. Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y. The Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- barium material for any of the above named publications, Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. City. 4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Brown. Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2 642 pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating everv Species described. Ssh? Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for the three volumes ; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10.00. : 5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) sg00. By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & Co. New York. Price $1.00. 6 Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- wood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. Duodecimo, 236 pages, to plates. Published by Henry Holt & Co. Price $1.50. 7. A Text-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations, Published by Longmans, Green & Co. New York. Price $3.00. UNDERWOOD’S Moulds, Mildews and Mushrooms. A Guide to the Systematic Study of the Fungi and Mycetozoa and their Literature. Illustrated with ten heliotype plates one colored. By Lucien M. UNDERWOOD. 12mo. Pp. 236. Price $1.50 xe? Contains synopses of the genera of fleshy and parasitic fungi. with historical sketch of the study of mycology in America, and copious references tu the literature of the subject. Sufficientl) vechnical for accuracy, but intended to enable the novice to recognize the systematic position of the ordinary fungi of fields and woods. Particular attention is paid to the edible species. HENRY HOLT & CO., 29 West 23d Street, NEW YORE. nee Back numbers of the BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL Cus wanted to complete files, as follows: Vol. 7 (1880) Nos. 1, 9. Vol. 14 (1887) Nos. 1, 2. Vol. 8 (1881) Nos. 2, 10, II. Vol. 15 (1888) any numbers. Vol. 9 (1882) Nos. t, 5. Vol. 16 (1889) Nos. 3, 4. Vol. 11 (1884) Nos. 1, 2, 3 Vol. 17 (1890) Nos.(4 8, 9, 10, 12. Vol. 12 (1885) Nos. 1, 2, 3. Vol. 18 (1891) No. 1. Contributions of duplicate numbers requested of members of the Club. Other possessing numbers invited to state prices. ADDRESS TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB, CoLumeia University, New YORK CITY FOR SALE. VERMONT HERBARIUM MATERIAL. Including a set of the new Crataegus (some thirty species, Tire plants.) New Speciesin Antennaria, Scirpus, Rubus. etc Many oft new and :are Vermont plants. Mt. Washington plants, 75 spec! Material guaranteed both as to quality and quantity. List sent on 4P” plication. Price, $10.00 per hundred, post or express prepaid. Ww. WwW. EGGLESTON. 23 N. Main Street, RUTLAND, VT- EHS aaa er ee ee eMeise ss el elecbds t $s aaive ets gE EPS FERTILE HURSSSD CE TIGHIOEDIc8 DITEDEDE EELS STE HSU AFORE BHT IIE eC WET AND DRY Cryptogamic and Phaenogamic PLANT MATERIAL collected and preserved especially FOR CLASS: SiO. Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Glasses and Slides, Forceps, Scalpels and Needles, “Laboratory Note Book” of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., Living Plants and Their Properties By Pror. J.C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, and % Pror. D. T. MacDoucat, fedford Park, New York City. __ Atimely book of 12 chapters dealing with the special senses of plants, development of irrita- bility, compass plants, sensitive plants, effects of cold, growth of leaves, significance of color, com- Parison of plants and animals, etc.,in a non-technical manner. Original illustrations, interesting, comprehensive and thoroughly modern. Printed on enamelled paper, 30 illustrations, 242 + 8 pages, marginal sub titles, Handsomely bound in cloth Postpaid, $1 25. Send orders to Dr. D. T. MacDovcat, Bedford Park, New York City, orto MorgIs AND Wi- Son, University Book Store, Minneapolis, Minn. . COMMENTS. It is a collection of delightfully written essays on certain of the more important and interesting features of li ving plants in the broadest sense. he facts set forth are in all cases the latest resulis 0 investigationin the various lines, and the language is simple and non-technical. —P/ant World c bar book will make an admirable addition to the scientific alcove of every ptt lic library. —Prof. . E. Bessry. It is an interesting volume to all who care to know what science has recently discovered in the Physiology and pathology of the vegetable kingdom.—New York World. A Text-Book of General Lichenology With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern United States. : By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M. S., M.D. The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. Large Octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80 $4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application. ; in cloth, PUBLICATIONS OF The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- iaining notes, news and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- bers of the Garden, To others, 10 cents a copy; $1.00 a year. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. I, 1900, viii + 213 pp., Vol. II, 1901, viii + 204 pp. Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying the results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, 449 PP» 3 maps, and 12 plates, 1896-1900. $3.00. No. 6, 232 pp., 20 plates. Free to all members of the Garden; to others, 50 cents. Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden, Vol. t. An Annotated Cat- alogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone Park, by Dr, Per Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of the museums. An arrangement and critical discussion of the Pteridophytes and Phanerogams of the region with notes from the author’s field book and including descriptions of 163 new species. ix + 492 pp. Roy. $vo, with de tailed map. Price to members of the Garden, $1.00. To others, $2.00. [Not offered in exchange. ] Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from jo’ other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. No, 1, Symbiosis and Saprophytism, by Dr, D. T. MacDougal. No, 2, New Species from western United States, by Dr, Per Axel Rydberg. No, 3. The dichotomous Panicums: some new Species, by Geo. V- Nash. No. 4. Delphinium Carolinianum and related Species, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg: No. 5. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—I, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. _ 6. Notes and Descriptions of North American Plants I and II, by Dr. J- K, mall, No. 7. Vegetative Reproduction and Multiplication in Arythronium, by Fred- erick H. Blodgett. No, 8. Two new Species of Grimmia from Montana, by R. S. Williams. No. 9. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—II, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. io. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—III, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg: 7 11. Life-history of Schizea pusilla, by Elizabeth G. Britton and Alexandrina aylor, No. 12. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—IV, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg: No. 13. Further Studies on the Potentilleae, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No, 14. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—V, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg: No. 15. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—VI, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg- No. 16. Vanishing Wild Flowers, by Elizabeth G. Britton. No, 17. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White. No, 18. Shrubs and Trees of the Southern States, by Dr. J. K. Small. No. 19. The American Species of Zimmnorchis and Piperia, north of Mexico, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to NEw YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN. BRONX PARK, NEw YORK ow 2 ESTABLISHED 18 1851. EIMER & AM END, MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF pete Chemicals ad Chemical Apparatus. ‘i 205, 207, 209 & au Third Ave, Corner of 18th Siroce 3 | NEW) YORK. yo ‘SOLE AGENTS FOR THE ‘UNITED ae m9 OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR : ars: IE. March's ‘Saline Chemical Stone Lae Schleicher & - Schuell’ Chemically a Pure and Common Filter Paper. an. Doctor. C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- xe ters (Polariscopes)- Ce ig Prof. ve Specific Gracy Ba eis gj ances, etc. - Le Bron F. Desmontes * Co. e ee : ” . Paris, ‘Platinum. z sas H. Tronesdorff’s c P. Chemicals SPECIALTIES; Weupeeetel: ‘Apparat, Normal Graduated Gin cease Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem fan and serma Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mc -« Pure e. ‘ Hammered. nas Balances and bcs Gaees Bunsen’s : newts mS MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. A series of technical papers on botanical subjects. Established 1889. Price, $3.00 per volume. Separate numbers supplied at following prices which are strictly net. The Memoirs are not offered in exchange. Volume J, No. 1-—Studies of the Types of various Species of the genus Cones By L. H. Bailey. Price, $1.00. s No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. be a! ‘South America, By Richard Spruce. Price, 75 cents, No, 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. Vol. 2, No. 1.—On reserve Food Materials in Buds and surrounding pie with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. (Only sold with full volumes. ) __No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Annie Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents, Ee __ No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polyg By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. ‘Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous: Ter- 2 gery By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. (Only with full volumes. ) pts Se No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacez with illustrations of all : By Thomas Morong. Price, $2.00. — 0. 3-—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel enry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. een a: No. oe oe Part I, | taanceiaee: By Lucien With three bites: ByA A. S. Pettit. Price, 5° tlis. By P. A. Rydberg. Price, 75 cents. hyta and cwbne 44m of Northeastern North A Botanical Club, A. A.A.S. Price, $3.00. : 4 the Plants collected in Bolivia by 7H I. Rusby. ce, $1.25. the North American” Tsotheciaceae and Brachyth THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB President, ” HON. ADDISON BROWN : ‘ Vice- Presidents, a 7.¥F. ALLEN, M.D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. — b ; Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, EDWARD S. BURGESS, PH.D., JOHN K. SMALL, Px.D., “2 ~ Normal College, New Wok City. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City Treasurer, K E. LLOYD ‘Columbia Usivenity, New York City. . 30 cer ts. Of former volumes only 1-6, 1 13, and 19-27 a8 VoL. 29 No. 2 BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB FEBRUARY 1902 On the Teaching of Vegetable Pathology * By HERMANN VON SCHRENK It is generally recognized at the present time that the scientific man has not completed his labors when he has determined to his Own Satisfaction what the solution of any particular phenomenon in which he is interested, may be. The time was when it was con- sidered sufficient for him to publish his results in an abstract form where a few of his colleagues might read and understand them.» To-day we regard it as one of the duties and privileges to make accessible to those not immediately engaged in one particular line of research, the results of the work in the laboratory and the field. I take it, that as many of us are engaged in teaching the va- rious branches of botanical science to students, it may be a legiti- mate question to discuss before this Society what we are doing with our college classes, and how we can best accomplish our ob- Ject. It is my purpose to-day to bring before you for discussion, some thoughts as to how we can best train those who intend to devote themselves to the study of vegetable pathology. Of the several lines of botanical research, that which is gen- erally termed vegetable pathology is beginning to claim more gen- tral attention at this time. Courses are being offered in some of our colleges and universities, which deal with diseases of plants, + although for the most part these are mere adjuncts of courses in 2 * A paper read before the Society of Plant Morphology and Physiology, New York. add December 1901, 58 Von SCHRENK: TEACHING OF VEGETABLE PATHOLOGY cryptogams. The time is not far distant, however, when vegeta- ble pathology as a separate branch of botanical science will assert itself and claim recognition independent of the other branches of this science, and when we will have professors of pathology, who | will devote their time and attention to this subject alone. At the present time the demand for properly trained men to take up work in the study of plant diseases is increasing every year, and with the rapid development of scientific agriculture, economic questions involving the study of plant pathology are becoming more numef- ous, and demand more urgent solution. The economic side alone will be sufficient to bring about radical changes in the present con- dition of this science in our institutions of higher education. By vegetable pathology I mean to imply the study of plant diseases in its widest sense. It is perhaps not easy to define dis- ease accurately, but for our present purposes, it will be sufficient — to speak of disease as abnormal physiology, or, as it has been termed by Marshall-Ward, “a variation of functions in directions which threaten the life of the plant.” It is essential that we understand at the outset that we are dealing with a living plant and the reactions which its parts show | toward environmental conditions. What we are studying are dis- | eased //ants, as distinguished from disease-causing factors. This | is to be the fundamental conception of this paper. We have bee@ studying mildews and rusts long enough, and in so doing made 7 ourselves believe we were studying pathology, and it is high time that it were realized that the patient is after all more important than the disease-bringing factor. Assuming that all are agrte upon this point, and taking this as a starting-point, let us inquit® how we can go about to teach this conception of pathology. It is evident that a knowledge of the morphology of fungi will not be sufficient, and that a very different method must be adopted from the one in vogue in many of our colleges at this time. In the first place let me say that we can learn much from the kindred science of animal pathology. The study of this subject 5 generally divided into three groups: (1) Diagnosis, (2) Etiology’ (3) Therapeutics. In all cases the living object is first consulted then the causal factors, and lastly the remedy. Applying this i : plants we find that the symptoms of disease are on the whole not Von SCHRENK: TEACHING OF VEGETABLE PaTHOLOGY 59 as sharply defined as in animals. This is due in part to the lower degree of organization of the plant, and also to the fact that a good many disturbing factors give rise to similar symptoms. We can, however, analyze the symptoms with far greater ease than is pos- sible in animals. Environmental conditions can be controlled, and by a method of elimination the distu rbing factor can be determined positively. The study of the disturbing factor, whether it be en- vironmental or due to living organisms, can also be carried on with more success with plants than with animals. In other words, we can make the study of pathology one involving experimenta- tion with living plants. This brings me to speak of the things necessary for a course in pathology conforming to the above. In the first place one or more greenhouses are absolutely essential, together with a liberal Supply of living plants. If carried on in the spring and summer the greenhouse is not so essential. Access to greenhouses where different kind of plants are growing is also desirable. In St. Louis we have established a vegetable clinic, where patients are received and observed. The greenhouse, or houses, ought to be divided into numerous compartments, each completely sealed from the others preferably, so as to prevent the spreading of fungus Spores. I wish to call attention to a series of houses built by Dr. von Tubeuf at Dahrlem, near Berlin, which are ideally arranged for work in experimental pathology. The number and kind of Plants needed depend largely upon the amount of work which one contemplates doing. Wheat, corn, oats, cabbages, roses, lettuce, Cotton, and other common plants easily obtained, will be found ample in most cases. Living material of fungi, obtained from diseased plants, or kept as cultures, will also be essential. Before proceeding further a word ought to be said about the Preparation which we ought to expect of students engaging in this ae As pathology is essentially abnormal physiology, a thor- Ough knowledge of plant physiology should be required. This is S© obvious that it is hardly necessary to urge it, and yet it isa | “unous fact that, so far as I have been able to determine, this is anded, and that not very decidedly, in only one institution. °° much Stress cannot be laid on this requirement, and under no : Pie deration Ought pathology, as we now understand it, to be 60 Von SCHRENK: TEACHING OF VEGETABLE PATHOLOGY studied without physiology as a basis. I can leave this part by simply referring to the absurdity of a medical student studying human pathology without understanding the circulation of the blood. Next in importance comes a knowledge of chemistry, and preferably at least a year of organic chemistry, and a knowledge of physics. Physiological problems are becoming more and more physico-chemical problems, and a thorough understanding of these sciences is absolutely essential. A good reading knowledge of modern languages, an understanding of the morphology of higher plants, and if possible of fungi and bacteria, together with an ability to grow fungi and bacteria may complete the list. This prepara- tion would mean that a course in pathology could not be begun until the senior year or thereafter. Coming now to the main subject as to what we are to teach, if ; would simply offer a few broad suggestions. It really does not make much difference as to how the subject is divided, so long 1 as some of the fundamental conceptions of disease are included. | The amount of work which one will be able to accomplish will dg | pend upon the individual. I believe firmly that we ought to tra | a student so that he can think and work for himself, and that this | should be kept uppermost at all times. It is impossible in the - course of a year to study all diseases of plants, and granting that a7 this is true, we must select certain fundamental facts to impre% | upon the student, allowing him to work out many others for him-— i self later on. Such fundamental facts are the cause of disease, the _ q symptoms of disease, the way in which diseases spread, the PT vention of disease, and the nature of disease. In his treatise on the 7 Diseases of Plants recently issued, Professor Marshall Ward has 4! __ : cussed the topics just mentioned in a suggestive manner, and ing a way not presented before. | Taking it for granted that the student is familiar with the nF mal physiological behavior of a cell and cell-groups, one may ae gin the study of disease by noting the change in single cells of - cell-groups under abnormal conditions, and the reactions which are induced by these conditions. The study of wounds offers mA very fruitful field for the beginner, for we find in a wound one of changes which cells undergo when diseased. The irritable ais ture of the cell which enables it to form a protection against ' Von SCHRENK: TEACHING OF VEGETABLE PaTHoLocy 61 air, and later on the protecting cork layer and the callus is fully brought out in that connection. I have found succulent stems and leaves very good for the study of wounds, particularly the leaves of the cauliflower. In this connection the wounds caused by in- sects can be studied, and the peculiar response which the living tissue makes to the disturbing cause. Plant lice abound every- where, and so do gall flies, so that there is never any trouble in getting living material for study. Following this one may observe the influence of living organisms in cells, for instance, the manner in which the various Chytridiaceae influence the leaf tissue. From these one may continue with the more complex reactions of fungi like Albugo, Exoascus, and Gymnosporangium. With all of these it is possible to keep the fungus, and the leaves attacked, under constant observation. With some it is not easy, for instance the Exoascus and Gymnosporangium ; these had best be observed out- of-doors in the spring ; with a little judicious planning it is feasible to postpone the study of these complex reactions until the latter Part of the course. Adbugo and Synchytrium can be grown on plants in greenhouses. Very different from the influence exerted by these fungi is that exerted by others like Botrytis, the Ure- dineae, and the Peronosporeae. It will be sufficient for me to re- fer to this simply, as the reasons why these should be included are obvious enough. If time permits, the changes in cell-groups near wounds and Spots attacked by fungi can be studied, 7. ¢., the formation of wound gums, the increased evolution of heat and the rapid trans- formation of plastic food bodies, the accumulation of starch, etc. A second line of work grows out of the question as to what Causes disease. This question involves most of the others men- tioned above, and can be made the starting point for all. Using the convenient division of disease caused by the action of either environmental factors of living organisms, one can begin by ex- Perimenting with unfavorable environmental conditions. In doing SO it is of course hardly necessary to say that great care must be mecd in devising experiments which will give definite results. To illustrate: if the influence of excessive heat is to be studied, one Must be sure that the light, moisture and gaseous conditions are te same. As a rule it will prove most satisfactory to work with 62 Von SCHRENK: TEACHING OF VEGETABLE PATHOLOGY those factors which can be most readily handled, for it is after all, as has been said, the method of study that we are after, rather than along series of facts. This part of the work can of course be carried on hand-in-hand with that part first suggested, for it is not possible to separate cause and effect. Coming next to the influence of living organisms, a large field is opened with any number of possible lines of work. One of the first points to be demonstrated is that fungi or bacteria are the causes of disease. For this purpose it is well to select a fungus which grows readily and reproduces rapidly. There are a num- ber of these. This fall we found Zrysiphe graminis growing on wheat, a most interesting fungus to work with. I can perhaps make my meaning clearest by relating briefly what we did. A preliminary discussion brought out a number of questions which we desired to answer, such as : (1) Does this fungus produce the disease of wheat which it was found connected with, 2. ¢., will it make perfectly healthy plants diseased ? (2) How does it do $0; in other words, what is the relation of the fungus and the wheat leaf? (3) Willthe spores of the fungus produce the disease in other plants besides the wheat plant, for instance oats, rye, wheat, /4, corn, roses, etc. (4) Is there any connection between the ease with which this fungus attacks the wheat, and the condition of the plant to be infected? (5) What factors favor development of the fungus? Will the fungus grow on dead leaves? (6) How does the spore get from plant to plant? (7) What are the factors which determine germination of the spores ? Each student was instructed to find a method for answering these questions, and such others as arose, and as a result we had a series of experiments started, which were watched with the ut most interest. The questions dealt with broad subjects applica- ble to most other fungi or disease-causing factors. The results showed that the fungus does produce the disease, and thereby _ answered one of the most important questions, To the average mortal “ seein’ is believin’,”” and when a student actually sees him- self producing the disease in question, as he thinks, the impressio® - gained is that of the original investigator, and is apt to be remem bered. The results brought into discussion the problem of sus~ ceptibility, both of plant races and individuals ; it was found that Von SCHRENK : TEACHING OF VEGETABLE PaTHoLocy 63 of all the plants the wheat alone was attacked, and again that the stronger plants were less liable toattack. Again it was found that crowding helped the fungus, that moisture and warmth had the same effect, and that the spores could germinate in a drop of water. We spent a long time studying Erysiphe graminis, but I believe that the results amply warranted our doing so. One might have used other fungi, for instance the clubroot of the cabbage, the cotton wilt, and others, bearing in mind that rapid growth is desirable, for when you have to wait six months or more the interest is liable to wane. Having carried on one series such as the one described, it may be well to continue with as many more as one may have time for. Where live material of the bacterial diseases can be obtained, those will probably offer as satisfactory objects for study as could be Wished for. The effect which bacteria produce on the plant is usually noticeable after brief periods. Then again pure cultures can be made easily, and these can be subjected to various condi- tions, to show whether vigor of the parasite has anything to do with the virulency of the disease. The rusts can be used to some extent, particularly after several years, when one has succeeded in establishing barberry plants with aecidia. The species of Jelamp- Sera and Puccinia furnish useful material. The smuts are very instructive. We have one section of our Steenhouse devoted to these, using several grains. These are “overed with spores before planting and after several months the N€W spore crop is obtained. We have not yet tried any of the anthracnoses, probably because of the lack of living material, but they Ought to be easy to handle, as_ pure cultures can so readily be made and kept. One might go on at length with this phase of the study. This is hardly necessary now, for to the live teacher New points of view will present themselves from time to time. A word ought to be said about insects here, for they destroy Plants as much as fungi do. The entomologist has reigned su- Preme in this field hitherto, probably for the same reason that the “ystematic mycologist has had charge of the fungus side. The biting insects which injure plants by making wounds have little interest for the pathologist aside from the wounds made. Those —Msects which form galls, which mine in leaves and stems, or under 64 Von SCHRENK: TEACHING OF VEGETABLE PATHOLOGY. the bark of trees, have a decided interest for him, and ought to be alluded to at least in any course of vegetable pathology. A third phase which I wish to touch upon briefly deals with the influence of environment on the disease-causing factors, partic- ularly the fungi. Many spores of fungi must undergo resting periods of various lengths of time before germinating ; others do not ripen until late in the winter. Sclerotia must undergo freezing or a rest- ing period. I believe truly that there are many of us that know positively that the ascospores of Jicrosphacra germinate some- times and produce patches of mycelium, and that the sclerotia of Claviceps form perithecia bearing heads, but how many of us have ever seen these spores germinating, or tested the length of time necessary to do so? We have built a ‘resting frame”’ so-called for our fungus friends in the Missouri Botanical Garden, where they lie under leaves, and are disturbed every once in a while, and put under conditions where they might change, side by side with spores or sclerotia kept indoors all the time, Sometimes — our spores germinate and sometimes they never do. But eve? then the student learns the lesson that the spores of fungi have adapted themselves to the peculiar conditions of environment, | and, will respond only when these are exactly right. Under 4 proper conditions most spores will germinate, and it is a far more | instructive lesson to have them do so after repeated failure than a give up the first time. I have always remembered the sad face 4 and drawl of the man in my class at college who said that it wa q all very nice to study the sections of cluster cups and see mounts of germinating teleutospores and sporidia, but he didn’t think they ever did those things outside, if so, why didn’t we ever sce them Therapy, or healing, forms a small part of our study, for with plants the maxim that prevention is better than cure must always hold true. Spraying and other fungicidal methods may pr operly be experimented with on a small scale, but only with infected plants. With smuts the various seed treatments can be carried out without much trouble, at the same time that smut-infected seeds are planted. Summing up briefly, I would emphasize the fact that in all the phases of this study the living plant must be kept in, the fore ground. It goes withcut saying that the division suggested above Von SCHRENK: TEACHING OF VEGETABLE PaTHoLocy 65 cannot be rigidly maintained, nor is it desirable. The various fac- tors work too closely one with or against the other, but with care, each can be emphasized at the proper time. The theoretical con- siderations of immunity, the symptoms of disease, the spreading and the nature of disease, must go hand-in-hand with the experi- mental work, but should at all times be subordinated to it. Ques- tions such as that belong to the end of a course, after the student has thoroughly grasped the meaning of the complex interrelation of plants to each other and their surroundings. Personal ac- quaintance with one or more diseases, and a careful analysis of each, will lead to a broader conception of disease by itself, and will make a more lasting impression on the student when he must puzzle over these questions on his own account. Nowhere is too much teaching to be deplored more than in experimental work of the kind mentioned above. Two new Western Mosses By R. S. WILLIAMS (WITH PLATES 4 AND 5) Eurhynchium Taylorae Evidently dioicous; no % flowers found. In loose tufts with stout, creeping stems (in places denuded of leaves and with dense tufts of radicles) up to 20 cm. long and 0.44 mm. in diameter; cross sections show a well-defined central strand of numerous small cells and outer wall of about three rows of small.thick-walled cells; branches rather short (1 to 2 cm.), irregular and often distant ; stem and larger branch leaves loosely spreading, ob- tusely pointed, the branch leaves often truncate or praemorse at tip, decurrent, serrulate all round to a little above the base, re- flexed on margin above and near base and costate about 7% UP, the costa ending in spine and more or less papillose below; stem leaves measure up to 2.5 x 1.§ mm., middle branch /eaves 1.5 mm. and upper branch leaves 0.875 mm. long, the lowest branch leaves very small, roundish and often ecostate ; inner perichaetial leaves ecostate or very faintly costate, abruptly narrowed to 4 slender flexuous serrulate point and irregularly toothed and lacerate at base of point; leaf-cells mostly linear-vermicular, median .004 x .06 to .o8 mm., apical very short and irregular, alar forming an elongated not well-defined group of pale cells about .oo8 mm. wide and two to four times longer, the basal cells somewhat thickened and pitted, especially toward costa ; capsule mostly horizontal, contracted more or less under the mouth when dry, without lid 2.5 by 1.5 mm., lid with obliquely rostrate beak 2 mm. long, stout, smooth seta up to 15 mm. high, annulus of two or three rows of cells ; peristome teeth very slender-pointed, striate below, papillose above, hyaline bordered, the segments more OF less split with mostly two somewhat appendiculate cilia betwee"; stomata roundish, .025 mm. in diameter; spores nearly smooth, up to .o14 mm. In size this plant most nearly approaches £. Oreganum of any of our North American species but is less regularly pinnate with smooth seta, etc. It much mere closely resembles E£. striatum of Europe, but is a more creeping plant with less divided stems and leaves never acutely pointed as in that, which also lacks the spine at apex of costa. 66 WILLIAMS: Two NEW WESTERN Mosses 6T Collected by J. B. Leiberg on decaying logs in streams, April, 1889, Traille River Basin, Idaho (172). Named for the artist who has made the excellent drawing which accompanies this descrip- tion, Miss Alexandrina Taylor. Brachythecium Pringlei Monoicous ; ¢ flowers abundant on fruiting stems. Growing in compact tufts with ascending, more or less branching stems 4 ~5 cm. long and 0.25 mm. in diameter; cross sections of stem show a distinct central strand and 3 or 4 rows of thick-walled outer cells; branches mostly short, rather irregular, with curved tips; stems and branch leaves very similar, up to 2.5x 1.5 mm., secund, mostly broadly ovate with short acute point, long decur- rent, concave, scarcely or not plicate, borders flat, entire or slightly serrulate above ; leaf-cells somewhat thickened and near base, pitted ; median cells linear, about .o4 x .005 mm., alar cells mostly about .o12x.016 mm., often forming a distinct convex cluster packed with chlorophyll; inner perichaetial leaves erect, grad- ually lanceolate-pointed, the point somewhat variable in width, nearly entire and ecostate; seta distinctly papillose in upper part, about 1 cm. high ; capsules (not quite mature in only specimens Seen) ovate-oblong, not quite symmetrical, nearly erect, with lid 2.5 mm. long; lid highly conical, .8 mm. high; annulus nar- Tow, of I or 2 rows of cells; teeth about .430 mm. high and -065 mm. wide at base, rather broadly and irregularly pointed, hyaline bordered, rather irregularly striate and somewhat papillose below, and distinctly papillose above ; basilar membrane of en- dostome extending about two fifth up, segments more or less split, cilia mostly 2 and not appendiculate ; stomata slightly elongated, about .o25 mm. long ; spores (immature) smooth, .o15 mm. This plant with its short-pointed, scarcely plicate and secund leaves with vein sometimes forking, has much the appearance of a Limnobium (Hygrohypnum), but the seta rough above and the highly conical lid seem to relate it most closely to Brachythecium, Which also contains all the first-mentioned characters. Collected oy © G Pringle in the Huachuca Mts., Arizona, July, 1884 (22). Explanaion of Plates Drawings made with a magnification twice the diameter reproduced on the plates. PLATE 4 Fic, 1, Plant, natural size. Fic. 2, Stem leaf, I. EGS. 3 4, 5. Lower, middle and upper branch leaf, 15. 1G. 6. Alar region of stem leaf, X 120. 68 FIG. a. Wittiams: Two NEW WESTERN MossEs Apex of same, * 120. Fic. 8.. Cross section of costa. Fic. 9. Part of cross section of stem, 87. FIc. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. tics Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic, Fic. Fic; Eerts, Fic, Fic. Fic. Fic. Fyc, 10. Il. 12. $5. 14. A. 2 4. §; 6. 7. 8. 9. I oO, Perichaetial leaf, < 15. Capsule, X 7.5. Stoma, 2I0. Portion of peristome with annulus, 120 Spores, 120. PLATE 5 Plant, natural size. » 3. Stem leaves, < 15. Branch leaf, 15. Alar region of stem leaf, x 120. Apex of same, X 120. Median cells, \ 210. Cross section of leaf, < 120. Part of cross section of stem, < 120. Antheridial bud, & 1 i Antheridia and paraphyses, >< 45. Perichaetial leaf, \< 17. Capsule with upper part of seta. Oblique view of seta showing papillae, >< 162. Stoma, 210. | Part of peristome and capsule, 120, Spores, < 120. New Species of Fungi By CHaRLEs H, Peck Tricholoma niveipes Pileus at first hemispherical or very convex, becoming broadly convex or nearly plane, dry, innately fibrillose, almost virgate, dark brown or grayish-brown ; flesh white ; lamellae rather narrow, close, sinuate, snowy white; stem equal or nearly so, solid or stuffed, snowy white ; spores oblong, 7-8 » long, 3 # broad. Pileus 5-12 cm. broad; stem 5-7 cm. long, 6-12 mm. thick. Sandy soil under or near pine trees. South Yarmouth, Mass, October. S. Davis. The species is allied to 7: terreum and its variety fragrans, from both of which it is separable by its more fibrillose pileus, its closer pure white lamellae and very white stem and by its more narrow spores. Hygrophorus pallidus Pileus thin, convex, becoming nearly plane with the margin Somewhat decurved and sometimes wavy, glabrous, hygrophanous, Pale lilac or mauve and sometimes striatulate on the margin when Moist, grayish-white when dry; lamellae rather thick, distant, arcuate, adnate or slightly decurrent, colored nearly like the pileus when moist, subcinereous when dry ; stem slender, equal or nar- rowed downwards, glabrous, hollow, white; spores white, sub- globose, 5—6 # long, 4-5 » broad. : Pileus 1.5—3 cm. broad; stem 2.5—5 cm. long, 2-4 mm. thick. Damp, mossy or swampy ground. Mass. September. S. Davis. This is apparently related to such species as 7. sphaero- Sporus and H. Pechii. Hygrophorus pusillus Pileus convex, thin, slightly viscid, glabrous, white ; lamellae arcuate, subdistant, decurrent, white; stem short, glabrous, hol- Ow, white, with a white mycelioid tomentum at the base ; spores 4-6 long. ; Pileus 1-2 cm. broad ; stem 22.5 cm. long, 1-2 mm. thick. Growing on the ground in dense woods. Moscow Mountains, Idaho, November. - L. F. Henderson.. The species is apparently Telated to W. niveus, but its pileus is not at all umbilicate, and the 69 70 Peck: New SpEcIES OF FUNGI plant has a pleasant anise-like odor. By its hollow stem and smaller spores it is separable from //, russo-cortaceus. Hygrophorus paludosus Pileus fleshy, convex, obtuse, covered with a thick yellowish or brownish gluten, whitish ; flesh white, taste slightly acrid, odor earthy ; lamellae adnate or slightly decurrent, subdistant, whitish, stained with greenish-yellow when old; stem nearly equal, rather long, flexuous, often curved at the base, solid, glutinous, white, with yellowish glandular dots at the top, streaked with brownish fibers or shreds of the dried gluten when dry; spores white, broadly elliptic, 8-1o » long, 5-7 » broad. Pileus 2-4 cm. broad; stem 5-10 cm. long, 4~8 mm. thick. Growing among peat mosses. Greenville, Mich. September. B. O. Longyear. The species is apparently related to H. chryse- don, but its habitat is different, it is a more slender plant, the dots at the top of the stem become black in drying, and there are yel- ish stains at the base of the stem. Russula pulverulenta Pileus rather thin, convex, soon centrally depressed or sub- umbilicate, even on the margin, pulverulent or scurfy, grayish- brown ; flesh white, taste disagreeable, odor fetid ; lamellae moder- ately close, adnate, white, the interspaces veiny ; stem subequal, thickly beset with yellow dots or granules, white at the top, pallid below ; spores globose, 8 y in diameter. Pileus 3-5 cm. broad ; stem 3-4 cm. long, 8—10 mm. thick. Woods. Michigan. July. B. O. Longyear. The relationship of this species is apparently with R. foetevs and R. granulata, from both of which it is very distinct by the yellow pulverulence of the pileus and stem and by the even margin of the pileus. Russula ventricosipes Pileus thin, broadly convex, nearly plane or slightly depressed in the center, glabrous, varying in color from tawny yellow to pale alutaceous; flesh white; lamellae thin, narrow, close, slightly simu- ate, adnate, white or whitish, becoming discolored in drying ; ste™ stout, firm, ventricose, solid, or somewhat spongy within, sub- — 4 glabrous, whitish above, reddish toward the pointed base; spOTe> broadly elliptic or subglobose, 6—8 » long, 6 broad. ae Pileus 5-7 cm. broad ; stem 5-7 cm. long, about 2.5 cm. thick oh in the middle, more narrow toward each end. Peck: New SPECIES OF FUNGI 71 Sandy soil under or near pine trees. South Yarmouth, Mass. October. S. Davis. A singular species resembling in some respects Zricholoma compactum, but apparently a Russu/a. Remarkable for the thin, slightly sinuate lamellae and the stout ventricose stem which seems out of proportion to the small thin pileus. Cantharellus pulchrifolius Pileus thin, convex or slightly depressed in the center, glabrous, distantly and obscurely ciliate on the margin, white; lamellae simple, unequal, distant, decurrent, bright yellow; stem nearly equal, glabrous, hollow, white; spores elliptic, 8 long, 4-5 broad. Pileus about 1 cm. broad ; stem I-1.5 cin. long, about 1 mm. thick. Decayed wood. Moscow Mountains, Idaho. October and November. L. F, Henderson. This is a small but beautiful species. The bright but delicate yellow hymenium, approaching a deep chrome, contrasts prettily With the clear white color of the pileus and stem. The cilia on the Margin of the pileus are distant and easily overlooked. The lamellae are unbranched but a few short ones intervene. Marasmius tomentosipes _ Pileus thin, convex, becoming nearly plane, generally um- bilicate, glabrous, widely striate on the margin when moist, brown- ish yellow or ferruginous, becoming brown with age ; lamellae thin, Subdistant, unequal, arcuate, decurrent, pale yellow, interspaces venose ; stem slender, tough, elastic, hollow, blackish-brown, cov- €red with a tawny tomentum which is more dense and matted at the base ; spores elliptic, 6—7 » long, 3-4 /# broad. Pileus I~3.5 cm. broad ; stem 2-4 cm. long, about 1 mm. thick. Vegetable mold in damp mossy places in coniferous woods. ‘oscow, Idaho. December. L. F. Henderson. This species bears a close resemblance to Omphalia campanella and might easily be mistaken for it if the tomentum of the stem 1s ®verlooked. This is sometimes collected in minute tufts which to the naked eye give a pulverulent appearance to the surface of ; _ stem. The plants revive under the influence of moisture. iy ee Peck: NEw SPECIES OF FUNGI Lentinus Americanus Pileus thin, convex, nearly plane, centrally depressed or subinfundibuliform, glabrous, irregular or lobed on the margin, pallid; lamellae moderately close, dentate and lacerate on the edge, slightly decurrent, whitish ; stem short, nearly equal, even, solid, brown with a reddish-brown strigose villosity toward the base ; spores broadly elliptic or subglobose, 6 » long, 5-6 broad. Pileus 2-2.5 cm. broad ; stem 1-1.5 cm. long, 2-4 mm. thick. Growing singly or in tufts, rarely on rotten logs, commonly on the ground in moist shady thickets. Volmer, Idaho. L. F. Henderson. he The stem is sometimes eccentric but it is not at all sulcate. The plants have a delicate odor resembling that of apricots and an ~ agreeable taste. Entoloma nigricans Pileus thin, convex, becoming irregularly expanded and cet- — trally depressed, innately silky fibrillose, shining, dark gray OF blackish, the cuticle often radiately cracking, inodorous ; lamellae broad, subdistant, sinuate, adnate, salmon color ; stem equal, silky fibrillose, at first solid, becoming hollow, shining, white streake@ | with black, sometimes scurfy at the. top; spores salmon color, angular, uninucleate, 8-12 p long, nearly as broad. i Pileus 2.5—4 cm. broad; stem 2.5—5 cm. long, 4-8 mm. thick. Woods in low ground. Near St. Louis, Mo. October. N. M a Glatfeldter. In the dried specimens the margin of the pileus ro somewhat striate or sulcate, but the pileus is not striate when fresh nor is it hygrophanous. Locellina Starnesii Pileus fleshy but thin, convex or nearly plané, somewhat ait , bonate, white with a sepia brown center from which radiate brow? : streaks or lines intermingled with minute brown spots OF be flesh white ; lamellae narrow, close, free, concealed when young by the membranaceous white veil, pink or rosy tinted, becouuTt cinereous brown with age; stem slender, often curved, sometim® straight, stuffed with a small pith, white, ending below in 4 ee 2 like bulb; annulus superior, often torn and adhering partly te the stem and partly to the margin of the pileus ; spores brown, ellipti 5-6 » long, 4 y broad. ss Pileus 2.5—5 cm. broad; stem 2.5—5 cm. long, about 4 mip thick. | Peck: New Species or Funai 73 Bath, Georgia. October. V. Starnes. So far as known to me, this is the first representative of this genus found in our country. I find no description to match it and take great pleasure in dedicating it to its discoverer. Agaricus Sterlingii Pileus fleshy, firm, convex or sometimes slightly depressed in the center, slightly silky and sometimes with appressed spot-like scales in the center, pale brown or grayish-brown; flesh dingy, white or brownish; lamellae thin, close, free, pale brown, becoming blackish-brown with age ; stem equal or nearly so, solid or stuffed, whitish, sometimes darker above the annulus; veil thick, partly adhering to the margin of the pileus and partly to the stem; _ Spores broadly elliptic, 6-8 y long, 4 » broad. Pileus 5-12 cm. broad ; stem about 2.5 cm. long, 8-12 mm. thick. Cespitose. December and April. New Jersey. E. B. Sterling. This is one of the few species of the genus Agaricus in which the lamellae show no pinkish hues in any stage of development. Even in the young plant they have a light sepia tint which be- comes darker with age. This mushroom is edible and is regarded by the two families who have eaten it freely, as richer in flavor than the common mushroom, It seems to be more productive and less quickly perishable. Specimens were sent me by Mr. Sterling to whom the species is dedicated. Clavaria grandis Stem stout, distinct, radicating, divided above into numerous long erect or slightly diverging branches which are repeatedly branched, solid but very fragile, glabrous, reddish-brown with white Ups at first, becoming somewhat pulverulent and ferruginous brown with concolorous tips when old, somewhat fragrant; spores fer- Tuginous, broadly elliptic or subglobose, distinctly verrucose, 10-12 Ht long, 6-8 » broad. ‘ pent 12~20 cm. high, nearly as broad above ; stem 2—2.5 cm. CK, fhin woods under Sylar bushes. Maryland. September. FJ; Braendle. According to Mr. $e adle this large Clavarta is edible when Prepared as pickles and put up in spiced vinegar. ~ 74 Peck: New Species oF FunGI HELVELLA MACROPUS brevis var. nov. | Cups small, 8—16 mm. broad ; hymenium black or nearly so; _ ; stem short, 8-16 mm. long; spores uninucleate. i Massachusetts. G. E. Morris. The small size, darker hymenium and very short stem, which 7 is scarcely more than half an inch long, are the distinguishing characters of this variety. A conglobated mass of earth adheres to the bottom of the stem which, thereby appears at first sight 10 be bulbous. | bs Some new Species of Californian Plants By ALIcE EAsTwoop (WITH PLATES 6 AND 7) Fritillaria Purdyi (Plate 6) Corm with fibrous roots, deep-seated, with a large bublet on one side and a very small one on the other; stem flexuous, en- larged below the leaves, extending underground 15 cm. : radical leaves opposite but apparently whorled in 3 pairs, thick, pale green, oblong-lanceolate ; the outer 3 cm. broad, 9 cm. long; the inner about half as broad and of almost equal length; margin strongly undulate, crisped along the very edge ; cauline leaves 4, alternate, lanceolate, obtuse or callous-tipped : flowers 1-2, 2.5 cm. long, White, mottled with purple in lines and spots, on erect pedicels that recurve at apex; outer divisions obovate, 13 mm. wide, slightly incurved at base, the middle marked by a greenish-yellow band which later becomes purple; inner divisions oblong-lanceo- late, as long as the outer but narrower, 8 mm. wide: stamens with Versatile anthers, filaments 1 cm. long: ovary 6-ribbed, cylindrical, 5 mm. long, spotted with purple, tipped by the style, which is 2 mm. long: fruit purplish, obconic-orbicular, obtusely 6-sided, each side being marked by a prominent nerve but without wings or ribs, abruptly tapering at base, flat on top, about 15 mm. long: Seeds somewhat thickened on one side, winged on the opposite side, 6 mm, long. This description was drawn from fresh specimens sent by Carl Purdy in whose honor it is named. The specimens were grown in Mr. Purdy’s garden in Ukiah from bulbs sent by Mr. Charles Lowe from Kneeland, Humboldt county, California. It was looming in April in Mr. Purdy’s garden and the ripe fruit was sent to me by Mr. Lowe, May 27. He collected it where he had Collected the original bulbs. Mr. Lowe also sent blooming plants in April which were not so tall nor so luxuriant as those from Which the description was made. The type is in the herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences. The drawing, from the fresh Specimen, was made by Miss Margaret W. Buck. Monotropa Californica (Plate 7) Seca Solitary or in clumps, about 1 dm. high, glabrous, waxy- ut io leaves deltoid to ovate, sessile by a broad base, acute, entire sughtly erose, 1-2 cm, long, about 6 mm. wide at base: flowers 75 76 Eastrwoop: SoME NEW SPECIES OF CALIFORNIAN PLANTS in a densely-flowered erect spike, terminating the erect stem, con- taining about 15 flowers ; bracts similar to the leaves, but narrower, the upper ones becoming spatulate with broad, short petioles ; ter- minal flower first in bloom, with 5 petals and sepals and Io stamens ; lower flowers with 4 petals, 2-4 sepals and 8 stamens: sepals rhomboidal oblanceolate or linear, keeled, the blade when present about as long as the claw, altogether 12 mm. long, 2-4 mm. wide, margin slightly erose, outer surface glabrous, inner sparingly hairy : petals oblong-obovate, 12 mm. long, 4 mm. wide, densely hairy within, saccate at base, the sac containing nectar, lower margin ciliate, upper erose and sometimes slightly cleft on one side: stamens linear, ribbon-like, woolly, most densely so under the anthers, alternately long and short, 6-7 mm. long, .5 mm. wide, without any dilation at base; anthers bright red, shaped like a strawberry, opening by two equal slits on each side ; pollen white: ovary 4—5-lobed, with each lobe obtusely 2-ribbed ; style thick, as long as the ovary, densely woolly, especially below the yellow de- pressed-capitate stigma which is hairy at the center and around the viscid yellow outer rim. The entire plant, except the red anthers and yellow stigma, 15 pure white and without any odor, except an earthy smell like a fungus. Its erect habit at once distinguishes it from Monotropa Hypopitys to which it is most closely allied. The stamens seem different from those of other species of Monotropa, judging by the figures and de- _ a scriptions. These were probably made from dried specimens and perhaps from stamens from which the pollen had beef discharged. This species was found on a hillside bordering Little Carsom Creek, in Marin county, California. The hill was covered with a dense growth of small trees of Quercus densiflora. Clintonia An- drewstana was abundant and occasional specimens of Coralorhisa Ligelovi and C. multiflora were found near by. The first specimen (in bud) was found on May 12th. This was a solitary plant. On May 30th a clump of five plants was found in the same neighbor- hood, but no more have ‘been seen though searched for dili- gently. Unless the anthers are peculiar, this belongs to the section Hypopitys, which is considered a distinct genus by some botanists. Type in the herbarium of the California Academy of Scr ences: Eastwoop: SOME NEW SPECIES OF CALIFORNIAN PLants 177 Cycladenia venusta Stems low, 1-1.5 dm. high, several from a horizontal woody rootstock, glaucous and glabrous throughout except the flowers : lowest leaves scale-like ; the others broadly ovate to orbicular, 2-6 cm. in diameter, coriaceous, prominently nerved ; apex ob- tuse, acute, or abruptly acuminate ; base broadly cordate or cune- ate; margin entire or slightly undulate; petioles broad, flat, longer than the blades on the lower leaves, shorter on the upper, connate-clasping: flowers in axillary corymbs, 3~7-flowered ; peduncles rather stout, generally shorter than the leaves ; pedicels less than half as thick, glabrous or sparingly pubescent, 1.5—3 cm. long ; bracts ovate-acuminate, glabrous externally, with a few Scattered hairs within and on the margins, about 5 mm. long: di- visions of the calyx extending almost to the base, linear-lanceo- late, 5 mm. long, I mm. broad, clothed on both sides with scat- tered, spreading hairs: corolla funnel-form, with tube slightly shorter than the calyx, limb almost 2 cm. long, lobed about half Way with five equal orbicular-oblong lobes, 7 mm. in diameter, bright rose-color, hairy externally, especially on the tube, some- What pubescent within and viscid: stamens with short, hairy fila- ments, inserted at the top of the tube on the ribs ; anthers sagit- tate with the apex and tips cuspidate: stigma as in the genus: follicles glabrous and glaucous, immature, 4 cm. long. This beautiful species was first collected by the writer on the Summit of Santa Lucia Peak, in Monterey county, California, June 9, 1893. It was collected by Mr. R. A. Plaskett on Cone Peak in the same range of mountains in fruit in 1898. | It differs from Cycladenia humilis Benth. in the shape of the leaves, much larger flowers, corolla with shorter tube and more open-campanulate border, and the pubescence of the flowers. Type in the herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences. Potentilla Hickmani _ Perennial from a woody tap-root ; the caudex densely clothed with the brown, dry stipules and petioles ; stems low, decumbent, 8-15 cm. high, sparingly clothed with appressed hairs: leaves Mostly radical, with generally six pairs of rather distant, petiolulate leaflets ; these cuneate, digitately 3—-4-cleft or divided, with linear or lanceolate divisions, 2-8 mm. long, 1-3 mm. wide, veiny, gla- Fous or with a few scattered hairs on the upper surface, more densely appressed-hairy on the lower; stipules attached to the _ Petiole, the free portion linear-acuminate, about 5 mm. long ; cau- 78 Easrwoop: SOME NEW SPECIES OF CALIFORNIAN PLANTS line leaves few and distant, with large, obliquely ovate stipules which are adnate to the petiole up to the blade; these are similar in form to the leaflets but larger: cyme with 2-4 branches, each 1—2-flowered: calyx clothed with appressed pubescence, more densely so at base; divisions ovate, obtuse, 6 mm. long, 3.5 mm. wide : bractlets % as long, ovate : petals yellow, 6 mm. long, 5 mm. wide, cordate with shallow sinus: receptacle white-hairy : filaments narrowly subulate, 2 mm. long: style slender, attached to the akene a little below the apex, glabrous, 3 mm. long: akene gla+ brous, gibbous. This seems to come nearest to Potentilla Plattensis Nutt., from which it differs in having larger flowers, with obtuse calyx lobes and bractlets and digitately cleft leaflets less imbricated. The _ broad stipules are noticeable on the cauline leaves, those on the radical leaves being much narrower. This was collected in a forest of Pinus radiata Don., near the reservoir which supplies Pacific Grove, California, along the road to Cypress Point, April 4, 1900. It is named in honor of Mr. J- B. Hickman who has collected many interesting plants in Monterey county and who was my guide on the trip on which this was col- lected. Type in the herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences. é Orthocarpus psittacinus Perennial, stems several frony a branched caudex, generally also branching above, i.5—2 dm. high, striate, pilose with spread- ing white hairs: lower leaves linear, entire, 2-6 cm. long; upper — ones broader, 3—5-cleft near the apex into linear lobes, the middle lobe longest ; floral leaves broader, the middle lobe generally ir- regularly 2—5-cleft, the ultimate division often broadening at the apex, greenish-yellow, surpassing the flowers: calyx with membranous tube enclosing the corolla and with four lanceolate-filiform divi- sions, equal or unequal, extending below to the ovary and above to the throat of the corolla, greenish-yellow: corolla the same color, 2 cm. long ; upper lip straight, slightly surpassing the lower, obtuse ; lower lip 3-cleft with oblong, obtuse divisions, 2 mm. long, plicate below: stamens with glabrous filaments and 2-celled anthers, the cells unequal: style exserted ; stigma capitate ; ovary acute, minutely papillose : seeds 1 mm. long, the outer coat mem- branous, deeply pitted. This is probably one of the forms included under Orthocarpus pilosus Watson. The leaves are not divaricately lobed as in that Eastwoop : SoME NEW SPECIES OF CALIFORNIAN PLants 79 species, the divisions of the calyx are equally cleft and much nar- rower, the corolla is longer with the divisions more nearly equal in length, and the seeds are more membranous and more deeply pitted. I have compared it with specimens of O. pilosus collected near Lake Tahoe and Summit Station on the C. P. R. R. This is in the same region as the original collection, Washoe county, Nevada. This species came from Warner Mountains, Oregon and was collected by Mrs. Bruce, July, 1898 (no, 2240). Type in the herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences. Spraguea pulchella Apparently annual, low, with slender decumbent stems, gla- brous throughout: radical leaves spatulate on long margined petioles, longer than the blades, together 5-20 mm., purplish, en- tire, obtuse; cauline leaves of two kinds, one like the radical leaves but smaller, the others bract-like: flowers in scorpioid Subcapitate spikes, closely imbricated, at the ends of slender divaricately spreading branches ; pedicels short ; bractlets broadly Ovate-cordate, rose-color, membranous: ‘sepals somewhat un- €qual, orbicular, emarginate at apex, reniform at base, rose-color with darker or somewhat greenish stripe down the middle, 3 mm, in diameter : petals 4, oblong to linear, acute, thin, veiny, conniving over the ovary after anthesis, slightly over 2 mm. long: filaments about as long as the petals, filiform: anthers elliptical, .5 mm. long, yellow, not exserted: style long and slender, the two-cleft apex Surpassing the corolla: ovary with 1-2 ovules on slender uniculi: seeds the same number, showing through the diapha- Nous walls of the orbicular capsule, brown when ripe. This comes nearest to Calyptridium monospermum Greene. It differs in the shape of the sepals and petals, in having invariably Not more than two ovules, while C. monospermum has from one to several, ripening 1 or 2 seeds. The panicle is more open and the we plant more slender and delicate. My specimens were com- Pared with the duplicate of the type, no. 2135 of the Death Valley Pedition, collected in Big Cottonwood Meadows by F. W. Koch- It was kindly loaned me by F. V. Coville, Chief of the Division of Botany, Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. a Species was collected by Mr. J. W. Congdon near Pea a dge Toad, Mariposa county, California, April 19, 1901. eS = in the herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences. 80 Eastrwoop: SOME NEW SPECIES OF CALIFORNIAN PLANTS Sidalcea rostrata Perennial from a rather short horizontal rootstock which is generally conspicuously verrucose with the old axillary buds: stem erect, 3 to 4 dm. high, sparingly hispid with simple forked ° or stellate spreading or irregularly appressed hairs, obtusely angled: leaves strongly nerved, pubescence as on the stem but ; — ‘more abundant, especially on the petioles; radical leaves orbicu-| lar reniform, 5 cm. broad, crenate with every alternate sinus deeper, , on ribbed petioles 6 to 15 cm. long; cauline leaves similar in out- line, on shorter petioles, diminishing upwards, 7-lobed, the lobes again lobed or deeply crenate-dentate ; stipules ovate-lanceolate, 5 mm. long, soon deciduous : inflorescence racemose-spicate, of i / about 16 flowers: lower bracts 5-parted into lanceolate divisions, , surpassing the calyx, upper ones becoming more simple and smaller, not equalling the calyx : pedicels 5 to 10 mm. Jong: calyx open-campanulate, deeply parted into 5 deltoid-acuminate divisions _ about 1 cm. long, densely hispid externally with conspicuous -spréading hairs, tomentose within at the apex and along the mat-_ gin : petals rose-purple, obovate, 2.2 cm. long, 1.8 cm. wide, gla- brous, veiny, densely ciliate at base above the broad short claw, — deeply emarginate or cordate at apex with margin somewhat erose : stamineal column double, hispid: phalanges distinct, the : outer less divided than the inner: anthers dark purple, papillose : carpels (immature) 8, sparingly pubescent, conspicuously rostrate with the yellowish beak densely hispid. : This was collected by H. E. Brown near Mendocino, Cali- fornia, June, 1898 (no. 815). C Type in the herbarium of the California Academy of Science — This species belongs to the group of closely allied specie? where Sidalcea malvaeflora Moc. & Sess., is found. The cafpe™— are, however, quite unlike those of any other species of the grouP and would be sufficient to mark it as distinct were it not for the” other characteristic features. Stachys flaccida : Perennial, from running rootstocks: stems stout, hollow, ere about 10 dm. high, nearly glabrous below except for the pustula retrorse bristles on the four prominent angles: leaves ovary cordate, acute at apex, crenate, thin and flaccid, 10-13 cm. long 5-8 cm. wide, woolly pubescent on the lower surface with ae larly appressed iridescent, fine white hairs, the pubescence oF upper surface more regularly appressed but less dense; Pe Eastwoop: SOME NEW SPECIES OF CALIFORNIAN PLants 81 equalling or a little shorter than the blades, broad, flat, nerved, densely ciliate, clasping the stem and forming conspicuous nodes: spike leafy at base, about 15 cm. long, the leaves diminishing to linear-oblong bracts; peduncles densely glandular-villous; ver- ticels 1-3 cm. apart, generally 4-flowered: calyx villous-pubes- cent and glandular, obliquely 2-lipped on pedicels, 1.5 mm. long ; divisions deltoid, aristate, 3-nerved, about g mm. long, the two lower divisions somewhat shorter than the three upper, all shorter than the campanulate tube : corolla rose-color ; tube 2 cm. long, villous-arachnoid ; upper lip glandular-villous, rounded or truncate, about half as long as the lower lip; lower lip 3-lobed, the middle lobe hooded, surpassing the auriculate lateral lobes and hoary within: stamens inserted on the throat; filaments flattened, bearded, not exserted : divisions of the stigma equal ; styles shorter than the filaments: nutlets immature. This is nearest to Stachys Chamissonts F. & M, (Linnaea, Suppl., 6: 80), of which it might be considered a variety. The flaccid foliage and smaller flowers are more suggestive of S. ce/zata but the leaves are not acuminate as in that species. It appears to be an intermediate form for which at present a specific name seems better than a varietal, applied to either species. The type locality of S. Chamissonis is not given but it was collected by Cham- isso and probably some’ place not far from San Francisco. Com- pared with specimens collected at Lake Merced near San Francisco this differs, besides in regard to the characteristics mentioned above, in having longer petioles and much more scanty pubescence. This was collected by H. E. Brown near Mendocino, California, — May, 1898. It is no, 836 of his collection. Type in the her- barium of the California Academy of Sciences. Trifolium -tenerum Perennial, matted-caespitose, from running rootstocks, canes- ‘fent and softly villous throughout with fine white loosely- Spreading hairs : leaves, in general, longer than the internodes ; petioles filiform, about as long as the leaflets ; these 3, narrowly elliptical to oblanceolate, 5~10 mm. long, 1-2 mm. wide, aristate- inate ; margin setosely serrulate ; surface with conspicuous pons, terminating in the marginal setae, the lower more pilose he Upper ; stipules 8 mm. long, adnate for more than one oad their length ; lower part scarious, veiny ; the free -upper por- Hon Steen, subulate-aristate, serrulate : heads few-flowered (1-6), n Alliform peduncles which are shorter or longer than the leaves ; 82 Eastwoop: SOME NEW SPECIES OF CALIFORNIAN PLANTS involucre glabrous, very small, of 2-5 separate, laciniate-aristate bracts, 2-4 mm. long: flowers 1 cm. or so long, on pedicels less than 1 mm. long: calyx open-campanulate, with subulate aristate divisions a little longer than the tube ; tube membranous between the strong veins: corolla long and slender; banner with 3 rounded teeth at the truncate apex ; wings slender, as long as the banner, auriculate at base of blade; keel two thirds as long, tipped with an obtuse erect beak, the keel itself purple, auricled at base: ovary obovate, pilose at summit, I-ovuled. This seems to be the nearest to 7. pauciflorum Nutt. from which it differs in habit, pubescence, leaves, flowers, ovary, etc. It is one of the clovers which carpet the ground in the higher meadows on the trail to the south fork of King’s River. It was collected by the writer at Summit and Bearskin Meadows, July I-13, 1899. The first named specimens are considered the type specimens. Type in the herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences. Explanation of Plates PLATE 6. fritillaria Purdyi Eastwood 1. Plant, natural size. 2. The bulb and roots. 3. The perianth spread out. 4- An outer division of the perianth. 5. Theripe capsule. (All natural size. ) PLATE 7, Monotropa Californica Eastwood 1. A single stem, natural size. 2,3. Sepals. 4. Petals. 5. Pistil. 6. Front view of anther before it opens. 7. Back view of same. 8, Anther discharging pollen. 9. Appearance after the pollen has been discharged. The parts of the flowers are all enlarged five times. Supplementary Notes on the Erysiphaceae By ERNEsT S. SALMON, F.L.S. (Continued from page 22) PoDOSPHAERA OXYACANTHAE (DC.) de Bary. (Monograph, p. 29) Syn. add: P. clandestina Lévy. var. ramulicola Thiim. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. Sy. 1207 Sse, Exsicc.* add: Shear, New York Fungi, 138 (in herb. Jaczew- ski), Distrib. add: Asia; Siberia (Minussinsk). ffosts, add: Crataegus nigra (40), C. sanguinea, C. tanacett- Solius (80), Prunus Persica (2*) (40*), Vaccinium Vitis-Idaca. Professor N. Martianoff has kindly sent me a specimen of the Podosphaera on which Thiimen founded his ‘“P. clandesina var. ramulicola.” Thiimen gave the following diagnosis: “ Peri- theciis dense ageregatis, numerosissimis, pulviniformibus ; mycelio Candido, non evanido ; ascis sporisque typicis. In ramulis vivis 3 Crataegi sanguineae Pall. in sylvis prope Minussinsk.” The speci- men is remarkable for the manner in which the perithecia are densely compacted in extended patches along the branch of the Crataegus. Due probably to this dense crowding, causing lateral Pressure, some of the perithecia are oblong-pyriform in shape. The Structure of the perithecium, the asci and spores are normal for the Species. The perithecia are not fully mature, but the apices of the appendages show the beginning of the characteristic branching of P. oxyacanthae. On the whole, I consider that Thiimen’s plant, being characterized merely by the crowded habit of the perithecia 'S to be regarded as only a form, and not as a true variety, of P. °tyacanthae, je es of P. oxyacanthae with quite the same habit as that E © “Var. ramulicola”” are seen in the specimen in Ellis and verhart’s N. Amer. Fungi, no. 2335, ‘‘on leaves of Crataegus, ees those exsiccati are quoted which have been personally examined, and unless an asterisk, or followed by information as to the source, all the numbers be = ae Copies in the Kew Herbarium. Those distinguished by an asterisk are to in the herbarium of the British Museum (Natural History), London. 84 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY London, Canada, July, 1889 (J. Dearness).”’ These specimens ‘ show further the manner in which this form passes gradually into i the type: perithecia with a normal habit occur on both sides of the leaves; on the under side of the leaves about the midrib, We _ find perithecia congregated in patches with persistent mycelium; — and on the branches themselves the perithecia are crowded into ' dense patches among persistent mycelium. | Other examples of P. oxyacanthae occur in the United States — —on Crataegus punctata and other species of Crataegus, on Prunig — Virginiana, etc.—in which the perithecia are densely crowded i along the midrib of the leaf (although the aggregation is not que i so marked as in Thiimen’s plant), and in these cases it is t ie ' noted that the mycelium is subpersistent in exactly the same may ner as in ‘‘ var. vamulicola.” It may be observed that among the | forms of Sphaerotheca humuli the plant on Nedlia opulifolia, Ke ] (see monograph, p. 63), stands in the same relation to the type@ fF the ‘var. ramulicola’’ does not typical P. oxyacanthae. i In a specimen of P. oxyacanthae on Crataegus oxyacantha fom | 1 ‘ Belluno, Italy (Speg. 7/10 ’78),” the spores according to hades | ings by Spegazzini which are reproduced at Pl. 9, 7. 22,” are vet | strongly curved. In the specimen sent to me I was unfortunately 1 unable to find any mature perithecia containing spores. The j a most allantoid shape of the spores shown in Spegazzini’s drawings is certainly remarkable ; although in P. oxyacanthae vat. tridat I have observed that the spores are sometimes slightly cul’ 4 and in Arysiphe trina Harkn., the curving is more frequent more pronounced. ae In another specimen of Spegazzini’s collecting, from the same : locality and on the same host, the appendages reach from 2 ys — nearly 3 times the diameter of the perithecium. Such cam these show clearly the impossibility of keeping the P. 7)” tne Kunze and Schmidt apart from P. oxyacanthae. (See monoghs” Pp. 32.) 2 Bailey (2**) refers the fungus known commonly in th States as the “‘ peach mildew” to the present species, and © “the peach mildew (P. oxyacanthae) has been serious in ¥# parts of western New York the past season. In the Niagalt * The plates will appear with the final part in the BULLETIN for March. e United pserve> : rious = NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 85 it has attacked Crawfords, and upon Seneca lake I have seen a peach known as the Denton almost ruined by it. The fungus gen- erally appears when the peach is very small, as irregular mouldy or frost-like patches upon the surface. Later on, these patches be- come brown and hard, and the peach cracks, The same mildew also attacks’ the leaves, covering them with a whitish mould-like substance and causing them to become hard and curled.” Waite (Ann. Rep. Dept. Agric. for 1888: 353. 1889) also ob- serves that P. oxyacanthae causes considerable harm to the peach. Other writers, however, state that the peach mildew is Sphaerotheca pannosa (see p. 92). P. OXYACANTHAE TRIDACTYLA (Wallr.) Salm. (Monograph, p. 36) flosts, add: Prunus Grayana, Pyrus Aucuparia (18). Distrib. add : Tasmania (62). : Professor Shotaro Hori has sent me the present plant on the leaves of Prunus Grayana from Mt. Isukuba, Japan (coll. is Nishida, Nov. 1900). This is the second record of the var. tridactyla from Japan, the fungus in the first case having occurred on Prunus communis. The present form on P. Grayana, al- though clearly referable to the var. tridactyla, slightly approaches the type in the tendency shown by the appendages of many of the perithecia to diverge somewhat instead of being erect. The apex of the appendages frequently shows the elongated primary branches characteristic of the var. ¢ridactyla (see monograph, PP. 110, 111), : Bubak has recorded (g) the occurrence in Bohemia of ‘“ ?. iridactyla De By.” on the leaves of Potentilla reptans. Dr. Bubak informed me that the specimens have unfortunately been lost. It Most unlikely that the Potentil/a was here really serving as a hos Eplant ; probably, if the fungus was correctly determined, the Perithecia of the Podosphaera were merely accidentally adhering to © Potentilla leaves (see monograph, p. 23, for similar cases). F. BIUNCINATA Cooke & Peck. (Monograph, p. 39) ee . add - * Rehm, Ascomycet. 1100; Shear, New York a hi 139 (in herb. Jaczewski). 86 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY P. LEUCOTRICHA (Ell. & Everh.) Salm. (Monograph, p. 40) F Ref. add: Sphaerotheca mali Burr.; Liistner, Mitteil. tuber 4 Obst und Gartenbau, 16: 82 f/. Igor. r Distrib. add: N. America, U. S., New York (57). Flosts, add: Pyrus communis. i Listner (42) gives an interesting account, accompanied by a good figures, of the occurrence of the present species on both the leaves and fruit of pear trees in a nursery at Geisenheim, Ger- many, where it was the cause of some injury to the trees. Hitherto P. leucotricha has been known only on the apple in Europe and the United States, and on Pyrus Sieboldi in Japan. i P. leucotricha appears to be on the increase in Germany, where there have been numerous reports of late of serious injury cause by this fungus to apple orchards. Bordeaux mixture has bee i found to be ineffectual as a fungicide, but sulphur is stated to g'© : good results (see Wehmer 86, 87, and Magnus 44, 45, 46) fo Cutting off and burning the affected shoots is, however, a far bet ter method of dealing with the disease than spraying, as, unless i this method is adopted, the present fungus, like the “ peach mil- dew ” (see p. 92), is liable to recur year after year on the same 7 trees. (See Schlichting 72 *). 4 The mildew that frequently attacks the young shoots of apple t trees in England and in severe cases spreads on to the apples 7 themselves, covering them with a white powdery film, in all prob- | ability belongs to the present species, although up to the present ; I have not seen any perithecia from a British locality. | Goethe (21) has recorded the occurrence of Sphaerothecd ' pannosa on apple trees at Geisenheim in Germany ; according ' i specimens (now in the Kew Herbarium), however, sent to m¢ by ; Dr. Liistner, the fungus in question is P. /eucotricha. | Despeissis (15*) records a fungus as the ‘‘ Apple and i i Powdery Mildew (Podosphaera sp.),” from western Australia, 2° remarks: ‘This disease, which from its appearance at a later stag is also known as ‘Fire Blight,’ is more widespread in some et i sons than others. It affects the young shoots of pear and appr trees and stunts their growth.” NoTrES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 87 SPHAEROTHECA HUMULI (DC.) Burr. (Monograph, p. 45) Syn. add: Torula epilobii Corda, Ic. Fung. 4: 23. pl. 6. Jo9s. 1840. Oospora epilobii (Cord.) Sacc, & Vogl.; Sace. Syll. Fung. 4: 12. 1886. Oidium fragariae Harz. in Bot. Centralbl. 32: 314. 1887; Sacc. Syll. Fung. 10: 520. 1892. Exsicc. add: *Rehm. Ascomycet. 1349 a; Shear, New York Fungi, 136 (in herb. Jaczewski) ; Krieg. Fung. saxon. 1212, 1215 (in herb, Jaczewski). Distrib. add: Europe: Bulgaria (10), Faeroe Islands (63). Asia: Turkey (Bithynia, in reg. infer. montis Keschisch-dagh (Olympi), supra Brussa (2-300 m.s.m.). 1899. (J. Bornmiller, Iter Anatol. tert. no. 2065)! Siberia ; Poseka, Lusino (Sacc. Malpighia, 10: 269. 1896). flosts, add: Alchemilla Helvetica, Epilobium obscurum (40), Fragaria sp. (cult.), Geranium dissectum, Geum rivale, Potentilla collina (40), P. Sibbalai (40), Rubus Idaeus (Burrill; Elf & Everh., N. Amer. Pyren. 6), R. villosus, Tragopogon pratensis (40), Veronica Virginica Sibirica. Among the specimens of Erysiphaceae sent to me by Professor Kingo Miyabe, there occurs a Sphaerotheca on Veronica which must be referred to the S. humuli type. This occurrence is specially interesting on account of the fact that up to the present only the var. fuliginea of S. humuli has been known on species of Veronica. In Europe, Siberia and Asia, and North America S. humult Fuliginea occurs on Veronica Virginica (Rab.-Wint. Fung. Eur. 3657, from Missouri, U.S. A., sud S. Castagnet Lév.); on ¥, Spicata (Roumeg. Fung. gall. exsicc. 2741, from Rouen, France, sub S. Castagnei Lév.): on V. longifolia (Syd. Myc. March. 1239, from Berlin, Germany, sud S. Castagnei Lév.), (Rab. Fung. Eur. 2026, from Saxony, sub Erysiphe Castagnei forma veronicarum), (de Thiim. Myc. univ. 1839, from Minnussinsk, Siberia, occid., oS: Castagnet Lév.). In all the above-cited examples the fungus is typical S. humuli Suliginea, with perithecia measuring ©M 60~70 yp in diameter, and the cells of the outer perithecial ie: averaging 25 ft wide. The Japanese plant, of which two : &xamples have been sent—‘on the skins of Veronica Virginica 88 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY var. Szdirvica, Sapporo, Sept. 17, 1890, coll. E. Tokubuchi,” and ‘on the leaves of V. Stbirica, Sapporo, Oct. 10, 1894, coll. N. Hiratsuka,’’ belongs, as mentioned above, to the S. hamuli type. The perithecia measure about 100 y in diameter, and the cells of the outer wall average 15 » wide. I. Sidirica is treated by most botanists as synonymous with V. Virginica. Corda’s figures of his ‘ Zoruda epilobii”’ well represent the conidial (Ozdiwm) stage of S. humuli, which occurs not uncom~- monly on species of Epilobimm. Saccardo has transferred Corda’s Torula epilobii to the genus Oospora—evidently by a slip, as in the key to the genera of the Yyphomycetes (Saccardo, Syll. 4: 3) Oospora is placed in the section comprising genera which contain ‘species saprophilae,” and Corda expressly described his plant as parasitic. During the season 1900. S. humuli was the cause of the de- struction of the strawberry crop in many districts of England. The fungus, in its conidial stage—to which the name Oidium FSragariae Harz has been given on the Continent—spreads from psi leaves of the strawberry plant to the fruit, investing it with a white powder, and ruining it for market purposes. I have already (7 and 72) given an account of this outbreak of the “strawberry mil- dew,” with notes as to the varieties which are most attacked and those which appear to be immune. The fungicide which was found to be most effective was prepared in the following manner: one ounce of carbonate of copper is mixed with 5 ounces of carbonate of ammonia, and dissolved in a quart of hot water; when dissolv 16 gallons of water are added. The plants should be sprayed re- peatedly with this fungicide as soon as any trace of the mildew 4P pears on the leaves, for it has been found that once the fungus = in full vigor on the fruit nothing can be done to save the crop- Professor McAlpine reports from Australia that during 190? strawberry plants were very severely attacked by a “ strawberty Oidium,” and that although the strawberry plants were carefully examined at the end of winter, no perithecial stage could be found. The disease known to hop-farmers under the name Ob mould”’ is probably caused, as Hammond (24) has pointed out, by S. humult. In hops attacked by “red mould” the bracts of the cones lose their normal bright yellowish-green color, and become tinged reddish-brown. Other writers, however, have stated ”» ee ee ee NoTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 89 this reddish color is due to the incipient death of cells caused by certain atmospheric conditions, excessive dryness of soil, etc., and consider that the fact of the red color being sometimes present in hops which show no trace of the Sphaerotheca affords conclusive Proof that “red mould” is not caused by the present fungus. I have, however, found in studying the ‘strawberry mildew” disease, caused by S. humuli, that strawberry leaves may com- monly be found (after the disease has been running for some time) on which no trace of any fungus is to be found, yet which bear reddish discolored patches on the under surface. Continuous ob- servation of diseased strawberry plants showed that these reddish Patches were composed of epidermal cells which had been killed or whose contents had been modified, by the haustoria of S. humul, and that the mycelium after causing this injury, had completely disappeared, S. HUMULI FULIGINEA (Schlecht.) Salm. (Monograph, p. 49) ‘ Syn. add: S. microcarpa Hazslinszky, M. Tud. Akad. Math. es Természettud. Kozleményck, 15: 20. 1878. S. phthetro- ‘perma P. Henn. & Shirai, Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 29: 147. 1900. S. fuscata (B. & C.) Serbinov. Scripta Bot. Univ. Petropol. 18: (16). 1901. Exsicc. add: Krieger, Fung. saxon. 1210, 1211, 1213, 1214, (in herb, Jaczewski) ; Rehm, Ascomycet. 1349b ; Shear, New York Fungi, 137 (in herb. Jaczewski). : Distrib. add : Europe, Bulgaria (10) ; Asia, Siberia, Yeniseisk, flum. Yenisei inter 58° et 71°” (A. Kitmanoff ). flosts, add: Arabis alpina, Bidens pilosa, Calamintha umbrosa, Clerodendron trichotomum, Corcopsis trichosperma (84), Crepis — %S, Impatiens Balsamina, Microseris senella, Phtheirospermum Chinense, Saxifraga punctata, Senecio Cineraria (cult.), S. Muh- lenbergiz, Hosts recorded for the aggregate: ‘“S. Castagnet Lév.” add: Arctinin minus (19), Bupleurum linearifolium (59), Calendula Sulgens (40), Centaurea Babylonica ( 59), Cnicus arvensis (65), Plan- 1ag0 major (80), Veronica Chamaedrys (76), V. orientalis (40). Hazslinszky described in 1878 (28) a Sphaerotheca from Hun- Sary as a N€w species under the name S. microcarpa, with the 90 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY following diagnosis (I am indebted to Professor A. Magocsy- . Dietz for the translation of the Hungarian): ‘ S. microcarpa nov. spec. Mycelium spinnwebartig, weiss. Perithecien zerstreut, sehr winzig, kugelig, endlich schwarz, mit einem kugligen Ascus. Die Wand des Ascus ist sehr diinn auf der sich papillés erhe- benden Spitze. Unter dem Ascus, entgegengesetzt dem Scheitel, sitzt ein Discus mit kuchenartiger Gestalt, von welchem der Ascus sich schwer loslost. In dem Ascus befinden sich 6-8 elliptische Sporen. Die Anhangsel sind weiss, unregelmassig und bestehen aus ungetheilten Faden.—Wéachst auf der unteren Flache der Blatter von Xanthium spinosum im Comitate Ung (Ungarn). Es ist leicht moglich, dass der Pilz nicht selten ist und tiberall die Wirthspflanze begleitet.’’ From the description given it is evi- dent that the fungus is S. humuli fuliginea, which is found not uncommonly on Xanthinm spinosum, X. strumarum, X. Canadensé, X. Italicum, etc. S. phtheirospermi P. Henn. & Shirai, Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 29: 147. 1900, on Phtheirospermum Chinense, Mt. Takao, Prov. Mu- sashi, Japan (Kusano, no. 130, Nov. 8, 1899), is typical 5. humult Juliginea, quite similar in all respects to European examples 0” Taraxacum officinale, and on a number of hosts belonging to the Scrophulariaceae (Bartsia, Euphrasia, Melampyrum, Pedicularts, etc.). The specimen, labelled as above, of ‘“ S. phtheirosperm” (now in the Kew Herbarium) kindly sent to me by Dr. Hennings; shows perithecia 60-90 # in diam., with the cells of the outer wall large and distinct, and measuring 15-30 » wide; the appet- dages are few and distinct ; the ascus is broadly ovoid to subglo- bose, and measures 50-60 x 45-50. S. humuli var. fuligined occurs not uncommonly onanumber of plants in Japan (see “ Ery- siphaceae of Japan”’ (68, p. 446)). Serbinov (76) has transferred the Evysiphe fuscata of Berk. & Curt. (Grevillea, 4: 159. 1876), to the genus Sphaerotheca, giv- ing the plant the name S. fuscata (B. & C.) Serbin. Serbinov, however, has overlooked the fact that, as pointed out by Burrill (Ellis and Everhart’s N. Amer. Pyren. 8), and at p. 51 of my monograph, ‘‘£. fuscata”’ is identical with S. humuli fuliginea- The fungus recorded as S. Castagnet by Rabenhorst (59) of Euphorbia from Persia, proves to be Erysiphe taurica Lév.; that ee a poe NorTes ON THE ErRyYSIPHACEAE 91 recorded (/. c.) under the same on Aidiscus esculen!us bears, accord- ing to specimens from Rabenhorst’s herbarium, no perithecia, but, from the mycelial characters’ shown, probably also belongs to £. taurica. The S. Castagnei recorded by Magnus (Bericht. des naturwiss.- med. Ver. Innsbruck, 24: 6. 1898, on Caltha palustris, proves to be a small form of Exysiphe polygoni DC. The fungus recorded as S. humutli Schroet., on Plantago major, by Feltgen (18), proves from specimens sent to be £. cichoracearum DC.; and that recorded (2. c.) under the same name as occurring on ‘ Mentha longifolia”’ proves from specimens sent to be S. humuli fuliginea on Veronica longifolia. The plants recorded as S. Castagnei Lév. p.p.. Burr. (= S. humuli Juliginea) on Shepherdia argentea and Collomia linearis from Wyoming, by Griffiths (Bull. Torrey Club, 26: 142, 143. 1899), prove from specimens sent by the writer to belong to S. humuli (DC.) Burr. They are small forms of the species—the perithecia in the example on Collomia, measuring 75-100/ in diam., and in that on Shepherdia go-110 p—with quite the general appearance of the var. fuligineca, but with the cellular structure of the perithecium characteristic of the S. humuli type. S. PANNosA (Wallr.) Lév. (Monograph, p. 65) Exsicc. add: * Linhart, Fung. hungar. 354. Distrib. add Europe, Austria-Hungary; Australasia, Tas- Mania (62). Hosts, add: Rosa Eglanteria (40), R. fragrans (40). Spegazzini records (79), Oidium leucoconium Desm. as occurring “ad folia viva Rosarum cultarum vulgatum in tota Republica Argentina et in Montevideo, per ann., 1880-1897.” If correctly determined, this refers to S. pannosa, as Oidium leucoconium is the Conidial stage of this species ; it may be noted, however, that in orth America a peculiar form of S. Aumuli occurring on roses : oie been mistaken for S. pannosa (see monograph, The fungus reported by Goethe (21) as S. pannosa, occurring on apple trees in Germany, proves to be Podosphaera leucotricha. < ‘the case of Cavara’s record, also mentioned by Magnus (46), of 92 SALMON : SUPPLEMENTARY S. pannosa on apple trees, the same mistake in identification has in all probability been made. The fungus known as the “peach mildew” is apparently S. pannosa, although some writers, ¢. g., Waite and Bailey refer it to Podosphaera oxyacanthae (see p. 85). This doubt as to the specific identity of the mildew on the peach is due probably to the fact that—as in the case of Podosphaera leucotricha on the apple—the conidial stage, which causes the injury, is usually the only stage im which the fungus occurs. I have, however, seen in a European example, the pannose mycelium of the perithecial stage of 5. pannosa on the stem of a peach tree. Smith (Journ. Mycol. 7: 90, 91. 1892, and Selby ('75*) both refer to the “ peach mildew” as “ S. pannosa,” and give the fol- lowing accounts of the injury caused by it. Smith observes: “This mildew usually attacks the leaves and young stems. On the latter it forms a dense, felt-like, persistent hyphae-complex which is first white and afterwards a dirty gray, the epidermis being cracked open and destroyed or much injured and a thick brow? layer of cork being formed, under the mycelial patches. The mildew produces conidia in abundance, but perithecia have a been found, although the search has been continued into winter.’ Smith noticed that the disease recurred. year after year upon the same individual peach trees, whilst the surrounding trees were entirely free, and remarks: “The fungus has been found on the unfolding shoots of a tree so early in the spring and to such 08 extent as to make it almost certain that it had wintered over ™ the form of perennial mycelium. From other trees fresh-looking mycelium has been taken in mid-winter, and I have no doubt as to its perennial nature.” It was found also that ‘peach ng with gland-bearing leaves remained free from mildew, while mil- dewed trees bore leaves destitute of glands.’’ Smith remarks “It would seem, therefore, as though peach trees of the type bearing glandular leaves are more resistant to this mildew thal other varieties, but whether this will hold good for all localities and all varieties remains to be seen.” : Selby reports the “ peach mildew” as attacking the fruit a5 well as injuring the leaves and twigs, and observes: “ Upon the fruit, this mildew causes large, light-colored spots, with an enor NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 93 mous multiplication of epidermal hairs or fuzz of the peach. Under the affected spots there is a hardening of the fruit and the conse- quent effect upon the quality is less marked though quite similar to that produced by the scab (Cladosorium carpophilum Thim.). To cut and burn affected shoots is recommended as a preventative measure for mildew. Spraying is unlikely to yield favorable re- sults.” Halsted (23%), in mentioning the fungus on diseases ob- served on fruit trees during 1894 at the New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station, remarks : “S$. pannosa has interfered with the growth of the young twigs of peach trees, coating them over in much the same manner that S. mors-uvae does the stems of the gooseberry.” S. MORS-uvAE (Schwein.) Berk. & Curt. (Monograph, p. 70) Distrib. add: Europe, in a garden, Ballymena, County An- trim, Ireland (? introduced). N. America, U. S., Utah (73), In- diana (84). The appearance in 1900 of the. ‘‘ American -gooseberry-mil- dew,”’ S. mors-uvae, up to that time known only from the United States, in Ireland has already been noted (51) (71 and 72). In the present year (1901) the disease has reappeared in the same garden at Ballymena, County Antrim, and the gardener there has Feported to me the following facts: “The disease this year was €ven more extensive than last ; and the young wood seems more affected at this time of year (August) than it did last year. I have not heard of any neighboring gardens being affected as yet. Some Varieties of gooseberries are far more subject to the disease than Others. The « large green” gooseberry is not affected, while the “small green’ is very much affected, although both berries are smooth. The “amber” is by far the worst of any. Some varieties of “ red” seem proof against the fungus, while others are nearly as Susceptible as the “amber”; the ‘“ smooth red” is the Worst. : Magnus is of the opinion that the fungus has been introduced eRe Ireland from America, and suggests (47) that imported goose- Tes bearing the fungus may have been the source of infection. ee This, however, cannot have been the case, as the authorities at the 94 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY Customs House (London), inform me that no importation of gooseberries into Britain from the United States occurs. I have learned, however, through Mr. F. W. Moore, of the Royal Bo- tanic Gardens, Dublin, that two firms of florists in Ireland some years ago imported gooseberry plants from the United States. It is certainly possible that by this means the disease may have been introduced from America. But, on the other hand, we must re- member that Ireland possesses some indigenous plants found else- where only in North America. Also, as I have already pointed out (monograph, p. 72), in the fungus known as Sphaerotheca euphorbiae (Cast.), which is not uncommon on the Continent on species of Euphorbia, appears to be morphologically indistinguish- able from S. smors-uvae. It may be noted here that De Wildeman (16) has lately enu- merated S. mors-uvae among the Erysiphaceae of Belgium. The record runs, “sine loco (Em. Marchal)’”’; up to the present I have not been able to obtain any information about this Belgian record. It may be well here to draw-attention to the serious economic danger with which European fruit farmers will be confronted if this ‘‘ American gooseberry mildew ”’ is allowed to establish itself in Eu- rope. The practical aspect of the subject is ably dealt with by Beach (2**), in Bull. N. Y. Agric. Exper. Station, 114, where a full and well-illustrated account of the cultivation of gooseberries in the United States is given. It is here remarked: ‘‘ The one great hindrance to the cultivation of European gooseberries in this country is their susceptibility to attacks of the mildew, Spae’? theca mors-uvae. From the standpoint of the American fruit grower gooseberries falls into two classes, those which suffer from the mildew and those which do not. The former class includes all European varieties and their American grown seedlings, of other words, all varieties of the species Rides Grossularia L. Th latter class includes the cultivated varieties of the native America? species oxyacanthoides L. and Cynosbati L., and some hybrids be- tween them and the European species. * * * On account of their liability to serious attacks of mildew, European gooseberries should not be planted for commercial purposes, except by thor who are prepared to contend with that disease.’’ We may infer from these observations that if the fungus were to become wide- Novres ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 95 spread in Europe, the whole gooseberry crop would be seriously affected. Beach (/. ¢.) observes: “spraying to prevent mildew should begin as soon as the buds begin to unfold, using one ounce of potassium sulphide for every two gallons of water. Re- peat the applications at intervals of ten days till the fruit is nearly ready to market. Should frequent heavy rains occur spray more frequently. Be sure the spray reaches all the foliage, especially on the inner and under parts of the bush which are usually slighted. The use of Bordeaux mixture is objectionable because it is apt to stick to the fruit and injure its market value, even though the application be made several weeks before the crop is marketed.” A valuable account, describing the mode of attack, best meth- ods of prevention, etc., has also been given by Halsted (23). S. euphorbiae (Cast.) Salm. Botrytis euphorbiae Cast. Supp. Cat. Pl. Mars. 81. 1851. (For further synonymy cf Monograph, p. 71.) Syn..add: Oidium euphorbiae Thiim. mss. in herb. Exsicc. add: *Rehm. Ascomycet. 1049. Ffosts, add; Euphorbia Cyparissias palustris. The specimen in the Kew Herbarium, ex herb de Thimen, named “ Oidium euphorbiae Thiim. mss. on Euphorbia dulcis, Austria inf., Krems, 7.71’ belongs to the present species. S. Lanestris Harkn. (Monograph, p. 74) Syn. S. Kusanoi P. Henn. & Shirai, Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 29: 145. 1900. Flosts, add: Quercus glandulifera. Distrib. add: Japan; Prov. Kozuké, Mt. Myogi (Kusano, Nov. 4, 1899). Mt. Tsukuba (T. Nishida, Nov. 2, 1900)! Hennings and Shirai (31) have lately described a Sphaerotheca from Japan as a new species under the name of S. Kusanot, Dr. Hennings has kindly sent me a specimen of this fungus (now in the Kew Herbarium) labeled ‘on Quercus glandulifera, Prov. Kozuké, Mt. Myogi (Kusano, no. 123, Nov. 4, 1899). This fun- gus is, in my opinion, S. /azes¢ris in a slightly immature condition. The authors remark of S. Kusanoi: “ Die Art ist mit S. Zanestris Harkn. verwandt, aber duch das vollig farblose Mycel, durch die 96 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY pfriemlichen vom Mycel vollig getrennten Anhangsel, durch die am Scheitel nicht verdickten, 5-6 Sporen enthaltenden Asken, sowie durch die mit einem Tropfen versehenen, im Innern nicht gekérnelten Sporen gut verschieden.” Of the character here given, the completely colorless mycelium would if constant be the most important, as separating the plant from S. /anestris, but this distinctive character certainly does not hold good. Although the specimen is undoubtedly for the most part immature, as is shown by the fact that the ascus of most of the perithecia is found, on being pressed out, to be still completely enveloped in the separating inner wall of the perithecium. But even in this stage some of the hyphae of the mycelium, intermixed with colorless ones, show 4 decided brown color under the microscope. Moreover, in one corner of a leaf in the specimen sent, a small patch of mycelium has turned completely brown, and presents all the appearances of that of S. /anestris. The appendages of the perithecium in “5. Kusanoi” are in most cases quite rudimentary or even absent, occasionally, however, they equal or slightly exceed, in length the diameter of the perithecium. The asci are 6-8-spored; the wall becomes thin towards the apex of the ascus (as is shown, ¢. $ a Fig. 118 of monograph). The complete separation of the inner wall of the perithecium from the outer is a characteristic featur S. danestris (see monograph, p. 75). Since writing the above, I have received another example of this Japanese Sphaerotheca on Quercus glandulifera, from Professot Shotaro Hori, collected at Mt. Tsukuba (coll. T. Nishida, Nov. 7 1900). In this specimen, although the fungus is immature, the mycelium has everywhere taken a decided tinge of brown. S. lanestris has been known hitherto only from the United States, where it occurs on six species of Quercus in the Souther™ Middle and Western States. Its occurrence in Japan is of great interest, adding as it does another species to the list of mildews common to North America and Japan (see ‘ Erysiphaceae ° Japan” (68, p. 442). Uncinuza saticis (DC.) Wint. (Monograph, p. 81) Exsicc. add: *Linhart, Fung. hungar. 78; *Rehm, ascomycel 549b; * FI. exsicc. austro-hungar. 3177; * Krypt. exsicc. (Mus. Pal. Vind.) 121 ; Shear, New York Fungi 140 (in herb. Jaczewski): NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 97 Disivib. add: Europe; Bosnia (10). flosts, add; Populus suaveolens, Salix gracilistyla, S. multi- nervis, S. stipularts. Sredinski (80) has recorded from Russia the occurrence of U. salicis on Hedera Helix. In all probability, however, the perithecia in this case were merely adhering by means of their appendages to the leaves, as it is most unlikely that the Hedera was really serving asa host plant. “ U. salicis var. epilobii Vestergr.”” on Epilobium angustifolium and “ U. Columbiana Selby on Scutellaria lateriflora afford apparently similar cases (avte, p. 10). Brannon (8) has recorded the occurrence in rare cases, of eight spores in the ascus of U. salicis. The haustoria of U. sadic’s, according to the observations of Grant Smith ('77), differ in an important manner from those of other species of the Erysiphaceae, being produced not only in the epidermal cells of the host-leaf, but also in the subepidermal (pali- sade and mesophyll) cells (ante, p. 4). U. Mivazer Salm. (U. salicis var. Miyabei Salm. monograph, p. 88) Hosts, add: Tilia Miqueliana. From the study of further material, the present fungus, orig- inally described as a variety of U. salicis, seems to be worthy of Specific rank, the character of the appendages (especially that of the basal part becoming, when mature, thick-walled) separating it clearly from all forms of U. salicis. Further, I have not been able to find among numerous specimens of U. sadicis from Japan. any forms approaching in any way U. Miyabet, such as might be €xpected to occur were the latter only a variety of U. salicts. Since its original discovery in Japan on Alnus incana and A. mari- “ma, U. Miyabei has been found at Hokkaido, Prov. Ishikari, Shin- totsugawa (coll. T. Hawakami) on Zilia Migueliana see Erysipha- Ceae of Japan (68), p. 440. U. aceris (DC.) Sacc. (Monograph. p. 90) Exsicc. add: * Krypt. Exsicc. (Mus. Pal. Vind.) 123 ; at 2 Sacc. Myc. Ital. 60 ; * Linh. Fung. hungar. 77, 256. Distrib. add: Bosnia. Hosts, add: Acer opulifolium, A. palmatum, A. spicatum Uku- ruduense, 98 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY In the examination of some U. aceris in the conidial stage on Acer campestre from Reigate, England, there was observed on all the leaves examined Oidium-like conidia much smaller than the normal Osdiume-conidia with which they were associated. I was not able to ascertain if these smaller conidia which measured about 15 x 7 #, were organically connected with the mycelium of the Uncinula, t. e., whether they were reaily microconidia, of whether they were merely accidentally present. The presence of some intermixed hyphae of foreign mycelium and loose Macro- sporium and other spores favor the latter view. The occurrence of these smaller Ordium-like conidia among the mycelium of U. acerts is of interest in connection with Fuckel’s original description of the conidia of U. Tulasnei (see monograph, p. 94). Rabenhorst (59) has recorded U. aceris on Acer monspessit lanum from Boriter in Kurdistan. Specimens so labelled were kindly sent to me by Dr. Hennings from Rabenhorst’s herbarium, but these bore only a barren mycelium. ; Neger (54, p. 338) states that the conidia of U. aceris vary ™ shape according to external conditions,—to quote his words: * Die Conidien zeigen je nach den Wachsthumsbedingungen (feuchter oder trockener Umgebung) verschiedene Gestalt ; in trockenet Luft entstandene Sporen sind lang und schlank, wahrend sie in feuchter Umgebung mehr abgerundete und gedrungene Formen zeigen.” U. prunastri (DC.) Sacc. (Monograph, p. 95) Distrib, add; Bulgaria (10), Poland (6). In Spegazzini’s herbarium a specimen occurs labelled “— Wallrothii f. lonicerae Xylostei, Belluno, Italy, 10. 8. 78; ro sime.” I had already (monograph, p. 97) expressed the opiniot that the presence of U. Prunastri on the host here given was " be considered only accidental, and an examination of these Sper mens of Spegazzini shows this view to be correct. We find bee that the perithecia—or at least many of them—are fixed upside down by means of the adherence of the mucilaginous apices © the appendages to the leaf of the Lowicera. This reversal and sit attachment of the perithecium is just what occurs in U. acer? (- monograph, p. 92), and has also been observed in several other species of the present genus (ante, p. 9). NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 99 U. cLanpEstiNa (Biv. Bern.) Schroeb. (Monograph, p. 97) Syn. add: U. clandestina Bivon. form. n. Japonica P. Henn. Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. my 240! 1500 Flosts, add: Ulmus parvifolia. The “ forma Japonica” of Hennings (/. c.) from Tokyo: Botan. Garten auf lebenden Blattern von Ulmus campestris Sm. var. vul- garis PI, (Kusano, no. 155, Oct. 11, 1899) is described as follows : “Die Form ist durch Grossenverhaltnisse von der typischen Art etwas unterschieden. Die Perithecien sind 75-85 4 gross mit meist 20 an der Spitze hakenformig gekriimmten 60-80 ” langen An- hangseln. Die 2~3 Asken jedes Peritheciums sind eiformig 40- 60 x 40~5 5 #4, mit 2-3 elliptischen 19-25 x 14-18 » grossen, gel- blichen, granulierten Sporen.”” There are no characters given here of sufficient importance to justify the separation in any way of the Japanese plant from the U. clandestina of Europe and Algeria. I have seen several specimens of U. clandestina from Japan, and have found them identical with European examples of the species. It may be noted that in Hennings’ description, the measurement of the spores is given as “19-25 x 14-18”; in a specimen (now in the Kew Herbarium) sent to me by Dr. Hennings ; however, the Spores measure up to 30 p long. U. necator (Schwein.) Burr. (Monograph, p. 99) Exsicc. add « Shear, New York Fungi, 141 (in herb. Jaczewski). Distrib. ada: Europe, Germany, N. America, U. S., Georgia (74). S. America, Chili (37). Hosts, add» Vitis cordifolia (84). The interesting discovery at Geisenheim in Germany of the ©Ccurrence of perithecia of U. necator—hitherto known in Europe only from France—has been made by Dr. G. Liistner, who gives (41) the following account: “Die von mir aufgefundenen Peri- thecien wurden an einer an einem Geiztrieb gebildeten Traube, an Welcher gleichzeitig auch conidienbildendes Mycel vorhanden ha 15 November angetroffen ; sie sassen an den Beerenstielen he Tuppen beisammen.”’ Dr. Liistner kindly sent me a _micro- es © mount of some of the perithecia. These latter, which un- wdly belong: to U. necator, are immature, some of the appen- being still uncolored and not yet showing the uncinate 100 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY apex. The fungus at this stage somewhat resembles Erysiphe polygoni—a fact which very probably accounts for the record by Berkeley (Gard. Chron. 21: 22. 1884, of the occurrence of “ 27J- siphe communis’? on vine leaves, from Washington, U. S. A, growing with U. necator. Professor H. O. Juel has informed me that he found in Sept, 1900, at Bonn, Germany, “one leaf of Vitis vinifera that was cov ered with Oidium, and had also some well-developed perithecia of Uncinula spiralis.” S| ae ET It still seems necessary to assume, however, that U. necator, although occasionally producing perithecia in Europe, as 4 rule survives the winter by means of persistent mycelium or hibernat- ing conidia. (See Wortmann, 88.) : Pierce (58*) in his monographic study of the “ California Vine Disease,”’ gives a full account of the manner in which U. necator attacks the vines of California. U. macrospora Peck. (Monograph, p. 107) Exsicc. add: Shear, New York Fungi, 143 (in herb. Jaczewski): U. Ciintontt Peck. (Monograph, p. 109) Syn. add ; U. Kusanot WH. &. P. Syd. Mém. Herb. Boiss. 4° 4. 1900. U. Zelkowae P. Henn. Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 29: 149 1900. : Exsicc. add: *Rehm, Ascomycet. 1198; Shear, Fungi, 142 (in herb. Jaczewski). Distrib. add: Florida. Hosts. add: Celtis Sinensis. | As I have pointed out in the “ Erysiphaceae of Japan (68, . 438) U. Clintonii is variable as regards the shape of its appen ages. These may show a much enlarged clavate ape®% ° | measuring 30 / across, or the apex is only slightly enla Ms 7 measuring 20 p across. “U. Kusanoi H. & P. Syd.” ee Ce 7 Sinensis from Japan, has appendages of the latter description, we 7 exactly matches certain examples of U. Clintonii on Tila Am t cana from the United States. ene 7 The record of U. Clintonii from Florida is based on a Spe" q sent to Kew from the Florida Agricultural College, Lake ©’ New York NoTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 101 Fla. (coll. H. H. Hume). It is an interesting form of the species, the perithecia possess few (7-12) rather short appendages, very unequal in length on the same perithecium, and scarcely swollen at the apex. “U. Zelkowae P. Henn.” is described (31) as follows: ‘‘ am- phigena ; mycelio arachnoideo, tenui, evanescente, albido ; perithe- ciis gregariis, subglobosis, atris, 100-120 #4, appendicibus radiatis, simplicibus ca. 20, hyalinis, apice convolutis usque ad 10 + incras- Satis, 100-200 ys longis, 5—7 » crassis ; ascis (3) ellipsoideis vel sub- Ovoideis, 3-4-sporis, 35-50 x 30-40 4, basi vix stipitatis ; sporis ellipsoideis utrinque obtuse rotundatis, 1-guttulatis, hyalinis, 18— 22X 12-15 uw. Tokyo; auf lebenden Blattern von Ze/kowa acumt- ata Pl. (Kusano, no. 15 3, Oct. 1, 1899).”’ The diagnosis here given shows that the fungus is the same as that sent to me from Kobe, Japan, on Zelkova acuminata (Z. Keak), by Professor Kingo Miyabe. This I have described in my monograph, p. 110, and have given there my reasons for considering it only a small form of U. Clintonii. U. PorycHarra (Berk. & Curt.) ex Ellis. (Monograph, p. 113) Syn. add: U. Shiraiana P. Henn. Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 29: 148. Igor, Distrib. add: S. America, Uruguay, Argentine Republic, Tucuman and Salta (79). flosts, add: Celtis Boliviensis (79), C. Selloviana (61), C. Stnensis, In some examples of this species sent by Spegazzini from Uruguay on Celtis tala many of the perithecia attained a diameter of 390 y, and contained from 150-175 asci each. “U. Shiraiana P. Henn.” is a form with 2—-4-, or very rarely S-spored asci. It is not, I consider, distinct from U. polychaeta (see “ Erysiphaceae of Japan,” 68, p. 439). Phyllactinia corylea, st usually possesses bisporous asci, shows much the same ‘aration as the present species (see under that species). U. VERNICIFERAE P. Henn. i verniciferae P. Henn., Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 29: 149. 1900. | m, Bull, Torrey Club, 27: 440. 1900. 102 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY Distrib.—Japan : Tokyo, Botan. Garten. (Kusano no. 151, Oct. 27, 1899). Prov. Szumo (Tanaka, Nov. 29, 1900). Hosts.—Rhus succedanea (fruit), R. vernicifera (leaves). Hennings (/. c.) gives the following diagnosis: ‘‘ amphigena; maculis fuscis effusis, mycelio arachnoides tenui, albido ; perithe- ciis gregariis subglobosis, atris 100-1104; appendiculis 12-16, simplicibus, subulatis interdum apice cirrhatis 100-150 x 6-10/4 hyalinis ; ascis (2-3) ellipsoideis, vel subovoideis vix stipitatis, 8 sporis 40-50 X 35-454; sporis ellipsoideis, utrinque rotundatis, 1 guttulatis, hyalinis, laevibus 17-20 x 9-11. Die Art is mit U. flexuosa Peck und U. aceris DC. verwandt, durch die viel weniger askenreichen Perithecien u. s. w. verschieden.”’ Dr. Hennings sent me a specimen of his species (from Tokio), and on this I have remarked (‘‘ Erysiphaceae of Japan,” 68, P. 440). ‘The specimen sent is too immature to enable me to give a full description of the plant. It appears, however, a distinct species, showing affinity with U. Sengokni Salm., but differing ™ the thicker walled appendages, slightly narrowed upwards to the closely coiled frequently helicoid apex.” I have since received from Professor Shotaro Hori an Uncinula which proved on examination to be the above species on the fruit of Rhus succedanea. The mycelium of the fungus covers the numerous depressions which occur in the fruit of the Rhus, and in the specimen sent bears only a few immature perithecia. The appendages are sometimes as few as seven in number; they a not swollen upwards, and terminate in a closely coiled oft helicoid apex ; towards the base they become refractive and thick- walled. U. seprata Salm. U. septata Salm. Journ. Bot. 38: 427. 1900. Host.—Quercus glandulifera. Distrib.—Japan : Mt. Myogi, Prov. Kozuké, (Kusano, Nov. 4 1899, no. 123 (in part); Mt. Tsukuba (T. Nishida, Nov. 2, 1900) ‘“‘Hypophyllous : mycelium evanescent ; perithecia more e less scattered, large, rounded-lenticular, 160-210 yp in diametet cells of outer wall of perithecium distinct, small, 5-10 wide; ap" pendages crowded, very numerous, 100-170 or more in number . NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 103 unequal in length (50~100 y# long) on the same perithecium, simple, smooth, 1-8- (usually about 5-) septate, amber-colored in the lower half, thin-walled throughout, about 5 » wide, apex often helicoid ; asci 6-12 (immature). ‘In habit, and in the large size of the perithecia, U. septata resembles ‘U. circinata Cooke & Peck, from which it is at once distinguished by the septate appendages ; from U. necator (Schwein.) Burr. and U. australiana McAlp.—the _ only species of the genus at present known which possess colored (septate) appendages—the large perithecia. with the crowded ap- pendages at once distinguish the present species. The absence of Spores in the ascus shows that the specimens examined are im- Mature ; but I have no hesitation in describing the plant in this Condition, as the presence of densely crowded septate appendages Shows it to be quite distinct from all other species at present known. The appendages when well developed cover more or less completely the upper half of the perithecium—just as is the case In U. circinata. Seen in the mass, the appendages are of a pale amber tint ; very probably they acquire towards the base, on ma- “use a deeper shade of brown, like those of U. ecator.” Salm. - ¢.) U. septata was first found associated with ‘“ Sphaerotheca Ku- Sana P, Henn., of Shirai,” on a leaf of Quercus glandulifera, ina Specimen sent to me by Dr. Hennings. _I have since, through the Kindness of Dr. Hennings, been able to look over all the original material of “ S. Kusanoi,” but have not been able to find any Perithecia sufficiently ripe to contain spores ; I have observed, how- €ver, that the appendages are frequently 10-septate. Professor Shotaro Hori has sent me a specimen of S. /anestris (“‘ S. Kusa- 700") or Quercus glandulifera from Mt. Tsukuba (coll. T. Nishida, jis, 2, 1900), and on the leaf a few immature perithecia of U. ala occur. Itis interesting to find that in this, its second known . . . r * “y, the present species again occurs associated with the Sphae- otheca, MicRospuarra BERBERIDIS (DC.) Lév. (Monograph, p. 123) ‘ ce. add: * Linhart, Fung. hungar. 258. Distrib, add: Italy. 104 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY M. EvonyM! (DC.) Sace. (Monograph, p. 125) Exsicc. add: Krieger, Fung. saxon. 1225 (in herb. Jaczewski). Hosts, add: Caragana frutescens. In Professor Jaczewski’s herbarium there occurs a most inter- esting mildew on Caragana frutescens Medic. from Russia, which with scarcely any doubt must be referred to JZ euonymi. The fungus forms when mature clinging floccose masses chiefly on the under surface of the leaf; the perithecia measure 100-130/ in diamete: ; the appendages are 12-24 in number, 3-5 times the diameter of the perithecium, flaccid and penicillate when mature, with the apex dichotomously branched ; asci 4-9, about 60 x 30/ 3-5-spored, spores 22-23 x 11-12y. The branching of the apex is represented at /’. 9, f. 3-5, and agrees with that found in some forms of IZ. ewonymi on Euonymus Europacus ; although the ape* is perhaps scarcely so much branched as is usual for the species. The type of branching is, however, quite different from that found in MZ. Béumleri P, Magn., the only other species to which this fungus on Caragana frutescens approaches. I have seen only the single Russian specimen mentioned above ; and in this, although the perithecia are sufficiently ripe to contain asci with spores, the final branching of the apex of the appendages has not appar ently in many cases yet taken place. There is, however, an exact agreement between the branching shown by some of the append- ages and that which occurs in some examples of MM. ewonymt. The occurrence of MZ. exonymi, so long known only on Euonymus, OP another genus of host plants is a notable fact. JM. Caraganaé P. Magn. Bericht. deutsch. bot. Gesellsch. 17: 150. J. 9. Sf: ie 1899, on Caragana arborescens is in my opinion not a Muro- sphacra at all, but a form of Exysiphe polygoni DC. (see mone” graph, p. 187). Serbinov ('76) has lately described from Russia (Gouv- Petersburg) a form of JZ euonymi as a new variety under name var. dorealis. I have not seen a specimen of the plant. The following diagnosis is given: ‘ Varietas hypophylla, 4 euonymi (DC.) Sacc. mycelio differens persistente, comp*”’ floccoso, peritheciis gregariis,— Die von mir in einem alte? Garten Oranienbaums auf Fxuonymus Europaeus gefundene euonymi Sacc. hat ein interessantes Mycel. Dasselbe entwick St. NoTres ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 105 sich so kraftig und stark dass ein von ihm befallenes Blatt wie mit Spinngewebe iiberzogen erscheint. Nach den Angaben von Saccardo ist das Mycel dieses Pilzes arachnotdeus et fugax, wahr- end es bei von mir gefundenen Exemplaren floccosus and persistens ist. In Folge eines solchen Unterschiedes des von mir gefundenen Pilzes mit der typischen JZ, euonymi Sacc., fasse ich erstere als eine nérdliche Varietat auf, und nenne sie J7. euonymi (DC.) Sacc. var. borealis (mihi).”’ M. asrraGati (DC.) Trev. (Monograph, p. 127) Neger (54, p. 353) states that in all the mature examples of - @stragali which he examined, he found the appendages of neighboring perithecia wound round and so bound together by the hyphae of some secondary fungus, usually Monilia candida. Exsicc. add: Krieg. Fung. saxon, 1222 (in herb, Jaczewski). Sin, add: Trichocladia astragali (DC.) Neger, Flora, 88: 351. Igor. M. atnt (Wallr.) Salm. (Monograph, p. 129) Syn. add: M. syringae (Schwein) P. Magn. Bericht. deutsch. bot. Gesellsch. 16: 67. 1808. M. Myoschili Neger, Bericht, deutsch. bot. Gesellsch. 17: neralversamm.-heft. (241), 1899. M. Japonica P. Henn. Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 28: 271. 1900. Exsice, add: *Rehm, Ascomycet. I117, 1299; *Krypt. Exsice, (Mus. Pal. Vind.), 128; Shear, New York Fungi 144 (sub M. vaccini (Schw.) Cooke & Pk.) in herb. Jaczewski; *Jacz. a Franz, F ung. Ross. exsicc. 3374 (sub M. berberidis (DC.) v.). Pia add | Berberis vulgaris, Betula pumila (84), Carpinus 5 aoe cana (84), Chionanthus Virginica, Corylus rostrata Sie- hae on Mex verticillata (84), Lathyrus palustris, Lonicera hirsuta, . vant, Myoschilos oblongum, Quercus discolor, Q. serrata, Yrax JSaponicum, et add Europe: Bosnia (10). North America: U.S. A., - South America : Argentine. H er has kindly sent me a specimen (now in the Kew mum) of “M4. Myoschili” on Myoschilos oblongum, from 106 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY “prope lacum argentinum dictum Quillen in Andibus valdivianis, vulgatissima.”’ The plant shows these characters: perithecia 90- 130 # in diameter, cells of outer wall of perithecium 10-15 y wide; appendages 5-20, I-1% times, or rarely twice, the diameter of the perithecium, becoming thick-walled toward the base when mature, apex 4—6 times regularly dichotomously branched, tips of ultimate branches recurved ; asci 4~12, 45-55 x 30-35 #4, Spores 3-5, rarely 6. The fungus is, I feel convinced, merely one of the forms of the polymorphous species J/. a/ni, with a much-branched apex to the appendages. Quite similar forms are common in the United States on several host-plants, ¢ g., on species of Quer cus on Menispermum Canadense, Cornus alternifolia, etc. Occa- sionally, moreover, in “JZ, Myoschili’’ the apex of the appendage is only 4 times dichotomously branched, and the fungus is then seen to be identical with the more common form of JZ a/ni. In some instances—evidently to be regarded as ‘‘sports’’—an aP- pendage occurs which forks from near its base into two wide branches, each of which is dichotomously divided at the apex 4 in a normal appendage. Dr. Neger’s figure (. c., Pl. 28, £7) represents the apex of an appendage in an immature condition— the tips of the ultimate branches (here shown as straight) become revolute at maturity (see P/. 9. f. Zo). : In Rehm’s Ascomycet., no. 1117, there is a very interesting example of MW. a/nt, collected by Professor P. Magnus on Rham- NUS catharticus at Brandenburg, August, 1893. The apex of the appendage in many of the perithecia is more branched (see Pl. 9- f. rr) than is usual for the species in Europe, and exactly co sponds in this respect to certain American forms of J7. alnt o Quercus, Cornus, etc., which have by some authors been consid: ered as distinct species under the names of JZ. pulchra, M. quercin4, etc. The branching of the apex of the appendages in this Bran- denburg specimen agrees so closely with that found in « M, My chili’ (see above) as to show clearly that the latter must be regard as merely a form of MW. alni (cf. Pl. 9. f. To, 17). A rather remarkable form of 1. al/ni has been sent by Profes- sor Kingo Miyabe on Corylus rostrata var. Sieboldiana from = koda Mountains, Prov. Mutsu, Japan (N. Hiratsuka, August eh 1897).” Unfortunately the fungus is immature. The specimen’. aR meron NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 107 are remarkable for possessing appendages which are 2—4-septate and colored below for half their length or more and are often ge- niculate or irregularly bent. Only one mature apex of the appen- dages was found and this was identical with that of JZ alni, being four times dichotomously branched, with the tips of the ultimate branches regularly recurved. The form certainly requires further study. As regards the presence of colored appendages, a similar Japanese form on Corylus rostrata Mandschurica has already been noted (monograph, p. 142). The fungus set out as “ MZ. berberidis (DC.) Lév., in foliis vivis Berberidis vulgaris L.., Petrovsko-Rasumoskoje prope Mosquam, 1899 XI. Legit Serebriaunikov,”’ in Jacz. Kom. Franz. Fung. Ross. exsicc. no. 3374 is certainly not that species, but J7 a/nz. The specimens are immature, and the appendages of most of the peri- thecia have an undeveloped apex, here and there, however, one May be found in which the apical branching characteristic of J/. ani has occurred (see Pl. 9. f. 16, 17). The occurrence of the Present species on Berberis vulgaris and the presence of mycelium and young perithecia show that it is undoubtedly growing on this Plant is most interesting, as Berberis is the usual host-plant of J/. berberidis. Freeman’s record (20) of the occurrence of MZ. ali on Tilia Americana, from « Hennepin, Minnesota, U. S. A. (Freeman, no. 58, 1898)” proves to be due to an error, the host plant having " wrongly identified. According to specimens sent to me, the ungus is growing on Corylus Americana. “MM. Japonica P. Henn.” on Cornus macrophylla, from Japan, fannot be distinguished from MZ. alni (see “ Erysiphaceae of Japan,” $8, p. 439), M. ant Lonicerar (DC.) Salm. (Monograph, p. 142) Exsicc. add : Krieger Fung. saxon. 1224 (in herb. Jaczewski). flosts, add : Syringa vulgaris. U have had the opportunity, through the kindness of Professor = ‘snus, of examining the specimen of “ JZ Ehrenbergu : ‘fae alni lonicerae) found by Allescher (see Bericht. botan. Nia m~ Landshut, 146-152. 1887) on Syringa vulgaris. The ae sess certainly appears to belong to the present variety. The 108 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY Syringa affected stood in close proximity to a bush of Lowicera Tatarica attached by the same fungus, so that it would appear that we have here a case of a species of mildew passing directly from one host-plant to another. M. aLnr pivaricata (Wallr.) Salm. (Monograph, p. 146) Exsicc, add: Krieger, Fung. saxon. 1223 (in herb. Jaczewski). M. ALNI EXTENSA (Cooke & Peck) Salm. (Monograph, p. ! 52) Exsicc. add: Shear, New York Fungi, 146 (sub M. quercina (Schw.) Burr, (in herb. Jaczewski). : ; Flosts, add: Quercus cinerea. Distrib. add: North America; United States, Florida. The examples from Lake City, Florida (coll. H. H. Hume), are interesting, as occasionally showing a pale brown color towards the base of the appendages. M. aLni LupENs Salm. (Monograph, p. 154) Distrib. add: North America; U. S., Helena, Montana (F. D. Kelsey). Kelsey has recorded (Journ. Mycol. 5: 83. 1889), the above Montana plant on Vicia Americana linearis as “ Erysiphe cm munis (Wallr.) Fr.’’ Specimens sent by the author, however, show that the fungus belongs to the present variety of JZ. a/ni. M. GROSSULARIAE (Wallr.) Lév. (Monograph, p. 157) Syn. add: M. sambucicola P. Henn., Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 29: 148. Ig00. Exsicc. add: Shear, New York Fungi, 145 (in herb. Jaczewski)- | Distrib. add: New Zealand (36) (56). In a “ Leaflet for Gardeners,’ issued by the New Board of Agriculture (56) the present species, which sometime seriously attacks cultivated gooseberry bushes, is recorded from New Zealand. Bordeaux mixture, or sulphide of potassium ( Ibs. to 50 gallons of water) is here recommended as a fungicie® Zealand ky? . “MVM. sambucicola P. Henn.” on Sambucus racemosa from Tow a Japan, is quite similar to American examples of M. grossulariae . : e€ Sambucus racemosa and S. Canadensis (see “ Erysiphace Japan” (68, p. 439). NoTEs ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 109 M. Movuceoti Lév. (Monograph, p. 159) Distrib. add: Poland (6). M. pirFusaA Cooke & Peck. (Monograph, p. 161) Distrib. add > N. America, U. S., Indiana (84). M. EUPHORBIAE (Peck) Berk. & Curt. (Monograph, p. 164) Distrib. add: N. America, U. S., Indiana (84). M. BAumierr P. Magn. (Monograph, p. 170) Ref., add : Salm. Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, II. 7: 371. pi. 20. f 1-3. 1900. Exsicc. add: * Krypt. Exsicc. (Mus. Pal. Vind.) 131 (b, only) sub Erysiphe pst. Distrib. add : Switzerland, Sweden. ffosts, add : ? Lathyrus niger. The fungus recorded by Tolf (Bot. Notiser, 1891: 219) as Evysiphe Marti Lév. on Vicia cassubica from Smaland, Sweden, Proves, from specimens communicated to me by the author, to be the present species, which has not previously been known from Sweden. Jaczewski, in his ‘‘ Monographie des Erysipheés de la Suisse,” 729 (Bull. Herb. Boissier, 4: 1896), has recorded “ Erysiphe Martii Lév., on Vicia sp., Aug. 29, 1891, herb. Jaczewski no. 76.” From a Specimen, so labelled, I find the fungus to be AZ Bawn- “eri, species new to Switzerland. The fungus recorded by Feltgen (18) as “ Erysiphe Martu Lev. on Lathyrus niger proves, from specimens sent (now in the Kew erbarium) to be a Microsphaera in an immature condition. Sev- appendages were found with the apex once dichotomously ‘anched, and in one case an apex was observed which had forked — For the present this fungus on Lathyrus niger must be erred doubtfully to MZ. Baumleri. (To be concluded) Texas Fungii—l, Some new Species of Puccinia By W. H. Lone, Jr. The following species were collected by the writer in 1900- 1901, mainly in the vicinity of Austin, Texas. They were sub- mitted to Mr. E.. W. D. Holway (to whom I am under many and lasting obligations for the many favors shown me), and also to Dr. P. Sydow. The descriptions and drawings were made by the writer. The drawings, by the aid of an Abbe camera lucida, represent such _ forms as are usually seen under the microscope. They are made mainly from material boiled and mounted in lactic acid, as speci- mens thus treated are more nearly restored to their normal shape and size than when mounted in water; besides the acid brings out the germ pores and minor details. All drawings are made to the same scale ; a Bausch and Lomb one-inch ocular, and one-sixth inch objective were used, with the paper on a level with the base of the microscope, and are reduced one-half in reproduction. Where the,writer has more than one collection of a species, he has thought it best to mark, as type, that special collection from which the drawings and descriptions were made ; therefore under each species is given the date and number of the type material. Puccinia cooperiae sp. nov. I. Aecidia clustered into groups 3-6 mm. long, by !~-3 —e broad. These clusters are scattered and intermixed with the ur© and teleutosori. Accidia orange, oval-elliptical or orbicular, a Fic. 1. Puccinia cooperiae on Cooperia Drummondii. A, four pseud F cells. B, aecidiospores. C, uredospores. D, various forms of teleutospores- . 110 meme Lone: Texas Fune! 111 mm. in diameter. Pseudoperidium prominent, somewhat reflexed and lacerate, white when desiccated. Cells of the pseudoperidium oval to irregularly polygonal. Aecidospores orange, oval, globose or irregularly polygonal, smooth or faintly granulose, 20-25 x 20-33 ys. Il. and III. Sori scattered over the leaves, intermixed. Uredosori elliptical, chrome yellow, surrounded by the rup- tured epidermis, .5 X I-3 mm. Uredospores yellow, minutely echinulate, obovate to globose, content yellow, appearing as oil globules when boiled in lactic acid ; germ pores apparently six and equatorially placed, 20-26 x 20-33 Teleutosori blue-black, long covered by the epidermis, but finally dehiscing through a median longitudinal fissure, surrounded by the ruptured epidermis, elliptical, .s—1 x I-3 mm. Teleutospores chestnut brown, smooth, very irregular in shape and insertion of the pedicel, especially the earlier spores ; usually oblong to oblong-oval, 20-26 x 33-50 #; apex rounded, blunt Or sometimes truncate ; cells unequal, lower usually longer and More triangular than upper ; epispore prominently marked by sev- eral (usually four) longitudinal lines ; septum often oblique to in- Sertion of pedicel ; pedicel fragile, about 10 p» long, tinted. On Cooperia Drummondit, Austin, Texas, Jan. 23, 1901, no. 1106; Jan. 24, 1901, no. 1107; Feb. 12, 1901, no. 1108; Feb. 28, 1901, no. 1111; March 2, 1901, no. 873; March 16, I9OI, NO. 874; April 6, r901, no. 1113; April 27, 1901, no. 881. On ‘ate pedunculata, Austin, Texas, March 17, 1901, no. 1112 This plant was first found in its aecidial stage, the latter part of January, 1901; from February to May all the stages were com- mon, often on the same leaf. The later and fully mature teleuto- “Pores have the septa more normally placed and the longitudinal bands more prominent than those of the earlier teleutospores. Type of aecidial stage, March 2, 1901, no. 873 for II. and III., April 27, 1901, no. 881. Puccinia cohaesa sp. nov. Il. Sori scattered on under surface of leaves, pale yellow, flat, orbicular to oval, .6-.75 mm., intermixed with the redospores semihyaline, epi l llow, echinulate, ~ , €pispore pale ye a Apex thickened for about 5; germ pores four, equatorial ; obo- 1412 : Lone: TExas FuNGI vate to oval-oblong, 15-18 x 28-40. Paraphyses sparingly in- termixed, hyaline, smooth, clavate to subcapitate, walls thick, pale yellow, 13-20 x 25-70. IIT. Sori usually scattered irregularly over the under surface of the leaves, but sometimes on @% both sides of the leaves and on the f leaf stems, flat, purplish black, tardily naked, surrounded by the ruptured epidermis, powdery, very irregular in shape and size, from punctiform to orbicular and often I-2 mm. in diameter; often con- centric around a central sorus. Teleutospores tuberculate, very Fic. 2. Puccinia cohaesa on Anc- uniform in size and shape, 20-23 mone Caroliniana, A, various forms x 34~—50 y; each cell usually regu- of uredo-spores. 8, two paraphyses. Jar jin outline and subequal, firm, C, teleutospores. dark brown, spheroid, lower rarely attenuate, not easily breaking apart, constriction medium ; tubercles large, short, blunt, not dense ; few enough to be counted. Pedicel hyaline, short, sometimes length of spore. On Anemone Caroliniana, Austin, Texas, March to May, 190% no. 49; March 6 to April 25, 1901. Type for II. sori, March 14, 1901, no. 1126. Type III., April 25, 1901, no. 1127. Through the kindness of Mr. M. A. Carleton, of the U. a Department of Agriculture, the writer was enabled to compare this species with the U. S. Department specimens of Puccinia fuse from various parts of the world. This examination convinced him that Puccinia cohaesa was not Puccinia fusca ; differing as fol- lows: gross characters entirely different ; microscopic characte also different, except as to size of the teleutospores ; further, Pe cinia fusca has no uredospores nor paraphyses, both of which are present with Puccinia cohacsa. The water found constantly preceding and associated with Puc- cinta cohaesa, on the same plants, an aecidial form closely resem bling Aectdium punctatum. As no positive proof of any connec- tion between the two was at hand, the writer has not included a? aecidial stage in this description, preferring to wait till cultures are made to determine this point. This rust like P. cooperiae CO” tinued until the leaves of the host were killed by hot wate. a Lone: Texas Func 113 Puccinia Texana Holway and Long, sp. nov. Sori hypophyllous on spots; spots ferruginous when fresh, dark brown when desiccated; sori orbicular to oval, firm, .4-.5 mm. in diameter, ferruginous, often confluent. aE Uredospores globose to obovate, 20-26 x 23-30), light brown, immature spores obovate to ovate-pyriform, walls thick, minutely echinulate,light brown, with four germ pores lying in two zones on either side of the equator, _ III. Teleutospores _ inter- mixed with the uredospores, often on the periphery of the Fic. 3. Ruccinia Texana on Berberis Sorus ; teleutospores oval to “Vetolata. A, uredospores. , normal slightly obovate ; 20-28 x 26- teleutospores. C, germinated teleutospores 40p; slightly constricted at the with apex and base depressed, the usual form septum ; apex erchewhiat or Vor seen in a water mount. at all thickened, cells subequal, epispore smooth, pedicel up to hte ad long, hyaline; germinated and desiccated teleutospores col- Psing inward at base and apex. (See Fig. 3, ¢.) On Berberis trifoliolata, Austin, Texas, March 17, 1900, no. 44; Jan. to Dec., 1901. Type no. 44a, March 17, 1901. This species is common in the vicinity of Austin, throughout, the entire year on the Berberis bushes, but usually only a few of the lower leaves are attacked by it. The teleutospores germinate While on the bushes. After germination the base and apex are Much depressed (see Fig. 3, c), and this is the form usually seen under the microscope when the mount is in water; but if the teleutospores are first boiled in lactic acid, they swell out to their normal shape and size (see Fig. 3, 4). Both uredo and teleuto- Spores are present during the entire year, but the ‘uredospores seem to predominate during the winter and spring months. The Spots on the leaves usually appear only when the sori are old and fi ully matured, young sori being without the spots. Co8 Puccinia similis sp. nov. bic oe irregularly scattered over the under side of the i bak hte , oblong or irregular in shape, .5—I mm.; pseudoper- Which na much exserted, with four or more lacerate segments pse over the aecidia when desiccated. Aecidiospores 114 Lone: Texas Funci pale yellow, white when desiccated, verrucose, oval to globose, 20-27 X 27-3044. II. Uredosori irregularly scattered over the under side of the leaves, often aggregated into groups, small, from punctiform to .5 mm. in diameter, powdery, ferruginous, often intermixed with the aecidia and later with the teleutosori. ; Uredospores light brown, broadly ovate to subglobose, 23- 26 x 24-28 pw, spinulose: germ pores apparently only two, equa- torial. III. Teleutosori thickly scat- tered over the entire under sur- face of the leaves, black, small, from punctiform to .75 mm, naked. vee Teleutospores oblong, ellipt- cal to subclavate, 23-33 X 4° Fic. 4. Puccinia similis on Verbesina 54 pw: “apex much thickened, Virginica. A, pseudoperidial cells. 2, rounded, constriction medium, aecidiospores. C, uredospores. JD, earlier cells usually unequal, lower often teleutospores. £, later and prevalent type triangular, smooth, chestnut Nie brown : pedicel usually shorter than the spore, but sometimes 60 » long. On Verbesina Virginica, Austin, Texas, Oct., 1900, to Feb., 1901; June to Dec., 1901. Type for I. and II., June 6, 1901, 9 866. Type II. and III., Dec. 1, 1g00, no. 50. The aecidia appear in June, intermixed during the latter part of the month with the uredosori, which continue till Oct., when teleutosori begin to prevail. Specimens of teleutospores collected in February have rust where the host is shaded. Puccinia ximenesiae sp. nov. é ; ; : f Uredo- and teleutospores intermixed, sori scattered, mainly ° teleutospores, on both sides of the leaves, black, orbicular, 5a mm. in diameter, semi-firm. II. Uredospores light yellow, oval to globose, 17-30 * se 30 #, epispore echinulate: germ pores two. III. Teleutospores chestnut brown, oval, slightly apiculate, 3c Lone: Texas Funct 115 34 x 42-50; slightly or not at all constricted in the middle. Cells equal: pedicel short, stout, hyaline. On Verbesina encelioides Gray (Ximenesia encelioides Cav.), Austin, Texas, Nov. 16, 1899, no. 65, by W. L. Bray. This species was reported as common that year, but has not Fic. 5. Puccinia ximenesiae on been collected since. Verbesina encilioides. A, uredospores. Aes B, teleutospores when boiled in lactic Puccinia farinacea sp. nov. acid. C, teleutospores when mounted in water. Sori amphigenous, powdery. II. Uredosori cinnamon brown, small, about .5 mm. in diam- eter, often densely covering parts of the leaf surface. Uredospores subglobose, light brown, 20-26 y, echinulate : germ pores two or three, mainly two and very prominent in fresh Spores, with a convex cap over each pore. i III. Teleutosori scattered, black, orbicular, .5-1 mm. in diam- eter. Teleutospores dark brown, broadly oval to subglobose, 26-30 _ -X 30-344, often apiculate, very 2 slightly or not at all constricted at the septum, upper cell verru- cose, lower faintly so: pedicel hyaline, weak, attenuate, about thrice the length of the spores ; — 3 a 1-celled teleutospores sparingly A Lt | | ene present, GH |] Xe Lv On Salvia farinacea, Austin, Texas, Oct. 31, 1900, no. 826; . wt & 2 Nov. 12, 1900, no. 833 (type); _*1G. 6. Puccinia farinacea on Salvia April 4, IgoI, no. 826 (II.); croacea. Ay uredospores. 2, teleuto- May 4, 1901, no. 858 (II.), and Spores, Fic. 7. Puccinia ballotaeflora on Sal- J une 18, 19OT. McNeal, Texas, via Pr meat C, uredospores. D, May 12, 1901 (II). rg . . aa Common on Salvia farinacea tg April to December. Uredospores from April to October, utospores from then till frost kills the host. 116 Lone: Trxas FuNGI Puccinia ballotaeflora sp. nov. Uredospores intermixed with the teleutospores ; light brown, echinulate, germ pores 2-3, oval to globose, 20-28 x 24~27. III. Teleutosori powdery, mainly on the under side of the leaves, but sparingly on the upper surface; black ; scattered, or- bicular; punctiform to .75 mm. in diameter; sori on the upper surface mainly punctiform. Teleutospores chestnut brown, both cells plainly verrucose, apiculate, slightly constricted at the septum, oval to elliptical, 24-30X 37-50; usual size 26x 40y. Pedicel long, about twice the length of the spores, weak, hyaline, but fw/vous near spores; somewhat attenuated near base. Septum often oblique or even perpendicular to the insertion of the pedicel. 1-celled teleuto- spores sparingly present. On Salvia ballotacflora, San Marcos, Texas, Nov. 19, 1900; no. 836. The main points of difference between this and P. farinacea are as follows: Length and shape of teleutospores; this species having much longer and more elliptical spores; is also plainly constricted at septum, with upper and lower cell strongly verru- cose, while P. farinacea has lower cell only faintly or not at all verrucose, with entire pedicel hyaline, and P. dal/lotacflora has pedicel fulvous near the spore. RON co ont —_ - RES Soe Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Glasses and Slides, Forceps, Scalpels and Needles. “Laboratory Note Book” of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., CAMBRIDGE, MASS. Everything Useful tc Botanists. Living Plants and Their Properties By Pror. J. C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, and Pror. D. T. MAcDouGAL, fedford Park, New York City. . Atimely book of 12 chapters dealing with the special senses of plants, development of irrita- bility, compass plants, sensitive plants, effects of cold, growth of leaves, significance of color, com- Parison of plants and animals, etc., in a non-technical manner. Original illustrations, interesting, comprehensive and thoroughly modern. Printed on enamelled paper, 30 illustrations, 242 +8 pages- marginal sub titles. Handsomely bound in cloth. Postpaid, $1 25. Send orders to Dr. D. T. MacDovucat, Bedford Park, New York City, or to Morris anp Wi1- SON, University Book Store, Minneapolis, Minn. COMMENTS. dt is a collection of delightfully written essays on certain of the more important and interesting features of li ving plants in the broadest sense. he facts set forth are in all cases the Jatest results of investigationin the various lines, and the language is simple and non-technical.— Plant World a The book will make an admirable addition to the scientific alcove ot every pttlic library.—Prot. C. E. Bgssry. It is an interesting volume to all who care to know what science has recently discovered in the Physiology and pathology of the vegetable kingdom.—New York World. A Text-Book of General Lichenology With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern United States. By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M. S., M.D. The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80; in cloth, $4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application. I ag, § BLISHED BY WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghampton, N. Y. PUBLICATIONS Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- taining notes, news and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- ders of the Garden. To others, to cents a copy; $1.00 a year. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. I, 1900, viii + 213 pp. Vol. II, 1901, viii + 204 pp. Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying the results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Vol. I, Nos. I-5, 449 pP-» 3 maps, and 12 plates, 1896-1900. $3.00. No. 6, 232 pp., 20 plates. Free to all members of the Garden; to others, 50 cents. Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden, Vol. 1. An Annotated Cat- alogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone Park, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of the museums. An arrangement and critical discussion of the Pteridophytes and Phanerogams of the region with notes from the author’s field book and including descriptions of 163 new species. ix +492 pp. Roy. 8vo, with de- tailed map. Price to members of the Garden, $1.00. To others, $2.00. [Not offered in exchange. ] Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. No. 1. Symbiosis and Saprophytism, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. a No. 2. New Species from western United States, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 3. The dichotomous Panicums > some new Species, by Geo. V. Nash. No. 4. Delphinium Carolinianum and related Species, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 5. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—I, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. - 6. Notes and Descriptions of North American Plants I and IT, by Dr, J. K. Small. No. 7. Vegetative Reproduction and Multiplication in Zrythronium, by Fred- erick H. Blodgett. No. 8. Two new Species of Grimmia from Montana, by R. S. Williams. No. 9. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—I1, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 10. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—III, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg: No. 11. Life-history of Schizea pusilla, by Elizabeth G. Britton and Alexandrina Tavlor. No. 12. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—-IV, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg: No. 13. Farther Studies on the Potentilleae, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 14. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—V, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 1§. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—VI, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg- No. 16. Vanishing Wild Flowers, by Elizabeth G, Britton. No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White. No. 18. Shrubs and Trees of the Southern States, by Dr. J. K. Small. No. 19. The American Species of Limncrchis and Piperia, North of Mex by Br. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 20, The Morphology and Physiology of the Seedlings of Arisaema triphyllum and A. Dracontium, by R. J. Rennert. All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to NEw YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN - BRONX PARK, NEw YORK oc! | CO, — ESTABLISHED 1851. EIMER & AMEND, MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus. 205, 207, 209 & 211 Third Ave, Corner of 18th Street. | | NEW YORK. SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATES OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR E. March’s Szline “Chemical Stone _ Ware. Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically _ Pure and Common Filter Paper. _ Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- ters (Polariscopes). Prof, Jolly’s Specific mie Bas ances, etc. | Le Brun F. Desmontes & e a Paris, Platinum. H. Tronesdorf’s C. P. Chesiening a SPECIALTIES. Sh cner -Apparates, Normal Graduated Glasss ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem- : ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, fae. eee Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’ Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus a — Mm. 2 : Rassias Chemists, Soe "LABORATORY ouTr ITS : FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, “UNIVERSITIES AND “COLLEGE : Ee 4 ‘GLass-Btov nC, BrcHinc, Gauspxe AND "REPAIRING, "MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. A series of technical papers on botanical subjects. Established 1889. Price, $3 00 per volume. Separate numbers supplied at following prices which are strictly : net. The Memoirs are not offered in exchange. ‘Volume 1, No. 1-—Studies of the Types of various Species of the genus Carex. ‘By L. H. Bailey. Price, $1.00. No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed. on the Coasts of New z % Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. No. 3—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby aa aes America, By Richard Spruce. Price, 75 cents. No, 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. ‘Vol. 2, No. 1.—On reserve Food Materials in Buds and surrounding P : with two plates. By Byron D, Halsted. (Only sold with full volumes, ) __.. No, 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna- oo Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. y Wil — vite eg of the North American a of the Genus Polygata. fon By John K. Small and A. A. Heller (Only with fall paalcane apt gone . 2.— A Revision of the North American Neistaces with illustrations of “a % "Fe sen ee, ‘Past 4 cage ByL Laci ~ yer kaRcts uxDeRwooD NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON ‘THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB Ea an es : eee ee President, HON. ADDISON BROWN : a EAL? a, Vice-Presidents, '. F. ALLEN, M.D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. _ necmding Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, . : EDWARD Sy. BURGESS, Pu.D., JOHN K. SMALL, Pu.D., Normal Calle, New York City. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City 7 (hg a. : Treasurer, ee Trey. > Colbssatoles University, New York City. ney athe New York Botanical Garden. 3 Bulletin Monthly, established 1870. Price s00pe Sadia? euereppeutag 1-6, —— ated ee or York city. eS. ey ae tablished 1901. Price $1 00 per year. fra , New fask Botanieal G Garden, Bronx Park, New You VoL. 29 No. 3 BULGE is OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB MARCH 1g02 American Ferns—Ill. Our Genera of Aspidieae By Lucrtmen Marcus UNDERWOOD The natural arrangement of fern groups has too often suffered materially by the systematist insisting exclusively on this or that set of characters as primary in importance, to the neglect of others, Whereas the sum of characters combined with habit would seem to result ina more natural system. John Smith, whose knowledge of ferns in cultivation probably exceeded that of any other man, emphasized as primary the character of the rootstock, separating those genera in which the stipes are articulated to the rootstock from those in which the stipes are continuous. On this basis Phe- Sopteris and Polypodium, which at Kew are still kept in one genus, were distributed at opposite ends of the family. Presl and Fée emphasized venation, while Hooker disregarded both these series of characters except for sectional (or subgeneric) distinctions and made the presence or absence of an indusium and its form primary characters in the separation of genera. Mettenius and his followers in the later German school have quite largely disregarded most of these characters, and the recent treatment in Engler and Prantl, while more rational in several other tribes, passes all bounds in the Aspidieae in uniting under a single genus forms even more diverse than those that exist in some of the Hookerian aggregates. It is clear that in the Aspidieae several series of characters must be taken into account, and the following would seem to be the arrangement in which they appear in the order of their relative weight : 1. Type of venation. [Issued 24 March] 121 122 UNDERWOOD: OurR GENERA 2. Habit and growth characters of stem. 3. Position of sori in relation to veins. 4. Indusial characters. The venation of the fern, forming as it does a part of the primary anatomical structure of the plant, must furnish characters which are subject to less variation than those which pertain either to the location of the sori on the veins or to the character of the indusial covering of the sorus, which at best is only a member of the epidermal system, normally a flattened trichome, and, like terminal or peripheral members generally, is subject to variation to a greater extent from external causes. While accidental conditions of united veins occur in certain free-veined species, and in certain genera there exist species closely related by habit and structure, in some of which the veins are normally free and in others the veins anastomose, still the characters of free or anastomosing veins follow, in general, very clearly defined types and can fairly be taken to represent one of the most fundamental elements in the determi- nation of generic groups. The determination of generic characters having been accom- plished, the question of generic names is an entirely different prob- lem. This is a direct corollary of the proposition that a genus is a group of related species. The botanists of the middle period of the last century proceeded without rule; priority was not consid- ered, and in taking up names one followed one fancy, and another a wholly different one, which resulted in the same name being ap- plied to widely different aggregates. Since the attempt has now been made to adjust nomenclature by rule rather than by individual fancy it has become necessary to fix upon certain species as genetc types * with which the generic name will inseparably stand as valid as in a wholly different sense. In /Historia Filicum, for example, John Smith Oy term ‘‘type’’ in the sense of the most common or well-known species included in his conception of the genus, whether it formed a part of the genus as originally proposed = not. Thus his type of Mephrodium is Aspidium molle Swz., which was not 4 pees the genus as originally founded by Richard, and is generically distinct from any species it did contain. The ‘‘ biological type’’ or center of variation and divergence 1S also @ wholly different matter and one that can never be fully determined until after the last species of any generic group has been described. The nomenclatorial type is the en considered here and, so far, it has only been definitely settled that this type must a species mentioned in connection with the original publication of the genus. oF ASPIDIEAE 123 or pass into synonymy according as views of generic limitations be- come closer or more elastic. The consideration of the present tangle is respectfully commended to those who are following the ignis fatuus of determining generic types by the subsequent history of the genus—a principle only slightly removed from the “ method of residues’ which in its original form now seems to be wholly abandoned by even its former strenuous advocates. For early genera only the historic type on which a genus was originally founded can stand before the acceptance of the first named species under the genus as its nomenclatorial type. This applies to all genera but principally concerns genera founded while botany was in a formative period when generic limits were not clearly drawn. Where a type species was named, that of course must take precedence over everything. Monotypic genera cannot come into question as their sole species must be the type on which they were founded. Attention is called to the Aspidieae at this time, since we have recently had presented to us a rearrangement * of our native Species under generic names, two of which are utterly untenable on any system of nomenclature yet followed, except that of per- sonal preference. And, what is still more remarkable, this propo- sition comes from one who in the past has most loudly proclaimed against change of any sort and yet would now attempt to introduce among our fern names one that has never before been used in America, and one which is without question the worst selection that could possibly have been made. It is impossible in the light: of all the evidence at hand to interpret this new departure in any other way than as a deliberate result of prejudice and an unwilling- ness to adopt a course of action simply because it accords with the Principles of the Rochester system. Nothing short of this could explain the willingness to do a wrong thing, when the right one would have been not only the only correct course, but a perfectly natural course to pursue. To see that such is the case we have only to lay bare the facts underlying the history of the group. The species of the present tribe Aspidieae so far as known to Linnaeus were included with his genus Polypodium. Ten years after the publication of Species Plantarum, Adanson published the * Rhodora, 4: 7-1 3... Ja. 3902. 124 Unperwoop: Our GENERA first genus in the present alliance calling special attention to the distinctive character of the superior indusium which was perhaps the most obvious mark that distinguished the European Aspidieae from Polypodium. Not only-was this distinction clearly defined, ‘but he mentions in addition the type of the genus and refers to illustrations that are absolutely unmistakable. He says: ‘«* DRYOPTERIS: Paquets de fleurs ronds, disposés sur 2 rangs sous chaque divi- sion des feuilles. Enveloppe enparasol, Globules environnés d’un anneau élastique.”’ Familles des Plantes,2: 20. 1763. And on page 551 (index) he adds : ‘¢ DRUOPTERIS Diosk. 20. Filix mas Fuchs, Tour. ¢. 311, 312. Fougere male Gall.’’ thus citing not only the origin of the name dating back to Dioscor- ides, but also the name used by the old herbalists, the authentic figures of Tournefort,* and the name then current in France, which like our own familiar male-fern is the name which the plant has borne for the last three centuries or more in northern central Europe, where it is the commonest member of this genus either wild or in cultivation. I cannot conceive of a more complete, di- rect, and explicit establishment of a generic name than this, and yet Mr. Davenport’s only comment on this bit of history is that ‘‘a genus so ill-defined, with its type standing for one thing and its description for another, has no just claim for consideration as against the more clearly defined Nephrodium which has been in use for nearly a century.’ Surely we have here either an attempt to mislead those who do not have access to the original publica- tions or a case of negligible ignorance of facts, either of which must stand in the same category of constructive error. There being a definite genus established for our wood-ferns there is no necessity for another, but let us look a little farther into .Vephrodium and discover if possible what this ‘‘ more clearly defined” genus is. Richard, who edited Michaux’s Flora, say$° ‘“NepHropium. Fructif. Puncta in disco frondis sparsa seu seriata ; prima obtecta membranula reniformi aut lunata, hinc (servato nexu laterali) dehiscente- Michaux, Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 266. 1803. eee * To those who do not have access to Tournefort’s classic /wstitutiones it may be said that ¢. 777 gives a clearly drawn figure of the upper third or so of a leaf of a male-fern showing the characteristic reniform indusia, and ¢. 372 gives various d including a segment greatly enlarged with the same characteristics in stronget relief. OF ASPIDIEAE 125 So much for .his description. Now what are the contents of this clearly defined genus with their modern equivalents, for it should always be borne in mind that a genus is a group of related species, not a definition or a description. We cite the species in the exact order of publication : 1. WV. acrostichoides = Polystichum acrostichotdes. 2. XN. thelypteroides = ? ( = Dryopteris Noveboracensts, fide D, C. Eaton). 3. WV. marginale = Dryopteris marginals. 4. NV. punctilobulum = Dennstaedtia punctilobula. 5. WV. bulbiferum = Filix (Cystopteris) bulbifera. 6. N. filix-foemina = Asplenium filix-foemina. 7. N. asplenioides = Asplenium filix-foemina. 8. NV. cristatum = Dryopteris cristata. 9. NV. tenue = Filix (Cystopteris) fragilis. 10. NV. rufidulum = Woodsia Ilvensis. 11. V. lanosum = Cheilanthes lanosa. 12. N. Dryopteris = Phegopteris Dryopterts. Surely this is a parody on ‘‘a more clearly defined”’ genus, judging from the mélange which Richard, its founder, placed in it, containing among its twelve species representatives of no less than eight well recognized genera, now distributed among four distinct tribes! No comment is necessary, and we could only wish for our friend that he were one tithe as anxious to establish a rational basis for nomenclature as he is to antagonize the ‘‘ Roch- ester advocates’ at whatever cost of consistency or good judg- ment. * In connection with Mr. Davenport’s statement that Nephrodtum has been in use for nearly a century, we might say, lest his state- ee oe 7 poe for eee * As a further illustration of misleading statements that occur in works supposed to ene A the weight of authority, the following comment on Nephrodium is cited from John Smith ( Histori. Filicum, 206-207): ‘* This genusas originally characterized embraced Species with both free and anastomosing veins, the technical character consisting in all having areniform indusium. Schott restricted the genus to the species having anastomos- 'ng veins only.’’ It is very probable that John Smith, like many another fern writer, never actually took the trouble to look inside Michaux’s Flora, but assumed that because the great Hooker included both types in the genus that this was the condition in the Original, Of the original twelve species described by Richard all are free-veined, and among the variéty of indusia represented only two species have reniform ones and Some have none at all ! su. UNDERWOOD: OurR GENERA ment should mislead the uninformed, that it has hitherto been used mainly at Kew, where their idea of its type (Zunephrodium) is entirely outside the range of even the diverse contents which its founder included in it; it has never been in use on the continent to include our north temperate wood-ferns and never at all in America since its foundation. Dryopteris was taken up by Schott and later by Asa Gray in the first edition of his Manual, and its use by Americans for the past decade has been practically unques- tioned except by Mr. Davenport himself. Another genus adopted by Mr. Davenport for our ferns is Aspidium of Swartz, which, by a sleight-of-hand performance unknown to any other advocate of the idea of a specific type for a genus, he lodges with Aspidium trifoliatum (Polypodium trifolt- atum L.). Here again an insufficient examination of fern literature has placed him in a second error. We quote from a paper of Cavanilles published in 1799: ‘*TECTARIA : Fructificacion en puntos redondos, esparcidos, situados en ]a supet- ficie posterior de la hoja. Zégumento umbilicado. Adertura casi circular. Exemplo de este género: Polypodium trifoliatum de Linneo.’”? Anales de Historia Natural, * eo 115.- D. F709. It will thus be seen that the plant called Aspidinm trifoliatum by Swartz is the monotype of Zectaria, which is a well-marked generic group as even Mr. Davenport is forced to admit. AS pidium, on the other hand, which he takes up for this species, was not proposed until 1801,+ when Swartz described it as follows: ‘* AsPIDIUM. Cafsudae in puncta subrotunda sparsa digestae, /ndustis umbilicatls 1. dimidiatis tectae.’’ Schrader’s Journal fiir die Botanik, 1800: 29. 1801. Then follow some seventy or more species which Swartz com- bined in this genus and which are now variously distributed among several genera. The first six mentioned are : 1. A. articulatum = Oleandra articulata. 2. A. pistillare = Oleandra neriiformis Cav. 3. A. trifoliatum = Tectaria trifoliata. 4. A. Lonchitis = Polystichum Lonchitis. 2 * At the time of the publication of my ‘‘ Genera of Ferns”? I had not seen this” rare series, of which a complete set containing a number of Cavanilles’ papers is now in the library of the New York Botanical Garden. ‘The above is therefore the cof rected date for 7ectarta and O/eandra as published in my earlier paper. + Mr. Davenport appears to be in doubt about this date, but had he examin title page he would have found it perfectly clear. ed the OF ASPIDIEAE fee lyf 5. A. mucronatum = Polystichum mucronatum., 6. A. falcatum = Cyrtomium falcatum. On the application of the principle of regarding the first named species as the type of a genus, a principle which Mr. Davenport professes to accept, Aspidium becomes a straight synonym of O/e- andra, which had been proposed by Cavanilles (/. c.) two years before, on the same page as 7ectaria and immediately following it. On the unique application of a sliding scale in the matter of deter- mining the type of a genus, which Mr. Davenport actually does follow, the name Aspidinum would replace the later Cyrtomium proposed by Presl in 1836. But no one will be likely to consider seriously a system so illogical as his, and on any rational count Aspidium must pass into synonymy by the side of Nephrodium ; we may consider ourselves fortunate to be able to dispense with two such unnatural groups of species as these were when first or- ganized, and thus consign them to a merited oblivion. The opening years of the fourth decade of the nineteenth cen- tury found us then with the following genera now forming a part of the Aspidieae properly established, each one traceable to a dis- tinct and indisputable type : Dryopreris Adans. 1763. Porysticuum Roth, 1800 (?) * Meniscium Schreber, 1791. DipyMocHLaEna Desv. 1811. Tecraria Cav. 1799. Dirteris Reinw. 1825. It will be interesting to note the subsequent history of the group, since the extensive formation of fern genera has occurred since 1830. In 1834 Schott + commenced a series of studies on genera, among which the following were considered : -AsPIDIUM, taken up for the species, 4. ¢rifoliatum Swz. NEPHRODIUM, taken up for such species as 1V. unztum, NV. molle, etc. This laid the foundation for the misconception of Aephrodium for species with connivent veins, and the application of the name to a group of species distinct from any originally in the genus. : * As already noted (Mem. Torrey Club, 6: 262. 1899) there is still uncertainty of the date of publication of Roth’s third volume. With a preface dated 14 Sept. 1798, and a title page dated 1800, we have some of his genera cited in papers pub- lished in 1799. } Genera Filicum, 1834. 128 UnpERWOOD: OuR GENERA POLYSTICHUM Roth, DrRyYopTERis Adans. THELYPTERIS, adopted for Aspidium Thelypteris (L.) Swz and its allies. MENISCIUM Schreb. Unfortunately Schott’s studies were not systematized and were cut short by his death; several of the above genera even appear only in his ‘‘ Observationes,” a series of notes appended to his discussions and illustrations of genera. It was Presl, however, who, in 1836,* commenced the process of generic expansion by founding a considerable number of new genera and adopting several older ones. His system was as follows° ASPIDIACEAE Nephrodiarieae Aspidiarieae LastrREA Bory.t PoLysTICHUM Schott. OLEANDRA Cav. PHANEROPHLEBIA Presl. NEPHROLEPIS Schott. CycCLoDIUM Presl. NEPHRODIUM Schott. CYRTOMIUM Presl. SAGENIA Presl. ASPIDIUM Schott. D1IDYMOCHLAENA Desv. Presl cites Schott for several genera earlier named, thus recog- nizing the fact that he was using them in a sense different from that of their original authors. Among his new genera was Phanerophlebia (p. 84) founded on P. nobilis (Schlecht.) to which must be joined Amélia (p. 184) which was founded on A. juglandifolia (H. & B.) on the miscon- ceived notion that this species had no indusium.{ Cyclodium (p. 85) was based on three species of the old world, of which C. glandulosum (Bl.) was first named, although C. ments- ctoides (Willd.) is perhaps better known. Cyrtomium (p. 85) was based on two old-world species, of which C. falcatum (L.) is Br only the first named but is the long known plant common 1? gore“ * Tentamen Pteridographiae. Prag, 1836. { Lastrea contained three sections, the first of which was called Dryopterts but singularly did not contain the type species of Adanson’s Dryopteris (D. flix mas) which instead was placed in ¢ 7helyfteris. {John Smith carelessly remarks ( Historia Filicum, 204) ‘‘ these two ge evidently founded on specimens off which the indusium had fallen.’’ This is Aakers e Amblia but Presl (/. ¢.) says in establishing Phanerophlebia : ** Indusium orbiculare, peltatum.’’ It is not always safe to trust the statements of the ‘ authorities’’ 47¢ taking up fern names it is often as essential to know fern literature accurately a5 tee oe be familiar with growing ferns. S nera being OF ASPIDIEAE 129 cultivation, Sagezza (p. 86) was founded on six species of which S. dobata (Rich.) is first named. The non-indusiate species forming what has been known as Phegopteris (in its later Mettenian sense) were left by Presl with Polypodium in a distinct tribe. The free-veined species he left under Polypodium, where they had been placed by Linnaeus, but in a distinct section which he named Phegofteris. The old com- . plex genus Polypodium was dismantled for the first time on the rational basis of venation, and among the aspidioid types, the genera Gontopteris and Dictyopteris were founded. Gontopterts (p. 181) was based on nine species, of which G. zzc?sa (Swz.) was first named, and Dictyopteris (p. 194) was founded on four species, of which D. attenuata (R. Br.) was mentioned first; the last named genus is exclusively an old-world group, so need not be considered further here. Pleocnemia (p. 183), another old- world group, was also established, based on P. Leuceana (Gaud.) of the East Indies. Meniscium Schreb. was properly accepted, but appears under a third tribe (Grammitaceae) because of its elongate sori. Link * was the next to divide the genera. His arrangement was as follows: ASPIDIUM. TECTARIA, CYCLosorus. BATHMIUM. NEPHRODIUM. DIDYMOCHLAENA. POLYsTICHUM. Of these, Aspidium was taken up for the species with a reniform indusium and free veins (= Dryopteris). Nephrodium was taken up for what Schott had named Nephrolepis, thus shifting the name in still a new direction beyond the range of the eight genera Nephrodium originally contained! Zectaria was adopted as a genus but was shifted to the group containing Aspidium coriaceum (Swz.), a species later included by Cavanilles in this genus ; for Tectarta ‘rifoliata, however, which was the sole type of its genus as founded, and its allies, Link proposed a new genus Bathmium (p. 1 14).T He also proposed Cyclosorus (p. 108) based on C. gong: lyodes * Filicum species in hort. reg. bot. Berol. cultae, 1841. rr This name was first proposed by Presl asa subgenus of Aspidium for the group containing Aspidium Singaporanum Wall. (= Podopeltis Fée). Link included also Species of Sagenia Presl in Bathmium, making a new genus include an older one! 130 UNDERWOOD: OUR GENERA (Schk.) a fern from Guiana which Moore reduces to a synonym of Nephrodium unitum. Cyclosorus appears to be the first name definitely applied to a member of the group with connivent veins and cordato-reniform indusia (the § Aunephrodium of Synopsis filicum), Presl included the species of Phegopteris in Polypodium, but Goniopteris was kept distinct. In 1841 John Smith * established the genus Leffogramma, based on seven species, of which L. asplenoides (Swz.) was first named. This genus, which has been placed by the Hookerian school in that monstrously incongruous group known as Gym- -nogramme, differs from Phegopteris solely in the possession of elongated sori and in any natural system must stand next to Phegopterts if not united with it. In 1842 Hooker and Bauer established the genus Fadyeniat based on the single species known from Jamaica. In this work, Genera Filicum, the Preslian genera were largely taken up and this publication represents the most sane and sound pronounce- ment that ever emanated from Kew on the subject of the classifica- tion of ferns. More species of ferns by far have been described from Kew than from any other center of study in the world, but since the publication of Genera Filicum in 1842 their utterances 07 general fern classification have lapsed into a harmless /aisses faire policy a half century behind the times, and a much greater amount behind their magnificent opportunities in herbarium and conserva- tory equipment and facilities. : In 1846 John Smith t further established the genus Cyclopelts, based on a single West Indian species. His early views on genera quite closely coincided with those of Presl and his opinion of lox lationships merits particular attention since he knew growing ferns in cultivation probably better than any man who has aces lived. His later views on this group as expressed in Historia Filicum (1875) may be tabulated as follows (the exclusively old world genera in Roman type and those with American specte> ve small capitals) : * Hook. Journ, Bot. 4: 51. 1841. + Genera Filicum, f/. 578. 1842. t Bot. Magazine, 1846. or ASPIDIEAE 131 Phegopterideae. { Stegnogramme Blume (1828). GONIOPTERIS Pres]. DRYOMENES Fée.* AMPHIBLESTRA Presl.t Dictyopteris Presl. Dipteris Reinw. (1825). (Hypoverris R. Br. (1830). Trichiocarpa J. Sm. PODOPELTIS Fée.t ASPIDIUM (incl. Sagenia). CycLop1uM Presl. 4 CyrtTomium Presl. (incl. Phanero- phlebia),. Pleocnemia Presl. NEPHRODIUM Schott. Mesochlaena R. Br. 4 | FADYENIA Hook. LASTREA Presl. POLYSTICHUM Schott. Acrophorus Presl. || ADENODERRIS J. Sm.€ Arthropteris J. Sm.** Cyclopeltis J. Sm, NEPHROLEPIS Schott. Tsoloma J. Sm.tT DIDYMOCHLAENA Desv. STRUTHIOPTERIS Willd. PHEGOPTERIS Feée. LEPTOGRAMMA J. Sm. [Breor Bernh. (1806). In 1850-1852 Fée published his Genera Filicum in which this tribe appears as follows: Cyclodieae POLYSTICHUM Roth, PHANEROPHLEBIA Presl. HEMICARDION Fée. AMBLIA Presl. CycLopium Presl. CyRTOMIUM Presl. PopoPettis Fée. BATHMIUM Link. Aspidieae AsPIDIUM Swz. CysTopTerRis Bernh. LEPIDONEVRON Fée. DicHastum A. Br.t{t Se RT PS ELE * Founded on Polypodium meniscticarpon of Blume, but extended by Smith to in- clude P. plantagineum L. They represent the non-indusiate type paralleling Z7ectarta. t Based on Preris latifolia H. & B. OLEANDRA Cav. NEPHRODIUM Rich. HAPLopIctryon Presl. ABACOPTERIS Fée. 33 PLEOCNEMIA Presl. SAGENIA Presl. PHLEBOGONIUM Fée. CARDIOCHLAENA Fée. FApYENIA Hook. & Bauer. Besides Mephrolepis and other genera now placed in Davallieae. t To the type named by Fée, Smith adds a second species, P. sinuata. 2 Horsefield, Plantae Jav. rariores, 1838 ; based on Po/ypo ae ee || Based on Aspidium nodosum Blume of the old world. - : { Based on Aspidium glandulosum Hook. & Grev. of the West Indies. ** Based on Polypodium tenellum Forst., of New Zealand. Tt Based on Lindsaea lanuginosa Wall. tt This was based on Aspidium Donianum Spreng. and was proposed by A- Brea (Flora, 24: 710. 1841) asa subgenus. Fée was, I think, the first to suggest gen- eric rank for it (p. 302). : 4¢ Congr. Sci. de France 1: 178. 1843, based on 4. Philippinarum Fée. 132 UNDERWOOD: OuR GENERA In the above arrangement Fée took several untenable positions and was perhaps inclined to increase genera unduly on which we would comment as follows : 1. Phanerophlebia and Ambha were both maintained following Presl’s earlier misconception (cf. supra). 2. Hemtcardion was substituted for Cyclopeltis J. Sm. and was based on the same monotype. This was not due to ignorance of the fact of an earlier genus, for he cites Smith’s work ; it must be set down as a case of deliberate misappropriation of a genus, of which botanical literature is unfortunately too full of conspicuous examples. 3. In Wephrodium, as used by Fée, none of the original species were mentioned but it was confined to the species with connivent veins. 4. Aspidium was used for the free-veined species with cordato- reniform indusia (= Dryopterts Adans.), thus following Link. 5. Bathmium Link was taken up for Tectaria trifoliata and its allies. 6. Besides Hemicardion the following genera were established : PopopELTIs (p. 286) based on a single species, P. Singaporiana (Wall.). This has usually been united with Zectaria. CARDIOCHLAENA (p. 314) based on several species of which C. alata from the Philippines is first named. This has usually been referred to Sagenta. LEPIDONEVRON (p. 301) based on numerous species with the indusium adnate at the base and with pendulous leaves ; the first named species is L. didentatum (Presl); the genus is usually re- ferred to Nephrolepis, and hence belongs outside the tribe under consideration. PHLEBIOGONIUM (p. 314) based on P. impressum (Griffith), an old-world species. The non-indusiate series were still kept with the Polypodieae ; Goniopteris and Dictyopteris were retained, and Phegopteris of Presl was raised to generic rank (p. 242), Polypodium Phegopterts being properly named as the first and consequently type species. In 1856 Mettenius * capped the climax of conservatism, 2” practically abandoned all structural characters except for sectional * Filices hort. bot. Lipsiensis, 1856. ey OF ASPIDIEAE 133 limitations combining all the genera of this series into Aspidinm and Phegopteris, the former containing the indusiate and the latter the non-indusiate species regardless of vein characters or habit. Christ in 1897 * followed his lead but included also Fadyenia Hook. & Bauer in the mélange. During the next year Moore + published a synopsis of ferns which in general approximated those of Presl and Fée but differed in a number of features particularly in the inclusion of Phegopterts in Polypodium, a practice to which all Englishmen except John Smith seem to have been unfortunately addicted. Moore’s arrangement is as follows : Polypodieae. POLYPODIUM (incl. Phegofteris). POLYSTICHUM (incl. (yc/opeltis). GONIOPTERIS. : FADYENIA. DicTyopreris. SAGENIA. Dipreris. PLEOCNEMIA. Aspidieae. NEPHRODIUM (veins connivent). ASPIDIUM (adopted for Bathmium LASTREA (veins free). Link Z. £., and Podopeltis Fée). OLEANDRA. CyRTomiuM (incl. Phanerophiebia). NEPHROLEPIS. CycLopium. The arrangement of Hooker { is well known. Polypodium Was retained in its Swartzian sense regardless of habit or venation and consequently contained such strange bedfellows as Phegopteris, Goniopteris, Dictyopteris, and Dipteris besides the whole array of eremobryoid species; Aspidium was taken up for the centrally pel- tate indusiate species of whatever type of venation and habit, and Nephrodium was similarly taken up for those species with a cordato- reniform indusium ; in the last genus, § Las¢rea contained the free- veined species, § Eunephrodium, the connivent-veined species, while the species with anastomosing veins were distributed among the sections Sagenia and Pleocnemia. Didymochaena, Fadyenia, and Meniscium were also maintained. As stated above, generic limita- tions at Kew have never represented natural genera, and yet hav- ing been popularized in such a general work as Synopsis Filicum _they have had an influence probably wider than any other system * Die Farnkrauter der Erde, 1897. T Index Filicum, Ixxxi-xc. Ap. 1857. t Species Filicum, 4: 5-150. 1862. Also Synopsis Filicum, 1874. 134 UNDERWOOD: OuR GENERA proposed, having been followed in the arrangement of herbaria and for tentative works by minor botanists the world over as a matter of convenience. To give a telling example of the great range of nomenclatorial changes undergone by any particular species it is only necessary to follow the type of Adanson’s genus Dryofteris through its various vicissitudes. POLYPODIUM FILIX-MAS L., 1753, was placed in DryopTeris by Adanson 1763, Schott 1834, Asa Gray, 1848, and Otto Kuntze, 1891; in Asprpium by Swartz 1801 and 1806, Link 1841, Fee 1850-1852, Mettenius 1856, D. C. Eaton 1867, and Christ 1897; in Lasrrea by Bory 1824, Presl 1836, Moore 1857, and John Smith 1875; and in NepHropium by Hooker 1862 and 1874. Nephrodium as a genus has likewise had strange vicissitudes since its establishment for a grand mélange of American species in_ 1802. In 1834 Schott took it up for the connivently anastomos- ing veined species with cordato-reniform indusia in which he was | followed by Presl 1836, Fée 1850-1852, Moore 1857, and John Smith 1875. Hooker 1862, also recognized this group as consti- tuting the true Vephrodium type of his more comprehensive genus. In 1841 Link transferred the name to what Schott had called Ne- phrolepis. In 1852 Hooker gave the genus a wider significance $0 as to cover all species with cordato-reniform indusia. In limiting Mephrodium to the free-veined species it will be seen that Mr. Davenport is following an entirely new lead and his state- ment that Vephrodium has been in use for nearly a century thus loses practically all of its force. In the sense in which he pro poses it, it has never been used anywhere, and the attempt to bring it into use at this time is as reprehensible as it is uncalled for and irrational. Aspidium as a genus has had a still more varied history. In 1834 Schott limited it to Zecfaria and in this he was followed by Presl in 1836 and by Moore in 1857. John Smith in 1877 cof bined Sagenia with this giving the genus a wider range of char- acters. In 1841 Link limited the name to species with a cordate indusium and free veins thus making it synonymous with Dryopter’s: In this he was followed by Fée in 1850-52. In 1862 Hooker too up the name for all forms with a peltate indusium. irrespective © i OF ASPIDIEAE _ 135 the venation. In 1856 Mettenius went back to the Swartzian use of the genus including in it practically everything with a superior indusium ; in this he was followed by D. C. Eaton in our own country, and by Dr. Christ of Basel. After this réswié of migration and shifting of generic names and limits, if there be anyone who still supposes that the application of fern names in the past seventy years is a subject in which there has been any considerable degree of unanimity among the “au- thorities,”’ or who still doubts the desirability and necessity of anchoring generic names to some fixed specific type in accordance with some rational principle, he is surely too blind to read history, or too slow to be worth waiting upon longer to make up his mind. The ferns of our own country alone, or of the North Temperate zone even, do not form a sufficient series to enable one to judge clearly or logically in regard to true generic limitations. It is necessary to consider a wider range of species for this purpose. The following genera which are represented in America appear to us worthy of being retained ; it will be seen that only three of these are represented in our Northern States. Certain extra-limital genera are also included to round up the system, and these representatives of the old-world flora are printed in italics, those of the American flora appearing in small capitals. Space forbids more than the briefest characterization here as follows :— Veins normally free, simple, forked, or pinnately branched. Indusium normally absent. Sori more or less elongate. LEPTOGRAMMA J. Sm. Sori round, punctiform. Margins of segments plane, herbaceous. FERGOF ARTS For Margins of segments widely inflexed, membranous. PLecosorus * Fée. Indusium orbicular, centrally peltate. Pinnae continuous with the rachis ; texture firm, more or less coriaceous. PoLysTICHUM Roth. i 1 . 4 . . e Pinnae articulated with the rachis, easily caducous; texture thin herbaceous. CYCLOPELTIS J. Sm. Indusium oval, attached by a central axis to a thickened linear receptacle. DIDYMOCHLAENA Desv. Indusium cordato-reniform, attached by the sinus. ___* Plecosorus was established by Fée (Gen. Fil. 150. 1850-52) on Cheslanthes specio- Stssimus A, Br.;-which the Kew writers have retained in Cheilanthes. 136 UNDERWOOD: OuR GENERA OF ASPIDIEAE Leaves simple, pedate; veins obscure. CAMPTODIUM fF Fée. Leaves compound, pinnate; veins distinct. DryopTeris Adans, Veins pinnate, usually uniting into simple areolae especially toward the outer margin, atypically free. PHANEROPHLEBIA Presl. Veins connivent, 7. ¢., the branches from contiguous pinnate groups uniting to form one or more arches. Indusium normally absent. Sori round, punctiform. GonropTeERis Presl. Sori elongate on the more or less parallel transverse arches. MENISCIUM Schreb. Indusium cordato-reniform, attached by the sinus. Cyctosorus ¢ Link. Indusium oblong, attached longitudinally by the center. A~esochlaena R. Br. Indusium orbicular, centrally peltate. Cyc odium Presl. Veins forming a single row of areolae next the midrib with free included veinlets ; in- dusia elongate- cordate ; leaves simple. FapventA Hook. & Bauer. Veins copiously anastomosing. ‘Indusium normally absent. Leaves bipartite, the main veins dichotomous. Dipter’s Reinw. Leaves pinnate. Dictyopteris Presi. Indusium orbicular, centrally peltate. Areolae regular, with the included veinlets straight and directed towards the Margins of the segments. Cyrtomium Presl. Areolae irregular, fine, the included veinlets often branched and recurrent. TECTARIA Cav. Indusium cordato-reniform, attached by the sinus. SAGENIA Presl. In the above synopsis we have not included:a series of extfa- limital genera like Luerssenia Kuhn and Chetropteris Christ of comparatively recent foundation, nor some of the older genet like Pleocnemia* Pres], which are likewise extra-limital. The as pidioid generic groups which in Synopsis Filicum are wrongly bound up in the genus Acrostichum may form the subject of a later paper in the present series. COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, 24 February 1902. + Camptodium was established by Fée (Gen. Filicum, 298. 1850-52) based on Aspidium pedatum Desv., an anomalous member of the group in habit and_ structure found in the West Indies. t Cyclosorus Link, 1841, appears to be the first name correctly applied to 4 member of the group of species with connivent veins and cordato-reniform indusia It wae sents the section Eunephrodium of Synopsis Filicum which followed the error pape Schott in 1834 in making Mephrodium stand for a group of species that its founde never included within its limits. SS or Studies on Urnula and Geopyxis By Exrsig M. KupFER (WITH PLATE 8) The apparent confusion in which the genus Urnuda, as treated by various authors seemed to stand, and the belief that an exami- nation of the anatomical structure might lead to some conclusions as to the relationships of the various species included under this name, led the writer to the present investigation. The results reached in the paper are threefold: (1) The reéstablishment of the genus Urnu/a upon its proper footing; (2) The determination of the relationship of the genera Geopyxis and Urnula ; and (3) The establishment of a new genus Choricactis allied to Plectania in the family Pezizaceae. The excellent work of Dr. E. J. Durand on the Pezizineae has laid down the lines which investigation in such work must take ; and it was the purpose of the writer to follow as closely as was feasible Dr. Durand’s plan and method. Of necessity, the study was made entirely from dried material, which, while satisfactory in most respects, left something to be desired in one or two instances. The specimens were soaked up for a day in a mixture of equal parts of glycerine, alcohol, and water, then dehydrated and embedded in paraffin. The sections 3-10 » in thickness were taken from the center of the cup, and were stained with haemalum. The tissue drawings were outlined with a camera lucida. The genus Urnula was founded by Fries in 1849* on Pesiza Cratcrium Schweinitz.+ Fries’ description of the genus was as follows: « Lixcipulum coriaceum, inflatum, inane, clausum dein ore rotundo +*mose dehiscens. Discus latera interiora vestiens sports moniliformi-seriatis intermixtis paraphysibus superfictales byssisedae.”’ Although the characters noted by Fries are, naturally, mainly ex- ternal, there can be no doubt as to the limitation of the genus, since Fries mentions the type on which he originated it, which since the publication of Schweinitz’ figure has been well known. * Summa Veg. Scand. 2: 122. s } Syn. Fung. Car. sup. 9. gl. 7. f. 7-sr. ae 137 138 KUPFER: STUDIES ON URNULA AND GEOPYXIS During the next forty years three additional species were placed in the genus—U. minor Fries, 1855, from Guinea, U. Harti Berk. from Greenland and U. Microcrater (Hazs.), from Hungary. As no material representing these species was available they are left out of consideration in the present article. In 1889 Saccardo compiled descriptions of the existing species and added as a fifth, U. ¢errestris (Podophacidium terrestre Niess}). Saccardo’s description of the genus was broad enough to include all five species.* Rehm in his ‘‘ Discomycetes ” 1896+ perceiving a lack of re- lationship among the species of Saccardo, did what must be con- sidered an utterly unwarranted step. Taking away from Urnula the type Urnula Craterium on which Fries had founded the genus, he reserved the generic name for the single species, U. zerrestris, ap- parently unrelated to the former fungus ; so that Rehm has a genus Urnula consisting of a single species which has no resemblance to the type of Fries, and which accords in but a very general way with the Friesian description. Urnula Craterium he transfers to Geo- pyxis. It may be mentioned here parenthetically, that Lindau’s treatment in Engler-Prantl { need not be specially considered as he has adopted almost entirely Rehm’s views and classification. A letter to Dr. Rehm asking the reason for his transfer received a somewhat unsatisfactory reply. He answered that Urnula Craterium was placed with its related species under Geopysis, be- cause Geopyxis was established by Persoon before Urnula by ' Fries ; and that in order to retain the genus Urnu/a, under which Saccardo had placed Podophacidium terrestre of Niessl, he (Rehm) restricted the genus to this latter fungus. The two most essential points, however, were not answered. Why Urnula Craterium should be regarded as allied to Geopyxis, or why, except that Saccardo had placed it there, Podophacidium terrestre should be considered an Urnuda are points left unexplained. On this latter point, indeed, Rehm has now serious doubts as will appear later ; so that his present opinion seems to be that the genus Urnula must disappear entirely. * Sylloge Fungorum, 8: 548 seg. + Rabenhorst, Krypt. Flora, 1: 971. t Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, 1: 172-242, 253. KupFER: STUDIES ON URNULA AND GEOPYXIS 139 The genus Geopyxis was, as Rehm says, originated before Urnula. Persoon established it as a subgenus of Pesiza about 1822.* As TI understand his arrangement (which is somewhat ob- scure Owing to errors in the synopsis), Persoon included forty-three species under the group Geopyxis. Of these, five, G. carbonaria, G. micropus, G. bufonia, G. Catinus and G. verrucosa still remain in the genus as described by Rehm. A comparison, then, of one of these forms with Uynula Craterium should show in how far the latter is allied to Geopyxis and by what right Rehm has placed Schweinitz’ plant in this genus. For the purpose of this com- parison G. carbonaria was chosen. We have then to consider, by a study of external structure and internal anatomy, the relationships of these various fungi, Gropyxis carbonaria, Urnula Craterium, and Urnula terrestris, One other will come up for consideration. In 1891 Professor Under- wood discovered a new fungus in Austin, Texas, which was sent to Professor Peck for identification. Peck described this in the forty-sixth report of the state botanist as Urnula Geaster. A doubt suggested by Professor Underwood as to the correctness of this generic reference was the direct occasion of this study, which Was carried on under his guidance. 1. Geopyxis carbonaria (Alb. & Schw.) ¢ is a small, fleshy fungus yellowish in color, and, at the most, 2 cm. in diameter. It is short-stalked, the stalks being 1-1.5 mm. long and 1-2 mm. wide. It is well figured in Cooke’s Mycographia p/. 74, /. 284. An examination of the internal anatomy of G. carbonaria ( pl. 8, f. 7) shows it to be a true member of the Pezizaceae and of Geopyxis according to Durand. The excipulum is entirely pseudoparenchy- matous, the asci form a uniform layer, the stem is short and ex- ternally even—all of which points correspond to Durand’s synopsis of this family and genus. In this Geopyxis the hypothecium is not particularly differentiated from the excipulum except by the smaller size of the cells. At the limiting border of the excipulum there are thicker walled cells, slightly darker in color. The cells of the excipulum average 14 # in diameter ; those of the hypothe- cium, 9. The asci are about 170 4 long and 7-8 » wide. The Spores are 10-11 4 long and 3-4 » wide. * Mycol. Europaea, 1: 224-242. } Conspectus Fungorum in Lusatiae sup. 314. ~/. 5. f. 2. 1805. 140 KupFerR: STUDIES ON URNULA AND GEOPYXIS 2. Urnula Craterium (Schw.) Fr. (Geopyxis Craterium Rehm.) This is a large leathery fungus 3-7.5 cm. wide, often over 7 cm. high, with a stalk 5 cm. long and sometimes 2 cm. broad. Even externally the fungus does not closely answer Rehm’s own descrip- tion of the genus Geopyxis under which he places it; the texture of the apothecium is described as fleshy, the stem, as short and sometimes thin; while in this plant, the leathery character of the cup and the length and thickness of the stem are its noticeable features ; one of its most characteristic points is the dense black tomentum which serves as a hypothallus. The hypothallus in G. carbonaria, on the other hand, is very inconspicuous. The difference in the size of the asci and spores is also a point worthy of mention in the contrast between the two forms; the asci in U. Craterium are 430 long and 124 wide; the spores, 25-30 long and 8y wide. The asci in this fungus then are more than twice as long and the spores nearly three times as large as in the Geopyxis. But ignoring these facts, a comparison of the in- ternal anatomy of the two forms will, I think, dispel all illusions as to their relationship. In jig. 2 is represented a cross section of U. Craterium. The excipulum is seen to be divided into two distinct layers. At the outside, next to the limiting membrane, there are a few rows of rather regular polygonal cells; but the great mass of the excipulum and hypothecium is prosenchymatous, 7. e., made up of long non-septate interwoven hyphae giving an exceedingly fibrous appearance to the whole tissue. The hypo thecium is differentiated from the medullary portion of the excipu- lum by the closer mesh and smaller diameter of the hyphae of which it is composed. It is about one fourth the width of the whole sterile part. Urnula Craterium, then, belongs to a totally different genus _ from Geopyxis carbonaria and must be restored as the type of the genus Urnula as Fries founded it. Indeed there are very strong reasons, as will be seen shortly, for placing it in an entirely dis tinct family from Geopyxis, so that the inclusion of the two fungi ie ; under the same genus appears almost absurd. 3. Urnula terrestris (Niessl)* Sacc. This is a small rather leath- ery fungus 2~3 mm. in diameter with a very short stalk. Copie * Verh. Naturf. Ver. Briinn, 10: 63: 1872. — KupFER: STUDIES ON URNULA AND GEOPYXIS 141 of Niessl’s figures are given in Rehm, /. c. 990. The asci are about 124 # long and 6 » wide ; the spores, 11-12 4 long and 4-5 y# wide. The cross section of Uruula terrestris ( fig. 3) shows that here again there is no relation whatever with Urnula Craterium ; the tissue is entirley pseudoparenchymatous, the excipulum being com- posed of two layers. The few outer rows are composed of cells about 11 “in diameter with thick brown walls. The rest of the tissue is undifferentiated, so that we may call it excipulum with no marked hypothecium, or all hypothecium, restricting the term excipulum to these few rows of cells on the outside. Whatever we may call it, its character definitely separates it from a struc- ture such as is found in Urnula Craterium. An additional fact pointing to the separation of the two species is one to which both Rehm and Lindau attach great importance in classification. Iodine colors the ascopores of U. terrestris blue, but does not those of U. Craterium, Urnula terrestris as defined by Saccardo then, is not an Urnid/a. Niessl, in 1872, named the fungus Podophacidium terrestre, so that this old generic name, at least, we must restore. A point of interest, however, arises with regard to its specific name. In 1885 Boudier* established a genus Melachroia on Peziza +anthomela Pers. Schroter was the first to suspect the identity of the two fungi and called them Podophacidium xanthomelan. Rehm in his classification separates them, because the apothecium in Urnula terrestris splits into lobes, while in Melachroia xanthomela it remains nearly entire. In the letter before mentioned, however, Dr. Rehm says that he has no longer the least doubt that the two fungi are one and the same thing, and that the condition of the Margin of the apothecium in Urnula terrestris is due merely to local conditions of growth. This view is substantiated by a com- parison of the anatomy of the two forms. Dr. Rehm kindly sent specimens of both fungi which were sectioned as described above. The representation of Urnudla terrestris ( fig. 3) would do equally well for Melachroia xanthomela; the only difference revealed by the closest investigation was that the outer excipular portion was slightly thicker in the former fungus. This, however, may be regarded as purely accidental and of no significance. Consequently * Bull. Soc. Myc. 1: 112. . 142 KUPFER : STUDIES ON URNULA AND GEOPYXIS we must adopt Schroter’s nomenclature, and consider both Urnula terrestris and Melachroia xanthomela under the name of Podopha- cidium xanthomelan, Since, then, the internal structure is very different from Urnula Craterium, and the splitting of the margin into lobes, which was Saccardo’s chief reason for regarding this species as an Urnuda, is an uncertain character, any relation between the two genera is seen to be absolutely unreal. To quote Dr. Rehm: “ Dann schwindet allerdings die Verwandschaft mit Urnu/a Fr. vollig, und ist den zusammengehorigen beiden Pilzen eine andere systema- tische Stellung zu geben.” It might be well at this point, before the consideration of the next species, to decide what systematic position is to be assigned to the two species Urnula Craterium and Podophacidium xantho- melan, From the character of its tissue, the latter seems to be- long in the Pezizaceae. Owing to the fact that the ascopore turns blue with iodine, and that the fungus is stalked, its affinities seem to be with Zarzetta and Plicaria in this family. As to Urnula Craterium, it is my belief that it is to be placed among Saccardo’s Dermateae or in the family Cenangiaceae fol- . lowing Lindau; the leathery texture of the apothecium, the prosenchymatous tissue and well developed hypothecium indicate this as its proper position. Whether or not a definite epithe- cium is present, as in most of the members of this family, could not be decided from sections of the dried specimens. The pat- aphyses do not seem to endure drying well, and were difficult to make out; so that these are represented (fig. 2) as somewhat re- constructed, and very probably do not quite accurately reproduce the condition in the fresh specimen. Even if an epithecium should prove absent, however, the Cenangiaceae appear to me to be the most satisfactory position, and, indeed, the only place for the fungus. 4. Chorioactis Geaster. (Uruula Geaster Peck.)* Finally we come to the species which was called by Peck Urnula Geaster, and which, since it is not an Urnuula, 1 propose to call Chortoacts. This is a very large leathery fungus from 4-7 cm. in diameter, narrowed to a stem about 3 cm. long and I-1.5 cm. thick. The apothecium splits into 4—6 rays, giving the plant an appearance * Reg. Rep. 46: 39. 1893. KUPFER: STUDIES ON URNULA AND GEOPYXIS 148 very similar to a Geaster, so that Peck’s specific name is an appropriate one. Both disc and stem are covered on the outside with a dense tomentum of soft brown hairs. The thickness of the apothecium is a striking characteristic; it sometimes reaches 2.5 mm. The outer layer of the apothecium is dark brown, the hyme- nium and flesh yellowish white ; the asci are very large, 670 y long ; the spores are 49-60 » long by 12-16 » wide. The Geaster-like appearance of this fungus, the tough, leathery texture, the thick- ness of the disc, and the velvety tomentum which clothes the whole surface,make of it an exceptionally characteristic and easily dis- tinguishable genus and species. That it is not an Uruu/a seems to me just as evident from its external appearance as from an exami- nation of its tissues. A comparison of internal characters shows, however, that there is no possible relation with Urnula Crate- rium. The tissue is made up wholly of large parenchymatous cells; those of the excipulum averaging 34 / in diameter, those of the hypothecium 10-14 w. The relative size of the cross sections of the various forms discussed can be seen from the fact that the Sections of Chorioactis Geaster are magnified only thirty-five times, while all the others were magnified about two hundred times. As to the position of Chorioactis, its entirely parenchymatous tissue will at once place it among the Pezizaceae. Following out Durand’s scheme, its stipitate character, the tomentum and its elliptical spores indicate a relationship with Plectania and Sar- coscypha in this family. The genus Chorioactis will probably prove the most leathery in the whole family, but a comparison with Sarcoscypha and Otidea in this respect shows that among the Pezi- zaceae are to be included all gradations from a most fleshy brittle character, as in the Majority of pezizaceous forms, to a texture as tough and leathery as that in the Cenangiaceae and other families. To sum up briefly, then, the points brought out in this paper : 1. Urnula Craterium Fr. represents an entirely distinct genus not in any way related to Geopyxis. It is very probably to be placed in the family Cenangiaceae while Geopyxis is a member of the Pezizaceae. 2. Urnula terrestris (Niessl) Sacc. is not at all allied to U. Crate- rium and must consequently be removed from this genus. It is iden- 144 KupFER: STUDIES ON URNULA AND GEOPYXIS tical with Melachroia xanthomela Boud. and, following Schrdter, must be called Podophacidium xanthomelan. Its position appears to be near Zarzetta in the Pezizaceae. 3. Urnula Geaster Peck forms a new genus, Chorioactis, dis- tinct from Uruxula and from all the other genera mentioned in this article. Chorioactis Geaster (Peck) seems to belong near Plectania and Sarcoscypha in the Pezizaceae. Explanation of Plate 8 The illustrations were drawn from a magnification about two and one half times the reproduction appearing in the plate. ‘ Fic. 1. Cross section of Geopyxis carbonaria, < 200. Fic. 2, Cross section of Urnula Craterium, >< 200.. Fic. 3. Cross section of Podophacidium xanthomelan, >< 200. Fic. 4. Cross section of Chortoactis Geaster, & 35. i] Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—VII By Per AxEL RYDBERG ’ Aquilegia Columbiana Perennial with a short thick rootstock: stem 6-10 dm. high, glabrous or sparingly and finely pubescent above; basal leaves twice ternate ; petioles 1-2 dm. long ; segments rounded, obovate, 2-3 cm. long, more or Jess glaucous beneath, 2—3-cleft and deeply crenate at the apex ; lower stem-leaves similar to the basal leaves, but with short winged petioles, the upper similar but often with larger segments: sepals and spurs very bright red; laminae yel- lowish : sepals ovate-lanceolate, acute, 15-25 mm. long, exceed- ing the spur, widely spreading or reflexed: lamina very short, scarcely 3 mm. long, truncate; spur 12-18 mm. long, thick, ab- ruptly contracted about the middle: follicles erect, densely pubes- _ cent; styles about 12 mm. long. This species is somewhat intermediate between A. formosa and A. truncata and has been mistaken for both. It has the habit, the spur and sepals of the former and the short truncate lamina of the latter. WasHINcTon: Montesano, 1898, 4. A. & E. Gertrude Heller, 3936 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Garden); upper valley of the Nesqually, 1896, O. D. Allen, 249; 1889, G. R. Vasey, 150; Humptulips, 1895, F. H. Lamb, 1180; Puget Sound, Wilkes Exped., 646. British Cotumsra: Banff, 1897, Zoe W. Palmer. ALaska: Short Bay, 1895, Gorman, 105, Disenchantment Bay, 1892, F. Funston, 121. IDAHO: Florida Mt., 1892, A. /sabel Mulford. Aquilegia thalictrifolia Perennial with a short rootstock; basal leaves twice ternate ; Petioles 1-2 dm. long; segments broadly obovate-cuneate, 2—3- cleft and crenate at the apex, I-1.5 cm. long, bluish-green: stem 2-5 dm. high, glabrous below, finely viscid puberulent above: Stem-leaves subsessile or very short-petioled, otherwise similar to the basal ones: flowers yellow: sepals 10-18 mm. long, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acute: laminae of the petals 7-12 mm. long, _ truncate or rarely rounded at the apex ; spur very slender from 145 146 RYDBERG : STUDIES ON THE the base, 4-5 cm. long: follicles without the styles, about 3 cm. long and 5 mm. wide, strongly reticulate and pubescent, strongly curved above. This species is nearest related to A. chrysantha with which it has been confused, but differs in the smaller flowers, blunter sepals, smaller and bluer segments of the leaves and the more curved follicles. It grows at an altitude of 1500-3000 m. CoLorapo: Cafion City, 1873, &. L. Greene (type in herb. Columbia University) ; Colorado Springs, 1893, De Alton Saun- ders; Grand Cafion of the Arkansas, 1873, Brandegee; Bear Creek Cafion, 1892, C. S. Sheldon. Texas: West Texas, 1888, Vealley. Arizona: Mt. Humphrey, 1897, RX. &. Kunze. “ Aquilegia Eastwoodiae Aquilegia ecalcarata Eastwood, Zoe, 2: 226. 1891. Not Hortul.; Steudel. 1841. This has been regarded as a spurless form of A. micrantha Eastw., but the form of the terminal segments of the leaves is dif- ferent from any American species, being rhombic in outline and acute. * Aquilegia oreophila Aqutlegia coerulea alpina A. Nelson, First Rep. Fl. Wyo. 7 g. 1896. Not A. alpina L. 1853; Aguilegia coerulea var. flavescens Jones, Cont. West. Bot. 8: 2.1898. Not A. favescens Wats. 1871. This is evidently what Jones regards as A. flavescens Wats, but is not Watson’s species, for he describes the spur as being curved. Specimens of both numbers cited by Watson, viz. 35 and 36, are in the Columbia University herbarium and these as well as the plant cultivated under the name A. flavescens at Harvard have curved spurs and can not be referred asa variety to A. coerulea. Therefore, I can not see why Mr. Jones’ A. depauperata should not pass into synonomy, being the same as the true A. flavesce”™: The flowers of A. orcophila resemble most those of A. pubescens Coville, but the habit is different and nearer A. coerulea. / Delphinium alpestre A low cespitose perennial: stems several, about 1 dm. be ae puberulent and viscid above, densely leafy ; leaves digitately © a Rocky MountTAIn FLORA 147 vided into about 5 divisions, finely and sparingly puberulent when young, dark green ; petioles 4-5 cm. long; divisions of the blades 1.5—2 cm. long, cuneate-obovate in outline, divided half-way into oblong mucronate lobes : inflorescence short and few-flowered ; pedicels ascending, 1 cm. or less long, viscid; bractlets minute : sepals dark blue, oblong, obtuse or the upper acute, viscid-puber- ulent ; spur 8-g mm. long: upper petals blue and yellowish, 2- toothed at the apex; lateral petals 2-cleft; lobes lanceolate : follicles not seen. This is not closely related to any of the American species. It has the cespitose habit of D. g/aucescens, but is a much smaller plant. It grows among rocks at an altitude of 3300 m. or more. CoLorapo : Mountains northwest of Como, 1895, Crandall & Cowen, 1848 (type in herb. State Agric. Coll., Colo.); West Spanish Peak, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland, 6218. ’Delphinium multiflorum A tall perennial with a woody caudex; stem about 1 mm. high or more, viscid above, glabrate below: leaves palmately divided into 5-7 divisions, glabrous and glaucous, pubescent only on the margins and veins; petioles 1-2 dm. long, slightly dilated at the base ; segments obovate-cuneate in outline, 5-7 cm. long, first cleft about half-way and then again cleft into lanceolate, ovate or oblong acute lobes: inflorescence long and dense, often branched ; bracts linear; pedicels ascending, I-1.5 cm. long, densely viscid-pubescent : bractlets small, linear, close under the calyx: sepals light blue with darker median lines or blotches towards the tips, oblong-oval, obtuse or the upper acutish, finely puberulent ; spur thick, straight or slightly curved, 12-15 mm. long, almost horizontal : petals of the same color as the sepals ; the lateral ones cleft only at the apex, often wavy-toothed : follicles erect, densely viscid-pubescent. This is nearest related to D. cuculatum A. Nelson on one hand and to D. occidentale on the other. From the former it differs in the pubescence, which in D. cuculatum is strigose, in D. multt- forum viscid. D. occidentale has much darker flowers and more acute sepals. D. multiforum grows along streams and in damp meadows or Open woods at an altitude of 2000-2500 m. Wyominc : Spread Creek, 1897, F. Tweedy, 779 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.) ; Yellowstone Lake, 1888, R. S. Wilhams ; Laramie Mountains, 1899, Charles Schuchut; between Upper 148 RYDBERG: STUDIES ON THE Buffalo Fork and Du Noir River, 1899, C. C. Curtis; Snake River, 1899, Aven & Elias Nelson, 6407. Ipauo: Henry’s Lake, 1897, Rydberg & Bessey, 4079. Cotorapo: North Park, 1896, C. F. Baker. Delphinium Brownii Perennial : stem about 1 m. high, glabrous and shining through- out, simple: leaves palmately divided into about 5 divisions, puberulent ; lower petioles 8-10 cm. long ; divisions 4-6 cm. long, oblanceolate in outline, once to twice cleft into lanceolate, acute, somewhat spreading lobes: inflorescence a rather lax raceme; bracts linear ; pedicels slender, 1-2 cm. long, almost erect, ‘curved and twisted; upper portion sometimes slightly puberulent ; bract- lets linear-subulate, small, 3-4 mm. long: sepals dark blue or purple, oblong-oval, obtuse or the lower and upper acutish, 10-12 mm. long: lateral petals also blue or purplish ; blade cleft only about one third its length; upper petals of the same color or paler, obliquely cuneate, acute ; spur short and rather thick, I cm. or less long, straight and ascending : follicles erect, glabrous. This is nearest related to D. glaucum, but differs in the puberu- lent leaves with narrower segments, the lax raceme with more erect pedicels and the darker flowers. ALBERTA : Banff, 1893, Addison Brown (type in herb. Colum- bia University). ALASKA: Porcupine River, 1891, 7. H. Turner. ‘ Delphinium elongatum Tall perennial with a short woody caudex: stem glabrous and glaucous up to the inflorescence, which is slightly strigose : leaves digitately. divided into about 7 divisions, glabrous and glaucous beneath ; petioles fully 1 dm. long; divisions of the blade oblance- olate in outline, 5-7 cm. long, cleft into lanceolate, acute lobes : inflorescence strict and elongated ; bracts small, linear, almost fili- form; pedicels 1-2 cm. long, at first ascending, in fruit almost erect ; bractlets minute, subulate : sepals and petals dark blue, the former oval, obtuse or acutish, about 1 cm. long; spur short, straight, about 12 mm. long: lateral petals cleft at the apex, mee or less toothed: follicles erect, 12-15 mm. long, strigose-puberulent. In some respects nearest to D. glaucum, but differing im the puberulent pod, strigose pubescence at least on the pedicels, ee the narrower divisions and lobes of the leaves. It grows at an alti- tude of about 2000 m. { 4 Rocky MounTAIn FLorRa 149 CoLorapo: Larimer county, 1895, Crandall & Cowen, 15 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Garden); Villa Grove, 1896, F. Clements, 338 ; Middle Park, 1861, C. C. Parry, 85 ; Baxton’s Ranch, 1890, Crandall, 1547. Montana: Lima, 1895, Rydberg. VDelphinium diversicolor Perennial with a thick fleshy root, the branches of which are often fusiform: stem about 4 dm. high, simple, strict, densely vis- cid-pubescent above: leaves finely pubescent, palmately dissected into linear lobes ; petioles of the lower leaves 3—5 cm. long, slightly dilated below ; segments 1-3 cm. long, about 2 mm. wide : inflor- escence a narrow raceme ; pedicels .5—1 cm. long, or in fruit 1.5 cm., densely viscid, almost erect: sepals dark blue, oblong-oval, obtuse, 10-13 mm. long, slightly pubescent ; spur almost straight, horizontal : petals all white with blue veins and yellowish below ; the upper about 5 mm. long, obliquely spatulate, obtuse ; the lat- eral ones slightly longer, curved; the blades deeply 2-cleft ; each lobe of the form of one third of a circle ; follicles densely hairy. This species is perhaps nearest related to D. simplex and D. Burke, From the former, it differs in white lateral petals and the pubescent leaves, and the latter is described as subscapose. The type was collected in a bog, at an altitude of 2000 m. Montana: Rattlesnake Creek, Beaver Head county, 1887, Frank Tweedy, 34 (type in herb. Columbia University). Aconitum tenue _ Perennial with small tubers about 8 mm. long and 4 mm. thick ; stem very slender, about 3 dm. high: leaves few ; the lower with petioles 5—§ cm. long, the uppermost subsessile : blades glabrous, thin, shining, almost pentagonal in outline, 5—7-divided to near the base ; divisions rhombic in outline, 3-cleft and the lobes often again cleft, the ultimate divisions oblong-linear to linear-lan- ceolate, acute: inflorescence racemose, 2—6-flowered : pedicels erect and bent near the glabrous blue calyx : hood 15-18 mm. long, boat-shaped, slightly saccate, almost semicircular in outline ; lateral sepals rounded ovate, only slightly oblique, 10-12 mm. long ; lower sepals oblong, obtuse at the apex, 8-10 mm. long : fruit unknown, : The type was collected in a damp cafion among rocks at an altitude of about 2000 m. It is perhaps nearest related to the _ Alaskan 4. delphinifolium. 150 RYDBERG: STUDIES ON THE Sourn Dakota: Sylvan Lake, Black Hills, 1892, P. A. Ryd- berg, 507 (type in herb. Columbia University). Y Aconitum atrocyaneum Perennial with thickened-fusiform roots: stem stout, 4-6 dm. high, leafy, glabrous below, densely glandular viscid and purplish above: lower leaves with petioles 5—10 cm. long; blades about 6 cm. wide, glabrous, pentagonal in outline, 5—7-divided to near the base ; divisions rhombic-cuneate to oblanceolate, usually twice cleft ; ultimate segments lanceolate acute ; upper stem-leaves sim- ilar but with short petioles or those of the inflorescence lanceolate, toothed and often with recurved basal lobes: inflorescence race- - mose, many-flowered, leafy: pedicels 1~3 cm. long, erect, very viscid: flowers dark indigo blue, more or less pubescent: hood deeply saccate, helmet-shaped, about 18 mm. long, with the front — line more or less concave : beak somewhat porrect, acuminate, the lower mar gins nearlyhorizontal : lateral sepals broadly rounded- ovate, somewhat oblique, 12-15 mm. long : lower sepals g-12 mm. long, oblong, obtuse. This species is perhaps closest related to A. ramosum A. Nel- son, but the divisions of the leaves are broader and the hoods are different, having a porrect beak, while in A. ramosum the beak is short and directed downward. The flowers are also darker and the inflorescence more viscid. It grows at an attitude of 2,500 —3,400 m. CoLtorapo: Boreas, 1897, C. S. Crandall (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Garden; cotypes in herb. State Agric. College, Colo.); mountains about Steamboat Springs, 1891, C. S. Crandall; neat Ironton, 1899, C. C. Curtis ; Cameron Pass, 1896, C. F. Baker. Utau: Uinta Mountains, 1873, 7. C. Porter. v Aconitum porrectum Perennial with thick fusiform roots : stem stout, 6—7 dm. high, leafy, glabrous below, densely viscid-pubescent above ; basal cave glabrous, with petioles about 1 dm. long; blades reniform-pen tagonal in outline, 6-10 cm. wide, 5—7-divided to near the base; divisions rhombic or rhombic-oblanceolate, variously cleft above, cuneate at the base: inflorescence racemose or somewhat panicu= late, not leafy; pedicels ascending, 1-3 cm. long: sepals dar blue, ciliate on the margins; hood very saccate, helmet-shaped 5 beak acuminate, porrect, horizontal or even slightly penne 15-18 mm. long ; lateral sepals broadly obovate or semi-renilo it Rren,> Rocky MounTain FiLora 151 about 12-14 mm. long, very oblique ; lower sepals lanceolate or oblong, acute, 7-10 mm. long. This is closely related to the preceding, but differs in the broader and less deeply divided divisions of the leaves, the shorter lower sepals, the more open and less leafy inflorescence, and the more oblique lateral sepals. It grows at an altitude of 2400- 2800 m. Cotorapo: Coffee Pot Spring, 1894, Crandall (type in herb. ~ N. Y. Bot. Garden ; cotypes in herb. State Agric. College, Colo.) Graymount, 1892, Crandall; foothills, Larimer county, 1895, Crandall & Cowen; Arapahoe Pass, 1891, Crandall, 26 ; Lake City, 1881, 7. S. Newberry ; North Park, near Teller, 1884, C. S. . Sheldon. ’ Aconitum glaberrimum Perennial with a tap root: stem almost 1 m. high, perfectly glabrous: leaves 5-divided, thin, perfectly glabrous, the lower long- petioled ; the uppermost subsessile ; divisions oblanceolate to rhombic-oblanceolate in outline, 5—10 cm. long, cuneate and entire at the base, irregularly doubly cleft above ; lobes or teeth lanceo- late, acute or acuminate : inflorescence compound ; branches and pedicels spreading or divergent, glabrous: flowers blue: lower sepals lanceolate, 12~1 5 mm. long; lateral ones very oblique, as broad as long, about 1 5 mm. each way, rounded, slightly reniform on the upper side ; hood about 2 cm. long, deeply saccate, elong- ated helmet-shaped ; beak long-attenuate, very porrect or even ascending. The type specimen was included in A. Columbianum by Dr. Gray, his ‘Syn. Fl. N. Amer.’”’ label being on the sheet ; but it 's so unlike all other material of that species that I can not see the reason why it should be included therein. The perfectly glabrous stem, the branched inflorescence, the peculiar, deeply Saceate hood and the slender porrect beak are characters not found in any other American aconite. _ SOUTHERN Uran, NorTHERN ARIZONA: 18 77, Dr. E. Palmer, 11 ( type in herb. Columbia University). ./ Anemone tuberosa Anemone Sphenophylla Britton, Ann. N. Y. Acad. 6: 224, in Part. Not Poepp. 1827-20. _ Perennial with a thick tuberous root, basal leaves with petioles 152 RYDBERG: STUDIES ON THE about 5 cm. long, twice ternate ; divisions rhombic-cuneate in out- line, ternately cleft and toothed ; teeth oblong-ovate: scape I-3 dm. high, perfectly glabrous below the involucre ; peduncles finely appressed silky ; involucral leaves similar to the basal ones, but short-petioled and with longer lobes and teeth; peduncle solitary or a second one with a smaller involucre: sepals white or purplish, 8-10, oblong-linear, 1-2 cm. long, finely silky: head of fruit ellipsoid, about 1 cm. thick and 2 cm. long: achenes densely woolly: style filiform, about 1.5 mm. long. This is closely related to A. sphenophylla of Chili, but in that species the whole scape is decidedly pubescent with spreading hairs and the segments of the involucral leaves are narrower. The following species belong here : Arizona: Sierra Tuscon, 1884, C. G. Pringle (type in herb. - Columbia University) ; Fort Huachuca, 1892, S. £. Wilcox. New Mexico: Mountain near Las Cruces, 1898, £ 0. Wooton. Uran: St. George, 1880, WM. E. Jones, 1607. CatiForNIA: Panamint Mountains, 1891, Coville & Funston, 500; 1849 (locality not given), Fremont. ” Anemone lithophila Perennial with a short thick rootstock: basal leaves several, glabrous or nearly so, thickish, shining, somewhat glaucous; petioles 5-8 cm. long ; blades ternate ; divisions obovate-cuneate, about 3 cm. long, strongly veined, deeply 3-cleft, again cleft and toothed ; the ultimate segments short, oblong-oblanceolate : Scape _ 1-2 dm. high, sparingly pubescent with long silky hairs : in- volucral leaves subsessile or short-petioled ; divisions similar to those of the basal leaves: sepals silky, ochroleucous, tinged with | blue, 12-15 mm. long, broadly obovate or oval : achenes densely — villous all over: style filiform, about 2 mm. long. The type was growing with A. parviflora at an altitude of 1800 m. As none of the specimens there had well-developed fruit and the plant is intermediate between A. parviflora and A. globosa Nutt., which also grew in the neighborhood, this species May bs a hybrid. The strong veins and shiny glaucous leaves suggest the former but the general leaf-form the latter, although the segments are broader and shorter and the leaves more glabrate. Watson’s specimen, which resembles the type perfectly has fully developed fruit, however. The type was labelled A. Te pales ks a . Rocky Mountain FLora 153 which it resembles most in habit ; but the achenes are wooly all over, not merely strigose on the back as in that species and the flowers are larger and lighter. The following specimens are to be referred here: Montana: Little Belt Mountains, nine miles from Barker, 1896, /. H. Flodman, 459 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Garden), and 463; Lake Stanton, 1894, R. S. Williams. Utan: Uinta Mts., 1869, S. Watson, ro. vAnemone Piperi Britton Perennial with a rather slender rootstock: stem 1.5-3 dm. high, slender, very sparingly appressed silky ; basal leaves ternate, minutely appressed-puberulent when young, in age glabrous ; peti- oles 1~2 dm. long ; middle lobe rhombic-obovate or rhombic-cune- ate, coarsely toothed above the middle, 2-7 cm. long ;* the lateral ones broader, obliquely ovate, 2-cleft to about the middle, coarsely toothed : involucral leaves similar, but the lobes usually narrower : petioles 1-3 mm. long: pedicel 2~5.cm. long, erect in fruit, spar- ingly appressed silky: sepals elMiptic-obovate to oval, about 15 mm. long, 6-8 mm. wide, white, glabrous: achenes about 4 mm. long, densely short-pubescent, ellipsoid, slightly compressed, taper- ing to both ends: beak very short. This has been included in A. quinquefolia and all specimens cited for that species from the Northwest may belong here. It differs, however, from that species in the form of the basal leaves, the erect pedicels and the short, almost straight beaks of the achenes, Ipano: Latah county, 1893, C. V. Piper, 1469 (type in herb. Columbia University); Craig Mountain, 1892, Sandberg, Mac- Dougal & ffeller, 194. Wasuineton : Kamiac Butte, 1896, A. D. Z. Elmer, 393. vClematis Jonesii (Kuntze) Clematis Douglasii var. Jonesti Kuntze, Verh. Bot. Ver. Bran- denburg, 26: 180, 1886. _ Perennial with a thick rootstock or caudex: stems 3-6 dm. high, simple or later in the season branched, more or less woolly when young: leaves twice pinnately divided, 1-1.5 dm. long, vil- lous when young, in age glabrate, rather firm, segments lanceolate to linear-lanceo ate, often cleft, 1-5 cm. long, acutish: flowers nod- 154 RYDBERG: STUDIES ON THE ding: calyx campanulate, brown, more or less villous, especially near the margins; sepals 2—-2.5 cm. long, ovate, acute or acumi- nate, upper half with a wavy dilated margin : achenes about 5 mm. long and 4 mm. wide, flattish, densely silky ; tails of the achenes 4-5 cm. long, beautifully plumose throughout. This is nearest related to C. Douglasii, with which it has been confused. It differs from that species in the dilated margins of the sepals, the distinctly petioled and less compound leaves. In the true C. Douglasii the upper and middle leaves are twice pin- nately divided and subsessile, so that they with the first pair of primary divisions look as if verticillate. Kuntze’s description of C. Douglasti var. Jonesii is so meager that nobody could know from it what he meant, but fortunately we have one of Jones’ specimens. The following specimens belong to C. /onesiz. Cotorapo: Howe's Gulch, 1899, W. F. M.; Dolores (7300 ft.), 1892, Crandall; lat. 39°-41°, 1862, Hall & Harbour, 2; Howe's Gulch, 1893, C. F. Baker; near Boulder, 1892, 4. AZ Patterson, 168 ; Dixon Cafion, 1891, /. H. Cowen, 368. Uran : Uinta Mountains, 1869, S. Watson, 7; American Fork, 1880, MW. £. Jones, 1351. Wyominc : Headwater of Tongue River, Big Horn Mountains, °1898, Frank Tweedy, 171. v Clematis eriophora Perennial, from a woody caudex : stems and leaves prominently white-villous, the former 3-5 dm. high, simple: leaves 5—1° cm. long, distinctly petioled, twice pinnately divided; ultimate segments narrowly linear, 1-3 cm. long, 1-2 mm. wide: flowers nodding ; calyx villous, campanulate, about 3 cm. long ; sepals oblong, obtuse, the upper third spreading, with a dilated margin - achenes oblong, about 6 mm. long and 3 mm. wide, silky, with a blunt ridge on each side; tails about 4 cm., beautifully plumos¢- This is closely related to the preceding and to C. Bakeri, but differs from the former in the narrower leaf-segments, the obtuse and thicker sepals and the denser and more persistent pubescence, and from the latter in the longer leaf segments and the obtuse dilated sepals. It grows at an altitude of 1500-2000 m. Cotorapo: Vicinity of Horsetooth, 1896, /. H. Cowen (tyPe in herb. N. Y. Bot. Garden ; cotypes in herb. State Agric. College, | Colo.); Foothills, Larimer county, 1893, C. S. Crandall ; Colorado, RT Rocky Mountain FLora 155 1870, Dr. G. W. Hulse; 1844, Fremont, 567; Pagosa, 1883, Brandegee ; Golden City, 1871, E. L. Greene ; Clear Creek, 187 3, John Wolf, 92; Colorado Springs, 1900, Rydberg & Vreeland, 6232; Rist Cafion, 1890, Crandall, 272; 1893, 1379; Horse- tooth Gulch, 1898, Crandall. CLEMATIS Wyetui Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. '7: 6 1834 I think that this species is distinct from C. Doug/asit Hook., the leaves being never twice pinnately divided, having much broader segments and never being falsely verticillate as in that species. The specimens from Beaver Cajion, Idaho, cited in the synoptical flora under C. Douglasii var. Scottii and in Howell’s flora of the North- west under C. Scotti belongs undoubtedly here. A broad-leaved C. Wyethii and a narrow-leaved C. Scottii resemble each other very much and can be distinguished only by the flower, which in the former is campanulate with oblong-lanceolate sepals and in the latter rounded urn-shaped with broadly ovate sepals. C. Wyethii is common in Montana and northern Idaho. It is represented by the specimens cited under C. Scoftii and some under C. Douglasii in my catalogue of the flora of Montana. ATRAGENE OCCIDENTALIS Homem. Hort. Hafn. 1813: 520 Atragene Columbiana Nutt. Journ. Acad.'7: 7. 1834; Clematis Columbiana Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. 1: 10. 1838; Clematis ver- uicillaris var. Columbiana Gray. Syn. Fl. 1: 8. 1895; Clematis Pseudoatragene a normalis Kuntze, Verh. Bot. Ver. Brandenburg, 26: 160, in part, 1884; C. alpina a occidentalis 3 typica Kuntze, a £.. 161: Dr. Gray adopted the name occidentalis as a varietal name for another species, and cites Homeman’s plant as a synonym. It is very evident that the latter is the common plant of the Columbia Valley with simply ternate leaves and subentire leaflets, for Home- man expressedly describes them as entire. Dr. Kuntze was so far right that he placed Atragene occidentalis Homeman with A. verticillaris, although he made both forms of Clematis alpina. His revision of C/ematis is far from good especially as to the West American species. The only distinction he makes between ¢. Pseudoatragene and C. alpina is the absence or presence of stami- 156 RYDBERG: STUDIES ON THE nodia, a very unfortunate distinction, for in most of the West American forms both conditions exist. The filaments of the outer stamens are flattened and more or less petaloid. In some cases the outermost have noanthers (true staminodia), but often all are antheriferous. The present species is therefore placed in both species by Kuntze. Atragene Ochotensis Gray, Pl. Fendl,.4. 1849. Not Pall. 1874; A. alpina var. Ochotensis A. Gray, Am. Jour. Sci. II. 33: 241; Clematis alpina var. Ochotensis S, Wats. Bot. King Exp. 5: 4; C. alpina var. occidentalis A. Gray ; Powell, Geol. Surv. Dakota, 531. 1880. Not Avragene occidentalis Homem. 1813 ; Clematis pseudoatragene + pseudoalpina Kuntze, Verh. Bot. Ver. Branden- burg, 26: 160. 1884. As stated above, the name occidentalis should be used for A. Columbiana Nutt. We are therefore obliged to adopt Kuntze’s varietal name. In the Synoptical Flora Clematis pseudoatragene Kuntze is given as a synonym, but from the short description neither of the varieties a, 8 or 6 can belong here. The var. @ normals is evidently partly A. Americana and partly 4. occiden- talis as here understood. The var. 0 sudiriternata is A. tenuiloba (A. Gray) Britton. What Clematis pseudoatragene var. Wender- othioides * is I do not know. In the Synoptical Flora the range is given as extending from New Mexico to Dakota and Wash- ington. I have not seen any specimens from any station north of Vi * What a name! ‘Translated it would mean: A variety of the false Atragene _"ugin's Bower, resembling Mr. Wenderoth. 158 RYDBERG: STUDIES ON THE Colorado and Utah. All specimens referred here from higher lati- tudes belong to A. tenuiloba. - Ranunculus Utahensis Perennial with a cluster of fibrous fleshy roots, glabrous : stems 1-2 dm. high, branched above; basal leaves petioled ; petioles 2— 5 cm. long; blades almost orbicular, rather thick, crenate or round- lobed : stem-leaves sessile, deeply cleft or divided into 4—5 oblong or elliptic, obtuse segments: sepals somewhat hairy, elliptic to obovate, at last reflexed: petals 4-5 mm. long, exceeding the sepals: head of fruit oblong ; achenes glabrous; style rather short. This species resembles most a depauperate R. adortivus in the leaves, but the petals are much larger and the head of fruit is ob- long instead of spherical. It has gone under the name of R. affints var. /etocarpus, but it is not that of Trautvetter, and is distinguished from all of those species which have been included in R. affinis by its thicker leaves and their lobing. Urau: Alta, Wasatch Mts., 1879, IZ. £. Jones, 1130 (type in herb. Columbia University) ; Uinta Mts., 1873, Z: C. Porter. “Ranunculus micropetalus (Greene) Ranunculus affinis var. micropetalus Greene, Pittonia, 2: 110. 1890. An excellent species, very distinct from R. afinis Hook., and still more from R. cardiophyllus Hook., with which Davis associated it. / Ranunculus Helleri Perennial with a short rootstock, perfectly glabrous: stem slender, 1-2 dm. high: basal leaves and lower cauline with slen- der petioles 2-5 cm. long; blades of the earlier basal leaves rent- form, 3-cleft 24 or 34 the distance to the base; middle division oblong, entire, the lateral ones with 3 ovate lobes ; blades of the other basal leaves and the lower cauline divided to near the base into 3 cuneate divisions, 15-20 mm. long; the middle division 3- lobed, the lateral ones 4-lobed ; stipules of lower cauline leaves conspicuous, rounded: upper cauline leaves sessile, divided unto the base into 2~4 linear-oblong divisions: flowers solitary : sepals oblong, obtuse, about 5 mm. long: petals oblong to obovate, golden yellow, 6-7 mm. long: head of fruit short-oblong - spherical : achenes turgid, almost spherical, 1.5 mm. long, g1a- brous : style slender and curved. This species is nearest related to R. Eschschotsit and R. alpeo- Rocky Mountain FLora 159 philus. In the former, which is very rare in the Rockies, the upper stem-leaves have broad and short lobes, which are elliptical to obovate ; and in the latter the basal leaves are not reniform but almost orbicular in outline. 2. Hel/eri grows in bogsat high altitudes. Ipano: Near Lake Pend d’Oreille, 1892, Sandberg, MacDougal & Heller, 842 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Wyvominec : Big Horn Mountain, 1899, F. Tweedy, 2385. Montana : Sperry Glacier, 1901, /. K. Vreeland, 1110. ’ Ranunculus stenolobus Perennial with a cluster of fibrous roots, perfectly glabrous : stems 1-3 from the same clump, 1-2 dm. high, usually branched: basal leaves and lower cauline petioled ; petioles 4-10 cm. long ; blades three times ternately dissected into almost linear segments, which are 6-1 5 mm. long and 1-3 mm. wide, usually somewhat narrowed at the base ; the primary divisions distinctly petiolulate : sepals oval, 4~5 mm. long: petals obovate, 7-8 (rarely 9-11) mm. long: head of achene spherical or slightly oblong, about 6 mm. broad : achenes turgid, glabrous: style slender. This species is somewhat intermediate between R. adoneus and R. triternatus, but the stem is more elongated and branched. Some of the specimens cited below have been referred to the former, but in that plant the stem is usually simple, the petals Over I cm. long, cuneate-flabelliform and overlapping each other, the lobes of the leaves narrower and not narrowed downward. In the leaf-form and flowers it resembles more R. ériternatus, but that rows in big clumps with numerous stems, and the segments are More decidedly petiolulate. Wyomine : Headwaters of Cliff Creek, 1900, C. C. Curtss (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). . Utan: Alta, Wahsatch Mts., 1879, MZ. £. Jones, 1104; Wahsatch Mt., 1869, S. Watson, 30. v Papaver pygmaeum A cespitose and scapose perennial ; leaves all basal, numerous 3 ©m. long ; blade less than 1 cm. long, broadly ovate in out- line, deeply cleft into rounded-oblong or obovate segments, spar- ingly hispid or glabrous: scape 4-6 cm. high, sparingly hirsute ; also the calyx, which is obovate in bud :. petals yellow, I cm. or eas long : pod obovoid, about 1 cm. long, densely bristly. _ This species is nearly related to P. radicatum Rottb., but is a still smaller plant, with shorter, broader, less divided, less bristly 2— 160 RypperG: Srupres oN THE Rocky Mounrain FLorA leaf-blades and smaller flowers. It resembles still more the Euro- pean P. Pyrenaicum, which has larger petals, 1-2 cm. long, sta- mens much exceeding the ovary and spherical flower-buds. Montana: Mountain above Stanton Lake, 1894, R. S. Williams, 992 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Garden). ALBERTA: Sheep Mountain, 1895, John Macoun, 10269 ; top of Rocky Mountains, 1881, G. JZ. Dawson. Argemone rotundata Stem stout, densely and strongly bristly, but otherwise gla- brous : leaves oval in outline ; the cauline ones sessile and broadly auricled, bristly, especially on the veins and margins, round-lobed : flowers short-pedicelled or subsessile : calyx very bristly ; its horns erect or slightly spreading, bristly : petals white, fully 4 cm. long: pod ovoid, very bristly. This has been mistaken for A. /ispida Gray but is perhaps nearer related to A. intermedia and A. platyceras. From A. hispida -it is easily distinguished by the absence of a finer indumentum and by the round-lobed leaves. The latter character also distinguishes it from the other two species mentioned. It is also much more bristly than the two. It grows at an altitude of 1500-1800 m. Nevapa: Diamond Mountains, July, 1868, S. Watson, 47 (type in herb. Columbia University). Uran: Utah Valley, 1869, S. Watson, 49. v Bicuculla occidentalis Perennial with a very short rootstock bearing numerous tubers : scape and leaves perfectly glabrous; petioles of about 1.5 dm. long ; blades twice ternate ; the divisions twice pinnately divided or cleft into linear-oblong lobes, 1-2 cm. long, 3-5 mm. wide: . scape about 3 dm. high: raceme simple: sepals oval, about 5 mm. long: petals pink ; the outer about 1 cm. long; their spurs en 12 mm., divergent, forming with each other an angle of 90° °F more; crest of the inner petals prominent ; capsule fusiform, with the style about 1.5 cm. long. This is nearest related to B. cucullaria, and has been confused with it, but has coarser foliage, more diverging and longer spUr, more prominent crest on the inner petals and the underground parts more gruinose and not scaly. Its range includes parts of Oe Washington and eastern Idaho, and it grows on shaded hillsides. Wasutncron : West Klickitat county, 1892, W. N. Suksdorf’ (type in herb. Columbia University). The Conjugation of Spirogyra crassa Kg. By Epwin BincHaM COPELAND On an afternoon in September, 1900, the writer collected in a stagnant cut-off on Cheat River in West Virginia some Spirogyra so large that its conjugation was very evident to the naked eye. It was fixed in Flemming’s fluid and preserved in alcohol. When it was examined and determined later, preliminary to class use, it was found to have some characteristics that are probably worth reporting. Different species of Spirogyra vary in the intensity with which they possess distinct sexuality, as male or female plants. In all of them the cells show a difference in behavior, in that one is recipient, the other active, which is a marked advance over related genera in which the zygospore is formed midway between the gametes. But in some species the cells of a single. filament con- jugate in pairs, the conjugating tube passing around the trans- verse wall; in this case the filament as a whole is without sex. When the conjugation is between the célls of parallel filaments it is usually altogether in ‘ont direction, one filament acting as female and the other ag-male:’ But in such cases filaments some- times occur which if traced far enough are found to bend about Onto, and conjugate with, themselves, being female in one part, male in another.. Such cases suggest that where a distinction of the Sexes is just beginning to appear, sex may be a relative quality ; _ifone part of a filament can be male with reference to another part as female, why might not a filament act as male with reference to one of its neighbors, but female with reference to another. In this S. crassa material sex is a positive quality of the filament. I have *xamined a great number of instances of polygamy and polyandry, Cases in which a long filament conjugated at different places along — = length with several others. I have never found « filament conjugating with itself, nor a single instance of a filament whose “eX Was not constant in its numerous alliances. Often three fila- ments were in contact, each with both the others; one would conju- _ Sate with both others indiscriminately, all the cells of both the others 161 162 CopeLaNnpD: THE CONJUGATION OF SPIROGYRA CRASSA starting to form conjugating tubes with it; but the two of like sex never stimulated each other even enough to make the tubes start to grow. The filaments are then completely dioecious, and their sex must be determined in the zygospore. Complete dioecism is a higher degree of sexuality than would be anticipated in plants whose gametes are not visibly different* except in their part in conjugation. In much higher plants, likewise dioecious, the sex is not al- ways as fixed as it seems here: thus Lesquereux and James ¢ say of Atrichum undulatum Beauv.: “ This species is dioecious, but some- times the young male plant produces from the center of the flower an innovation bearing female flowers and thus the male plant is transformed into a fertile one.”’ In the cells of the vegetative filaments the nuclei were large and centrally placed, the entire contents of the cells reasonably clear, and no unusual bodies to be seen in the chloroplasts. In cells which had progressed in conjugation to the meeting of the ‘tubes there were usually some black granules in the chlorophyll bands, the body of the cell remaining as clear as ever. Where two filaments of one sex conjugated with one of the other, or where one filament of a pair had shorter cells than the other, there were cells which tried to conjugate but failed : some of these merely started to put out a conjugating tube, at other times this stimulated the development of a tube to meet it. In all of these cells the contents was discolored by the presence of distinct gran- ules and of a diffused opacity. The shade varied from pale brown to deep black. The failure to conjugate has interfered in some way with the normal metabolism of the cells. Very likely it 1s that plastic matter intended for use in conjugation has accumulated as oil and has been blackened by the osmic acid. But it occurs in cells whose conjugating tube has completely formed. The pe? drawing is made from a cell which failed to conjugate, and is drawn a little lighter in shade than is natural. The position of the nucleus in conjugating cells was remark- able. A large part of my material was fixed at about the stage in a of his material—@ hape of the cells, * Kny (Wandtafeln, Text, 11) says that the sex of filaments large, not certainly identified species—was distinguishable by the s before conjugation began. + Mosses of North America, 256. CorpELAND: THE CONJUGATION OF SPIROGYRA CRASSA 1638 conjugation when the wall between the tubes is absorbed: in all of it, in this stage and somewhat earlier, the nucleus was very con- stantly to be found close to the outer wall on the side opposite the conjugating tube. This could be seen in almost every conjugating cell. In the cells which failed to find mates the nucleus was more often invisible or obscured ; but sometimes it was very evident, as in the cell drawn. In this position the nucleus is rather smaller and much less conspicuous than in vegetative cells.* This position of the nucleus is the opposite of that usually assumed in cells with local- ized growth.t As is suggested in a recent paper by Miehe,f the central position of the nucleus in young and active cells, instead of a lateral one, even when growth is more or less localized, is easily understood in consideration of the various functions of the Nucleus. But this is the first instance known to me of a nucleus that moved to the opposite wall. This species, S. crassa, has been studied in the same connection by Gerassimoff,§ but not dur- ing conjugation, * Strasburger (Befructung und Zelltheilung, Jena, 5, 1878) says that early in the conjugation of S. guinina the nuclei become pale and disappear. t Haberlandt. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Function und Lage des Zell- kernes bei den Pflanzen. Jena, 1887. Physiologische Pflanzenanatomie. 2d Ed. 23-24. 1896. t Ueber Wanderung des pflanzlichen Zellkernes, Flora, 88: 105-142. 1901. § Ueber die Lage und die Function des Zellkernes. Moscow, 1900. A novel Seed Planter {= By Davip GRIFFITHS ‘¥\ Much interest naturally attaches to a desert flora. In a hu- mid region where the soil cover is maintained throughout the year, and the growing season continues for six or more months, there occurs such a gradual succession of species that the transi- tion from spring to summer or summer to autumn is so gradual as to escape attention. The most striking change is the spring awakening which is dependent upon the return of invigorating higher temperature. In a desert region, however, the changes which occur are much more sudden and striking. A change from a naked surface dotted here and there by a stray sinuous shrub or a spiny cactus to a literal flower garden so dense and extensive as to be recognizable by the brilliancy of its golden hue a score of miles distant, is something which impresses the uninitiated with peculiar force. What the characteristics of this vegetation which comes so rapidly and dries up and blows away as it were in such a remarkably short time are: how it survives the long droughts and the intense heat ; what the contrivances are by which it pro- pagates itself; how it successfully maintains itself against such trying conditions are considerations of much scientific interest and growing economic importance. It is the purpose of this paper to record some observations on one contrivance by which one desert annual is able to cope more successfully with the conditions in which it finds itself. While upon the deserts of southern Arizona during the winter of 1900-1901, it was often a matter of wonder to me how the multitude of seedlings which were springing up all over the mesa became established, and how the seeds succeeded in remaining 0? surfaces which had apparently been deprived of every vestige of tilth by the erosive action of fierce destructive showers whose only effect appeared to be the carrying away of everything not actually anchored to the subsoil. In such localities, however, in the vicinity of Tucson on areas where there appeared to be nothing left but ee | undisturbed hardpan subsoil there occurred a profuse growth oe 164 GRIFFITHS: A NOVEL SEED PLANTER 165 Plantago fastigiata Morris, the ‘ Indian wheat” of the region. How it was possible for these seedlings to establish themselves in such situations were matters for speculation only. In March the crop of this plant was in its prime and in many localities covered the ground almost completely and yielded as high as a ton of air-dry substance per acre. The crop of seed was truly wonderful and upon the maturity of the plant in April and the advent of the dry weather of May it became strewn all over the surface of the mesa. It was not, however, particularly conspicuous until after a shower of rain in the latter part of May. Although a light shower it was quite vigorous for a short time and caused water to run freely on the mesa, resulting in much of the seed strewn over the surface being washed into cattle tracks, gopher holes, and other surface depressions. It was then that an explanation of the wonderful “ sticking qualities” of the seed was offered. The seeds of the plantains are altogether too common to re- quire any extended description. Those of this species, like all others with which the writer is familiar, are covered with a com- Pact glossy or often white coating which absorbs water, expands Wonderfully and becomes mucilaginous when an opportunity is offered. This coating of mucilage, as it is usually called, is con- siderably more pronounced in this and some other dryland species than in those which grow in more humid regions. When the Coating has absorbed water to its full capacity, it loses any opacity Which it may have due to the presence of air in the dried mucilage, and the whole seed and its coating assumes the appearance of a Particle of jelly inclosing an oval hemilenticular particle in its center. When examined a little more closely, however, the coat- ing is seen to havea definite structure. It presents a distinct radial #Ppearance with the rays more or less regular in arrangement and formed by a greater concentration of matter than the intervening Spaces, When examining the plant after the shower of rain in May, the first things to attract attention were the masses of seed which had collected in the depressions. At first these masses were simply a mixture of seed, mucilage and débris from the general surface of the desert. After a time the seed separated largely from the refuse and a crust was formed both above and below. The upper one 166 GRIFFITHS: A NOVEL SEED PLANTER was formed by the rapid evaporation and the lower one by mixing with the drier earth below which abstracted water and furnished particles of sand to adhere to and mix with the mucilage making the mass more firm. In this way cakes were formed with a mucilaginous center and firm crusts on either side. All of the water soon evaporated, however, leaving a cake of seed and débris in every depression. These often measured two feet in length by three inches in thickness in the center. There were places on the mesa to the southeast of the University at Tucson where one could pick out an acre of ground which was one fourth cov- ered with cakes of this seed. As the water evaporated and the cakes became thoroughly dried they presented a peculiar appear- ance indeed, for they naturally curled up at the edges. The sur- face of the mesa presented an appearance not unlike the surface of a table with photographic prints laid upon it to dry. It is quite probable that all of the seeds in these cakes were destroyed. At least one would naturally expect this result although an oppor- tunity has not been given for actually observing their fate. There were of course plenty of seeds which were not washed together and it is to the behavior of these that the greatest interest attaches, for upon them the next year’s crop is dependent. After the surface of the ground had dried nearly every seed which had remained isolated was sunken in a little pit in the ground, the walls and bottom of which were made rigid .by the hardened mucilage. The seed was inclosed in a little cup, as it were, sunken into the earth—not deeply—but evidently sunken to 4 depth about equal to the distance between its parallel side. The pit had a diameter of about three times that of the seed. The agent which caused the sinking of the seed was evidently the mucilage, but how such a particle of lifeless matter could accomplish this result so nicely did not appear clear. The seed was as effectually sunken as though it had been done by human hands. It was not covered, but this would inevitably be a plished in the succeeding dry months by the natural abrasion #: the surface of the soil. The cup would be filled by silt and san effectually completing the process of planting the seed. Several experiments have been performed for the purp° determining the mechanism by which this burial of the see se of d is GRIFFITHS: A NOVEL SEED PLANTER 167 accomplished. Sowings of seed collected in large quantities last spring have been made on several surfaces. Glass, tissue paper, blotting paper, clean sifted building sand, sand of a roadbed at Takoma Park, D. C., and some of the finer clayey soils have been used as seed beds. After being scattered the seed together with the substratum were moistened sufficiently to thoroughly distend the mucilaginous coatings. The behavior of the mucilage on the different surfaces when compared appears to me to indicate clearly its mechanical behavior in sinking the seed. Upon the glass surface not only was the structure of the muci- laginous covering easily observed, but it was demonstrated that upon drying it does not return to its original position around the seed. It flattens out on the support instead, serving in this way to attach the seed very firmly to the surface. When dried the seed will therefore be firmly fastened to the glass and have sur- rounding it two distinct zones. The inner zone will fave an irreg- ular radial striation and a dense heavy appearance indicating that the greater amount of the mucilage is concentrated there. It has the appearance of having been thrown into minute radial folds in drying. The outer zone is much wider, contains much less of the mucilaginous substance but has no well-marked structure. Its outer as well as its inner boundary is very irregular and there are in it very faint irregular and indistinct radial thickenings. When the seed is forcibly removed from the glass both zones may accompany it, but usually the outer one remains attached to the glass. When seed sown on blotting paper has dried, only a little of the inner zone of dried mucilage is apparent, the outer one being invisible on account of having sunken into the surface of the Paper. When the seed is forcibly removed only a part of the inner zone of dry mucilage accompanies it, the outer one invariably Femaining attached to the paper. Of course some of the paper usually accompanies the seed which is removed. On tissue paper the appearance does not differ materially from blotting paper, the outer zone here again being sunken into the Pats. There ia one decided difference, however. The paper has ° tendency to wrinkle parallel to the long axis of the seed, leaving itin a trough of the folds with the elevations on either side. € seed sown on clean building sand presented when dry a 168 GRIFFITHS: A NOVEL SEED PLANTER very different appearance from that on the deserts of Arizona. Instead of being sunken ina small pit they simply form the center of little wads of sand which are firmly attached to them by the adhesiveness of the mucilage. The seeds were slightly sunken but there was no sign of pits in the sand. When the seed sown on the sand of a roadbed had dried, some of it had exactly the same appearance as that upon the clean build- ing sand, while the remainder presented exactly the same appear- ance as that upon the hard limy soils in the vicinity of Tucson, Arizona. That sown on the hard smooth surface, of reasonably stiff clayey soil differed in no way when dry from that described above for its natural habitat. The pits with the seed seated in them were as perfectly formed as one could wish to see them. Bringing the phenomena of these different experiments together, it appears to me that we can formulate an explanation of the action of the mucilage in the sinking of the seed and the forming of the pit into which it gravitates, or rather is both pushed and pulled. When the mucilaginous coating is completely distended it measures about 5x 7 mm. in its greatest horizontal diameters. The outer portion of the coating, especially, flattens out wonderfully and pene- trates the substratum as shown by the experiments on paper When the process of desiccation begins, the soil being porous will give up its moisture more readily both to the underlying strata, which are almost invariably dry in Arizona, as well as to the atmosphere than the mucilaginous seed coat. This condition together with the fact that the outer layers ee moisture much more rapidly than those close to the seed results in drying and fastening the outer edge which has flattened out upon the soil and also sunken into it, as well as the lower surface, firmly to the soil particles. As soon as this occurs a tension is set up which would naturally be toward the center—that is the outer contract- ing layers would crowd the inner ones—but having meee anchored to the soil particles and rendered rigid by drying, 4" having only a loose connection with the undried inner gam “ pull is outward in all directions. The underside of the mucl pet : nous particle in contact with the soil has also lost moisture, : here to a much less degree than the outer edges in better contac ? GRIFFITHS: A NOVEL SEED PLANTER 169 with the air. The lower layers are the dryest and, therefore, soon become attached to particles of earth, we will say 2 mm. be- low the surface. As drying proceeds the upper surface in con- tact with the air will sink, and the lower anchored to the particles below the surface will exercise a downward pull. The lower sur- face is drying from below so that successively higher particles are being subjected to the downward strain. There are, therefore, three forces acting, the first horizontal and outward caused by the anchoring of the outer edge of the flattened particle of mucilage, and the second downward owing to the contraction of the upper layers exposed to the air. The third acts from above downward and is the result of loss of water by the lower layers of mucilage. It should be stated that the seed is comparatively free from these three forces, for it is in the center of the mucilaginous particle which is the last to solidify. The resultant of these three forces is evi- dently a downward one which effects the solidifying of the soil below and immediately surrounding the seed to a depth of about 0.5 mm., or equal to the distance between its flat surfaces. All that is now necessary in order to have the planting completed, is to have a gust of wind or a shower of rain pack the soil around the seed in its little depression. To summarize, therefore, it appears that the function of the mucilage is the burial of the seed and that this is accomplished by the tension set up owing to the contraction of the expanded muci- lage which has become firmly attached around its outer and lower edges to the particles of soil into which it has penetrated, resulting ina Compacting of the soil immediately below the seed and its Coat so as to form a pit into which the seed is forced. The cup- shaped depression is subsequently filled with earth by entirely ex- ternal influences, On the Arizona deserts this phenomenon is not confined to the Ordinary soils of the mesa, but may frequently be observed on the hard surface of a roadbed. To what extent this principle is appli- cable to flax, pepperwort and other mucilaginous seeds has not, So far as the writer knows, been investigated. Notes on the comparative Resistance to high Temperatures of the Spores and Mycelium of certain Fungi By ABIGAIL A. O’ BRIEN It is a well-known fact that the spores of bacteria are more resistant to heat than are the vegetative cells. It has been gener- ally believed that the same is true of fungi, that is, that the spore is better able to resist a high temperature than is the mycelium. The method of fractional sterilization has in fact been based upon that belief. Professor B. M. Duggar suggested to me that in the case of some fungi, especially those with thin-walled spores, the mycelium might be at least as resistant to moist heat as are the spores. His work on Sporotrichum globuliferum * indicated that with this fungus such is the case. The following series of experi- ments on five representative fungi, carried on under his directions, confirms his results in general. Methods—The fungi experimented upon were Aspergillus flavus, Botrytis vulgaris, Rhizopus nigricans, Sterigmatocystis nigra and Penicillium glaucum. They were grown upon beet cylinders in test-tubes. The mycelium used in these experiments was taken from the culture tubes within two and one half days after the fungus had begun to grow and before any spores had formed. The spores used in the experiments were from one to two weeks old. The spores were placed in sterilized test-tubes filled to the height of about one inch with beet decoction. The tubes were then put in a boiler heated to the desired temperature and left for five, ten, fifteen, thirty or sixty minutes. After the exposures, drop cultures of the decoction in the tubes were made in Van Tieghem cells. The spores of Aspergillus and Sterigmatocysts showed a tendency to float on the surface of the liquid and to col- lect in small masses. It was therefore found necessary to immerse them in distilled water before putting them in the decoction. In the experiments with the mycelium, a bit of the hyphal mass was removed from the plug with a sterilized needle, and was then treated exactly as the spores were. The cultures were in ao * Bot. Gazette, 31: 38-66. Ja. 1901. 170 O’Brien: Notes on RESISTANCE OF CERTAIN Func: 171 accompanied by checks, which gave uniform growth .and are therefore not recorded. The cultures were usually examined twenty-four hours after they were made, and again within two or three days. Results were recorded after the first examination, but additions were sometimes made upon later examination. The figures in the table indicate the percentage of growth. In the case of the mycelium it was found impossible to indicate the new growth by exact per cents., hence fresh growth is indicated in all cases by (g) which is recorded only where vigorous fresh growth appeared on all sides of the bit of mycelium. | | Spores | Mycelium | Time of Exposure " | Tempera- | Time of Exposure in Minutes in Minutes | ture °C, | Fungus ee —| DERE BIE 2 | ooh oe Pome op gee, fee eee | | Percentage of Germination Growth I} 45 | Botrytis. | all | go | 40 | 50 | 2 | | | | Rhizopus. a 4 204 Se aS 3 Poa | Aspergillus. | 98 98 | 98 | 98 | 80, | 4 | | Botrytis. [Os eee ee pe 3 | | Rhizopus, 1so-75| 25 | 20 | 90 | 407°) 6 | | Sterigmatocystis. | | | | 75 |100| | £1 50. | Aspergillus. | 90 | 40 | t0 | 0 | 0) | gs 8 | Botrytis. | 65 | 2 |xror2|ror2} 2 | 0 0 | | | |spores!spores{ | | | 9 | Rhizopus. wa ge aie | Gig Gam tke ee oe ee ae & 8 spores | | ea ee Io | Sterigmatocystis., 98 | 90 | 40 Ce ba ae it 52. _ Aspergillus. | go | 80 35 18;8/) 8) | 12 ' Botrytis. | 20 10 I igi 8 |e) | 13 Rhizopus. 4-2 pe pe ee, 18,858 1-4 14 Sterigmatocystis.| all 90 | 80 ° 818) 8) | 15 53 Aspergillus. | (8; 8) se) | 16 | Botrytis. ig} 8) 8) | 17 55 Aspergillus. Seay ee er) oe OO re Tey 18 Botrytis. | [Pepe Tey y 19 Rhizopus. | | jo}o}o} | = Sterigmatocystis.| 2 Py fc) do Dict | peel Weis 21} 60 | Penicillium. | 50 |20-5o|10-15| 5 | 5 |g| 8/8 |8/° aed 65 | Penicillium. | ee ov Eye \8) 8) 8 18/8 Certain experiments were omitted, hence blank spaces appear in the table. For instance it was found that the mycelium of all the fungi except Botrytis gave vigorous fresh growth at 50° for the two longer exposures, 30 and 60 minutes, hence it is unneces- Sary to try it at lower temperatures. Also Penicillium, both Spores and mycelium, gave vigorous growth at 55°, and was, therefore, omitted from the experiments at lower temperatures. 172 O’Brien: NoTES ON RESISTANCE OF CERTAIN FUNGI It will be noticed that the percentage of spores germinated does not always vary inversely as the length of the time of expo- sure, as would be expected. This discrepancy, however, can only be accounted for by the variation in resistance of individual spores. The results given in the table, especially those of experiments 7, 9, 10, 12, 13, 22, seem to warrant the conclusion that in the five fungi studied, the spore, that is, the conidium, is no more re- sistant to moist heat than is the mycelium. DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, CORNELL UNIVERSITY. Hesperaster nudus (Pursh) Cockerell and its Allies By GEORGE E. OsSTERHOUT There are four species of Hesperaster (Mentzelia) found on the plains and in the mountains of Colorado which have large white flowers. They are all véspertine as to the time of blooming. The largest flowered one is Hesperaster decapetalus (Sims) Cockerell (Mentzelia decapetala Urb. & Gil.). The size of the flowers so dis- tinguish it that it is not likely to be mistaken for any of the others. JF. Rusbyt (Wooton) Cockerell (Mentzelia Rusbyt was described by Professor E. O. Wooton in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, 25: 261. This is a large plant having the upper leaves sessile by a broad base and acuminate. The flowers are smaller than those of the other species and the capsule only slightly foliose at base. It surely is not an annual as Professor Wooton suggests but seems to be about as enduring as the other species, There are yet two species which have usually been referred to Mentzelia nuda. One of these is strict in manner of growth, branching at the middle or toward the summit; the leaves are de- cidedly hispid on both surfaces; the capsule has pinnatifid bracts at its base, is foliose at base, and the seeds are subovate. It grows on the plains. The other is a more branching plant; the leaves are not so hispid on the upper surface, the capsule is vot foliose at base ; the seeds are round and wing-margined. Which of these, if either, is the Bartonia nuda Pursh? Some help may be had in solving the problem from the early descrip- tions. Nuttall says of Bartonia nuda, “capsule naked.” This fact contrasted it with his Bartonia ornata (7. e., H. decapetalus) which has the “base of the capsule foliose,” and probably sug- ested the name xuda. The description in Torrey and Gray's Flora is drawn from that of Nuttall and adds nothing of notes. But there is a specimen of Nuttall’s plant yet in the herbarium of the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences, and the name Partonia vuda is in Nuttall’s handwriting. I am greatly indebted to Mr. Alex. MacElwee for comparing specimens with Nuttall’s plant and for facts concerning it. ees 173 174 OstTERHOUT: HESPERASTER NUDUS AND ITS ALLIES While this specimen is only of the top of a plant, having a few leaves and flowers it agrees with the description in that the cap- sule is not foliose at base. It also has the appearance of belong- ing to a branched and spreading plant. The first of the plants mentioned above then, is not of this species, but the second one agrees quite well with the description and plant of Nuttall and, if either of them, is the Mentzelia nuda (Pursh) T. & G. It seems to. be found mostly along the foothills in rocky, gravelly soil in the vicinity of streams; and Nuttall says of Bartonia nuda “ near the Great Bend of the Missouri on gravelly hills.” For the first of the species above mentioned then a description is offered. Hesperaster stictus sp. nov. Seemingly a perennial, certainly more enduring than a bien- nial, the stem white and hispid, 0.5~1 m. high, fastigiate and somewhat corymbose, leafy, the leaves gradually reduced upward : leaves oblong, about 1 dm. long toward the base of the stem, the lower on short petioles, the upper sessile, sinuate-toothed, obtuse, hispid on both surfaces, the short barbs pustular at base: cap-— sule 2~3 cm. long, hispid, having pinnatifid acuminate bracts at 1ts base: calyx lobes deltoid-acuminate : petals 10, of the same size, 2.5-3.5 cm. long, tapering to a broad claw of about one third its length: many filaments petaloid: seeds subovate, 4—5 mm. long, wing-margined. Quite generally distributed on the plains east of the mountains in Colorado and probably the adjoining states. Specimens col- lected at New Windsor, Weld county, Colo., July 22, 1901, n0- 2488, may be considered typical. Judging from the description this is the Mentzelia nuda of Porter and Coulter’s Flora of Colo- rado, and many of the plants which have been collected on the plains are quite likely the same. The genus to which the plants of this article belong was "™ published by Sims in 1812 as Bartonia. Torrey and Gray in their Flora of 1838-1840 included it in MJentzelia ; but Professor ¥. DB A. Cockerell has republished it under the name Hesperaster, in Tor a veya, December, 1901. As this will probably be generally adopted it will be necessary to transfer another species recently described, Mentzelia speciosa Osterhout, Bull. Torrey Club, 28 : 689, and QvSt looked by Cockerell. This will become Hesperaster speciosus. New WInpsor, COLo. first Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany Branner, J.C. The Palm Trees of Brazil. Pop. Sci. Monthly, 60: 87-412. f. r-25. Mr. 1902. Clute, W. N. Fairy Rings formed by Osmunda. Fern Bull. 9: 85, em 4). SOOT. [Clute, W. N.] Thomas Meehan. Fern Bull. 9: 87, 88. Portrait. O. 1go1. Eaton, A. A. Our western Woodwardia. Fern Bull. 9: 86, 87. 0. Igor, Evans, A. W. The Lejeune of the United States and Canada. Mem. Torrey Club, 8: 113-183. p/. 16-22. F. 1902. Includes descriptions of twenty-three U. S. species including new species in A rchilejeunea, Chetloleyeunea and Microlejeunea. Gibbs, R. E. Phyl/ospadix asa Beach-builder. Am. Nat. 36: 101- tog. f. 1-8. F. 1902. Gilbert, B.D. The Range of Polypodium Californicum. Fern Bull. 9: 92. O. igor. Reports this species from Costa Rica. Greene, E. L. Some new Canadian Senecios. Ottawa Nat. 15: 250, BSt.. F..1902. S: crepidineus, S. prionophyllus, and S. dileptiifolius, new. Haberer, J. V. Two Fern Allies in Central New York. Fern Bull. 9: 88, 89. O. 1901. Himerl, A. Studien iiber einige Nyctaginaceen des Herbarium Deles- sert. Ann. Conserv, & Jard. Bot. (Genéve) 5: 177-197- Igor. New species or combinations in M/iradil/is and Abronia. H[ooker], J.D. Osxadis dispar. Curt. Bot. Mag. III. 57: #7. 7794. 1S. rgor. A native of British Guiana. = H[ooker], J. D. Schomburghia Thomsoniana. Curt. Bot. Mag. It. 58: p/. 7875. Ja. 1902. Native of the Cayman Islands, West Indies. : H[ooker], J. D. Spiraea Millefolium. Curt. Bot. Mag. II. 57: A. ata, + YD. 1901. A native of the western United States. 175 176 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE H[ooker], J. D. Zrevoria Chlorts. Curt. Bot. Mag. III. 57: p/. 7aog, ~* ), 190%: Native of the Andes of Colombia. Howe, C. D. Some Notes on the dwarf Mistletoe. Torreya, 2: 8, G 24-14: tos, Howell, T. A Flora of Northwest America, 1: 475-562. 20 N. Igol. Includes new species and names in Lappula, Allocarya, Cryptanthe, Mertensia, Collinsia (3), Pentstemon (7), Mimulus (2), Castilleia, Adenostegia, Monardella (2), and Stachys. Huber, J. Arboretum Amazonicum. Décade 2. p/. 17-20. Para, 1900. Huntington, J. W. Climacium Kindbergii (R. & C.) Grout. Bry- ologist, 5: 10. Ja. 1go02. Hus, H. T. A. An Account of the Species of Porphyra found on the Pacific Coast of North America. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2: 173- 238. pl. 20-22. 4 Ja. 1902. Jones, L. R. Certain Potato Diseases and their Remedies. Bull. Vt. Agric. Exp. Sta. 72: 1-32. 1899. Kaufman, P. The Snow Plant. Plant World, 4: 213. p/. 78. N. 1901. Kellerman, W. A. Fifty Additions to the Catalogue of Ohio Plants. Ohio Nat. 2: 157-159. OD. 1901. Kellerman, W. A. Note and Correction to Ohio Fungi Exsiccati. Ohio Nat. 2: 161. D. 1go1. Korshinsky, S. Notiz tiber Leftocarpa rivularis. Bull. Acad. Imp- Sci. St. Petersburg, 6: 335-338. Ap. 1897. Note on a Chilean species. Kraemer, H. The Position of Pleurococcus and Mosses on Bot. Gaz. 32 + 429, 42%... 26 D. 200%. Trees- Kumpel, J. La sombra en los cafetales considerada especialmente bajo las condiciones locales de terreno y clima de Costa Rica. Bole- tin Inst. Fis.-Geog. Costa Rica, 1: 285-305. 30 N. 1901. 1 reformados Kuntze, 0. Géneros de plantas anteriores al afio 189 a las familias. legalmente segtin las reglas que sirvieron a Engler para An. Mus. Nac. Montevideo, 2: 231-258. 1899. INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 177 Leavitt, R.G. Outlines of Botany for the High School, Laboratory, and Classroom (Based on Gray’s Lessons in Botany). 8vo. 1-272. f- I-38g. New York, 1got. Lewis, A.C. Contributions to the Knowledge of the Physiology of Karyokinesis. Bot. Gaz. 32: 423-425. 26 D. 1901. Lloyd, C.G. The Genera of Gastromycetes, 1-24. f. 1-49. Cincin- nati, Ja. 1go2. MacMillan, C. The Minnesota Seaside Station. Pop. Sci. Monthly, 60: 193-208. Ja. 1902. [Illust.] Meehan, S. M. A brief Sketch of the Life of Thomas Meehan. Meehan’s Monthly, 12: 13-19. Ja. 1902. Meehan, T. Delphinium bicolor. Meehan’s Monthly, 12: 1, 2. pe ft. Ja. 1902. Meeker, G. R. Native Kansas Plants adapted to Cultivation. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 17: 105-109. 1g01. Mendel, G. Experiments in Hybridization. Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc. 26: 1-32. Au. 1901. Mereschkowsky, C. Diagnoses of new Licmophorae. Nuova Nota- tisia, 13: 29-46. p/. Ja. 1902. Includes several American species, mostly Californian. Mohr, C. Plant Life of Alabama. An Account of the Distribution, Modes of Association and Adaptations of the Flora of Alabama, to- gether with a Systematic Catalogue of the Plants growing in the State. 8vo. i-xii ; 1-921. Montgomery, Ala. O. rgot. Reprinted from Contrib. U. S, Nat. Herb. 6, with addition of a portrait of Dr. Mohr and a biography by Eugene A. Smith; a portrait of Judge Thomas M. Peters is also added. Published by Geological Survey of Alabama. Montemartini, L. Appunti di ficobiologia. Nuov. Notar. 12: 129- 139. A/. r. O. 1901. Munson, W.M. The horticultural Status of the Genus Vaccinium. Bull. Maine Agric. Exp. Sta. 76: 113-160. Au. 1901. Northrop, J. I. (Mrs.) The Spreading of Solidago speciosa in the Vicinity of Yonkers, N. Y. Torreya, 1: 141, 142. 28 D. 1901. Olive, E,W. A preliminary Enumeration of the Sorophoreae. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 37: 333-344. D. 1901. New species in Guttulinopsis gen. nov. (3), Dictyostelium, gen. nov. ( 3), and Poly- Sphondylium, 178 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Parish, S. B. The Flora of Snow Cafion, California. Plant World, 4: 227-229. D. 1901. Peck, C. H. Report of the State Botanist. Rep. N. Y. State Mus. 54: 131-199. pl. E-L. 69-76. Ja. 1902. New species in Lepiota, Collybia, Russula (2), Entaloma (3), Nolanea, Eccilia, fTebeloma (2), NMancona (2), Galera (2), Cortinarius (2), Agaricus, Psathyra, Panaeolus, Gomphidius, Mucronella, Stereum, Corticium, Pemophora, Clavaria (2), Pesichaena, Cryptosporium, Coniothecium (2), Lachnella. Pieters, A. J. & Charles, V. K. The Seed Coats of certain Species of the Genus Brassica. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Div. Botany) 29: 1-19. pl. 1 +f. I-90. Igol. Pittier, E. Sobra algunos forrajes artificiales. Boletin Inst. Fis.-Geog. Costa Rica, I: 305-309. 30N. 1gor. Plitt, C.C. Field Notes of a midsummer Tramp. Plant World, 4: 210-212. N. gor. Renauld, F. & Cardot, J. Note sur le genre Zoxithelium R. Spruce. Rev. Bryol. 28: 1og-112. Igor. Rendle, A. B. The bulbiform Seeds of certain Amaryllidae. Journ. Bot. 39: 369-378. N. 1901. [Illust.] Rennert, R. J. Seeds and Seedlings of Arisaema triphyllum and Arisaema Dracontium. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 37-54. f/- 3: Ja. 1go02. R[ichards], H. M. New Methods of drying Plants. Torreya, 1: 445, 140. > 25.1) 1907. ' Richter, A. Physiologisch-anatomische Untersuchungen tiber Luft- wurzeln mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Wurzelhaube. Biblio- theca Botanica, —*: 1-50. p/. 7-72. I9g01. : : ame ist. Rocquigny-Adanson, G. de. 7iare/la cordifolia L. Journ. soc. His Nat. Macon, 2: 33. Je. 1gor. A note on this American species as it grows in the Parc de Baleine, thrived since its introduction there about 1836. where it has Romell, L. Hymenomycetes Austro-Americani in Itinere ipa primo collecti, I. Bihang Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. 26" : 120% pl. I-Z- —-TQOET. The plates contain natural size photogravures of 49 species. scribed in Lentinus, Lenszites, Chaetoporus, Fomes, Pelloporus, Phaecoporus (2), porus, Trametes, Asterostroma, and Hirneola. Rusby, H. H. A new Timber for Railroad Ties. Torreya, 24 Ja. 1902. . de- New species are — Poly- Y 2 6, 7? INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 179 Salmon, E. S. A Monograph of the Erysiphaceae. Mem. Torrey Club, 9: 1-292. fi. r-9. 40. Igo0. Comprising full description, synonymy, and geographical distribution of the Ery- siphaceae of the world ; new species and varieties in Uncinula (3) and Microsphaera. Salmon, E. S. Bryological Notes. Jour. Bot. 39: 357-365. p/. wer. IN. ¥Q0%. Includes notes on Avomodon Toccoae Sulliv. & Lesq. Salmon, E. S. Bryological Notes. Jour. Bot. 40: 1-9. pl. 429. 1 Ja. 1go2. Includes a supplementary note on Anomodon Toccoae Sulliv. & Lesq. and notes on the synonymy of Hypnum lentum Mitt. Sanguily, M. Flora Cubana Catalogo. 8vo. 1-102. Habana. 1901. Published by the Museo Botanico del Instituto de 2* Ensenanza de la Habana. Saunders, De A. Papers from the Harriman Alaska Expedition, XXV. The Algae. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. 3: 391-486. p/. 47-62. 15 N. rgor. Includes new species in Streblonema (3), Homeostroma, Cotlodesme, Myelophycus, Mesogloia and Alaria. Schlotterbeck, J. O. & Eckler, C. R. The Structure and Develop- ment of the Fruit of ///icium Floridanum. Pharm. Archives, 4: 20I- 205. pi. r, 2. N. 1901. Sheldon, J. L. Rooting of Oxalis Leaves. Plant World, 4: 201, 202. p/. 77. N. 1go1. Small, J. K. A Georgia Rhododendron. Torreya,2: 9, 10. 24 Ja. Tgo2. Rhododendron Cuthbertii Small, sp. nov. Small, J. K. A Texan Cherry. Torreya, 1: 146,147. 28 D. Igor. Prunus eximia Small, sp. nov. Sodiro, L. Anturios Ecuatorianos (Anthurium Schott.) Diagnoses Previas. 1-17. 1gor. Spegazzini, C. Plantae novae nonnullae Americae australis. Com- Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, 1: 312-324. pl. 5. 6 Au. 1901; 343- 359. J. 7. 6D. 1901. : New species in Nasturtium, Acanthosyris, Oxyosmyles (n. gen.), Scutellaria, Ela- tine, Amarantellus (n. gen.), Amarantus and Atriplex (3). Spegazzini, C. Stipeae Platenses. An. Mus. Nac. de Montevideo, 4°: 57-173. Igor. _[Illust.] Contains descriptions of 41 species of Stiga several of them new. 180 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Stephani, F. Beitrige zur Lebermoos-Flora Westpatagoniens und des siidlichen Chile. Mit einer Einleitung von P. Dusen. Bihang Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. 26°: 1-69. 1900. New species in Metzgeria, Pallavicinius, Jamesoniella, Jungermannia, Lophosia, Tylimanthus, Plagiochila (9), Clasmatocolea, Lophocolea (15), Chiloscyphus (2), Sae- cogyna, Alobiella, Cephaloziella (2), Lepidozia (3), Lsotachis, Mastigophora, Tricho- olea, Schistochila (2), Radula (2), Cololejeunea (2), Eulejeunea (2), Frullania, and Anthoceros. Stephani, F. Lebermoose der Magellanslander. Mit einer Einleitung von ?. Dusen. Bihang Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. 26": 1-36. Igol. New species in /amesoniella, Anastrophyllum, Tylimanthus, Leioscyphus, Lept- dozia, Isotachis, Lepicolea, Schistochila (2), and Balantiopsis. Sterneck, J. von. Monographie der Gattung A/ectorolophus. Ab- handl. k. k. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, 17: 1-150. p/. 1-4. 310. Igo!. Includes descriptions of forty-one species, partly American. Stewart, F.C. An Epidemic of Currant Anthracnose. Bull. N. Y. Agric. Exp. Sta. 199: 63-80. N. 1901. Stewart, F. C. Notes from the Botanical Laboratory. I. Trouble with Pears [Trees] in a Nursery Cellar. II. Short-hole Fungus on Cherry Fruit pedicels. III. Anthracnose of yellow Toad-flax. IV. Imperfect Fertilization of Peaches. V. Tile Drain clogged by Fun- gus. VI. A Fungus in Refrigerators. Bull. N. Y. Agric. Exp. 5ta. 200: 81-101. N. 1go1. Sydow, H. & P. Uredinae aliquot novae boreali-americanae. Hed- wigia, Beiblatt, 40: 125-129. 200. Igor. New species in Uromyces, Puccinia (4), Ravenelia, Uredo (2), and Aecidium (2): Tonduz, A. El pudrimiento del tallo del banano. Boletin Inst. Fis. - Geog. Costa Rica, I: 309, 310. 30N. 1gor. Underwood, L. M. Conservation of Energy in Mycological Clubs. ‘Forreya, 2:2, 2... .44 Ja 190%. Walker, H. G. & Broadhurst, J. Flora. dss daha [New Jersey] and Vicinity. 1r18mo. 1-45. Igol. List of several hundred native plants without localities. Webber, H. J. Spermatogenesis and Fecundation of Zamia. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric, (Plant Ind.) 2: 1-100. p/. 7-7. 28 D. 1g01- 28 D. Wercklé, C. Bromeliaceae in Costa Rica. Torreya, 1: 146- Igol. Butt. Torrey Crus, 29 PL.8 a2 Se RYE << Z Sy 4 ——Z WPA We Dx —_ ee (2 A PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 1. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1595 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-1808. Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1893). By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT : Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50. 1892-1894. Price $5.00. Vil. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00. . Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00. Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00. Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00. Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00. Vol. 8. Nos. 176-. 1901-(current). List of separate numbers available on application. . A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896. Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y. The Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- barium material for any of the above named publications. Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. City. 4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Brown. Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2 642 pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating every species described. gene! Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10.00. a 5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) 1900. By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & Co. New York, Price $1.00. : 6 Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- wood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. : Duodecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & Co. Price $1.50. 7. A Text-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations, Published by Longmans, Green & Co. New York. Price $3.00. UNDERWOOD’S Moulds, Mildews and Mushrooms. A Guide to the Systematic Study of the Fungi and Mycetozoa and their Literature. Illustrated with ten heliotype plates, one colored. By Lucien M. UNDERWOOD. 12mo. Pp. 236. Price $1.50 vez Contains synopses of the genera of fleshy and parasitic fungi, with historical sketch of the study of mycology in America, and copious references to the literature of the subject. Sufficiently technical for accuracy, but intended to enable the novice to recognize the systematic position of the ordinary fungi of fields and woods. Particular attention is paid to the edible species. HENRY HOLT & Coa., 29 West 23d Street, NEW YORK. Back numbers of the BULLETIN oF THE TorRREY BOTANICAL CLuB wanted to complete files, as follows: Vol. 7 (1880) Nos. I, 9. Vol. 14 (1887) Nos. I, 2. Vol..8 (1881) Nos. 2, Io, 11. Vol. 15 (1888) any numbers. Vol. 9 (1882) Nos. I, 5. Vol. 16 (1889) Nos. 3, 4. Vol. 11 (1884) Nos. 1, 2, 3 Vol. 17 (1890) Nos.(4 8, 9, 10, 12. Vol. 12 (1885) Nos. 1, 2, 3. Vol. 18 (1891) No. 1. Contributions of duplicate numbers requested of members of the Club. Other possessing numbers invited to state prices. ADDRESS TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB, CoLumeia University, New YORK CITY: VERMONT HERBARIUM MATERIAL. Including a set of the new Cra¢acgus (some thirty species, yi piants.) New Species in Antennaria, Scirpus, Rubus, etc. Many of t new and rare Vermont plants. Mt. Washington plants, 75 species Material guaranteed both as to quality and quantity. List sent on pe plication. Price, $10.00 per hundred, post or express prepal”™ ww. W. EGGLESTON. oa 23 N. Main Street, RUTLAND, V?*- WET AND DRY Cryptogamic and Phaenogamic PLANT MATERIAL collected and preserved especially SOR Ci14A.88 > Eat ae es Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Giasses and Slides, Forceps, Scalpels and Needles. “Laboratory Note Book” of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., CAMBRIDGE, MASS. Everything “‘Usetul te Botanists. Living Plants and Their Properties By Pror. J. C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, and Pror. D. T. MacDouGaL, Bedford Park, New York City. .,. Atimely book of 12 chapters dealing with the special senses of plants, development of irrita- bility, compass plants, sensitive plants, effects of cold, growth of leaves, significance of color, com- parison of plants and apimals, etc., in a non-technical manner. Original! illustrations, interesting, comprehensive and thoroughly modern. Printed on enamelled paper, 30 illustrations, 242 +8 pages- marginal sub titles. Handsomely bound in cloth. Postpaid, $1 25. ; Send orders to Dr. D. T. MacDoucGat, Bedford Park, New York City, or to Morris anp WIL- son, University Book Store, Minneapolis, Minn. COMMENTS. It is a collection of delightfully written essays on certain of the more important and interesting features of li ving plants im the broadest sense. ‘he facts set forth are in all cases the latest resulis of investigationin the various lines, and the language is simple and non-technical.— P/ant World ‘dee book will make an admirable addition to the scientific alcove of every ptt lic library.—Prof. - Bessry. \ It is an interesting volume to all who care to know what science has recently discovered in the Physiology and pathology of the vegetable kingdom.—New York World. ee ey a A Text-Book of General Lichenology With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern United States. By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M.S., M.D. The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80; in cloth, 4-25. Sample pages will be sent on application. PUBLISHED BY WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghampton, N.Y. PE tierra ep = Britton’s Manual of the Flora of the Northern States and Canada. By Dr. N. L. Brittoy, Director in-Chief of the New York Botanical Garden. 1080 pp. 8vo. $2.25, net. A comprehensive manual of a thousand pages, containing about 4,500 descriptions, probably one-third more than any other. It is designed to meet modern requirements and outline modern conceptions of the science. It is based on 4m /ilustrated Flora, prepared by Prof. Britton in co-operation with Judge Addison Brown. The text has been revised and brought up to date, and much of novelty has been added. All illustrations are omitted, but specific reference has been made to all of the 4,162 figures in the J/lustrated Flvra. ‘It is the most complete and reliable work that ever appeared in the form of a flora of this region, and for the first time we have a manual in which the plant descriptions are drawn from the plants themselves, and do not represent compiled descriptions made from the early writers.” —Prof. L. M. Underwood of Columbia. «This work will at once take its place as a standard manual of the region that it covers. It is far superior to any other work of its class ever published in America. re —Prof, Conway Macmillan of University of Minnesota. “This book must at once find its way into the schools and colleges, to which it may be commended for ‘he students in systematic botany.”—Chas. E. Bessey “Science.” ‘« It is nothing if it is not compact; it is nothing if it is not up to date ; it is nothing if it is not the work of a master. What more can be said, save that the more it Is used the greater the appreciation by the plant-lovers in the region which it covers.” —Prof. Byron D. Halsted of Rutgers College. “ The work is well done; and as it is the only volume which gives in a way sult- able for students the present state of the science, it cannot fail to take its place as 4 standard work.” — Prof. George Macloskie of Princeton. «I regard the book as one that we cannot do without and one that will henceforth take its place as a necessary means of determination of the plant species within its range.’’—-Prof. V. M. Spalding of University of Michigan. * * Tt is con « An exceedingly valuable contribution to our botanical literature. “ rof. venient to handle, and the low price will help to give it a large circulation. —P: T. J. Burrill of the University of Illinois. ‘¢ No botanist can get on well without this Manual. Its more than 1000 pages are in a type which means more than 3000 pages of ordinary text book type ant EF of pages. It is so complete, and its information, methods and nomenclature are S° entirely up to date that it is absolutely indispensable.”—Journal of Boston, Mass. HENRY HOLT & CO., 29 West 23d Street, New York. 378 Wabash Avenue, Chicago- Education, ESTABLISHED 1851. EIMER & AMEND. MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus. 205, 207, 209 & an Third Ave., Corner of 18th Street, NEW YORK. SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATE! OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR E March’s Seline “hemical Stone Ware. Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically | Pure and Common Filter Paper. Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- ters (Polariscopes). . | Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bas ances, etc, 1 Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co., @ Paris, Platinum. H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. SPECIALTIES :—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass- are, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure Pardee Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’: _ and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus and Chemicals for - Sugar Chemists. LABORATORY OUTI [15 Be a — 8S, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES snp COLLEGE MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. A series of technical papers on botanical subjects. Established 1889. Price, $3 00 per volume. Separate numbers supplied at following prices which are strictly net. The Memoirs are not offered in exchange. Volume], No. 1-—Studies of the Types of various Species of the genus Carex. By L. H. Bailey. Price, $1.00. - No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts of New ted Be and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. ps 0. 3—An Enumeration of the Hepaticz collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South America, By Richard Spruce. Price, 75 cents. a No, 4.—On Seedless Fruits: By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. : . Vol. 2, No. 1.—On reserve Food Materials in Buds and surrounding Parts, ‘with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. (Only sold with full volumes, ) __ No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna- Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala. __ By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. _ Vol. 3._ No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous Ter- . a _ Mitory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. (Only with full volumes.) 3 No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacez with illustrations of all = the species. By Thomas Morong. Price, $2.00. _.. No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. af Vol. 4. No. 1—Index Hepaticarum. Part 1, Bibliography: By Lucien M. _ Underwood. Price, 75 cents, ah - No 2.-Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season af mh rae: 1892. By John K. Small and Anna Murray Vail.. Price, 50 cents. No, 3.—An-Enumeration of the Pane collected i in Bolivia by Miguel Bang—ll. oat By ne H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. : ; No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea. With three plates, By A.S. Pettit, Price, 50 cents. 0. §.—Monograph of Physalis. By P.A. Rydberg. Price, 75 cents. e Vol. 5. List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North Amer- — ica; Prepared ‘by the Botanical Club, A.A.A.S. Price, $3.00. Vol. 1,—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bs enry-H. Rusby. Price, $1. ano, s sion of the North American Isotheciaceae and Brachythecia. _ Price, 50 cents. fe History of Sphaerella lacustris ( Hedimateceions pluvialis }. lates. By Tracy Elliot Hazen. Price, 50 cents. te -w of the Genera of Ferns proposed prior to 1832, By Lucien ice, 50 cents. on the Lichen. Distribution i in the Upper Mississippi Valley. = eents. es ticae and Anthocerotes of California, With thirty five plates. adasaliee @ Eimbryology of the Rubiaceae. With fifteen . Price, aly |. eles 2 ved States and Canada. ed A.W. , ee Vout 29 APRIL, 1902 No.4 0 BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB ASSOCIATE Eprross ‘NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON FRANCIS ERNEST LLOYD CARLTON CLARENCE CURTIS. DANIEL TREMBLY MACHONEAL | MARSHALL AVERY HOWE — e HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS — _ ANNA MURRAY YAH. CONTENTS rag BES on pia: . 2, oo aor Nymphaea y: Metoitle Thurs- oc eo axz. | | AMERICAN Borany ae se aa en w sr and * Soteworthy Northwestern P Plants — fee ae THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB President, HON. ADDISON BROWN Vice- Presidents, T. F. ALLEN, M.D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D., © - JOHN K. SMALL, Px.D., Normal College, New York City. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City Treasurer, F. E. LLOYD Columbia University, New York City. a Meetings the oink ‘yeceday and last Weainentiay- of each month — at the ed oe of Uses and the New York Botanical Garden. { wablshed got.” rie $100 per year, Address thee 1H Work enna! ata, Park , New a ee Fs HORE ee a a POR ON ae a VoL. 29 No. 4 oe Op te ie ng Gs OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB APRIL 1902 Supplementary Notes on the Erysiphaceae By E. S. Sartmon, F.L.S. (WiTH PLATES 9-11) (Continued from page 109) ERysIPHE poLyGonI DC. (Monograph, p. 174) Syn. add: E. Frichi Neger, Bericht. Deutsch Bot. Gesellsch. a7: (Generalversamm.-Heft) 241. 1899. £. pisi DC. var. desmodii P. Henn. Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 29: 148. Ig00. Conidial form : Oidium monosporum Passerini, Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. 13: 282. 1881. Exsicc. add: * Rehm, Ascomycet. 1350 (sub Microsphaera Caraganae P. Magn.); *Krypt. Exsicc. (Mus. Pal. Vind.) 130, 131 (a & c only), 132. 3 | Distrib. add Europe: Farée Islands (63), Bosnia (3), Bul- aria (10). Asia: Siberia, Yeniseisk (‘‘flum. Yenisei inter 58° et 71°”) (A. Kitmanoff ), Poseka, Wostotchnoje, & Nitchka (Sacc. in Malpighia, 10: 269. 1896); Palestine (43). South America: Argentine, “in alta Cordillera, 39° lat. merid. 900 m. supra mare (Neger). flosts, add: Aconitum variegatum (40), Actinostemma racemo- sum, Anemone nemorosa (40), Aster sp. (8), Ballota nigra (80), Brassica oleracea (13*), Cytisus capitatus (40), C. purpureus (40), Delphinium hybridum (cult.), D. Maackianum (cult.), Desmodium bodocarpum var. Japonicum, Dipsacus silvestris (18), Echinops sp. [Issued 24 April] 181 182 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY (29), Geranium pratense (18), G. Robertianum (6), Geum Chiloense, Heuchera Americana (84), Hieracium umbellatuim (38), Hypericum tetrapterum (40), Lsopyrum thalictroides (40), Lathyrus Clymenum (12), L. montanus, L. niger (40), L. ochroleucus (15), L. palustris (84), ZL. venosus, L. vernus (40), Leonurus Cardiaca (80), Lupinus angustifolius, Lycopersicum esculentum (13*), Melampyrum silvat- wum (40), Mentha arvensis (80), Myosotis sp. (80), Onobrychis Crista-galli (43), Papaver Rhoeas, Phaseolus vulgaris (18), Physals (29), Pisum arvense (18) (49), Pleurospermum Uralense, Ranun- culus nemorosus (33), R. recurvatus (8) (84), Rhabdosctadium Auchert (59), Robinia Pseudacacia, Scabiosa stellata, S. succtsa, Sedum Telephium var. purpureum (cult.), Sisymbrium officinale, Sium Jatifolium (76), Sonchus oleraceus (80), Thestum alpinum (40), Torilis Anthriscus (40), Trifolium agrarium, T. spadiceum (40), Urtica urens, Valeriana officinalis (6), Valerianella sp. (80), V. olt- foria (40), Vicia tenuifolia (40), V. venosa var. capitata. I have received from Dr. Neger a specimen (now in the Kew Herbarium) of “ Erysiphe Fricki,” labeled “in foliis Get Chalensts ' Balb. in alta Cordillera 39° lat. merid. goo m. supra mare.” I am quite unable to separate the fungus in any way from &. polygon. The perithecia measure from 90-135» in diameter, and contain four to twelve 3—5-spored asci. The asci measure 65-70 x 34-407 (pl. rz, f. 12). Neger (52) gives the size of the asci as ‘‘ 55-65 X - 28-35 w,” and states that &. Frichi differs from £. Marti (= E polygoni) ‘‘ durch betrachtlich grdssere Schlauche (bei 4. Marti nur 40-50). I have already pointed out, however (mono- graph, 178), that in £. polygoni the asci vary in size from 46-72 © (very rarely reaching to 80) x 30-45 ». I have seen specimens of E. polygoni occurring on Geum urbanum in New Zealand. Hennings (31) has described an Lrysiphe from Japan as fol- lows : “ £. pisi DC. var. desmodii : amphigena, mycelio arachnoideo, tenui, effuso, albido ; peritheciis gregariis vel sparsis, atris, globu- losis, 80-100 #, appendicibus hyalinis usque ad 100 / longis cl crassis ; 3-4 ascis piriformibus, stipitatis, vertice rotundatis, 5 X 30-35 #2; 5-6 sporis ellipsoideis, 1-2-gutulatis, aurantio-ole 17-19 X 14-I2y. Prov. Musashi: Mt. Takao auf lebenden Blattern von Desmodium polycarpum DC. var, latifolium Max- (Kusano, no. 132, 18 October 1899).” Hennings remarks of osis, NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 183 his plant: ‘Durch die askenarmeren Perithecien u.s.w. etwas verscheiden von der typischen Art.’ The character here specially mentioned—and indeed all those given in the diagnosis—are not important enough to separate the present plant even as a variety from /. polygont, and are certainly not confined to the Japanese form, but occur on various hosts throughout Europe and North America. I have received, moreover, from Professor Kingo Miyabe a specimen labeled ‘‘ Ersyiphe polygoni DC. (= E. pisi DC. var. desmodu P. Henn.). On Amphicarpaea Edgeworthii var. Ja. ponica (not Desmodium podocarpum). Mt. Takao, Prov. Musashi, Oct. 8, 1899, (S. Kusano).”” It would appear, therefore, that Hen- nings has founded his variety on the Erysiphe on Amphicarpaea This specimen sent by Professor Miyabe also cannot be separated in any way from £. polygont. Professor Shotaro Hori has, how- ever, sent me examples of £. folygoni on a host-plant which is certainly Desmodium, viz., D. podocarpum DC. var. japonicum Maxim (Hakone, Prov. Sagami, Japan, coll. N. Nambu, Oct. 30, 1900). The occurrence of the present species on Desmodium is interesting, as hitherto the only mildew known on Desmodium (D. Canadense, D. canescens, D. cuspidatum, D. paniculatum and Dd. sessilifolium) was Microsphaera diffusa Cooke & Peck, which occurs not uncommonly in the United States, but which has not yet been recorded from elsewhere. Magnus (Bericht. des naturwiss.-med. Ver. Innsbruck, 24: 6. 1898), has recorded the occurrence of “ Sphaerotheca Castagnet Lév.” on leaves of Caltha palustris, from “ Schruns in Vorarlberg (J. Bornmiiller).” Through the kindness of Professor Magnus I have been able to see the original material on which the above record was based, and have found that the fungus in question is a small—or perhaps starved—form of &. polygoni, a species very common on many plants belonging to the Ranunculaceae (Ca/tha, Clematis, Ranunculus, Aqguilegia, etc., etc.). This small form of £. polygoni is very likely to be mistaken for S. “ Castagnet,” and it may be well to point out here the distinguishing characters. In the first place, the appendages of this form of Z. polygoni have the Peculiar facies of those of the examples of this species occurring on Clematis, Aquilegia, Ranunculus, etc., and are fewer, longer, slightly wider (especially towards the base) and more distinct, and 184 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY often more angularly bent, than the appendages of S. ‘‘Castaguet.” On opening the perithecia, 2 to 4, or rarely 5, asci are found. In Professor Magnus’s examples 2 to 3 wasthe usual number. Very rarely, apparently only a single ascus occurs, but as a rule a sec- ond ascus—often empty or more or less aborted—is to be found. In the rare cases in which only a single ascus is observ- able, this form of &. polygont is easily separable from S. “Castag- net,” not only by the nature of its appendages, but also by the more or less ovate (not subglobose) ascus, containing (in this form) only 2-3 spores, and not 8 as in Sphaerotheca. Moreover, in all such cases, the examination of several perithecia invariably shows the existence in most of several (2 to 5) asci, and so leads us to conclude that the perithecia containing only a single ascus are ill- developed examples. Quite similar specimens of this small form of E. polygoni occur on species of Geranium, and have been com- monly confused with S. humult. Brannon (8) has reported, in the case of examples of Sphaero- theca “‘ Castaguet Lév.”’ on a species of Erigeron, the finding of two or three perithecia, each containing two asci, and observes: ‘In these unusual forms one ascus was much larger than its com- panion, but not as large as the ascus existing alone in a perithe- cium. A few of these unusual forms might lead to the question- ing of what has, heretofore, been considered a strong generic difference between Sphaerotheca and Erysiphe.’ This occasional occurrence of more than one ascus has also been noted by other observers in species of Sphaerotheca ; in two instances I have found perithecia of S. mors-uvae (Schwein.) Berk. & Curt. containing three asci (see monograph, 73). We see, therefore, that in rare instances Sphaerotheca may approach Erysiphe in possessing more than one ascus; on the other hand perithecia of the small form of Erysiphe polygoni on Caltha palustris, mentioned above, may V¢Ty rarely contain only a single ascus. It is clear, therefore, that Erysiphe on one side shows an affinity with Sphaerotheca; on the other, through &. sorti/is it claims relationship with Microsphaer@ through MW. astragali and M. Baumleri. Brannon (8) has reported the occurrence of Z. polygont on a species of As¢er and considers that this host had probably rece! the mildew from neighboring plants of Ranunculus recurvatus whi NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 185 were attacked by this species. Species of Aster are the common host-plants of Erysiphe cichoracearum. If the fungus has been cor- rectly determined, the present instance is of great interest as show- ing that occasionally a species of mildew is able to pass directly on to the usual host-plants of another species (see p. 14). In Journ. Myc. 5: 83. 1899, Kelsey has recorded “ £. com- munis” on Vicia Americana var. linearis (from Helena, Montana, U.S. A.). Specimens communicated to me by the author show that the fungus here recorded is Microsphaera alni var. ludens. Spegazzini (79) has recorded “ &. umbelliferarum” on Bowlesia tenera, from the Argentine, but the fungus, from specimens com- municated, proves to belong to £. cichoracearum. The Erysiphe recorded by Bubak (g) as ‘“Z. communis” on Plantago major is £. cichoracearum ; specimens sent by the author are in the Kew herbarium. The fungus recorded by Saccardo in Rev. Myc. IL: 41. 1881, as “4. communis” on “ Tragopogon sp.,” proves, according to a specimen sent, to be E. atchoracearum. The host- plant is not Tragopogon ; Professor Saccardo, when sending the specimen, wrote on it “ fol. epilobit,” but the fragments sent were too small to admit of certain identification. Professor Saccardo also sent a specimen of the fungus. recorded (Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg. 28: 86. 1889, as “£. Marti” on Pedicularis resupt- nata from Siberia, and this proves to be Sphaerotheca humult var. fuliginea. Tolf, in Bot. Notiser, 1891: 219, has recorded “LZ. Marti” on Astragalus glycyphyllus and Vicia cassubica from Sweden. According to specimens (now in the Kew herbarium) sent by the author, the fungus on the first-named host is Micro- Sphaera astragali, and on the second, V/. Baumleri. The record by Freeman (20), of the occurrence of “4. communis” on Eupatorium ageratoides belongs to E. galeopsidis (see p. 194). Professor Oude- manns writes to me that his record (Rév. Champ. des Pays-Bas. 2: 97. 1897), of “E. communis” on Geranium molle was based on the Occurrence of merely an Oidium on this host, and that the record (/. ¢.) of the occurrence of the same species on Verbascum Thapsus was “borrowed from other writers.” The fungus recorded by Rabenhorst (59) as “ &. Marti” on Alhagi maurorum, Vicia ten- ufolia, and Khabdosciadium Aucheri, in Kurdistan most probably belongs to E. taurica. I have seen several examples of the latter 186 SALMON : SUPPLEMENTARY species on the first two hosts, and there are specimens in the Kew Herbarium labelled “4. communis leguminosarum. . Ad. Victa ten- uifolia. Professor C. Haussknecht, Iter orientale, 1868, Luristan,” which belong to &. ¢aurica. The fungus recorded by Feltgen (18) as “EZ. Marti” or Lathyrus niger proves, from specimens sent, to belong to the genus Microsphaera and is probably J. Béumleri P. Magn. That, recorded by the same author (/ ¢.), as “ E. pist’’ on Galium Aparine, proved, like all records based on the fungus on species of Galium, to belong to &. cichoracearum. q The host-plant given as Colutea arborescens by Sydow, in his Mycotheca Marchica, no. 980, was, as Magnus (47 *) has recently pointed out, wrongly determined and is really Caragana arbores- cens. Colutea arborescens must therefore be removed from the list of the host-plants of Z£. polygont. In 1870 de Bary (Beitr. Morph. Phys. Pilze, 1: 50) raised the “ Evysiphe Marti forma E.” of Léveillé, occurring on vari- ous umbelliferous plants (see Lév. Ann. sci. nat. III. 15: 166. 1851) to specific rank under the name £. umbelliferarum, and gave as host-plants Angelica silvestris, Chaerophyllum hirsutum, Anth- viscus silvestris, Pastinaca sativa, Falcaria Rivini and Heracleum Sphondylium. De Bary stated that his species scarcely differed in perithecial characters from ‘“‘ &. communis,’ and remarked ‘“ Dage- gen ist sie ausgezeichnet durch die Form der Conidien, welche genau walzenformig, an beiden Enden flach, und mindestens (doch nicht immer) sehr langgestrecht sind. Bei den vorher genannten Arten allen haben die Conidien die (im Profil elliptische) Gestalt einer schmalen an den Enden abgerundeten Tonne.” In my monograph (p. 184) I remarked that this character could hardly be considered sufficient to separate “ &. umbelliferarum” as # species, and also doubted whether it were a constant and dis- tinctive feature of the Evysiphe on Umbelliferae. I have since studied in a living state some conidial forms of £. polygon, and have found that the shape of the conidium is extremely variable. On Sisymbrium Alliaria (Cruciferae) (pl. 9, f 7) the conidia are for the most part distinctly cylindrical in shape, and intermixed with them one finds quite commonly elliptical conidia. The size of the conidium varies greatly ; the cylindrical ones are usually — about 38 y» long (and about 15 » wide), but here and there 2 NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 187 conidium occurs which measures over 50 »# long; the elliptical conidia measure 30-33 x 17-19 p. On Heracleum Sphondylium (Umbelliferae) (f/. 9, f. 2) elliptical conidia are of quite common occurrence ; considerable variation in size is found also here. On Anthriscus sylvestris (Umbelliferae) (pl. 9, fr) most of the conidia are cylindrical, but occasionally elliptical ones occur. Also, in examples on Delphinium hybriium, D. elatum, and D. Maackianum (Ranunculaceae) (f/. 9, f. 9) the shape of the conidia varies from elliptical to cylindrical. The reduction of “ Z. wmdbel- liferarum”’ to E. polygoni appears therefore fully warranted. It may be here pointed out that, as f 1, 2, and 8 on pl. 9 show, the conidiophores of &. po/ygoni bear only a single conidium at the apex, unlike the Ozdium form of many mildews, where the conidia are concatenate in long chains (see monograph f. 727 for that of 4. galeopsidis, and f. rgo for that of £. cichoracearum ; see also f. rr5, 117, and 156). It would be interesting to ascertain if this feature is characteristic of E. polygoni, as if so it might be of use in distinguishing the species in its conidial condition. In connection with the fact mentioned above of the conidio- Phores of £. polygoni bearing only a single spore, we may note that Passerini has published the following description of a fungus (Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. 13: 282. 1881): “ Ozdium monosporum Passer. hb. Epiphyllum, maculas discoideas pulveraceo-cinereas demum fuscas efformans. Hyphae longae, subclavatae, articu- latae, in sporam unicam oblongo-ellipticam desinentes. An Ovulariae Sacc. Michel. 6: 17, analogum ?—Sulle foglie della Robinia hispida L. nel R. Orto Botanico, Luglio.” Professor C. Avetta has kindly sent me the type-specimens of “0. mono- Sporum” from Passerini’s herbarium at Parma University, and examination of this has convinced me that the fungus described is merely the conidial stage of E. polygont. The subcylindrical Conidia measure from 28-40 » long x 13-164 wide. £. polygoni is known to occur on other species of Robinia (R. Pseudacacia and R, viscosa). In germinating some conidia of E. polyguni on Delphinium Maackianum in a hanging drop of water, several cases were Observed of the formation of lobed “ appressoria” at the places 188 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY where the tips of the germ-tubes had come into contact with the cover-glass (see f/. 9, f. 9). No formation of haustoria pro- ceeding from these was observed. This phenomenon was first noticed by Bisgen (11), who remarks of the germinal hyphae proceeding from conidia of £. polygoni sown in the same way : “ bei Beruhrung mit dem Objecttrager erzeugten sie lappige Appres- sorien, mit deren Bildung ihr Wachsthum abgeschlossen war. Ein Austreiben der Appressorien fand nicht statt, obwohl der Inhalt der Gonidien noch nicht erschdpft schien. Es darf daraus geschlossen werden, dass auch bei den Erysipheen zur Entwicke- lung des Infectionsfadens ein Ernahrungsreiz nothwendigist, der in der Natur nur von der Wirthspflanze ausgehen kann.” In the Journal of the Royal Horticultural Society (London) for 1900 (35) it is reported that the prevalence in autumn, in some parts of Britain, of the “ pea-mildew” (Z. polygoni), is causing the cultivation of late varieties of peas to be abandoned. A similar state of affairs has already been recorded in the western United States by Bessey (Seventh Biennial Report Iowa Agric. Coll., 1877). Dusting the infected plants over with flowers of sulphur (mixed with air-slacked lime), or spraying with a solution made by dissolving 3 oz. of carbonate of copper in 2 quarts of aqua am- monia diluted to 22 gallons, is stated to be the best means of com- bating the disease. (See Galloway, on the “ Powdery Mildew of the Bean,’ Journ. Myc. 5: 214. 1889.) Lodeman (40%, Pp. 325) writes of the “Pea Mildew”: “This disease could un- -doubtedly be easily checked by means of the copper sprays, but the foliage of these plants is of such a character that liquids do not readily adhere. Soap will assist in overcoming this difficulty if it is added to the liquids. Another line of treatment which might be followed by good results is to apply powder to the vines while they are wet with dew. Fostite should prove of value for this purpose.” In 1891 Comes (13*) described under the name Ozdium cera toniae a mildew which had been observed for several years Pre viously on the carob-tree (Ceratonia Si/iqgua) in southern Italy. This fungus is stated to attack by preference the younger leaflets, which become deformed and fall off, the young shoots, and the immature fruits. When the mildew appears at the time of flower- NoTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 189 ing, fertilization fails—if afterwards, the young fruit does not fall, but usually becomes more or less atrophied or withered on the plant, and is always depreciated in quality. The mildew appears to be more prevalent in wet than in dry years, and is found more in localities in which water remains at the foot of the plant than in those in which the soil being permeable leaves the stock free from water. The disease always begins on trees which have thejr roots more or less affected and made rotten by stagnant water, and then spreads from these plants radially as from so many centers of in- fection. The means adopted of dealing with the disease is to bare the roots of the trees most seriously attacked, and to cut off those » roots which are more or less rotten; and further to keep the soil soft and permeable at the foot of the trees by burying there faggots or straw. Cutting off the tops of diseased branches is also recom- mended. Grimaldi (Come fare fruttificare abbondantemente il carrubio, Palermo, 1895) also reports that the present fungus seriously affects in some seasons the harvest of carob-beans (St. John’s bread), and states that the disease is popularly known as “a fari- nedda.”’ Although no perithecia were observed on the carob trees affected, Comes referred his “ 0. ceratoniae” to Phyllactinia corylea, considering it to be the conidial stage of that species. In 1899 I received from Professor P. Gennardius, Director of Agriculture, at Nicosia, Cyprus, some diseased pods of Ceratonia Stliqua, which on examination were found to be covered with a mildew. The fungus, which was stated to cause great damage to the carob crop in Cyprus in some seasons, is evidently the ‘ Ozd- um ceratoniae’’ of Comes; it shows, however, all the characters of the conidial stage of £. polygoni. The presence of ordinary haustoria on the mycelium proves conclusively that the fungus is not to be referred to Phyllactinia. Specimens of “ O. ceratoniae” have been issued in Briosa e. Cavarra, Fung. par. no. 238, from Sicily, where the fungus is stated to have seriously affected the harvest of carob-beans in 1892. The figures here given represent fairly well the conidial stage of £. polygoni. The conidia are de- scribed as cylindrical (truncate at the ends) and measuring 26- 30 x 12-14 , and are stated to differ from those of “ O. erpsiphoides” 190 SALMON : SUPPLEMENTARY in the wall being somewhat rough (‘‘ alquanto verrucosa’’). The conidia I have seen measure about 30-35 x 12-15 4, and have a smooth wall, although, as is generally the case with the conidia of the Erysiphaceae, very old conidia, through the wrinkling of the cell-wall, or through incrustation, appear falsely to be rough. The fungicides, recommended for the “ pea mildew”’ above, should prove efficacious here. Comes (13*, p. 246) also records cases of the tomato being seriously affected by the present species, and remarks, ‘In 1879 the tomato was attacked by it at Palermo. The plants presented grayish spots, which by degrees became black, both on the skin . and on the leaves. Microscopic examination showed the presence of an Erysiphe, very similar to the preceding [Z. Marti}, but fur- nished with the characters of £. communis. In 1881 it injured the tomatoes in the region of Salerno, and in other localities of north- ern and central Italy. Moreover, this disease has been known in the region of Palermo for twenty-five to thirty years under the name of male nero; it attacks the plant at all seasons, but more readily about the beginning of May. The cultivators think that it is caused by excessive dampness, since the plant, cultivated under dry conditions, is exempt from it. They are convinced that the disease is contagious, and consequently if they observe that the disease appears in a nursery they destroy the affected plants immediately. They hold that sulphuring alone is useless ; they are accustomed, instead, to cut back the plants, to leave them dry, and then to sulphur them. When the disease appears before or at the commencement of flowering, they prefer to destroy the affected plants.” Tomaro (Le due crittogame che maggiormente dan- neggiano i pomidori; cf. Just’s Bot. Jahresber. 1891, 2: 245, 1893), has also reported the occurrence of “ £. communis’’ on the tomato in the neighborhood of Bergamo, and states that the disease was induced by excessive moisture, Var. seructa (Ell. & Everh.) Salm. (Monograph, p. 191) Distrib. add: United States of America, California, 7,000" (A. Purpus) in herb. Jaczewski. NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 191 E, cicHoracEarum DC. (Monograph, p. 193) Exswc. add: * Rehm, Ascomycet. 1199; & 1298 sub &. Martii Lévy. f. rubiacearum; Krieg. Fung. saxon. 1218, 1219 1220, 1221 (in herb. Jaczewski), Distrib. add; Europe: Bosnia, Bulgaria (10), Dalmatia (3). Asia: Siberia, Yeniseisk, ‘‘flum. Yenisei inter 58° et 71°” (A. Kitmanoff), Transcaucasia, Lencoran (59); Turkestan, Taschkent, Tschimkent (79*). : South America: Argentine Republic, ‘‘ Puente de Inca, Audi- bus Mendozinis ” (C. Spegazzini, May 3, 1901), Flores no. Buenos Aires, Nov. 20, 1888 (C. Spegazzini), Lincoln (79). Hosts, add: Artemisia serrata (23**), Aster azureus (84), A. lateriflorus (17), A. Novae-Angliae (84), A. undulatus (8), Bidens bipinnata (79), Bowlesia tenera, Calendula arvensis (40), C. fulgens (40), Centaurea Cyanus (40), C. pectinata, Cineraria sp. (75), Cnicus arvensis, Echinospermum Lappula (6), Echium vulgare, Eupatorium ageratoides (1 5), Auphorbia sp., Helianthus parviflorus (84), Mieracium umbellatum (76), Hydrophyllum appendiculatum (84), A. macrophyllum (84), 7nula Britannica, Myosotis sp. (3), 4. collina (40), M. palustris (40), VW. sparsiflora (40), M. stricta (40), Parietaria Canadensis (84), P. judaica (40), Phlomis Herba-vent (80), Physalis Alkekengi, Pilea pumila (84), Plantago Cornopus (38), Salvia Slutinosa (66), Senecio erucifolius (34), S. Fuchst, S. stlvat- tcus (40), S. viscosus (40), Solidago latifolia (84), Symphytum tauricum, Verbascum Lychnitis, Willughbya scandens (17), Zinnia elegans (84). A very interesting form (now in the Kew herbarium) has been sent to me by Dr. Spegazzini labelled “ £. andicola Speg. n. sp. Puente de Inca, Audibus Mendozinis, May 3, 1901. In Euphor- bia sp.’ The perithecia measure up to 180 » in diameter, although Most of them are smaller, being of the size, normal for £. cicho- *acearum, the asci measures from 70-85 x 25-30 #4, and the spores up to 28 yw long, although the latter are usually smaller (about 25 long), This South American example on Exphorbia matches exactly, in the persistent mycelium and the occasionally large size pa the perithecium and asci, two North American forms of £. cichoracearum,—one on Lygodesmia juncea, from Helena, Mon- tana, U.S. A. (Kelsey, September 15, 1890)—the other on Azge- 192 SALMON : SUPPLEMENTARY lovia—on B., viscidiflora (B. Douglasit), Willis, Montana, U. S. A. (F. W. Anderson, Oct. 1888), and on Sigelovia sp., Laramie Hills, Wyoming (E. Nelson, September 28, 1897). I have already remarked on the peculiarities of the form on Aizgelovia (see mono- graph, p. 203). This South American plant on Euphoria, while much recalling the Old World species Z. taurica Lév. in habitat, and in the large size of some of the perithecia and asci, yet clearly belongs to £. cichoracearum, and exactly matches the large form of this species found on Arctium in Europe. The fungus recorded by Hennings (30) as “‘ Z. /amprocarpa” on Bigelovia sp. from “ Snow Mount, 7,000 ft., California” is accord- ing to a specimen collected by Purpus and labelled ‘“ California 7,000 ft.” (in herb. Jaczewski) £. polygoni var. sepulta. Spegazzini ('79) has recorded “ E. umbelliferarum” (= E. poly- gont) on Bowlesia tenera from Flores near Buenos Aires, and in the diagnosis has described the spores as measuring 25-40 4 long X 14-18 » diam.” Professor Spegazzini has sent me a specimen of the plant (labelled “4. wimbelliferarum var. platensis’’), which proves to be &. cichoracearum. The few spores seen by me meas- ured about 24 x 14y. The fungus recorded by Spegazzini (79) as “ £. lamprocarpa”’ on Tagetes glandulifera proves to belong to E. galeopsidis. The records by Bubak (10) of £. cichoracearum on Verbascum phlomoides and V. Lychnitis (and probably also that on Blattaria) from Bulgaria belong to Z. taurica. Professor Oudemanns writes to me that his record (Rév. Champ. des Pays-Bas, 2: 94. 1897) of ‘ E. lamprocarpa”’ on Verbascum thapsiforme was based merely on the occurrence of an Ozdiumm stage on this plant. I have stated in my monograph (p. 202) that the Exysiphe oc- curring on Achium and Anchusa, although commonly referred to £. cichoracearum, has always proved in my experience to be E. polygont. I have, however, since found in Professor Jaczewski's herbarium, a specimen on Achium vulgare (“ St. Lubin-de-la-Haye Eure-et-Loire, France”) which is true £. cichoracearum (with regularly 2-spored asci, etc.). On Anchusa, however, the fungus in all the examples I have seen, belongs to &. poly goni—good specimens on this host are to be found in Syd. Myc. March, n9- 655. Notes ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 193 The fungus recorded by Raciborski (60) as Oidium tabaci from Java is probably the conidial stage of E. cichoracearum. Examples of the form of £. céchoracearum (on Galium) with perithecia containing asci without any trace of spores (see mono- graph, p. 208) occur in the Paris Museum, labelled “ &. Martii Lév. sur Galium. Souk el Arba [Algeria]. ter Janvier 1893.” As E. cichoracearum frequently proves a serious enemy to cucumber culture—more especially to cucumbers forced in the greenhouse for a winter cropthe following notes on the success- ful treatment of the disease may be given. Humphrey (31*) states: “The disease may be kept in check in the greenhouse by spraying the plants as often as is necessary with a solution of Sulphide of potassium (liver of sulphur) in water, an ounce of the sulphide to four gallons of water. A stronger solution injures the plants and fruits. Spraying with ammoniacal carbonate of Copper (3 oz. carbonate of copper dissolved in one quart of am- monia ; dilute with water to 2 5 gallons) has been found even more effective. But Professor Bailey’ finds more effective than either €xposure to sulphur vapor. This is accomplished by closing the house as tightly as possible for half an hour or an hour at a time, while it is filled by the vapor arising from a vessel of sulphur kept a little above the melting point on a small oil stove. The vessel should be porcelain-lined, to protect the iron from the action of the sulphur. Great care must be taken'to avoid the ignition of the sulphur.” It may be noted that Humphrey found that the conidia of E. cichoracearum on cucumber leaves differed consider- ably in size in examples from different localities. _ Stewart (81) records cases of field-grown cucumbers thickly bn with mildew. (See also for ‘ Cucumber mildew,” Bailey =). Oidium chrysanthemi Rabenh. Hedwigia, 1: 19-21. pl. 3. f. 2: 1853, is probably the conidial stage of E. cichoracearum, and and frequently very troublesome on cultivated chrysanthemums. The fungicides recommended above should be used to check the disease, E. GaLeopsipis DC. (Monograph, p. 204) Distrib. add : Europe: Bulgaria (10). Asia : Siberia, Yeniseisk, “flum. Yenisei inter 58° et 71°” 194 SALMON : SUPPLEMENTARY (A. Kitmanoff ), Minussinsk (Martianoff), Monastir, Poseka, and Lake Karasin (Saccardo, Malpighia, 10: 269. 1896). South America: Argentine Republic, Lincoln (Spegazzini, Sept. 1899). Hosts, add: Calamintha Acinos (40), Galeopsis Ladanum (18) (40), Lamium amplexicaule, Phlomis tuberosa, Salvia officinalis (34), Scutellaria laterifiora (84), S. pilosa (84), Tagetes minuta, Teu- crium Scorodonia. ‘ Freeman (20) has recorded ‘ E. communis’’ on Eupatorium ageratoides L.(Hennepin, Oct. 1893. Sheldon 4083). The author kindly sent me part of the original material (now in the Kew herbarium), and I have found that the fungus is the EArysiphe with lobed haustoria which I have referred at p. 208 of my monograph with some doubt to £. galeopsidis. In the present case, as in the two other examples mentioned in my monograph (J c.), the asc agree with those of £. galeopsidis in not containing spores on the living plant. &. cichoracearum with normal bisporous asci occurs on Eupatorium cannabinum, E. perfoliatum, and E. purpureum, and it is certainly very interesting to find on one species of the genus, viz.: E. ageratoides, a fungus constantly possessing lobed haustoria and asci without spores—a combination of characters only found in £. galeopsidis. Professor Spegazzini has sent me a specimen (now in the Kew herbarium) of the Erysiphe recorded (79) by him as “&. lampro- carpa (Wallr.) Lév.” on Tagetes glandulifera (=T. minuta) from Lincoln, Argentine Republic, Sept., 1899. On examining this fungus I found that the asci, although the perithecia in color, etc., _ appeared ripe, contained no spores, and on searching the myce- lium for haustoria it was found that these were, for the most part at any rate, distinctly lobed (see p/. 9, f. 13). The fungus con- sequently must be referred to E. galeopsidis. The host-plant ™ the above case belongs to the Compositae and on this account the record is of special interest. 4. galeopsidis had been supposed to be confined in its range of host-plants to genera belonging t0 the Labiatae and to Chelone in the Scrophulariaceae until the existence of an Erysiphe with lobed haustoria and asci without spores was discovered on Eupatorium ageratoides (see paragraph above). We = have now an instance of the occurrence in South America of the same fungus on another genus of Compositae. NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 195 The fungus recorded by Bubak (10) as £. ga/eopsidis on Mar- rubium peregrinum from Bulgaria belongs to &. /aurica. Atkinson (Journ. Elisha Mitch. Sci. Soc. 10:75. 1894), has re- corded £. galeopsidis from Alabama, U.S. A., “on Verbena urtici- Jolia, October 23, 1891 (coll. B. M. Duggar).” Specimens (now in the Kew herb.) kindly sent to me by the author prove, how- ever, that a wrong identification of the fungus has been made, the species being clearly EZ. cichoracearum DC., as is shown by the asci containing two or rarely three spores on the living host-plant and by the absence of lobed haustoria on the mycelium. E. GraMinis DC. (Monograph, p. 209) Ascigerous form. Exsicc. add: *Linhart Fung. hungar. 80; Krieg, Fung. Saxon. 1216, 1217 (in herb. Jaczewski). _ Distrib. add : Europe : Faerde Islands (63). North America : United States, Indiana (84) ; East Greenland (Rostrup, Meddel. om Groenland, 18: 61. 1896. Australasia : Tasmania (62): Hosts, add: Bromus mollis, Catabrosa aquatica (40), Holcus lanatus (13), Lolium perenne (38), Milium effusum (76), Poa alpina (40). Contdial form. Syn. add: Oidium tritici M. A. Libert, Pl. Crypt. Ard. fase. IV, no. 385 (cum diag.) 1837; Sacc. Syll. Fung. 4: 46. 1886. Torula tritici (Lib.) Corda, Ic. Fung. 5: 51. pl. 2. f. 15. 1842. a orula bulbigera Bonorden, Bot. Zeitung, 19: 195, pl. 8. f. &. ISO1I, Oidium bulbigerum (Bon.) Sacc. & Vogl.; Sacc. ‘Syll. Fung. 4:47. 1886. Torula rubella Bonorden, Bot. Zeitung 19: 195. 1861. Otdium rubellum (Bon.) Sacc. & Vogl.; Sacc. Syll. Fung. 4: 46. 1886. Exsicc. add: Lib, Pl. Crypt. Ard. fasc. IV, no. 385; Fckl. Fung. Rhen. 72; Jack, Leiner u. Stizenb. Krypt. Bad. 819 ; Rab. Fung. Eur. 477; Klotzsch, Herb. myc. ed. nov. 81; de Thim. fung, austr, 541. (7. rubella) Rab. Fung. Eur. 281. 196 SALMON : SUPPLEMENTARY Libert gives the following diagnosis of Ozdium tritict : “ Epi- phyllum, caespitibus oblongis confluentibus fulvis; floccis sim- plicibus erectis in articulos pellucidos ovales secedentibus. Ad folia viva Trictict repentis, Aestate.” Examination of the speci- men of O. ¢ritict in Lib. Pl. Crypt. Ard. fasc. IV, no. 385 shows that the fungus is identical with Ozdiam monilioides Link., the conidial stage of &. gram’nis. The bulbiform swelling at the base of the conidiophore seems a constant feature in the conidial stage of E. graminis (see monograph, f/. 9. f. 256 ; and also Garovaglio & Cattaneo, Archiv. Lab. Bot. Critt. Univ. Pavia, 2: p/. 2. 1879), and was observed in all the specimens in the exsiccati of ‘‘ O. tricttct’’ quoted above. Bonorden founded his ‘‘ Zorula bulbigera’’ on Rabenh. Fung. Europ. Cent. II. no. 275, and published the following diagnosis : ‘‘Sporis ovatis s. oblongo-ovatis 4—6 concatenatis hyalinis albis, hyphis (pedicellis) triseptatis, basi bulbosis; mycelio ramoso, septato et repente. Hab. in foliis graminum in Guestphalia.” From the description and figures given there can be no doubt that “ Torula bulbigera” is nothing more than Oédium monilioides. The inflated base of the conidiophore, relied upon by Bonorden as the chief specific character, is, as has been pointed out above, 4 constant feature in the conidial form of Z. graminis. I have not seen Rabenb. Fung. Eur. no. 275. Torula rubella Bonorden was founded on Rabenh. Fung. Eur. Cent. III. no, 281, and the following diagnosis given : «« Sporis ovoideis 3—4 concatenatis ; pedicellis articulato-septatis, rubicundis subrubiginosis. Hab. in foliis vivis graminum in Guestphalia.” This also proves to be the conidial stage of Z. graminis. In Rab. Fung. Eur. no. 281, the ‘‘ Zoru/a”’ can be seen passing over into pannose mycelium in which perithecia of £. gramiinis are immersed. The bulbiform swelling at the base of the conidiophore is present in these examples, just as in ‘“ 7. dudbigera’’ (see above). Spegazzini ('79) records ‘‘ Oidium monilioides” on Bromus unioloides and Avena sativa, in the “ Parque de La Plata, winter 1882-95.” Nees (Syst. Pilze u. Schwamme, 53. 1817) records a : fungus under the same name from Germany.on Dinebra Arabica (cult.). | ha The haustoria of E. graminis are peculiar in possessing lone NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 197 finger-like processes. They have been studied in detail by Grant Smith (77), and well figured. (See p. 4.) E. TORTILIS (Wallr.) Fr. (Monograph, p. 213) Syn. add: Trichocladia tortilis (Wallr.) Neger, Flora, 88: 351. 1901. Distrib. add: Bulgaria (10). The record of the occurrence of £. tortilis on Thalictrum aquile- &ifolium by Massalongo (50) was due to an error of identification, the fungus in specimens sent to me proving to be Z. polygoni DC. Professor Oudemanns writes to me, with regard to his record (Rév. Champ. des Pays-Bas, 2: 95. 1897) of £. tortilis on Cornus alba, that “the leaves of the Cornus, examined with more care, prove not to belong to C. a/ba, but to another garden. species, unable to be identified.” E. raurica Lévy. (Monograph, p. 215) Distrib. add: Bulgaria. Flosts, add: Cerinthe (80), Dorycnium herbaceum (80), Marru- bium peregrinum, Saussurea sp., Verbascum Lychuitis. The example on Marrubium peregrinum from Bulgaria is re- corded by Bubak (10) as £. ga/eopsidis, but from a specimen (now in the Kew herbarium) sent by the author the fungus proves to be E. taurica, Similarly, the fungus on Verbascum phlomoides and V. Lychnitis, referred by the same author to £. cichoracearum Proves, from specimens sent (now in the Kew herbarium) to belong to &. taurica. The same is also probably the case with the . fungus on / Blattaria, referred also to E. cichoracearum, but the Specimen sent is too immature to permit of certain identification, although the habit-is that of F. taurica. The record by Brunaud (Actes Soc. Linn, Bordeaux, 32: 155. 1878) of the occurrence of &, faurica on Cnicus lanceolatus from France proves to be erro- _ fheous, the fungus proving, from a specimen sent (now in the Kew herbarium), to be &. cichoracearum. Dr. Hennings has sent me from Rabenhorst’s herbarium a specimen of the fungus recorded (59) as Sphaerotheca Castagnet Lév. on Euphorbia ‘am Berge Kellal in Sud-Persien, 10,000’ s. m.’’. The species proves to be £. taurica, Another specimen sent from Rabenhorst’s herbarium 198 SALMON : SUPPLEMENTARY is the fungus which has been recorded (59) as S. Castagnei on fiibiscus esculentus. This bears no perithecia, but from the myce- lial characters shown probably belongs to £. ¢aurica. Ordium haplophyllit P. Magnus (43) on Ruta (Haplophyllum) Buxbaumiu, from Palestine, is probably the conidial condition of E. taurica. Through the kindness of M. P. Hariot I have seen the speci- mens, in the Paris Museum, of the fungus recorded by Léveillé (Ann, sci. nat. III. 15: 161. 1851) as “&. ¢aurica. On Aplotaxis, Himalaya (Jacquemont. Herb. Par.).’’ The fungus belongsas named, to the present species, and is growing on some species of Saussiu- rea (Aplotaxis). The specimens are labelled ‘“ Erysiphe composi- tarum Lk.—in fol. Aplotaxis. Indes orientales, Jacquemont.” Speschnew ('79*) has lately published as new species of E7y- siphe two plants occurring in Turkestan on Euphorbia lanata and Acanthophyllum glandulosum. The following descriptions are given : “FE. cuphorbiae (sp. nov.) N. Speschnew. Mycelio epiphyllo, interdum hypophyllo, constricte effuso, confluente, tenui; hyphis repentibus, ramosis, flexilibus, undulatis, septatis, dense intertextis, crassiusculis, hyalinis, 4,,-7,, # crass.; hypopodiis biclavatis, alternis, ca 14, ,-22,, #4; peritheciis gregariis, globosis, dein sub- globosis, in villo nidulantibus, 150-180 y diam., atrobrunneis, setulis hyalinis, aseptatis, anucleatis, undulatis, apice pedalifor- mibus, 7-9 / crassis, perithecio duplo longioribus ; ascis elongato- piriformibus, de medio attritis, apice obtusis, operculatis, 3-6- sporis, 90-98 x 22-24 p; sporis ellipsoideis, continuis, aseptatis, hyalinis, 20-24 x 11-15 4; hyphis conidii feris illis mycelii simili- bus, conidiis elongato-ovoideis, mediocre cuncatis, 20-24 X 12-16 | yf, episporio valde crasso, 2-3 y. Habitat in foliis Euphorbiae lanatae Sisb. Primo leg. auct. prope Taschkent, 22, ix, 1898. E. acanthophylii (sp. nov.) N. Speschnew. Mycelio hypophyllo ; hyphis tenuibus, non constringentibus, ramosis vel simplicibus, septatis, valde undulatis, achrois, granulatis, 1,,-2 # crassis; hypopodiis nodosis, bifurcatis; peritheciis epiphyllis, solitarius, sparsis, haud immersis, globosis vel subglobosis, ca 160 p diam., atris; setulis rectis, continuis, nucleatis, apice rotundatis, 2-3 Ug crassis; ascis late piriformibus, 8-sporis, 38 x 28 /; ascosporis subsphaericis, continuis, aseptatis, hyalinis, ca"8 y diam. ; hyphis no Yaa a a said ‘tha’ NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 199 conidiiferis illis mycelii similibus, conidiis elongato-ovoideis, ca 38-43 x 16-19 y, episporio tenuissimo. Habitat in foliis cauleque Acanthophylli glandulosi Bg. Taschkent, Bukhara, Tschardjui, a ix, 1808." : The original Latin diagnoses given by Speschnew are rendered somewhat obscure by faulty construction. As far as possible I _ have corrected the mistakes in the diagnoses given above. From the description and figures given by Speschnew I am strongly in- clined to think that both “4. ewphorbiae” and “E. acanthophylli” are to be referred to & taurica, notwithstanding the fact that Speschnew gives the number of spores in the ascus as 3-6 in “‘Z, euphordiae”’ and 8 in EF. acanthophylli, while in E. taurica, in my experience, the asci contain when ripe only two spores. It is to be noted, however, that the young asci of & ¢aurica frequently contain one or two, or more, drops of oily matter, which much re- semble immature spores. From the figures given by Speschnew, Tam inclined to think that this author had under observation im- mature asci containing young spores and oily globules. The mis- take of describing. these oily globules as spores has apparently somewhat frequently occurred. ‘“Erysiphe lanuginosa” (= £. faurica) on Daucus maximus, from Greece, was described by Fuckel (Bot. Zeitung,. 29: 27. 1871), as possessing 8-I 2-spored asci, but in the examination of authentic specimens I have found the a constantly bisporous. Two plants from Persia, in all proba- bility the same as those found by Speschnew, have been described by Magnus as “Erysiphe lanata”’ on Euphorbia lanata and “Micro- Sphaera Bornmuelleriana”” on Acanthophyllum glandulosum, both of which I have referred at p. 218 of my monograph to £. taurica. The asci of “£. lanata”’ were described as containing 3-5 spores and those of “M. Bornmuelleriana” 4-6 spores. In specimens of these Plants from Magnus’ herbarium, however, I have been able to find in the.ripe ascus only two spores. It is, however, quite possible t forms of E. taurica may occur with occasionally 3 or 4 spores in the ascus, for we must remember that this is the case with sev- — -€ral species which are typically bisporous, ¢. g., £. cichoracearum > UOncinula clandestina (Biv. Bern.) Schroet., U. polychaeta S S (Berk. & Curt.) Ellis, and Phyllactinia corylea (Pers.) Karst. 200 SALMON : SUPPLEMENTARY E. AGGREGATA (Peck) Farl. (Monograph, p. 221) Exsicc. add: Shear, New York Fungi 147 (in herb. Jaczewski). Distrib, add; Wisconsin (15). Freeman (20) has reported the occurrence, from Minnesota, U.S. A., of the present species on the leaves of A/nus incana. The author has since written to me, however, that this record is a mistake, the habitat being, as is invariably the case, the cones of the A/nus. PHYLLACTINIA CORYLEA (Pers.) Karst. (Monograph, p. 224) Syn. add: Erysiphe stellata and vars. coryli and alni L. Mar- chand, Bijdr. tot de Natuurk. Wetensch. (Amsterdam), 4: 272. 1829. £. fungicola Schulz. Oest. Bot. Zeit. 26: 58. 1876. Phyllactinia fungicola (Schulz.) Hazslinszky, M. Tud. Akad. Math. és Természettud. Kéozleményck, 14: 181. 1876-77. ? P. fungicola (Schulz.) Saccardo, Syll. Fung. 1: 6. . 1882. P. clavariaeformis Neger, Bot. Centralbl.80: 11. 1899; Neger, Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesellsch. 17: 235. 1899. P. suffulta (Reb.) Sacc. var. moricola P. Henn. Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 28: 271. 1Ig00. Excicc. add; * Ell. & Everh. Fung. Columb. 108 (b) ; * Krieg: Fung. saxon. 1226; * Krypt. exsicc. (Mus. Pal. Vind.) 120; * D. Sacc. Myc. Ital. 59, 475; * Fl. exsicc. austro-hungar. 2368 5 * Linhart, Fung. hungar. 255, 454, 455. Distrib. add: North America: United States; Minnesota, Florida, New Jersey and Nebraska (17). ; South America: ‘Carren-leofii, Patagonia andina, Jan. 190° (Spegazzini) ; Lion Range, nr. Gregory Bay, Patagonia, April an 1882 (Spegazzini) ; Santa Cruz, Patagonia, Jan. 1882 (Spegazzin') ; Puente de Vacas, Andibus Mendozinis, Argentine, 2,500 ™.- alt., Mar. 2, 1901 (Spegazzini), Paraguay. Hosts, add: Adesmia sp., Aesculus Hippocastanum (18), Alnus incana var. glauca, A. viridis, Amelanchiecr Asiatica, Anarthro- phyllum rigidum, Cacsalpinia sepiaria, Crataegus nigra (40), C. parvifolia, Desmodium sp.(8),Embothrium coccineum, Excoecaria SP-» Fraxinus oxyphylla (59), Juglans sp. (27), Magnolia Yulan, reek lus sp. (27) (28), Pyrus Malus (34), Quercus Kelloggi, Ribes Ma- gellanicum, Syringa vulgaris, Tilia sp. (27). NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 201 Neger (52) has described a Phyllactinia from South America as a new species with the following diagnosis: VP. clavariaeformis Neger n. sp. Ph. hypophylla mycelio latissimo per totam matri- cem effuso, peritheciis numerosis, laxe confertis, globoso-depressis, 100-122 y altis, 200-2304 latis, verrucosis, atro-opacis, 6—9 appendicibus suffultis; appendicibus 180-350 p longis (plerumque 200-250 #4), media longitudine interdum subincrassatis ; ascis 8-12 in quoque perithecio, ellipticis vel ovatis, apice truncatis, 62-75 » longis, crasse stipitatis (stipite 12 4 longo, curvato), 2-4 sporis ; Sporis ellipticis continuis grosse guttulatis.—Species a Ph. suffulta Sacc. longe recedens cellulis penicilliformibus (peritheciis insidenti- bus) valde ramosis, formam c/avariae cuiusdam ramosae imitanti- bus. Ph. Antarctica Speg. periheciis appendicibusque maioribus distincta,” P. clavariaeformis is recorded “in foliis viventibus Ribis ( glandulosae R. et. P.?) ad lacum dictum Quillon rei publicae argentinae (regionis andinae)’’; also on Lmbothrium coccineum from the same locality, and on Adesmia sp. “im Pilolilthal (Argentien, Quellgebiet des Rio Alominé).” Neger states that he finds, from an examination of the material in the Berlin Herbarium, that the penicillate cells of the perithecia of P. corylea are in their unbranched part relatively short (about 3°40 2), while in P. clavariaeformis this part is considerably longer (60-100 #4). The main difference, however, according to Neger, between P. corylea and P. clavariacformis is stated thus : Man beobachtet, dass bei Ph. guttata [= P. corylea| die Pinselzellen sich unmittelbar am Scheitel in zahlreiche an der Spitze mit einem Stark lichtbrechenden Knopfversehene Faden zertheilen; nur selten ist am Scheitel der Stielzelle eine seichte Zwei oder Drei- theilung zu beobachten. Bei Ph. clavariaeformis hingegen ist die Stielzelle in einer gewissen Hohe (ca. 30 bis 70 # von der Basis entfernt) in 3, seltener 2 Aeste getheilt. Diese Verzweigung ist im €ntwickelten Zustand mehrfach wiederholb und tiberaus charakter- Istisch. Sie erinnert an diejenige gewisser verzweigter Clavaria- Arten ; die fadenartigen Auslaufer der Verzweigungen unterschei- den sich in nichts von denjenigen der Ph. guttata.” In order to ascertain if the characters here given were suffici- ently distinctive and sufficiently constant to be of specific value, a T have examined the whole of the rich material of P. coxylea— 202 SALMON : SUPPLEMENTARY numbering several hundred specimens—in the Kew herbarium. The evidence obtained from the examination of these specimens (which come from all parts of the world) forces me to conclude that ‘‘ P. clavariaeformis”’ is not a distinct species from P. corylea, and further that it is impossible to give specific value to such char- acters as the shape, size, etc., of the penicillate cells. The shape of the penicillate cells, in ‘‘ P. clavariaeformis’’ is shown at pl. 70, f. r-6, drawn from specimens (now in the Kew herbarium), on Embothrium coccineum, sent by Dr. Neger. Most of the cells are branched in a more or less ‘“‘clavarioid’”’? manner as described by Neger, but intermixed with these there occur not uncom- -monly apparently fully grown cells which are scarcely branched at all. (See figs.) In two specimens of the fungus called P. Antarctica by Spegazzini on Ribes Magellanicum—one from “ Car- ren-leofi, Patagonia andina, January, 1900 (Spegazzini),”’—the other (leg. P. Dusén, May, 1896) sent by Dr. Neger from Dr. Rehm’s Herbarium,—the penicillate cells are formed as shown at pl. ro, f. ro-12. The majority of the cells show a ‘“clava- rioid” branching like that found in “ P. clavariacformis,’ and mixed among these simple or only slightly branched cells occas- ionally occur. In a third specimen, also on R. Magellanicum of “ P. Antarctica” from ‘“ Lion Range, nr. Gregory Bay, Patagonia, April 20, 1882 (Spegazzini)”—the type locality—the penicillate ceils are quite as much branched (see f/. ro, f. 7-9) as in “P. clavariaeformis,” so that were the plant possessing penicillate cells with ‘‘clavarioid” branching to be kept distinct from fF: corylea, it would have to bear the oldér name of P. Axtarctica Speg. Dr. Neger writes to me that he is now of the opinion that his “P. clavariaeformis”’ is identical with ‘“P. Antarctica.” Ina speci- men labelled P. corylea from “ Puente de Vapas, Andibus Mendo- zinis, 2,500 m. alt., March 2, 1901, in foliis vivis Adesmiae sp.,” sent by Professor Spegazzini. 1 have found after examining some thirty or forty perithecia only unbranched penicillate cells (see pl. zo, f. 13). This is interesting as Neger has referred (52) 4 Phyllactinia on Adesmia sp. to “ P. clavariaeformis.” We must conclude, therefore, that on the same genus of host-plants, ‘if not on the same species, the penicillate cells of Phyllactinia are some- times simple and sometimes branched. An example on Excoecaria NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 203 from “ Paraguay, May 1883, nr. 3815” sent by Professor Spegaz- zini as “P. suffulta (Reb.) Sacc.” [= P. corylea] is of interest from the fact that on the same perithecium we find, in about equal number, simple and branched penicillate cells (p/. ro, f. 14-15). [This is the plant recorded by Spegazzini, in “ Fungi Guaranatici ” (Anal. Soc. Cientif. Argentina, 20: 66. 1886) as growing on Colli- guaya Brasiliensis. This last name must therefore be expunged from the list of host-plants of P. corylea, as Professor Spegazzini has now written “ Zxcoecaria” on the label of the specimen. | It is, however, when we observe the variation which occurs in the shape of the penicillate cells in examples of P. corylea from different parts of the world that we obtain the most convincing evidence as to the worthlessness of the characters given as distin- guishing “P. clavariacformis.” Taking first examples on various hosts in the United States, We find that a perfect series of intermediates exists between forms having branched or unbranched penicillate cells. In the specimens in Rav. Fung. amer. exsicc. no. 624, on Alnus serrulata, we find “clavarioid” branching in comparatively short cells (f/. 70, I. 16-78), on Corylus Americana similarly shaped cells occur, on Alnus serrulata (from South Carolina) much branched cells ( f/. 10, f. 16-18 ), quite similar tothose of “P. clavariaeformis,” are found intermixed with unbranched ones ; the same may be ob- Served in the specimens in Ellis’ North American Fungi, no. 1327, (2), on Corylus Americana (from Pennsylvania). Branched penicil- late cells, intermixed with unbranched ones, also occur in speci- mens on Carpinus Americana (from Illinois) (see p/. 20, f. 79), On Vaccinium stamineum (from West Virginia) and on Cornus Nuttallit and Quercus (pl. rr, f. x). The most remarkable North American form of P. corylea, however, occurs on Catalpa syringae- Solia, from Aiken, South Carolina (Roumeg. Fung. select. exsicc. n©. 4756). Here the branched stem-cell is, comparatively, ex- —) broad, measuring up to 35 across (f/. rz, f. 2-5). If, Owing Neger (see above) we took such a character as the length Of the stem-cell] of the penicillate cells as of specific value, then we should be compelled to make another “ species’ of a plant pos- : S€ssing such remarkably shaped stem-cells as these found on the J | Pbyllactinia on Catalpa. 204 SALMON. : SUPPLEMENTARY Proceeding to European material we may notice first that in some specimens of P. corylea on Corylus Avellanaa slight but dis- tinct branching is found in some of the penicillate cells. I have seen this in specimens from Surrey, England (f/. zz, 7.7), and in the specimens in Briosi e Cavarra, Fung. par. no. 170, from Italy. Ina specimen on Corylus Colurna from Copenhagen most of the stem-cells are branched at the apex in the manner shown at /é. 11, f. 8. The same occasional branching is found in some speci- mens on A/nus, e. g.,in Fckl. Fung. Rhen. no. 704 (pl. rz, f. 11) The degree of branching gradually increases until we find forms like that which occasionally occurs on Betula alba (see pl. 11, f. 9, 10) from Germany in which the branching is as ‘clava- rioid’’ as that found in the South American “ P. clavariaeformis.” ° In certain specimens occurring on Alnus glutinosa (see pl. 11, f. 12, 13) drawn from a French example we find an elongated stem-cell, up to 80 long, as is usually the case in P. clavariae- Sormis (cf. pl. 9, f. 1-5). In a specimen on Cornus Mas from Italy (in Sace. Myc. Ven. no. 625), several cells branched in the manner shown at f/. zz, f. 1g, were found on the same peri- thecium amongst quite simple ones. In most Japanese examples of P. corylea the penicillate cells were found to be unbranched, but here, as apparently everywhere in the geographical range of the species, occasional forms occur with a ‘clavarioid’’ branching. In specimens on Magnolia con- spicua (M. Yulan), we find branched and unbranched cells in about equal number on the same perithecium (see f/. 17, f. 77-79): In the large form of P. corylea on Paulownia imperialis (see mono- graph, p. 233) the stem-cell may reach to a height of 110 y, and be either branched or unbranched. (See pl. rz, fi 15-16.) Distinctly branched penicillate cells also occur, intermixed with unbranched ones, on Japanese examples of P. corylea or Alnus incana var. glauca and on Broussonetia papyrifera. 7 We must conclude, I think, from the evidence given above, that P. clavariaeformis has no claims to be considered a distinct species, but that it is merely a form of P. corylea which appeats occasionally—and certainly not confined to any definite host-plants —throughout the geographical range of this species, and that more~ over it is a form which merges imperceptibly into typical P. corylea a NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 205 (¢f. figs. on pl. ro, rr). Considering the peculiar shape of the penicillate cells shown by some forms we may perhaps suspect that in such variation there is to be found the origin of an incipient species—in other words that throughout the geographical range of Pf. corylea an incipient species is evolving on these lines from the parent form. The characters of this form, however, are not yet sufficiently sharply marked off, and are altogether too sporadic in appearance to allow us to give the form a place in systematic clas- sification, . As is now well known, the apex of the perithecium of P. corylea is provided with a mass of penicillate cells—outgrowths from the external cells of the perithecial wall—which at a certain stage in the ripening of the perithecium and probably under cer- tain external conditions, become mucilaginous and perform a curious function in the life history of the species. At the stage referred to the perithecium bears a large whitish mucilaginous drop on its upper surface. Neger (54) mentions that he has observed swimming about in isolated patches over the suiface of this drop a foam-like mass, the separate bubbles of which bear a Strong resemblance to polygonal thin-walled cells. This is evi- dently, as Neger observes, the structure represented by Tulasne (Carpologia, 1 : pl. rz. f. 2, 5, 6) asa continuous cellular membrane covering over the penicillate cells. In contact with water the cellular appearance of this mass is soon lost, and the whole dis- appears, leaving nothing behind but a mere trace of a hyaline mucilaginous substance. Neger states that the foam-like mass, together with the mucilaginous drop, is excreted from the peri- thecium. By a mechanism to be described later, the attachment of the perithecia to the leaf is destroyed, and each perithecium stands free on the points of its reflexed appendages among the hairs, etc., of the leaf, and is liable to fall at the slightest touch to the leaf or to be blown away by a breath of wind. At this stage the wall of the ultimate branches of the penicillate cells breaks down into a mucilaginous substance. When the fungus reaches a new substratum, the reflexed position of the appendages causes the apex of the perithecium, bearing its drop of mucilage, ones. or later to come into contact with the surface of the | FCs on which the perithecium has fallen. The mucilage 206 SALMON : SUPPLEMENTARY adheres to the substratum, and hardens, so that a reattachment of the perithecium, in a reversed position, takes place, and so firm is this attachment that some force is necessary to remove the peri- thecium with a needle. This curious phenomenon can easily be observed in nature, since on most host-plants perithecia are to be found late in the season attached to the upper surface of the leaves—a position in which they could not, in most cases, have originated, but which is to be explained by their having dropped off from the under surface of higher borne leaves, and become re- attached by the mucilaginous cells. , This reattachment has been the cause of leading systematists into several curious errors. In the first place there is no doubt that the numerous herbs given as hosts for P. corylea are not hosts in the true sense of the word at all, but are merely the plants to which perithecia, blown by the wind or fallen from the leaves of trees above, have become attached in the manner just described. Neger (53) records the occurrence of perithecia transferred in this way to plants of Vola, Urtica, Onobrychis, Lamium, etc., which were growing under a tree of Corylus attacked by P. corylea. Saccardo (66) records on Plantago lanceolata perithecia of P. corylea “evidently proceeding from leaves of trees.’’ I have seen perithecia firmly attached to the wood of -raxinus (see monograph, p. 234), and they have been recorded also on grasses and on Pertusaria by Bagge (see Fuckel, Symb. Myc. 80). The fungus recorded as “ Erysiphe graminis DC.?” on the leaves and stems of Poa nemoralis and Festuca syl- vatica by Richon (Cat. Champignons de la Marne, 232, 1889) with the description “ Les périthéces sont ornés de 6 ou 8 appendices simples et renflés 4 la base. II constitue probablement une variéte de Phyllactinia suffulta non signalée par les anteurs et différente de | Evysiphe graminis de Saccardo,” may now safely be identified as P. corylea. ‘ Erysiphella Carestiana Sacc.”” was founded on peti- thecia attached by means of their penicillate cells to the pileus of Fomes fomentarius. There seems also every reason to believe that the “ Exysiphe fungicola” of Schulzer on Boletus duriuculus is nothing more than P. corylea. Hazslinszky (27, p. 181) gives the following description of the fungus: (I am indebted to Professor A. Magocsy-Dietz for the translation from the Hungarian ) = ‘ Perithecien zerstreut und nicht zahlreich, winzig ; auf einem aus NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 207 radformig-strahlig sich verbreitenden Mycelfaden sich aufbauenden besonderen Mycelium. Ascilanglich mit 1-5 Sporen. Anhangsel ahnlich denen von Ph. guttata. Conidien wurden bis jetzt noch nicht beobachtet. Auf verkiimmerten Fruchtkérper von Boletus bei Vinkovce in Slavonien K6nigreich Ungarn.” From this de- scription we may conclude, I think, that perithecia of P. corylea, attached by their penicillate cells to the pileus of the Boletus, were under observation. In Schulzer’s original diagnosis (Oest. Bot. Zeit. 26: 58. 1876), the description occurs, “Die Pyrenien [= perithecia] sitzen, jede fiir sich, auf einem aus strahlenformigen kiirzeren und langeren Hyphen bestehenden Mycelium,” The “mycelium” here described by both authors, probably refers as Neger (53) has suggested, to the spreading penicillate cells, which frequently form a membranous mycelium-like layer under the perithecium and often extend a little way beyond it. : The loosening of the perithecium from its original point of attachment is, as Neger (54) has pointed out, brought about by a special contrivance. The wall of the bulbiform base of the appendages is, according to Neger, thickened in all parts except in the lower quadrant nearest the perithecium (see f/. 77, f. 20, 21), copied from Neger. If a living perithecium (the appendages of which will be spreading horizontally more or less in the plane of the leaf on which the fungus is growing) is placed in a dry atmosphere or in a salt solution, the watery contents of the basal bulbous part of the appendage diffuse through the thin-walled Part. This causes a folding to take place at this spot (see /. 20) and a consequent turning downward of the whole ap- pendage, until at last the perithecium is forced away from its Point of attachment and stands loose on the points of the reflexed appendages, In a damp atmosphere, or in contact with water, the bulb swells out again in the folded part, and so causes the ‘ppendages to become horizontal again. Neger observes that an @ppreciable force is exerted by the appendages in turning down- wards in the manner described above, and mentions that a rather thick cover-glass, which was placed on four perithecia, was, in an exsiccator, easily raised up by them. | It is worth while noting that some examples of P. cory/ea on Fraxinus excelstor possess asci which nearly always contain three 208 SALMON : SUPPLEMENTARY spores. This is the case, e. g., with the specimens in Rabenh. Fung. Eur. 1056 (from Saxony), in which nearly all the asci are trisporous, only rarely being bi- or tetrasporous (see p/. 9, f. 14, 15). This fact is interesting for two reasons. In the first place, for the evidence it affords in the question of the specific worth of “ P. Candollei Lévy.” (see monograph, p. 230); and, secondly, for the parallel it offers to the variation found in Uncinula polychaeta. This species of Ucinula in the United States possesses.as a rule regularly bisporous asci, only very rarely showing three (or, accord- ing to Tracy and Galloway, four) spores in the ascus; in China and Japan, however, the asci are usually trisporous, but some- times bisporous, or rarely show four or even five spores. In the case of U. polychaeta the form which shows an increased number of spores in the ascus is more or less definitely connected with a certain area in the geographical range of the species, while in P. corylea this variation occurs quite independent of locality. P. corylea has been described as being sometimes amphigenous ; I believe, however, that this is erroneous, and that its mycelium is always strictly hypophyllous. The description of the species as epiphyllous is probably due to the fact that perithecia attached by their penicillate cells occur very commonly on the upper surface of leaves, and also to the fact that an epiphyllous species of mildew may grow on the same leaf with the Phyl/actinia. In the Kew herbarium, ¢. g., there are leaves of a Quercus, from the United States, which bear on the under surface the mycelium and peri- thecia in all stages of development of P. corylea, while on the upper surface there are the mycelium and perithecia of Microsphaera alni, and among the mycelium perithecia of P. corylea attached by their penicellate cells. . Freeman (20) has recorded the occurrence of P. corylea on. Tilia sp. from Minnesota, U. S. A., but the author has since written to nfe that this record must be expunged, the host-plant proving to be probably a species of Cornus. Feltgen (18) wrongly refers the name “ Erysiphe stellata ~ ali. Marchand to Microsphaera alni. Marchand (49) described hig plant as follows: “‘ £. stellata N. Hypophylla, filamentis plurimis, tenibus, stellato-expansis. N. 8 coryli N.—Erysiphe corylt Hedw. 7 alni N.—E alni DC.” The description given, and the synonymy quoted, show without doubt that P. cory/ea was intended. NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 209 Explanation of Plates (All figures, unless otherwise stated, are magnified 400 times) PLATE 9 Fic. 1. Conidial stage of Erysiphe polygoni DC. on Anthriscus sylvestris, from Reigate, England, Sept. 1900 ; conidiophore bearing a single conidium, and conidia. Fic. 2. Conidial stage of EZ. polygoni DC. on Heracleum sphondylium, from Reigate, Englund, Oct. 1900, two conidiophores, each bearing a single conidium and conidia. Fics. 3-6. Microsphaera euonymi (DC. ) Sacc. on Caragana Jrutescens, from Rus- sia (in herb. Jaczewski); 3-5, apex of three appendages of the perithecium; 6, ascus and ripe ascospores. Fic. 7. Conidia of £, polygont DC. on Sisymbrium Alliaria, from Kew, Eng- land, Oct. 1900. Fic, 8.. Conidial stage of Z. polygoni DC. on Delphinium hybridum, from Kew, England, Sept. 1900 ; two conidiophores, each bearing a single conidium, and conidia. Fic. 9. Germinating conidium of £. polygoni DC. on Delphinium hybridum in 8 drop of water, showing the formation of an appressorium at the point where the germ- tube came in contact with the cover-glass. FIG. 10. Apex of an appendage of the perithecium of ‘‘Microsphaera Myoschili Neger”’ (=. alni (Wallr.)) on MMyoschilos oblongum, from the Andes, Argentine Republic (ex herb. Neger. ) Fic. 11; Apex of an appendage of the perithecium of J/. a/ni (Wallr.), on Rhamnus cathartica, from Brandenburg, Germany (Rehm. Ascomycet. no. II17). Fic. 12. Ascus and ripe ascospores of ‘‘ E ysiphe Fricki Neger’’ (= £. poly- gent DC.), on Geum Chiloénse, from the Argentine Republic (ex. herb. Neger). Fic. 13. Lobed haustoria of £. galeopsidis DC. on Tagetes minuta, from Lin- coln, Argentine Republic (ex. herb. Spegazzini), x 670. Fics. 14,15. Tri- and tetrasporous asci of Phydlactinia corylea (Pers.) Karst., on Fraxinus Ornus, from Saxony (Rabenh. Fung. eur. no, 1056). Fics. 16, 17, Apex of two (partly immature) appendages of Microsphaera alnit (Wallr.) on Berderis vulgaris, from Russia (Jacz. Kom, Tranz. Fung. ross. exsicc. no. 337 b., sub Az berberidis). PLATE 10 Penicillate cells of the perithecium of Phy/lactinia corylea ( Pers.) Karst., from examples from different parts of the world. Fics. 1-6, «Pp. clavariaeformis Neger,’’ on Embothrium coccineum, from the Argentine Republic (ex herb, Neger); 6, ascus and ripe ascospores of same. Fics, 7-9. «Pp. Antarctica Speg.,”’ on Ribes Magellanicum, from Lion Range, tr. Gregory Bay, Patagonia (ex herb. Spegazzini). : Figs. 10-12. P. Antarctica Speg.,”’ on Ribes Magellanicum, from Patagonia (ex herb. Dr. Rehm). Fic. 13. On Adesmia sp., from the Argentine Republic (ex herb. Spegazzini ). Pies. 14-15. On. Excoecaria sp., from Paraguay (ex herb. Spegazzini). Fics. 16-18. On Alnus serrulata, from South Carolina, U. S. A. (Rav. Fung. amer. exsicc. no, 624, in herb. Kew). Fic. 19. On Carpinus Americana, from Mlinois, U. S. A. (Herb. Kew). 910 SALMON: ERYSIPHACEAE PLATE II Penicillate cells of the perithecium of Phyllactinia corylea (Pers.) Karst., from examples from different parts of the world. Fic. 1. On Quercus, from the United States (Herb. Kew). Fics. 2-5. On Catalpa syringaefolia from South Carolina, U. S. A. (Roumeg. Fung. select. exsicc. no. 4756, in herb. Kew). Fic. 6. On Corylus Americana, from Illinois, U. S. A. (Herb. Kew). Fic. 7. On Corylus Avellana, from Surrey, England. Fic. 8. On Corylus Colurna, from Copenhagen, (Herb. Kew). Fics. 9, 10. On Betula alba, from Germany (Herb. Kew). Fic. 11. On Alnus sp. from Germany (Fckl. Fung. Rhen., no. 704, in herb. Kew). Fics. 12, 13. On Alnus glutinosa, from France (Herb. Kew). Fic. 14. On Cornus Mas, from Italy (Sacc, Myc. Ven. no. 625, in herb. Kew). Fics. 15, 16. On Paulownia imperialis, from Japan (Herb. Kew). Fics. 17, 19. On Magnolia Yulan, from Japan (Herb. Kew). Fics. 20, 21. Bulbous base of an appendage of P. corylea ; 20, in a turgescent condition ; 21, on loss of turgescence, X 300 (from the drawing given by Neger (54, eee e Fic 22. Ascospores from an example of Podosphaera oxyacanthae (DC.) de Bary, on Crataegus Oxyacantha, from Italy. The figures are copied from drawings made by Dr, Spegazzini on the specimen in his herbarium (see p. 84). (To be concluded. ) Development of the Embryo-sac and Embryo of Castalia odorata and Nymphaea advena * OQ By MELVILLE THuRsTON Cook (With PLATES 12 AND 13) The systematic position of the Nymphaeaceae has long been an unsettled question, since the family presents some characters of both monocotyledons and dicotyledons. The purpose of this study was to reach some satisfactory conclusion as a result of ob- servation on the development of the embryo-sac and the embryo. Castalia odorata Dryand, and Nymphaea advena Soland, were Selected and the study has shown that they differ in very few and minor points in their development. Since beginning these investi- gations, Lyon has published “Observations on Embryogeny of Nelumbo ”’ (9) in which he reaches the conclusion that it is a true Monocotyledon in which the single cotyledon bifurcates, thus giv- ing rise to the two fleshy bodies. The material was killed and fixed in Flemming’s osmic-chromo- acetic solution and in chromo-acetic. It was then washed, passed through alcohol, imbedded in paraffine and cut with Minot micro- tome. The stains used were haematoxylin and iron alum, safranin and gentian violet, and cyanin anderythrosin. The first and second combinations were especially successful. The safranin and gentian violet was especially good for demonstrating the antipodals. A large number of slides were prepared and most of the points figured were observed many times. DEVELOPMENT OF THE MEGASPORE AND EMBRyO-SAC The archesporial cell develops from the hypodermis and is easily distinguished from the surrounding cells. In one instance two archesporial cells were observed. The archesporial cell Snlarges (fig. 7 ) and the first tapetal cell is formed by a transverse division (fig. 2). Other tapetal cells are formed in a very ir- Fegular manner as a result of the division of the first. Two ae eS AS Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory, Ohio State University. 211 27% Cook: DEVELOPMENT OF EMBRYO-SAC AND EMBRYO tapetal cells may be formed by a periclinal wall (/ 3) or by an anticlinal wall (f 4) or three may be formed by the formation first of an anticlinal wall followed by a periclinal wall in one cell only, or four may be formed by two periclinal walls followed by one anticlinal in one cell only, or by one anticlinal wall followed by two periclinal walls (/. 5). The formation of the potential and the functional megaspores was not observed but many cases of the growth of the functional megaspore and degeneration of the potential megaspores were ob- served (f. 6-9). In one case two well-developed functional mega- spores were observed lying side by side (/. 70). The embryo-sac is perfectly straight and develops rapidly, en- larging principally in the direction of its longer axis, the greater growth being towards the micropyle at the expense of the tapetal cells (f rz-r3). An abundance of starch usually appears in the developed megaspore and persists throughout the two- and four-celled stages (f 9, zz, 72). The antipodal cells are very small and disappear about the time of the conjugation of the polar nuclei (/ 73). In only one instance were they observed to per- sist until the beginning of the formation of the endosperm. With the formation of the endosperm nucleus the egg apparatus becomes very distinct (f 74, 75). The synergids are quite apparent and at least one of them persists for a very long time (f. 23, 28). Shortly after the conjugation of the polar nuclei (/ 73, 74 75) and fertilization of the egg (/. 76) the endosperm nucleus divides and a very delicate but definite wall is formed across the sac (f. 16, 17) similar to that described by Schaffner for Sagit- taria (12). The upper nucleus thus formed moves toward the embryo and rapidly forms the endosperm (f 77 and fext fig. r). This end of the sac enlarges rapidly and becomes filled with endosperm (/. 21) which persists until the embryo is fully formed but the cell walls gradually become thinner and the protoplasm gradually dis- appears as the embryo approaches maturity. The other cell formed by the division of the endosperm nucleus grows towards the chalazal end of the ovule, forming a tube by the — absorption of the nucellus and leaving in its trail a long string g OF CASTALIA ODORATA AND NYMPHAEA ADVENA 213 protoplasm reaching back to the endosperm which never enters this tube (f 77, 78, 19 and ¢ext fig. r). The formation of this tube is in the axis‘of the ovule, where the nucellus cells are slightly elongated and have very thin walls. These cells are absorbed very readily, the fragments along the sides of the tube usually being very few and very small. The nucleus reaches the chalazal end of the ovule about the time the embryo is in?quadrant stage (eat Fic. 1, Tube formed by lower endosperm nucleus. Three-celled embryo and : in upper end of tube, lower endosperm nucleus in lower end of tube. Fig. 19 drawn from same’section. Fg. 2). Upon reaching the chalazal end of the ovule the end of the tube enlarges, the cell making a corresponding enlargement _ and then degenerating (f. 20, a, 6). This process is complete - Sa the embryo and endosperm are in the stage represented by Bee her es 214 Cook : DEVELOPMENT OF EMBRYO-SAC AND EMBRYO Hegelmaier, in his ‘‘ Untersuchungen tiber die Morphologie der Dikotyledonen-Endosperms ” ('7), describes four types of endo- sperm development which he designates as: (1) ‘ Allseitig-peri- phersche” (¢. g., Adonis, Caltha, Cotoneaster, Malva, Hibiscus). (2) “ Peripherisch-simultanen ” (e. g., Bocconia, Scabiosa,, Euphorbia). (3) ‘Einseitig peripherischen” (e. ¢., Trigonella, Phaseolus, Fago- pyrum). (4) ‘“Endogene”’ (e. g.,Eranthis). In the Nymphaeaceae- we apparently have a type intermediate between the third and fourth with greater resemblance to the third type, but differing from it in the appearance and activity of the lower endosperm nucleus. The physiological significance of this nucleus presents a very interesting problem which should be considered in connection with the function of the antipodals. In the case of the Ranunculaceae as described ‘by Coulter (1) the very large antipodals indicate some very important function which is emphasized by Campbell’s study of Sparganium simplex (5) in which he describes a very great increase in the number of antipodal cells. Lloyd’s researches on Vaillantia hispida (10) seem to throw some light on this problem. He describes the behavior of the antipodals, the third and lowest of which form a haustorium which projects back into the disintegrating megaspores and apparently bearing a nutritive relation to the embryo-sac. Guignard in his recent paper on Vaias major (6) describes two of the antipodals degenerating and the upper one enlarging long after the fertilization of the 6osphere. Chamberlain in his paper on Aster Novae-Angliae (3) describes and figures a peculiar enlargement of the lower antipodal and believes that one of the nuclei represents an odsphere, thus empha- sizing Strasburger’s view that the antipodal region is homologous with the prothallium of the Gymnosperms. ke: Whatever may be the physiological or morphological signifi- cance of the antipodals in the plants to which we have just referred and whatever it may have been in the past we find many plants to which Strasburger’s view cannot be applied. In many cases the antipodals are very small and without func- tion but we frequently find other structures which are apparently performing a similar function to that described by Lloy de Vaillantia hispida (10). In Lilium Philadelphicum,(2) Coulter de- OF CASTALIA ODORATA AND NYMPHAEA ADVENA 215 scribes an enlargement of the sac with the three disorganizing antipodals in a small caecum-like structure. Riddle (11) in her Studies on Alyssum macrocarpum describes a decided enlargement of the sac, and an increase in the endosperm with a very pro- nounced accumulation of endosperm cells in the antipodal region, usually obscuring the antipodals which are very small and appar- ently functionless. In Schaffner’s studies of Sagittaria variabilis (12) we have a condition very nearly that found inthe Nymphaeaceae. The endo- Sperm nucleus divides and a wall is formed across the sac; the lower part of the sac does not enlarge greatly as in the Nymphaea- ceae and the antipodals persist but the nuclei resemble very closely those I have described for the Nymphaeaceae. We find further evidence on this point in the papers on Pota- mogeton by Wiegand (15) and by Holferty (8). Wiegand describes for P. foliosus (15) a sac of seven nuclei, three forming the egg ap- paratus and three the antipodals and one very large nucleus which he calls the fourth antipodal and states that a little later it divides into two and that a wall forms across the sac at this point, separat- ing the two nuclei thus formed. He furthermore states that the Upper of these two new nuclei divides forming the endosperm, the lower remaining undivided. Holferty describes P. natans (8) as forming the normal eight-celled sac and the polar nuclei as fusing in the normal manner. From these two papers it seems possible that Wiegand failed to observe the conjugation of the polar nuclei and that the division of the fourth large antipodal was really a division of the endo- Sperm nucleus as in Sagittaria and the Nymphaeaceae. It seems unreasonable to suppose that the antipodals are without physiological significance in those plants where they are Prominent. Inthe Ranunculaceae, in Sparganium, and in Vaillantia the antipodals appear to furnish nourishment for the embryo. The Peculiar haustorial development of the antipodal of Vaillantia, the enlargement of the lower antipodal in Aster, the accumulation “al endosperm in the antipodal region of Adyssum, and the large lower nucleus formed by a division of the endosperm nucleus in Sagittaria and the Nymphaeaceae show a resemblance which I be- e indicates similar physiological functions. The mere enlarge- 216 Cook: DEVELOPMENT OF EMBRYO-SAC AND EMBRYO ment of the sac of Lz/zum and many other plants may accomplish the same result by absorption of the surrounding cells of the nucellus. A very pronounced sclerification was developed in the inner part of the epidermal cells just before maturity of the embryo-sac (f. 6-9, z1-13, 16). These cells separated readily from the underlying cells of the nucellus and from each other; often the microtome knife would tear them loose and pressure upon the cover-glass of a fresh preparation was usually sufficient to separate them. Although fertilization was observed but once(f. 76) and then the path of the pollen tube could not be traced, I am inclined _ to believe that it occurs in the usual manner. DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMBRYO The embryo becomes very prominent (/: 76) and divides by a transverse division which is usually oblique (f. 22, 23). This is followed by the formation of a quadrant (f. 23) and an octant (7. 24), the embryo retaining its spherical form. In one instance a distinct twelve-celled embryo (f/f. 25) was observed. The formation of the octant is not always regular and the divisions following this are very irregular, especially in NW. advena, but the embryo retains its spherical condition until fully half developed and becomes free in the sac (f 26, 29). The free spherical condition corresponds to the condition observed in Nelumbo by Lyon (9). In one case polyembryony (f. 27) was observed and was apparently due to the splitting of a very young embryo, since the embryo may typically be said to have two or four basal cells, while in one case of polyembryony each embryo showed one dis- tinct basal cell. ; When well advanced there is an increased activity in the division of the cells on the side of the embryo farthest from the micto- pyle (f 29, c). This is the first appearance of the cotyledon the growth being forward and lateral, the edges being slightly curved so as to form a sort of elongate tray with the main spher- ical part of the embryo placed at one end (f. 30, 37). A few cells next to the micropyle, probably the original basal 3 cells, show increased activity shortly after the first appearance of OF CASTALIA ODORATA AND NyMPHAEA ADVENA 217 the cotyledon growth and eventually forms the suspensor which projects towards the micropyle as a short cone-like organ, but does not become attached to the walls of the embryo-sac (/. 29, 5, 32, S) and does not appear to be of any great value. The cotyledon was not observed to bifurcate (¢ext fig. 2), as Lyon describes for Ne/umbo (g), although embryos older than rig : h i Fis. 2. Outline drawings from series of sections of single embryo of WV. advena showing relation of parts. 5, suspensor; #, plumule; #, cotyledon. those figured were examined. Soon after the appearance of the Suspensor there is an increased activity of the remaining spherical Part of the embryo, resulting in the formation of a plumule (/ 31, plum.). This agrees with Ne/umbo (g) as described by Lyon. he primary root is formed by an increased activity of cells be- tween the suspensor and plumule (f 37, 7) and also agrees with Nelumbo as described by Lyon. The embryo in its development cannot be said to show a marked resemblance to any of the monocotyledonous plants to | which we might suppose it to be related. Aside from the suspen- Sor it compares fairly well with Lilium and Erythrontum. How- 218 Cook: DEVELOPMENT OF EMBRYO-SAC AND EMBRYO ever, the development of the embryo-sac bears a striking resem- blance to Potamogeton, Naias,and Sagittaria. The formation of tapetal cells and of megaspores is very similar to that described by Holferty for Potamogeton (8) and Campbell for Matas (4). The first division of the definitive nucleus and the formation of the wall across the sac is the same as observed by Schaffner in Sagittaria (12). Lyon concludes that -the Nymphaeaceae should be classified among the Monocotyledons in the series Helobiae (Naiadales). Van Tieghem in ‘‘ Elements de Botanique’’ (14) makes a special class including the Nymphaeaceae and Gramineae between the Monocotyledons and the Dicotyledons which he calls ‘‘ Liorhizes Dicotylees.’” Taking into consideration the general anatomy and habits of the plants, and the fact that the formation of a lower endosperm nucleus is similar to Sagittaria (12), it appears that the Nymphaeaceae should be placed in or near the order Naiadales. SUMMARY 1. The archesporial cell is hypodermal. 2. The formation of the tapetal cells is irregular. 3. The formation of the megaspores is after the usual manner. 4. The embryo-sac usually contains starch in the one-, two-, and four-celled stages. 5. The formation of the eight-celled embryo-sac is in the usual manner. 6. At least one of the synergids persists for a very long period. 7. The antipodals are very small and disappear early. 8. The endosperm nucleus divides and a wall is formed across the embryo-sac between the two nuclei. The upper forms true endosperm, the lower a tube extending to the chalazal end of the ovule for absorbing the cells of the nucellus. g. The embryo is at first spherical and later forms 4 single cotyledon. 10. The suspensor is late in forming and apparently without function. 11. The family Nymphaeaceae should be placed in or near the order Naiadales. The writer wishes to express his thanks to Professor J. Me OF CASTALIA ODORATA AND NYMPHAEA ADVENA 219 Coulter and Dr. Charles J. Chamberlain, of the University of Chi- cago, for valuable suggestions in the first part of the investigation, and to Professor J. H. Schaffner, of the Ohio State University, for very valuable assistance in the later studies. 2 LITERATURE Only those papers are cited to which reference has been made. 1. Coulter, J. M. Contribution to the Life History of Ranunculus. Bot. Gaz. 25: 73-88. 1898. 2. Coulter, J. M., et al. Contributions to the Life History of Lidium Philadelphicum. Bot. Gaz. 23: 412-452. 1897. 3. Chamberlain, C. J. The Embryo-sac of Aster Novae-Angliae. Bot. Gaz. 20: 205-212. 1895. 4. Campbell, D. H. A morphological Study of Matas and Zannt- chellia. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 1: 1-61. 1897. 5. Campbell, D. H. Studies on the Flower and Embryo of Sfar-_ ganium. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 1: 293-328. 1899. 6. Guignard, L. La double fecondation dans le WVa‘as mayor. Jour. de Bot. 15. 1900. 7. Hegelmaier, Dr. Untersuchungen iiber die Morphologie der Dikotyledonen-Endosperms. Nova Acta d. K. L. C. D. Akad. d Naturforcher. 49. 188 5: 8, Holferty, G. M. Ovules and Embryo of Potamogeton natans. Bot. Gaz. 31: 339-346. 1g01. 9. Lyon, H. L. Observations of Embryogeny of WVe/uméo. Minn. Bot. Studies, 2: rgor. To. Lloyd, Buk, Comparative Embryology of the Rubiaceae. Mem. Torrey Club, 8: 1—26. 1899. sz, Riddle, a. The Embryology of A/yssum. Bot. Gaz. 26: 314- 324. 1808. 12. Schaffner, J. H. The Life History of Sagittaria variabilis. Bot. Gaz. 23: 252-273. 1897. 13. Schaffner, J.H. A Contribution to the Life History and Cytology Of Erythronium. Bot. Gaz. 31: 369-387. 1901. 14. Van Tieghen, Ph. Elements de Botanique. 1898. 15. Weigand, K.M. The Development of the Embryo-sac in some be Monocotyledonous Plants. Bot. Gaz. 30: 25-47. 19090. Explanation of Pilates PLATE 12 Castalia odorata (except Fig. 16 which is C. Zanzibariensis). Fic. One archesporial cell. 220 Cook: DEVELOPMENT OF EMBRYO-SAC AND EMBRYO Fic, 2. One archesporial cell and one tapetal cell formed by a periclinal wall. Fic. 3. Archesporial cell and two tapetal eells formed by periclinal wall. Fic. 4. Archesporial cell and two tapetal cells formed by anticlinal wall. Fic. 5. Archesporial cell and four tapetal cells. Fic. 6. Functional megaspore and three dissolving megaspores and two tapetal cells Fic. 7. Functional megaspore and dissolving megaspores and tapetal cells. Fic. 8. Functional megaspore and dissolving macrospores and tapetal cells. Fic. 9. Functional megaspore and dissolving megaspore and tapetal cells. Starch in functional megaspores. Fic. 10. Two functional megaspores. (Missing nucleus was in next section. ) Fic. 11. Two-celled embryo-sac containing starch. Fic. 12. Four-celled embryo-sac containing starch. Fic. 13. Eight-celled embryo-sac Conjugating polar nuclei. Degenerating antipodals. Fics. 14, 15. Mature embryo-sac with egg apparatus and endosperm nuclei. Fic, 16. Fertilized egg and pollen tube. First division of the endosperm nuclei. The two nuclei separated by a wall. j Fic. 17. Separation of the two nuclei after division of the definitive nucleus. Fer- tilized egg and one synergid. : Fic. 18. Lower nucleus formed by division of definitive nucleus about one-third way down ovule. Fic. 19. Lower nucleus (from text figure 1). Fic. 20a. Lower nucleus in the enlarged end of the tube. Nucleus degenerating. Fic. 206. Same as 27a. PLATE 13 Nymphaea advena (except Figs. 21-24, which are C. odorata). Fic, 21. Upper end of tube enlarged and containing embryo and endosperm. Age corresponds to Fig. 20. Fic. 22. Embryo of three cells. One synergid. Fic. 23. Embryo of four cells. One synergid. Fic. 24. Embryo of eight cells. Fic. 25. Embryo of twelve cells. (The other three cells were found in the next section. ) Fic. 26. Spherical embryo. Fic. 27. Double embryo. Fic. 28. Spherical embryo. One synergid. Fic. 29. Spherical embryo showing beginning of cotyledon (¢) and suspensor (s) Fic. 30. Embryo showing spherical part of embryo and the cotyledon. Fic. 31. Embryo showing cotyledon, two leaves of plumule (f/m. ) and root (7)- Fic. 32. Section from same embryo as 31 showing suspensor (5). New and noteworthy Northwestern Plants—VI BY C. Ve Pirek “Antennaria Hendersoni sp. nov. Loosely tufted, bearing at base ascending stolon-like branches 3-6 cm. long; whole plant covered with a closely matted white to- mentum, which becoming slightly looser on the stem: flowering stems erect, 20-35 cm. high: basal leaves crowded, narrowly oblanceolate, not petioled, acute and often curved at tip, 15-30 mm. long, 3-4 mm. broad; cauline leaves scattered, linear-oblanceolate, acute, grad- ually reduced upward: heads numerous, rather loosely corymbed ; involucre 5-6 mm. high, woolly below; bracts pale, sometimes slightly brownish at base, the white papery tips rather obtuse and somewhat lacerate, the inner ones twice as long as the outermost : pappus white. Mt. Adams, Wash., Aug. 6, 1892, L. F. Henderson, 2290 in part; pistillate plants only. The species here proposed is clearly not referable to any hitherto Tecognized from the Cascade Mountains and does not agree with any described Rocky Mountain species. It is nearest perhaps to A. nardina Greene. ~ Antennaria leucophaea sp. nov. - Whole plant silvery with a closely appressed tomentum, ap- Parently tufted, the woody base bearing leafy surculose stolons 3-4 cm. long: flowering stems leafy to the inflorescence, erect, 8-14 cm. high : leaves numerous, sessile, linear or linear-oblanceo- ate, acute, 2-5 cm. long, the lowest with broader somewhat “carious partly sheathing bases : heads in a single dense cluster or Corymbed : involucre oblong-cylindric, woolly only at the base, 3-7 mm. high; bracts in several series, linear-lanceolate, acute or acutish, scarious, brownish except the white tips: pappus white : male plant unknown. Klickitat, Wash., May 15, 1882, Zhomas Howell (type) ; Little Klickitat Valley, Wash., May, 1880, Suksdorf, 283. (The locality and number of the Suksdorf specimen are open to question as it is Mounted with specimens of A. Janata Greene, the one label being “pparently a combination of two original ones.) Both collections are in the Gray Herbarium. 221 222 PirpER : NOTEWORTHY NORTHWESTERN PLANTS In the Synoptical Flora the Howell specimen was referred to A. luzuloides T. & G. from which the brown involucre and stolon- iferous habit clearly separate it. It is probably nearest A. steno- phylla Gray but is larger in every way besides being stoloniferous. -Madia ramosa sp. nov. Annual, erect, 25-30 cm. high, loosely branched above, finely hirsute throughout, stipitate-glandular except at the base: leaves few, alternate, or the lowest opposite, only 2-5 pairs below the inflorescence, all sessile, linear, acute, 2-4 cm. long : inflorescence a loose cyme: heads solitary and lateral or 2-4 in terminal clus- ters, the lateral heads sessile or nearly so; heads oblong or nar- rowly ovate, flattened, 7-10 mm. long: disk-flowers 1-4, yellow; ray-flowers wanting, rarely 1-2, the ligule very short: akenes 5 mm. long, curved, broadest near the apex, mostly carinate on one face. Blue Mts., Walla Walla county, Wash., Piper, 2457, Aug. 2, 1896 (type). Sterile mountain ridges 5,000 ft. alt. Eastern Oregon, Cusick, 1789, Aug., 1897. A close ally of JZ glomerata Hook., differing essentially in its much smaller size, glandular pubescence, sparse leafiness and loose inflorescence. Vv CACALIOPSIS NARDOSMIA glabrata var. nov. Differs from the typical form as follows: leaves larger, 10-60 cm. in diameter, green above from the first, at length becoming glabrous beneath also : petioles relatively longer, 20-60 cm. long: heads smaller, less than 20 mm. high (20-25 mm. in the type): corolla shorter, about 15 mm. long ; corolla-lobes proportionately longer, one half the length of the broader part of the tube (only one fourth the length of the broad part of the tube in the type): akenes 4 mm. long (4—7 mm. in the type). The types of C. xardosmia Gray are from Sonoma, Humboldt and Mendocino counties, California. All of the Washington spect mens differ from the Californian in the particulars pointed out. No specimens have been seen from Oregon. Klickitat county, Swksdorf, 1883 (type in the Gray Herbarium). Klickitat River, //ett, 170g. Simcoe Mts., Howell. Stevens Pass, Sandberg & Leiberg, 564. Roslyn, IWhited, 425. Without local- ity, Vasey, 252. Piper: NoTrewortHy NORTHWESTERN PLANTS 223 “ MENTHA ARVENSIS lanata var. nov. Size and habits of var. Canadensis Briquet (JZ. Canadensis L.), but the calyx, stem, petioles and often the whole under side of the leaf-blade densely lanate-pubescent. Specimens examined : Wasuinoton: Parrotts P. O., Lake & Hull, 603, Aug. 5, 1892 (type in the Gray Herbarium). Wilson Creek, Lake & Hull, Aug. 5, 1892. IpaHo: Kootenai county, /. H. Sandberg. Mud Lake, Koo- tenai county, Sandberg, MacDougal & Heller, 734. ‘ Fort Colville to Rocky Mts.,” Zya// in 1861. CALIFORNIA: Santa Barbara, Sept., 1882, Mrs. R. F. Bingham ; Clear Lake, Aug. 16, 1882, Pringle. v Synthyris schizantha sp. nov. Rootstocks short, creeping: radical leaves reniform-orbicular, 5-7-nerved, indistinctly lobed, doubly dentate, glabrous above, pubescent beneath, especially on the veins, 5-12 cm. broad; petioles exceeding the blades, pubescent: flowering stem pubes- cent, 20-25 cm. high, bearing a pair of nearly sessile ovate-orbic- ular leaves, 2~3 cm. long, just below the inflorescence: raceme 4-6 cm. long in flower, rather dense, viscidly pubescent ; bracts lanceolate, entire or the lower ones laciniately few toothed at apex, 5-8 mm. in length, about as long as the pedicels: calyx-lobes subequal, lanceolate and entire, or those of the lower flowers often toothed or even laciniately cleft: corolla blue, 5—6 mm. long, the subequal lobes all deeply cleft into narrow divisions : ovules about 3 in each cell: fruit not seen. Baldy Peak, Olympic Mts., Wash., July 24, 1897, Frank N. Lamb, S& 34. Fs A handsome species nearest related to S. reniformis Benth. The pubescence is apparently clammy viscid. ° On account of the peculiar corolla, some slight modifications in the generic charac- ters are necessitated, * Lomatrum macrocarpum artemisiarum var. nov. Differs from the type essentially in its pubescence but otherwise quite as variable. In the typical form the pubescence is tomentose, “specially in the inflorescence. In the variety here proposed there 'S No trace of this tomentose character, the plant being everywhere Puberulent with short erect hairs. 224 Pirer: NoTewortHy NORTHWESTERN PLANTS This is the common form in the sage-brush of the Columbia Valley. The following specimens have been examined, all from Washington : Pasco, Piper, 2976, May 26, 1899 (type). North Yakima, [Henderson, 2509, 2511, 2574, all collected May 25, 1892, Prosser, Henderson, 2510, May 26, 1892. Crab Creek, Sandberg & Leiberg, 243, June 19, 1893. Without locality, Vasey, 308. The Vasey specimen is about 40 cm. tall with carpels 20-24 mm. long; the other specimens are 10-20 cm. tall with carpels 10-12 mm. long. Ps asia LOMATIUM MACROCARPUM semivittatum var. nov. Ultimate leaf segments very narrowly linear or filiform: fruit narrowly winged, the dorsal ridges low ; no oil-tubes on the dorsal side, 2-6 on the commissural side. Orecon: Hood River, May 24, 1886 and Aug. 6, 1883, Henderson, 397 (type); Hood River, Mrs. Barrett, 71. WASHINGTON: West Klickitat County, Suksdorf, 279. This form differs from ZL. macrocarpum essentially as above. It may be a distinct species as all of the specimens of the typical form or of the preceding variety that we have examined have dor- sal oil tubes. The Henderson specimens were referred by Coulter and Rose to P. bicolor Wats. in the Revision of the North American Umbelliferae. It resembles that species only in foliage. - Astragalus Whitedii sp. nov. Hoary pubescent throughout, the erect or ascending stems 40- 50 cm. high, simple or sparingly branched : leaflets 5-7 pairs, ob- long or obovate, truncate or emarginate at apex, acute at the nearly sessile base, 5-10 mm. long, the pubescence similar on both faces ; stipules small : peduncles mostly exceeding the leaves: racemes short, few (5—7)-flowered: calyx cylindric campanulate, the pubescence blackish, the short teeth one fourth as long as the tube: corolla yellowish-white, twice as long as the calyx: pods linear, cartilaginous, 1-celled without sutural intrusions, 2.5—3 ¢™: long, acute, rather turgid, sparsely pubescent, curved into a semi- circle, the stipe-like base as long as the calyx. Colockum Creek, twenty miles southeast of Wenatchee, Wash., May 17, 1901, K. Whited, 1353; also young flowering specimens from the same station, collected in 1899. PIPER: NOTEWORTHY NORTHWESTERN PLANTS 225 An interesting new species of the § Podo-sclerocarpus, nearest related to A. speirocarpus Gray and A. Gibbsii Kell. It is a pleas- ure to name it after its enthusiastic discoverer. ASTRAGALUs CyRTOIDEs Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 201 A careful examination of the type of this plant, collected on the Clearwater River, Idaho, by Spalding, shows it to be without question A. colfinus Dougl. and not A. Gibdsii Kellogg. The specimens are in young flower. | The fruiting specimens from Carson City, Nevada, Anderson, which Dr. Gray referred in Proc. Am. Acad. 6: 525 to his A. cyrtoides, are true A. Gibbsii Kell. v Philadelphus confusus sp. nov. P. Gordonianus Bot. Calif. Not Lindley. Shrub, 2-4 m. high, much branched above; bark pale, flaky : leaves ovate, acute or acuminate, rather thin, dentate or rarely en- lire, sparsely pubescent, 2-5 cm. long; petioles short: panicles 4—10-flowered, the lower one or two pairs of flowers in the axils of ordinary leaves : flowers odorous : calyx-lobes triangular-ovate, acute or acuminate, not twice as long as the tube, pubescent on the tips and margins within: petals pure white, oblong, 1.5—2 cm. long: styles united for two-thirds their length: stigmas rather broadly dilated : pods rather more than half inferior. The common Philadelphus occurring from northern California to British Columbia west of the Cascade Mts. We have seen only two specimens from east of the Cascade Mts. that we would tefer to P. confusus, namely: Sandberg, Heller & MacDougal, 253, Hatwai Creek, Idaho; H. E Brown, July 16, 1896, Cafion City, Oregon, ; As the-type of P. confusus we would designate Ad/en, 221, aaa on Tum Tum Mountain, Wash., Aug. 13, and Sept. 17, 1596. : The species differs from P. Lewisii Pursh essentially in its rel- atively shorter calyx-lobes, and the styles being united for two- thirds their length, whereas in P. Lezwisié they are united only half their length, ) P. Gordonianus Lindley is ‘a synonym of P. Lewisi as indi- sa Sted not only by Lindley’s figure and description but by authentic A Piper: NoTEeEworrHy NORTHWESTERN PLANTS cultivated specimens from Lindley in the Gray Herbarium. The type was grown from seeds collected by Douglas ‘along the banks of the Columbia.”’ Douglas, however, collected P. Lewzsiz also as shown by a _ specimen in Herb. Gray. There can be no doubt as to the iden- tity of P. Lewzsit as the type in the herbarium of the Philadelphia Academy is in fine preservation. It was collected by Lewis, ‘on the waters of Clark’s River,’ July 4, 1806. Dr. Elliott Coues says this means “ Hellgate River, between Missoula, Mont., and the mouth of Big Blackfoot River, in Missoula county, Montana.” P. Lewisii ranges from the east slope of the Cascade Mts. of Oregon, Washington and British Columbia eastward to western Montana. We have not seen any specimen of it from west of the Cascade Mountains. New Species of Uredineae—lIl By J. C. ARTHUR The following species of Uredineae have come to light, for the most part, from material kindly sent me by various collectors and Students. In some cases they proved to be entirely unrepresented in my herbarium, but in other cases they had been known for some time, yet in too fragmentary condition to permit of descrip- tion. Collections of what appear to be common species but upon unusual hosts often prove, when studied in connection with large Series, to be new or otherwise interesting forms. Collections from Previously unexplored regions generally well repay careful study, even if at first sight they seem to contain nothing new. All the Species of this paper, except one from India, are from various Parts of the United States. Thanks are due and are hereby €xtended to the several persons who contributed the material herein cited, as well as other material used for comparison during the study, Uromyces Rickerianus sp. nov. I. Aecidia more hypophyllous than epiphyllous, in dense clusters ; substratum scarcely thickened ; peridia pale, low, erose ; aecidiospores globose to oblong, 16-22 x 18-26 w; wall thin, minutely verrucose, appearing smooth. III. Teleutosori at first intermixed with the aecidia, especially — the petioles, elliptical, reaching 4 mm. in length, long covered “id the delicate, gray epidermis, at length pulverulent, chocolate- ek teleutospores dark brown, globose to oblong, somewhat abl merr) 20-25 x 23-35 », wall medium thick, apex not notice- y thickened, both apex and base rounded, pedicel colorless, tagile, very short. On leaves of Rumex Geyeri (Meisn.) Trel., Teton Pass, Wy., July 13, 1901 (Elmer D. Merrill and E. N. Wilcox, no. 1217, somm. by P. L. Ricker). - ay aecidia of this species bear a striking resemblance to those Gait ccima phragmitis, but have a little thinner and smoother Sand are a trifle smaller ; the gross appearance is about the Saas The Species is named in recognition of the interest taken . 227 228 ARTHUR: NEW SPECIES OF UREDINEAE in plant rusts by Mr. P. L. Ricker, of the Bureau of Plant In- dustry, Washington, D. C., who has listed the Uredineae of Maine, and is now studying collections from the western United States. Uromyces rottboelliae sp. nov. X. Amphisori hypophyllous, oblong, prominent, soon naked, chestnut-brown, ruptured epidermis noticeable; amphispores obovate-globose, 18-25 X 25-30, wall thick, 3 4, golden brown, finely and closely tuberculate, pores 4, equatorial, pedicel color- less, delicate, about the length of the spore, semi-persistent. III. Teleutospores globoid, of about the size and color of the amphispores, side wall about 2 » thick, apex much thickened (8 #), broad and almost truncate, base rounded, pedicel colorless, deli- cate, about the length of the spore, persistent. On Rottboellia speciosa Hack. Jaunsar, Northwest Hima- layas, India, 7,000 ft. alt., October, 1894 (/. F. Duthie, comm. by P. L. Ricker). This species was detected upon specimens in the phanerogamic herbarium of the U. S. Department of Agriculture by Mr. P. L. Ricker. It is notable for being the first Old World species observed possessing amphispores, so far as the writer knows. The amphisori have the gross appearance of teleutosori, the spores being dark colored and persistent. True uredospores were not seen, unless a few spores from parasitized sori were such ; they differed from the amphispores only in having thin, yellow walls. Nor were teleutosori seen, the spores described being scattering ones from amphisori. In North America amphi- spores are known in Puccinia vexans Farl., and in a number of other species, but in none belonging to the genus Uromyces. Puccinia tosta sp. nov. O, I. Spermogonia and aecidia unknown. II. Uredosori amphigenous, small, brownish yellow, soon naked, ruptured epidermis inconspicuous; uredospores globose, 20-30 » in diameter, wall brownish yellow, thin, about 1.5 / closely and minutely tuberculate, pores 6 or more, scattered. III. Teleutosori amphigenous, prominent, round or oblong, blackish brown, early naked, ruptured epidermis not visible ; teleu- tospores globoid to oblong, 20-30 x 30-40 y, rounded at both ends, slightly if at all constricted, side walls medium thick, apex thickened, 5-10 p, pedicel thick, firm, tinted, once to twice the length of the spore, or longer. ARTHUR: New SPECIES OF UREDINEAE 229 On leaves and sheaths of Sporobolus cuspida‘us (Torr.) Wood, Spirit Lake, Iowa, March, 1884 (/. C. Arthur), which is taken as the type, Aberdeen, S. D., Sept. 7, 1897 (David Griffiths), and Callaway, Neb., Oct. 2, 1901 (J. M. Bates, no. 2028). Also on Sporobolus utilus Torr., Las Vegas, N. M., Oct. 5, 1901 (Z. D. A. Cockerell, comm. F. S. Earle), and Cochise, Ariz., Oct., 1900 (David Griffiths), and on Sporobolus asperifolius (N. & M.) Thurb., Billings, Mont., Aug., 1898 (Wilhams & Griffiths, comm. David Griffiths), A rather common species in the semi-arid parts of the West, heretofore confused with other species of Puccinia on Sporobolus, more particularly with P. sporoboli Arth. The teleutospores are much shorter and more rounded than in 2. cryptandri E. & B. and P.vilfae A. & H., and much shorter, broader, and the two cells more nearly equal in size than in P. sporoboli Arth. The uredospores of the four species are even more unlike, and are readily dis- tinguished. In P. sporoboli they are echinulate, pores more than 4 and scattered ; in P. cryptandri they are echinulate with 4 equa- torial pores ; in P. vilfae they are tuberculate, with wall colorless, apex thickened and pores obscure ; and in P. fos¢a they are tuber- culate with wall colored, pores more than 4 and scattered. The form on S, asperifolius is somewhat divergent, but not markedly So in the specimen examined. The host of the two specimens recorded as on S. x¢ilus is sometimes called S. repens Presl., but it is Possible that neither name is correctly used for this grass, a very fommon form in the Southwest. Puccinia tosta luxurians var. nov. I. Uredospores slightly larger than in the species,more strongly tuberculate, almost echinulate, wall thicker, about 2 4. ve III. Teleutosori elongated, in part linear with acute ends ; teleu- Ospores larger, oblong, 27-32 X 43-55 4. On Sporobolus airoides Torr., Andrews, Ore., Aug., 1901 (Griffiths & Morris, comm. David Griffiths), which is taken as ae isd type, and on same host, Billings, Mont., Sept., 1898 (Wil- “ hams & Griffiths, comm. David Griffiths). -In both gross and _ Minute characters this form on S. airoides differs somewhat from Ree ‘s Previously described species, but for the most part the differ- 230 _ ARTHUR: New SpEcIES OF UREDINEAE ences appear to be what might come from a more luxuriant devel- opment. Nevertheless the degree and uniformity of divergence make it seem the better course to keep this form by itself for the present. The wisdom of the course will be shown when a larger series of specimens can be examined and cultures made. Puccinia aspera Dietel & Holway, sp. nov. III. Sporen auf beiden Seiten der Blatter und an den Blatt- stielen, bisweilen Verkrimmungen hervorbringend, rundlich, gross, nackt, pulverig, kastanienbraun ; Teleutosporen elliptisch oder ob- long, in der Mitte schwach eingeschnurt, an beiden Enden abge- rundet, an der Basis bisweilen verschmalert ; Epispor am Scheitel nicht oder nur wenig verdickt, gelbbraun, von groben unregelmas- _ sigen Warzen rauh, 30-42 x 18-24 y; Stiel hinfallig. On Saxifraga Mertensiana Bong., Mt. Paddo, Wash., 7,000 ft. alt., Aug. 17, 1897 (W. NV. Suksdorf, no. 537). This species re- sembles Puccinia Jueliana Diet., but has much larger and more pulverulent sori, and somewhat larger and slightly rougher spores. The description and part of the type specimen were transmitted to the writer by the authors of the species. Puccinia turrita sp. nov. III. Teleutosori amphigenous, rounded, .5—1 y» in diameter, early naked, chestnut brown; teleutospores elliptical or oblong, slightly abstricted, 20-24 x 37-48 yw, base rounded, apex acute OF obtuse, very coarsely and irregularly tuberculate, especially at the apex, pedicel delicate, fugacious. On Saxzifraga bronchialis L., Manitou, Colo., Aug. 13, 1888 (Z. W. D. Holway). The spores of this species are much rougher than those of P. aspera D. & H.; they remind one of the rough- — ness of the teleutospores of Phragmidium subcorticium Wint. Te four saxifrage species, Puccinia Pazschkei Diet., P. Jueltana Diet., P. aspira D. & H., and P. turrita, form a series, the spores of all being nearly of the same size and general shape, but showing an increasing roughness of the surface, and shortening of the pedicel. They appear to be distinct species, however, and not mere variations of one form. The indications are that all four spect are without aecidia and uredospores, but this can not be stated positively. rely | : 4 ARTHUR: NEw SpEcIES OF UREDINEAE 231 Puccinia adenostegiae sp. nov. III. Teleutosori caulinicolous, round or united into effused masses, early naked, cinnamon-brown, ruptured epidermis incon- spicuous ; teleutospores oblong, 15-22 x 45-67 y, slightly con- stricted at the middle, apex obtuse, acute or sometimes acuminate, much thickened, base scarcely narrowed, side walls thin, pedicel delicate, somewhat tinted, as long as the spore or shorter. On Adenostegia pilosa (A. Gray) Greene (Cordylanthus pilosus Gray), foothills near Stanford, Cal., Jan. 1, 1902 (LeRoy Abrams, comm. F. S. Earle). As many as three fourths of the spores in this collection, which was made in mid-winter, and therefore on dead’ stems, had germinated. The species appears to belong to the leptopuccinia group. Uredo panici sp. nov. Chiefly hypophyllous; sori oblong, intercostal, brownish yellow, early naked, ruptured epidermis inconspicuous ; spores oval or globoid, 24-28 x 26-37 y, wall.thin, golden yellow, closely and conspicuously echinulate, pores more than 4, scattered. On Panicum amarum Ell., Longboat Key, Fla., April 27, 1900 (S.M. Tracy, no. 6598), on Hog Island, Fla., Nov. 26, 1901 (S. M. Tracy, no. 7292, comm. F.S. Earle). The latter collection, which is accompanied by flowers of the host, is taken as the type. This uredo from its general appearance undoubtedly belongs to some Puccinia or Uromyces, although not a teleutospore could be discovered. The spores are larger than in any North American Species inhabiting Panicum now known; the size of the spores, character of the surface, and arrangement of the pores, easily dis- tinguish it, -Uredo cephalanthi sp. nov. ay oo i mostly hypophyillous, small, irregularly bullate, distributed ng Sel order, pale, long covered by the epidermis ; spores small, rst pedicellate, obovate-globose, 16-20 x 20-26 4, wall thin, in ut 14, closely and minutely echinulate, pores obscure, seem- gly 4 and equatorial. (s On Cephalanthus occidentalis L., Palmetto, Fla., Nov. 30, 1901 a Tracy, no. 7288, comm. F. S. Earle). Purpur University, LaFayette, Inp. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—VIII By Per AXEL RYDBERG. _ Y Stanleya arcuata sp. nov. Perennial with a ligneous caudex, 4-10 dm. high, perfectly glabrous ; stem light green and shining, in age straw-colored : leaves entire or the lower with short and broad lobes, lanceolate, long- petioled, thick, 5—12 cm. long ; pedicels rather short, in fruit, about 1 cm. long: sepals yellow, linear about 15 mm. long; petals yel- low ; blades 7-8 mm. long, broadly elliptic, almost as long as or at least two thirds as long as the claw : pods 7-10 cm. long, strongly arcuate, and spreading. This species is nearest related to S. cntegrifolia, but is taller, more shrubby, with narrower leaves and broader petals. S. pin- nata (Pursh) Britton, with which both have been confused, has hairy leaves, most of which are deeply pinnatifid, and the blades of its petals are linear oblong and only one third or one half as long asthe claws. S. avcuata grows in dry regions from Wyoming to Nevada and south to Colorado and Arizona; probably also in California. Nevapa: Unionville Valley, 1868, S. Watson, ros (type in herb. Columbia University). ‘ Stanleya canescens sp. nov. Stout perennial .5—1 m. high; stem light green, finely puberu- lent or glabrate, terete : leaves grayish puberulent, the upper entire and oblanceolate, 5~7 cm. long; the lower pinnatifid with oblong lateral lobes and a large oval or elliptic end-lobe: raceme dense, pedicels short, in fruit 1 cm. or less long, divergent : sepals linear, about 12 mm. long ; blades of the yellow petals linear-oblong, about half as long as the claw: pods arcuate, spreading, 5-7 cm. long- This is nearest related to the preceding, differing in the puberu= | lent leaves, which are shorter and broader and more inclined tobe | pinnatifid. Uran: Frisco, 1880, JZ £. Jones, 1809 (type in herb. N. Y- Bot. Garden). a Arizona: Fort Verde, 1887, &. A. Mearns; Verde Rivet, = 1883, H. H. Rusby ; Mexican Boundary Survey. 232 _ AiNear : RYDBERG: STUDIES ON THE Rocky MountTatn Frora 238 ¥ Thelypodium macropetalum sp. nov. _ A glabrous perennial, 4-6 dm. high : basal leaves oblanceolate or spatulate, short-petioled, 2-5 cm. long: lower stem-leaves ob- long, obtuse, sessile, with rounded auricles at the base, 5-6 cm, long; upper leaves lanceolate-sagittate, acute; pedicels in fruit . about 1 cm. long, divaricate: sepals about 5 mm, long, purplish with white margins ; petals purple, spatulate, long-clawed, nearly three times as long as the sepals: pods 4—5 cm. long, ascending or erect and somewhat incurved. This is related to 7: sagittatum (Nutt.) Heller and 7. panicula- tum A. Nelson. From the former, it differs in the smaller leaves, the rounder auricles, the erect, not reflexed nor spreading pod; and from the latter by the much longer petals, It grows at an altitude of 1,000-1,200 m. Utan: Farmington, 1881, JZ EF. Jones, 1841 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Garden), IpaHo: Soda Springs, 1892, /sabel Mulford. v Thelypodium Utahense sp. nov. Annual or biennial: stem 4-6 dm. high, sparingly pubescent low; leaves all lanceolate in outline, 5-10 cm. long, lanceolate, Slabrous ; segments broad and crowded, oblong-lanceolate to tri- angular: pedicels very short, in fruit scarcely more than 1 mm, long: sepals oblong, about 2 mm. long : petals spatulate, almost twice as long, white : pod about 3 cm. long, strongly reflexed. This is probably nearest related to S. reflexum Nutt., which is decidedly hispid on the stem and the veins of the leaves and has Much narrower leaf-segments. It grows at an altitude of about 600 m. Uran: St. George, 1880, /. E. Jones (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Garden); 1877, E£. Palmer, 28. » Lepidium Jonesii sp. nov. ‘ Lepidium montanum var. alyssoides Jones, Zoe, 4: 266. 1893. % L. alyssoides A. Gray. 1849. Perennial with a short woody caudex: stems 2-3 dm, high, gk Tous, branched, glabrous: basal leaves pinnatifid with linear see divisions ; stem-leaves similar or the upper entire, narrowly Facemes rather short and dense ; pedicels in fruit 6-8 mm. - long, ‘Spreading : sepals oblanceolate, obtuse ; petals white, much 234 RypBERG: STUDIES ON THE Rocky MOouNTAIN FLORA exceeding the sepals ; blade broadly obovate: pod acutish, oval in outline, about 4 mm. long and slightly over 2 mm. wide, glabrous, reticulate, only slightly wing-margined above, retuse; style about twice as long as the width of the wing margins. This species is in some respects intermediate between ZL. alys- soides and L. montanum. In the former only the lowest leaves are pinnatifid, the pod is more rounded and the style is shorter, scarcely longer than the width of the wing-margin. It is closer related to L. montanum, differing mainly in the longer and narrower leaf- segments, having a more persistent base and being less pubescent. Uran: St. George, 1880, I E. Jones, 1636 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Garden); Price, 1900, S. G. Stokes; southern Utah, 4674;'°C. CC. £arre te. Nevapa: Trinity Mountains, 1868, S. Watson, 720. “ Lepidium elongatum sp. nov. Annual: stem branched near the base, about 3 dm. high, glandular pruinose above : basal leaves spatulate or oblanceolate, about 4 cm. long, coarsely toothed or somewhat pinnatifid with short lobes ; stem leaves oblanceolate, tapering into a short petiole, entire or with a few small teeth, 3-4 cm. long, acutish: racemes elongated, at the ends of the branches, in fruit 1 dm. or more long: sepals oblong or oblanceolate, acute, thin and whitish ; petals minute, linear-oblanceolate, one half to two thirds as long as the sepals or lacking : pods nearly orbicular, about 3 mm. broad, usually broadest a little above the middle, wing-margined and deeply retuse at the apex, glabrous or slightly pruinose: stigma sessile. This species is nearest related to ZL. apetalum and L. ramosis- simum. From the former it differs in the branching near the base, the more entire leaves, the somewhat larger pod and the petals which are generally present; and from the latter in the louse” racemes, in the lack of the small axillary racemes characteristic i that species and a different pod. In L. ramosissimum this 1 broadest below the middle. ZL. elongatum grows on rocky hilltops- WasHINGTON: Almata, 1896, A. D. &. Elmer, 21 (type ™ herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). IpaHo: About Lewiston, 1896, 4. A. & EL. Gertrude Heller, 3008. RypBerG: Srupies ON THE Rocky Mountain Frora 235 Thlaspi Nuttallii Thlaspi cochleariforme Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. '7: 13. 1834. Not DC. 1821. This species has been merged in 7. a/pestre, but none of our American forms belong to that species. 7. Nuétallii is inter- mediate between 7. parzflorum A. Nelson and 7. glaucum A. Nelson, having larger flowers than the former and smaller than the latter. The pod is obovate, rounded at the apex with a narrow sinus. In Z. g/aucum the sinus is broad and open. YRoripa clavata sp. nov. Biennial, tall, perfectly glabrous : stem 6-10 dm. high, simple up to the inflorescence: leaves lyrate-pinnatifid, 5-10 cm. long, more or less auricled at the base ; lobes 4—8 pairs, oblong to ovate, obtuse or acute, broadly dentate : inflorescence branched ; petioles in fruit 5-10 mm. long, divaricate: petals spatulate, about 3 mm. long, exceeding the sepals : pod 10-12 mm. long, 2.5—3 mm. thick, decidedly clavate, obtuse, strongly curved ; style nearly 1 mm. long. This may have been included in Watson’s Nasturtium terrestre Var. occidentale ; but the name occidentale cannot be used as there is already another older Roripa occidentalis Greene. It is not, however, Roripa Pacifica Howell, which is supposed to be a syno- nym of Watson’s variety, for that species is described as being slightly pubescent and having pods which are acute at both ends, while in R. clavata the pod is almost truncate at the apex. WasuINGTOon : Hogeman, Chehalis county, 1897, Frank H. Lamb, 1221 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); West Klickitat county, 1885, W. MW. Suksdorf. OrEGon : Sauvie's Island, 1888, 7. Howell, 1333. British Cocumpia : Port Henry, 1889, /ohn Macoun. IpaHo: Near Hope, Kootenai county, 1892, Sandberg, Mac- Dougal & Heller, 1029, at least in part. : ‘Roripa Underwoodii sp. nov. Biennial, divaricately branched, even near the ground, perfectly S'abrous ; stems 2 dm. or more high : leaves 3-5 cm. long, lyrately _ Pinnatifid, thin; lobes oblong, obtuse ; the terminal one elliptic at : to. broadly oval, sinuately toothed ; petioles short, winged and 236 RypBERG: STUDIES ON THE Rocky MounTAIN FLORA conspicuously auricled at the base: racemes numerous : pedicels short, in fruit scarcely more than 4 mm. long, diverging or even reflexed: sepals bright orange, obtuse; petals light yellow, scarcely equalling the sepals and not quite 1 mm. long: fruit (im- mature) 5-6 mm. long, slightly thicker at the base, abruptly con- tracted into a minute style, not .5 mm. long. In general appearance, this species resembles most R. palustris, but it is more branched with divaricate branches, has much shorter pedicels, rather longer and more tapering pod and not half as long style. From &. odtusa, it differs in the shape of the leaves, which are less dissected, the shorter style and general habit. The type grew at an altitude of 3300 m. CoLorapo: Red Mountain, south of Ouray, 1901, Z. M. Un- derwood, 2994. vRoripa integra sp. nov. Biennial, glabrous: stems few, strict, branched above ; basal leaves not seen as they are fallen off in the type specimen ; stem- leaves spatulate or rhombic spatulate, 1-2 cm. long, not auricled at the base, entire or slightly sinuate : racemes slender, lax : petals 1.5 mm. long, scarcely exceeding the sepals; pedicels 1-3 mm. long, ascending : pod about 8 mm. long, somewhat curved: style about 5 mm. long. The type specimen is labelled Nasturtium palustre var., but it is not closely related to this species. It is nearer R. obtusa, but differs in the entire leaves; the more tapering and more curved pod, the erect habit and the short style. It grows at an altitude of about 2700 m. Uran: Wasatch Mountains, 1869, S. Watson, 64, in part (type in herb. Columbia University). ¢ Lesquerella arenosa (Richards). Vesicaria arenosa Richardson, Frankl. Journ. App. 743- Lesquerella Ludoviciana var. arenosa S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 23: 262. This is amply distinct from Z. Ludoviciana (DC.) S. Wats. OF L. argentea (Pursh) MacM., by the more slender ascending stems, the shorter leaves, the oblanceolate, instead of linear stem-leaves and the comparatively larger and often somewhat ellipsoid pod. The range given in the Synoptical Flora should be extended to the Black Hills of South Dakota and northeastern Wyoming. ete sr | oa ee ee ee ee a ee ee eee RYDBERG: STUDIES ON THE Rocky MountaIn.Fiora 237 “ Lesquerella Shearis sp. nov. Perennial with a large rosette of basal leaves; stems several, ascending, 1-2 dm. high, densely stellate: basal leaves 3-4 cm. long ; blades broadly oval or ovate, entire or slightly angular den- ticulate ; stem leaves oblanceolate, about 2 cm. long, subsessile : racetne many-flowered ; pedicels in fruit bent S-shaped : pods erect, densely stellate, 7-8 mm. long, acute, compressed above ; septum elliptic in outline : style about as long as the pod. This species differs from Z. curvipes A. Nelson in the broad basal leaves, the elliptic instead of ovate outline of the septum and the longer style. It grows along creek banks at an altitude of about 2000 m. Cotorapo: Idaho Springs, 1895, C. L. Shear, 3269 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); also at the same locality, P. A. Rydberg. - Physaria brassicoides sp. nov. A tufted perennial with a large and dense rosette of basal leaves and a thick taproot: basal leaves large, with winged petioles ; blades almost orbicular in outline, sinuate-dentate, 2.5~5 cm. in diameter: stem leaves small and few, spatulate: flowering stems about 1 dm, high, ascending: flowers numerous: fruit almost obcordate, acute at the base, deeply divided above ; cells inflated, rounded pyriform, 8-10 mm. long and 5—8 mm. in diameter: style about 5 mm. long. This species resembles most P. didymocarpa in habit, but differs in the smaller fruit, which is not at all cordate at the base but on the contrary usually acute, and in the larger basal leaves which form a large rosette, 7-10 cm. in diameter and having some resem- blance toa young cabbage-head. It grows in crevices of magnesian Tocks in cafions and badlands. Nesraska ; Cafion south of Scott's Bluffs, 1891, Rydberg, 24. v Cardamine acuminata (Nutt.) Cardamine hirsuta 8 acuminata Nutt.; T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1: 85. 18 38. This species has been variously referred to C. hirsuta, C. obligo- Sferma, and C. Pennsylvanica. It is probably nearest related to the last, but the lower part of the stem is hairy and the pod has an fvident style over 1 mm. long. It ranges from the Mackenzie River to British Columbia, south to California and Wyoming. 238 RypBerRG: STUDIES ON THE Rocky Mountain FLoRA ‘Cardamine multifolia sp. nov. Stem about 2 dm. high, very leafy, lower part hirsute: leaves 4-6 cm. long glabrous; leaflets 7-13, oblong to oblong-obovate or oval, entire or sinuate-dentate; the terminal one larger and obovate : flowers numerous: petals spatulate, about 2.5 mm. long ; pedicels ascending, about 8 mm. long: pod erect, about 2 cm. long and .75 mm. wide. This is perhaps closest related to A. parvifolia L., but is more leafy, has shorter and broader leaf-segments and erect pods, and the plant is less diffusely branched. Ipano: Beaver Cajfion, 1895, P. A. Rydberg. Urau: Wasatch Mts., 1869, S. Watson, 80, in part. “ Sophia brevipes (Nutt.) Sisymbrium canescens 5 (brevipes Nutt. MSS.) Torr. & Gray, Pl. N. Am. 1 > 62.4.1838: Sisymbrium Hartwegianum Fourn. Rech. Auct. & Tax. Fam. Cruc. & Gen. Sisymb. 66, in part. 1865. Sisymbrium incisum var. Hartwegianum S. Wats. Bot. Calif. 1: 4l. The plant described by Dr. Watson in the Botany of California and by Dr. Robinson in the Synoptical Flora (p. 139) is I think without doubt the var. dvevipes of Torrey and Gray’s flora. Prob- ably also Bourgeau’s plant, cited by Fournier, belongs here ; but I think that it is very doubtful that Hartweg’s plant, which must be regarded as the type of S. Hartwegianum Fourn., could be the same. ’ Sophia Californica (T. & G.) Stsymbrium canescens € ( Californicum) T. &G. Fl. N. Am. I: oz. 1838: This species is characterized by the large flowers, the sparingly stellate and often glandular-puberulent stem, the uniserial linear pod and once or twice pinnatifid leaves. The segments of the lower leaves are broad and obtuse, those of the upper linear to oblong. Its range extends from Montana to Washington south to California. v Sophia viscosa sp. nov. Biennial, 5-10 dm. high : stem, at least the upper part, decidedly glandular or viscid-villous : leaves obovate or oblanceolate in out- RYDBERG: STUDIES ON THE: RocKy MounTAIN FLora 289 line, 3-10 cm. long, twice pinnatifid, densely pubescent ; primary divisions of the lower leaves ovate and obtuse ; those of the upper lanceolaté and acute; secondary divisions oblong acute or obtuse, often few-toothed : inflorescence usually much branched ; pedicels in fruit 8-12 mm. long : sepals yellowish, 1-15 mm. long, oblong ; petals bright yellow, spatulate, about 2 mm. long: pod (in the specimens seen not fully developed) over 1 cm. long and less than I mm. wide: seeds uniserial. This is perhaps nearest related to S. incisa (Engelm.) Greene ; but differs in the dense viscid pubescence of the stem, the pubescent leaves and deeper divided primary segments. It grows among rocks and on grassy slopes. Ipano: Beaver Cajfion, 1895, C. L. Shear, 3029 (type in Herb. N. Y. Bot. Garden) and 3037. Wyomine: Trout Lake, 1899, Aven & Elias Nelson, 5848 ; Head of Pole Creek, 1895, Aven Nelson, 1321. ~ Sophia leptophylla sp. nov. Stems 5-7 dm. high, sparingly glandular: leaves very thin, dark green, only once pinnate; segments of the lowest leaves rounded ; those of the middle lanceolate and somewhat incised ; the upper segments entire : pedicels slender, in fruit 5-8 mm. long, spreading : petals bright yellow, about 1.5 mm. long: pod linear, - 8-10 mm, long, much less than 1 mm. wide, torulose, spreading, arcuate, curved up, uniserial. This is nearest related to S. incisa (Engelm.) Greene, but differs in the less incised leaves and horizontal curved pod. It grows at an altitude of about 2000 m. Cotorapo: Foothills, Larimer county, 1895, Crandall & Cowen, 55 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Wyominc : Antelope Basin, Albany county, 1900, Aven Nel- Son, 7466 ; Centennial Hills, 1895, 1686. “Smelowskia Americana Hutchinsia calycina Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 58. 1834. Not Desy, 1814. Smelowskia calycina Gray, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1863: 58. Not CA, Mey. 1831. : While in Europe last summer, I looked up the Asiatic type of = > calycina, and this differs considerably from ours especially in the = long villous pubescence. 240 RypBerG: STUDIES ON THE Rocky MOUNTAIN FLORA i Draba brachystylis sp. nov. Perennial with a taproot : stems several, decumbent or ascend- ing with divergent branches, 1-1.5 dm. high, hirsute: basal leaves oblanceolate or spatulate, 1.5-2 cm. long, hirsute with branched hairs; stem leaves few, oblong or lanceolate, sessile: pedicels short, in fruit 2-5 mm. long, spreading: pod oblong, finely stellate, 8-12 mm. long, ascending: style very short, almost obsolete. The type sheet of this species is labeled Draba Carolina var. micrantha, but the plant evidently is a perennial and nearest related to D. streptocarpa; but differs in the divergently branched stem, stellate pod and the almost obsolete style. It grows at an altitude of about 3000 m. Urau: Alta, Wasatch Mts., 1879, WZ. E. Jones, 1357 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). - Draba decumbens sp. nov. Perennial with a taproot, a short cespitose caudex and a large rosette of basal leaves: stems decumbent, 1-2 dm. high, sparingly pubescent, few-leaved ; basal leaves broadly spatulate, entire, 2-4 cm. long, finely grayish stellate, rather thick; stem leaves ovate to ovate-lanceolate, sessile, entire, 1-2 cm. long: calyx sparingly villous; petals pale yellow, about 4 mm. long: pedicels very short, in fruit 2-4 mm. long: pod oblong, 8-15 mm, long, densely pubescent, usually twisted: style about 1 mm. long. This is a member of the D. aurea group, and distinguished from all the North American species by its decumbent stems, large, thickish entire basal leaves. Cotorapo: Gray’s Peak, 1895, Rydberg (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). - Draba Macouniana sp. nov. Annual, almost scapose: stems ascending or decumbent, less than 1 dm. high, glabrous and shining; basal leaves numerous, broadly spatulate or obovate, 5-10 mm. long, finely stellate, rather thick ; stem leaf usually one, oval, obtuse, 5 mm. long: petioles n fruit spreading, 6-8 mm. long: petals white, less than 3 mm. long: pod oblong-linear, erect, about 1 cm. long and 2 mm. wide: style obsolete. This species is nearest related to D. crassifolia, but differs in the whiter flowers, and the broad and short basal leaves, which are finely stellate, not hirsute ciliate. The type grew at an alti- tude of about 2000 m. " but RYDBERG: STUDIES ON THE Rocky Mountain Frora 241 British Cotumsia: Summit of Rocky Mountains, 1890, John Macoun (type in herb. Columbia University). / Draba Parryi sp. nov. Annual, perfectly glabrous, except a few cilia on the petioles : stems several, usually less than 1 dm. high, scapiform or rarely with a stem leaf: basal leaves numerous, linear or narrowly linear- oblanceolate, 1.5—2.5 cm. long; pedicels spreading, in fruit 5-8 mm. long: flowers small ; petals scarcely 2 mm. long, white or light yellow: pods erect, oblong, 5-8 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide, glabrous : style obsolete. This is closely related to D. crassifolia but the latter has broader leaves, which are more or less hirsute on the surface and distinctly ciliate on the margins. CoLorapo: Foot of Gray Peak, 1872, E& L. Greene (type in herb. Columbia University); 1872, C. C. Parry; Cameron Pass, 1896, C. F. Baker. Wyomine : Telephone Mines, 1900, Aven Nelson, 7879. ’ Draba cana sp. nov. Perennial with a taproot and short cespitose caudex, whole plant densely grayish stellate ; stem 1-2 dm. high, often branched : al leaves numerous, oblanceolate or spatulate, I-1.5 cm. long, entire or minutely but sharply toothed, densely stellate; stem leaves lanceolate to ovate, about 1 cm. long: racemes many-flow- ered ; pedicels short, nearly erect, in fruit 2-3 mm. long: flowers small; petals white, about 3 mm. long: pod linear-oblong, 6-8 mm. long, densely pubescent : style about 5 mm. long. This has gone under the name of D. zzcana, but the latter is much less densely stellate and has a glabrous, much broader pod. T have seen only one specimen of true D. ivcana from this conti- nent, and it was collected in Labrador. Most of those under this name belong to D. cana, which ranges from Labrador to the Yukon Territory, south in the mountains to Colorado. The fol- lowing is regarded as the type. ALBERTA : Morley, foothills of the Rocky Mountains, 1887, John Macoun (herb. Columbia University). ’Draba McCallae sp. nov. Perennial with a cespitose base, whole plant sparingly stellate §reen : stems several, simple, about 3 dm. high: basal leaves 242 RypperG: STUDIES ON THE Rocky MounTAIN FLORA spatulate, ro-18 mm. long, entire or nearly so; stem leaves ovate, about 1 cm. long, sharply dentate or entire: raceme elongated; pedicels slender, in fruit about 1 cm. long, erect: petals white, 4-5 mm. long: pod (in the specimen not fully developed) ovate, densely but finely pubescent, much shorter than the pedicels: style 0.75 mm. long. This species belongs also to the D. zvcana group, but differs from that species in the elongated peduncle, long pedicels, short pubescent pod and large petals. : Alberta: Valley below Mt. Aylmer, 1899, W. C. McCalla, 2267 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). “ Draba Columbiana sp. nov. Perennial ; with a cespitose base, sparingly and finely stellate and ciliate on the margin of the leaves: stems slender, about 2 dm. high, simple: basal leaves many, oblanceolate, 10-15 mm. long, denticulate or entire ; stem leaves ovate to lanceolate, about 1 cm. long denticulate : raceme elongated, pedicels slender, ascend- ing, 5-7 mm. long in fruit:, flowers small; petals slightly over 2 mm. long, white: pods linear-oblong, finely pubescent, over I cm. long, style very short. This species resembles much the preceding in habit, but the flowers are much smaller and the pods longer. British Cotumsta: Revelstoke, 1890, John Macoun (type in Herb. Columbia University). “ Geranium Pattersonii sp. nov. Cespitose perennial with a thick root and short caudex: stems ascending or diffuse, 2-4 dm. long, densely glandular villous with long spreading hairs, petioles of the basal leaves 5-10 cm. long, also glandular villous; blades reniform in outline, about 3 cM. broad, glandular villous on both sides, deeply 5-7-cleft ; lobes broadly obovate-cuneate, 3-toothed ; teeth broadly ovate, abruptly short-acuminate: stem leaves similar, but short-petioled or the uppermost subsessile: pedicels and calyx glandular long-villous; the former in fruit 1.5-2 cm. long: sepals in fruit about 8 mm. long, oval with a short bristle-tip about 1 mm. long: petals obo- vate about 1 cm. long, light purple, or rose color, with darker veins: style in fruit about 2 cm. long, glandular-pubescent ; beak about 4 mm. long: carpels pubescent : seeds finely reticulate. This species is perhaps nearest related to G. Parryt (Engelm.) Heller, but is lower, more densely glandular, has broader and RYDBERG: STUDIES ON THE Rocky MovunTain Frora 248 shorter lobes to the leaves and their teeth are broadly ovate, ab- ruptly acuminate, instead of lanceolate. The general habit is per- haps more like G. caespitosum James, but in that species the lower part of the stem is grayish-pubescent with short reflexed hairs. G. Pattersonii is a subalpine plant growing at an altitude of 2500- . 3000 m. Cotorapo: Gray Peak, 1895, P. A. Rydberg (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); foot of Pikes Peak, 1896, C. L. Shear, 3702; Mountains, near Empire, 1892, H. N. Patterson, 177 and 176 in part ; North Cheyenne Cajfion, 1896, Ernest A. Bessey ; also 1845. Freemont, 61. “ Geranium strigosum sp. nov. Geranium Richardsonii Wats. King’s Rep. 5: 49, in part. 1871. Not Fisch & May. ; Erect perennial with a short thick rootstock: stem 4-8 dm. high, finely reflexed strigose ; petioles of the basal leaves 2-5 dm. long, also sparingly strigose ; blades reniform in outline, 7-12 cm. in diameter, finely strigose on both sides, deeply 7-cleft ; divisions rhombic in outline, 3-cleft and toothed ; teeth lanceolate, acute ; Stem leaves similar, but short-petioled ; stipules linear-lanceolate, long-attenuate : inflorescence open, glandular pubescent: sepals densely glandular, oval, about 8 mm. long; bristle tips 1.5—2 mm. ong; petals broadly obovate, rose color or light violet, strongly Purple-veined : style in fruit about 3 cm. long, beak about 6 aor Seeds reticulate. Fe aed This is nearest related to G. viscosissimum, but the corolla is lighter in color and the pubescence is different, being decidedly teflexed, Strigose, not at all glandular, except on the inflorescence. It grows in the valleys to an altitude of perhaps 2700 m. Wyoming: Copperton, 1901, F. Tweedy, 4597 (type in herb. Y. Bot. Gard.); Big Horn Mountains, 1900, 7647. Uran: City Creek Cafion, 1880, MZ. E. Jones. 1871; Parley’s Cafion, 1901, S. G. Stokes; Black Rock and Uintahs, 1869, 5. Watson, 204. y “ Oxalis Coloradensis sp. nov. P erennial with a slender rootstock: stem slender, erect, I-2 ae igh, Sparingly villous; leaves digitately ternate ; petioles is thie long, sparingly villous: leaflets broadly obcordate, gla- 244 RypsperGc: STuDIES ON THE Rocky MounTaIn FLoRA brous, 8-12 mm. long : peduncles very slender, about 5 cm. long: inflorescence cymose, but often reduced to 2-3 flowers ; pedicels sparingly strigose : sepals 4~5 mm. long, oblong: petals yellow, 6-7 mm. long: pod cylindric with a conical apex, 12-15 mm. long, 2.5—3 mm. wide, glabrous. This is nearest related to O. cymosa Small and O. Brittoniae, but differs from the former in the blunter sepals, the appressed pubescence of the pedicels and the glabrous pod, and from the latter in the simpler habit, the longer glabrous pod and paler and larger leaves. It grows in grassy valleys at an altitude of 1800- 2500 m. CoLorapo: Sangre de Christo Creek, 1900, Rydberg & Vree- land 5920 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Foothills, Larimer county, 1895, /. 7. Cowen (mixed with O. stricta L.). Lupinus Scheuberae sp. nov. Perennial; stem 4-6 dm. high, sparingly strigose or almost glabrous, slender : petioles of basal leaves about 1 dm. long ; leaf- lets 7-8, oblanceolate, 5-7 cm. long, acute and mucronate, green, glabrous above, sparingly appressed pubescent beneath ; stipules lanceolate, attenuate; stem leaves similar but shorter petioled: racemes I-I.5 dm. long, not dense; bracts lanceolate, 7-8 mm. long, deciduous: flowers 10-12 mm. ‘long: calyx densely white silvery puberulent, strongly gibbous above; lower lip lanceolate, fully twice as long as the triangular-ovate upper lip: corolla dark purple but lighter and almost white towards the base ; banner slightly longer than the wings, silky puberulent on the middle of the back : pod densely white silky with appressed _ hairs, 2—4-seeded, This is nearest related to L. psewdoparviflorus, but differs in the somewhat larger flowers, the strictly appressed white pubescence on the calyx and pedicels, the gibbous, but not spurred calyx, and the broad and short upper lip of the latter. It grows in woods at an altitude of 2,000-2,400 mm. Montana: Garnet county, 1901, Mrs. Amma Ware Sheuber, 735 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Wyominc: Copperton, 1901, Frank Tweedy, 4216. Lupinus spathulatus sp. nov. Lupinus parviflorus S. Wats. King’s Rep. 5: 1871. Not Nutt. _ Strigose, e RYDBERG : STUDIES ON THE Rocky MounTaAIn Fiora 245 Perennial : stem 8-10 dm. high, glabrous or sparingly strigose above, leafy ;. stipules narrowly lanceolate, attenuate : petioles 3-5 cm. long ; leaflets about 7, spatulate or broadly oblanceolate, about 4 cm. long, mucronate, those of the lower leaves obtuse, those of the upper more acute, glabrous above, finely puberulent beneath ; raceme elongated, about 2 dm. long, many-flowered : flowers sub- verticillate ; pedicels about .5 cm. long, as well as the calyx, pubescent with short spreading hairs ; bracts lanceolate, attenuate, deciduous, longer than the buds ; calyx gibbous at the base; lower lip lanceolate, about twice as long as the short ovate upper one = corolla dark blue, with lighter keel ; banner glabrous, rounded and shorter than the wings. This has been confused with Z. parviflorus, which it closely resembles, differing mostly in the shape of the calyx; the lower lip in that species is only slightly longer than the upper and the banner is larger and less rounded. The type grew at an altitude of 2400 m. Uran: Wasatch Mountains, 1869, S. Watson, 225 (type in herb, Columbia University). Lupinus flavescens sp. nov. Perennial : stem about 3 dm. high, appressed pubescent with rather long hairs : stipules lanceolate, densely hairy: petioles often °ver I dm. long, appressed silky ; leaflets about 7, oblanceolate, 3-4 cm. long, appressed silky on both sides: inflorescence short; Tracts lanceolate, early deciduous ; pedicels 8-10 mm. long, as Well as the calyx densely pubescent with short, spreading hairs: calyx gibbous at the base ; its lips almost equal in length, both about 8 mm. long: corolla 12-14 mm. long, pale yellow; banner | with a darker spot, glabrous. The type has been known as Z. sulphureus and was included €rein questionably by Watson; but differs in the larger, paler flowers, and the longer lips of the calyx, and the longer pubes- cence. h IDAHO or Montana: Medicine Clay Prairies, Wyeth (type in : €rb. Columbia University). Lupinus lucidulus sp. nov. __ Perennial: stem 5-6 dm. high, branched above, finely silky ©» specially the upper portions, leafy ; stipules minute, ovate, — «cuminate : petioles 3-5 cm. long; leaflets 7-8, linear -oblanceo- 246 RypBERG: STUDIES ON THE Rocky MounTAIN FLORA late, silky and silvery on both sides, about 3 cm. long: raceme 1—2 dm. long, lax: flowers scattered ; pedicels and calyx densely pubescent with short strictly appressed silky hairs; lower lip of the calyx about 5 mm. long, lanceolate, almost twice as long as the short ovate upper one: corolla yellow or light pink ; banner slightly exceeding the wings, with a few short hairs on the back, with a darker spot, about 8 mm. long: pods densely silky pubescent. This species is nearest related to Z. sulphureus, but differs in the more silvery pubescence, the smaller flowers and the appressed pubescence of the calyx and pedicels. The type grew at an alti- tude of 1900 m. Wyomine: Spread Creek, 1897, F. Tweedy, 271 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Garden). Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany Arthur, J. C. Two Weeds: Horse Nettle and Buffalo Bur. Rep. Ind. Agric. Exp. Sta. 14: 9-19. p/. 7-37, 7. 1 and map. F. 1902. Arthur, J.C. An edible Fungus. Rep. Ind. Agric. Exp. Sta. 14: 20, 21. pl. 4, 5. F. 1902. Description and two illustrations of Hydnum erinaceum. Barbour, W.C. Porella. Bryologist, 5: 32-36. 7-8. Mr. 1902. Berry, E. W. Additional Notes on Zirfodendron Leaves. Torreya, 2: 33-37- pl. z, 2. 12 Mr. 1902. Best, G. N. Sectioning Stems and Leaves of Mosses. Bryologist, 5: 25. Mr. 1902. Britton, E. G. Bryological Notes. Torreya, 2: 44. 12 Mr. 1902. Britton, E. G. Seligeria campylopoda. Bryologist, 5: 24, 25. Mr. Igo2. Britten, J. The Nomenclature of Zachnanthes. Journ. Bot. 40: 23- 25. I Ja. 1902. Britton, N.L. A new Peperomia from the Island of St. Kitts. Tor- reya, 2: 43. 12 Mr. 1902. Peperomia Davisiz Britton, sp. nov. Clinton, G. P. Apple Rots in Illinois. Bull. Ill. Agric. Exp. Sta., 69: 189-224. Feb. 1902. Describes Gnomoniopsis fructigena (Berk.) Clint. as the ascigerous stage of Gloeo- Sportum fr ructigenum Berk, Clute}, W.N. Frances Theodora Parsons. Fern Bull. 10: 20, 21. Portrait. Ja. 1902. Clute, W. N. Notes from the South. Fern Bull. 10: 5-7. Ja. Igo2, Notes on Various ferns and fern allies. Cockrell, T. D. A. Notes on southwestern Plants. Torreya, 2: 42, 43. 12 Mr. 1902. Davis, wT, Lypochaeris radicata \.. Torreya, 2: 45. 12 Mr. TQo2, Earle, F. Ss. A Key to the North American Species of Hypholoma. Torreya, a 22, 23. 21 F. 1902. Earle, F. s. Keys to the North American Species of the Coprineae. Torreya, 2: 37-40. 12 Mr. 1902. 247 248 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Eastwood, A. From Redding to the snowclad Peaks of Trinity County ; also List of Trees and Shrubs seen en route. Sierra Club Bull. 4: 39-58. Ja. 1902. Eastwood, A. Some new Species of Californian Plants. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 75-82. p/. 6, 7. F. 1902. New species in /ritil/aria, Monotropa, Cycladenia, Potentilla, Orthocarpus, Spraguea, Sidalcea, Stachys, and Trifolium. Farwell, 0. A. A Catalogue of the Flora of Detroit. Ann. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 2: 31-68. 1901. Flett, J. B. Notes on some rare Washington Ferns. - Fern Bull. 10: 24, 25. Ja. Igoz. Gilbert, B. D. Some North American Pteridophytes. Fern Bull. 10: 12-14. Ja. 1902. Grout, A. J. Hypnum SAsiibasts var. A//anticum Ren. Bryologist, 5: 4%.°° Mr, 190; Halsted, B. D. On the Behavior of mutilated Seedlings. Torreya, 2: 17-19. 21 F. 1902. Harper, R.M. lex myrtifolia with caiists Fruit. Torreya, 2: 43, 44- 12 Mr. 1go2. Harris, C. W. Lichens—PAyscia. Bryologist, 5: 21-24. p37 +f z-6. Mr. 1902. Hochreutiner, B. P.G. Le genre Urena L. Ann. Conserv. & Jard. Bot. (Genéve) 5: 131-146. Igor. Several American species mentioned. Hochreutiner, B. P.G. Notes sur les genres JJalope et Palana. Ann. Conserv. & Jard. Bot. (Genéve) 5: 169-173. Igo!. Includes one new species of Pa/ana from Mexico. Holzinger, J. M. A puzzling Moss from northwestern Montana. Bryologist, 5: 26, 27. Mr. 1go2. Amblystegium Montanae Bryhn, sp. nov. Holzinger, J. M. Grimmia pachyphylla Leiberg. Bryologist, 5: ? Mr. 1902. Holzinger, J. M. Some Additions to the Alaskan vee Flora. Bry- ologist, 5: 30. Mr. rgoz. House, H. D. Dryopteris simulata in Central New York. Fern Bull. @: 84, 35. : O. T9OK. House, H. D. Some roadside Ferns of Herkimer County, New York. Fern Bull. 10: 14-16. Ja. 1902. 4 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 249 Kellerman, W.A. Anew Sunflower. Ohio Nat. 2: 179-181. A/. 72. . Ja. 1902. Description and illustration of He/ianthus Kellermani Britton, Kellerman, W. A. Bracted Racemes of Zafpula Virginiana. Ohio mat. 2: 179. 7. ¢.. Ja. 1902. Lloyd, F.E. Handling Herbarium Specimens in Classes. Torreya, 2: 40, 41. 12 Mr. 1902. Lloyd, F. E. Observations on Lycopodium. Torreya, 2: 20, 21. F. 1902. Lioyd, F.E. The Comparative Embryology of the Rubiaceae. Mem. Torrey Club, 8: 1-26. pl. 1-4. 26 Au. 1899; 27-112. pl. 5-75. F. 1go2. Embryology of Vatllantia, Callipeltis, Sherardia, Galium, Asperula, Rubia, Crucia- nella, Diodia, Richardsonia, and Houstonia. Long, W. H., Jr. Texas Fungi.—I. Some new Species of Puceinta. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 110-116. f. 1-6. F. 1902. Seven new species described and figured. MacDougal, D. T. Elementary Plant Physiology. x1gmo. i-xi, 1-138. New York, Igo2. Meehan, T. Brodiaea capitata. Meehan’s Monthly, 12: 37, 38. Pl. 3. Mr. 1902. Meehan, T. Mimulus ringens, Meehan’s Monthly, 12: 21, 22. p/. 2. F. 1902. Miller, ‘*.8., ft... The large yellow Pond Lilies of. the Northeastern United States. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 15: 11-13. f Z. pl. 2. 18 F. 1902. Nymphaea variegata (Engelm.) Miller distinguished. Murrill, W. A. Animal Mycophagists. Torreya, 2: 25, a6... a: f. 1go2. Parish, S.B. Aster Greatat sp. nov. Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 1: Rae 25. f. 2. 31 Ja. 1902. Parish, S. B. California Fern Gossip. Fern Bull. 9: 73-77- 0. Igor. ra Peck, C. H, New Species of Fungi. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 69-74- F. r902, oe Species in Zricholoma, Hygrophorus (3), Russula (2), Cantharellus, Maras- “, Lentinus, Entoloma, Locellina, Agaricus, and Clavaria. C.L. A new Violet from New Jersey. Torreya, 2: 24, 25- ar F. Igo2. Vio la Angellae Sp. nov. 250 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Pollard, C. L. New American Species of Chamaecrista. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 15: 19-21. 18 F. 1902. Five species described as new. Schaffner, J. H. The Self-pruning of Woody Plants. Ohio Nat. 2: 171-174. f. z. Ja. tgo2. Schrenk, H. von. On the Teaching of Vegetable Pathology. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 57-65. F. 1902. Shull, G. H. A quantitative Study of Variation in the Bracts, Rays and Disk Florets of Aster Shortii Hook., A. Novae-Anghae L., A. puniceus L.., and A. prenanthoides Muhl. from Yellow Springs, Ohio. Am. Nat. 36: 111-152. f. z-go. F. 1902. Steele, W. C. Fall Fruiting of Osmunda. Fern Bull. 10: 19, 2% Ja. 1902. Underwood, L. M. The Selaginellae of North America.—I. Fer _ Bull. 10: 8-12. Ja. 1902. Includes translation of synopsis of North American species of the Sy rupestris group recently published by Hieronymus, Waters, C. E. A new Form of Aspenium ebenoides. Fern Bull. 10: 1-4. Ja. 1902. Waters,C.E. A new Form of Osmunda cinnamomea. Fern Bull. 10: 23, ae. 3 e.. S00. Wilcox, E. M. Struggle for Existence among Plants. Plant World, os a3. “De 1067. Wildeman, E. de. Nuttallia cerasiformis Torr. et Gray. Ie. Select. Hort. Thenensis, 2: 161. A/. 78. O. Igor. Wildeman, E. de. /acodinia polita Hiern. Ic. Select. Hort. Then ensis, 2: 165. A/. 79. O. Igor. A species from South Brazil. Wille, N. Studien iiber Chlorophyceen, I-VII. Vid. Selsk. Skriftet, 1g00°: 1-46. fl. 1-4. gol. Williams, E. F. Some Extensions of Range. Rhodora, 3: 296. D.19°% Williams, E. M. Fairy Rings. Plant World, 4: 206, 207- * tgor. [I}lust.] Williams, R. S. Two new Western Mosses. Bull. Torrey Club, 29 * 66, 67. p/. g, 5. ¥F. 1902. Eurhynchium Taylorae and Brachythecium Pringlei. Winton, A.L. The Anatomy of the Fruit of Cocos nucifera. A™- Jour. Sci. IV. 12: 265-280. O. tgor. [Illust.] Woolson, G. A. A new Station for Asplenium ebenoides. Ferm Bull. 9: 89, 90. O. Igor. : _ Yates, L.G. The marine Algae of Santa Barbara County, Califormi Bull. Santa Barbara Soc. Nat. Hist. 3: 3-20. Ja. 1902. -BuLi. Torrey Cus, 29. PL. Gu Butt. Torrey Crus, 29. ee Pee Butt. Torrey CLusB, 29. Butt. Torrey Cius, 29. B, 29- LU TorrEY C LL. BUL CX8Y, Ss eo “ cS rae Codon PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- ’ MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 1. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : Vol. r. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1395 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895~1898. Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896~7. Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. Vol. 2 Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00, Vil. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00. Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00, Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00. Vol. 6. Nos, 126-150. 1897~1898. Price $5.00. Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00. Vol. 8. Nos. 176-. 1g901-(current). List of separate numbers available on application. 3. A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895~1896. Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y. The Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- barium material for any of the above named publications. Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. City. 4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Brown. Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2 642 pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating everv species described. Bree Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10.00 a 5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) rg00. By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, :396-. Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & Co. New York, Price $1.00. : 6 Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- wood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. Duodecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & Co. Price $1.50. 7. A Text-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892~1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, Green & Co. New York. Price $3.00. UNDERWOOD’S Moulds, Mildews and Mushrooms. A Guide to the Systematic Study of the Fungi and Mycetozoa and their Literature. Illustrated with ten heliotype plates, one colored. By LuciEN M. UNDERWOOD. 12mo. Pp. 236. Price $1.50 xez Contains synopses of the genera of fleshy and parasitic fungi, with historical sketch of the study of mycology in America, and copious references to the literature of the subject. Sufficiently technical for accuracy, but intended to enable the novice to recognize the systematic position of the ordinary fungi of fields and woods. Particular attention is paid to the edible species. HENRY HOLT & Coa., 29 West 23d Street, NEW YORK. Back numbers of the BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL Cus wanted to complete files, as follows: Vol. 7 (1880) Nos. 1, 9. Vol. 14 (1887) Nos. 1, 2. Vol. 8 (1881) Nos. 2, 10, 11, Vol. 15 (1888) any numbers. Vol. 9 (1882) Nos. t, 5. Vol 16 (1889) Nos. 3, 4- Vol. 11 (1884) Nos. 1, 2, 3 Vol. 17 (1890) Nos.(4 8, 9, 10, 12. Vol. 12 (1885) Nos. 1, 2, 3. Vol. 18 (1891) No. 1. Contributions of duplicate numbers requested of members of the Club. Other possessing numbers invited to state prices. ADDRESS TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. CoLumsia UNniveRSiITY, NEw YORK CITY: —— VERMONT HERBARIUM MATERIAL. Including a set of the new Crafaegus (some thirty species, TYP piants.) New Speciesin Antennaria, Scirpus, Rubus, etc Many of the new and rare Vermont plants. Mt. Washington plants, 75 species. Material guaranteed both as to quality and quantity. ‘List sent on ap- plication. Price, $10.00 per hundred, post or express prepaid. ww. WwW. EGGLESTON. 23 N. Main Street, RUTLAND, VT: oe WET AND DRY Cryptogamic and Phaenogamic PLANT MATERIAL collected and preserved especially Or CLASS STUD. Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Glasses and Slides, Forceps, Scalpels and Needles. “Laboratory Note Book” of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., CAMBRIDGE, MASS. Everything Usetui tc Botanists. Living Plants and Their Properties By Pror. J. C. ARTHUR. /u>due University, and Pror. D. T. MacDouGAL, Kedford Park, New York ¢ tty. a oy book of 12 chapters dealing with the special senses of plants, development of irrita- ‘Y» Compass plants, sensitive plants, effects of cold, growth of leaves, significance of color, com- eae of plants and animals, etc.,in a non-technical manner. (Original illustrations, interesting, mprehensive and thoroughly modern. Printed on enamelled paper, 30 illustrations, 242 +8 pages- 23g Sub titles. Handsomely bound in cloth Postpaid, $1 25 : SON, “se orders to Dr. D. T. MacDoucat, Bedford Park, New York City, orto Morris AND Wir- » “niversity Book Store, Minneapolis, Minn. le COMMENTS. 1S a collection of delightfully written essays on certain of the more important and interesting aan ook ving plants in the oe dl sense. The facts set forth are in all cases the latest resulis of SP ig the various lines, and the language 1s simple and non-technical. —P/ant_ World ; sot will make an admirable addition to the scientific alcove of every ptt lic library.—Prof. i an interesting volume-to.ali who care.to know what science has recently discovered in the ey and pathology of the vegetable kingdom.—New York World. A Text-Book of General Lichenology With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern United States. 7 By ALBERT SCHNEIDER M.S., M.D. , M he only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their “rphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. $ € octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80 ; in cloth, 4-25. Sample pages will be sent on application. PUBLISHED BY WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghampton, N. Y. pee RDN. CL , Binghampton, N. ¥. biennial Britton’s Manual of the Flora of the Northern States and Canada. By Dr. N. L. Britroy, Director in-Chief of the New York Botanical Garden. 1080 pp. 8vo. $2.25, net. A comprehensive manual of a thousand pages, containing about 4,500 descriptions, probably one-third more than any other. It is designed to meet modern requirementS . and outline modern conceptions of the science. It is based on 4x //lustrated Fl ra, | prepared by Prof. Britton in co-operation with Judge Addison Brown. The text has : been revised and brought up to date, and much of novelty has been added. All illustrations are omitted, but specific reference has been made to all of the 4,162 figures in the /élustrated Flora, “It is the most complete and reliable work that ever appeared in the form of a flora of this region, and for the first time we have a manual in which the plant descriptions are drawn from the plants themselves, and do not represent compiled descriptions made from the early writers.”——Prof. L. M. Underwood of Columbia. “This work will at once take its place as a standard manual of the region that it m : ” covers. It is far superior to any other work of its class ever published in America. —Prof. Conway Macmillan of University of Minnesota. “This book must at once find its way into the schools and colleges, to which it may be commended for the students in systematic botany.”—Chas. E. Bessey in ‘** Science.” ** It is nothing if 1t is not compact; it is nothing if it is not up to date ; it is nothing if it is not the work of a master. What more can be said, save that the more It 1S used the greater the appreciation by the plant-lovers in the region which it covers.” —Prof. Byron D. Halsted of Rutgers College. “ The work is well done; and as it is the only volume which gives in a way suit- able for students the present state of the science, it cannot fail to take its place a5 * standard work,” — Prof. George Macloskie of Princeton. “IT regard the book as one that we cannot do without and one that will henceforth take its place as a necessary means of determination of the plant species within its: tange.’’—Prof. V. M. Spalding of University of Michigan. “An exceedingly valuable contribution to our botanical literature. * * It is com venient to handle, and the low price will help to give it a large circulation. —Prof. T. J. Burrill of the University of Illinois. ‘** No botanist can get on well without this Manual. Its more than 1000 page® are in a type which means more than 3000 pages of ordinary text book type and size of pages. It is so complete, and its information, methods and nomenclature are S° entirely up to date that it is absolutely indispensable.”—Journal of Education, Boston, Mass. HENRY HOLT & CoO., 29 West 23d Street, New York. 378 Wabash Avenue, Chicage- ESTABLISHED 1551, EIMER & AMEND. MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus. 205, 207, 209 & 2n Third Ave,, Corner of 18th Street NEW YORK. OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR — E March’s Seline “hemical Sron: Ware. Schleicher é&. Schuell’s Chemically. Pure and Common Filter Paper. Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome-— ters (Polariscopes)- Prof. Jolly’s shee Gravity Bas ances, etc. | Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co., o@ Paris, Platinum... a H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. . | PECULTIBS— pcwronopi Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass Sade) Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem se jan and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure ered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’: ners and + patination Siege. Apparatus and Chenticale for icp ; Aone _ LABORATORY | OUTFITS FOR ~ ASSAY ERS, _ UNIVERSITIES AND COLLEGE | tas Browns, Bromo, GuiNDING AND Repatinc SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATE! — MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. A series of technical papers on botanical subjects. Established 1889. Price, — $300 per volume. Separate numbers supplied at following prices which are strictly net. The Memcirs are not offered in exchange. Volume ], No. 1-—Studies of the Types of various Sempieg of the genus Carex. By L. H. Bailey. Price, $1.00. No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts of New Jersey and Staten Island, By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. No. 3-—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South America, By Richard Spruce. Price, 75 cents. No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. Vol. 2, No. 1.—On reserve Food Materials in Buds and surrounding Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. (Only sold with full volumes. ) No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. 7. _ No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala. By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. : Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous Ter- titory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. (Only with full volumes.) ; No. 2—A Revision of the North American Naiadacez with illustrations of all i the species. By Thomas Morong. Price, $2.00. No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. — By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. ‘ "Vol. 4. No. 1.—Index Hepaticarum, Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien M. — Underwood. Price, 75 cents. * No 2.—Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season of 1892. By John K. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, 50 cents. : 2 No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang—Il. By Henry H. Rusby. * Price, 50 cents. Be No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea. With three plates. By A. S. Pettit, Price, eee : No. 5.—Monograph of Physalis. By P.A. Rydberg. Price, 75 cents. _ Vol. §. List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North Amer- ica. Prepared by the Botanical Club, A.A A.S. Price, $3.00. --Vol. 6. No, 1.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel : ; Bang—III. By Henry H. Rusby. Price, $1.25. é No. 2—A Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae and Brachythecia. Oe By Abel Joel Grout. Price, 50 cents. No. 3,—The Life History of Sphaerella lacustris (Haematococcus pluvialis). : With two colored plates, By Tracy Elliot Hazen. Price, 50 cents. No, 4.—A Review of the Genera of Ferns proposed prior to 1832. By Lucien M, Underwood. Price, 50 cents. : ae No. 5.—Notes on the Lichen Distribution i in the Upper Mississippi Valley. ‘By Sale Bruce Firk. Price, 25 cents. Vol. 7. The Hepaticae and Anthocerotes of California. With thirty five plates. = By Marshall Avery Howe. Price, $3.00. : Vol 8. No t.—The Comparative Embryology of the Rubiaceae. With fifteem “plates. By Francis Ernest Lloyd. Price, $1.75. ot Nore The Lejeuneae of the ‘United States and Canada. By A. W. Evans With seven plates. Price $1.00. _ Vo!l.9. Monograph of the Erysiphaceae, By E. S. Salmon, F. L.S. Price, $3,00- - Vol 10. ‘Studies in the Genus jsver, By E. S. Kurgess. /# Press. ; Pdi i ae No I. 1.—The North oer ican Sordariaceae. cats eet Griffiths. MAY, 1902 Associate Eprrors ‘DANIEL TREMBLY MACDOUC America | PLATES. fea): v. Set 4 an Fungi: Da Howe - - THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB President, *HON, ADDISON BROWN Vice- Presidents, T. F. ALLEN, M.D. © HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. ~Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D., JOHN K. SMALL, Px.D., es Normal College, New York City. Botanica] Garden, Bronx Park, New York City Treasurer, ¥F. E. LLOYD Columbia University, New York City. Pr ce $3.00 aes : EICATIONS | ‘Bulletin “Monthly, establ:shed sea ; - Price $1 oo. per year. Address the oe ee 4 ‘Marshall oes New Vork 8 Botanical eres, Bronx Park, New ie = 29 No. 5 BULUEETIN OF THe TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB MAY 1902 The Nidulariaceae of North America * By V. S. WHITE (WitH Pirates 14-18) _ The members of the family Nidulariaceae are small fungi, ‘Seldom attaining a height of 15 mm., the average height being oe 5-7 mm. The ripe sporophores are usually more or less regu- “arly cup-shaped, containing from 10—20, or in some species, more, lenticular seed-like bodies, which are analogous to the chambers Z the gleba in the other chief groups of the gastromycetes ; these bodies are usually known as sporangioles or peridiola, while the cup is known as the peridium. _ They are widely distributed, as will be shown in the following Pages, and several of the species are fairly common, appearing Mncipally in wet weather, in late summer and autumn, often per- a This revision of the family was made possible by the large amount of material a the New York Botanical Garden, principally forming part of the Ellis collec- a by additional material furnished by Professor L. M. Underwood, from his own collection. Professor F. S. Earle and Professor C. H. Peck also kindly “Specimens. Thanks are due to Professor G. F. Atkinson, of Cornell Univer- i ce loan of three drawings of Midularia Alabamensis made by Mr. H. ny. eathg, and for a specimen of this same species ; to Professor Farlow, of Harvard “Sigel for kindly allowing specimens of Cyathus pallidus Berk. & Curt. and Cya- "wghtit Berk., to be examined and sketched; to Mr. Stewardson Brown, of the . iph ia Academy of Science, for his courtesy in facilitating the examination of *init2’s specimens nos. 2211-2220 ; to Miss Anna Murray Vail, Librarian of the Sevk Botanical Garden, for help in tracing references; to Mr. E. S, Salmon, for 4b Some data at Kew, England, and most especially to Professor L. M. Under- under whose direction the work was undertaken. {issued 26 May) 251 252 Wurre: THe NinuLARIACEAE OF NortH AMERICA sisting through the winter months. They grow on manure, sticks, shavings, dried herbaceous plants, and Cructbulum crucibuliforme is frequently found on old pieces of sacking. On a certain old board walk at Lakewood, N. J., this last species was found by the hundred growing in regular series between the joints of the boards. A further study of the plants will probably show that they are far more common and widely distributed than is at present thought, for they are likely to escape detection owing to their small size and inconspicuous coloring,. The order Nidulariales comprises but one family, the Nidula- riaceae. Until quite recently this family was considered by De Toni * and others to include the genera Cyathus, Crucibulum, Nidularia, Thelebolus, Dacryobolus, Sphaerobolus, Polyangium and Atractobolus, the last two included as doubtful genera. Fries f in- cluded besides the three first mentioned genera, Arachnion Schwein. Myriococcum Fries, and Polyangium Link. The two latter genera are certainly out of place here, Myriococcum belonging under the Perisporiales,t and Polyangium is not mentioned by either Sac- cardo or Fischer. In Fischer's revision of the family in 1899 he places Avachnion Schwein.§ under “ Doubtful Genera” in the Sclerodermataceae; for Sphaerobolus Tode he establishes a sepe rate family ; Zhelebolus is placed under the Ascobolaceae, and Dacryobolus and Atractobolus are included in the same family but as doubtful genera. This leaves only the three genera, Cyathus (for which there is a earlier form of the name, Cyathia) Crucibulum, and Nidularia, in this family. Concerning the last genus a question already raised by Otto Kuntze presents itself in regard to the correct name, since Roth’s Granularia || antedates Fries and Nordholm’s Nidularia by ovet a quarter of a century. Roth’s description and figure of Granu- laria pisiformis place this genus ona certain footing, and there ca? be no hesitation in answering the above question. Recently some Scere * Saccardo, Syll. Fung. 7: 28. 1887. ¢ Syst. Myc. 2: 296. 1822. tSaccardo, Syll. Fung. r: 29. 1882. 4 Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenzenfam, 11** ; 339. 1899. | Ust. Ann. Bot. r: 6. fl. 7. fiz. 1791. q Syn. Gast. 2. 1817-18. WuitE: THe NIpDULARIACEAE OF NortH America 2538 plants resembling Crucibudum in habit * have been described under Nidularia which differ so much in the peridial structure and char- acter from the type of the genus, with the exception of not having the sporangioles attached to the inner wall of the peridium, that it seems best to establish another genus in order to simplify as much as possible the arrangement of the family. It was ardently desired to retain the name Midu/aria, but unfortunately it has been found impossible to do this as all seven of the species which Fries + gives under his section Midudaria conform to the type of Granularia, so the name Vidularia must pass into synonymy. It is interesting to note that Corda t included only Widularia and Cyathus under the Nidulariaceae. Nees noted a resemblance between this family and Polysaccum, but the latter genus is in- cluded by Fischer § under the Sclerodermataceae as Pisolithus Alb. & Schwein. Although the members of this family have been mentioned in nearly all works treating of fungi from the time of Clusius, 1601, little was known of their structure and life habits until 1842, when Schmitz || wrote a short paper on Cyathus, and two years later the brothers Tulasne,{ instigated by this first effort to con- tinue the study of these interesting plants, prepared their treatise on the organization and fructification of the Nidulariaceae, which, with the supplementary work of Sachs,** Eidam ++ and Brefeld,}t forms the foundation of our exact knowledge of this group of fungi, __ The American species have never been monographed, and even the mention of plants belonging to this family has becn compara- “ely infrequent. * Under Crucibulum De Bary (Comp. Morph. 321) calls attention to the fact that he was unable to find a funiculus in some peridioles but says ‘‘ the coil always showed # small point which answers to it.” In the specimens referred to this genus there was absolutely No trace or rudiment and it would be impossible even in young sporangioles to determine to which side they had been attached. TAnleit. 103. 1842, TSyst. Myc. 2: 300, 1823. aL. 338. || Ueber Cyathus. Linnaea, 16: 141. pi. 6, 7. 1842. T Ann. Sci. Nat. III, x: 41-107. p/, 1844. Bot. Zeitung, 833-845, 849-861. 1855. ttCohn’s Beitr. 2. Biol, 2: 221-245. 1876. _-FEBot. Mitt. tiber Schimmelpilze, 3: 176-180. 1877. 254 Wuire: THE NIDULARIACEAE OF NoRTH AMERICA For a long time the Nidulariaceae seemed to be a bone of ‘con- tention among various botanical writers, in the fact of their appar- ently differing from other fungi in having true and visible seeds.* In 1688 Camerarius published a dissertation ‘de Fungo calyci- formi seminifero,” setting forth his ideas on the subject and claim- ing that these fungi had seeds. Marsigli in 1713, on the contrary, tried to exclude what he calls “these simple plants” from the fungi, no fungi having true seeds as these plants seemed to have. In 1714 Tournefort was also inclined to exclude them from the. fungi, but Ant. de Jussieu in 1728, denied these propositions, and claimed emphatically that fungi have seeds like true plants. Forty years later fungi were still being classed outside of the vegetable kingdom, particularly so because the sporangioles of Cyai/ius were never seen to germinate. Necker in 1783 wanted to make an intermediate kingdom to consist of the fungi, and Pico five years later, said that he had absolutely proved that the nature of these productions was purely animal. In 1791, Bulliard incontestibly proved that all fungi have seed, but he called the sporangioles of Cyathus seeds, and added ‘that they seem somewhat out of pro-- portion to the size of the fungus.” Hoffman says “ potius caps@ seminalis quam semen ipsum ’’—“ they are less seeds than capsules filled with seeds,” while Micheli said that the spores are hard to see with a good magnifying glass. These fungi have had several popular names, probably owing to their quaint and attractive appearance. Besides the well-know® name of “ bird’s-nest fungi,” as far back as 1724 they have been ‘‘called in Worchestershire cornbells, where they grow plenti- fully,”’+ and in Lincolnshire “ we find that a kind of fungus like 4 cup or old-fashioned purse with small objects inside is called a ‘fairy purse’ and we presume that the small objects represent the fairies’ cash.” t Synopsis of the Genera of the Nidulariaceae Sporangioles attached to the inner wall of the peridium. Peridium composed of three layers; spores mixed with filaments. I. CYATHIA- x . : —Talesne’s Most of what follows in this paragraph is translated and adapted from Tulasne monograph, pages 54-56, as several of the works referred to were unfortunately unob- tainable. Tf Ray, Syn. Ed, 3, 2:-20. 1724. } Friend, Flower Lore, 34. 1889. Waite: Tue NipuLaRIACEAE oF NortH America 255 Peridium composed of one homogeneous layer; spores not mixed with filaments. IT. CRucrIBULUM. Sporangioles not attached to the inner wall of the peridium, Peridium thick, opening by a regular definite mouth, III, NrpuLa. = A’ Peridium thin, rupturing irregularly. IV. GRANULARIA. I. Cyaruia P. Br., Civ. and Nat. Hist. Jamaica, 78. 1756 Cyathus Hall. Stirp. Helvet. 3: 127. 1768 Peridium composed of three distinct but closely connected layers. Mouth at first closed by a membrane (epiphragm), usu- ally white, opening at maturity; sporangioles flattened, umbilicate beneath, attached to the inner wall of the peridium by a complex elastic cord (funiculus), and with thick horny filaments intermixed with the spores. Clusius,* in 1601, made the first mention of a Cyathia under the name of fungus minimus avdyuyoc, and described it in Latin, the following being a free translation of the entire paragraph: “Moreover this fungus, which I will call anonymous, is very dif- ferent from the preceding ones, and I consider it to be the smallest of all, for it is barely half an inch high, In the fall a great many Stow, without petiole, on wooden boards away from dust and sand. They have the color of cinders or are of a lifeless color. The shape; Which is so small, appears to be undeveloped, scarcely as large and as thick as the top of a little finger. Sometimes they grow alone or when in numbers two, three or four adhering together, oe when ripe, they throw off the top part and appear full of a “iscous juice, and of seeds which are about the size of the seeds of cyclamen, but have the outline of small fungi and are apparently “inder-colored. There ‘is no doubt that this fungus grows in ie: ly, for I remember that a friend of mine sent me, once upon a time from there, some of these seeds, dried and with a certain strange name, asking me if I could find out what they were. For f cre are Certain characters who endeavor to catch and buy praise rom the ignorance of others.” here seem to be no intermediate references to this plant until 1671, when Bauhin + mentioned “ Fungus minimus lignelis tabellis *reolarum hortorum adnascens.” Mentzel,} in 1682 first figured * ae Plant. Hist. cclxxxvii, 1601. ewe Lib. X., Sec. 5, no. 39, 374. 1671. - Nom. Plant. Univ. pl. 6. 1682, owe po ay w lexi t ate ; Miqufay/'g 2956 WuitE: THE NIDULARIACEAE oF NoRTH AMERICA a plant which was, without doubt, Cyathia lentifera. Loeselius,” and Marsilius,t made passing references to this same species, and in 1729 Michelit described and figured two species, citing one from the above-mentioned writers, and the second from Ray,§ Dillenius |] and Vaillant, { the latter species being unquestionably Cyathia striata, Linnaeus,** in 1753, gives under his section “ Acaules” of the genus Pesiza—Peziza campanulata lentifera, first referring to Hortus Cliffortianus (1737) where we find that the only species of Peziza which he gives, and to which he refers what is evidently a Cyathia is not a Peziza in the modern sense, but the first known type of Cyathia; and the only proof that he knew what a eziza really was, is his reference to Dillenius 11 work published in 1719, in which a true Peziza is figured. Dil- lenius divided the Pezizae into two sections: (1) Membranacet 3 tenuiores—the true Pezizae, and (2) Duriores calyciformes, semint Feri putati, under which head he gives Peziza calyciformis lentife a is laevis (our Cyathia lentifera) and Peziza calyciformis lentifera jur- suta’’ (our Cyathia hirsuta), The genus Cyathus was founded in 1768 by Haller, twelve years after Cyathia P. Br., and since that time many species have been described from nearly all parts of the world. Fischer tt states that there are forty-two known species. asad From our own country not many species have been i Schweinitz was the first to mention these plants ; in 1818 he name ten species, but not all of them are to be referred to the gen” Cyathia. In 1869 Berkeley & Curtis$§ described Cyathus pallidus from Cuba, also reporting Cyathus intermedius, Cyathus oi | Cyathus limbatus, Cyathus Poeppigit, Cyathus microsporus, “ie t Cyathus Lesueurit collected by Wright from the same islane. . ; i Berkeley, |||| in 1873, described from Connecticut, Cyathus Wasi T Dissert. Gen. Fung. 17. p/. a. 1714. { Nov. Plant. Gen. 222. f/. ro2. Ju Ly #. @Syn, 3: 21. 1704, || Giss. 196. 1719. { Bot. Paris. 57. p/. rz. f. 4, 2 ORS yb ** Sp. Pl. 2: 1180. 1793. TE c. tt Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 11**; 328, 1899. 4% Jour. Linn. Soc. 10: 346. 1869. ||| Grevillea, 2: 34. 1873. 1729. WuitE: THE NIDULARIACEAE OF NortH AMERICA 257 which has not since been reported. Cyathus rufipes was described in 1897 by Ellis & Everhart * from Kansas, and the next year Hennings, || described Cyathus niveotomentosus from California. The following summary will show the distribution of the known species of Cyathia: Europe, 7 species: C. complanata, C. deformis, C. fimetaria, C. hirsuta, C. lentifera, C. subiculosa, C. umbrina. Asta, 6 species: C. emodensis, C. Hookeri, C. intermedia, C. minima, C, Mon- tagnet, C. sulcata. AFRICA, 5 species: C. affinis, C. dasypus, C. pallida, C. hirsuta, C. lentifera. AUSTRALIA, g species: C. Batleyi, C. desertorum, C. fimicola, C. intermedia, C. stercorea, C. Montagnei, C. pezizoides, C. pusio, C. lentifera. NEw ZEALAND, 3 species: C. Colensoi, C. Novae-Zelandiae, C. similis. NoRTH AMERICA, If species: C. intermedia, C. lentifera, C. melanosperma, C. Berkleyana, C. rugisperma, C. rufipes, C. hirsuta, C. stercorea, C. pallida, C. Wrightii, C. Sragilis. Cua, 7 species: C. intermedia, C. Montagne, C. pallida, C. limbata, C. Poep- pigit, C. Berkieyana, C. stercorea. Sout AMERICA, 12 species: C. ambigua, C. dasypus, C. limbata, C. micro- spora, C. Montagnei, C. plicata, C. Poeppigii, C. Puiggarii, C. scutellaris, C. hirsuta, C. lentifera, C. Gayana,. S) nopsis of the Species of Cyathia~- _ Peridium sulcate-striate within. xe Spores large, more than 35 long. . 1. C, Poeppigi. Spores small, less than 8 u long. 2. C. Berkleyana. Spores of medium size, 12-20 long. Peridium sparingly clothed with short fasciculate hairs without. gic, intermedia,X Peridium thin, shaggy-tomentose without. 4. C. hirsuta. = Stv/at us % on 7 aE e Peridium very tough and brittle, rough tomentose. 5. C. dura. * éridium faintly striate near the mouth, not sulcate within. 6. C. Montagnet. Peridium ; smooth within, not sulcate. Spores large, more than 40 # long. 7. C. melanosperma, ¥ Spores small, less than 15 long. Sporangioles darkish ; margin of peridium straight. Peridium smooth or nearly so. 8. Cp ome Peridium strigose-tomentose. g. C. rugisperma Sporangioles light colored ; margin of peridium often recurved. rmicos 10. C. dentifera. Spores of medium size, [5-304 long. Peridium with a red felt-like mycelial bulb at base. 11. C. rufipes. > Peridium with a thick bulb of whitish mycelium. 12. C. Wrightii. > Peridium scarcely thickened at the base. 13. C. stercorea. @ Bull. Torrey Club, 24: 125. 1897. THedwigia, 37: 274. 1898. 2958 Wuite: THe NIDULARIACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA 1. Cyathia Poeppigii (Tul.) Cyathus Poeppigit Tul. Ann. Sci. Nat. II. 1: 77- pl. 4.f 23-25; pl. 5. f. 3-4. 1844. Peridia slender, goblet-shaped, 7-12 mm. high, 5-7 mm. Hs at the top, about 1 mm. at the base of the stem, dark chocolate brown, the outer surface somewhat shaggy, peeling, leaving - comparatively smooth, deeply and closely striated surface, he sponding with the deep inner striations, the inner surface pe ’ somewhat lighter colored than the outer surface, somewhat ee deeply striate ; mouth minutely fimbriate ; sporangioles blacki 2 flattened, dull, 2-2.5 mm. in diameter; funiculus long; pe : 38-45 » long, 18-22 yw in diameter, very thick-walled, granwie within, oblong and often slightly curved. (P/. 14. f. 1-4-) Growing singly and in groups on manure and wet ground. St. Crorx (Danish West Indies): A. £. Ricksecker. ‘ This species was originally described from Cuba and Frene Guiana ; it is easily distinguished from the other striated Be of Cyathia by its unusually large spores, and by its deeply aa closely striated outer surface. 2. Cyathia Berkleyana (Tul.) Cyathus microsporus B Berkleyanus Tul. Ann. Sci. Nat. HI. 1: 74. 1844. oe Peridia small, cup-shaped, 5-8 mm. high, 5-7 mm. wie h the top, very much narrowed and rounded at the base, br outside and somewhat shaggy; mouth finely fimbriate, the wees surface of the peridium shiny, grayish-brown, lighter colored Eg the outer, coarsely striate ; sporangioles small, 2 mm. in wae } shiny, nearly black, flattened; spores small, 6-8» long, 4 p wide, somewhat thick-walled, hyaline. (Pl. 74, f. 5-7-) On decayed stems of coarse herbaceous plants. Jamaica: Cockerell. This species was originally described from Brazil ; it ou what resembles small specimens of Cyathia hirsuta, but it differs from that species in the texture of the outer coat, which is much less shaggy and thick, and in the much smaller spores. 3. Cyathia intermedia (Mont.) Nidularia intermedia Mont. ; Sagra, Hist. Phy. Pol. Cuba, 321: 1838-42. Waite: THE NIDULARIACEAE OF NortH AMERICA 259 Cyathus intermedius (Mont.) Tul. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 1: 72. pl. 4.f. 4-7. 1844. Peridia cup-shaped, not rounded at the base, 7-9 mm. high, 6-8 mm. wide at the top, 1-2 mm. at the base, lightish brown, clothed with fine hairs which grow in clusters, the tips of several of which join together in little outwardly curved tufts, thin and showing the inner sulcate markings through in the older peridia ; Inner surface brown, shiny, sulcate-striate ; the mouth straight, not flaring, clothed with a circle of short stiff bristles; the sporangi- oles about 2 mm. in diameter, flattened, blackish, depressed be- neath, somewhat angular with a short attachment; spores hya- line, 12-18 w long, 6-9 wide, thick-walled. (Pl. rg. f. 8-0; pl. 18. f. 78.) Growing in loose soil and on decaying wood. [Cusa: Ramon de la Sagra. | DELAWARE: Faulkland, Commons. This species was originally described from Cuba; it differs from Cyathia hirsuta in the character of the tomentose outer cov- ering of the peridium, and in the shorter and more rudimentary attachment of the sporangioles to the inner peridial wall. 4. Cyathia hirsuta (Schaeff.) Peziza lentifera B Linn. Sp. Pl, 2: 1180. 2755 Pesiza sessilis campanulata villosa Scop. Fl. Carn. 57. 17 60. i prima Schaeff. Fung. Bay. et Palat. Icon. 2: p/. 7 78. 1763. Crathus hirsutus intus striatus Hall. Stirp. Helvet.3: 127. 1768. Pesiza cyathiformis Scop. p. p.* Fl. Carn. 2: 486. 1772. [Ed. 2.] Pesiza hirsuta Schaef Fung. Bay. et Palat.4: 124. 1774- Pesiza striata Huds. Flor. Ang. 634. 1778. [Ed. a1 Peziza hirsuta Batsch, Elench. Fung. 127. 1783. _ Nidularia striata With. Bot. Arrang. 3: 446. 1792 [Ed. 2]; Sibth, Fy, Ox. 393. 1794; Fries. Syst. Mycol. 3: 298. 1822; Schwein, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 4: 252. 1834. é Cyathus striatus Willd. FI). Berol. 399. 17873 Hoffm. Les Typt. fase. 2: 33. pl. 8. f. 3. 1790; Pers. Syn. Meth. Fung. 237. hee Nees, Syst. 140. 1817; DC. Fl. Fr. 2: 269. 1805; an. mn. Sei. Nat. III. x: 67. 1844. * As the . maa . . . dén- tifera this first cited reference under the description of this species belongs to C. Ze name cannot be taken up for this species. 260 Wautre: Tue NipuLARIACEAE oF NorTH AMERICA Peridia 10-15 mm. high, 8-10 mm. wide at the top, 2-4 mm. at the base, usually straight trumpet-shaped, very gradually spread- ing toward the top; outer surface of the peridium dark brown, shaggy fibrillose; inner surface brown or grayish-brown, shiny, striate-sulcate for about one half the height of the peridium, be- coming smooth at the base; mouth densely clothed with a circle of stiff regular bristles ; sporangioles darkish, 2 mm. in diameter, shiny, depressed beneath, and somewhat angular from the pressure of one upon the other; spores 12-18 p long, 6-9 p wide, thick- walled, hyaline, somewhat crescent-shaped. (Pl. 14. f. 11-14) pl. 18. f. 1-6.) . Growing singly and in clusters, on sticks, bark, etc. Exsicc.: Ellis, North American Fungi, 7209. New York: Underwood, Tooke, Clinton, Brown, Murrill ; Maine: Harvey ; Connecticut: White ; PENNSYLVANIA : Gentry, Lioyd ; Ow1o: Lloyd, James; Grorcta: Underwood ; ALABAMA: Earle; Towa: Langlois ; Wisconstn: Williams ; INDIANA: Un- derwood ; MONTANA: Anderson, no. 601 ; COLORADO: Bethel; Wasuincton : Svksdorf ; Canapa: Dearness ; PUERTO RICO: Un- derwood & Griggs ; Mexico: Egeling. ; Tulasne * has given an account of the development of this species from which the following is freely translated : The young plants arise on the thick felt-like mycelium in the shape of small cylindrical jelly-like masses. They are at first white and smooth, gradually changing to a brown color and thelr surface becomes somewhat scaly. The three coats which com- pose the peridium are indicated at this stage, when the outer brownish scaly portion begins to form itself into the outer coat, while the walls of the white glutinous inner substance become differentiated from the fruiting portion into a very thin membran® which encloses these parts, a thin portion of the glutinous mem brane remaining between these two coats welding them together and so forming the triple peridial wall. It is now that the sporangioles begin their growth, gradually absorbing the sur _ rounding substance into themselves, so that when the plant © mature and gradually opens, the sporangioles alone remain within the cup attached to the sides of the peridium by means of 4 fume: ulus of a complicated structure. The sporangioles are in most Se * Ann. Sci. Nat. IIL. 1: 50-54. pl.3; pl. g. f. rg; pl. 8. f. 1-12 ae WuHiTE: THe NIDULARIACEAE OF NortH AMERICA 261 cases composed of three parts, namely, of a thick and usually dark colored coat, a light hyaline thickly interwoven portion which bears the basidia, which in their turn bear the spores. The center part is composed of innumerable spores mixed with branch- ing filaments. The walls of the spores are very thick, these spores having long been separated from their basidia. The funic- ulus is composed of three parts ; the lower portion is variable as to length and thickness, its lower extremity is expanded and attached to the peridium; the upper portion is more regular in shape and is attached by its upper extremity to the sporangiole ; it is rather swollen in the center, in which portion there is enclosed along and slender filet composed of innumerable hyaline, inter- Woven filaments, which can be drawn out if great care is used in _ the process and forcibly distended without breaking, according to Tulasne to a length of 12 cm. These two parts are joined by a much narrower and shorter portion to which Tulasne gives the name of “ filet médian.” 4a. CYATHIA HIRSUTA infundibuliformis var. nov. Peridia 1.5-18 cm. high, funnel-shaped, 1-2 cm. wide at the top, 1.5-2 mm. at the base, 4-5 mm. in the center where the Peridium is contracted; outer surface of the peridium brownish, Coarsely shaggy-tomentose ; inner surface dull brownish, clearly striate, but not below the contraction ; mouth minutely fimbriated ; Sporangioles dull brownish, 2 mm. in diameter, flattened ; spores 8-12 » wide, 14~1 7 » long, thick-walled, hyaline. (PV. 74. f. 75.) Growing singly on leaves and moss. Monrana: Sheridan, Fitch. __ This variety differs from the type in the definite funnel-shape of the peridium, and in the nature of the tomentum, and to a less degree in the size of the spores. Further material may necessitate a different treatment. 5. Cyathia dura sp. nov. __ Peridia flarin ‘trumpet-shaped, 8-13 mm. high, 8-12 mm. wide at the Sis 2-4 aii a the tec. brownish-gray outside, 1 sh, shaggy, and very tough and brittle ; inner surface whitish, dull, and marked with rather wide shallow striations; mouth sScurved, tagged and much split, but not fimbriate ; bases of the Pendium Contracted and in some specimens there is a thick felty 962 Wuite: THe NIDULARIACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA brown mycelial band adhering; sporangioles dull grayish, oval or rounded, 2.5 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide; spores 14-18 p long, 8-10 ps wide, hyaline and thick-walled. (P/. rg. f. 16-19.) Cotorapo: Denver, Bethel, 8. This species differs from all others seen in the character of the peridium, which is very thick, hard and brittle. 6. Cyathia Montagnei (Tul.) Cyathus Montagnei Tul. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 1: 70. f/. 4 f. Q-1T. 1844. Peridia 8-10 mm. high, 6-g mm. wide at the top, 2-3 ma at the base, spreading, cup-shaped, reddish-brown outside, closely woolly-tomentose, but not shaggy, rather thin ; inner surface gray” ish, dull, faintly striate close to the top, not sulcate ; mouth at first curved inwards, then straight, but not recurved, closely and very minutely fimbriate ; sporangioles 2 mm. in diameter, grayish, black, somewhat lighter beneath, dull, flattened, angular ; spores 15-18 w long, 8-12 » wide, thick-walled, granular, hyaline. 14. f. 20-22.) On the ground and on decaying wood and chips. Yucatan: C. F. Millspaugh, 787; [Cua]. : This species was originally described from Brazil ; it is f eadily distinguished from the preceding species : (1) By the faint and only partial striae of the upper part of the inner surface of the peridium, and (2) By the woolly tomentose, and not shaggy nature of the outer coat. 7. Cyathia melanosperma (Schwein.) Nidularia melanosperma Schwein. Trans. Am. Phil. Soe 4° 252. 1994 Cyathus melanospermus (Schwein.) De Toni; Saccardo, Syl. Fung, 7: 42, 21887. ; Peridia cup-shaped, clustered, 5-7 mm. high, 5-6 mm. ie at the top; the outer surface brownish and very shaggy; a inner surface smooth, shiny, dark gray; mouth straight a slightly fimbriate ; sporangioles black, flattened, about 2 pee wide ; spores large, 45-55 » long, 18-45 p wide, very thick-walle¢, granular within, hyaline. (PY. r5. f. I-4.) Gregarious on the earth. PENNSYLVANIA : Bethlehem, Schweinits. The above description is based on Schweinitz’s original spec Wuire: THe NIpULARIACEAE OF NortH AMERICA 263 mens, which are still in good condition at the Philadelphia Acad- emy of Sciences. This appears to be a rare species, as it is known only from its original collection. It differs from all the following Species of Cyathia, which have a smooth inner surface, in having a fimbriate mouth, though Schweinitz in his original description notes that it has a smooth mouth, but he writes that Midularia stercorea has a fimbriate mouth, which is contradicted by his own specimens, 8. Cyathia pallida (B. & C.) Cyathus pallidus B. & C. Jour. Linn. Soc. 10: 346. 1869. Peridia 4~8 mm. high, 5—7 mm. wide at the top, about 2 mm. at the base, slender urn-shaped, slightly expanded at the top and contracted at the base, thin and membranous, fawn-colored out- side, and minutely shaggy; inner surface light lead-colored, smooth, shiny ; mouth entire or torn but not fimbriate, sometimes slightly striated ; sporangioles 2 mm. in diameter, flattened, the edges very thin, and thicker in the middle, darker above than be- low, shiny as if frosted, and under high magnification showing a network of delicate rugose wrinkles; spores 5-9 #4 long, 5-7 # wide, hyaline, thick-walled, oval-pointed or nearly round, pale yellow in the mass. (FZ. 28. 5-77) Growing on decayed wood. _Cusa: Wright; Purrvo Rico: Coamo Springs, Underwood & Griggs. The above description is based on the co-types of this species in the Curtis collection at Harvard University. 9. Cyathia rugisperma (Schwein.) : Nidularia rugisperma Schwein. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 4: 253- 1834, : Cyathus rugispermus (Schwein.) De Toni; Saccardo, oyil. . 7 42. 1888. €tidia somewhat obconic sharply contracted at the base, 5-8 pix high, 4 mm. wide at the top; outer surface lightish fawn- “$3 strigose-tomentose, becoming nearly smooth when Mature - curve toment oo What } Inner surface darkish brown, smooth, and shiny ; mouth d in the young peridia, and completely covered by the Ose outer covering ; sporangioles black, flattened, roundish, mm. in diameter ; spores 10-14 4 long, 8-10 #4 wide, some- Stanular and thick-walled, hyaline. (PJ. 16. 3-6-) rowing Singly on bits of shaving and fibrous matter. NNSYLVANIA: Bethlehem, Schweinits. 264 Wuite: THE NIDULARIACEAE OF NoRTH AMERICA | The above description is based on the original specimens. Schweinitz, in his description of this species, says: ‘‘ Sporangiis non nitentibus, sed superficie reticulato-rugosa,’’ but no such markings were noticeable. This is a pretty little species, and is known only from its original collection. | 10. Cyathia lentifera (L.) Peziza lentifera a Linn. Sp. Pl. 2: 1180. 1753. Peziza sessilis campanulata laevis Scop. Fl. Carn. 57. 1760. Peziza tertia Schaeff. Fung. Bav. et Palat. Icon. 2: f/. 180. 1763. Cyathus sericeus intus laevis Hall. Stirp. Helvet. 3: 127- 17 68. Peziza cyathiformis Scop. p. p. Fl. Carn. 2: 486. 1772 [Ed. 2]. Peziza sericea Schaeff. Fung. Bav. et Palat. 4: 125. 1774 Peziza lentifera Huds. Fl. Ang. 2: 633. 1778 [Ed. 2]. Peziza Olla Batsch, Elench. Fung. 127. 1783. Nidularia vernicosa Bull. Champ. 1: 164. pl. 88. f. 2. 179% Cyathus laevis Hoffm. Veg. Crypt. fasc. 2: 31. pl. 8.f. 2. 179 Coccigrue a lentilles Paulet. Tr. des Champ. 2: 400. pl. 187. J. 7-12. 1793. Nidularia. campanulata With. Bot. Arrang. 3: 445. 1792 [E¢. 2]; Sibth. Fl. Ox. 393. 1794; Fries, Syst. Myc. 2: 298. 1822. Cyathus Olla Pers. Syn. Meth. Fung. 237. 1801. Cyathus vernicosus DC. Fl. Fr. 2: 270. 1805; Tul. Ann. seu Nat Til 3: 81: ot 5. fF, rg-23.: 1844. Nidularia plumbea Pers. Champ. Comest. 110. 1818. Nidularia fascicularis Schwein. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 4: 253° 1834. Cyathus campanulatus Corda, Anleit. xxx. pl. D. f. 42 9 23). Tas, Peridia 8-12 mm. high, 5-15 mm. wide at the top, 2-7 ™™ at the base, campanulate, the edge often recurved and expanded outer surface lightish brown or grayish-yellow, almost smo0e™> sometimes having a few tow-like fibers attached which give ita slightly roughened appearance ; inner surface smooth, whitish oF lead-colored, shiny ; mouth entire, often ragged and split ; spor angioles light-colored, 2~3 mm. in diameter, flattened beneat» spores 8-15 » long, 6-10 wide, thick-walled, hyaline. (PL. 15: f. 8-13.) Wuite: THe NIDULARIACEAE OF NortH AMERICA 265 Plants sessile, or sometimes stalked, growing singly or in clusters on the earth, on dry chips, twigs, etc. New York: Underwood; MAINE: Harvey, Bartle ; ConNnec- TicuT: White; PeNnsyLvania: Martin; Avasama: Earle; Inp1- ANA: Onderwood; Kansas: Bartholomew, 1032; COLORADO: Ravenel; Urau : Harkness ; CaALiFornNiA : Orcutt, Baker ; Texas: Young ; Puerto Rico: Goll. 11. Cyathia rufipes (Ell. & Ev.) Cyathus rufipes Ell. & Ev. Bull. Torrey Club, 24: 125. 1897. Peridia very slender, obconic, .8-1.5 cm. high, 3-6 mm. wide at the top, I-1.5 mm. at the base, outer surface lightish brown or tow-colored, very shaggy tomentose, and with a quantity of red- dish-brown mycelium adhering at the base, forming a felt-like tuft ; mner surface smooth, dark gray, shiny ; sporangioles 2 mm. in diameter, dark, almost black, shiny, depressed beneath ; spores 25-29 w long, 18-22 y» wide, thick-walled, granular within and hyaline. re rey, 14-16.) On old sods, “ growing head downward.” Kansas: Bartholomew ; Nepraska: Bates. This species is readily distinguished from the other species of Cyathus with a smooth inner surface by its very slender elongated Shape and its light densely tomentose peridium, besides the char- ~ acteristic feature of the red felt-like mycelial tuft at the base, from Which the species derives its name. 12. Cyathia Wrightii (Berk.) Cyathus Wrightit Berk. Grevillea, 2: 34. 1873. _ Peridia rather large, cup-shaped, 1.2-1.8 cm. high, .5-1.2 cm. wide at the top, contracted somewhat at the base, then bulbose, bulb composed of mycelium and adhering earth ; outer surface darkish brown, very rough, shaggy and encrusted with earth ; iner surface smooth, shiny, darkish ; mouth entire, not fimbriate ough the fine hairs circle up about it ; sporangioles dark, 1.5-2 mm. in diameter, shiny, flattened ; spores 22-25 » long, 15-18 #4 Wee 2 76.7 7-9.) Connecticut : Growing singly on earth, C. Wright. : This species is not known to have been reported since the Srginal collection. The above description of external characters — ¥s based on the cotypes at Harvard University. The spores were 966 WuuteE: THe NIDULARIACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA not seen; the measurement being taken from some mss. notes on. Cyathus by Massee, made from the type of C. Wrighti at Kew. De Toni gives the measurement in Saccardo as “15 » long by 10 p wide.” 13. Cyathia stercorea (Schwein.) Nidularia stercorea Schweinitz, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 4: 253 1834. Cyathus Lesueurti Tul. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 1: 79. pl. 5: £ 5-13. 1844. Cyathus Lesueurii, var. minor Tul. 7. c. 80. Cyathus stercoreus (Schwein.) De Toni; Saccardo, Syll. Fung. 7: 40. 1888. _ Peridia slender, campanulate, sessile or with an elongated slender base, .5—1.5 cm. high, 4-8 mm. wide at the top, I-3 mm. at the base ; outer surface brownish fawn-colored, the young plants being strigose with a copious covering of shaggy hairs, which gradually disappear, leaving the mature peridium almost smooth, or marked with circular depressed zones ; inner surface smooth, shiny, lead-colored, somewhat darker toward the base ; the mouth entire or at first appearing fimbriate from the surrounding hairy covering, but not ciliate-fimbriate ; sporangioles blackish-lead- colored, smooth, shiny, 2 mm. in diameter, depressed beneath ; _ spores 25-30 1 long, 20-25 yw wide, thick-walled, hyaline, granU- lar within. (72. 15. f. 17-20; pl. 16. f. 1, 2.) Growing on manure, bits of wood, etc. ‘ Exsice.: E. & E. Fungi Columbiani, 644 (as Cyathus verm- cosus) ; Ravenel, Fungi Amer. Exsic. 473 (as Cyathus yernicosus)s 474 (as Cyathus Lesueurit) ; Ravenel, Fungi Car. Exsic. 35 72 (as Cyathus campanulatus); Ellis, N. A. Fungi, 1308 (Cyathus verm- cosus) ; Shear, N. Y. Fungi, 316. PENNSYLVANIA: Schweinits ; New York : Underwood, Shear : Brown, Vail ; Massacuuserts: Ellis, Knight ; Maine: Harveys New Jersey : E//is ; DEvaware: O. S. ; Sour CAROLINA: Ravenel; Vireinia : Murrill ; lowa : Langlois ; Inpiana : Underwood, Arthur Oxn10: Morgan, Lloyd; Atapama: F. S. Earle & C. F- Baker ; Tuskegee, Carver; Kansas: Cragin, 273; COLORADO: Bakers Nesraska : Williams ; New Mexico: F. S. Earle & E. S. Harle Cockerell ; CanaDa : Dearness, 1149. fiz This species varies very much as to size, shape and smoe ness of the peridium, which facts have been rather misleading; but WHuiTE: THe NIDULARIACEAE OF NortH AMERICA 267 such different types have been found in specimens from one locality from the short, strigose, sessile or bulbose form to the slender, almost smooth, elongated form—that there can be no question as to their being in reality but one species. Tulasne does not mention Schweinitz’s Nidularia stercorea, and his species Cyathus Lesueurii from New Orleans was presumably described without knowledge of the preceding species. His variety Cyathus Lesueurit var. minor from Carolina, closely resembles small forms of Cyathia stercorea. — CYATHIA (?) sp. Peridia cup-shaped, clustered, 4-6 mm. high, 3-5 mm. wide at the top, 2 mm. at the base; outer surface lightish brown, nearly smooth, or minutely fibrous; inner surface smooth, very dark brown, almost black, shiny; mouth entire or slightly ragged, but not fimbriate; sporangioles black, shiny, angular beneath, rounded above, 1 mm. in diameter, showing no trace of any attachment, numerous; spores 20-30 # long, 18-24 4 wide, thick-walled, granular within, hyaline. (Pl. 16. f. 16, 21, 22.) No mention as to habitat. The specimens on which the above description is based were sent to Mr. Ellis by Professor E. Bethel (no. 9) from Denver, Colorado, and were named Cyathus vernicosus. They consist of four or five groups of from two to five plants in each. The Peridial wall is triple and the structure of the sporangioles is much as in Cyathia, the spores being also intermixed with thick horny filaments as in that genus ; but there is no trace whatever of any attachment either on the under surface of the sporangioles or on the inner surface of the peridium. The specimens are all Mature, so it is impossible to know what the nature of the young Peridia was, but the sporangioles are still in the peridia, filling them Completely, even with the margin quite unlike anything seen belonging to the genus Cyathia. It is very possible that a hiadeges Standing in the same relation to Cyathia, as Nidula does to Cruct- bulum, will eventually have to be established to accommodate these forms, but the material and data are not sufficient to justify taking such a step at present. SPECIES INQUIRENDA Cvatuus NIVEO-TOMENTosus P. Henn. Hedwigia, 37: 274- 1898 : Sparsis : peridio obconico-cyathiformi, crassiusculo papyraceo Primo operculo albo tecto, sessili vel substipitato, extus niveo 968 WutteE: THe NIpULARIACEAE oF NorTH AMERICA sericeo, dense tomentoso, margine integro, crasso, 3-5 mm. alto, 4-5 mm. lato, intus albo-flavescente; sporangiolis innumeris, lentiformibus, planis, tenue tunicatis, cinnamomeis, sericeis, I-1.2 mm. diametro ; sporis ellipsoideis, obtusis, intus granulatis, hyalinis, 7-8.5 x 4.5-5.5 4, episporio hyalino, tenui, levi. CatiForNiA: Potter Valley. On decaying wood (Sept. 1894). Purpus. * The original description is quoted, as no specimens of this species were seen, and until more material has been collected it 1s difficult to decide with any degree of certainty just where tt belongs. The author adds that this species appears to be related to Cyathia pallida. Ii. Cruciputum Tul. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 1: 89. 1844 Peridium composed of a single, homogeneous, though some- times layered, felt-like membrane, which is at first continuous Ove the mouth, forming a sort of epiphragm; sporangioles more nU- merous than in the preceding genus, and the funiculus is much less complex, consisting of a little bundle of elastic filaments gather closely together in a very thin, hardly noticeable outer covering, the upper end of which is attached to a nipple-like protuberance 0? the under surface of the sporangiole, and the lower end is attach to the inner wall of the peridium ; there are no filaments intermixe with the spores. Although the genus Crucibulum was not founded until 1844) for nearly a century and a half plants belonging to it have been known and unmistakably figured. Ray* in 1696, in a list of plants collected by D. Samuel Doody, mentions “ Fungus seminifer minor,” which he figured in 1724.+ Micheli, five years later, ga a good figure of Crucibulum crucibuliforme. As early as 1697 Boccone f figured this plant, under the name of “ Fungus 7 eppareas calyculatus,’”’ but does not seem to give it more than this passing notice. Gleditsch,§ Schaeffer,|| Scopoli,{{ Hudson,** Hoffmant? and others made mention of this plant, under various names, but ee eee * Syn. 333. 1696. [Ed. 2.] t Ray, Syn. 20, p/. 7. f. 26, ¢. 1724. [Ed. 3.] { Mus. Fis. p/. 307. f. r. 1697. %,Meth. Fung. 138. A/. g. 1753. || Fung. Bav. et Palat. Icon. 2: p/. 179. 1761; 4: 125. 1774. { Flor. Carn. 2: 486. 1772. [Ed. 2.] **Flor. Ang. 2: 634. 1778. [Ed. 2.] Tt Vegt. Crypt. fasc. 2: 29. p/. 8. f. 1. 1790. Wuitre: THe NrIpuLARIACEAE OF Nortu AMERICA 269 not until 1801, was the present generic name employed by Per- soon *—-even then only to denote a species—Cyathus Crucibulum. _ Schweinitz was the first to report Crucibulum crucibuliforme from this country under the name of Nidularia Crucibulum. He also described another species, Nidularia juglandicola which though retained as a good species of Crucibulum by De Toni,+ proves to - be a form of Crucibulum crucibuliforme, slightly larger and more flaring, but otherwise similar to the type species. Though the genus as represented by Crucibulum crucibuliforme is comparatively common and widely distributed, it is interesting to note in contrast with the genus Cyathia, which is very prolific of species, that only one other species has been described, viz., Cructbulum simile Massee t from New Zealand and Australia, and even this is said to resemble Crucibulum crucibuliforme closely. Bulliard § says that there are two varieties of Crucibulum both of which he figures, one glabrous, almost as smooth inside aS out, the other smooth inside but somewhat tomentose on the outside, and always larger and more yellow than the first. It has been noticed in examining quite a number of specimens from different localities that those collected in one place often vary Sreatly in size and color, and in the nature of the tomentose outer surface of the peridium. Cooke,|| in 1879, described a variety which he calls Zanxosum, and which De Toni says might possibly be Bul- liard’s second variety (figured on f/. zo) but as Cooke described it as “paler than in the usual form” this disposition cannot be correct. 1. Crucibulum crucibuliforme (Scop.) — ». Peziza sessilis campanulata (b) Gled. Meth. Fung. 138. pl. 4. 1753. feziza secunda Schaeft. F ung. Bav. et. Palat. Icon. 2: pl. 779. 1763. : Peziza lentifera Oeder, Fl. Dan. 2: 9. pl. 105. 1763; not Linnaeus, Peziza crucibuliformis Scop. Flor. Carn. 2: 486. 1772 [Ed. 2); Schaeff. Fung. Bav. et Palat.4: 125. 1774. *Syn. Meth, Fung. 239. _18ot. t Saccardo, Syll. Fung. 7: 44. 1888. t Grevillea, 19: 93. 1891. é Champ, I: 165. p/. go and pl. g88, 1809. || Grevillea, 8: 58, 1879. 270 Wuure: THe NIDULARIACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA Pesiza laevis Huds. Fl. Ang. 634. 1778. [Ed. 2.] Cyathus cylindricus Willd. F\. Berol. 399. 1787. Cyathus crucibuliformis Hoffm. Veg. Crypt. fasc. 2, 29. pl. & me £s 1700: Nidularia laevis Bull. Champ. 1: 164. pl. 448. f. 2. pl. 40. 1791; With. Bot. Arrang. 3: 446. 1792 [Ed. 2]; Sibth. Fl. Ox. 393. 1794. Cyathus Crucibulum Pers. Syn. Fung. 238. 1801; Nees, Syst. Sa Sf 599. 817. Cyathus laevis DC. Fl. Fr. 2: 269. 1805. Nidularia Crucibulum Secret. Mycogr. Suisse, 3: 378. 1833; Schwein. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 4: 253. 1834. Nidularia juglandicola Schwein. Trans. Am, Phil. Soc. 4: 253: 1834. Crucibulum vulgare Tul. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 1: 90. pl. 6.f 9-24. pl. 7. f. r. pl. 8. f. 13-17. 1844. Crucibulum juglandicolum De Toni ; Sacc. Syll. Fung. '7: 44 1888. Peridia 5-10 mm. high, 5-10 mm. across at the top, 4-7 ™™- at the base, cylindrical-campanulate, base truncate or but slightly contracted; outer surface dirty cinnamon or grayish fawn-color, young plant minutely velvety tomentose, becoming smoother w! age; the inner surface smooth, shiny and whitish; mouth en- tire, firm and even, sometimes slightly contracted, sporangioles pale ochraceous, becoming whitish, 1.5-2 mm. in diameter, Very numerous and crowded, flattened beneath; spores hyaline, elliptic, 8-10 long, 4-6 » wide, smooth, some thick-walled. (/7. 16. f. 10-15; pl. 18. f. 7-13 and 16.) Plants gregarious or single on twigs, old bagging, chips, ete; common and variable. : Exsic.: Ellis, N. A. Fungi, no. 728; Ravenel, Fungi Amer Exsic. no. 139. New York: Underwood, Clinton, Jelliffe; Maine: Harvey, Connecticut: Underwood, White; MassACHUSETTS: Underwood, Underwood & Seymour, 941 ; New Jersey : Ellis, White; PENNSYT VANIA: Haines, Everhart ; ALapama: Underwood, Earle ; VIRGINIA: Underwood ; Kentucky: Underwood ; INDIANA, Underwood ; Kan- Sas: Cragin, 490 ; OREGON: Carpenter ; MONTANA: Reynolds ; CoL- orano: Bethel, Underwood & Selby ; Wasuincton: Suksdorf. Waite: THE NIDULARIACEAE OF NortH AMERICA 271 The following is extracted and translated from Tulasne’s more extended description of this species: The inner white evanescent pellicle is a remnant of the mucilaginous matter which fills the cup in its early stages. The sporangioles are accumulated in large numbers in a space apparently too small to contain them. They are covered with a thick fibrous coat which can be peeled off, and when deprived of this the sporangiole is black and of a horny con- sistency. It is composed of two parts, a thick and much inter- woven darker outer part, and an inner hyaline portion com- posed of irregularly shaped filaments taking the place of basidia and forming a hymenium of which the surface is nearly uniform. The rest of the inner substance is composed of the spores without any filaments, which fact distinguishes these sporangioles from some of those belonging to species of Cyathia. The funic- ulus of Crucibulum is much more simple than that of Cyathia hirsuta, being composed of a little bunch of elastic filaments gathered closely together in a very thin, transparent outer cover- ing, which is hardly noticeable, and of an equal filet, about 2-3 mm. long, which expands itself at the base into the inner wall of the peridium. III. Nidula gen. nov. Peridium composed of a single homogeneous, but layered mem- brane which is at first. continuous over the mouth much as in ructbulum ; sporangioles very numerous, at first immersed in a glutinous substance, very closely packed, entirely filling the centr al Cavity and in no way attached to the peridium wall ; no filaments intermixed with the spores. Pp +4. . eridium shaggy-tomentose; sporangioles light-colored, 2 mm. wide. 1. XV. candida. “ Peridiuns «mi ? — minutely tomentose ; sporangioles dark-colored, barely 1 mm. wide. . 2. WV. microcarpa. / 1. Nidula candida (Peck) Nidwaria candida Peck, Reg. Rep. 45: 24. 1891. Peridia 6-1 5 mm. high, 6-15 mm. wide at the top, 5-10 mm. Ethie base, cylindrically cup-shaped, somewhat truncate at the lik } outer surface white, becoming dingy with age, thick, felt- Z shaggy -tomentose ; inner surface smooth, at first snowy white, ming brownish with age, somewhat shiny ; mouth entire, firm, pew hat sp reading but-not recurved ; sporangioles I.5-2 mm. in por tet light grayish fawn-colored, very thin, flattened, both sur- 272 Wutre: Tue NiIpuLaRIACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA faces perfectly even, angular, but not depressed ; spores 6-10 p# long, 4-8 y wide, globose to elliptic, hyaline, somewhat granular, thin-walled. (P/. 16. f. 17-20.) Growing singly on twigs, moss, etc. Wasuincton: Olympia, Henderson, Suksdorf. British CotumBiA: JJacoun, 107. 2. Nidula microcarpa Peck, sp. nov. Peridia 4-6 mm. high, 4-5 mm. wide at the top, 3-5 at the base, subcylindrical ; outer surface whitish, or pale grayish-yellow, minutely tomentose, firm; inner surface smooth, with a thin brownish shiny layer formed by the drying of the glutinous inner substance ; mouth entire, straight and firm ; sporangioles very numerous, lenticular, covered with a thick fibrous outer coat, which peels off, as in Crucibulum crucibuliforme, when dry rugosely wrinkled, becoming smooth when moistened, reddish-brown, 5-1 mm. wide ; spores 6-9 long, 4-6 y wide, broadly elliptic or sub- lone hyaline, thick-walled. (P/. 17. f. 1-6; pl. 18. f. 14, 1; r7. \ Growing on wood, and on the ground. CaLiForNiA: W, R. Dudley. Montana: Columbia Falls, R. S. Williams. 2a. NIDULA MICROCARPA rugispora var. nov. Crucibulum rugisporum E. & E. in herb. Peridia 3-5 mm. high, 3-6 mm. wide at the top; outer surface yellowish-white, with a rather thin close tomentum ; inner surface smooth, whitish or brownish, somewhat shiny ; mouth recurved, and spreading, and minutely lacerate, fimbriate ; sporangioles very numerous, reddish-brown, rugose when dry, barely 1 mm. wid’ flattened, subrotund; spores broadly elliptic, hyaline, slign thick-walled, 6-9 p long, 4-7 p» wide, slightly larger than € foregoing species. (Pl. 17, f. 7-9.) Growing on dead twigs. WasuincTon : Skamania county, alt. 3,000 ft., Suksdorf, 54 Though this variety closely resembles the species it differs 19 the mouth characters and in the somewhat larger spores. IV. GRANULARIA Roth, Ust. Ann. Bot. 1: 6. pl. 1. f. 1: 179 Nidularia Fries & Nord. Symb. Gaster. 2, 1817-18. Peridium composed of a single homogeneous rather thin jae membrane, or a thin, closely interwoven layer of branche WHITE: THE NIDULARIACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA 273 ments, opening more or less irregularly by the breaking away or falling to pieces of the walls at maturity, having no true epi- phragm : sporangioles enveloped in mucus and not attached in any way to the inner surface of the peridium. The history of the genus Granularia, though not as long as that of the first two genera belonging to this family, appears to have become more involved and complicated, very probably owing to the fact that the species of Granu/aria are as a rule, rarer, and less conspicuous than the species of Cyathia and Crucibulum. Micheli * in 1729 figured “ Cyathoides scutellatum,’ which is unquestionably a true Granularia, and the reason why this species has since been placed under Cyathus by Roth? and later by Tulasne, it hard to understand. Micheli, in writing of this genus, says “ [fructus] vel prope centrum, vel ad circumferentiam brevissimo pediculo seu umbilicali funicolo firmantur,”’ but of the figure of three spor- angioles of “ Cyathoides scutellatum”’ only one has a short lateral attachment, and that much shorter than in the figures of the spor- angioles of the three other species represented. Fries { says of his second division, which contains true Granularia, that the spor- angioles have no umbilicus or umbilical thread, but are attached by the margin. Tulasne writes that notwithstanding these authorities, the lateral position of a funiculus seems very problematical in the genus Cyathia, and that the sporangioles of the specimens of Gran- ularia which he has studied do not adhere any more by the edge than by any other point, either to the mucilage in which they are ‘mmersed or to the peridium. This idea must have arisen from the fact that the mucus contiguous to the walls of the peridium dries up a little quicker than that in the center of the cup and for this reason, several sporangioles appear to be fixed by their outer margin, while they are still loose in the center of the cup. But this does not explain why “ scutellaris” has been made a species of Cyathia, No other writer seems to have mentioned this plant after Micheli until 1 791, when Roth described a new genus Granularia, as follows: « Fungus subrotundus, granis mucilagine immersis ot. PL Gen. 225 : i ~ I. FOR. fig 1725. T Roth, Cat. Bot. 1: 237. 1797. tSyst. Myc. 2: 300. 1822. 274 Wuite: THe NIDULARIACEAE OF NortH AMERICA farctus,” with one species Granularia pisiformis, which he fully describes and figures. This is unquestionably a Ndu/aria, as this genus was called until Otto Kuntze restored Granularia to its proper place in 1891. Roth* himself described and figured two species six years later under the name of Cyathus farctus, and Cyathus scutellaris ; it is possible that these belong to our genus Nidula, but with the imperfect descriptions it is difficult to deter- mine. It is very evident that they are not species of Cyathia. — Bulliard,} in 1780 made the first mention of the name Nidu- laria, but he referred it to figures which have been unquestionably proved to be Cyathia lentifera and Crucibulum cructbuliforme. Sibthorp ft also employed this name for Cyathia lentifera, Cyathia hirsuta and Crucibulum crucibuliforme, In 1817 Nees} described and figured Mdularia granulifera, but although he gives a colored plate, it is difficult to form a correct idea of his plant. Two years later Ehrenberg || described and figured Nidularia globosa which he says resembles Cyathus farctus Roth and Cyathus deformis Willd.{ but agrees with neither. About this time, 1818, Schweinitz described from North Carolina Cvathus pulvinatus, which, though unfortunately none of the original material remains except some of the wood on which it grew, is evidently a true Granularia and iS a fairly common species in our own country, and the only clear and definite one of the whole tangled thread of the present history. The family Nidulariaceae was established by Fries in 1822: Under the section “ Nidularia,’ he gives seven species, five of which are the above-quoted ones of Nees, Schweinitz, Roth, Ehren- berg and Willdenow; the last one, Nidularia denudata Fr. & Nordh, ** appears from the description to be a true Granularia, while the third species which he gives as Nidularia farcta he refers to Ray’s tt no. 21, which is the first mention of Crucibu/um cruct- buliforme. ee * Cot, Bot. 22-237. pf, 7.7.2, 1797. t Herb. Fr. p/. 488. t Flor. Ox. 393. 1794. 4 Syst. Pilze. 139 note. g/. 13. f. 733¢. 1817. | Sylv. Myc. Berol. 16, 28. 7. 8 1819. | Ust. Bot. Mag. 2: 14. p/. 5. f 8. 1788. ** Symb. Gaster. 4. 1817-18. Tt Syn. 20. g/. 7. ff 2. Waite: Tue NipucariaceaE or NortH AMERICA 2765 Fischer * in writing of Nidularia says that there are sixteen known species, but though De Toni + gives eighteen from all parts of the world, it is more than probable that several of these are either synonyms of other species or belong to other genera. Tulasne gives eleven species, to nine of which he adds “non vidimus’’! the remaining two being new species—MVidularia aus- tralis from Chili, South America, and Midularia Duriaeana from LaCalle, Algeria (Mauritania). From America several additional Species have been described, namely, Vidularia Alabamensis Atk. f from Alabama, which we have reduced to Granularia pulvinata, and Nidularia rubella FE, & E. § from New Jersey. This last species is very uncertain, in fact it may not belong to this family at all, as the sporangioles are quite different in texture from those of all the other species, and have never been found to contain any spores, being filled with small pieces of amorphous hyaline matter. It is hard to believe that the plants are in an immature condition as the Peridial walls have in some specimens almost entirely disappeared. The only remaining species of Nidularia which has been described in this country is Vidularia candida Peck which has been referred to the preceding genus. Two heretofore unpublished species of Granularia complete our present list: Gvranularia castanea, a herbarium species of Ellis & Everhart, under the name of idularia Castanea, from New Jersey found in 1883, and Granularia rudis Peck, from California. Synopsis of the Species of Granularia Porangioles numerous, smal] (1 mm. or less in diameter). eridium tubercular, pulverulent. s Peridium only slightly tubercular, not pulverulent. Porangioles few, larger (2 mm, or more in diameter). ¥ 1. G. pulvinata: ra 2. G. castanea. 3. G. rus, 7 1. GRANULARIA PULVINATA (Schwein.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. a: 85s. 1691 * Cyathus pulvinatus Schwein. Fung. Car. Sup. 51. 1818. Nidularia pulvinata Fries, Syst. Myc. 2: 301. 1822; Schwein. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 4: 253. 1834. * Engler & Prantl. Nat. Pflanzenfam. 11**: 326. 1899. : eae Syll. Fung. 7: 28. 1888 ;—g : 265. 1891 ;—11: 156. 1895 ;—14: I 256, { Bull. Cornell Univ. (Science) 3: 23. 1897. | ¢ Bull. Torrey Club, rr: 18, 1884. 276 Wuite: THE NIDULARIACEAE OF NortH AMERICA Nidularia Alabamensis Atk. Bull. Cornell Univ. (Science) 3 : 23- 1897. Peridia subspherical, sessile, 2-10 mm. wide, 2-9 mm. high, reddish-brown or dirty cinnamon-colored, at first very floccose-pul- verulent, gradually becoming smoother with age, dehiscing irregu- larly or not at all; peridium thin and rather brittle, tuberculose ; inner surface is shiny, smooth, brownish ; sporangioles very numer- ous, darkish brown, barely 1 mm. in diameter, somewhat angular and depressed ; spores hyaline, thick-walled, 6-10 long, 4-7 # wide. (/7. 17. f. 10-16, 20; Fl. 18. f. 19.) Plants gregarious, rarely singly on wood. New York: Lillis, Fairman, Kupfer ; Louisiana: Langlois, 2666 and 1821; Connecticut: White; Maine: Harvey; ALA- BAMA: Auburn, AZkinson. The floccose pulverulent appearance of the surface of the peri- dium is caused by the innumerable ends of the filaments which compose the peridium protruding above the- main structure, soon becoming broken or eroded. Thisisa very characteristic feature which renders this species easily recognizable. Atkinson (/. ¢.) describes NMidularia Alabamensis, which un- doubtedly belongs here substantially as follows : Peridia spherical, sessile, reddish-brown, roughened, 4~5 mm. in diameter, irregularly dehiscing by the breaking into fragments of the upper portion €X- posing the sporangioles which completely fill it; no “ rooting ; threads ; sporangioles lenticular, shiny, dark or blackish-brown, barely 1 mm. in diameter, corrugated, hard, filled with a whitish pulpy material which is composed of stout irregular flexous OF blanched knotty strongly tuberculose threads with which the spores are mixed ; the spores are obovately hyaline, 4-6 x 3-4 On decaying wood. ALABAMA: Auburn, July, 1890. 2. Granularia castanea (Ell. & Ev.) sp. nov. Nidularia castanea Ellis & Everhart in herb. Peridia small, elongate-globose, or subspherical, sessile, pian times confluent, .5—2 mm. long, 0.5-1 mm. high ; peridial Wears very thin, and brittle at first, pale yellowish fawn-colored, gT@°" ually as the plant matures becoming grayish, and somewhat tubet- culose from the inner pressure of the sporangioles, dehiscing irregularly, the outer covering often breaking away completely, WHITE: THe NIDULARIACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA 277 leaving the sporangioles seated alone on the wood, barely visible without magnification ; sporangioles yellowish-brown, very numer- ous, crowded, circular, flattened above and below, barely 0.25 mm. in diameter, even or slightly creased under high magnification ; spores subglobose, hyaline, thick-walled, 4~7 » long, 3-6 y wide. i 17. f. 17-19; pl. 18.f. 20.) Gregarious on wood. NEw Jersey: Newfield, July, 1883. Adds. 3. Granularia rudis Peck sp. nov. Peridia hemispherical or subglobose, sessile; outer covering thin, smooth, fragile when dry, cellular, rather gelatinous when Moist, yellowish-brown with a faint greenish tint ; indehiscent or the peridial walls gradually breaking away ; sporangioles few, irreg- ular, angular or compressed, 2-2.3 mm, in diameter, blackish or greenish tinted; spores broadly elliptic or subglobose, hyaline, 7-9 long, 6-8 w broad. (PL. 17. f. 21-23.) On decaying wood. Cauirornia: W. R. Dudley. The material from which this species is described is very scanty, but the specific features are so individual, and they differ so much from any known species of Granularia that it has been decided to include it in the present revision. It differs from all known species in the gelatinous cellular and greenish texture of the peridium, and in the large angular sporangioles, only a few being contained in €ach peridium, SPECIES INQUIRENDA Nipuraria Rupetta Ell. & Everh. Bull. Torrey Club, 11: 18. 1884. The following table will show the present known distribution of the family in North America : 2978 Wuutre: THE NIDULARIACEAE OF NorRTH AMERICA C C. as c seit Lf. rorxayy | ae “eoreue | + + x IS | + wong oueng | + Band RE Maan} WE + > “BIUIO IBD) = + *u0s31Q) | + “moasmiqeeAN seth oe et + “Wea + “Opws10[o7) ++ Garages “ODIXaTT MONT HH “sexay, +4 “Serax + eH “BASEN | ae "eMOT cheats *UISUODSI AA ars) ~~ *£yonquay +4 — + Peet ee “oro, +4 “eUuBISINO'T a + er, Se ES ee + “BId1090) ; ob / SEIOTES) PMCS + oo Me “BLUL SIT A FE -- ~ aaeMepaq Fo 1 “erueaAsuuag + ba Be Ta *Aasiaf{ Many oe ee + fone + Ha ie ee ETE “svesnysesseyy + + bate re HH oes HEHE S Ss 3 3 iy a i = S os eh dee S38 ag. OL eeeae SPSSSsS SS SeE- 3-333 SiS PTGSEC FESERT SELLE OUUUSUUU UU UNUSR SESS WHuiTE: Tur NIDULARIACEAE OF NortoH AMERICA 279 Explanation of Plates The figures on Plates 14, 15, 16 and 17 were drawn one quarter larger than indicated. Those on Plate 18 were made twice the size. The microscopic details were drawn with a camera lucida and reduced on the same scale, as above noted. PLATE 14 Fic. 1. Cyathia Poeppigii, nat. size. 2. The same, enlarged about three times after moistening. 3. Single peridium in dry condition, 4. Spores, X 335. 5. Cyathta Ber, #leyana, nat. size. 6. Peridium of same, enlarged three times, 7. Spores, * 335. 8 Cyathia intermedia, pat, size. 9. Peridia, enlarged twice, one in dry condition, the other after expanding when moistened, 10. Spores, X 335. II. Cyathia hirsuta Nat. size. 12. Group, enlarged about three times. 13. Spores, * 335. 14, 15. Cyathia hirsuta infundibuliformis, enlarged about three times. 16. Cyathia dura, Rat. size. 17, 18, Peridia, enlarged twice. 19. Spores, X 335. 20. Cyathia Mon- tagnei, nat. size. 21. Peridium, enlarged twice. 22. Spores, X 335- f PLATE 15 Fic. 1. Cyathia melanosperma, nat. size. 2. Single peridium, nat. size (after moistening), 3. Single peridium, enlarged about three times. 4. Spores, 335- 5- Cyathia pallida, nat. size. 6. Mature and young peridia, enlarged twice. 7. Pores, X 335. 8. Cyathia lentifera, nat. size. 9, 10, 11, 12. Different specimens showing character of growth and shape, enlarged twice. 13. Spores, X 335- 14 Cyathia rufipes, nat. size. 15. Peridia, enlarged twice. 16. Spores, X 335. 1]. Cyathia stercorea; nat. size. 18, 19. Different specimens showing character of growth and shape, enlarged about three times. 20. Spores, X 335- PLATE 16 Fics. I, 2. Cyathia stercorea, showing additional types and characteristics, en- larged twice. 3; Cyathia rugisperma, natural size. 4. Peridia enlarged twice. 5 Spores, < 335. 6. Spores, 585. 7. Crathia Wrightii, natural size. 8, 9. Peridia, nlarged twice, 10. Crucibulum crucibuliforme,natural size. 11. Section of sporangiole, X 50. 12. Group of "peridia, enlarged twice. 13. Spores, X 335- 14. Group of Peridia from the Schweinitz specimens of Crucibulum juglandicolum. 15. Spores the same, 335. 16. Cyathia (?) sp., natural size, 17. Nidula candida, Set tine. 18, 19. Peridia, somewhat enlarged. 20. Spores and filament, 335- 21, 22. Spores of Gvathia (?) sp., X 335. PLATE 17 at. Nidula microcarpa, nat, size. 2, Peridia, enlarged twice. 3. Section- reeset about five times, 4. Sporangiole showing torn outer covering, enlarged about twenty-five times, 5. Sporangiole still in its outer covering, enlarged twelve times. 6, mo Nidula microcarpa rugispora, nat. size. 8, Peridium, enlarged three eo Spores, X 335- 10. Granularia pulvinata, nat. size, reduced from draw, aor is Hasselbring of Nidularia Alabamensis Atk. 11. Granularia pulvinata, V oer ae Peridia, enlarged three times. 13. Spores and filaments, > 345... £4- =o Peridia, the walls of which have almost completely fallen away. 15. Spores. dia, 16. Spores, X 335- 17. Granul ria castanea, nat. size. 18. Group of peri- 20 Pi arged twice, 1g. Irregular peridia, having grown together, enlarged twice, ~ fot of Granularia pulvinata, X 335 (Nidularia Alabamensts Atk.). 21. ee Maria rudis, enlarged twice. 22. Spores, X 335- 23- Sporangioles, X 15. 280 WuitE: THE NIDULARIACEAE OF NortH AMERICA PLATE 18 Fics. 1-6. Cyathia hirsuta. 1. Sporangiole, showing attachment, enlarged about fifteen times, 2. Spore, 390. 3. Spores and filaments, X 215. 4- Threads of outer coating of sporangiole, < 215. 5. Nodose filaments of the funiculus, X 390 6. Portion of the funiculus, X 110. 7-13. Crucibulum crucibuliforme. 7. Sporangiole, 15. 8. Sporangiole, with the outer coat peeling off. 9. Small portion of a section of a sporangiole, 215. 10, 11. Spores of young specimen, 390. 12. Spores of fully mature specimen, showing contraction of inner substance, 390. 13: Small portion of the ends of the filaments of the thin membrane covering the mouth of the immature specimen, 315. 14. Spores of Migula microcarpa, X 390. 15- Lateral portion of outer coat of the sporangioles of same, < 215. 16. Small portion of the outer coat of the sporangiole of Crucibulum crucibuliforme, X 215. 17. Section of @ sporangiole of Vidula microcarpfa, X 110. 18. Fascicular hairs from the outer wer ing of the peridium of Cyathia intermedia, X15. 19. Small portion of the peridial wall of Granularia pulvinata, X 215. 20. Sporangioles of Granularia castanea, when devoid of peridial covering, 110, as Notes on American Hepaticae By MARSHALL A. Howe I. CEPHALOZIA CONNIVENS CEPHALOZIA CONNIVENS (Dicks.) Lindb. Proc. Linn, Soc. 13: 190. 1872. Kritisk Gransk. Mossorna Dill. Hist. Musc. 38. 1883. Spruce, On Cephalozia, 46. 1882. Lindb. & Arn. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 23°: 20. 1889. Kaalaas, Nyt Mag. 165. 1893. Jungermannia connivens Dicks. Fasc. Pl. Crypt. Brit. 4: 19. P!. 11.f- 75. 1801. Cephalozia multifiora Lindb. Act. Soc. Sci. Fenn. 10: 501. 1875. Musc. Scand. 4. 18709. This species has been much confused with its near relative Cephalozia lunulaefolia Dumort. (C. media Lindb., C. multiflora Spruce) both in Europe and America, but is very distinct as was first well pointed out by Spruce (Ox Cephalozia, 39. 1882). The plant may be readily distinguished from C. /unulacfola by the large leaf-cells (35-90 », while only 25-50 in C. /unulacfolia), by the long-ciliate perianth-mouth, by the perianth-wall being unistratose throughout, and by being autoicous. The specimens distributed by Sullivant under the name of Jungermannia connivens in Musci Alleghanienses (no. 246) belong with C. /unulaefolia so far as we ve been able to see them, and the same is true of no. 57 of ‘ustin’s Hepaticae Boreali-Americanae, issued as Cephalosia con- mers. In 1 896, Professor Underwood, in his review of ‘‘ The Genus Cephalozia in North America” (Bull. Torrey Club, 23: 381~394), Placed Cephalozia connivens under “Species dubiae et Mquirendae,” remarking that it was likely to occur northward. In October, 1898, the writer of the present notes announced * ata Meeting of the Torrey Botanical Club the discovery of the genuine Phalozia connivens on the grounds of the New York Botanical Carden, Supposing this to be the first collection of the real C. con- mens in America, The species was soon found in several other Places in the neighborhood of New York, and this has led to an * 282 Howe: Notes oN AMERICAN HEPATICAE examination of the specimens of Cephalozia in the accessible her- baria with the result that we are now able to cite seventeen North American specimens of the true Cephalozia connivens, showing 4 coastwise range from Prince Edward Island to Florida, and an extension inland as far as London, Ontario. The specimens cited may be arranged as follows: Prince Epwarp Istanp: /. Macoun, June 27, 1888, no. 139 (@ little only, mixed with C. unulaefolia and Kantia trichomants). On- TARIO: London, /. Dearness (in herb. Underwood, comm. in 1889 as no. 1). Ruope Istanp: Providence, from Olney collection in Chapman herbarium; also, in same herbarium, a second speci- men from Rhode Island, without locality. ConnecricuT: on the ground in wet woods, Westville, A. IV. Evans, November 29 1890. New York: in a tamarack swamp, Syracuse, L. M. Underwood, April, 1888 ; Staten Island, Mrs. E. G. Britton, Febru- ary 14, 1892; on the top of a decayed hemlock stump near Bronx River, New York Botanical Garden, JZ. A. Howe, September 21, 1898, with Odontoschisma sphagni ; on bank of a stream in a boggy wood, Freeport, Long Island, I. A. Howe, October 17, 1898; 7 margin of a swamp, Richmond, Staten Island, JZ. A. Howe, Octo- ber -23, 1898; Sayville, Long Island, & &. Lloyd, March 5, 1899: DELAWARE: on ground in woods, Wilmington, 4. Commons, March 12, 1890; in herb. Columbia University. NortH CAR LINA: Salem, Schweinitz, in herb. Torrey (labelled Jungermanma bicornis by Schweinitz). Sourn Carorina: Summerville, C. G. Dubois, April, 1889. Frortpa: Lisbon, Z. I, Underwood, Jan ary, 1891 (distributed from U. S. National Herbarium 4S ne 1217); Port Orange, F. C. Straub, February 23, 1895 (n0- a in herb. Underwood)—also in same locality, March, 1895; mixe with Ze/aranea and a minute Lepidozia in Hepaticae Americana, no. 180. BermupA: Devonshire Marsh, M@. A. Howe, July + 1900. Lindberg appears to have been the first to have combined the specific name connivens (Dicks.) with the generic name Cephalosit although at the outset he attributed the binomial to Dumortict Dumortier however persisted even in his “ Hepaticae Europae’ keeping the species under Blepharostoma and seems never ee ahi written Cephalozia connivens. The synonymy of the species . Howe: Nores on AMERICAN HEPATICAE 283 confused, owing partly to the fact that is was not until 1881 and 1882 that Lindberg and Spruce began to distinguish, in their pub- lished works at least, between the true Cephalosia connivens and C. lunulaefolia, and owing furthermore to some uncertainties at- tending the determination of JSungermaniaia multifora of Hudson (Fl. Angl. 431. 1 762). The question of interpreting correctly Hudson’s /, multifiora, difficult at best, is needlessly complicated by Dr. Spruce (4. ¢. 40) by quoting the 1778 edition of Hud- son’s Flora Anglica, where a supposed synonym from Linné’s Mantissa is introduced, though the original 1762 edition with- out the Linnaean synonym is all that needs to be considered. _ The original Jungermannia multiflora seems to have been founded wholly upon a plant described and figured by Dillenius (Hist. Muse. 481, pl. 69. f. g. 1741). As noted already by Hooker, Spruce, and Lindberg, the figures given by Dillenius point strongly to Cephalozia bicuspidata. It is quite impossible to believe that they were drawn from specimens of C. connivens and Dillen’s words “ per lentem vero perangusta’’ in describing the leaves could not well apply to this species, yet’ Lindberg in 1875 (Act. Soc. Sci. Fenn. 10: 501), after determining the specimen in the Dillenean herbarium bearing the corresponding name and Number from the Historia Muscorum to be the Jungermannia con- nivens * of Dickson, brought forward for this species Hudson’s name multiflora. Finally,+ however, interpreting this “ Liche- Mastrum multiflorum exile foliis angustissimis ” of Dillenius by the ure and description, Lindberg considers it a synonym of Cephalozia bicuspidata (L.) Dumort., which seems to us the most reasonable course in the matter. Lindberg at the same time most "nWwarrantably interprets /ungermannia multiflora Huds. in the light of additions made by Linnaeus nine years after its original pub- lication and shifts the specific name multiflora to Lepidosia setacea Web.) Mitt. It is clear that if Jungermanuia multiflora Huds. (17 62) can be justly treated as a synonym of /. bicuspidata L. (1753) it Should always remain a ‘dead name.” * This determination, it may be noted, was made several years before the distinc- a Meticad the true C. connivens and C. lunulacfolia (C. media Lindb. ) were Tec- we ved in print, at least, yet the statement that the Dillenian specimen is “ C. conni- ns (Dicks. ) Lindb.,’’ was repeated by Lindberg in 1883, two years after his publica- of C. media. } Kritisk Gransk. Mossorna Dill. Hist. Musc. 38. 1883. 284 Howe: Notes on AMERICAN HEPATICAE II. TELARANEA TELARANEA Spruce, Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soc. [Edinb.] 15: 365. 1885. [As a synonym.] Schiffn.; Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 1°: 103. 1895. The genus Zé/aranea has points of contact with Lepidosia, Blepharostoma, and Arachniopsis, and if generic rank is denied to it, might be incorporated with any one of the three with almost equal justice. To the Micrv-Lepidozia section of the genus Lepr dozia its affinity is perhaps especially close, yet, according to Pre vailing conceptions of genera among the Hepaticae, it seems @ rather violent proceeding to include it in a generic group the his- torical type of which is /ungermannia reptans L. Telaranea di verges from Lefidozia in its delicate, filmy, conferva-like habit and in the division of the leaves very nearly or quite to the base, the segments being never more highly connate than through half the altitude of the basal cell and usually for a considerably less dis- tance ; the leaf-segments are capillary, of a single row of cells unless at the very base, the place of the basal cell being often 0“ cupied by a pair of cells side by side. From Blepharosioma, Tel- aranca is probably best distinguished by the disparity in size betwee! leaves and underleaves and by the more pinnate branching. bs archegonia, though usually borne on short postical branches as 19 Lepidozia and Cephalozia, are sometimes terminal on the main stem or lateral branches as in Blepharostoma. In its filmy habit and delicacy of structure Ze/aranea is SUS” gestive of Arachniopsis Spruce, but the latter genus represents 4 still further departure along the same lines from the Lepidoza type. In Arachniopsis the branches are all postical in origin, the underleaves are entirely wanting or are now and then to be recog: nized only in a most rudimentary form, and the leaves never have more than two segments which are wholly free at the base an consist of a single series of cells throughout. The species and varieties to be arranged under the genus ae so far as we know them, as follows: 1. Telaranea nematodes (Gottsche) = : sht- Jungermannia nematodes Gottsche, Hepaticae Cubenses Wrigh janae. Hower: Nores on AMERICAN HEPATICAE 285 Cephalozia nematodes Aust. Bull. Torrey Club, 6: 302. 1879. Lepidozia chaetophylla Spruce, Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soc. [Edinb.] 15: 365. 188s. Lepidozia nematodes Spruce, /. c. 366. Lelaranea chaetophylla Spruce, “ Mst. nov, gen.” /. c. [as syno- nym]. Schiff. ; Engl. & Prantl, Nat, Pflanzenfam. 1°: 103. 1895. Lepidozia chaetophylla tenuis Pearson, Christ. Vid.-Selsk. For- hand]. 1886°: 9. 1886. Evans, Bull. Torrey Club, 20: 308. 1893. _ Blepharostoma nematodes Underw. Bull. Torrey Club, 23: 383 (footnote). 1896. Spruce in comparing his Lepidozia chaetophylla with Lepidozia nematodes (Gottsche) emphasizes the flaccidity of the latter as a distinguishing character and this indeed appears to be about the only difference of importance to be detected between Wright’s Cuban plant and those from South America distributed by Spruce as Telaranca chaetophylla (Hepaticae Spruceanae : Amazonicae et Andinae). Wright’s specimens revive quite imperfectly on being Soaked out with water, but there is such a range of variability in this respect in different parts of a single tuft and even of different Parts of a single plant, both in the Cuban and South American Specimens that we are not inclined to give much weight to this character. We therefore agree with our friend Mr. Pearson (/. c.) in believing that the two forms represent a single species. We Would, however, differ from Pearson in retaining for this species the oldest published name xematodes. The specific name nemoides given earlier by Taylor to another plant now recognized as a Lepi- dozia seems sufficiently different both to the eye and ear to prevent confusion. * In both the Cuban and South American plants the archegonia are usually borne on a short postical branch, rarely at the end of ie main axis or of an elongated branch. In 1886, Pearson (f-¢.) identified a specimen from Natal, South Africa, with Gottsche’s Cuban Species, which he renamed Lepidozia chaetophylla tenuts. : *The remark is attributed to Spruce (Pearson, /. ¢.) that nemoides and nematodes * St only in case-ending. It seems to us that the two words are equally nominative - form but that Taylor’s name nemoides is an etymological monstrosity on account of failure to use the true stem of the Greek noun in constructing the adjective. 286 Howe: Notes oN AMERICAN HEPATICAE Through the courtesy of Mr. Pearson we have been able to exam- ine this South African plant, and like him, can find no reasonable grounds for distinguishing it from the American specimens alluded to. Zelaranea nematodes, then, may be said to be found in a fairly typical condition in South America and South Africa as well as in Cuba, and to this range is now to be added Bermuda, where sterile plants were collected by the writer in Devonshire Marsh, July 4, 1900, growing in company with Cephalozia connivens and C. divar- icata. In addition to this more or less typical form, illustrated by the specimens and descriptions cited, the species presents itself also in two forms which we think are sufficiently marked to receive varietal names. These are: 1a. Telaranea nematodes Antillanum (Besch. & Spruce) Blepharostoma Antillanum Besch. & Spruce, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 36: clxxxiii. 1889. Archegonia terminal on main stem, a lateral branch, or elong- ated postical branch, rarely on a short postical branch ; leaves and perianth rather rigid. Le Gommier, Gaudeloupe, Ed. Marie. In a specimen of the Guadeloupe plant kindly communicated by M. Bescherelle we find on a single individual all the various modes of bearing archegonl@ described above. The leaves, described by the authors as 4-parted, we find much more frequently 3- and 2-parted. It seems as im- possible to separate this plant specifically from Lepidozia chaeto- phylla Spruce as it is to distinguish satisfactorily between the latter and Gottsche’s J/ungermannia nematodes. So far as we know, the identification of Blepharostoma Antillanum with Jungermanma nematodes was first made by Professor Schiffner (Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 1°: 105. 1895). ib. Telaranea nematodes longifolia var. nov. Leaves more rigid than in type and more widely spaced, 0-4~ 0.8 (rarely 0.9 mm.) long, leaf-cells 2-414 times as long as broad. Collected by the writer on humus in a swampy wood ” company with Sphagnum, Pallavicinia Lyellii, and Cephalonia catenulata, Freeport,* Long Island, New York, October 17; 1898 *This Freeport plant was listed by Dr. Smith Ely Jelliffe in his Flora of Lor® Island (48. 1899) under the name Blepharostoma nematodes. Howe: Notes on AMERICAN HEPATICAE 287 (type specimen in herb. N. Y. Botanical Garden), Also, Florida, John Donnell Smith, 1877; C. F. Austin, March, 1878; F. C. Straub, March, 1895; Brunswick, Georgia, C. F. Austin, April, 1878. The Long Island specimens agree essentially with those from Georgia and Florida, though the latter make a slightly closer ap- proach to the Cuban plant. The Long Island station is therefore a noteworthy northward extension of the known range of a plant which has heretofore figured in papers on North American Hepati- Cae as coming only from a limited region of the South. The arche- gonia in these United States specimens, so far as we have observed, always occur on a short postical branch. The leaves are 5-8 cells long ; the underleaves are 3- or 2-parted, their prongs of 2 or 3 cells each, incurved at the apices. Allare autoicous. In the orig- inal Jungermannia nematodes, collected in Cuba by Wright, the leaves are 0.2 5-0.5 mm. long, 4-6 cells high, the cells being 2—3 times longer than broad. The variety longifolia often gives the impression of being two or three times the size of the Cuban plant, but we have been unable to find any reliable structural characters to serve for a specific Separation. The form of the perianth seems quite variable in all Conditions of the species, but is often broader in the var. /ongifolia than in the type. No. 180 Hep. Am., issued as Blepharostoma nematodes, is ref- erable to Telaranca nematodes longifolia ; it is mixed with Cepha- lozia connivens and with a minute Lepidozia, probably a reduced form of Z, setacea, Telaranea bicruris (Steph.) Lepidozia bicruris Steph. Hedwigia, 24: 166. pl. 3. 1885. Brazit: Sao Francisco, Ule. j This plant, though a close relative of 7. nematodes, seems en- titled to specific distinction, differing in the almost invariably 2- Patted leaves, in the frequent continuation of the stems into leaf- less flagella (rare in 7. nematodes) and in the simpler @ bracts. Itis described by Stephani as dioicous, though apparently he had not Seen 3 plants. We have been unsuccessful in attempts to _ ‘And antheridia in the specimen kindly communicated by Herr >tephani, and it certainly may be suspected that dioicism is to be 288 Howe: Nores oN AMERICAN HEPATICAE added to its distinguishing characters. All the perianths seen are on very short postical branches. III, ARACHNIOPSIS Arachniopsis diacantha (Mont.) | : _ Jungermannia diacantha Mont. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 5: 349: 1856. Arachniopsis coactilis capillacea Spruce, On Cephalozia, 85. 1882; Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soc. [Edinb.] 15: 356. 1885. Leaves mostly rigid, composed of 4-6 cells, these 4-7 times as long as broad. Peru: Weddell, Spruce. Jungermannia diacantha Mont. is represented in the Montagne herbarium, now preserved in the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle of Paris, only by two small sterile fragments fastened to pieces of mica. This original material, which we have seen through the courtesy of Mons. Hariot, agrees perfectly, so far as it goes, with the specimen from Mt. Campana, Peruvian Andes, distributed by Spruce as Arachniopsis capillacea in his ‘ Hepaticae Spruceanae: Amazonicae et Andinae.” Montagne’s description of the leaves as ‘“‘spiraliter 5/1 circa caulem dispositis’’ was evidently an error, due, it may be, to a torsion of the stem. Arachniopsis confervifolia (Gottsche). Jungermannia confervifolia Gottsche, Hepaticae Cubenses Wrightianae. Cephalozia confervifolia Aust. Bull. Torrey Club, 6: 307 1879. Arachniopsis coactilis Spruce, On Cephalozia, 85. 1882. Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soc. [Edinb.] 15: 355. p/. 737. 1885. Exclud- ing var. capillacea. Leaves often flaccid, composed of 6-14 cells, these 2-3 times as long as broad. Cosa: Wright; Sourm America: on the tributaries of the Amazon, Spruce. We have little hesitancy in considering Arache niopsis coactilis Spruce a synonym of the Cuban /w ngermannia con JServifolia Gottsche. The latter is more flaccid, showing 4 relation to the South American specimens somewhat analogous to that Howe: Nores on AMERICAN HEPATICAE 289 described above as existing between /ungermannia nematodes Gottsche and Lefidozia chaetophylla Spruce. The Cuban plant is autoicous and in structural characters is essentially identical with the typical 4. coactilis. Vestiges of underleaves are occasionally met with in both and in both the leaf is sometimes reduced to a single prong. The specific separation of Arachniopsis confervifolia from A. diacantha is possibly open to question, yet in the light of available specimens the two appear distinct. Arachniopsis coactilis filifolia Spruce, judging from specimens distributed as Arachniopsis filifolia in Hepaticae Spruceanae, seems to us less entitled to specific rank. Arachniopsis confervifolia resembles Telaranea nematodes in outward appearance, but is easily distinguished by the characters alluded to above under Zv/aranca. It is to be expected that Arachniopsis will be found to occur within the limits of the United States, IV. Riccta CAMPBELLIANA Herr M. Heeg, of Vienna, has kindly called our attention (tx htt.) to the close resemblance between the Californian Riccia Campbelliana M. A. Howe (Mem. Torrey Club, 7: 26. f/ 97. d. t~15, 1899) and the Mediterranean Riccia macrocarpa Levier (Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1894: 114. 1894). The similarity is indeed very striking as is evident from specimens of XR. macrocarpa which ae Owe to Dr. Levier, but R. macrocarpa appears to be uniformly dioicous as originally described by Levier and as described again by Stephani (Bull. Herb. Boiss. 6: 343. 1898), while R. Camp- belliana is uniformly monoicous; and the areolae of the outer face of the spores of Riccia macrocarpa are more perfect than in R. Campbelliana. In view of these differences the claim of Riccra Campbelliana to specific rank seems defensible for the present at least. The species has recently been collected by Dr. Walter R. Shaw at Claremont, Los Angeles County, Cal., thus extending its °wn range about two hundred and fifty miles southward. Concerning some West American Fungi By Davip GRIFFITHS This writing is intended to supplement the information sup- plied on some conventional herbarium labels recently distributed, and to call attention more in detail to certain species which appear to the author to have hitherto escaped the attention of mycologists. All species described are being liberally distributed so that the determinations may be easily verified. Tilletia externa sp. nov. Fructification of fungus occurring between the seed coats of the ovary where a black powdery mass of spores is formed sur- rounding the entire ovary, in some cases, but always more abundantly developed on the upper half, and often not appearing on the lower half at all. Spores black in mass, dark fuscous when viewed singly by transmitted light, very variable in size and shape, subglobose to elliptical, or irregular and angular, 10-13 / ee 18-23 y or the subglobose spores 17-21 yp in diameter, the con tents granular; epispore thin, smooth, surrounded by a hyaline envelope 2—2%4 » in thickness. (Fig. 1.) s Affecting ovaries of Carex filifolia Nutt. (305) * on Burnetts Ranch near Buffalo, Wyo., Aug. 1898 (Williams & Griffiths). The fungus was especially abundant and destructive in this locality on high dry knolls at an altitude of about 4000 feet. Tilletia Earlei sp. nov. Fungus producing its spores usually in the next to the uppet internode of the culm, transforming the parenchymatous use within and between the vascular bundles into a light brown por: dery mass of spores which finally ruptures the tissue between bundles producing long fissures a centimeter to a decimeter bc length, the edges of the fissure recurving so as to expose and " tribute the mass of spores; culms usually much swollen ee otherwise distorted and separated from the sheath. Spores. ie brown in mass but only very slightly tinted when viewed singly, globose, evenly covered with very coarse tubercles and surroun : a = * All figures used in this manner refer to the serial numbers of West Ameri¢ ungi. 290 GRIFFITHS: West AMERICAN FUNGI 291 by a hyaline envelope about 24 thick; epispore rather thin but often appearing thick on account of the tubercles, 13-18, in diameter. (Fig. 2.) Affecting the culms of Agropyron occidentale Scribn. (311), Aberdeen, S. D., August 10, 1896. The host grew on ground heavily fertilized with refuse from the city on high and dry banks of the Moccasin a short distance below the mouth of a sewer. The species is easily recognized by its method of attack as well as by its color which is more like that of some of the species of Soro- S g@ 5 @ FIG. 1. Spores of Tilletia externa. >X 630. : IG, 2. Spores of 7; tlletia Earlei, 630. 1G. 3. Spores of Ustilago elegans. X 630. Fic. 5- Spores of Sorosporium Williamsii, and outline o Mass, bd 730. si f the cylindrical spore ‘Porium which affect the Compositae. It was very destructive to the host during 1896, ’97 and '98 in this very circumscribed area of not Over an acre in extent. There were square rods where the ost grew to the exclusion of almost all else, having every culm 292 GRIFFITHS: West AMERICAN FUNGI affected and no seed whatever produced. During five years’ col- lecting it was observed in no other locality, although the host is one of the most common of the prairie grasses and often found in similar situations, Ustilago elegans sp. nov. Fructification of fungus occurring within the upper or within the second or third leaf sheath which becomes much enlarged and does not open until the maturity of the parasite which occupies its entire interior. Spores subglobose, angular or often elongated with a small central rather indistinct nucleus, 10-13 » in diameter ; epispore about 1 y thick, minutely echinulate. (Fig. 3.) On Chloris elegans H.B.K. (309) Cochise, Ariz., Oct. 1900. The method of attack, while similar in all cases studied in the field, presents a great variation which is coérdinated with the vigor of the plant. On the general mesa the plants affected with the smut were not usually over one to two and one half inches tall with all but the lower internodes destroyed. In the railroad ditches, however, where the host was stimulated by the accumulation of water, the upper internode together with the head was ordinarily affected. Sometimes both of these methods of attack are to be found in the same plant. UstiLaco HypopyTEs (Schw.) Fr. and its allies These culm smuts are exceedingly abundant in many portions of the West on a great variety of hosts. My collections contai them on the following: S#pa spartea Trin. (3), Stpa viridula Trin., Stipa occidentale Thurb. (236), Agropyron occidentale Scribn. (234), Elymus condensatus Presl. (233), Elymus striatus Willd. (201), Distichlis spicata (L.) Greene (235). The first of these, collected at Canton, S. D., is referred to U. minima Arth. the others to U. hypodytes although the author is inclined to the Op!” ion that future cultural and inoculation experiments will result in a segregation of species. Field observations in the Northwest during the past ten years point strongly to such a conclusion. One of the above forms may often be found attacking every indi- vidual of a certain species within certain areas while other hosts upon which some of the forms occur may within the same are4 be entirely unaffected. Notable instances of this have been observed in several localities. At Brookings, S. D., in 1892, 1893 and SoS ee ee a GRIFFITHS: West AMERICAN FUNGI 293 again in 1896 Stipa viridula was almost completely prevented from making seed in a certain locality while Agropyron occidentale in actual contact with it was entirely unaffected. In 1896 and 1897 at Aberdeen, S. D., the same grasses were observed grow- ing together, but in this instance the Agropyron was smutted while the Stipa was entirely free. In the vicinity of Billings, Mont., in 1900 smutted plants of Elymus striatus and Agropyron occidentale Were both growing with Stipa viridula in different situations, but the latter was entirely unaffected. During the past summer Z/y- mus condensatus was very badly smutted at Quinn River Crossing, Nev. Distichtis spicata growing about its base was entirely unaf- fected. In another locality in the same general region where the hosts bore the same relation to each other Distichlis was badly smutted while Elymus was perfectly free from the disease. In one locality, near Andrews, Oregon, they were both found smutted Stowing side by side. There are slight differences in spore characters in some of these forms, but they are too slight to warrant the establishment of spe- “es upon them. The spores of the forms on Stipa occidentale are 4 trifle larger than any of the others while the form on Distichlis has Spores with somewhat thicker walls and more restricted cen- tral area. The form on Agyropyron occidentale from Billings, Mont., has the epispore much darker than any of the others. hese differences are trifling of course, but when emphasized by the above field observations their importance is magnified very ee It might be added that these differences are fully as great S$ those which led to the establishment of U. funalis E, & E. on tocoma cuspidata, Ustiraco miNoR Norton This Species is very abundant and destructive all through Southern Arizona. There appears to be in my material a slight ference in the size of the spores of all collections of Bouteloua oigostachya whether from Montana or Arizona. All collections -. this host are, therefore, referred to U. filifera Nott. (217 and 78), UV. minor, as represented in my collections from Arizona, PPeuts on Bouteloun polystachya (220), B. aristidoides (218), B. . rlopoda (219), B. bromoides (227), and Pappophorum Wrightit & 724), It is very destructive to all of these species and may be 294 GRIFFITHS: West AMERICAN FUNGI commonly found anywhere from the high mountains to the river bottoms. Its method of attack and the extent of injury done are very variable and apparently correlated with the vigor of the host which is dependent in turn upon the supply of moisture and the fertility of the soil. On fertile soil so situated as to receive an abundance of moisture in the vicinity of Cochise, plants of B. polystachya with scarcely a leaf or node unsmutted were but little if any reduced in size; but plants of the same species growing on sandy land near Wilcox were reduced to a small rosette of pus tules on the surface of the ground, not over three fourths of am inch in diameter, while the length of culm here averaged about five inches. Similar differences were observable in its method of attack when growing on Bouteloua aristidoides in the Santa Cruz valley near Tucson. Ustitaco Mutrorprana E. & E. anp Tittetia FuscA E. & E. It is strange that these two species have not found their way into herbaria more abundantly than they have, for there are n° fungi more plentiful in many portions of Montana, Wyoming, Idaho and Oregon than these two species. The writer has also collected the former in the Santa Rita Mountains in southern Arizona. It is also rather strange that the two species should be so com monly associated in the Northwest. They have been seen assocl- ated together at Sheridan, Wyo., Billings, Missoula and Kalispell, Mont., and Ontario, Ore. At both Billings and Missoula af abundance of plants were found affected by both species. They invariably, of course, select different culms for their fructification. The first species destroys the upper portion of the culm within the enlarged leaf sheath. The latter allows an apparently normal development of all portions of the host except the ovary which 18 very much enlarged. The host of both species is /estuca octoflor . Walt. Professor F. S. Earle has compared some of my mater with the type of U. Mulfordiana in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden and reports that the hosts also appear to be the same. UsTILAGO ARISTIDAE Peck This species is very destructive to Aristida Scheideana in A zona, where it has been observed in several localities, but alway* GRIFFITHS: West AMERICAN FUNGI 295 on the same host. Examination of herbarium specimens of the grass shows that the fungus is widely distributed throughout the Southwest. Its persistently tectate condition is very noticeable in all the specimens examined. The author made a large collection (214) in the Santa Catalina Mountains, in Arizona, in Nov. 1900. In the following April, when the locality was visited again, the fungus (2142) appeared to be as perfectly preserved as it was five months before. Large herbarium specimens of the host have been seen with every seed destroyed by the smut, but notwithstanding the vast amount of handling, none of them were ruptured. Professor Norton reports that the fungus causes a shortening of the awns of Aristida purpurea in Kansas. Such is not the case with the host mentioned above for there is apparently no modifi- Cation of any portion of the plant except the ovary. Sorosporium bigelovie sp. nov. Fungus attacking and destroying the inflorescence especially, but involving also the bracts and often the upper leaves of the branches, The florets become transformed into a globular mass filled with light brown spores and surrounded by a thin pellicle Consisting of the modified involucral covering. The leaves be- Come very much swollen especially near the base, the whole in- terior being transformed into a mass of spores. Spore masses very variable, elongated globular or polygonal and containing 2— 6 spores (usually only 3 or 4) commonly 13-21 # in diameter but often as high as 25~30 4. Spores globular, globose or compressed and polygonal, 7—10 yin diameter ; epispore thick, distinctly tuber- culate and of light straw color. (Fig. 4.) On Bigelovia (399) Tucson, Arizona, Nov., 1900. This was the most common fungus to be found in the Santa Cruse valley Near Tucson during the fall and winter of o>) 1900. But, while this is true, it is very @ & likely to be overlooked because the attack () 2B 8) of the smut is not at all conspicuous. In : & one locality north of the city a dense > Srowth of the host along a fence row for * distance of at least ten rods produced almost no seed. Some plants had nearly all the flower heads formed but destroyed, while others had their growth arrested by the abundant fructification of the fungus in the bases of the upper ves, Fic. 4. Spores of Soras- porium bigelovia. X 115. 296 GRIFFITHS: West AMERICAN FUNGI Sorosporium Williamsii sp. nov. Fungus producing its spores in the peripheral tissues of the culm of the host within the leaf sheath, transforming them into a black powdery mass and preventing the fructification of the host, the upper node being usually but little developed ; two to four nodes are commonly involved ; spore mass very loosely united, contain- ing many spores, cylindrical, straight or curved, 65-100 X 20- 304, scarcely distinguishable at maturity ; spores fuscous, sub- globose or angular, 5-7 4 in diameter; epispore comparatively thin, smooth, but fissured by a few deep grooves which in optical section often appear to divide it into four approximately equal seg- ments. (Fig. 5.) Attacking the sheathed culms of Stipa Richardsoni Link. (306), Big Horn Mts., Wyo., August 12, 1896 (T. A. Williams & David Griffiths). The species has been collected but once, but it was very abundant and destructive in this place, a large pine clearing at an altitude of about 8000 feet on one of the tributaries of the North Fork of Clear Creek. In habit and gross appearance it is identical with U. hypodytes and U. minima. The markings of the spores, however, readily separate it from these species even in the over-ripe condition when the spore masses have been broken up- Gymnoconia riddelliae sp. nov. Spermogonia hypophyllous, scattered, prominent, honey-yellow, abundant, producing globular* hyaline sporidia 2-3 y in diametet. Aecidia amphigenous, but more abundant below, scattered, OF cular, oval, or irregular and often confluent over large areas, lilac- purple turning to light brown when dry ; spores globular to slightly ovate, 7-8 # in diameter, epispore smooth and thin. Uredoson amphigenous but more numerous below, circular, small, 0.5 m™: in diameter, long covered by the unruptured epidermis which forms minute whitish spots not noticeable except under a lens; uredo- spores subglobose or angular and often broadly ovate, 20-29 ED 20-24 y, light brown when mature, the epispore thick, finely 4D evenly tuberculate ; teleutospores produced in the same sori aS - uredospores and appearing about the time that the epiderm!s rup’ tures, the two being mixed for some time, but as the teleutospores develop the sori become enlarged, black and very conspicuo’, | teleutospores cuneate to elliptical, 38-50 4 x 20-24 / broadly rounded or pointed above and conspicuously constricted at | septum, epispore smooth, strongly thickened above, the pedic (ig. 6) quite persistent, two to three times the length of the spore: ig. 6. GRIFFITHS: West AMERICAN FUNGI 297 On leaves and stems of Riddellia Coopert Gray (378, 378a and 3786), Tucson, Arizona, Nov. 1900. This is a very common spe- cies with an interesting distribution. It may be collected at almost any season of the year, but is most conspicuous during the rainy season when the host is in a vigorous growing condition. Itis found in situations where the host receives the most moisture and the writer has never collected iton the dryer portions of the mesas. On the contrary, he has seen it usually in shallow washes which receive the drainage wa- ters from higher altitudes. It Was especially conspicuous dur- ing 1900 and Igor on the gov- ernment range reserve at the mouth of a culvert under the failroad. The aecidial stage was abundant here in autumn and Spring, c ‘ : . 6. Afcidiospores, uredospores ee a ce oem : delliae. All magnified 315 except the Mey are to be found in some __ aecidiospores which are magnified 500. herbaria under Puccinia tanaceti Fic. 7: Teleutospores of Pucctnta DC. bouvardiae. X315- Puccinia bouvardiae sp. nov. _ Teleutosori mostly epiphyllous but often found below also, circular, scattered, prominent, black and ragged under a lens, the mains of the ruptured epidermis which is at first prominent soon te > teleutospores broadly elliptical, rounded below, ith a yellowish umbonate apiculum above, and often a similar gga on the lower cell immediafely below the septum, > Sitly constricted at the septum, 23-28 /# X 36-46 #2; epispore iad thick, dark brown, tuberculate ; pedicel broad, hyaline, per- ot nat crooked, one and a half to two and a half times the length (Fig oa roughened and commonly enlarged below the middle. On Bouvardia triphylla Salisb. (394), Santa Catalina Mts., 298 GRIFFITHS: West AMERICAN FUNGI Ariz., Nov. 1900. Apparently not a common species. This in probably the other stage of Aecideum bouvardiae D. & H. As- sociated with it on the same leaves are the remains of a few old aecidia whose spores correspond very well with that species. The aecidial stage is altogether too old however for one to decide with certainty. Puccinia Burnettii sp. nov. Persistently epiphyllous, with very large, scattered, conspic- uous sori which often attain a length of 2 cm. and a width equal to that of the leaf, usually causing the edges of the leaf to recurve so as to leave the sorus convex ; leaf brown below, the ruptured epidermis prominent but not merely cracking open in the center as usual but being pushed off in large shreds as long as the sorus and often 1-2 mm. in breadth; uredospores subglobose to elliptical or ovate, 20-26 # in diameter, epispore thick, visibly and evenly tubercu- late ; teleutospores very uniform, elliptical, very slightly if at all ~ wider above than below, rounde above and below, slightly com stricted at the septum, 18-23 x 28-31 p, epispore rather thick, sparsely clothed with short hya- line fugacious projections, ve Y slightly if at all thickened above ; pedicel hyaline, 2-4 times t® length of the spore. (Fig. 7.) On Stipa comata T. & R. (387), on the Burnett ranch ned Buffalo, Wyo., Aug. 1898 (Wil- liams & Griffiths). Latet the same season it was collected at Se the same Fic. 7. Uredospores and teleutospore Billings, Montana, on Burnett of Puccinia Burnettit. >< 315. host. Named for Mr. DU of Puccinia micrantha. < 315. this rust. : The species is remarkable for its persistently epiphyllous eco acter and large sori. Even when occurring on the sheatse it does very rarely, the sori rupture on the inside and its pone is distinguishable by a slight distortion and purplish of brown's coloration on the outside as on the leaf. GRIFFITHS: West AMERICAN FuncI 299 Puccinia micrantha sp. nov. Sori epiphyllous, with both uredo- and teleutospores produced in the same sori which are usually short, linear or circular, scattered evenly over the surface, conspicuous, black, prominent, without visible remains of ruptured epidermis ; uredospores subglobose, minutely, rather sparsely but evenly echinulate, 15~17 yu in diame- ter, the epispore rather thick and prominent in optical section ; teleutospores very variable, obovate to oblong-elliptical, very slightly to conspicuously constricted at the septum, the base rounded, the apex broadly rounded or long-pointed, strongly thick- ened, 13-24 4 x 30-45 4; pedicel once to twice the length of the Spore, hyaline or slightly tinted at the base of the spore. (Fig. 8.) On living leaves of Oryzopsis micrantha (T. & R.) Thurb. (3 86), Billings, Mont., Sept. 1898 (Williams & Griffiths). This is such @ common and familiar species to me that it is with considerable hesitancy that it is given a distinct name. It seems almost impos- sible that it has not been collected by others; but careful search has not revealed a record of it. It was first collected by Griffiths and Schlosser at Forest City, South Dakota, in 1892 and subse- quently in the same locality in 1897 by Griffiths and Carter. Speci- Mens from the first collection are in herbaria of the writer, the agricultural college of South Dakota and the agricultural college of North Dakota. There was also a specimen in the private her- barium of the late Professor T. A. Williams. A large sheaf of the host, all badly rusted, was collected and deposited in the col- lection of the agricultural college of South Dakota in 1892. It Was the intention to have put it up for distribution, but judging from the notes on p. 74 of bulletin no. 40 of that institution it may have been all destroyed except the specimens cited. Frotessor Bolley, to whom specimens were submitted, reported at the time that the fungus had ‘characters of its own.” Although reniem- bering the specimen, he is unable, owing to removal to new quar- ters, to find it now. Aecidium grindeliae sp. nov. Aecidia usually clustered in brown somewhat thickened areas Of the leaf tissue, occurring about equally on both sides of the same Spot, each cup forming a distinct papilla having finally a circular °r oval or lenticular opening through which the spores escape, © peridium not projecting beyond the raised epidermis of the 300 GRIFFITHS: West AMERICAN FUNGI leaf; aecidiospores globose or angular-compressed, light brown, 20-24 yz in diameter, the epispore thick and very minutely rough- ened. (Fig. 10.) On Grindelia squarrosa Dunal. ee, (388), Columbia, S. D., June, 1897- This species, although abundant in © the locality and on the date men- tioned, is apparently rare in the ; region. Fig. 10. One spore & 315, and diagram of vertical section of leaf Aecidium Dakotensis sp. nov. showing outline of cup of cidium . me Grindeliae, X315. i - Spermogonia brown or brown- black under a hand lens, yellow by transmitted light, hypophyllous, evenly scattered, very proml- nent; aecidia hypophyllous and uniformly scattered often over the entire lower surface, the upper surface being marked by. small, circular, brown elevations which mark the position of the aecidia below ; pseudoperidium very conspicuously lacerated into broa segments which are strongly recurved ; aecidiospores globose of compressed-angular, 15-18» in diameter, epispore smooth and while not particularly thick is very conspicuous and often thickened at the angles. On Aguilegia Canadensis L. (389), Big Stone Lake, S. D. June, 1895. Apparently a rare species. Claviceps ? caricina sp. nov. Mycelium of the fungus extending throughout the entire substance of the parenchymatous tissue of the center of the culm of the host, and condensing in one to four places into black, longitudinally-striated sclerotia 1.5—5 mm. x I-5 cm., the interior of which is white, of uniform density and made up of loosely interwoven, colorless, thick-walled and sparingly septate hyphae. Invariably associated with the above sclerotia are found, 1” upper portion of the culm, elongated black sori which rupture the epidermis much like a rust and resemble in structure a Gloeosp? rium with hyaline globular spores 1-2 yz in diameter. On Carex Nebraskensis Dewey, Andrews, Ore., Aug: 190! (Griffiths & Morris). Faithful but unsuccessful attempts hav been made to cultivate the sclerotia of this interesting species during the past three months. No one realizes better than the writer that the placing of the species in the genus Claviceps * GRIFFITHS : West AMERICAN FUNGI 301 a wild guess, but it seems wise to call attention to the fungus in this way that others may look for it. On the whole the species is very inconspicuous, but when once seen it can be readily detected afterward. The most noticeable character is the rather early death of the culm while the lower leaves are still green ; but this is likely at times to be mistaken for the maturing of the plant. The Glocosporium stage is indistinct until late and really does not become noticeable until the sclerotia have disappeared as described below. Usually the sclerotia are formed in the lower half of the culm and fill its entire vertical Section ; but they may frequently be formed above the middle and even near the head in close proximity to the Gloeosporium-like form above. The method of liberation of the sclerotia is very interest- ing. The culm is killed, and consequently becomes dry, about the time that the sclerotia are mature. In drying, the sclerotia curve into a segment of a circle, thereby rupturing the tissues and falling to the ground. In searching for the cause of the early drying up of the upper portion of the plant it was these ruptures that first attracted my attention and it was only after a long search that the cause was. discovered. The external resemblance of the Sclerotia to those of C laviceps purpurea is very marked. Supplementary Notes on the Erysiphaceae By E. S. SALmon, F.L.S. (Concluded from page 210) EXCLUDED OR DOUBTFUL SPECIES Erysiphe album Fries, Observ. Myc. 1: 207. 1815. &. album Achar.—There is no specimen of this plant in Fries’ her- barium at Upsala, but I have seen the single specimen that the Acharian herbarium at Lund possesses. There is, unfortunately, no trace of any fungus now to be found on the leaf mounted on the sheet labeled Evysiphe album. As the description given by Fries (“‘ Erysiphe album, receptaculo tenuissimo subnullo, capitulis nigris. In foliis Jwglandis in Helvetia. Nudo oculo ut puncta alba apparet’’) is altogether inadequate to make identification pos- sible, the name must be allowed to drop. I have been able, through the kindness of M. P. Hariot, to examine the types contained in the Paris Museum, of the follow- ing, published by Mérat, in ‘‘ Revue de la Flore Parisienne,’ 459- 1843. “Erysiphe lathyri Mérat.—Granules trés fins, spheriques, noirs, rares, sans apparence de filaments basilaires, naissant sous les feuilles du Lathyrus latifolius L.” The minute irregularly shaped black bodies on the leaves are not of fungous origin, but are probably the excrementa of some animal. “EF. saxifragae Sibericae Mérat.—Le dessous des feuilles de cette plante [Saxifraga Siberica| a parfois, en été, des mye de petits granules noirs, sphériques ; d’autres fois, comme hes droides, un peu pénicillés (4 la loupe), avec l’apparence d'un membrane ténue, a reflet argenté dans leurs intervalles.”’ Ai The bodies here described have certainly nothing to do - ; the Erysiphaceae. They are not, I think, of fungous origin, bu appear to be the work of mites. : £. tiliae Mérat.—Les granules sont d’une finesse excessiV% peu abondants, noirs, arrondis, et reposent sur des taches blan atres, qui décolorent en cel endroit le dessous des feuilles du 302 SALMON: Nores oN THE ERYSIPHACEAE 808 ou on les observe. La loupe ne découvre aucun filament basilaire dans cette plante.”’ The discolorations here referred to are the work of mites, the bodies of which occur on the leaves ; the black rounded granules are their excrementa. ‘ Hazslinzky (2'7, p. 182) has described a fungus as follows (I am indebted to Professor A. Magécsy-Dietz for the translation from the Hungarian). — “ Calocladia bicornis (Wallr.) 4. rosae Wallr. Das Mycelium besteht aus sehr sparlichen Faden. Perithecien zerstreut und nicht zahlreich, mit 7-8 Asci; die Asci mit 7 Sporen Auf den Blattern der Rosa cinnamomea in det Umgebung von Eperjes, K6nigreich Ungarn.” It is impossible from this description to identify the fungus. Wallroth (Ann. Wett. Ges. 4: 238. 1819) described a species as Alphitomorpha rosarum, on Rosa cinnamomea, and later (Fl. Crypt. Germ, 2: 755. 1833) placed it as a variety under “ A. penicillata.”’ This plant of Wallroth’s has never been identified by later authors. Roumeguére (64) reported in 1880 the occurrence of an Erysiphe on Prunus Laurocerasus at Tarbes (Hautes-Pyrénées) France, which he named as a new species, Erysiphe Bertoloni. The author observed that the leaves of the Prunus were abundantly covered in July with Oidium Passerini Bertol. fils. The only description given of the Erysiphe runs as follows: “ Quelques péritheces (fines Ponctuations noiratres), analysés par moi m’out moutré dans chaque conceptacle 4 théques ovoides renfermant 5-7 pores de couleur brune. Je ne peux rapporter cette Erysiphee a aucune €spéce connue.” It is impossible to say from this descrip- ton what the fungus was, but the brown spores, if correctly de- Scribed, Preclude it from belonging to the Erysiphaceae. Dr. R. “try informed me that no specimen of “Z. Bertolini” is to be found in Roumeguére’s herbarium. -Spegazzini (79) had described an Evysiphe as a new species under the name of &. deserticola, with the following diagnosis: . Amphigena ; subiculum submembranaceum canescens arcte ad- watum, Peritheciis sparsis globosis atris, ascis paucis 2—4-spermis, "8 subcylindricis obtusis. Had. ad folia Hoffmanseggiae cujus- Obs. a Geserto Valle de Santa Maria, prov. Salta, Jan. ee ubiculum tenue e pulverulento membranaceo-subcrusta 304 SALMON : SUPPLEMENTARY ceum matrice arctissme adpressum canescens, ex hyphis densissime intertextis tenuibus (3-4 / crass.) ramulosis septulatis hyalinis efformatum : perithecia pauca sparsa amphigena globoso-depressa (100-150 p diam.) atro laevia astoma, hyphis basalibus paucis radiantibus radicata, tenui-membranacea, contextu minute paren- chymatico e ferrugineo ochraceo; asci pauci ovati v. obovatl (50-60 » long. x 25~35 4 diam.) brevissime stipitati aparaphysatl, 2—4-spermi; sporae subcylindraceae (40 y long. x 12 # crass.) utrimque obtusissimae e latere (praecipue in parte media) com- pressae, laeves, hyalinae, tenuiter tunicatae, nubiloso-farctae.” In the specimen sent to me by Professor Spegazzini I was unable to find more than one or two quite immature (yellowish) perithecia. The subpersistent mycelium is of the same appearance and con- sistency as that commonly found in examples of £. polygont (¢. 8 in specimens on Geranium, Anemone, Polygonum erectum, Peuceda- num Oreoselinum, etc.), and there are no characters given in the diagnosis quoted above, except that of the length of the spores, to separate “ £. deserticola’’ from this cosmopolitan species. Although “ Erysiphe euphorbiae Peck” (= Microsphaera euphor- biae Berk. & Curt.) has been twice recorded from Belgium—by Bommer and Rousseau, Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg. 25: 169. 1886, and Lambotte, Fl. myc. Belg. Supp. 1: go. 1887—it is very im- probable that the fungus found really belonged to this North American species. The examples recorded by Bommer and Rous- seau occurred on Euphorbia amygdaloides. In specimens (now . the Kew herbarium) sent by Mme. Bommer, from “ Poix (Bel- gique), Sept. 1885,” on which the record mentioned above ve based, no perithecia are to be found. Dr, Lambotte informs m© that no specimens exist of the example recorded by him. i” description given in Fl. myc. Belg. (/. c.), it may be noted, 1s 4 repetition of Peck’s original diagnosis (Reg. Rep. 26: 80. 1874) and has therefore probably not been drawn up from characters shown by a Belgian plant. It is quite possible that the “f euphorbiae” of Belgium is Sphacrotheca euphorbiae (Cast.): es binov ('76) records “ Erysiphe (?) euphorbiae Peck,” on Euphor ad virgata, from Russia; I have seen no specimens of this, Microsphaera diffusa Cooke & Peck has been recorded by Ser binov (76) on Lathyrus pratensis L. from St. Petersburg, Re M. diffusa is a North American (United States) species, and NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 305 Russian plant, I am inclined to think, will prove more probably to belong to the European species MM, Baumleri P. Magn. Serbinov (76) has described as a new variety of ‘“Erysiphe lamprocarpa Lév.,” from Russia, the following plant on Polemonium coeruleum : “Var. polemoniacearum Serb. Varietas amphigena, mycelio denso, niveo, persistente, peritheciis globosis, maioribus com- Pactius gregariis, appendicibus fuscis, haustoriis partim lobulatis, partim non lobulatis, ascis (5-8) constante bisporis.” “Unter dem von Prof. Schmalhausen gesammelten Materiale fand ich bei Bestimmung desselben eine Form auf Blattern von Polemonium coeruleum L.., welche sehr der Erysiphe lamprocarpa (Wallr.) Lev. ahnelt, und sich jedoch durch folgende Merkmale von obiger Art unterscheidet : Die Perithecien sind etwas grosser und sehr dicht gedrangt, die Haustorien bei einigen Exemplaren von /obulati, bet anderen /obulati, wahrend sei bei £. lamprocarpa stets non lobulate sind. Nach De Bary sind bei Z. /amprocarpa 2 oder 3 Ascosporen, 1 denvon mir untersuchten Formen stets nur 2 Ascosporen.” I have not seen a specimen of this plant ; from the description above given it seems to bea form intermediate between E. cichora- Cearum and E. galeopsidis. Serbinoy (76, p. 23) records finding a species of Erysiphe in an ‘immature condition on the leaves of Betula alba (B. verrucosa Ehr h.), in the neighborhood of St. Petersburg. BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. Amici, G. B. On the Disease of the Vine. Journ. Hort. Soc. Lond. 8: 231-241. 1853. ‘ “ Arthur, J.C. Report of the Botanist to the N. Y. Agric. Exper. Sta. Rep. N. Y. Agric. Exper. Sta. 5: 275, 276. 1887. air euy, L. H. Bull. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exper. Sta. 31: 138. TOgt, a >; 381. 7. 9. 1894. 2K, Beach, S. A. Pineal Bull N. Y. Agric. Exper. Sta. TI4; 1897. 3- Beck, G. Flora von Siidbosnien und der angrenzenden Hercego- | yina. Annal. k. k. Naturhistor. Hofmus. Wien. 1: 302. 1886. _& Berke »M. J. Gard. Chron. 269. 1846. ag ~_ > Journ. Hort. Soc. Lond. 6: 284-295. 1851. Translation With notes, of Léveillé’s ‘« Recherches sur la maladie des vignes."’ 306 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY 6. Blonski, F. Symb. ad flor. myc. Poloniae. ograficzny, 14: gt, 92. 1896. 7. Bonorden, H. F. Beitrige zur Mykologie. 66. pi. 8.:f,-@. 1861. 8. Brannon, M. A. Some Indiana Mildews. 1898: 291-295. 1899. Pamietnik Fizy- Bot. Zeitung, 19: Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 9. Bubak, F. Result. der mykolog. Durchforsch. Béhmens im Jahre 1898. Sitzungsber. k. béhm. Gesell. Wisseygch. (Prag. ) 11: 237 25. 1899. Mykolog. Beitr. aus Bosnien und Bulgarien. 7 ¢. 1900 11. Busgen, M. Ueber einige Eigenschaften der Keimlinge parasit. Io. Pilze. Bot. Zeitung, 51: 65. 1893. 12. Casali, C. Contrib. alla conosc. della fl. mic. avell. Bull. Soc. Bot, Ital. 1900: 25. t7. ba. S26; 13*. Comes, 0. Crittogamia agraria, 220-254. 1891. 14. Dangeard, P. A. Le Botaniste, 7: 119-130. 1900. 15. Davis, J. J. Second supplementary List of parasitic Fungi of Wisconsin. Trans. Wis. Acad. 11: 165, 166, 170. 1898. 15*. Despeissis, A. Two prevalent Blights; Apple and Pear Powdery Mildew. Journ. Dep. Agric. of Western Australia, 4: 394) 395° fox resi: 16. De Wildeman, E., & Durand, Th. Prod. Fl. Belg., Thallophyt® fasc. 2, 219, 222. 18098. 17. Earle, F.S. In Mohr: Plant Life of Alabama. Nat. Herb. 6: 165-167. gor. Feltgen, J. Vorstudien zu einer Pilzflora des Grossherzogthum Luxemburg. Recueil des Mém. et des Trav. Soc. bot. Grand-Duche Luxembourg, 14: 356-365. 1899. Ferraris, T. Mater. Fl. Micol. Piemonte. Malpighia, 14: ae 1900. Freeman, E. M. A preliminary list of Minnesota Erysipheae- Minnesota Bot. Studies, 1: 423-430. 1900. : Goethe, R. Bericht. Kénigl. Lehranstalt fiir Obst- und Weinbas zu Geisenheim a. Rh., 1890-91. Review in Bot. Centralbl. 54° 142. 1893. Bericht. Kéngl. Lehranstalt fiir Obst- Wien- u. Gartenba” zu Geisenheim a. Rh. 1898-99: 24. Halsted, B. D. The Powdery Mildew of the Gooseberry. ReP: Com. Agric. 1887: 373-380. p/. rz. Washington, 1888. 23%: New Jersey Agric. Exper. Stat. 1894: 331, 362, Contrib. U. 5- 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23- 363: NorTes ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 307 23 * %, Bull. Iowa State Agric. Coll., 112. 1888. 24. Hammond, W. H. On Red Mould in Hops. Journ. S. E. Agric. Coll. Wye (England), 9: 19, 20. 1900. 25. Harper, R. A. Sexual Reproduction in Pyronema confluens, and the Morphology of the Ascocarp. Annals of Botany, 14: 327- 396. Igo0. 26. Harz, C.0. Bot. Centralbl. 32: 313, 314. 1887. 27. Hazslinszky, F. Magyarhon Uszikgombai és Ragyai, 174-188. M. Tud. Akad. Math. és Természettud. Kézlemények, 14: 174- 188. 1876-77. Uj Adatok Magyarhon Gombaviranyahoz. 4 ¢. 15: 20- 22. 1878. Elémunkalatok Magyarhon Gombaviranyahoz. /. ¢. 19: 89, 90. 1883. } 30. Hennings, P. Fungi amer. bor. Hedwigia, 37: 275. 1898. 3I. Fungi japonici. Engler’s bot. Jahrbiich. 28: 271, 272. 1900 5 29: 147-150. 1900. $*. Humphrey, J. E. The Powdery Mildew of the Cucumber. Rep. Mass. State Agric. Exper. Sta. 9: 222-226. 1892; 10: 225, 226. £1. 3. 1893. 32. Iwanowsky, D. Ueber zwei Krankheiten der Tabakspfianze. Land- und Forstwirthsch. 1892 (review in Bot. Centralbl. Beihette, 3: 266, 267. 1893. 33. Jaap, O. Ein kleiner Beitrag zur Pilzflora von Tirol. Deutsche Botan. Monatsschr. 19: 1 36. got. 34. Jaczewski, A. de. Florule crypt. d’Ecéne, VIII. Bull. Soc. Murith. Valais, 35- Journ Roy. Hort. Soc. (London) 25: clxxvi. f/. 3. 1901. 36. Kirk, T. w. Gooseberry-leaf Mildew. Journ. Roy. Hort. Soc. (Lond.) 25: 145. 1900. ee 37. Lavergne, J. La Cuscuta de la vigne et I’ Oidium au Chili. Revue de Viticulture, 14: 345-347. Review in Bot. Centralbl. 87 : 33. Igor. 38. Lemmermann, E. Erst Beitrag zur Pilzflora der ostfriesisch. InseIn. Abhandl. naturwiss. Ver. Bremen, 16: 444. 1900. 39. Leveille, J. H. Recherches sur la maladie des vignes. Revue Horticole, June 18, 1851. Translated, with notes, by Berkeley. See no. 4. 40. Lindau, G. Hilfsbuch fiir das Sammeln parasit. Pilze. 1901. 40%, Lodemann, E.G. The Spraying of Plants, 241, 281, 292, 303, $75» 331, 359, 365. f. 52, 57, 61, 68, 87, 90. 1896. 28. 29. 308 SALMON : SUPPLEMENTARY 41. Lustner, G. Die Perithecien des Osdium Tuckeri. Mitteil. tiber Weinbau u. Kellerwirtsch. 12: no. 12. 1900. Ueber einen Mehltaupilz der Birnbiume. Mitteil. tiber Obst- und Gartenbau, 16: 81-83. Igor. 43. Magnus, P. J. Bornmiiller, Iter Syriacum, 1897. Verh. k. k. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, 50: 444, 445. 1900. Ueber den Mehltau der Apfelbiume. Centralbl. f, Bakter. Parasit. u. Infektionskrankh., II Abth. 6: 253-255. 190° [Illust. ] 42. 44. Replik auf C. Wehmer’s Bemerkung zum Mehltau der Apfelbaume. 7. ¢c. 704, 705. Ueber einige auf unseren Obstarten auftretende Meltau- arten. Gartenflora, 49: 58-60. goo. [Illust.] Weitere Mitteilung iiber den Meltau einiger Obstarten. Z, ¢. 50: 412-414. I1g01. 47°. Hedwigia, 40: 180-181. 1go1. 48. Mallett, G. B. Gard. Chron. 26: 166, 167. 1899- 49. Marchand, L. Tweede Verh. over de Crypt. Planten van het. Groothertog. Luxemburg. Bijdr. tot de Natuurk. Wetensch. Am sterdam, 4: 272. 1829. : 50. Massalongo,C. B. Contrib. alla micolog. Veron. Accad. Agric. Art. Com. Verona, III. 65: review in Bot. Centralbl. 40: 42- 1889- 51. Massee, G. Appearance of American Gooseberry Mildew af Ireland. Gard. Chron. 28: 143. 1900. ioe 52. Neger, F. W. Beitr. zur Kenntniss der Gattung Phyllacima - (mebst einigen neuen argentin. Erysipheen). Bericht. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. 17: (235)-(242). pl. 237. 1900. Weiteres tiber Phy//actinia. Bot. Centralbl. 82; 20% 264. 1900. Beitrage zur Biologie der Zrysipheen. Flora, 88: 335" 370. pl. 15-17. 1901. i 54* Uber einige neue Gesichtspunkte zur Frage der pee schen Bekimpfung der schidlichen Mehltaupilze. Zeitschr. fiir Pflanzenkrankh. I: 207-212. 1901. 55. ew York Agric. Exper. Station. Bull. 191: 33° 199% 56. New Zealand Dep. Agriculture. Leaflet for Gardeners, 34: 3 1899. 57. Pammel,L:H. Powdery Mildew of the Apple. Proc. Iowa Acad- Sci. 7: 177-182. pl. 33-35. 1900. 58. Percival, J. Agricultural Botany, 724-734. 19009- 58*. Pierce, N. B. The California Vine Disease. Bull. U- > ba Agric. (Div. Veg. Pathol.) 2: 166-170, 208. 1892. 45- 46. 47: 53- 54- NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 309 59. Rabenhorst, L. Uebersicht der vom Herrn Prof. Dr. Hauss- knecht im Orient gesamm. Kryptogamen. Sitzungsber. naturw. Gesell. ‘«Isis’’ zu Dresden, 4: 7. 1870. 60. Raciborski, M. Parasit. Algen u. Pilze Java’s, 1: 15. 1900. 6t. Rehm, H. Beitr. zur Pilzflora von Siidamerika. Hedwigia, 40: 149, 150. Igor. 62. Rodway, L. Tasmanian Fungi. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1897: 141. 1808. 63. Rostrup, E. Fungi from the Faerées, 309. Reprinted from the ‘Botany of the Faerées,’’ Pt. 1, Det Nordiske Forlag, Copen- hagen. Igol. 64. Roumeguere, C. Appar. en France d’une mucédinée nouvelle : V Oidium Passerini Bertol. fils, état conidien d’un Z7ysiphe nouveau, VE. Bertoloni. Rev. Mycolog. 2: 174-176. 1880. 65. Saccardo, P. A. & Cavara, F. Funghi di Vallombrosa. Nuovo. Giorn. Bot. Ital. Il. 7: 278. 1900. 66. Saccardo, P. A. & Bresadola, G. Enum. Fung. Valses. Mal- Pighia, 13: 434, 435. 1900. 67. Salmon, E.S. A Monograph of the Erysiphaceae. Mem. Torrey Club, 9: I~292. pl. 1-9. 1900. The Erysiphaceae of Japan. Bull. Torrey Club, 27: 437-450. p/. 26. 1900. 68. 69. A new species of Uncinula from Japan. Journ. of Bot. 38: 426, 427. 1g00. [Illust.] 70. New or Rare British Fungi. Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, I. 7: 371, 372. pl. 20. f. 1-37. 1900. 71. The Strawberry Mildew and the Gooseberry Mildew. Journ. Roy. Hort. Soc. 25: 132-142. f. J§-37- 1900. ; 72, Der Erdbeer- und der Stachelbeer-Mehltau. Zeitschrift fiir Pflanzenkrankheiten, 11: 73-81. 1901. 72%, Schlichting. Zur Bekimpfung des Apfelmehitaues. Der prakt. Rathgeber in Obst- und Gartenbau, Jahrg. no. 16. Reviewed in Bot. Centralbl. 87: 70. ~ 1901. 73- Scribner, F. L. Fungous Diseases of Plants. Rep. Com. Agric. 1885: 81. Washington. 1885. 14 ———_ Rep. Com. Agric. 1886: 105-109, 115, 116. Washington, 1887, 75. Selby, A. D. Bull. Ohio Agric. Exper. Stat. 73: 219-246. 1897. Reviewed in Just’s Bot. Jahrb. for 1898, 2: 329. I9got. 15%. Preliminary Report upon Diseases of the Peach. Bull. Ohio Agric. Exper. Sta. 92: 225, 226. 1898. pl. 2. 310 SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY 76. Serbinov, J. Die Erysipheen des Gouv. t. Petersburg. Scripta Bot. Hort. Univs.Petropol. 18: (1-30). I9gol. 77. Smith, Grant. The Haustoria of the Erysipheae. Bot. Gaz. 29: 153-184. pl. T1, 12. 1900. 78. Sorauer, P. Schutz der Obstbiume gegen Krankheiten, 63-65, 205, 206. Igoo. . 79. Spegazzini,C. Fungi argentini novi vel critici. Anal. Museo nac. de Buenos Aires, 6: 242, 243, 330, 331. 1899. 79**. Speschnew, N. N. Fungi parasitici transcaspici et turkestanici novi aut minus cogniti. Arb. Bot. Gard. Tiflis, 5: 161-165. pi. I. f. 1-16. 19g0t. 80. Sredrinski. Proc. New Russ. Soc. Naturalists (Odessa), 2: 106- 108. 1873. 81. Stewart, F. C Powdery Mildew on field-grown Cucumbers. Bull. N. Y. Agric. Exper. Sta. 164: 213, 214. 1899. 82. Sydow, H. & P. Fungi novi japonici. Mém. de |’ Herb. Boiss. 4:4. Ig00. 83. Tucker, E. Gardeners’ Journal, Oct. 2, 1847. 84. Underwood, L. M. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1893: 35747 1894. : 85. Vuillemin, P. A propos des tubes pénicillés des Phyd/actinia- Rev. Mycolog. 22: 124, 125. 1900. 86. Wehmer, C. Pilzkrankheit. von Kulturpflanzen in der Prov. Hannover, II. Centralbl. f. Bakter. Parasit. u. Infektionskrankh. Abth. II, 6: 51-54. 1900. 87. Bemerkung zum Mehltau der Apfelbiume. /. ¢. 429» 43° 88. Wortmann, J. Zur Bekimpfung des Osdium Tuckert. Mitth. iiber Weinbau u. Kellerwirtsch. 1900: 1-6. (reviewed in Centralbl. f. Bakter. Parasit. u. Infektionskrankh., Abth. II, 6: 301) 3°” Ig00. 89. Zopf, W. Ueber einen neuen Inhaltskérper in pflanzlichen Zellen- Ber. Deutsch. bot. Gesellsch. 5: 275-281. p/. 737. 1887- Host-INDEXx (All records have been personally verified, except in the case of those plants oe fixed by *, the authority for these will be found indicated in the list of host-plants 8 under the species in question. ) Acer opulifolium, palmatum, spicatum Ukuruduense...........U. aceris. SRaoritnm, warlegme ie ai eee bk cibdaes E. polygoni. Aptipcietesnn gnceanenn 5 sisssccinsa sesvinvins cs vtkveasins E, polygoni. ROAST a P. corylea. "Aescules Hippocsstatiomn ; oo. ooccc secs cinag civics Ase sacs events P. corylea. NoTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE 311 Alchemilla Helvetica...........:::csscesscneeeseesenerseesaeseeenen ers S. humuli. PRAM! MAUPOFUM. ..,.646.. 00000000, onceens rey eget siteasmashhe E. polygoni. Alnus incana glauca, viridis............000+0000++ sicoseciatcn sovevekiaes CORY eae Amelanchier Asiatica... .........s0ccesseeeeseeeees ey ee P. corylea. Anarthrophyllum rigidum....... Set tei sceseueneone ee aeeasaee sees sete: COVP IER *Anemone nemorosa.........+00++++ Patte pisesevestesyeaes se sesseeeeK. polygoni. I OR ns cn vacisnenises Me oe paneg ai scvaeeeeeeees us sseeeeeeS+ humuli fuliginea. *Arctium minus,......... Bayecrcs ack ne Se ae) a #Artemisia maritima Stechmaniana...........-..+-+sse0+ seseeseeeeee ke. CiChoracearum. Ns each seas tos aeRO rrr vescedeceeesses ks, CLCHOraCeariIM. *Aster sp........ eo pags (cae SoM oeiceeee ibaa ot eichicianti A. *azureus, *lateriflorus, *Novae-Angliae, *undulatus.. veeeeeek. Cichoracearum. PIN, FEB oso ey-siae vo sve cv sanases vtaves oovdve Wig hc ccibicstotesiee eee Berberis vulgaris,...........c0-csscosccssecceesetesccncoracenescnesesees M. alni. — aa ae eae i STM ae ts CPS S, Casual beatae aes igs sea a "gd aE aa aL aa whn¥ee * Rare ae Bowlesia tenera,.......... aia adv gutias fiusveensiay tasnanet es .. seeeeeeE cichoracearum, * Brassica oleracea,........ Pape Ras cist lensehsaipvoetees eons E. polygoni. Bromus mollis, *unioloides. .......sssseceessesceeseeceteesereeesees Bo graminis. *Bupleurum linearifolium,,.......cssccseecseccececeeeeenerseeenecseees S. ‘* Castagnei.”’ Caesalpinia SEDIAVIS. coi .dsscssp sasescatecers Stevercteesss - gayeecs P. corylea. PRMD. ACINOB. :.:4s0400censovses -o0ss evsees ee E. galeopsidis. C. umbrosa........ RITE DER CIR RE er Tee humuli fuliginea. * * . Calendula arvensis, *fulgens caine oa cichoracearum. RE So iyiie nie oe eaoieer acces SE Caragana frutescens...... ...ssccccsccsssssssrcceceeeersoncenenceeestees® M. euonymi. *Carpinus Americana .........s4 ssceseeeesee# foguaneecde eee *Catabrosa aquatica.........ssssssssesesssseceeseeetseneeeescenenseetens Ee graminis. Celtis *Boliviensis, Suh wladin, Sinetists kacie os tie og eck ag oees tt U. polychaeta. NN sis cvnbsvacpsohscasecevoswatgndsrsuponeerere® ..U. Clintonii- *Centaurea Babylonica............ Santee) wees sepesees ee «gaveseeode * Castagnel.”” C. *Cyanus, pectinata,..........0+2+++ sccanoeens caps noaneepOronays .E. cichoraceorum. Ceratonia Siliqua..............+ Sctecsandcaistoensy ree _svessassseeeseOidium ceratoniae Comes (see p. 188). ae ncn aeis ei iceeken E. taurica Chionanthus Virginica ......... SF i escdgens vsseres PIR occ sacs apn escsesssncsécsesenssunsneoseneanevonnessterte™® E. cichoracearum. Clerodendron Gi conic. Craetcass ed EE CE S. humuli fuliginea. SS" aa a Se eae noe eee Gs E. cichoracearum. Be Fe Soca oi eS eevee ee reer S. Castagnei.” *Coreopsis aoe eee NS vcusenees S. humuli fuliginea. Corylus rostrata Sieboldiana..........scsssceeceersrseeceecereeses oo ML alni (forma). DEMIR gcc soraiscincercieensn-iss Erne Cae .P. corylea & P. oxya canthae. C. parvifolia... Gaede puneUh eh sdcso nosis theyenceors ehe® saeseiaee pet cscuret P. corylea. * Sanguinea, *tanacetifolius,......... Se ation ecesssantbets: P. oxyacanthae. Crepis iis. sedi as ccinsstocovensrespesesoseter Ly oes = humuli fuliginea. Ytisus capitatus,.......... as cueihets oe ng Re ree E. polygoni. 312 SALMON : SUPPLEMENTARY HC. PULpUreys iid... ccc wecssecosesensneeescsecserceeacsscececscseeeeees E. cichoracearum. Delphinium hybridum, Maackianum.............--.220seeeeerees E. polygoni. PEVCNOCINM BPlisd. coe iccssssieeisasssceessesestes essseseisesoccseseces P. corylea. D. podocarpum Japonicum, ................cc000.s0ecceesenecoe sass E. polygoni. *Dinebra Arabica (cult. )..........:.cseecesecseeseececeeeeesoeeveeeeees E. graminis. PD peaCns BIVENS. oes eak desk Fetes cee seed sewenstes wossovesceseeee E. polygoni. MU ere Ge CTUMONNERS Go ca ss civnceaietiews. cae deceese Seeeae sees E, taurica. RMI Mes Bice ceca cosine saSuiccatesee rete ies ciikees ceed scceesaeess E. polygonl. *Echinospermum Lappula ...........cccccceecscsenececscescececsnerees E. cichoracearum, fg 5 gee een ee epee or einer. TT eee Coe Pee eee E. cichoracearum. PRETO: COCCMIOUNEY feiss es ceil scee eee ias es eeek, veces esi eae P. corylea. *Epilobium obscurum........ ....... EES eee a ee S. humuli. ; *Euonymus Europaeus ............. Ncbabbudi Saal ecebiess Vel viteas eos ‘*M. euonyml. borealis.’’ *Eupatorium ageratoides.......... .. My Pemtes cantly Veevek yap serecton) <5) E. cichoracearum. REMAISENOM ETI BESS ese cag Odes sa Pt can vsbe eee eb cSbsb a waeb ect beeesen E. cichoracearum. Bis MGippariabnns Deleuttts fo. c6cscccscs ccccsswvsaseeveestsccnesceseevs spy eae WIPDMUA Serer io ceska se evens Fre aU A tive. sss 6 Be(r) en (see p- 304). ea eg | aE Ge a art OO ct OCT pr Or a emreiete. P. corylea. de ae a oO eee ype ead ee a net ee S. humuli. spk Sy wee gg ij re a ogee tae ee SUP: ad aie ity Peete eee re Pp, corylea. 3 SGnledpsis Dadawaing. 5 occ lees ne eee oe re ee E. galeopsidis. Geranbtnms AisseCtnt 5.1 icceccp eileen pli diss ove: Saear dow cade S. humuli. Aa, CN, MOMMA i cca ccs Sepbe ses iii esc dc tea es +<> E. polygon. eit en, epee err ee rene ty of te er eee eee E. polygon. oe Fa nein ea eect hieicdoen os S. humuli. RINNE SIN go oie es Gar ore ea akee fierce Eni caves coUaseié U. salicis (see P- 97): MLCT ASUNUS TAT VIMONGN cocoa ci cads Locate hives ieeeades cb debs cecaseee E. cichoracearum. PERNT PMCTICR NR etn. bic cel Piicaccaiiac es ia dacs ies dds o 0 a0 een E. polygon!. MELSCT RCH MOI RUU NE 5.65 95s chs cae ie os eeeasss Gaanwe nae E, polygon!. * “ “e : : E. cichoracearum. ebsay sine ees eee ener prem Spret oe epee ge a ene a inn ys ae trometer ny tl ey aa eee <¢E, deserticola (see p- 303): PEobcatt HRs esis oscassvccs sev is forsee CoWikds Gs catclacnerse E. graminis *Hydrophyllum appendiculatum, *macrophyllum............++ oe OF cichoracearum WE y pericuii CetrmeRenN esas ss ics csc ds cuica xceuceisase=e E. polygoni. Whe VOR cas aati se chess asec teas dbuasnid seeugnase~s> M. alni. Impatiens Balsamina..................c0sce0e siesAiunbedasensti everest S. humuli fuligine Taveras: Bes sori seins ps eo rasci tevin nts Red Laeek Sets E. cichoracearum. *Isopyrum thalictroides. ..........c.cssssseeeeeees Saisie aidcuce siete E. polygon!- BJugialis Spi cco a caaseecewi inne P. corylea. Lamium amplexitatle: cc. cecccccccsevianvesssc’ adn sce diks vetise sens E. galeopsidis. Lathyrus *Clymenum, montanus, *niger ...........s2s+ssee+ee00 E. pee Li. nigel: i055 Staetar bisiudhcshvel pubes onesie Riceatiiiee jicsabaoucees M, ? Baumier- WL, OGbrOleMCeeresicss. ccgereas boebbat i olesakstai css ice cvssssecstetetse E. polygon!- x. palustris. .... weavb wives eye REUEy AoE tun cciev steve cavers Toes eee M. alni. "1. paltisteis ui: eee ee cd i E. polygon 3 *L. pratensis M. diffusa (see P» = FESO OTH ORs HEHE eee ree este ee eee eee Tes SHE DeEeeere eee a eeee NoTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE - 313 IN OVEN ooo sic SUCCISE Care cccpri icy) vent svnsecoseeceanestes® E. polygon. Scutellaria *lateriflora, *pilosa.......sssscccecssece sesceseeesseeteeee be galeopsidis. Sedum Telephium purpureum............ccceceseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseres Ee polygon. SesiechO CHACRMFEE oes css ies ss aeser-eceyee scenias iinuavbaones cceoseseeeeS» Humuli fuliginea- S. *erucifolius, Fuchsii.,, ....... cies Soe tae C8 Sa ST E. cichoracearum. S. Muehlenbergii S. *silvaticus, *viscosus. ........... yeheedsspenssesis eee Tee ee eee ee eect eee eeeewmeneee Sisymbrium officinale. .............:ssseeeeeesee es Lins hadaoetrnsttts E. polygoni. MSI AAN SO CRNOERIN ghia cuits sn es pa ova via van ais testy seeds boos! uctueper E. polygon. *Solidago latifolia ................... Peep ceiert ess oie E. cichoracearum- *Sonchus oleraceus ...... eek basas wel des cpu aincé dee sesbnoceie noe Oe Styrax Japonicum............ ETRE Fy pare tee PCR Fev tee M. alni Symphytum tauricum............. etree cals es eee PE wessseeee-E. Cichoracearum. Syringa vulgaris..... ... SS ERP ere een eas Porrics aie M., alni lonicerae- - ee ae ie prt ciakucaias aad saiehins che ERED oes | Tagetes minuta..............0. iebedcon Fickouraseac’ SURE Bre eer E. galeopsidis. Teucrium Scorodonia....... pisdbcckvbeaves shiva See ence E. galeopsidis. WT emPOe WII pio cei caccced «cs cdoex co veeee sees pricisipeees ss E, polygon!. WUT Se ssc paceatieast hdc dacdebnsetin: eis se wrt hoe bie oe Sve ielecs P. corylea. T. Miqueliana. .......... EERE ES ie Moe Tae U. Miyabei. WE uae Drees csearssi cits ervnrcs dentin eset: E. polygon). *Tragopogon pratensis. ................s0+ Side tugs veabiaseeebeinsteee ts 4 i : Trifolium agrarium, *spadiceum............ aes senssivuceceswsies te Poe Lilaais PPM atl os os esis cscs U, clandestina- RvR NE coe loin cis tiaecd sn can’ sent ee PONTE WY mci inte VN OR in cs ccpiscssetssucsncdevceexe P. oxyacanthae. WT Mt MURS DN a adc t es ine paca nes cantar nenee’ E, polygon! WY mlaviaiaetl ey Bia a cies oi osc es eee Gav can eb 0c sndov se ...E, polygon es Oe ree Pe ene ie ha Gals Nie En OPT SRO E.. polygon# Verbascum Lychnitis........ 66 “ec . cichoracea t 4ggregata (Peck) Farl., 200 4. album Fr., 302 = alni DC., 208 - andicola Speg. mss., 191 ; Bertoloni Bonrty:: 952 : Sichoracearum DC., 2, 3, 5, 13, 14, 17, Igy 1” 9% 185-187, 191-195, 197, sit 2, > £. euphorbiae Peck. iba £. Sungicola Schulz., 200 on Berk. & Curt., €opsidis DC., 2 E, 193-195, 197 » 3 5, 185, 187, 192, DC. z +» 4, 5, 20, 195, 1 E. a” oa TeY., 14, spe tia: ‘Procarpa polemoniacearum Serb., 3, = “cuhyni Mér., 302 “egg Lév., 17, 109, 182, 185, 186, z "9% I91, 193 “Sete 181-183, 186 E aa smodit P. Henn., 2, 181, 182,186 eed DC,, 2, Sx §2, 17, QI, 104; ? 182-189, 192, 197, 209 tee Sepulta ( Ell, & Everh, ) Salm., z “@Xtfragae-Sibericae Mér., 302 Marchand, Bieta corylt and alni L. Lév., 5, 90, 91, 185, 192, 195, B toring et -» 302 C1: wri ne esa Fr., 12, 20, 184, 197 2 4. mde Bary, 185, 186, 18 arum platensis Speg. an esssssssssses NOTES ON THE ERYSIPHACEAE OOO ee ee coe mer meres esses seeeseeee *Willughbya scandens..........0...ec-.e++eece0: 315 ah @ VAL, SIDITICA. se seeeereeeeeeneeeeeseeeeseterereesseeeesens S. humuli. Vicia *tenuifolia, venosa capitata............ wetcasececebecheeeeiaedy E. polygoni. scacbeddweussecet Sean U. necator. eeelcnsasedey Aebavcegee E. cichoracearum. cieie nee ae E. cichoracearum. SpEcIES INDEX (Synonyms in italics.) Ev ysiphella Carestiana Sacc., 206 Leuuncinula, 6, 7 MICROSPHAERA 5, 6, 7, 12, 21 M. alni (Wallr.) Salm., 2, 5, 17, 18, 105 M. alni divaricata ( Wallr.) Salm., 108 M. alni extensa (Cooke & Peck) Salm., 108 M. alni lonicerae (DC. ) Salm., 14, 17, 18, 107 M. alni ludens Salm., 108, 209 M. astragali (DC.) Trev., 7, 12, 105, 184 M. Baumleri P. Magn., 12, 104, 109, 184, 185 M. berberidis (DC.) Lév., 5, 103, 107 M. Caraganae P. Magn., 104, 181 M. diffusa Cooke & Peck, 109, 304 M. Ehrenbergit Lév., 14, 17, 107 M. euonymi ( DC.) Sacc., 5, 12, 104 M. euonymi borealis Serb., 3, 104 M. euphorbiae (Peck) Berk. & Curt., 5, Tog, 304 . M. grossulariae ( Wallr.) Lév., 5, 108 M. Japonica P. Henn., 1, 105, 107 M. Mougeotii Lév., tog M. Myoschili Neger, 2, 105 M. sambucicola P. Henn., 1, 108 M. syringae (Schwein.) P. Magn., 105 Microsphaeroidea, 6, 7 Oidium, 2, 3, 14, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 88, 0. Suuthievves (Bonord.) Sacc. & Vogl., I & ene Comes., 188, 189 chrysanthemi Rabenh., 193 . euphorbiae Thiim., mss., 95 ravariae Harz., 87, 88 haplophylli P. Magn., 198 leucoconium Desm., 91 mespilinum Thiim., 196 moniliordes Link., 196 . mnosporum Pass., 181, 187 . Passerini Bertol. f., 303 . rubellum (Bon.) Sacc. & Vogl., 195 . tabaci Thiim., 13 . tritici Lib., 196 Oospora epilobii (Corda) Sacc. & Vogl., 87 PHYLLACTINIA, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 14, 15 P. antarctica Speg., 2 P. Candoll i Lév., 208 P. clavariacformis Neger, 2, 200-204, 209 316 SALMON: ERYSIPHACEAE P. corylea (Pers.} Karst., 2, 18, 200-208, 210 P. fungicola (Schulz.) Hazsl., 200 ? P. fungicola (Schulz. ) Sacc., 200 LP. suffulta (Rebent.) Sace., 15 P. suffulta moricola P. Henn,, 1, 200, 203 PopOSPHAERA, 6, 7, 86 P. biuncinata Cooke & Peck, 85 P. clandestina ramulicola Thiim., 83 P. leucotricha (EIl. & Everh.) Salm., 86, 91, 92 P. myrtillina Kze. & Schmidt, 84 P. oxyacanthae (DC.) de Bary, 21, 83 P. oxyacanthae ¢ridactyla (Wallr.) Salm., 84, 85 SPHAEROTHECA, 5, 7, 21 S. Castagnei Lév., 11, 18, 89, 90, gr, 184 S. euphorbiae (Cast.) Salm., 94, 95, 304 S. fuscata (Berk. & Curt.) Serb. , 89, 90 S. humuli (DC.) Burr. 11, 13, 16, 17, 20, 84, 87, 91, 184 Ss. — fuliginea (Schlecht. ) Salm., 11, 7, 89 S. Kusanot P, Henn, & Shirai, 1, 3, 95, 103 S. lanestris Harkn., 3, 95, 103 S. mali Burr., 86 S. microcarpa Hazsl., 89 ‘S. mors-uvae (Schwein.) Berk. & Curt., 3, 93, 184 ‘S. pannosa ( Wallr.) Lév,, 16, 18, 85, 86, QI S. phtheirospermi P. Henn. & Shirai, 1, 89, go Torula bulbigera Bonord., 196 T. epilobit Corda, 87, 88 T. rubella Bonord., 195 T. tritici (Lib. ) Corda, 196 Trichocladia, 7, 12 T. astragali ( DC.) Neger, 105 T. tortilis (Wallr.) Neger, 197 UNCINULA, 6, 7, 21 U. aceris (DC.) Sacc , 6, 9, 97, 98 U. circinata Cooke & Peck, 6, 7, 8, 10 U. clandestina ( Biv. Bern. ) Schroet., 6, 99 U. clandestina forma Japonica P. Henn., 1, 99 U. Clintonii Peck, 9, Too U. columbiana Selby, 10, 97 U. flexuosa Peck, 6 U. geniculata Gerard, 11 U. Kusanoi H. & P, Syd., 2, 100. U. macrospora Peck, 6, 9, 100 U. Miyabei Salm., 97 U. necator (Schwein. ) Burr., 6, 18, 20, 99 U. polychaeta (Berk. & Curt.) Ellis, ©, 10, 101, 199, 208 U. prunastri (DC,) Sacc., 6, 9, 98 6 U. salicis (DC. ) Wint., 4, 6, 9, 10, 11,9) U. salicis epi obii Vestergr., 10, 97 U. septata Salm., 3, 102 U. Shiraiana P. Henn., 1, 101 U. Tulasnei Fckl. 98 U. verniciferae P. Henn., 1, 2, 10% U. Waltrothii Lév., 11, 98 U. Zelkowae P. Henn., 1, 100, rol Ba ea me or ae al a Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany Allison, A. A curious Root Parasite. Plant World, §: 14) 85. . Ja Igo2. Bates, J. M. A fall-flowering Violet. Plant World, 5: 13. Ja. 1902. Bishop, I. T. Variation in Zyi//ium Flowers. Plant World, 5: 11. Ja. 1902. Boodle, L.A. On Lignification in the Phloem of Hedanthus annuus. Ann. Bot. 16: 180-183. Mr. 1902. Brand, A. Symplocaceae. Das Pflanzenreich, 4%*: 1-100. 5N. 1901. Conard, H. S. Note on Embryo of Mymbhaea. Science, II. 15 : 316. 21 F, 1go2. ‘Copeland, E. B. The Conjugation of Spirogyra crassa Kg. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 161-163. 24 Mr. 1902. [Illust.] Coville, F. V. Ribes aurum and Ribes lentum. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 15: 23-29. 5 Mr. 1902. Field, H.H. The Botanical Section of the Concilium Bibliographicum in Ziirich. Science, III, 15: 357-. 28 F. 1g02. Ford, S. 0. The Anatomy of Ceratopteris thalictroides (L.). Ann. Bot. 16: OS-t3t, 97; 6+f. I~8. Mr. 1902. Gager, C.S. The Development of the Pollinium and Sperm-Cells in Asclepias Cornuti Decaisne. Ann. Bot. 16: 123-148. f/. 7. Mr. Igo2, Giesenhagen, K, Taphrina, Exoascus und Magnustella. Bot. Zeit- "NB, 59: 115-142, pl. 5. 15 Jl. 1got. Goedel, K. Morphologische und _biologische Bemerkungen. — I. Ueber Homologien in der Entwicklung mannlicher und weiblicher Geschlechtsorgane. Flora, 90: 279-305. f. 1-9. 30 Ja. 1902. Golenkin, M. Die Mycorrhiza-ahnlichen Bildungen der Marchantia- feen. Flora, go: 209-220. pl. 11 +f. I-15. 30 Ja. 1902. Steene, E. L. Some new Northwestern Compositae. Ottawa Nat. 15: 278-284. Mr. 1902. ; ne, E.L. Two new Erigerons. Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 1: eee fF Ap. 1892. Sriffths, D. A novel Seed Planter. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 164- 169. 24 Mr. Igo2. 317 318 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Harshberger, J.W. A botanical Ascent of Mount Ktaadn, Me. Plant World, 5: 23-28. pl. 5, 6. F. 1902. Hay, G. U. Notes of a wild Garden. Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. N. B. 4: 108-113. 1899. Hay, G. U. Preliminary List of New Brunswick Fungi. Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. N. B. 4: 341-349. got. Holzner. Die dussere Samenhaut der deutschen Drosera-Arten. Flora, O0> 34%, s43. 30 Ja r902. Holzner. Die Caruncula der Samen von Polygala. Flora, 90+ 343 344. 30 Ja. 1902. Karsten, G. Ueber die Entwickelung der weiblichen Bliithen bei einigen Juglandaceen. Flora, 90: 316-333. f/. 72. fc 17391 Se Ja. 1902. Knowlton, F. H. A Primrose at Home. Plant World, 5: 32) 33: pl. 6. F. 1902. Kupfer, E. M. Studies on Urnu/a and Geopyxis. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 137-144. pl. 8. 24 Mr. 1902. Establishes Chorioactis gen. nov. on Urnula Geaster Peck. Lang, W. H. On the Prothalli of Ophioglossum pendulum and Helmin- thostachys Zeylanica. Ann. Bot. 16: 23-36. pl. 1-3. Mr. 19°? Longyear, B.0. A Sclerotium Disease of the Huckleberry. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 3: 61, 62. f/. 2. 1902. Longyear, B.Q. Notes on Michigan saprophytic Fungi. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 3: 55-57. 1902. Longyear, B. 0. New Species of Michigan Fungi. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sci. 3: 57-60. p/. 7. 1902. New species in Lefiota, Lactarius (2), Annu'aria, and Leptonia. Lovell, J. H. The Colors of northern polypetalous Flowers. see Nat. 36: 203-240. Mr, 1go2. Macoun, J. M. Contributions to Canadian Botany. Ottawa Nat. 15+ 267-275. Mr. 1902. Malme, G.0. A. Die Compositen der ersten Regnell’schen ee tion. Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 32°: 1-90. p/. 7-7: i? sf New species in Vernonia (3), Alomia, Stevia, Eupatorium (2), Asters Bate: ge Alpilia (2), Isostigyma, Porophyllum, Pectis, Erechthites, Moguinia and Chugw”%s ; i, I. Massee, G. & Salmon, E. S. Researches on coprophilous Fung}, Ann. Bot. 16: 57-93. p/. 4,5. Mr. 1902. Includes new species in various families. INDEX TO RecENT LITERATURE 319 Means, T. H. On the Reason for the Retention of Salt near the Sur- face of Soils. Science, II. 15: 33. 3 Ja. 1900. Meehan, T. Gentiana angustifolia. Meehan’s Monthly, 12: 53, 54. pl. 4. Ap. 1902. Miller, G., Jr. The technical Names of two Dogbanes from the District of Columbia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 15: 35, 36. 5 Mr. 1902. Munson, W. M. The horticultural Status of the Genus Vaccinium. Bull. Maine Agric. Exp. Sta. 76; 113-160. Au. rgot. [Ilust.] Neger, F. W. Beitrage zur Biologie der Erysipheen (2. Mittheilung). Flora, 90: 221-272. J. I-27. 30 Ja. 1902. O’Brien, A. A. Notes on the Comparative Resistance to high Temper- atures of the Spores and Mycelium of certain Fungi. Bull. Torrey Club, 29 : 170~172. 24 Mr. 1902. Osterhout, G.E. Hesperaster nudus (Pursh) Cockerell and its Allies. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 173, 174. 24 Mr. 1902. Hesperaster stictus, new species. Pax, F. Aceraceae. Das Pflanzenreich, 4%: 1-89. f/. 7,2. 7 Ja. Tgo2. Perkins, J. & Gilg, E. Monimiaceae. Das Pflanzenreich, 4": 1-122. 21 Je. gor. Pollard, C.L. Plant Agencies in the Formation of the Florida Keys. Plant World, 5: 8=r0. pl. g: ° Ja. 1962. Rendle, A. B. Naiadaceae. Das Pflanzenreich, 4": 1-21. 17 D. Igor. Rubland, W. Zur Kenntniss der intracellularen Karyogamie bei den Basidiomyceten. Bot. Zeitung, 59: 187-206. f/. 7. 15 O. 1901. Rydberg, P. A, Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora.—VII. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 145-160. 24 Mr. 1go2. Cohsia Species in Aguilegia (4), De/phinium (5), Aconitum (4), Ae (3), mats (2), Atragene (3), Ranunculus ( 4), Papaver, Argemone, and Bicuculla. Safford, W. E. The Name ‘¢ Dog’s-Tooth-Violet.”’ Plant World, BP 41,32. Ja. 1902. Saunders, C.F, Botanizing in Winter. Plant World, 5: 30-32. F. Tgo2. “tenk, H. von. The Decay of Timber and Methods of preventing me Ball. Uy. s. Dept. Agric. (Pl. Ind.) 14: 1-96. #/. 1-18 +f. 4-25. 25 Mr. 1902. 320 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Simpson, C. T. 340 ee os vies Se i ibs Apo ew 340 €. Inorganic matter TG) fiiccics “geyssumbedesous ose de VuRrt panes o+nvesees 345 f. Enzymes............ ashes discus asp dk eee ro we eee sca cance, 345 Be ONION as ere ds aden inc ich Lce0 Seth nies Gaeasittoces io sonsn0esees 345 D. Composition of shell MO PON ee ed ei alice y cb ics 346 Wn a nut Deatlen gis oA Daves eae aeNY Sed Rows pice eens ab ee techies se sinyee 348 eee in the cocoanut during germination, ..........:.../.s.0ise.scsbscoes sovsnees 349 A. Morphological osc cath GE prs agen TNC oO) Drecoapuer ey’ ©. 45 AieCepenee eg reat 349 B. “Chemical ec gic oo ag cee icp pos ennsubenscineses satus: athens BSA - Enzymes......... Sins ciebideeet dared CO SIRS Si 6a) Ns a 358 Proceesteliminary accounts of some of the results of this research were given in the 900, i of the American Association for the Advancement of Science,—: 275. Journal ras the Proceedings of the American Physiological Society. Ig00: American "Thon bYsiology, 5: 14. 1901. for the « ae “coco ”’ appears to be derived from ‘‘coc’’ or “ cocus,”’ a local name Tesembla ndian nut,’? the fruit of Cocos nucifera, given to it on account of a fancied face of nee of the base of the endocarp, with its three circular impressions, to the 2. x9, oF espe when it utters a cry having a sound like the word. See f 2, € term ‘*cocoa’’ should be carefully distinguished from ‘‘cacao,’’ the coco, of Theobroma cacao, from ** coca’? the derivative of Erythroxylon coca, from LPI : Sculenta the coco-kola of commerce, and from cocco”’ or cocoa root ’’ ( Colocasta -[lssued 20 June] 321 322 KIRKWOOD AND GIEs: CHEMICAL STUDIES I, Deietprtaagrtne occ see lg * Smith : Food, 226. 1873, INTRODUCTION ‘“Of the whole class of seeds having the character of luxuries rather than of necessaries, the cocoanut is by far the most important to mankind, whether considered as a delicious and _ nutritious food or as supplying valuable oil and many other articles useful in social ie,’* The common cocoanut is derived from Cocos nucifera, a species of palm growing in practically all tropical coasts and islands. The cocoa palm grows naturally on the seashore or. in its im- mediate vicinity and does not bear well when at a great distance from salt water. (See analyses, p. 335.) At maturity it has a cylindrical stem about 2 feet in diameter. At its apex the tree carries a tuft of leaves, which are about 12 feet long. These have num- €rous narrow, rigid and long leaflets. The leaf, which may attain to 20 feet in length, consists of a strong mid-rib, whence numerous long acute leaflets Spring, giving the whole the appearance of a gigantic feather. The flowers which produce the nut are yellowish-white. They are arranged in spikes, branching from a central axis, and inclosed with a tough spathe usually a meter or more Fic. 1. Inflorescence of the cocoanut showInS . . 1 $ spathe inclosing the spikes, each with numerov male flowers above and a single female flower se the base. 4. Winton. pee OF THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION 323 inlength. Their appearance and arrangement is shown in Fig. 1, on the opposite page. The tree grows to a height of about 60-100 feet and usually bears 80-100 nuts arranged on the tree in bunches of 10-20, It continues to bear during two generations of men. The fruit is subtriangular-ovoid in. form, about 12 inches long and 6 inches broad. _ It is composed of a thick, fibrous “ husk” (exocarp) and thin, hard “shell” (endocarp), containing a white fleshy seed, the ‘‘ meat”’ (endosperm), witha thin integument (testa). (See fig. 3,p.324.) The thick husk is remarkably adapted to the preser- vation of the seed, whilst the nut is tossed about by the waves until it reaches some shore, it may be, far distant from that on which it orew. While immature the nut is without the solid endosperm, but is filled with a milky fluid. As it ripens, however, the endosperm gradually de- bee Ges Velops and the milky juice diminishes in quan- sir diliccidanut cae - tity. The temperature of this juice when fresh with calyx, and axis is always comparatively low. (See page 349 for from which the male further reference to the parts of the nut.) eo ingaee Figures 1, 2 and 3 are from cuts loaned to “” us by Dr, A. L, Winton, who used them lately in the account of his very valuable histological study of “ The Anatomy of the Fruit of the Cocos_nucifera.”* We are greatly indebted to Dr. Winton for his kind assistance. The cocoanut forms the chief food of the inhabitants of Ceylon, the South Sea Islands, the coast of Africa and other tropical coasts andislands.+ The flesh is not only eaten as it comes from the tree, both ripe and unripe, but it is also prepared and served in Various ways. In India the ‘‘ copra’’ is much used as an ingre- dient of curries, It forms an accessory part of the diet, and is found * Winton : American Journal of Science, IV. 12: 265. gol. _ 1 The cocoanut is agreeable to the, taste of various domestic and other animals, and is €agerly eaten by them. The cocoanut-crab (Birgus latro, suborder A/acrura ; an- malous form, approaching the Brachyura and closely related to the hermit crab) feeds almost entirely on the kernel of the cocoanut. Its powerful claws enable it to easily Peel off the husk and open the hard shell. 324 KirKWoop AND GIES: CHEMICAL STUDIES in many of the confections, of civilized man all over the globe.* Immoderate use of the fruit, which according to the people of the tropics is highly refrigerant, causes, it is said, rheumatic and other diseases.t| The milk is considered an agreeable cooling beverage in the tropics. It has been known for some time that irritation of the mucous membrane of the bladder and urethra is caused by drinking too freely of the cocoanut milk.{ It is strongly Fis. 3- Ripe cocoanut. S, lower part of axis forming the stem; 4, upper end of axis with scars of male flowers 3 Efi, epicarp; Mes, mesocarp with fibers ; End, endo- = bos hard shell; 7, portion of testa adhering to endosperm ; 4/6, endosperm = rounding cavity of the nut ; K, germinating eye. \ 1. Winton. diuretic. thelmintic with uniformly satisfactory results.§ He states that the meat of the nut is a powerful ¢aenicide, the milk sharing the proP- *In the Annal Oe ane Pape nnals of the New York Academy of Science, 13: 49°, 1900-1908» © tollowing may be found: ** Dr, Gies in answer to a question stated that the food uate of the cocoanut is small.’? This answer is quoted incorrectly. The ae erred to the nitrogenous food content. It was stated on that occasion that the Ror of proteid food-stuff is small,’’ See page 340 { Pavy: A Treatise on Food and Dieteti ; i tically therapeutic considered, 488. 1878, ietetics physiologically and P t re Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 13: 490. 1900-1908 @ See Liebreich : Encyklopaedie der Therapie, 1: 744. 1896. Parisi has used the cocoanut therapeutically as an an. OF THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION 325 erty.* The cocoanut has been used as a vermifuge in India for probably forty generations by the beef eaters of that country and is there well known as a means of expelling the flat worm.+ The small, green and immature nut is grated fine for medicinal use, and when mixed with the oil of the ripe nut becomes a healing ointment. The fibrous husk (coir) is widely used for the construction of tropes, brushes, bags, matting, etc. The compact fleshy edible Portion (copra), closely lining the hard shell and which is entirely fluid or gelatinous when young, contains a large proportion of fat, which is extracted and used for various commercial purposes, such as the manufacture of fine soaps and candles and frequently as a Substitute for butter. Cocoanut oil and resin melted together yield a substance capable of being used with success in filling up the seams of boats and ships, and in tropical countries for cover- ing the corks of bottles as a protection against the depredations of the white ant. A quart of the oil may be obtained from six to ten nuts. The hard shell is easily polished and lends itself to the formation of various utensils and ornaments. It also has a high fuel value. Although considerable is known of the constituents of the Cocoanut, of its nutritive value and commercial uses, little has been done to ascertain the nature of the changes which the nut undergoes during germination. At the suggestion of Dr. Mac- Dougal we have undertaken such a study, more especially from the chemical standpoint, and although our work in this particular Connection has not been quite as fruitful as we had hoped it might be, our results are not without some interest. I. Cuemicar Composition oF THE UNGERMINATED COCOANUT Before beginning our work on the germinating seed we felt it irable to make ourselves thoroughly familiar with the chemical qualities of the ungerminated nut. This seemed all the more desirable because of the incomplete as well as the disconnected Chemical data thus far recorded in this connection. This purpose Was accomplished in a large number of analyses of numerous _ * United States Dispensatory, 1619. 1899. oe T American Journal of the Medical Sciences, 67: 281. 1889. 326 Kirkwoop AND GIES: CHEMICAL STUDIES samples. We record the more important of these results, “ comparative data from the work of others, on the following ea : Most of the nuts subjected to the analyses referred to fart . on were furnished to us for this work by Hon. Wm. Fawcett ay the United Fruit Co., who sent them in their husks from ~— They were ripe, fresh and of about the average size. A few ME terminations were made with material from nuts bought in markets in this city—source unknown, though doubtless of — Indian origin. These were of ordinary size, appeared to gee and fresh, and gave essentially the same analytic results as thos ined directly from Jamaica.* Kets wish ci ee of this paper to thank Dr. Mach not only for the supply of material with which he favored us, Ae also for the suggestions which led us_to undertake this work an for the kind encouragement he has given us from the beginning. Proportions oF MILK, ENDOSPERM AND SHELL IN THE pes Nut.—The weights and proportions of thesmain parts of the = without its husk were carefully ascertained in special observaliey® as well as incidentally in other experiments.t The Su removed as indicated on page 328. The empty nut was quickly broken with a hammer, the endosperm and germ, with the se: seed coat, carefully and promptly removed with a knife, and bas fresh moist parts weighed at once. The results given on ¢ opposite page were obtained in this connection. ¢ 7 The only results recorded on these gross relationships that : have been able to find were those obtained in a single xn by v. Ollech, and those by Bachofeu.§ The parts of a 2 cocoanut, except the milk, were dried in the air by v. Olleete a : cid * A few showed signs of deterioration, such as ‘‘ popping ’’ on opening, see? in the milk, etc. Thesé were, of course, discarded. sstureeilic - + The weight of the fibrous husk varies considerably, as ‘the amount of mo sag creases by absorption or decreases by evaporation, .The weights of the other Pp ordinarily not subject to such fluctuations. : m were t The weights of the germ and the thin seed coat enveloping the endosperm included with the latter, ~ : 533: @See also Berzelius: Lehrbuch der Chemie. Translated by Wohler, 7 ; 2... mittel, lv. Ollech: Quoted by Kénig, Die menschlichen Nahrungs- und Genus etc., 2: 495. 1893. er : OF THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION 327. FRESHLY IMPORTED Nuts (FROM JAMAICA). ee ee ee é Fruit | Endosperm Endosperm | ae Z| withase’ | Shell | wie | Milk. || Shen. | "*&CS™ | mine. |] vol. | Grecine - Husk. | Integument. | Integument, c.c : I 845 | 255 : 437 153 || 30.2 51.7 18.1 || 150 | 1018 2 771 1968. |= 379 194 || 25.7 49.2 25.1 || 190 1017 3. \*. 658 | 168 371 119 || 25.5 56.4 | 18.1 || 117 | “1020 4 718 | 199 351 168 || 27.7 48.9 | 23.4 || 164 1019 5 597 | 152 327 118 || 25.5 54.8 19.7 || 113 | 1022 SO rtm 463 tRS7 Sos Bh Rr 85 - |.27.4 54.2 18 4 83 | 1019 7 622 | 195 334 93 -|| 31.3 53-7 | 15.0 || go | 1023 8 563 | 144 329 90 || 25.6 | 58.4 | 16.0 || 87] 1027 ee | 633. 1.300 | 394 93 || 90-342 BOL of Be pO | kOe oe 530 «156 282 | o2 || 29.4 |. 532 | 47.4 1° go | 8028 aS 637 | 150 363 124 || 23.5 57.0 | 19.5 | 121 | 1024 es 497 | 144 267 86 |} 29.0 | 53.7. | 17-3 | 85 | 1014 "3 538 162 283 93 || 30.1 | 52.6 17.3 || 90} 1021 a4 413 | 123 256 34 || 29.8 | 62.0 8.2 | 33 | 1030 pea |= 522 | -558 309, 44 ||.30.9.) 60.5 8.6 | 43 | 1037 - 16 578 190 320 68 || 32.8 55-4 11.8 || 67 | 1016 - 47 |: 568 142 350° 76 ||-25.0 |. 61.6 13.4 74 | 1026 18 495 | 140 | 293 62 || 28.3 9.2 | 12.5 | 1024 mao 7.) 813: | 228 392 2co || 27.2°| 48.2 | 24.6 | 194 | tor seer 758 | 208 393 157 || 27.4 51.9 | 20.7 | 150 Se al 584 | 148 339 97 || 254 | 58.0 3166 |) 94} 102 Aver.| 609 169 ie Sx Sem ee Ley & 27.8 55.2 17.0 | 104 | 1023 pees UC) Nurs FROM THE MARKET (NEW YoRK City). a 1070 250 8 262 || 23.4 52-2 24.4 || 254 | 1018 | 1009 set eet 252 || 24.9 50.1 | 25.0 || 246 | 105 er3”). 723 .| 202 417 109 || 27.7 573° | 15.0 || 106 mai 4 800 |. 226 450 124 || 28.2 56.3 15.5 || 120 | ro2t ae 688 | ror |” 385 112 || 27.8 | 56.0 | 16.2 || 110| 1015 Ang 565 | 131 316 118 || 23.2 | 560 | 20.8 ue 1017 ie! 639 |-210-|- 382 47 || 32.9 | 59.8 7-3 || 46) 1024 eS |, 638 |, aro | ., 315 117 || 32.9 | 48.8 | 18.3 || 115 | 1017 9 480 | 125 | ~ 304 51 || 26.0 | 63.3 | 10.7 || 48) 1034 ial 561 158 307 96 || 28.2 54-7 17.1 || 92 | - 1024 At 4 733 | -204 “414 115: || 27.8 56.5 bey s ape 1024 oes | 79s" | "176 380 206 || 23.1 | 49.9 | 27-0 |] 202 | 1020 oo | 722 | Yon | 504 134 || 27.1 55x | 17.8 l 130 | 1021 | é They represented the following proportions of the total weight, : which was 1,133 grams: Fibrous Husk. Shell,” Endosperm with Germ.* Milk. 3°45 per cent. 19.59 percent. 37.78 per cent. 12.18 per cent. _ Of the total weight of the husked nut, which, by calculation, must ~ * Including, doubtless, the seed coat as well. 328 KirkKwoop AND GIES: CHEMICAL STUDIES have been 788 grams, the percentages of ‘the parts were (calcu- lated by us) : Shell. Endosperm with Germ. Milk. 28.17 per cent. 54.32 per cent. 17.51 per cent, These results, it will be observed, harmonize closely with the aver- ages of our own determinations. The data obtained by Bachofeu in this connection will be found in the table on page 335.* Composition or THE Mitx.—The milk was poured from the nut through an opening made in the “eye” of the fertile carpel (see page 350) with acork-borer. Extraneous matter could easily be kept out of the milk by this procedure and, besides, the fluid could be obtained when desired in a perfectly fresh, unevaporated condition, The milk was found to be faintly turbid and opalescent in each case, and always contained a few oil globules and occasionally crystalline matter. It was acid in reaction to litmus although, as shown by lacmoid, no free acid was present in the normal fluid. The reaction is due to acid phosphate. Both alkali and earthy phosphate are present. The latter can be precipitated, in part at least, on boiling. An abundant precipitate of phosphate is obtained when the milk is made alkaline. The average specific gravity, determined with the aid of a hydrometer, was, as already noted on page 327, 1,023 and 1,021. The average specific gravity of the mixed milk of 15 nuts not included in the table on that page was 1,023. Of eight additional nuts not referred to there, and © amined at another time, the figures for the mixed milk were 1,022. The milk reduces Fehling’s and Nylander’s solutions and it fer- ments. It contains some monosaccharide which, from the chat acters of the phenylosazone derivatives, appears to consist of either dextrose or galactose, probably of both. Disaccharide ™ the form of cane-sugar is also present in good quantity, a5 might be inferred from the sweet taste of the milk. aE * Results having some relation to these are given by Atwater: Report of = Storrs (Conn ) Agricultural Experiment Station, 123. 1899. Hammerbacher (14 fe wirtschaftlichen Versuchs-Stationen, etc., 18: 472. 1875) found that the cone of two nuts weighed 835.8 grams ; the milk, 303.95 grams. See also, pages 33* and 33 OF THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION 329 On standing the milk turns sour, becomes thicker, and has much the odor and physical appearance of soured cow’s milk. The milk ferments readily. As it does so the acidity increases with a production of acid from the sugar. Alcohols are also pro- duced in the process. The distillate from the fermented milk has an agreeable taste and an alcoholic odor.* Chlorides are prominent with phosphates among the inorganic substances of the milk. It contains only a very small quantity of proteid, coagulating above 80° C., and also traces of a proteose- like body. Very faint biuret and xanthoproteic reactions were obtainable with the fresh fluid. A snow-white precipitate consist- GENERAL COMPOSITION OF THE MILK Milk Used. Percentage of Fresh Milk. Percentage of Solids. No. : | Solid Matter, : Z Chavicy vankesace Tes Total. Organic. eo Matter. "Matter. | ioe IOI 28.81 eal” 6 a6 98 | 0.50 | 88.84 | 11.16 6 é 27. 280 ae | cp Joe 0.52 88.60 | 11.40 2-a | 1020 | 25.403 | 95.28| 4.72 | 4.27 | 0.45 | 90.58 | 9-42 : 27-837 | 95-44 4.56 | 4-14 | 0.42 | 90.70 | 9.30 3-a 1022 0. 382 Ae tee 4 .78 0.49 | 90.57 9-43 6 38 308 saith 4 33 nti 0.48 | 91.02 8.98 4-4 1016 25-958 | 95.73| 4.27 3.88 0.39 |. 90.81 9.19 6 25.823 | 95.65 | 4.35 3-96 0.39 90.92 9.08 é 26.298 95.68 4.32 3-91 0.41 | 90.57 9.43 5-a 1021 29.416 | 95.11| 4.89 | 4.47 | 0.42 | 91.38 8.62 J | 29.467 | 95.23| 4.77 | 4.36 0.41 91.39 8.61 . 24.667 | 95.24| 4.76 | 4.35 0.41 | 91.31 8.69 a To24 23.119 | 95.44| 4.56 | 3-82 0.74 | 83.68 | 16.32 4 23.886 | 95.33] 4.67 | 3-92 | 0.75 | 84.04 | 15.96 7-a 1028 22540 | 94.80] 520 | 4.18 1.02 80. 38 19.62 é 26.690 | 94.94| 5.06 — eas ag Se _s 1027 "| 28.722 |95.02| 4.98 | 4.21 | 0.77 | 84.45 | 15-55 —* |__| 28.409 | 94-97] 5.03 | 4.26 | 0.7 | 8469 | 15:31 _ Aver, 1022 26.847 | 95.23] 4.77 | 4-21 0.56 88.47 11.53 ing in part of earthy phosphate is obtained on warming the milk on the water-bath at 70° C. The filtrate from this product when boiled yields a delicate turbidity of coagulated proteid which be- comes flocculent on addition of a slight excess of acetic acid. The filtrate from this coagulum gives only a very faint biuret re- action. Cocoanut milk is said to contain malate of lime. * Cocoa beer, containing 3.4 per cent. ‘Extractive,’’ has been made by Calmette : €misches Centralblatt, 2: 394. 1894. ae apes and Harley: Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, 43: 464. +907 —88, 330 Kirkwoop AND Girs: CHEMICAL STUDIES On evaporation to a small volume on a water-bath the fresh milk becomes darker in color, takes on an odor characteristic of sugar syrups and looks not unlike molasses. Cane-sugar crystal- ~ lizes from it in abundance on cooling. The analytic data given on page 329 were obtained in our study of the general composition of the perfectly fresh milk of the Jamaican nuts.* Percentage results in this connection had been obtained pre- viously as follows : ; Organic § Inorganic | Nitrogenous . -Nitrogen-free Carbo- Water. Solids. | Matter, Matter. | Substance. Fat. Extractives hydrates. 91.50+ 8.50 7-31 1.19 0.46 0.07 6.78 se 0! 91.374 8.63 7-50 rvs ie ea | O.11 oe 7.014 _ These results were obtained with milk from nuts grown in the eastern hemisphere. The milk from the Jamaican nuts appears, 4 we have seen, to contain less solid matter, both organic and inor- ganic. This difference is emphasized by Hammerbacher’s J 0b- servations on the specific gravity of cocoa-milk. He describes the milk as a colorless, slightly opalescent fluid with a specific gravity at 20° C. of 1044.** The milk from two nuts weighed 303-95 grams. From the nitrogen-free extractive substance in 77-8 grams of milk contained in a third nut, 0:8504 gram of dextrose was ob- tained. When milk was warmed with dilute sulphuric acid an odor of volatile fatty acid became perceptible. A crystalline barium salt was prepared from the distillate of the acidified milk which was found to consist of barium propionate. The milk contains a small-amount of diastatic ferment and also oxidase.t} We were unable to detect any other enzymes. The following results were obtained by van Slyke? { in his com parative studies of the milk of six wxripe nuts and of one ripe n¢ *The methods of analysis used for this and similar purposes, throughout &. work, were those commonly employed in the laboratory. See Vandegrift and Gies: American Journal of Physiology, 5; 287. 1901. ° t Hammerbacher : Landwirtschaftlichen Versuchs-Stationen, etc., 18 ? 47? we } Konig : Menschlichen Nahrungs- und Genussmittel, etc., 2: 308. 1893. also Bizio : Pharmaceutisches Centralblatt, 756. 1833. ~. - § Including 4.42 per cent of cane-sugar, {{ Hammerbacher, /oc,’ cit. ° ** See our large number of determinations of specific gravity on page 337 references on pages 328 and 329, _ tt Hunger: Journal of the Society of Chemical Indust: : ak gt tg 4 try, 20 : 1030. tf Van Slyke: Chemisches Centralblatt, 1: 595. 1891. Compare with results er page 329. eee — See page 328. : Also OF THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION ’ $$1 (= we ae a Constituents. - Milk of unripe Nuts. Milk of : I 2 5 4 5 6 Average 1-6./ ripe im. i Weight im grams... ,| 230.5 378.6 347.0 383.7 350.0 330.0 | 336.6 109.6 LE san gravity. . . |1,024.6- [1,023.0 |1,022.3 |1,023.0 [1,022.1 |1,021.5 {1,022.8 1,044.0 Wren sper cent.) 94:59 | 94.89 | 95.27 | 96,43 |. . 95.0% 91.23 5.41 5.11 4-73 3-57 4.99 | 8.77 0.675, » 0.611 0.658 0.602 0.626 | 1.06 3-45 4.06 4.36 3.50 3.97 Trace. Trace. Trace. | Trace. Trace. Trace. 4.42 0.114; 0.205 0.140 0.095). 0.133 0,291 0.084 0. 100) 0.138} 0131 0.145 0.120] 0.120 0.145 The chief chemical differences induced by growth, as indicated by the above results, are an increase in the proportion of solid matter, including ash, fat and nitrogenous substance. Glucose almost entirely disappears from the milk of the ripe nut, cane- Sugar replacing it—a fact evidencing synthetic production of disac- charide from monosaccharide. : Hammerbacher, believing that the endosperm develops directly from the milk, determined the quantitative relationships of the saline matters contained in each part from the same nut. He gives the following as his percentage results : . Ash of the Milk. Ash of the Endosperm.* Potassium, ia 200 43 882 Sodium, 0.728 8.392 Calcium, 3.679 4 628 Magnesium, 6.606 9.438 Chlorine, ; 10.373 13.419 Phosphoric acid, 20.510 16.992 Sulphuric acid, 5.235 5.091 Silicic acid, : sd 0.500 102. 331 + 102.342 Minus oxygen for chlorine, 2.338 3-024 : 99-993 99.318 e The above results indicate a particular increase of the content of sodium chloride im the ash of- the developing endosperm and a corresponding decrease of potassium Phosphate, See pages 322 and 335. The amount of silicic acid in the endosperm 18 also noteworthy. See page 335. ENDosPERM. Genera! Composition—The pure white kernel * Compare with results of Bachufeu’s analysis, given on page 335. Our own re- sults were the same as these qualitatively. Seealso Schaedler Technologie der Fette ; Seige Oele des Pflanzen- und Thierreichs, 840, 1892, who’ found 3.60 per cent. of iron Hos the ash of the endosperm in addition to the above constituents. gon KirKwoop AND GIES: CHEMICAL STUDIES or “meat” of the nut is fibrous in structure, closely lines the shell, is from 1 to 2 cm. thick, and contains a very large propor- tion of fat. It is the part used most frequently for dietetic pur- poses. It possesses a characteristic and pleasant odor and is very agreeable to the taste. The endosperm cells do not contain starch granules, but fat needles and proteid lumps are present in them. The proteid particles are partly crystalline. * After the kernel has been finely divided in a meat chopper, the resultant hash may be subjected to increasing pressure, when an GENERAL COMPOSITION OF THE ENDOSPERM _Endosperm Percentage of fresh Endos; erm. | __ Percentage of Solids” No. | ; Solid Matter. || Organic | Inorganic Grams. Water. | || Matter. | Matter. : : Total. Organic. | Inorganic. | pee I-a 8.467 47.701 52-30 51.19 TT | 97.88 | 2.12 b 9.728 | 42.10 | 57.90 56.79 1.11 || 98.09 1.91 ¢ 10.900 | 46.60 53.40 52.34 1.06 || 98.01 | > 2-a 11.885 48.31 51.69 50.65 1.04 | 98.01 | 1.99 b 12,151 48.90 51.10 50.01 1,09 | 97.87 | 2.43 ¢ 11.707 | 52.29 | 47.71 46.61 1.10 97.69 | 231 3-4 8.762 43-90 | 56.10 55.20 0.90 || 98.39 | 1.61 b 8.185 | 47.73 | 52.27 51.20 ro7. || of0§ } 2S ¢ 8.923 | 46.31 | 53.69 52.71 0.98 || 98.18 1.82 4-a I1.51r | 47.89 | 5211 51.05 1,06 | 97.97 203 6 9.501 | 46.90 | 53.10 52.05 1.05 | 98.02 1.98 c 9.244 | 47.50 | 52.50 51.43 1,07 || 97-96 pee 5-a 8.942 | 42.80 | 57.20 56.17 1.03 || 98.21 1.79 b 9-312 | 43.79 | 56.21 55.21 1.00 || 98.23 1.77 6-a 10,214 | 50.30 | 49.70 | 48.68 1.02 || 97.95 2.05 6 10 624 | 48.70 | 51.30 50.28 1.02 | 98.02 1.98 7-a 10.746 42.21 57-79 56.83 0.96 | 98.34 1.66 b 10.142 | 39.60 _ 60. 49 | 59.46 0.94 98.45 te Aver. | 10.052 46.31 53.69 52.66 1.03 | 98.07 | J oily juice is obtained from it. The filtrate from this turbid sas ares has a higher specific gravity than the milk of the nut, is acid m reaction, reduces Fehling’s solution, contains a dextrin-like body and the milk salts, gives the proteid color reactions, yields coag- ulable proteid, and on dilution with water becomes turbid from precipitated globulin. The data given above were obtained for general composition a the endosperm immediately after the nuts were opened.t * See pages 342 and 352. Tt The methods were the same as those employed with the milk, The thin seed: coat was trimmed off and the pieces of kernel cut into small, thin pieces with 4 knife. The material was taken from all parts of the nut, OF THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION 333 Comparison of the averages given on the opposite page may ~be made with the following previously recorded results for the fresh endosperm from nuts of eastern origin : * : FRESH ENDOSPERM- Dry ENDOSPERM Water. Total Organic Inorganic Organic Inorganic Solids, ° Matter. Matter, Matter, Matter. 46.64 53-36 52.39 0.97 98.20 1,80 The agreement is seen to be very close, By reason of the dietetic and commercial values of the various constituents of the endosperm of the cocoa fruit, numerous prod- ucts of the kernel have been made and analyzed. The air-dried endosperm, or so-called “‘ copra,” is shipped in large quantities from the tropics. Cocoa-oil is obtained from the copra by various methods in countries distant from the tropics, the solid residues remaining after extraction serving various purposes. This residue makes up the so-called “ cocoa-cake” obtained in the process of €xpressing the oil at various degrees of temperature. It is also \ * ground into “ cocoa-meal.”’ In both forms, the residual substance In- | Total | Nitrog- | = organic Water. Solids. | | N-free 3 | Organic Matter. | Pp roducts Analyzed, at Fat. | Extrac-| Fiber stance. age i | | | dosperm, perfectly dried. + | —— | 100.00, 10.29 | 67.35 | 15.11 | §.42| 1.83 Endosperm, free from fat and | __ Water, | —— | 100.00] 31.49 —— | 46.25 | 16.69 | 5.57 ‘* Cocoa-cake.”” 4d 10.30 | 89.70) 19.70 | 11.00. 38.70 | 14.40 | 5.90 « Cocoa-meal..”? | 11.12} 88.88, 17.94 | 10.88 | 35.34 | 17-40 | 7.32 oa-meal,’’ after extraction of oil, 7 | 4.55 | 95.45} 23.20] 1.85 | 64.45 595 Ee { —<——$—_____—— * Hammerbacher : Landwirtschaftlichen Versuchs-Stationen, etc., 18: 472. 1875. See also Bizio : Pharmaceutisches Centralblatt, 757. 1833. s Me : Menschlichen Nahrungs- und Genussmittel, etc., 2 : 652. 1893. Also » 308, ; t Hammerbacher : Landwirtschaftlichen Versuchs-Stationen, etc., 18: 472. 1875. —& Dietrich und Kénig: Zusammensetzung und Verdaulichkeit der Futtermittel ; 2: 1031. 1897. l| Dietrich und Konig: iééd., 1: 725. _ J Schaedler : Technologie der Fette und Oele des Pflanzen- und Thierreichs, 74 1892. (a) For references to digestibility and nutritive value of cocoa-cake see es of experiments on pigs and sheep given by Dietrich and Kénig, 2 : 1031, 1036, 4% 1123. (6) Compare above results with the table for general composition on the opposite page. 304 Kirkwoop anp Gries: CHEMICAL STUDIES is used as food for cattle and as a fertilizer, having special value in both these connections.* It is sometimes also used illicitly as a food adulterant. The analytic percentage results on page 333 have been reported by various agricultural chemists for such products from nuts grown in the eastern hemisphere. : The following summary of facts connected particularly with food value was given several years ago by Woods and Merrill: ¢ Se ee é | ee ) eo | ) Os | Si 18 é i: ee 2 Sey eh )-3 1-3 |e) ¢ lam % | = | a e aS | pee mee Edible portion SES SE ees es eee | 2,986 > ae 8) 1 59 --80.6- | (27.97 | RT ore As purchased, | 48.8 | 7.2 | 2.9 | 25.9 | 14.3.| «9 | 8929 Without milk, as purchased, Rig FO. +30 3-357 -| 27-5 | 1.0 | 1,872 Cocoanut milk, as purchased, -—— | 92.7 | .4 1.5 4.6 | 8 97 Shredded cocoanut, ——— | 4.3 | 6.5 |.63.7 | 24.5 | 1-4 Shredded cocoanut, ae 2.8 GO 51.0.1 39.0 | 1.2 Edible portion, ——]| 58 | 8&9 | 67.0 | 16.5 | 18 Cocoanut milk, —_| 91.5 x 27 6.8 | 1,2 Through the kindness of Dr. MacDougal we have been able to examine an account of “ The cocoanut and plant vitality ” in the Bulletin of the Botanical Department of Trinidad (July, 190% P- 249). Reference is therein made to the report of Bachofeu in the Queensland Agricultural Journal for April, 1900. Bachofeu says: ‘Though there exist several analyses of parts of the cocoanut, no one seems to have undertaken the task of getting™a complete analysis made with the view of ascertaining the actual demand made by the cocoanut upon the mineral constituents of the soil.” The results obtained by Bachofeu for a single nut are so com plete, and so general in their interest and application that we quote, on page 335, his general summary in its entirety. ¢ Bachofeu’s results indicate that sodium chloride and potassium phosphate are the chief inorganic matters drawn upon in the de velopment of the cocoanut—chemical data in harmony with the fact me *v. Knieriem : Chemisches Centralblatt, 2: 672. 1898. 8 lags and Merrill: Bulletin, Maine Agricultural Experiment Station, No 545 1. 1899. { The analyses were made in Ceylon. Native nuts were used. OF THE COCOANUT ‘DURING GERMINATION 300 that the cocoa palm does not thrive away from the coast or where salt is lacking in the soil. See second table, page 331. BACHOFEv’s ANALYSIS OF THE COCOANUT Husk. | Shell. |. Kerneh | , Milk. Total weight in Ibs. 2.702 0.546 0.875 | - 0.593. aS" Gn per cent: 57.28. 11.59 1054 215 lage. * { Moisture in per cent. 65.56 | 15.20 52.80 —.. Dry matter in per cent. - 34.44 84.80 47.20 —— Pure ash in‘per cent., containing viz: 1.63- 0.29 0.79 “| 0.38 Silica, SiO,. FO 98.22 4.64 1.31 | 2.95 Oxide of iron and alumina, Fe,O,A1,0,.| 0.54 _ 1:30.) ipg Trace. Lime, CaO. 4.14 6 26. 3.10 - |- -7:43 _* Magnesia, MgO, 2.19 1:32 1.98 3:97 ° f Potash, K,O. 30.71 45.01 | 45.84 8.62 - Soda, Na,O. . Belts “ey SAG TRAa Looe — { Potassium chloride, KCl. — —_ 13.04 41.09 Sodium -chloride, NaCl. 45-95 15.56 5.01 26.32 Phosphoric acid, PO, res 1.92 4.64 20. 33 5.68 _ Sulphuric acid, SO,. 3.13 5-75 |. 8-79 3-94 100.00 | 99.99 | 99.99 | 100.00 t Containing total potash, K,O. 30.71 45.01 54.05 34-54 *Containing nitrogen, N. 0.137 0.100 0.504 eee Thus of the moré important ingredients of the soil 1,000 nuts remove the following : in Lbs. | ask | Shell. .| Kernel. | Milk. | Total Lbs. Nitrogen, N. 7017 | 0.5460 | 4.4100 | —— 8.6577 Phosphoric acid, P,O.. = | ore | 1.4053 | 0.1279 | 2.4523 Potash, K,0. 13.5255 | 0.7127 | 3.7302 | 0.7783 | 18.7527 Lime, CaO, 1.8234 | 0.0991 | 0.2143 | 0.1674 | 2.3042 Sodium chloride, NaCl. 20.2375 | 0.2464 | 0.3563 0.5431 | 21.4233 gy aura eer ee i Fat—The striking chemical characteristic of the endosperm is its large content of oil. This may readily be extracted with fluids like ether. It can also be obtained in large proportion by pres- Sure, particularly at the tropical temperatures. The fat has the Consistence of butter in northern countries and possesses, when fresh, a fragrant and characteristic odor and an agreeable taste. It As snow white, sometimes cream-colored and readily crystallizes in large rosettes from the molten condition or from its alcohol or _ &thereal solutions. These crystals closely resemble those of pal- Mitic acid, They melt at about 20-23° C., and congeal again several degrees below the melting point. They are fairly soluble in cold : alcohol. Although cocoa-fat differs somewhat in composition in different countries, it has been found that the variations are compara- _ “velyslight. The temperature at which the oil is expressed influences 336 KirKwoop AND GIES: CHEMICAL STUDIES these variations by increasing or decreasing the proportion of fats melting only at higher temperatures. These facts account for the variations in the figures given for melting point. Its specific grav- ity is 0.9+. On heating to about 170° C., the oil gives off the odor of lactic acid ; at a temperature of 300° C. acrolein may be detected. On long-continued heating with nitric acid the following dibasic acids are formed: succinic, adipic, pimelic, suberic and azelaic. Nitro- caproic acid is also formed.* The oil is very soluble in all of the well-known fat solvents. It contains some free fatty acid, but con- sists chiefly of glycerides of caprylic, lauric, myristic and palmitic acids.+ Glycerides of caproic and capric acids are present in ap- preciable quantity ; also a trace of stearin and some olein. { The fat dissolves readily at a comparatively low temperature in an equal quantity of glacial acetic acid. Such a solution becomes turbid at 40° C.§_ By reason of its content of lower fatty acid radicles cocoa-oil has a high saponification value. Cocoa-oil is particularly resistent to the hydrating effect of superheated steam. || : The following data were obtained for the percentage fat-content in the fresh endosperm. The method of determination used was Dormeyer’s :§ Gen’! I 2 3 4 5 6 , Fresh endosperm, a. 38.27 40.01 36.71 35.10 34.60 38.90 38.60 b. 36.14 40.54 35.02 34.90 34.10 40.70 38.40 Average, 37-20 40.28 35.87 35-00 34.35 39.80 38.50 37-79 The ether extracts containing the oil were free from lecithin eee . *Schaedler: Technologie der Fette und Oele des Pflanzen- und Thierrichs, 843- 1892. + The presence of palmitin (tri) is doubted by Ulzer : Chemisches Centralblatt, II: 1143. 1899. i {The so-called ‘cocinic acid’? or ‘‘cocostearic acid’? derivable from “ coc! or ‘‘ cocinin ”’ is, like the latter, a mixture. The former is a mixture of some of the above fatty acids ; the latter of their glycerides. See Oudemans : Chemisches Central- blatt, 192. 1861. ; @Valenta. Quoted by Vaubel : Physikalischen und chemischen Methoden quan- titativen Bestimmung organischer Verbindungen, 1: 162. 1902. || Klimont : Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry, 21: 126. 1902+ 6 {| Dormeyer: Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte der Thier-Chemie, 26 : 42- nie The fresh tissue was finely divided and weighed, then dried to constant weight a 100-105° C., and all of it extracted with anhydrous sulphuric ether. ‘The usual amounts of tissue were used, OF THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION 337 and could be almost entirely saponified. Hammerbacher * in the saponification of 25 grams of the pure oil obtained the following results : Grams. Per Cent. Fatty acids convertible into zxsolub/e lead salts, 15.1488 60.595 Fatty acids convertible into so/zd/e lead salts, 9.5282 38.113 Glycerin, 0.5596 2.238 Total, 2 5.2366 100.946 The excess in weight of products is explained by the addition of hydroxyl groups in the cleavage of the triglycerides. Kénig had previously found the glycerin content of cocoa-fat to be 2.08 per cent. Harnmerbacher therefore concludes: ‘ It follows from these results that this vegetable fat consists in greatest part of free fatty acid.” That there is some error in this conclusion, however, is evident from the results of later work. Benedikt + reports the glycerin content of cocoa-oil to be 13.3-14.5 per cent. Crossley and Le Suer found that the content of /ree fatty acid in terms of oleic acid varied between 2.50 and 8.86 per cent. Stellwaag || studied the fat extracted from cocoa cakes. This oil was rancid, of course. He found the quantity of free fatty acid to be only 9.84 per cent. The fat from the ether extract Melted at 23° C. The saponification figure was 244.4. The extract contained 81.14 per cent. of neutral fat. The amount of _unsaponifiable matter was 0.51 per cent. The molecular weight of the fatty acids was given as 207.4 Studied through the oleo refractometer of Amagat and Jean, Cocoa-oil is found to rotate to the left like an animal fat.** The composition of cocoa-oil as determined by Konig ff is: C. H. 0. 74.15 per cent. 11.73 per cent. 14.12 per cent. Rett oh * Hammerbacher : Landwirtschaftlichen Versuchs-Stationen, etc., 18: 472. 1875. T Benedikt und Zsigmondy ; Chemiker Zeitung, 9: 975. 1885. _ £Crossley and Le Suer. Quoted by Hopkins: Oil-Chemists’ Handbook, 38, table Pi 1900. \| Stellwaag : Landwirtschaftlichen Versuchs-Stationen, etc., 37: 135. 1890. {| See also Kénig, Menschlichen Nahrungs- und Genussmittel, etc., 2 : 389. 1893. ** Blyth : Foods, Their Composition and Analysis, 359. 1896. + TtKonig : foc. cit., 2: 385. See also, Brandes, Pharmaceutisches Centralblatt, “451. 1838, 338 Kirkwoop AND GiEsS: CHEMICAL STUDIES The following facts regarding cocoa-oil have been compiled from various sources. They may be compared with similar data for other fats and oils given in the standard works of Konig, Staedeler, Lewkowitsch and others : A. The heat of combustion of cocoa-oil is 9,066 small calories per gram.* It is as low as that of any other fat; slightly lower than butter. This is due to the fact that it contains a large pro-’ portion of fatty acids of low molecular weight. B. Melting point is at 24° C. Congealing temperature is 22- 23° C. Fatty acids from it melt at 24.6° C. They congeal at cee Oe C. Saponification value = 257.3-268.4t D. Iodine number = 9.0-9.5 ; same for its fatty acids = 8.5- 9.0.§ E. Specific gravity = 0.9115 at 40° C.|| - F. Acid value = 9.95-35.21. G. Reichert-Meissl figure = 7.4; Hehner = 88.6—90.5. H. Barium figure (Konig-Hart) = 117-120. I. Molecular weight of the mixed fatty acids = 196-211. The use of cocoa-fat and other cheap vegetable oils aS 4 substitute for butter among the poorer classes has been in- creasing. Cocoa-fat is better adapted for cooking than for table use. It is frequently employed as an adulterant of ordinary butter. Prepared cocoa-fat makes a fairly good substitute for com- mon butter. The fresh material becomes rancid after a time, because of its accumulating content of free fatty acid resulting from bacterial agency. Volatile acids are formed. Its tendency rancidity is not as great, however, as that of animal fats. The fatty acid present in the fat to begin with can easily be removed with insoluble basic compounds, such as magnesia. By this means ae * Merrill, Quoted by Sherman and Snell : Journal of the American Chemical Society, 23: 166. Igo1. + Kénig : Menschlichen Nahrungs- und Genussmittel, etc., 2: 322. 1893. t Konig : /bid. 4 Benedikt. Quoted by Vaubel: Physikalischen und chemischen Methoden eevee Bestimmung organischer Verbindungen, 2: 235. 1902. 4 || Values given after E-I inclusive are quoted by Hopkins : Oil-Chemists’ Han : book, 38, table iv. 1900. See also Lane: Journal of the Society of Chem Industry, 20: 1083. 1901, OF THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION 339 a ‘butter’ is made from this oil which has the merit of enduring hot climates without becoming rancid. This product has bee recommended for military and naval uses.* . Among the prominent commercial products is the cocoa-butter made in Mannheim, Germany.+ Konig { found this product to have the following percentage composition : Nitrogenous Water. Solids. | Organic Matter. Inorganic Matter. Fat. Fatty Acid. Substance. 0.15 99.85 99.848 0.002. 99.848 trace. trace, It has been stated that cocoa-butter is not very easily digested and that it does not agree with sick people.§ The recent re- searches of Bourot and Jean, || however, show that a specially Prepared cocoa-butter melting at 31° C. and containing only a trace of free fatty acid, is quite as easily and completely digested as ordinary butter.§] We have already alluded to some of the commercial uses to which cocoa-fat is put. Soaps made from it combine with or hold an unusual amount of water while still retaining special hardness, one pound of the oil yielding three pounds of soap.** It is thus well adapted for the preparation of toilet soaps. The soaps made from cocoa-oil are characterized by great solubility in salt solution and can be precipitated from such fluid only by the addition of a very large excess of salt. The so-called ‘‘ marine” or “salt water Soap ’’ has the property of dissolving as well in salt water as in fresh water and is made of cocoa-oil and soda. tt * Rusby : Reference Handbook of the Medical Sciences, 3: 164. 1901. +See Leffman and Beam: Select Methods in Food Analysis, 182. 1901. t Konig : Menschlichen Nahrungs- und Genussmittel, etc., 2: 309. 1893. See also Schaedler, Technologie der Fette und Oele des Pflanzen- und Thierreichs, 1340. 1892. @ Liebreich : Encyklopaedie der Therapie, 1: 744. 1896. : | Bourot und Jean: Jahresbericht uber die Fortschritte der Their-Chemie, 26: 1896. See also v. Knieriem, Chemisches Centralblatt, 2: 672. 1898. eon | **Cocoanut cream,’’ a dietary product much used in the tropics, is made by = ng the endosperm and squeezing through cloth the fluid from the finely divided material, In a warm climate the resultant mixture contains much oil and is a very delicious accessory food. Besides the oil, the ‘*cream’’ contains chiefly carbohydrate and proteid. See page 332 for references to similar fluid obtained from the endosperm oe in our own experiments, ss s Ebermayer : Physiologische Chemie der Pflanzen, 344. 1882. See also Joss, Pharmaceutisches Centralblatt, 449. 1834. : - tt See Schaedler, Technologie der Fette und Oele des Pflanzen- und Therreichs, es, 1892, where may be found the results for percentage composition of the S m™™ Soap, given at the bottom of the next page : 58. 340 Kirkwoop AND GIES: CHEMICAL STUDIES The harder fats of the oil make excellent candles. They are used also as constituents for suppositories and related therapeutic products. Medicinally the oil is employed repeatedly as a substi- tute for lard, olive oil and cod-liver oil. It is also made the chief substance by bulk in various salves and in cold cream, pomade and similar cosmetic preparations. In ointments and cerates it 1s especially valuable because of its ready absorption when rubbed on the surface of the body ; further, it takes up an unusual amount of water—a useful quality when it is desired to apply saline solu- tions externally. It shows little tendency to produce chemical changes in substances with which it may be associated. . Crude Fiber and Carbohydrates —Cellulose is a prominent con- stituent of the endosperm. Associated with the fibrous elements is a polysaccharide, present in comparatively large quantity. This substance is only slightly soluble in water, is insoluble in alcohol, but readily soluble in salt solution. It is precipitated along with globulin when saline extracts of the kernel are dialyzed (pas® 341). The gum is readily transformed into sugar by the action -of diastase or ptyalin. The fluid pressed from the finely divided endosperm contains a slight amount of reducing sugar—dextrose. Galactose appears to have been identified also.* Cane-sugar is also present. The following results were obtained in our determinations of the percentage content of crude fiber in the fresh tissue : T I 2 3 4 5 General Average: Fresh endosperm, @ 3.96 3.20 2,08 3.40 2.78 Fie ee he gs 3.98 Average, 4.08 3.50 3.05 3.46 2.88 3-39 Proteids.—That the meat of the cocoanut contains at most only a very small amount of proteid matter is seen at a ee, from the fol i itrogen. e following percentage results for content of nitr echt = Water. Fatty Acid. Sodium Oxide (combined). Sodium Oxide (free). Other Salts. Residue- 58.74 32.82 4.26 1.50 2.26 es See also the Dispensatory of the United States of America, 1899: 1619 ee erences to objectionable chemical qualities of some cocoa-soaps. * Green: Soluble Ferments and Fermentation, 100. 1899. . d t Determinations were made, after the fresh weighed material had been dried en thoroughly extracted with ether, by the method adopted by the Association " gee 1- Agricultural Chemists : Bulletin, Division of Chemistry, U. $, Department of ~ ture, 46: 26, . | In these determinations the Kjeldahl method was employed. OF THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION 341 General I 2 7 Average. 3 4 5 6 Fresh endosperm, @ 0.657 0.734 0.806 0.738 0.766 0.776 0.701% b 0.740 0.781 0.756 Average, 0.657 0.734 0.806 0.738 0.753 0.778 0.729 0.742 The fresh endosperm contains an average of 0.74 per cent. of nitrogen which, multiplied by the usual factor, 6.25, would indi- cate 4.63 per cent. of ‘“albuminoid.” Some of this nitrogen, however, is undoubtedly closely associated with the fibrous ele- ments. Much of it probably is in the form of nitrogenous ex- tractive.* Some of the nitrogenous substance is soluble in 95 per cent, alcohol. The proteid present in the endosperm appears to consist chiefly if not exclusively of globulin and proteose (globulose ?), the globu- lin predominating in quantity.} We have made several samples of cocoa globulin by the method used by Osborne for the preparation of edestin—in general as follows:{ The kernel was run through a hashing machine and the finely minced substance freed from fat by repeated extraction in ether for several days. The ether ad- herent to the tissue was evaporated at room temperature and the ether-free tissue then extracted in 1o-per-cent. salt solution for 24— 48 hours. The saline extract was then filtered off and globulin thrown from its solution either by the dilution process, by dialyz- ing for several days in running water, or by treatment with am- Monium sulphate to complete or half-saturation. The deposit of globulin resulting thereby always contained an appreciable amount of gummy carbohydrate. The carbohydrate admixture was elimi- nated by subjecting the deposit to the action of diastase or ptyalin for 24~48 hours, in the presence of thymol at 45° C. in neutral fluid, during which time it was transformed into soluble reducing sugar.§ The globulin residue left behind after this treatment was * The factor 6. 25 is here too large, also, because the proteids present contain about 18 Per cent. of nitrogen. See pages 343 and 344. Stutzer found that, of the total nitrogen of cocoa-cakes, from 1.8 to 6.9 per cent. was contained in non-proteid substance. Quoted by Dietrich and Kénig : Zusammensetzung und Verdaulichkeit der Futtermittel ; 2: 987, 1380. 1891. t The amount of nucleoproteid must be very slight. : __ Osborne: See various papers in the Journal of the American Chemical Society since 1894. 4 Similar difficulty was experienced by Osborne, who got rid of the gum by repeated dialysis and precipitation with ammonium sulphate. Journal of the American Chem- _ Mal Society, 17: 429, 539. 1895. 342 Kirkwoop AND GIES: CHEMICAL STUDIES further purified by re-solution and re-precipitation. For quantita- tive analysis some of the final product was washed in water, alco- hol and ether, and dried at 100°—105° C. to constant weight. Sometimes the globulin prepared in this way was both crystal- line and amorphous. At other times it was entirely crystalline. Triangular, hexagonal and rhombohedral forms were frequently seen, although octahedra predominated.* The crystals so closely ee . 4 Ss Fic. 4. Crystals of cocoa edestin. resemble those we have repeatedly made from hempseed and lin- seed by the same method, and are so like those given by Osborne for edestin,+ that we felt satisfied from the beginning our globulin would prove to be of the edestin type. Careful study of the t actions of the substance convinced us of this fact, for it gives all of those attributed to edestin by Osborne. * The large proportion of gum extracted by the saline solution made it difficult ree only to prepare the proteid in pure form but to obtain it quantitatively. Beste An edestin passed in part into an insoluble modification during the manipulations. — 25 appreciable loss resulted, therefore, in each preparation. We obtained as much as grams of the purified product from the kernels of twelve nuts : on ft Osborne: Journal of the American Chemical Society. See also his paper crystalline vegetable proteids in the American Chemical Journal, 14: 28. 1893: OF THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION 343 On the opposite page we give a microphotographic view of edestin crystals from our second preparation Although not the purest, we have selected this preparation for this purpose because its crystals are mostly rhombohedra. These forms rarely occur in abundance in edestin precipitates, octahedra being more commonly obtained. Most of the larger masses among the crystals shown here are ‘‘ rounded” octahedra; not in perfect focus because they are thicker than the rhombohedra. The smaller particles consist of globular matter and crystal pieces. The crystals given in Fig. ¢ were photographed for us by the writer’s colleague, Dr. Edward Leaming, who cordially gave us the benefit of his large experience. We wish here again to extend to Dr. Leaming our sincere thanks for his valuable assistance. _ That the substance under discussion is edestin is further shown by the results of analysis. We append our results for nitrogen content, as determined by the Kjeldahl method, calculated for ash- free substance : PERCENTAGE OF NITROGEN IN CocoA EDESTIN a NN Preparation, I | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 eee | Analytic results, | 17.87 17.85 17.66 | $14 17. 15,25 ace Se seas A 17.69 | 18.21 | 18.20 t. 37239 17.91 17.78 | 1838 | 18.28 ieage —|2| | |S Sa 7.60. | a7 | 18.18 ee 124 Ash. fp Oakes | 0.13 tet Ree 150.4 1.84 Preparations 1, 2 and 3 contained amorphous material, possibly some of 8 gummy matter referred to on page 342, in spite of our efforts to completely remove it. Preparations 4 and 5 were obtained from 1 and 3 by further treatment with diastase and by recrystallization by dialysis from 10-per-cent. salt solution. They were practi- cally wholly crystalline. The above results show that the globulin separated from the _ Cocoanut by the methods here employed is edestin.* This same proteid of the cocoanut was examined by Ritt- hausen, + who termed it conglutin without really identifying it with that substance. His analyses gave it a content of nitrogen of 17:87-17.91 per cent. Chittenden and Setchell ¢ referred to it by * The edestin from barley contains 18.10 per cent, N. That from maize 18.12 Per cent.; from rye, 18.19 per cent.; wheat, 18.39 per cent. Osborne: Journal of the American Chemical Society, 17: 547. _ 1895. 4 ‘a 8. 1880 T Ritthausen : Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte der Thier-Chemie, to ie cas Nemnere t Chittenden and Setchell : Quoted by Chittenden, Digestive Proteolysis, 32. 1895. 344 Kirkwoop AND Gigs: CHEMICAL STUDIES the name of phytovitellin. The composition they gave for it is in general accord with that of edestin (nitrogen content = 18.40 per cent.), and as they obtained it partly crystallized in octahedra, Os- borne * has lately suggested that the substance is edestin. The results we have obtained confirm Osborne’s deduction. The proteose to which we have already alluded was obtained from the globulin filtrate. The latter was freed from traces of globulin by the coagulation method, the hot filtrate evaporated to a small bulk on the water-bath and the proteose precipitated and purified by the usual method. + About four grams were obtain- able from fifteen nuts. The product contained both proto and deutero forms. Some heteroproteose was also detected in the products formed on dialysis and a trace of dysprotose was obtained. The following results for nitrogen content in the ash-free sub-— stance were obtained by the Kjeldahl method : PERCENTAGE OF NITROGEN IN CoCcOA PROTEOSE —_— =e Preparation. I 2 | 3 | General Ae Analytic results. 18.67 18.48 18.57 | ; 18.50 18.46 18.61 | 18.58 18.40 8.5600) 0 Average. 18.58 18.45 18.57 | SS ee Ash. 714 pon) ce eee 159 ae These results differ only slightly from those reported by Chit- tenden and Setchell.{ This difference may be explained by the fact that mixtures of proteoses have been analyzed in each case by Chittenden and Setchell,and by us. Their preparation of Pro teose contained 18.25 per cent. of nitrogen. : In his volume entitled Digestive Proteolysis, Chittenden BN the analytic results for eleven different proteids and the proteoses derived from them (page 67). For seven of these the nitrogen of the corresponding proteose is somewhat higher than that of the original proteid. Analysis of our own preparations has shown irs percentage of nitrogen to be greater in the proteose than 10 the globulin, a result in accord with the majority rule just noted. * Osborne : Journal of the American Chemical Society, 18: 13. 1896. + MacDougal : Practical Text-book of Plant Physiology, 164, 1901. 895- { Chittenden and Setchell : Quoted by Chittenden, Digestive Proteolysis, 32°! OF THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION 345 There appeared to be only a very slight amount of an albumin in our extracts—a coagulable substance which was not precipitated from its neutral solution when the latter was half-saturated with ammonium sulphate. * Osborne's methods of extracting glutenin and gliadin + in dilute alkali and acid, and in dilute alcohol, after the removal of globulin, proteose and albumin as above described, gave mere traces of pro- teid substances in solution, derivatives, doubtless, of the proteids already referred to, which perhaps had not been completely re- moved from the residual tissue ; or possible nucleoproteid. Peptone could not be detected in any of our extracts. Ash.—Composition is referred to on pages 331 and 335. Qualitatively our results were the same as those there given. Enzymes.—Water, salt solution and glycerin each failed to extract appreciable quantities of either proteolytic or adipolytic enzymes from the endosperm of the fresh, ungerminated nut, although an active amylolytic ferment was extracted by all of these fluids, The large quantities of fat and fatty acid in the endo- Sperm suggest that an emulsifying ferment may be present. This, however, may be localized in the germ, increasing to physiolog- ical quantity and activity only in the process of germination (see Page 358). The proteoses present in the endosperm seem to imply the presence of a proteolytic ferment. Possibly, however, the proteoses represent a residue from which the globulin was derived by reverse process. § We have already referred to the fact that oxidase has been de- tected in the milk. Traces of it are also contained in the endo- : sperm, | Average Composition,—The average results of our analyses of ; the endosperm are summarized in the following table, which pre- Sents the data obtained for the composition of the fresh tissue and the dry solid matter derived from it (constant weight at 100— 105°.C.), * Cobnheim : Chemie der Eiweisskérper, 150. 1900. fT Osborne and Campbell: American Chemical Journal, 15: 392. 1893. Small quantities of non-proteid nitrogenous substances were detected by Ritt- essen: Chemisches Centralblatt, 230. 1880. Compare, also, with recent results _ Tespecting proteoses obtained by Bokorny : Chemisches Centralblatt, 1: 1167. 1902. 8 See recent papers in the Zeitschrift fiir physiologische Chemie by Schulze and _ Autscher and their associates. 346 KrrKwoop AND GiES: CHEMICAL STUDIES PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION OF THE ENDOSPERM Constituents, Fresh Endosperm. | Dry Endosperm.* Water. | 46.31 5 Solids. 53.69 Inorganic matter. 1.03 1.93 Organic matter. ‘ 52.66 "98,07 Fat (substance soluble in ether), 37.29 69.45 Crude fiber (cellulose). 3-39 6.31 Proteid (N X 5.5)t 4.08 7-60 Soluble carbohydrate, non-nitrogenous substance, extractive, etc. (by differ- t ence). 7.90 14.71 Nitrogen. 0.742 ED 382 The previous results obtained by Hammerbacher{ for the fresh endosperm from nuts of eastern origin were as follows: Non-nitrogenous Water. Solids. Inorganic Matter. Organic Matter. Fat. Crude Fiber. Proteid. Extractive. 46.64 53.36 0.97 52.39 35-93: 210% 5-49 8.06 ComposiTION oF SHELL AND Husk.—We have already alluded to some of the uses to which the shell and husk of the cocoanut are put by reason of the chemical and physical qualities they poS- sess. Some facts regarding their chemical composition were give? in the table on page 335. The following percentage results of ‘elementary analysis of the powdered shell were obtained by Baumhauer ;§ all samples having finally been thoroughly extracted in alcohol and ether, and then dried at 120°-150° C.: See ence Cocos lapidea- Te ees Cocos nucifera. } | } | | “ Extracted in | go | beected im | boll wt Sexe | ee “pmsccdin "bang wae, allng, wat « Eawcted ms. Same | mes _Gimgatiat and) sitsifand scene) Chorne water. at eo Powe a at 5.88 | 6.09 5.81 6.11 5.80 | 24 Ash. 1.43 | —. 1.00 | 0.22 0.55 Sick meas samiaceg a oeemn pane ee He RE AS ae PR ede ROP Oe e Sae re *. According to Dietrich and Kénig (Konig, Menschlichen Nahrungs- und * nussmittel, etc., 1: 612. 1893) the air-dried substance contains the following iP Pf centage of the total dry weight : Total Substance Soluble in Water, Proteids Soluble in Water. Sugar (Sugar-Vielding Substance): 15.16 2.27 9.25 as The factor 5.5 is used because the proteids of the endosperm contain 18 per en of nitrogen. See references in this connection on page 341, footnote. 875 t Hammerbacher: Landwirtschaftlichen Versuchs-Stationen, etc., 18:472- 1 © @ Baumhauer : Pharmaceutisches Centralblatt, 601. 1844. -OF THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION 347 Nitrogen was detected in small amount in the powders which had not been treated with alkali. The alkaline extracts contained substance, precipitable by acetic acid, with the following percentage composition: From Cocos nucifera, C = 50.04, H = 5.81, ash = 4.45 ; from Cocos lapidea, C = 52.15, H = 5.93, Ash = 1.00. Tromp de Haas and Tollens * were able to show the presence of a large amount of pentosane (xylan) in the endocarp, the pow- dered material yielding an abundance of xylose on hydration in 4 per cent. sulphuric acid. Mannose was absent from the acid solu- tion from which the xylose had been crystallized. After xylan had been completely removed from the shell-powder by the above method, dextrose was derived from the residue on treatment with Sulphuric acid in the usual manner. In his very complete histological studies of the cocoanut, Win- ton} recently called attention to the fact that both the husk and shell contain a brown substance which is quickly changed to a red- dish color by caustic potash, but is unaffected by alcohol, ether or any of the specific reagents for proteids, fats or resins. He also states that no immediate effect is produced by ferric chloride solu- tion, but on long standing the color is changed to olive green. -Winton has pointed out the presence of minute silicious bodies among the fibers of the husk. Winton, Ogden and Mitchell { give the following ee data for the composition of the shell : Water, 7.36 Alcohol extract, 1.12 Solids, 92.64 Reducing matters calculated as Organic matter, 99.46 starch, 20.88 Inorganic matter, ~ 0.54 Starch, 0.73 Soluble in water, 0.50 Crude fiber, 56.19 Insoluble in HCl, 0.00 Nitrogen, 0.18 Ether extract, 0.25 Albuminoid (N < 6 25), Ets Non-volatile, 0.25 Quercitannic acid, 1.82 Volatile, 0.00 During germination the shell remains unaltered. The husk Soon begins to decay. See page 351. ea * Tromp de Haas and Tollens: Chemisches Centralblatt, 2: 359. 1895. Tt Winton: American Journal of Science, IV. 12: 265. 1901, Facts are also given regarding the use of powdered cocoa-shell and the husk as adulterants of ground Spices, t Winton, Ogden and Mitchell: Report of the Connecticut Agricultural Experi- ea Station, 2: 210. 1808. 348 KirKwoop AND GIES: CHEMICAL STUDIES Cocoanut Prarts.—Within the nut there is occasionally found a small stony substance of a bluish white color, a kind of vege- table bezoar, called in India ca/appa, which is eagerly purchased by the Chinese, who ascribe great virtues to it as a sort of amulet to preserve them from diseases. The cause of its formation in the nut is unknown. According to Harley and Harley * these pearls, like those of molluscan origin, appear to consist almost entirely of calcium carbonate, with water and organic matter in smaller proportion. Riedel, quoted by Harley and Harley, states that in 1886, while in North Celebes, he found a pearl in the endosperm of the cocoa- nut. One such a pearl was pear-shaped in form and 28 mm. long: We are greatly indebted to Dr. D. Morris, Imperial Commis- sioner of Agriculture for the West Indies, for the following very interesting quotation from a letter to Dr. MacDougal : “More than two hundred years ago Rumph, an eminent bot- anist in the East, sent as a present to the Grand Duke of Tuscany a ring in which a cocoanut pearl had been set. Further, Rumph himself described cocoanut pearls in his great work with consid- erable minuteness and gave illustrations of two of them. One was perfectly round, the other was oval or egg-shaped. * Mii x Travelers in the. Philippine Islands have heard of cocoanut pearls, but seldom or ever have seen them. The natives, it is said, keeP “cocoanut stones” as charms against disease and evil spirits. The rajahs, we were told, highly prized them and wore them 03 precious stones. It was only a few years ago that real cocoanut pearls were at last brought to England. One is now at the Mu- seum at the Royal Gardens at Kew, brought by Dr. Hickson. It is almost egg-shaped, perfectly white, and composed almost en- tirely of carbonate of lime. It has, in fact, a somewhat similar composition to the pearl of the oyster, and yet there is little doubt it is a purely vegetable product.” + ; a * Harley and Harley: Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, 43° 464- 1887-88. t ‘ Besides these cocoanut pearls,’’ quoting further from Dr. Morris’ letter 10: Die MacDougal, ‘* Rumph describes what he calls * Melate’ pearls taken from the flowers of a Jasmine ; and a *Champake’ pearl taken from the flower of a Michelia. if we had not already seen the pearl of the cocoanut it would have been impossible to b that there were such things as Jasmine and Michelia pearls * * * Of their compos : mode of occurrence and true nature we have yet to learn.’’ See the article by Harley and Harley referred to above. elieve jtion, OF THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION 349 See also, on the subject of cocoanut pearls, the Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, 1861 and 1862; The Tropical Agriculturalist, 1887; Nature, 1887. 4 III. CHANGES IN THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION The nuts for our studies of the changes occurring during germination were obtained fresh, fully developed and with their husks still on them, directly from Jamaica. Immediately after their arrival at the New York Botanical Garden they were imbedded in earth until they were nearly covered. The earth was kept saturated with water and a tropical temperature was maintained. These con- ditions closely approximated those attending normal germination. MorpHo.ocicat CHAnGes.—Nearly four months elapsed before the shoots began to appear through the husks, the fibers of the husk having been pressed aside in their upward progress. At this stage the stem of the shoot was an inch or more in diameter at the “ root-crown,” sharply tapering toward the point of pene- tration at the surface of the husk. As the growth proceeded it seemed to gradually become more and more rapid, and by the end of a year the plants had attained the height of two or three feet, with a stem about an inch in diameter throughout most of its length. By this time the part of the husk under the earth had decayed considerally; it became softer and more porous, and several stout roots had developed through it and penetrated the soil to the depth of a foot or more.* The appearance of the nuts and their plants at this period of their growth is shown in the cut on page 350. Unless other- wise stated, the chemical analyses reported farther on were made of the parts at this stage of their development. It may not be amiss, in describing the morphological changes ‘induced in the nut during the process of germination, to also briefly review, at the same time, the more important facts regard- ing structure of the nut as it exists in the ungerminated condition. The entire fruit is, strictly speaking, intermediate between a nut and a drupe —a ‘‘drupaceous nut.” The outer covering, * For facts regarding germination and cultivation see Bailey = Cyclopedia of American Horticulture, 1 : 341-343. 1900. Also, Wittmack, |. : Die Keimung der Cocosnuss. Ber. d. deut. bot, Ges. 14:°145. (1836. 350 KirKwoop AND GIES: CHEMICAL STUDIES Fic. 5. Germinating cocoanut at the end of a year, showing plumule and roots, with husk little altered except where it was in contact with the earth. usually removed before the nut appears upon the market, is a thick fibrous layer comprising the exocarp, the epicarp consist- ing of a smooth, thin, tough coat of a brownish or grayish color: (See pp. 323 and 324). The endocarp, or what is commonly know? as the shell of the nut, is composed of three carpels whose lines of fusion are always apparent. The nut lies in the husk with the end containing the “eyes” toward the pedicel. Each carpel con- tains an “eye,” so-called, and under one of these three eyes, the OF THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION 351 softest, is the germ imbedded in the endosperm. The fertile carpel may be recognized from the fact that it has the greatest degree of divergence between the longitudinal fusion lines of the carpels. The true integuments of the ovule are reduced to a thin brown coat closely adhering to the abundant endosperm. The embryo is a cylindrical body about 8 mm. in length lying below one of the natural openings of the endocarp and in a line perpendicular to the exterior surface of the endosperm. When germination begins the embryo elongates and, having pushed through its thin coverings, begins to enlarge at both ends. From the outer end arises the plumule and the roots; the inner end is an extension of the true cotyledon and is developed into a Special absorbing organ. See f/. 79. The absorbing organ is of a soft spongy texture and all through it are the ramifications of vascular strands which converge to the narrow “neck, ’’ which connects the absorbing tissue with the stem. The cotyledon, and by this term, hereafter, we shall mean the part of that structure specialized for absorption, can attack only the part of the endosperm to which it is contiguous. In the earlier stages of growth this absorption is confined to the Part nearest the young shoot, which we may hereafter refer to as the proximal end of the nut, Finally, however, the cotyledon fills the entire cavity of the nut and somewhat thins the endosperm distally, also. The milk may persist in the nut until the cotyledon has almost filled the cavity. After germination has proceeded for some time the milk becomes insipid to the taste, and contains fragments of cellulose and large drops of floating fat. In nuts in which germi- Nation has continued for a year the cotyledon has entirely filled the cavity, but usually there is still left a third to a half of the endo- Sperm undigested. This residual portion in normal cases is little affected, except that it is softened superficially, and to the taste Suggests nothing different from the meat of the ordinary ungermi- Nated nui. In its natural development the roots of the plant soon take firm hold of the soil and, long before the endosperm is com- pletely absorbed, junction between the shoot and the absorbing _°rgan is broken, the husk decays and the plant enters an inde- 352 Kirkwoop AND GIES: CHEMICAL STUDIES pendent career. Neither the husk nor the shell appears to serve any other than passive mechanical function, and only the constitu- ents of the endosperm and milk, so far as the nut is concerned, nourish the young plant before it finds in the soil the elements provided there in abundance for its growth to maturity.* In our microscopic studies, particularly of the cotyledon, pieces of the fresh part were “fixed” in a mixture of glacial acetic acid (1%) and 70% alcohol (2%). After remaining in this fluid for a few hours the pieces were transferred to 70% alcohol and later to 85% alcohol, in which they were kept. Sections were cut with a razor and mounted in glycerin. Treated with iodine, such sections of the cotyledon showed an abundance of starch in all cells except those of the outermost layer or epidermis. This outer layer stained yellow with iodine. That it contained an abund- ance of oil was shown by its deep black reaction with osmic acid. Large globules of oil are, however, distinctly visible in the epidermis under the microscope without the aid of osmic acid. Oil may also be found in the subepidermal layers, but it rapidly diminishes in quantity as the distance from the outside increases and as the starchy deposit accumulates. Needle-like crystals may be very readily found in the epidermal cells. These resemble crystals of tripalmitin, but the fact that so much oil appears in globules, and that the breaking down of fats must occur to a large extent ™ these cells, would suggest that they are palmitic acid rather than the fat itself. The above facts make it appear that the starch is formed indi- rectly at least from the oil.t See references under enzy mes, pages 345 and 358. See pl. 19 for drawings of parts mentioned above. CHEMICAL CHANGES.—The following summary gives briefly the effects of germination on the individual nuts examined : I. Not Analyzed.—aA., Development had proceeded for nearly six months. The plumule protruded six inches above the husk. Roots had developed through the husk—two were about a quarter of an inch in diameter. The stem was very thick at the « root * Note references on page 357 to the functions of the husk in holding walet possibly furnishing nutrient matter in its decay. t Ebermayer : Physiologische Chemie der Pflanzen, 347. 1882. OF THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION 353 crown” ; sharply tapered to the point of surface penetration. The fibers about the stem were tightly pressed together. The neck of the absorbing organ was very woody and fibrous in character. Absorption. of the endosperm at the proximal end was quite marked; distal portion undiminished. Milk cavity largely filled by the absorbing organ. A small space at the distal end remained, containing viscid white material full of large oil globules ; quantity less than 10 c.c.—doubtless concentrated milk. It was strongly acid in reaction from acid phosphate, reduced Fehling’s solution, _ gave only a faint biuret reaction and was free from starch. The inner surface of the endosperm in the distal portion was soft, having the consistency of lard. The weight of the whole shoot, minus the roots, in the fresh condition was 28.1 grams. Dry, the weight was 4.25 grams or 15.1 per cent. of the fresh substance, indicating a presence of 84.9 per cent. of water in the original plant. B. This nut, although germinating for the same period of time, was not quite as far advanced as the previous one, having shoots that were just emerging from the husk. The stem was thicker, however. In most respects its internal condition was exactly the Same as that of the first. The fluid in the distal cavity was less in _ quantity, not as turbid, contained less oil—otherwise was the same as that of the previous nut. The weight of the entire plumule was 38.8 grams. Dried, it weighed 5.75 grams. Thus it contained 14.8 per cent. of solid matter and 85.2 per cent. of water. Il. Analyzed—1. Growth continued for eight months. The cotyledon entirely filled the cavity. About half of the endosperm was absorbed ; practically all of that proximally except a thin layer. The distal residue of endosperm appeared to be normal in taste and appearance except on the surface, where the soft layer Previously referred to—one fourth the entire thickness—could again be seen. The outer surface of the cotyledon, that part in contact with the endosperm, was much corrugated ; the whole organ, solid but spongy, sweet and agreeable to the taste, pyriform. In the tables on page 354 and 355 the results of our analyses for this nut are indicated by the numeral I. 354 KrrkKWwoop AND GIES: CHEMICAL STUDIES GENERAL COMPOSITION OF THE PARTS OF THE GERMINATED COCOANUT Percentage of fresh Tissue. | Percentage of — | Solids. Parts of the Nut and its Plant. | Solid Matter. & Pi “i Water. | on oe ganic | organic Total. | ganic. | organic. Matter. | Matter. Serica id bettie ca easel |——_-—— | —____} —- —— I. Cotyledon. | A. Central, specular portion: @--1 89.10 10.90 | 99.14 | | 0.86 | 92.07 | 7-93 re « 6—1| 87.71 | 12.29 | 99.10 | 0.90 | 92.25) 7-75 “ “ “ c—2| 91.62) 8.38 | 99.00. | 1,00 | 88.10} 11.90 ee ee oe d—2 91.41 8.59 99.11 | 0.89 89.71 | £0.29 ‘ PP “ e—3 | 88.99 | 11.01 | 99.20 0,80 | 92.77| 7.23 Central, between center | | and surface : F-3 86.07 | 13.93 | 98.94 | 1.06 92.36 | 7 64 Average. | 89.15 10.85 | 99.08 “092 91.2 | 8.79 8. Outer, corrugated portion : a—1 | | | 84. 95 | 1 15.05 98.69 | | 1.31 91.30 | 8.70 ts “* se b—2) 82.79 | 17.21 98.93 | 1.07 | 93-85 6.15 ‘e ad od 3 80.83 | 19.17 | 98.26 1.74 | 90.93| 9-07 Outer portion—neck : d—3| 78.98 | 21.02 | 98. 58 | 1.42 | 93-24| 6.76 Average. 81.89 18, Ir 98.62 1.38 | 92.33. a 67 II. Residual endosperm, siege (age ft FEE Gees ce i a C. Proximal portions after | | | much absorption : @—2 19.09 | 80.91 | 99.13 | 0,87 | | 98. 92 | 1.08 b6—3 | 23.42 | 76.58 | 99: 16 | 0.84 | 98.0 |: te Average. 21.25 | 78. 75 99.15 0. "0.85. 98.7 (1.09 D, Medial portions : a—t 31.65 68. 35 ay 0.97 98.58 1.42 b—1 30.36 | 69.64 99.06 0.94 98-65 1-35 c—2 | 28.68 | 71.32 | 99.25 | 0.75 | 98-95 1-95 7 @—3 28.77 | 74-23 | 99.23 | 0.77 | 98-96 1-04 Average, 29.12 | 70.88 90.14. oat 98.78 | 2.22 £. Distal, normal portion: a—3 46.08 53.92 “99.02 “0.98 98.12 1.82 IIL. Stem of the plant St Pe £. Base, ‘‘ root crown,’’ with petioles at lowest parts : @—I | 86.21 | 13.79 | 98.95 | 1.05 | 92-37, 7 63 6—1 | 86.51 | 13.49 | 98.70| 1.30 | 90-38| 9-6? fe—2 | 85.15 | 14.85 | 98.84 | 1.16 | 92-06] 7-94 @—3 | 84.31 | 15.69 | 98.68 | 1.32 | 91.60 a. ga RS ha 85.55 14.45 98.79 | 1.21 91.60, 8-40 G. Parts above the base, with ee et ae mem 7 oak @—2 | 82.47 | 17.53 | 98.80 1.20 | 93-20 6.08 d—3 | 79.87 | 20.13 past Average, yeas | iV. Petiokes —|S4—=|-]——- #7, Alone, or with young hota @—1 | 83.63 | 16.37 | 98.57 | 1.43 91-27. a b—1| 82.55 | 17.45 | 98.63 | 1.37 92-15) fo ag 82.13 | 17.87 | 98.75 | 1.25 | 93-01 | 66 a ee 82.17 | 17.83 | 98.63 | 1.37 | 92-34 fake A ee Le —-— | — rete oe oe 82.62 | 17.38 | 98.65| 1.35 92:19 7:3 OF THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION 355 GENERAL COMPOSITION OF THE PARTS OF THE GERMINATED COCOANUT.— Continued | Percentage of fresh Tissue. P Se of Parts of the Nut and its Plant. | Solid Matter. Or eas Water. | | Or, In- ic ganic Total. vende, organic, Matter. _ Matter. |S SRLS ee aaa a emi ER ee Rg earl E tie g Cu age AEN SIN inaer ca leottae ge — | V. Leaves. | | | 7. Mature or nearly so: a—I | 74.66 | 25.34 | 98.35 | 1.65 | 93.49) 6.51 é—1 71.99 | 28.01 | 98.10 | 1.90 | 93.20 | 6.80 c—2 72.60 | 27.40 98.34 | 1.66 | 93.93 6.07 d—2 | 72.51 | 27.49 | 98.41 | 1.59 94.19 | 5.81 o~3 | 68.45 31.55 , 97-96 | 2.04 | 93.52 6.48 J—3 | 70.65 | 29.35 | 98.39 | 1.61 | 94-52 | 5.48 Average. 71.81 28.19 98.26 | 1.74 93.81 6.19 J. Very youngest : a—3} 87.22 | 12.78 98.50 | 1.50 | 86.67 13.33 VI. Roots, &X, Short, not developed outside of husk, with soft tips: z—1 | 87.08 | 12.92 | 98.46 | 1.54 | 88.09 | II.91 b—2 | 89 8g | 10.11 | 98.67 | 1.33 | 86.89 | 13-11 c—z2| 86.41 | 13.59 | 98.43 | 1.57 | 88.44 | 11.56 d—3 | 87.46 | 12.54 | 98.83 | 1.17 | 90.70; 9.30 Average. 87.70 12.29 98.60 1.40 | 88.53 11.47 £. Parts of longer roots, taken near the stem : @—1 | 77.92 | 22. 08 | 98.80 | 1.20 | 94.59| 5-41 b6—2 | 82.65 | 17.35 | 98.85 | 1.15 | 93.34) 6.66 é—3 | 81.09 | 18.91 | 98.50 | 1.50 | 92.09 7.91 d—3 | 79.47 | 20.53 | 98-77 | 1.23 | 94-00 | M. Parts of longer roots, taken outside the husk : a—1 | 81.70 | 18.30 | 97.94| 2.06 | 88.76 | 11.24 b—1 | 84.64 15.36 | 98.47 | 1.53 | 90.05 | 9-95 ¢—2 | 82.79 | 17.21 | 98.40 1.60 90-74 | 9.26 | Average. 808 | to 19.72 | 98.73 | 1.27. 93-51 | 6.49 eae —_____ Average. i te Lapor | 16.96 | 98.27 | 1.73 | 89.85 | 10.15 2. This nut represented germination after ten months and Was essentially like the preceding in all respects. The roots Were thicker and a number of good sized ones had not yet pro- _ eeded through the husk. Their ends were soft and watery, _ rounded and blunt. Analyses of this nut are referred to in the tables on pages 354-355 by the numeral 2. 3. Essentially the same as No. 2, both in stage of develop- ment and conditions of parts, although the time of germination Was about two months longer. Analyses of the parts of this nut _ are referred to in the tables on pages 354-355 by the numeral 3. 4. This nut had germinated for just about a year. The follow- 356 - Krrxwoop AND GIEs: CHEMICAL STUDIES. ing weights of the fresh parts were very carefully taken; the data for nitrogen were determined by the Kjeldahl method.* Weight Percentage of Percentage in Grams. Total Weight. of Nitrogen. Cotyledon, 196 28.1 Central part, OnE Cortical layer, 0.3% Endosperm, 155 22.2 Distal portion, 0 65 Proximal portion, 0.93 Shell, 161 23.0 Stem, 16 2.3 Lower part, oT ** Root crown,”’ 0.53 Roots, 41 5.9 Inside of husk, 0.27 Outside of husk, 0.54 Petioles and young leaves, 58 8.3 0.29 Petioles, 0.39 Old leaves and petioles, 74 10.2 045 TOTAL WEIGHT, 698 Shell and contents, 512 73-4 Whole plant, 186 26.6 Cotyledon and endosperm, 351 50.3 The tables on pages 354-355 give all our results for general composition of the parts of the germinated nut. Numerous deductions may be drawn from these results, as to growth and metabolism. The central part of the cotyledon, with its vascular network, contains more water and less solid matter than any other part of the germinated nut. The proportion of solid substance in it in- creases toward the corrugated epithelium, being greatest in the “neck,” where the structure is fibrous and woody. That the absorbing organ completely takes up the milk is very evident from the way it fills the cavity and from its own composition, but it is likewise apparent from our results that water is also with- ——e * The husk was not weighed because it was decayed underneath and water-logget Nitrogen was not determined in the shell because its substance remains unaltered a ing germination. + The methods of determination were the same as those used previously- 4 roots, outside of the husk, which had been in the wet soil, were hurriedly ri pe oe water to remove inorganic matter then wiped dry with a towel and at once thin cross sections for analysis. OF THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION 357 drawn from the residual endosperm, this absorption being greatest at the proximal end of the nut, where absorption was begun in the first place, and least at the distal end, where it had hardly com- menced, The roots also are seen to have absorbed considerable moisture. . The lowest part of the stem contains almost as little solid matter and is nearly as watery as the cotyledon. The percentage of water in the stem diminishes as the distance away from the “root crown’’ increases. The watery condition of the lower part of the stem is increased, doubtless, by the fact that the surrounding husk is impregnated with water, thus favoring direct absorption by osmosis and at the same time preventing evaporation from the sur- face of the growing tissue. The amount of solid matter in the petioles is also compara- tively slight, little more than in the lower part of the stem. In the leaves the water is greatest in the youngest, as would be ex- pected ; least in the oldest ——those most exposed to the air. The roots at the tips are soft and watery, but the older they become the more solid matter they develop and the more woody material they accumulate. In the distribution of the inorganic matter in the fresh parts it is noticeable that the proportion of saline substance increases with a decrease of water and vice versa, as in the cotyledon, in the residual endosperm and throughout the plumule. This condition is such as might be expected. The relation of the inorganic to the organic Matter in each part, however, is variable. The substance of the cotyledon and the stem contains a greater proportion of salts than that of the endosperm and the leaves, the roots likewise holding a fairly large amount of saline matter. The substance of the endo- Sperm contains least of all, from which fact it is quite clear that the inorganic matter of the plumule has been absorbed, not only by the cotyledon from the milk, but also by the roots from the fluid in the husk and the surrounding earth. At the beginning of germination the inorganic matter and Water of the milk are doubtless sufficient for the changes that ©ccur, the organic matter coming chiefly from the endosperm. Some time before the cotyledon fills the milk cavity and completely _ absorbs the milk, the roots have begun to take water and inorganic 358 KrirKwoop AND GIES: CHEMICAL STUDIES matter from the fluid in the husk—possibly also organic substance from the disintegrating husk fibers—and thus they absorb new nourishment from a large supply. Growth of the plumule is conse- quently favored. The plumule soon reaches such a height and development as to enable it to make increasing contributions to the plant metabolism from the gaseous products the air affords. By this time the whole growth has become practically independent of the reserve material of the seed. EnzyMes.—We made only a few preliminary studies of enzyme distribution. Extracts were made in water, dilute salt solution and glycerin. The indicators used in nearly all the experiments were prepared from the materials in the nut itself. The extracts of the cotyledon were acid to litmus (phosphates), though, as indicated by lacmoid, they contained no free acid. Diastatic ferment was found to be distributed in abundance in all parts of the cotyledon. Oxidase wasalso present. Only the very slightest proteolytic action was manifested by the cotyledon ex- tracts, even when they were obtained in particularly concentrated form. In some experiments the results were entirely negative, how- ever. Cellulose-dissolving and fat-splitting enzymes were not detected in either the cotyledon or the residual endosperm, al- though we cannot be sure that in our few experiments they have not escaped us.* Germination progresses so slowly that possibly some of the enzymes are present in only very minute quantity at any one time—in such amount, perhaps, as to be undiscoverable by the methods commonly employed for ferment detection. We did not examine the parts of the plumule in this connection. At this point, before we were able to come to any very definite conclusions as to the enzymes present and before we could de- termine the distribution of proteids, fats, carbohydrates, etc., in the parts of the plant, we were obliged to discontinue our work. The writer hopes to extend these experiments on the germinated cocoa- nut to a consideration of related problems of nutrition. OF THE COCOANUT DURING GERMINATION 359 Explanation of Plate 19 Fic. 1. An end view of the cocoanut, without its husk, showing the three car- pels and the ‘‘eyes.’’ The fertile carpel is the one included in the largest angle. Fic. 2. A sectional view through the end of an ungerminated nut, with its husk removed, showing the form and location of the germ imbedded in the endosperm (under the micropyle). The shell is indicated by the heavy outline. Fic. 3. Another sectional view similar to that of Fig. 2 showing development of the absorbing organ after germination had proceeded for a few weeks. The incipient stem and roots are to be seen. The cotyledon has enlarged within and without the shell. Fic. 4. A longitudinal section through the whole nut somewhat to the side of the median line. It shows the nut imbedded in its fibrous husk and the conditions found after germination had gone on for about five months. The absorbing organ has filled about two thirds of the cavity of the nut but has absorbed comparatively little of the endosperm. The stem has proceeded upward through the husk, the roots downward through the husk into the soil. The leaves have been cut off above the husk. (See page 350 for appearance of full plumule. ) Fic. §. A section through the layer of the cotyledon normally in contact with endosperm, showing the corrugated, villiform arrangement of the absorbing epithelium. This section having been treated with osmic acid shows the localization of the fat globules. Fic. 6. A section through that part of the cotyledon given in Fig. 5. This sec- tion, treated with iodine, shows the localization of starch. Fic. 7. A few cells from the absorbing epithelium of the cotyledon after enlarge- ment. This figure shows the large clear oil globules and the darkly staining starch grains in the subepidermal cells. The crystals seen in most of the cells appear to con- Sist of fatty acid, possibly palmitic. Fic. 8. Enlarged starch granules from subepidermal cells. Some Observations on Transpiration CARLTON C, CURTIS Variations in the rate of transpiration have been observed almost from the beginning of physiological research. These irregularities present a most puzzling problem since they appear in the results obtained by any method that may be employed to demonstrate the phenomena of transpiration and notwithstanding the fact that the external conditions may be apparently uniform and constant, I have been interested to take note of the records that have been made from year to year, when this subject comes up for experi- mentation in the laboratory with a view to determine whether there is any rhythm to be found in the fluctuations, and if so, whether this is related to the tension of fluids in the stem. In other words, to find out in what degree transpiration might be connected with the vital phenomena of the plant. The table on the following page illustrates the character of the fluctuations and these examples are presented since they were ob- tained under as constant conditions as could be expected with natural light. The amount of transpiration is expressed in milligrams ob- tained by hourly weighings beginning in the morning and running through the day, and below each series is given the changes of temperature and humidity while on the right hand of the table 1s noted the character of the day. The intensity of the light may account in a certain degree for the maxima of the curves coming near the middle of the day al- though there was no apparent variation in the amount of illum nation at that time of day. However, there are minor fluctuations in the curves quite independent of the slight variations of the cli- matic conditions and the light intensities and they are as likely 2 be at variance with any perceptible changes as in keeping with them. These irregularities may result in the rise or fall of the rate for a short period or again they may extend over longer periods. They are quite as appearent in the consecutive readings of potometers and especially in the device of Darwin's where a shoot 360 CurTis: SOME OBSERVATIONS ON TRANSPIRATION 361 ” I. TRANSPIRATION CuRVES IN DAYLIGHT ABUTILON THOMPSONI 6 A.M. 7 8 oe Sata 5 « 2 IPM. 2 3 4 5 6 160 243 316 366 504 602 643 715 686 636 646 641 304 Cloudy with Temperature 24 25 25.5 25 24 ~—s rain from 11 Hygrometer 24 25 21 23 23 «ito 5. KALANCHOE GLAUCESCENS ee 82... 28. 32. 36.48.64. 875 39 134 2 9 26 Condy: Temperature 26 27 28 27 Hygrometer go 28 26 28 ANTHOLIZA AETHIOPICA 91 T00 98 102 118 127 173 180 166 133 124. 132 119 Snowing. Temperature 20 at 2 21 19 fygrometer 33 eee 34 36 ACALYPHA HISPIDA 59 56 52 96 243 220 304 328 354 168 108 84 108 Raining, KLEINIA FICOIDES a. 6 22 AG OO 2: Be 30 ee OS, 02 AQ. OF.» 20 Temperature 19 19 20 21 21 cl’ ring 3.30 HHygrometer 55 54 52 50 48 but cloudy. STACHYS GRANDIFLORA ee 30. 40 74 «467 «84 120 115 99 99 60 36 39 Cloudy. Temperature acd ee 17.5 fygrometer 42 44 43 46 Ficus INFLECTA St ot 136 82 63 195 244 229 239 150 62 57 50 Very dark Temperature 20 2I flygrometer in forenoon 36 becoming foggy. 362 Curtis: SOME OBSERVATIONS ON TRANSPIRATION is sealed to a test-tube and the loss in weight is viewed witha hori- zontal microscope or in Gardner’s experiment where the transpi- ration stream of a small shoot is viewed under a microscope. In both of these latter cases the transpiration rate can be examined in short intervals of time and we have a magnified view, so to speak, of the process. In all these methods the irregularity of the rate is the striking phenomenon. It is ever fluctuating and without apparent reason. It is exceptional to find consecutive readings that show a fixed ratio of increase or decrease. In the above table while the hourly weighings furnish singular irregularities they give an imperfect idea of the endless series of changes that are constantly going on. In the curve found for Adwtilon, the acceleration though con- tinuing for eight hours (a very exceptional curve) increases very irregularly, 7. ¢., by 83 mg. 73, 50, 38, 98, 41, 72, and then declines by 29, 50, rises again by 11 and finally declines by 5,337—the last evidently a light effect. In the case of K/einia and Acalypha an irregular decline follows for three hours when the rate for Kleinia accelerates for six hours and then declines, while in the case of Acalypha there is a rise for two hours followed by 4 de- cline for one hour, then a rise for three hours, then a decline for three hours, then a rise for one hour. The succeeding hour, not given in the table, showed a further decline, 2. ¢., 96 but still in eX- cess of the rate at 5 o'clock. I was able to verify the character of these fluctuations during the summer of 1go! at the N. Y. Botanical Garden and it gives me pleasure to acknowledge the facilities for conducting the work that were placed at my disposal. It would seem that these variations can only very indirectly be connected with external conditions and the facts would appe@” to warrant the conclusion that the phenomena here recorded are the expression of the vital processes at work in the plant. " should be said that in all the experiments recorded in this paper that care was taken to select thrifty potted plants and the a were placed in large tin cans, the mouths being closed with t” covers and sealed with beeswax mixture after the manner SUS” gested by Darwin. In this way a considerable volume of air was at the disposal of the roots and would serve to keep the plant ® normal condition for some time. It was necessary to make Curtis: SoME OBSERVATIONS ON TRANSPIRATION 363 weighings exactly at the end of the hour if the various measure- ments were to be of any value. It is apparent how imperfect a knowledge of the transpiration rate or how misleading may be the results when observations are taken at long or irregular inter- vals or fora short period and from such data drawing conclusions as to the rate. For the purpose of comparison a number of experiments were conducted under more uniform conditions. The records found in Table II. were obtained in the dark room where the plants were exposed to an electric light of g00 candle power hung at a dis- tance of 4 m. from the balance. The dark room was sufficiently light-tight to permit the handling of the most sensitive photo- graphic plates without injury. When necessary the humidity was controlled in a degree by sprinkling the floor and the tempera- ture rarely varied more than one degree. In this and the preced- ing table where the record of two plants are given at the same time two separate balances were used to avoid a possible error due to distributing the plants in moving them. Baranetsky’s con- tention on this point has something of merit. Certainly with the most careful manipulation the operator runs a very considerable risk of disturbing the delicate balance in the plant and in a con- tinued series of observations it is at least questionable whether the results obtained in this manner may always be relied upon. The plants in these experiments were usually placed in the dark room over night or for two or three hours before using. This permitted an adjustment to the conditions obtaining in the room and eliminated such after effects as have been noted by Schwendener and Sorauer. Buds and young leaves were cut off in many of the cases cited about one week before the ex- periment ; in other instances such parts were sealed with a mix- ture of beeswax, tallow and linseed oil and then bound with Sheet rubber. The interesting results obtained by Hoehnel on the relative transpiration rate of young and old leaves and simi- larly by Wiesner on the transpiration of developing stems and also of Sorauer on the relation of the formation of chlorophyll to the transpiration, renders it necessary in arriving at any conclu- Sion as to what the plant is really doing to exclude such factors aS may introduce variations that would furnish misleading results 364 Curtis: SOME OBSERVATIONS ON TRANSPIRATION or more probably quite nullify the value of the observations. As will be seen the measurements show an unmistakable curve char- acterized by minor fluctuations but demonstrating a grand curve with a maximum in the forenoon or near the middle of the day. In several instances I have noticed that transpiration was more active earlier in the day than was found in the first table. This may be due to the fact that the electric current was not turned on till 7 o’clock and the escape of the excess of intercellular vapor in the following hours overbalanced the normal transpiration under the feeble illumination. 1 regret that it was impossible to secure the curve for 24 hours under constant illumination. However, it will be seen that the curves for 12 hours bear a resemblance to the Irregular daily curve of growth determined by Sachs. The absorp” tion curves given by Vesque, also the curves of fluid tensions in the stem determined by Detmer and the periodicity of the exudation of fluids from cut stems, all show variations in keeping with the records set forth in Table II. It is interesting to note that these curves correspond in the main with those found in Table I, and show the same erratic character. Every plant appears to possess an individuality that becomes evident in these continued irregu- larities. In fact it has never been my experience to secure two measurements from the same plant that showed similar fluctua- tions, although special attention was given to placing them under the same conditions for two or more days between the tests. While there may not necessarily be a constant relation betwee? absorption, exudation and tension of fluids and the phenomena of growth, nevertheless, analogy and the general harmonizing of the ratios of these various rhythms with the curves of transpira- tion would seem to point unmistakably to the dependence of the latter process upon the vital activities of the plant. The marked irregularities in the rate are of special significance in this regard. As had been said they cannot be connected with any minor varia- tions of the light, temperature or humidity—at least this state- ment would apply to many of the experiments where the instru ments would show no appreciable fluctuations for hours at # time. Furthermore these results would naturally be expected where we consider Pfeffer’s work on the energy of the cell. 5° many factors enter that the secretion and excretion are constantly Curtis: SomE OBSERVATIONS ON TRANSPIRATION IL. ar6.- 214 20 22 176 =182 42 67 184 143 EvONYMUS JAPONICUS Ir 167 12 116 I P.M. 2 3 4 $2.0 316° 7-208 PELARGONIUM ZONALE 66 49 48 52 Temperature 26 Hygrometer 31 GARDENIA JASMINOIDES 65 So) a Ak aS JUSTICIA ELEGANS 269 B70: Sig. 225 3 234 Temperature 21 flygrometer 29 FUCHSIA SPECIOSA 45 53 sw A AUCUBA JAPONICA 40 60 21.5 36 38 = 30 + pte, Temperature. 22 22 Hygrometer 36 38 ACALYPHA HISPIDA 210 170 145 31 194 182. 896. 4477.. 1a7 Temperature 23 Hygrometer 50 Ficus ELASTICA 116 =106 Temperature 22 98 110 Hygrometer 48 47 SPARMANNIA 26 24 Temperature 25 Hygrometer 35 Negi | 365 TRANSPIRATION CURVES UNDER ELEcTRIC ILLUMINATION 72 38 150 20.5 30 42 27 tft 236 23.5 52 93 16 24.5 35 366 Curtis: SOME OBSERVATIONS ON TRANSPIRATION subject to variation. Saturation, tension of gas, salts, food con- tents, metabolic processes, conditions of growth, all, acting inde- pendently of outward conditions, have in a degree a controlling influence on the cell activity and the expression of this complex interaction is found in the fluctuations. It is not intended to imply that transpiration is a purely physiological phenomena. The position of Nageli is the only rational one—all physiological proc- esses are dependent upon chemical and physical laws and every vital phenomenon goes on in accordance with these laws. This statement of Nageli’s made in 1861 would almost seem prophetic in the light of the knowledge on this subject of vital phenomena held to-day. We are accustomed to look upon the phenomena of transpiration as a purely physical process, largely, no doubt, because it is so intimately associated with the factors that govern evaporation. However, in this consideration we overlook the fundamental character of the physiological processes involved in transpiration and that are of the highest importance in growth, development and gaseous exchange. And it may be pointed out that the manner of action of light upon transpiration is by no means a settled problem, aside from the fact that it is intimately associated with the activities of the cell. Certainly the behavior of plants in light and darkness and the reaction of etiolated, chlorophylless and green plants to light would be difficult to explain on a purely physical basis. Again the after effects attend- ing variations of illumination indicate interactions of a physiolog- ical character. If the vaporization of water in the plant is of a mechanical nature, having for its purpose the diffusion of the meager supply of salts required by the plants, then the process is not in keeping with the exceptional economy illustrated in the activities of the plant. It appears as rather remarkable when W consider the devices for the distribution of the slowly diffusing organized products, that the plant never hit upon an adaptation that would provide it with this relatively minute quantity of salts without putting it to the expenditure of so much energy. This supposition certainly ranks transpiration as perhaps the most wasteful operation in the vegetable kingdom. The most variable factor in the external conditions of the * periments mentioned above was the variation in the percentage © Curtis : SoME OBSERVATIONS ON TRANSPIRATION 367 moisture. The temperature would remain constant for long periods but the humidity was subject to more considerable varia- tions. I was interested to observe what results would follow changes of humidity, A rise of a few per cent. had no effect that could with certainty be recognized. The following figures will illustrate the result when the humidity was changed at 11 o'clock from 36 to 44. III. Errectr or Moisrure Io A. M. Ir 12 t 2 Temp. Hygrm. Time. Aucuba Japonica, 167 164 136 167 108 18.5 < 22. Fic. 5. Enlarged drawing of a in fig. 4, 172. Fic. 6. Section through antheridium at right angles to surface of thallus, 172. The lettering in figs. 5 and 6 denotes: a, wall of antheridium ; 4, turgid cushion- tissue compressing antheridium ; ¢, mass of antherozoids in slime composed of degener- ated walls and contents of mother-cells. This absorbs water and distends antheridium ; d, solid chlorophyll-containing tissue, with opening of chamber; ¢, water-absorbing turgescent cushion-tissue. The figures were drawn with Leitz drawing: prism. crease, the size of the chambers containing antheridia. The two Pressures would tend to offset each other and would affect ; Nothing if they met on all sides of the antheridia. The chambers in which these lie, however, are open above and are covered by the chlorophyll-containing, smaller-celled, and more rigid tissue indicated by d@ in jig. 6. Hence the antheridia are distended in all directions, upward as well as otherwise, and are compressed from all sides, except from above. The distending and compress- ing strains finally result, under these considerations, in the rupture 382 PEIRCE: ForcIBLE DISCHARGE OF ANTHEROZOIDS of the antheridium and the discharge of its contents through the "mouth of the chamber, the total force expanding itself all in one direction with the astonishing result just described. The distance to which antherozoids will be thrown will depend on the one hand upon the turgidity of the antheridia and of the vegetative parts of the plant, and on the other hand upon the posi- tion of the plant and upon the wind. The antherozoids may be thrown violently against nearby objects, leaves, branches, etc., when the force was sufficient to have carried them much farther if the plants had only been growing in more open places. But the main external influences are wind and water. The wind may blow the antherozoids back upon the parent plant or take them far away, dropping them near female plants or scattering them where there are none. When the antherozoids fall to the ground they must swim the rest of the way if they are to accomplish their purpose. An enormous number of antherozoids are discharged from each antheridium, and there are several or many antheridia on each male plant. Without counting at all, I should say that there appear to be about equal numbers of male and female plants, and that the number of archegonia is about the same as the number of antheridia. At all events the number of antherozoids enor- mously exceeds the number of egg-cells. Since these plants are dioecious, cross fertilization is all that is possible. But what does the plant pay for this? The dioecism of this species is coupled with the forcible discharge of the male elements. These may oF may not be transported by this means nearer to the female ele- ments which they must reach by swimming and with which they must fuse if they are to be useful. It would be interesting to know whether other dioecious liver- worts have this same habit. I hope next year to test other plants for this phenomenon, but I do not wish by this statement to reserve the field to myself. PHYSIOLOGICAL LABORATORY, LELAND STANFORD Junror University, January 31, 1902. _ Taxodium distichum and related Species, with Notes on some geo- logical Factors influencing their Distribution By RoLtanp M. HARPER Observations on the genus 7axodium in the field during three or four seasons have led me to the conclusion that there are at least two well-marked species in the southeastern United States. Most authors who have written on the subject have considered the genus to be represented in that region by a single species, but some have admitted the existence of a variety in addition. The genus was founded by L. C. Richard in 1810, with a Single species, the Cupressus disticha of Linnaeus; and the num- ber of living species in the world has since been variously re- garded as from one to three, excluding species which are now referred to Seguoia and Gly ptostrobus. Before discussing the relationships of the two southeastern Species it will be well to give their principal synonymy, which is as follows : TaxopiIum pisticHuM (L.) L. C. Richard, Ann. Mus. Par. 16: 298. 1810 . Cupressus disticha LL. Sp. Pl. 1003. 1753. Type locality: “ Virginia, Carolina.” Schubertia disticha Mirbel, Mem. Mus. Par. 13: 75. 1825. Taxodium imbricarium (Nutt.) Cupressus disticha 8 imbricaria Nutt. Gen. 2: 224. 1818. Type locality: “From Florida to North Carolina, in swamps and ponds more remote from the sea.” Laxodium ascendens Brong. Ann. Sci. Nat. 30: 182. 1833. Type locality North American, but not specifically given. _L. distichum var. imbricarium Sarg. Sylva N. A. 10: 152. 18096. The latter form of the name was used by H. B. Croom in his Plants of New Bern (now Newbern), N. C., in 1837, by M. A. Curtis in his flora of North Carolina in 1867, and by Wood & _ McCarthy in their Wilmington (N.C.) Flora in 1886, but does: 383 384 HARPER: FACTORS INFLUENCING DISTRIBUTION not seem to have been properly published until it was taken up by Professor Sargent. Synonyms for these two species which are purely horticultural or of doubtful application are here omitted. The principal objection to the recognition of the latter species as distinct seems to have been its supposed intergradation with T. distichum. Elliott,* writing afew years after Nuttall, says of Z. imbricarium: ‘This is a small tree growing in pine-barren ponds. It produces its knobs (exostoses) more abundantly than the large variety ; and on its lower branches the leaves are frequently imbri- cated after the manner of the junipers. But on the upper branches the leaves are often expanded and distichous. It is perhaps only a stunted variety, growing in an unfavorable soil.’’ Seventy-two years later Professor Sargent+ remarks: “ No one unfamiliar with the fact that branches of the two forms occasion- ally appear on the same individual would imagine that the cypress trees with erect or pendulous thread-like branches and closely appressed acerose leaves belong to the same species as those with Spreading distichous branches and flat leaves.” Dr. Mohr’s observations on Taxodium in his “ Plant Life of Alabama ’’t are of interest as being among the latest published. On page 117,in speaking of the mesophile and paludial forests of ‘the lower division of the coast pine belt, he says: ‘“ Groves of the pond or upland cypress just mentioned—a variety closely CoP” nected with the type by intermediate forms—cover the shallow pine-barren ponds and semi swampy woods of a poor, sandy ie : destitute of vegetable mold. This form of the cypress in the size and quality of its wood is greatly inferior to the typical cypress of the alluvial swamps, and is at once recognized by the leaves; which are closely appressed to the deciduous annual shoots. BF this peculiarity of the foliage a check to excessive transpiration !° provided during the time of drought, when the sandy soil is laid bare to the sun and its supply of water is failing.” On page 325 he says of the same plant; ‘‘ Of smaller size than the species, with the leaves reduced in size and closely ee ly : : : jkin to the deciduous branchlets, thus imparting to the tree a exes * Bot. S.C. & Ga. 2: 643. 1824. Tt Sylva N. A. 10: 152, 1896. ¢ Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb, 6: 1901. ws, te go - pi ae had OF TAXODIUM DISTICHUM AND RELATED SPECIES 385 peculiar aspect. This character, however, is not constant, and the variety can scarcely be maintained, the same individual producing during the earliest stages of growth and on vigorous adventitious shoots leaves of the ordinary form. This form passes freely into the species where the soil conditions are more favorable.’’ But, notwithstanding the opinions of these eminent botanists, it seems to me that the intergradation is more apparent than real, and that this idea may have arisen from a too hasty generalization of observed facts. It is true that young shoots of 7. imbricarium often bear branchlets with distichous leaves (perhaps indicating its descent from an ancestral form which resembled 7. distichum of the present day), but on the typical T. distichum 1 have seen only one kind of branchlets. The opinions of Nuttall and Croom, both of whom seem to have been very acute observers, are more favorable to my view of the distinctness of the two species under consideration. Nuttall, in the original description of 7. imbricarium, says: ‘‘ Leaves subulate, partly imbricated in four ranks, deciduous ; nuts larger, chestnut colored.” * * * “A smaller tree than the pre- ceding, often producing fruit at a height of three feet from the ground.”’ Croom, in his flora of Newbern above mentioned, says (page 48) : “ Taxodium distichum. * * * Elliott expresses the opinion that the variety zmbricarium of Nuttall is only this species in a starved condition, as it is commonly found in pine-barren ponds. But in some instances (20 miles above New Bern) I have seen large trees of this variety, and, in one instance, I observed it growing by the side of the common variety, and in the same soil.”’ The differences between the two species will now be considered More in detail. These differences are of several kinds, not only structural but ecological as well. The most conspicuous structural difference, as noted by most of the authors just quoted, is in the form and position of the leaves and the branchlets which bear them. In 7. distichum, as is well known, the leaves are two-ranked on the branchlets, widely Spreading, and in the same plane, making each leafy branchlet resemble a pinnate leaf (to which it is indeed analogous) ; and the branchlets spread approximately horizontally, bringing the surfaces 386 HARPER: FACTORS INFLUENCING DISTRIBUTION of the leaves likewise into a horizontal position. In 7. zmbricarium, on the other hand, the leaves are normally more or less appressed to the branchlets, which have lost their dorsiventral character. The branchlets have been described by Professor Sargent and others as ‘erect or pendulous,” and from a herbarium specimen it would usually be impossible to ascertain which of these two positions they had assumed in life. But they would be much more correctly described as normally erect, occasionally somewhat spreading, very rarely (never in perfect specimens) drooping. It is interesting to note that the leaves and branchlets of the two species of the allied genus Segwoia differ in much the same way. I have not noticed any difference between the fruits of the two species, but Nuttall says of 7. iméricarium “nuts larger,” and Endlicher * probably following Nuttall, says of 7. ascendens Brong., ‘“seminibusque majoribus.”’ a The difference in size, mentioned by some authors, does not appear to be constant, as remarked by Croom. In Georgia, where both species are abundant, 7. imbricarium often attains as largea size as T. distichum, but the former probably begins to fruit at a smaller size (though perhaps not at an earlier age, as it is said to be of slower growth). One characteristic difference, which does not seem to have been noted before, is found in the enlargement at the base of the trunk, which is usually more abrupt in 7. zmbricarium than in TZ. distichum. In Coffee county, Georgia, I have walked entirely around a specimen of 7, imbricarium on its enlarged base, 4 feat which would be impossible with any specimen of 7. distichum \ have ever seen. Furthermore, the enlargement of the trunk of 7. distichum is approximately conical, with its’ greatest slope at or below the surface of the ground (or water, as the case may be), while that of 7. imbricarium is conoidal, with its greatest slope some distance (a few inches to a foot or two) above the ground. In the many thousands of individuals of 7. imbricarium which I have seen I have never observed any deviation from this char- acter. The longitudinal ridges traversing this enlargement 4f° usually quite sharp and prominent in 7. distichum, and rounded ee * Syn. Con. 69. 1847. | 4 1 . OF TAXODIUM DISTICHUM AND RELATED SPECIES 387 or almost wanting in 7: imbricarium. The same differences are often observable in cultivated specimens. The general appearance of the trunk of 7. distichum is well shown in figure 48 of Schimper’s Pflanzengeographie, which is a full page half-tone reproduction of a photograph taken by Dr. H. J. Webber in Florida,* also by plate 8 and figure 30 of Professor N. S. Shaler’s paper on the fresh-water morasses of the United States in the Tenth Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey, and by plate 73 in Mr. Kearney’s recent paper on Dismal Swamp,t which is the same as Professor Shaler’s plate 8. Plate 68 of Mr. Kearney’s paper illustrates very well the char- acter which I have just assigned to 7, zmbricarum, and plate 9 of Professor Shaler’s paper, which was evidently photographed at about the same time and place, shows the same thing, though less distinctly. By comparing these plates with the illustrations of 7. distichum just cited, the difference is readily seen. Nothwith- standing the fact that this species is not mentioned by Mr. Kearney in his paper (and he has since told me that he is not acquainted with it), I am confident that his plate 68 and Professor Shaler’s plate 9 represent the true Zaxodium imbricarium. 1 find no other record of the occurrence of 7. zmbricarium in Virginia than these two illustrations, but Croom found it near Newbern, N. C., which is only about 100 miles from Lake Drummond, Virginia, where the photographs in question were taken. Whether the knees afford any’ diagnostic characters or not I am unable to state at present. Elliott mentions those of Z. mért- carium as being more abundant than those of T. distichum, but this may not be universally true. Professor Shaler (in the paper above cited) and perhaps other authors, have noted that Z. dzs- 4ichum cannot live with its knees under water during the summer. This is probably not true of 7: imbricarium, for I have seen it in midsummer in ponds and creeks where no knees were visible, at least at the ordinary stage of water. The knees of 7. smbricarium Probably never become so large as those of 7. distichum. Physical tests show an appreciable difference in the wood of the two species. Dr. Filibert Roth, in one of the publications of * The same photograph is reproduced in Coulter’s ‘‘ Plant Relations,”’ as Fig. 91. ft Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 5: 321-550. pl. 65-77-f. 51-90. 6N. 1901. 388 HarPER: FACTORS INFLUENCING DISTRIBUTION the U. S. Department of Agriculture,* although not regarding the two forms as specifically or even varietally distinct, has tabu- lated the results of many tests which show that the wood of the ‘‘pond-cypress” is both heavier and stronger than that of the better-known plant. Turning now to ecological characters, the leaf-galls may be considered next. The leaves of both species are frequently more or less infested with galls, and as far as I have observed the galls on the two species appear to be different. Whether they are caused by the same or different insects I do not know ; this is a matter which deserves further investigation. In regard to habitat, it seems to be the prevailing opinion that T. distichum is confined to river swamps and 7. inéricarium to pine-barren ponds. This, however, is not always the case. The largest specimens of 7. imbricarium J have ever seen are in south- eastern Georgia, in deep-flowing water of creeks which never dry up, and yet they maintain their essential characters perfectly. Here the species is to all outward appearances growing under prac tically the same conditions which prevail in the rivers and creeks which 7. distichum inhabits. The habitat of the latter is also somewhat variable, including lime-sinks as well as river-swamps. Some say that 7: iméricarium grows in poorer soil, but this also is liable to many exceptions, to say nothing of the difficulty of defining accurately what constitutes a poor soil. In view of all these well-marked and constant differences, and others to be mentioned later, it seems to me that Taxodium dis- tichum and Taxodium imbricarium can no longer be consistently treated otherwise than as distinct species. They are certainly as distinct as Lycopodium lucidulum and L. porophilum, Juniperus Virginiana and J. Barbadensis, Pinus palustris and P. heterophylla, and a hundred others which might be mentioned. : During my investigations of the flora of Georgia in 1900, ide covered a most remarkable relation between the habitats of these two species of Zaxodium and the geological formations, 0” which I have based a new theory of their distribution. This theory has so far been fully substantiated by observed facts in almost every case, and the few apparent exceptions to it which have bee? * Cire. Div. Forestry, 19: 22. 1898. oF TAXODIUM DISTICHUM AND RELATED SPECIES 389 noted will probably disappear on closer investigation. It may be _ briefly stated as follows: Laxodium imbricarium always grows over the Lafayette forma- tion; Taxodium distichum never. _ Furthermore, 7. zméricarium seems to occur only on Lafayette which is overlaid by a thin deposit of the Columbia formation, and I. distichum is often, if not usually, found on the Columbia also, but where this formation is absent it may grow directly on the older strata. The Lafayette and Columbia formations have been thoroughly discussed by W J McGee,* but a brief outline of them here may be of interest to those who have not time to read the one hundred and seventy-five quarto pages of his monograph. The Lafayette, the older of the two, is (at least throughout most of the region in which Zaxodium imbricarium occurs) a de- posit of sandy clay, reddish or yellowish in color, varying consid- erably in thickness, lying unconformably on the mesozoic and Cenozoic strata over a vast area of the coastal plain of the eastern United States. It is supposed to have been laid down just before the Glacial period of the North, during a submergence of the coastal plain estimated to have lasted about 60,000 years. The Columbia formation, in the region under consideration, consists almost entirely of sand. It is supposed to have been deposited during a much shorter period of submergence of the Coastal plain contemporaneous with or subsequent to the glacial period. It is always above the Lafayette where the two come in Contact, and is rarely too thick for the roots of trees to penetrate through it into whatever strata may be beneath. In a general way the terrane of the Lafayette may be said to Coincide with the present coastal plain from Maryland to Texas, extending up the Mississippi Valley to Illinois, with the following €xceptions, It is not known to cover any portion of Florida ex- cept the extreme north, the peninsula having perhaps been too far off shore during the Lafayette submergence to receive any of these Sediments. Neither is this formation known to extend to the pres- €nt shore line at any point. During a period of elevation succeeding the Lafayette submer- *Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. 12!: 347-521. pl. 32-41. f. 28-72. 1891. 390 Harper: FACTORS INFLUENCING DISTRIBUTION gence the larger rivers of the coastal plain cut their channels entirely through the Lafayette deposits into the older strata below, and in most of the resulting gorges the Columbia sands were sub- sequently deposited. Like the Lafayette, the Columbia covers a large part of the coastal plain, extending from Long Island to Mexico, and up the Mississippi and Ohio rivers to Indiana. In the Middle and South Atlantic States it covers the whole country near the coast, but usu- ally does not extend up to the inland edge of the coastal plain like the Lafayette. In southwestern Georgia and Alabama, however, it is mostly confined to the river valleys, the divides here having been above the sea during the Columbia submergence. In Texas, while the main body of the Columbia only covers the seaward por- tion of the coastal plain, long narrow arms of this formation extend several hundred miles up the larger rivers, far beyond the inland edge of the costal plain. Similar extensions are found in Arkansas and the Indian Territory. On the peninsula of Florida the Colum- bia formation has not been traced south of latitude 28°. The geographical distribution of our two species of Z¢ wxoaium is intimately related to that of the two geological formations just mentioned, as will now be shown. The range of 7. distichum is given by Professor Sargent™ as follows: “From southern Delaware * * * southward near the coast to the shores of Mosquito Inlet and Cape Romano, Florida, through the coast region of Gulf States to the valley of the Devil River in Texas, and through Louisiana and Arkansas to south- eastern Missouri, eastern Mississippi and Tennessee, western and northwestern Kentucky, southern Illinois, and Knox county ™ southwestern Indiana.” The range thus given of course includes that of 7. imbricar™ also, but according to my theory 7. distichum would be confined to the comparatively small but widely distributed area from which the Lafayette formation is absent, such as near the coast, along the larger rivers, and on the peninsula of Florida. Among the extreme points of the range of 7. distichum may - mentioned the following : -* Sylva N. A. to: 153. ‘1806. OF TAXODIUM DISTICHUM AND RELATED SPECIES 391 Dr. Hollick* has reported its occurrence near Newark, N. Ji but is not certain that it is indigenous there. This locality is near the extreme northern limit of the Columbia formation, and about 200 miles from any known area of the Lafayette. The occurrence of Z. distichum at this point therefore does not conflict with my theory. The Lafayette formation is also unknown in Delaware, which is the northernmost state in which 7. déstichum is undoubt- edly indigenous at the present time. Dr. Gattinger, in his Flora of Tennessee (pages 25 and 32 of the 1901 edition), mentions its occurrence along the Tennessee River, which, according to Dr. McGee’s map of the Lafayette and Columbia formations (plate 38 of his monograph above cited), has cut through the Lafayette and is now lined by deposits of Columbia throughout most of its course through the western part of the state. Dr. Mohr? says of the range of Zaxodium distichum in Ala- bama: ‘This tree is found throughout the State,” but this statement is probably to be taken with some qualification. Among the par- ticular localities mentioned by him is the Tennessee River; and although the Columbia formation is not known to extend up this river into Alabama, the Zaxodium might well do so, as it is not necessarily confined to this formation. The occurrence of 7. distichum in Knox county, Indiana, has been discussed by John S. Wright. In Garden and Forest (3: 7. f. 2) for January 1, 1890, there is a good half-tone engraving of an Indiana cypress swamp. An interesting station for 7. distichum in Texas was discovered in 1894 by Mr. A. A. Heller, who collected it along the Guada- lupe River at Kerrville, at 1600 feet altitude.§ One of his speci- mens from this locality is in the Columbia University herbarium. Kerrville is beyond the known area of the Columbia formation, but it is noteworthy in this connection that this formation extends farther inland and higher above sea level along the rivers of Texas than anywhere else. According to Mr. Heller’s report, Kerrville * Ann. Rep. State Geol. N. J. 1899: 181. 1900, t Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 6: 46. Igol. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1897: 172-175. 1898. @ Cf. Contr. Herb. F. & M. Coll. r: 9. 1895. 392 HARPER: FACTORS INFLUENCING DISTRIBUTION is “situated in a limestone formation.’ On investigation I find that this formation is lower Cretaceous. Professor W. L. Bray, of the University of Texas, to whom I wrote for further information about the range of 7: distichum in that state, informs me that it occurs on almost every stream in the Cretaceous area of Texas and probably on all on the Rio Grande Plain, also in all the bayou country of east Texas, north to the Indian Territory line. Dr. Havard, in his ‘‘Report on the Flora of Western and Southern Texas,” * mentions several stations for this species in the extreme southern part of the state. The southeastern limit of 7. distichum has been placed by Pro- fessor Sargent at Mosquito Inlet (about lat. 29°) on the east coast and at Cape Romano (about lat. 26°) on the west coast of Florida, but Dr. Small, who has recently been in southern Florida, tells me that it extends down the east coast to Miami (which is farther south than either locality mentioned by Professor Sargent) and is common in the Everglades near by. This is considerably beyond the known area of the Columbia formation, but still farther from the Lafayette. In Georgia, to which state my field work on this genus has been confined, I have seen 7. distichum on the Oconee River in Montgomery county, on the Ocmulgee in Dodge and Wilcox, on the Flint in Sumter, Dooly, Dougherty and Decatur, on the Och- locknee in Thomas, on the Chattahoochee River and Sowhatchee Creek in Early, on Lime Creek in Sumter and Gum Creek in Dooly, on Muckalee Creek in Lee and Kinchafoonee in Lee and Terrell, on Spring Creek in Decatur, Ichawaynochaway in Cal- houn and Chickasawhatchee in Dougherty; from all of which points the Lafayette formation is known or believed to be absent I have also observed this species in a few scattered localities away from the rivers in Sumter, Lee and Dougherty counties (from which localities the Lafayette may be inferred to be absent, though we have as yet no direct evidence that such is the case), and in lime-sinks near the Flint River in Dooly county. Other botanists have collected or observed it along the Savannah and Altamaha rivers ; and it doubtless extends from all the points just pa tioned down each river nearly or quite to its mouth. See * Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 8: 504. 28 S. 1885. OF TAXODIUM DISTICHUM AND RELATED SPECIES 393 The range of 7: imbricarium is not so well known, as compara- tively iittle attention has been paid to this species. Although it appears to be much more abundant than 7. distichum in most of the states in which it grows, most botanists who have observed it have probably considered it identical with that species, and there- fore made no especial note of it. It is not even mentioned in any edition of Chapman’s “ Flora of the Southern United States.” Professor Sargent * says of the range of this species: ‘The acerose form * * * is not uncommon in South Carolina, in northern Florida, and in the neighborhood of Mobile, Alabama.” It has also been reported from North Carolina by Nuttall, Croom and others, and is very abundant in Georgia, where it perhaps reaches its best development. The evidence in favor of its occur- rence in Virginia has already been given. Outside of these six states I find no record of it. I. imbricarium is common wherever the conditions of soil and topography are favorable for its development, in those portions of the coastal plain where both the Lafayette and Columbia forma- tions are present, away from the coast and larger rivers. It seems to approach nearest to the coast in North Carolina, where Wood and McCarthy have recorded a station for it in their Wilmington Flora,} in a swamp about six miles from the ocean, in New Hanover county. In Chatham county, Georgia, I noticed last June that it extended to within twelve miles of Savannah on both the Central of Georgia and Georgia and Alabama Railways. These two rail- roads run almost perfectly straight through the county, and at the points mentioned they are about a mile apart. On consulting Mr. McGee’s map I found that these localities are just at the coast- ward edge of the Lafayette formation, thus furnishing additional evidence in support of my theory. Of the inland limit of 7. imbricarium little is known. In the eastern part of Georgia I have seen a few specimens as far up as Millen, 78 miles from Savannah, and in the western part it is abundant in certain spots as far up as the southeastern corner of Sumter county, 200 feet above sea-level, 180 miles west of Savan- nah and about 125 miles north of the Gulf of Mexico. Here it *Sylva N. A. 10: 152, in footnote. } Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 3: 123. 1886. 394 HARPER: FACTORS INFLUENCING DISTRIBUTION extends to the inland edge of the Oligocene strata. Croom * has reported it from Hartford, Ga. (a settlement, now extinct, which was near the Ocmulgee River in Pulaski county, about oppo- site the site of the modern town of Hawkinsville), which is about the same distance from the Atlantic coast as that last men- tioned. Between these limits 7. imbricarium is very abundant m Georgia ; and I will here give its observed distribution in the state somewhat in detail, as it is on these observations that my theory of its distribution is chiefly based. East of the Ogeechee River it is abundant in the wet pine- barrens of Chatham and Effingham counties, and is sparingly rep- resented around Millen, in the southern corner of Burke. West of the Ogeechee, in Emanuel and the upper part of Bulloch, I have seen it only in creeks and small rivers, where, as before mentioned, it attains a considerable size. Traveling westward along the Georgia and Alabama Ry., I saw it last July at many points in the pine barrens of Tattnall, Telfair, Dodge, Wilcox and Dooly counties, extending to within eight or ten miles of Cordele. Between Cordele and the Flint River the Columbia formation seems to be absent, and Zaxrodium imbricarium likewise. Farther south it occurs in wet pine-barrens or in small sluggish pine-bar- ren streams in Worth, Berrien, Coffee, Ware and Appling coun- ties. In the upper part of Coffee county, as for instance in the vicinity of Douglas, it grows also in creeks as in Bulloch. In Sumter it seems to be confined to a number of shallow ponds about three miles from the Flint River in the southeasterm corner of the county, where the Lafayette and Columbia forma- tions overlap a short distance. Southward from there, it is very abundant in Lee county, and occurs in Dougherty, Calhoun, Mit- chell, Miller, Early, and the northern parts of Thomas and Dae tur, in the terrane of the Lower Oligocene. Throughout this part of the state its usual habitat is in shallow pine-barren ponds which sometimes dry up in summer, which it occupies t° the exclusion of other trees, But in Thomas and Decatur counties (east of the Flint River) I have seen it in permanent ponds several hundred acres in extent and probably five or six feet deep, con” * Am. Jour. Sci. 28: 166. 1835. oF TAXODIUM DISTICHUM AND RELATED SPECIES 395 taining a luxuriant growth of various Nymphaeaceae and other Strictly aquatic plants. At every point. where Zaxodium imbricarium has been observed all the indications are that both the Lafayette and Columbia forma- tions are present, though of course I have been. able to actually verify this only in comparatively few cases. The cause of the preference of these two species of Zaxodium for different superficial formations is as yet unknown, but the com- parative imperviousness of the Lafayette clays doubtless has something to do with it. If my theory is absolutely correct, these two species would never be found together. One or two exceptions to this have been noted. On July 13, 1901, I found both species together in a swamp in the pine-barrens in the northeastern part of Lee county, Geor- gia. But it is noteworthy that the specimens of 7. distichum ap- peared stunted and unhealthy, while those.of 7. zméricarium were of the usual size and appearance. One explanation of their occur- rence together might be that the seeds of 7: distichum had been brought there in some manner and that the trees had managed to grow in spite of the unfavorable environment. I did not notice any fruit on these specimens of 7. distichum, and the species is perhaps not reproducing itself at this locality. A similar or anal- ogous state of affairs may prevail at the locality in North Caro- lina mentioned above, where Mr. Croom observed both species growing together. It might be remarked here that there has been some differ- ence of opinion among geologists as to whether the Lafayette for- Mation extends beneath the Okefinokee Swamp in southeastern Georgia. If my theory is true this question could easily be set- tled by a determination of the species of Zaxodium inhabiting the Swamp. So far as I know no botanist has yet penetrated this vast swamp, but there can be no doubt that it contains at least one of the species of Zaxodium, for cypress timber is said to be one of its principal resources, and the chief cause of the destruction of the swamp which is unfortunately now in progress. In addition to the influence of the Lafayette and Columbia formations on the distribution of these two species, the older under- lying strata also seem to have a considerable influence, For in- 396 HarpPeR: FACTORS INFLUENCING DISTRIBUTION stance, both species seem to grow only over calcareous substrata. T. distichum is almost entirely restricted to the Cretaceous and later formations of the coastal plain, but if Dr. Mohr’s report of its occurrence on the Tennessee River in Alabama is correct, it there extends beyond the inner edge of the coastal plain into the Palaeozoic region. In Georgia it does not seem to extend even as far inland as the Cretaceous, but probably neither the topography nor the chemical composition of the rocks in the Cretaceous region of Georgia are adapted to either species of Zaxrodium, for the country is quite hilly, with few swamps or ponds, and the rocks are mostly argillaceous. 5 The habitat of 7. imbricarium, so far as underlying formations are concerned, seems to be still more restricted than that of 7 distichum, 1 do not know of its occurrence on strata older than Tertiary, and it may not extend farther inland than the Oligocene division of the Tertiary. The difference between 7. distichum and T. imbricarium may be of comparatively ancient origin, for fossils resembling both species are found in the Cretaceous and Tertiary strata of North America and Europe. Some of the fossil species of 7 wxodium with spreading ieaves are referred to our living species 7. déstichum, but those with appressed leaves are usually referred to the related genus Glyptostrobus, which seems to be represented among living plants only by a single Asiatic species. More will be said of this genus later. But if both of our species of Zarodium have existed since Cre- taceous times, the question will naturally arise, what were their respective habitats before the Lafayette period, and also during that period, when the present coastal plain was all submerged ? I am not prepared to answer this question completely, but would suggest as a partial solution that 7. iméricarium has been evolved from the ancestors of 7. distichum since the Lafayette period, and for this reason the two species are not yet as completely differen- tiated as are those of more ancient origin. The occurrence of distichous spreading leaves on the branchlets of the young shoots of T. imbricarium would seem to substantiate this view, for yours shoots are usually supposed to show ancestral characters. It seems to be a well-established fact that 7. distichum grew OF TAXODIUM DISTICHUM AND RELATED SPECIES 397 as far north as Greenland in Miocene times. With the advance of the ice-sheet during the Glacial period it was probably driven southward into Mexico, where the same species or a closely related one exists to-day. In the meanwhile the deposition of the Lafay- ette formation had taken place, and with the retreat of the ice our Taxodium doubtless migrated northward and eastward until it occupied its present territory. It was probably during this migra- tion over the newly deposited Lafayette that the differentiation into two species took place, and 7. ¢mbricarium was evolved. Some of the authors quoted at the beginning of this paper have mentioned the occurrence of forms intermediate between 7. distichum and T. imbricarium. These might be of two kinds: first, individuals bearing branchlets of both kinds, and second, in- dividuals all of whose leaves are intermediate in form and position. The first case has been already discussed, and seems to pre- sent no difficulty. Individuals of the second kind also exist, and may perhaps even represent a distinct species. Such an interme- diate form is probably what Brongniart * described as Zaxodium microphyllum, and Parlatore + as 7. distichum 8 microphyllum, so that names are not lacking for it. The only locality cited by Par- latore for his variety is Louisiana, while the typical T. imbricarium is not known west of Alabama. This may be an indication of the progressive differentiation of the species as the genus migrated eastward along the Gulf coast after the Glacial period. In Georgia I have seen this intermediate form only in and near thé Ogeechee River, at Millen, Ogeechee, Rocky Ford and Mel- drim,. What the relations of the Lafayette and Columbia forma- tions are at these points I have not yet determined. There is another supposed species of TZaxodium in Mexico, T. mucronatum Tenore, of which comparatively little is known. Most of the accessible information about it has been summed up by Professor Sargent,t who is inclined to believe that “it may Prove to be a mere geographical form of our tree.” Professor Bray, in writing to me of the range of 7. distichum in Texas, €xpresses the opinion that this species as it passes into Mexico * Ann. Sci. Nat. 36: 182. 1833. TDC. Prodr. 16: 441. 1868. {Sylva N. A. 10: 150. 1896. Gard. & For. 10: 451. July 17, 1897. 398 Harper: Facrors INFLUENCING DISTRIBUTION becomes ‘“ Sonorized,’’ as several other species do, and is another thing. It is possible that 7. distichum intergrades with 7. mucro- natum as suggested by Professor Bray. The two species are scarcely distinguishable in the herbarium, the characters by which they are separated being mostly phaenological. Mr. Heller's specimens from Kerrville, Texas, seem to resemble the latter as much as they do the former, at least in their visible structural characters. One other point now remains to be considered, namely, the re- lation between Taxodium and Glyptostrobus. The latter genus was founded by Endlicher (Syn. Con. 69) in 1847, with two species, G. heterophyllus and G. pendulus, said to be natives of China. (He enumerates also in the same work three species of Taxodium.) In 1880 this genus was united with Zaxrodium by Bentham and Hooker (Gen. Pl. 3: 429). Eichler, in his treatment of the Coni- ferae in Engler and Prantl’s Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, keeps the two genera apart, but considers the reasons for so doing scarcely sufficient. This subject has recently been more fully discussed by Dr. M. T. Masters,* who gives very good reasons for consid- ering the two genera distinct. I have seen only one specimen of Glyptostrobus (G. heterophyllus, in the Columbia University her- barium) myself, but its appearance suggests that its leafy branchlets might not fall off with the leaves as in the case of Jaxodium. This point is not mentioned by the authors just cited, and I have no means of verifying it at present. But the question of the identity of Zarodium and Gljple- strobus is not of such immediate interest to us as the relation of Taxodium imbricarium to Glyptostrobus pendulus. These were both mentioned by Endlicher in his Synopsis Coniferarum who seems to have had no suspicion of their similarity, but they have been regarded as identical by some authors, and this is probably the case. Professor Sargent treats them as identical in his Sylva of North America (10: 152. 1896), and in Garden and Forest (10: 451) for July 17, 1897, writes as follows: ‘“ The tree which in the United States and Europe is almost universally called Glyp- tostrobus pendulus, is really a juvenile [sic] form of the Jaxodium of the Southern States, G/yprostrobus being a south China gor * Jour. of Bot. 38: 37-40. Feb, 1900. OF TAXODIUM DISTICHUM AND RELATED SPECIES 399 with a single species, which has possibly never been brought to the United States, and which would not be hardy in this part of the country” [Massachusetts]. ‘It is a comparatively small tree in its native swamps, and, in spite of its southern home, is hardy in New England, where it is one of the most distinct and beautiful of the pyramidal conifers. The proper name for this tree is Taxodium distichum, var. imbricarium.” In front of the main building of the Department of Agricul- ture in Washington there are two trees of this species one labeled ‘Chinese Water Pine, Glypiostrobus pendulus, China,” and the other the same except that it is called G. Sinensis. Scattered about the parks of the city are many similar specimens, as well as some of Laxodium distichum. Although they are rather pyramidal in shape, unlike Zaxodium imbricarium in its native habitat, they have the appressed leaves and erect branchlets of that species, and seem to differ only in their peculiar shape, which is probably only the result of long cultivation under unnatural conditions. The only speci- men of “ Glyptostrobus pendulus”’ in the Columbia University Her- barium is from a tree cultivated in Philadelphia, and on the back of the sheet is written a note to the effect that it came from a seedling of Taxodium distichum. In the Gardener’s Chronicle (III. 26: 489. 7. 761) for De- cember 30, 1899, there is a figure of one of these cultivated Specimens growing in England, and it is there contrasted with Glyptostrobus heterophyllus, its identity with G. pendulus evidently being taken for granted. The question might now arise: Are there really two species of Glyptostrobus in Asia? Apparently not ; for no flora of China or Japan to which I have had access contains any reference to G, Pendulus, and it is most likely that Endlicher described this spe- cies from a cultivated specimen, and erred in crediting it to China. A number of horticultural names which have been given to this cultivated plant may be found in Sargent’s Sylva, among the Synonyms of Zaxodium imbricarium. CoLLEGE Pornt, N. a New Plants from Wyoming, XIV By AVEN NELSON ’ Eriophorum ocreatum Culms growing singly, from the corm-like crowns of the short slender rhizomes, the base sheathed in old leaf bases, subterete, finely striate, smooth, slender, 2-3 dm. high: sheaths 2-3, 2-3 dm. long, all blade-bearing ; blades folded-channelled, obscurely rough- ened on the margins, broadly linear, rather rigid, short, 5-10 cm. long, tapering to a triangular point, leaves of the involucre 2-4, the longer usually erect and surpassing the inflorescence: spikelets 3-6, subumbellate, the longer-peduncled drooping: scales oval or ovate, obtuse or scarious-lacerate, brown, not obviously veined : bristles numerous, glistening-white, 4-6 times as long as the scales: akene broadly obovate, obtuse, dark brown (nearly black). This species is most nearly allied to E. polystachyon L., but 1s readily distinguished from it by its more slender habit, shorter and fewer leaves, generally fewer and larger heads, longer and more glistening-white bristles, very different scales and akene. In its few, long-vaginate, short leaves, and in its akene it reminds one of E. vaginatum L. In its slender culm which often greatly sur passes the uppermost leaf it suggests Z. gracile Koch. It is prob- ably a rare plant as thus far I have seen but two collections of it. The type was secured in an open, grassy, subalpine park in the Medicine Bow Mountains, Lincoln Gulch, August 8, 1900, 8014. . Hemicarpha aristulata (Coville) Hemicarpha micrantha aristulata Coville, Bull. Torrey Club, 21: 36. 1894. Annual, glabrous, culms few to several, erect, 8-15 ™- high, filiform or capillary, exceeding the capillary leaves: involuc leaves 2-3, unequal, 5—20 mm. long: spikes 2 ( sometimes but vy ovoid, 3-5 mm. long : scales rhombic, acuminate, the body nea? y I mm. long, scarious-margined, some of the margins turning brown, with a green midrib and inconspicuous nerves ; the eee" mination green, subulate, somewhat spreading, nearly as long a5 the body of the scale or in the lower ones exceeding : sepal lar as long as the ovule, obtuse or even with a truncate oF toole apex: filament barely exceeding the ovule: style short, 400 Netson: New Prants FROM WyoMING 401 branches inconspicuously if at all barbellulate : akene obovoid, shorter than the body of the scale. The above description had been drawn before I was aware of Mr. Coville’s variety of H. micrantha Vahl, which does not appear in Heller's recent Check-list of North American plants. After carefully considering all that appears in Mr. Coville’s excellent _ and complete discussion of the genus I am still of the opinion that the plant deserves specific rank. Besides the characters pointed out by Mr. Coville which separate it from A. micrantha, decided differences in size and form of the floral structures are to be noticed. The following collection greatly extends the range of this species. It was found in a moist, sandy cafion, altitude 2000 m., in company with Cyperus inflexus. Halleck cafion, Albany county, July 4, 1goo, no. 7428. . Juncus saximontanus J. xiphioides montanus Engelm. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 2: 481; Bot. Calif. 2: 290. As there is a variety montanus of J. Balticus, this plant, which _ Seems well to deserve specific rank as well as a separate name within the genus, may take the above as indicating its center of distribution. * Trifolium scariosum Densely caespitose, silvery or cinereous-pubescent throughout, becoming greener and more glabrate with age; the caudex freely branched and clothed with the dead petioles ; stemless or nearly So: leaves crowded on the crowns; the leaflets narrowly linear- oblong, widest at the middle and tapering gradually to each end, 1.5-2.5 cm. long, sessile or nearly so; the petioles slender, from twice to several times as long as the leaflets : peduncles surpass- ing the leaves, like the leaves prostrate-spreading or ascending: the adnate portion of the stipules broad, sheathing, scarious-mar- gined ; the free portion linear-acuminate, reduced to merely the Steenish midrib, less than 1 cm. long: involucre usually (always?) present, of several very unequal scarious-margined linear-lanceo- ate segments: heads globose, rather few-flowered: calyx-tube short, Narrow-campanulate ; its teeth linear, unequal, exceeding or often twice as long as the tube, purple as is also the upper portion of the tube : corolla purple, fading in drying ; the standard broadly elliptic, equaling and enclosing the wings which exceed the keel petals: pod 6-ovuled, fewer seeded: the style slender, as long as the pod. 402 NeEtson: NEw PLANTS FROM WYOMING I propose this species as a segregate from 7. dasyphyllum T. & G. That species was described from James’s collections from “Summit of the Rocky Mountains.” Specimens from similar situations agree with the original in the brownish pubescence, the absence of an involucre (usually so at least), and the subequal calyx teeth. S. scariosum is a larger plant with whiter, more permanent pubescence, a conspicuous scarious involucre, the seg- ments of which are marked by a green midrib. Its petals are uniformly reddish-purple or shading to violet when fresh, while the " petals of T. dasyphyllum differ in color from each other, the stand- ard being whitish or ochroleucous, barely tinged with purple, the wings and tip of the keel a deep purple hue. The latter, as already stated, occurs in alpine stations while 7. scariosum occurs at middle elevations, mostly on very stony slopes in the foothills. It is often found on naked ledges where the roots find no soil except in the crevices. Probably not very rare, at least is not in southeast- ern Wyoming. No. 7270, Laramie Hills, June 20, 1900, is taken as the type. This seems so strangely characterized that one may venture to name it in the absence of mature fruit. The inflorescence in appearance is much like that of A. Canadensis, but of course it cannot even be placed in the same section. I have met with this plant but once and then it was found in the greatest abundance in the sand dunes of the Red Desert, at the base of Steamboat Mt., Sweetwater county, collected June 9, 190M no. 7051. » MERTENSIA CILIATA longipedunculata Size of the species, stems more freely branched, stem and branches few-leaved, terminating in long naked peduncles : calyx lobes oblong, subacute, ciliate-margined. This variety is very common along the streams of ¢as Wyoming and apparently occurs at lower altitudes than the spe cies. No. 7321, Chug Creek, Albany county, June 39, 1g00, as well as many earlier collections represent it. tern . Mertensia coriacea Very leafy from base to summit, tufted, the numerous glabrous stems assurgent, 2-3 dm. long: leaves thick, coriaceous, ee on both faces except for the flat-topped papillae on the UPP* s Netson: NEw PLants FRoM WyomING 403 face and on the margins (these are probably the pustulate bases of deciduous hairs); root-leaves numerous, oblong or elliptic, mostly obtuse, 4—8 cm. long, on somewhat shorter petioles ; the lower stem-leaves oblanceolate or broadly spatulate, obtuse, tapering into a short petiole, passing into sessile ovate leaves upward ; those of the inflorescence crowded, from lanceolate to broadly Ovate, acute, 3—5 cm. long: flower-clusters terminal and in the axils of the upper leaves, crowded even in the fruit: calyx-lobes triangular-lanceolate, subciliate, from 1% to % as long as the tube; of the corolla, somewhat enlarged in fruit : corolla tube 5-6 mm. long, the very villous ring % its length from the base, the crests in the throat and the 10-toothed ring at the base evident ; limb funnelform, only slightly spreading, usually exceeding the tube; the orbicular lobes less than half its length: filaments inserted in line with the crests, membranous, spatulate, as broad or broader than the somewhat longer anthers: seeds 2-3 mm. long, ovate, coarsely rugose. I have sought in vain for any near ally for this truly alpine spe- cies. It was collected about the summits of the Medicine Bow Mts., Albany county, Wyoming, Aug. 1, 1900. It occurred in the rock-slides, mostly in the vicinity of snow banks. The type no. is 7870. v Mertensia coriacea dilatata Very similar, leaves less coriaceous: inflorescence more open and less leafy: sepals lance-linear, longer (especially in fruit) : filaments shorter, dilated, mostly broader than the anthers. This variety is readily distinguished from the species in the field but less readily in the dried state when the texture of the leaves is not so evident. In herbarium specimens the greater leafi- ness, especially of the inflorescence, and the broader sepals of the Species in contrast with the opener and less leafy inflorescence and the narrower sepals of the variety are the most obvious points of distinction. The habitat of the variety is in general the same as that of the species and it was secured at the same time; no. 7844. v Mertensia coronata Tufted, from large friable roots: stems glabrous, shining, as- Surgent, 2-4 dm. long: leaves numerous, large for the plant, Smooth below, minutely scabrous above (the hairs very short and Curved and sometimes early deciduous from the small pustulate €s); the radical on petioles 2-3 times as long as the oblong, 404 Netson: NEw PLANTS FROM WYOMING mostly obtuse blades (5—10 cm. long) ; the lower stem-leaves simi- lar, tapering into short petioles, the upper ovate-lanceolate, sub- acute, sessile: flower-clusters terminal and axillary, at length open- paniculate among the large floral leaves: calyx cleft nearly to the base, the lobes triangular-lanceolate, sparingly ciliate, more than half as long as the corolla-tube: corolla tube rather broad, about 5 mm. long, not noticeably hairy within near the base ; limb a little shorter than the tube ; the lobes suborbicular, abruptly dilated from the rounded sinus: stamens inserted a little below the conspicuous crown of crests in the throat; filaments as long as the anthers, dilated, as broad or broader than the anthers which do not equal the lobes of the corolla. Probably somewhat related to J. papil/osa Greene and in some points to M. foliosa A. Nelson, but not very closely to either. It seems to be confined to the Leucite formations of south-central Wyoming, occurring among the rocks on the buttes of the Leucite Hills. Collections as follows: Sweetwater county, June 9, 1900, no. 7071 (type) ; Steamboat Mt., same county and date, no. 70725 N. Vermillion Creek, July 24, 1897, no. 3593. ¢ . CASTILLEJA ANGUSTIFOLIA dubia : The woody caudex short, giving rise to few or several, slender, simple, ascending or erect stems, 2-3 dm. high : pubescence sparse, cinereous, consisting of fine puberulence and some white, soft hairs + the body or axis of the leaf linear, 3-5 cm. long, 3-5 mm. broad, usually with 1 or 2 pairs of widely divergent linear lobes which are one third to one half as long as the leaf: bracts shorter, the blade and lobes relatively broader and tending to become scarious, de- cidedly yellowish or at the summit bright yellow: calyx about 2 cm. long, equally cleft to nearly one third its length: corolla scarcely longer than the calyx; the galea and tube subequal ; lip almost wanting, not noticeably saccate, truncate and short-toothed. C. angustifolia Don, is really a species of the far Northwest Its history and characters are well set forth by Mr. M. L. Fernald in Erythea, 6: 46. In the specimens cited, two from Wyoming are included which possibly are similar to those now before m& While it seems possible that the variety here proposed might prop erly be constituted a species, yet, as Mr. Fernald’s description 1 drawn, I find no good differences except the yellow color, scantier pubescence (especially in the inflorescence), shorter corolla and sparser leafiness and the longer more open spike in the variety- Netson: New PrLants rrom Wyomina 405 Collected by Elias Nelson in the Indian Grove Mts., July 18, 1898, no. 4898a; by L. N. Goodding at Medicine Bow, June 19, 1901, no. 43. - Plantago nitrophila Allied to P. Rugelit but coarser and larger ; rootstock short, with a great number of thick fibrous roots: leaves 1 dm. or more in length, mostly oval, sometimes nearly orbicular, obtuse or ob- tusish, entire or crenately dentate, the 5-7 nerves extending into the pubescent petiole which generally equals or exceeds the thick blade: scape proper about equaling the leaves, whitish with soft crinkly hairs : spike equaling the scape, simple or with 2 or more short spikes from the lowest foliar bracts, moderately thick, crowded: bracts proper ovate, subacute, scarious-margined, keeled and closely appressed, shorter than the mature fruit: Sepals nearly orbicular, overlapping each other, scarious with a green midrib, but little more than half as long as the bracts : cap- sule ovate, 3-4 mm. long, circumscissile near the base: seeds 7-10 in each cell, oblong-elliptic, obscurely wing-angled and deli- cately reticulated, dark brown. Readily distinguished from P. Rugelii. by its coarse leaves, heavy petioles, thick spike, shorter and thicker capsules, the dif- ferent bracts and sepals, the reticulated seeds as well as the pubes- cence and larger size of the plant. It is indigenous on wet, grassy Saline banks throughout the state but not frequent or plentiful. The type is no. 8417, from an alkali creek bog, near Manville, Converse county, Wyoming, July 17, 1901. “Helianthus Utahensis (D. C. Eaton) Roots fleshy, fascicled or variously branched from the gnarled central shaft, mostly fusiform, often nearly 1 dm. long : stems gen- erally solitary, simple below, branched above, 1 m. (more or less) high, glabrous, striate : leaves opposite, 7-15 cm. long, all lanceo- late, the uppermost narrowly so, only the midrid conspicuous, green, with short Sparse incurved hispid hairs which sometimes arise from a slightly pustulate base, sparsely ciliate on the short petiole: heads terminating the many slender, ascending or divaricate branches: peduncles pubescent, slender ; those from the lower axils often much elongated : involucre hemispherical ; its bracts linear-lanceolate, White-ciliate-pubescent on the margins, 10-15 mm. long, the loose acuminate tips often reflexed: rays usually 14-18, 25-30 mm. aug, Narrowly oblong: disk yellowish-brown, 1 cm. high and fully as broad ;_ chaff oblong, acute, pubescent on the brownish 406 NeEtson: New PLANTS FROM WYOMING tip: akenes oblong, brown, 4 mm. long, nearly as long as the corollas; pappus of 2 linear-lanceolate awns as long as the akenes. That this isthe 1. giganteus Utahensis Eaton, Bot. King. Expd. 169, I have no longer any doubt. Unfortunately a few specimens have been distributed under another name as a new species. Dr. Rydberg suggested that it might be the above and a compari- son since, by the writer, with the type deposited in the National Herbarium confirms that suggestion. Dr. Gray in the Synop- tical Flora made it a variety of H. Californicus DC., to which in- deed it is more closely related. The two are, however, abun- dantly distinct. H. Utahensis, very curiously, occurs frequently in herbaria as H. giganteus but for what reason is hard to guess. In habit and mode of branching it more nearly resembles H. Nuttall T. & G. It is common in the middle Rocky Mountains, occurring mostly on sandy stream banks. Some collections of it are: 1578, Laramie Peak, Aug., 1895 ; 684, Muskrat Creek, July, 1894; Laramie, Oct., 1894; 6757, Yellowstone Park, Aug., 1899; 8135, Granger, Aug., 1900. CoRRECTION Gnaphalium exilifolium. G. angustifolium A, Nelson, Bull. Torrey Club, 26: 3573 not G. angustifolium Lam, Encyc. 2: 746. The Genus Eritrichum in North America By WILLIAM F. WIGHT Although four different forms under this genus have been rec- ognized in North America, there seems to have been much mis- apprehension, in regard to some of them at least, as to their rela- tionship to the European £. xanum and to each other. A fruiting specimen of one of the Alaskan species not hitherto described has also recently been collected, making a complete description possible, and it is thought that the descriptions given below would therefore be desirable. The author wishes to express acknowl- edgments to Mr. Frederick V. Coville and Dr. J. N. Rose for criticisms and suggestions in the preparation of the paper, to Mr. F. A. Walpole for the drawings of the nutlets and to Professor Robinson, of the Gray Herbarium, for the loan of material. The North American species are separable into two main groups, the section Eueritrichium of DC.* with four species, £. are- toides, E. argenteum, E. Chamissonis and E. splendens, and a second section not before recognized with two representatives, 2. Howardi and £. elongatum. The first section has fruit with a toothed border which is characteristic of EZ. nanum, the type of the genus, figured by Gurke,+ while the two last named species have fruit with a mar- ginal ridge-like elevation. These are not referable to the section Amblynotus DC.t represented by a single species, Z. obovatum DC., which does not even appear to be congeneric with any of the species under consideration since it differs in having fruit with- out teeth or any trace of a marginal border, and is convex on the dorsal side instead of flat or with a slight central ridge, as is the Case with typical Eritrichum. ERitTricHuM Schrad. Eritrichum Schrad. Comment. Goetting. 4: 186, 1820, based on Myosotis nana Vill. Eritrichium Gaudin, Fl. Helv. 2: 4. 1828. * DC. Prodr. 10: 125. 1846. t Gurke, in Engler and Prantl, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, 4%*: 108. f. 43. 407 408 Wicut: ErirricHum IN NortH AMERICA Synopsis of the Species Dorsal surface of the nutlet margined with a ridge-like elevation, but without a toothed border. Leaves with a fine and rather loose or spreading pubescence; dorsal surface of the nutlets smooth or rather hispidulous ; flowers 4-6 mm. in diameter. 1. £. elongatum. Leaves with a dense and closely appressed pubescence ; dorsal surface of the nutlet papillose and hispid with short bristly hairs ; flowers 7-9 mm. in diameter. 2, E. Howard. Dorsal surface of the nutlet with a border of subulate or triangular teeth. Leaves with closely appressed, strigose pubescence; flowers in dried specimens 9-13 mm. in diameter. 3. E. splendens. Leaves with rather loose, villous or hirsute pubescence ; flowers in dried specimens 4-7 mm. in diameter, Dorsal surface of the nutlet ovate; teeth of the border about half the length of the body of the nutlet; flowers 4-6 mm. broad.. 4. E. argenteum. Dorsal surface of the nutlet nearly circular in outline, the teeth of the border as long as the body of the nutlet ; flowers 5-7 mm. broad. Flower cluster usually raised on a distinct, sparingly leafy stalk, commonly 2-5 or sometimes even 12 cm. high. Lae 38 aretiotdes.’ Flower cluster sessile among the terminal leaves of the stem. 6. E. Chamissonis. ‘1, Eritrichum elongatum (Rydb.) Eritrichum aretioides elongatum Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. e+ $27. - 1900)" A low and tufted or matted plant in external appearance very closely resembling FE. argenteum, but the pubescence commonly rather more loose and spreading and seldom with a silvery appeat- ance ; the closely overlapping leaves 5-8 mm. long, 1-5-2 mm. broad, oblanceolate, acute or obtuse, those on the flowering branches linear or oblong-linear ; flowering branches 1-6 cm. long ; flower cluster raceme-like or more or less compact: calyx lobes linear : corolla 4-6 mm. in diameter, its limb bright blue : nutlet usually shining, about 2mm. long on the inner angle, the dorsal surface usually smooth, very rarely with a few minute bristles, margined by a rather sharp, ridge-like elevation, but without 4 toothed border. Two plants are cited by Dr. Rydberg, one collected June 26, 1897, in the Spanish Basin, Montana, by Rydberg and Bessey (no. 4891) and the other collected in 1883 in the Belt Mountains, Montana, by Scribner (no. 173); the type, however, is not indi- cated and the first named plant is therefore here designated as such, a duplicate of which, in fruit, is in the United States Na- tional Herbarium. WIGHT: ERITRICHUM IN NorTH AMERICA 409 This plant, briefly described by Dr. Rydberg as a variety of £. aretioides, differs from both the true aretioides and the Rocky Mountain plant hitherto identified as such in the nutlets not hav- ing a toothed border, but instead a ridge-like margin which allies it to &. Howardi. A description of the nutlets was omitted in the original description, although well-developed nutlets were found Nutlets of EZritrichum, X10. a, E. aretioides ; 6, E. chamissonis; c, E. splen- dens; d, EB. elongatum,; e, £. Howardi; f, E. argenteum, on the plant in the United States National Herbarium collected by Rydberg and Bessey (no. 4891). It differs from Z. Howard, its nearest relative, in being a smaller plant, and in its oblanceolate leaves, its spreading pubescence and its smaller flowers. A plant of alpine or subalpine distribution in northern Colorado, Wyoming © and western Montana to eastern Oregon. Specimens have been examined as follows : Cotorapo: Alpine Ridges, Middle Park, 1861, C. €. Parry ; Gray’s Peak, 1 1,000—14,000 ft. alt., 1885, A. WV. Patterson, ro9. Wyomine: Head of Big Goose Creek, Big Horn Mountains, 1893, Frank T: weedy, 43; Dome Lake, 1896, Aven Nelson, 2433. Montana: Belt Mountains, 9,000 ft. alt., 1883, 7. L. Scribner, 773 ; ©-7,000 ft. alt., 1887, R. S. Williams, 1078. Park county, 1889, Frank T, weedy. Spanish Basin, Gallatin county, 5—6,000 ft. alt., 1897, kydberg & Bessey, 4891. Old Hollowtop, near Pony, — about 9,000 ft. alt., 1897, Rydberg & Bessey, 4890. Bald Mountain, 10,000 ft. alt., 1880, Sereno Watson, 245. 410 Wicutr: ErirricHum IN NORTH AMERICA IpauHo: Pleasant Valley, June 25-30, 1871, G. V. Allen ; June 25-30, 1871, Thos. C. Porter. : OrEGoN: Summits of the Wallowa Mountains, 1886, Wm. C. Cusick, 1430. Subalpine ridges of the Wallowa Mountains, near the lake, 1899, Wm. C. Cusick, 2268. 2. Ertrrichum Howarpi (Gray) Rydb. Cynoglossum Howardi Gray, Syn. Fl. 2’: 188. 1878. Omphalodes Howardi Gray, Syn. Fl. 2': 423. 1886. Eritrichum Howardit Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 1: 327. 1900. A matted plant, densely strigose-hairy with closely appressed hairs; leaves 7-13 mm. long, 1-2 mm. broad, linear-spatulate, acute, flowering branches 1-6 cm. high: flower cluster more oF less compact when ona short flowering branch, but raceme-like _when on an elongated one: calyx lobes linear-lanceolate, acute: flowers 7-9 mm. in diameter, the limb of the corolla bright blue: nutlets with the dorsal surface either papillose or with minute bristly hairs and margined with a rather sharp ridge-like elevation, the sides of the nutlet smooth and shining. £. Howard: is distributed in the mountains of western Montana, and has been collected in the Cascade Mountains in Washington. It was originally described from material collected by Winslow 7 Howard in the “ Rocky Mountains in Montana.” Specimens have been examined as follows : Moytana: Without special locality, ‘about 1866,” Winslow J. Howard. Mt. Helena, 1883, Wm. M. Canby, 242. Helena, May 1, 1886, R. S. Williams ; June, 1888, F. D. Kelsey. Yogo, Belt Mountains, July 25, 1888, R: S. Williams. Park county, 1889, Frank Tweedy. Wasuincton : Cascade Mountains, 1882, Frank Tweedy, 13° 3. Eritrichum splendens Kearney, sp. nov. A strigose-hairy herb, the caudex much branched and forming a mat of numerous. short, sterile, leafy shoots, and of fewer elon- gated flowering ones which attain a height of from 4~13 om lower leaves narrowly oblanceolate, 1.5-2 cm. long, 2~3 a broad, tapering to a slender petiole, the upper leaves on the flower- ing stems sometimes linear or oblong-linear, sessile, the UPP® aoe face less hairy than the lower: racemes few-flowered, the. lowe peduncles elongated at least in fruit : calyx lobes oblong, obtuse OF e Wicut: Erirricuum in NortH AMERICA 411 broadly acute: corolla large, the limb bright blue, its lobes broadly obovate, the tube about equalling the calyx ; dorsal surface of the nutlet slightly hispid or tuberculate, the teeth of the border two thirds as long as the body of the nutlet and with bristly points on their margins and apex, the bristles at the apex sometimes showing a tendency to become glochidiate. Type specimen in the United States National Herbarium, col- lected July 9, 1901, on Old Man Creek, a tributary of the Koyu- kuk River, Alaska, by W. C. Mendenhall. £. splendens differs from all other species herein noted in its larger flowers, and from other Alaskan species in its larger leaves and closely appressed, strigose pubescence, and in the shorter teeth of the nutlet. Mr. Kearney’s description was from plants in flower only, col- lected by G. M. Stoney in the Jade or Baird Mountains. A Specimen with both fruits and flowers has since come to hand and is now taken as the type for the above description. The specimens examined are as follows : Axaska: Old Man Creek, July 9, 1901, W. C. Mendenhall, Jade or Baird Mountains, August 2, 1885, G. JZ Stoney. > 4. Eritrichum argenteum sp. nov. A low and rather densely villous plant of several short, sterile branches forming a tuft or mat 2 or 3 cm. high, this often ex- ceeded from 1~5.5 cm. by the flowering branches; the pubescence commonly silky and shining or silvery in appearance: leaves on the sterile branches closely overlapping, oblanceolate or oblong, obtuse or acute, 5-10 mm. long, 1.5—3 mm. broad, those on the flowering branches sometimes linear or linear-oblong and usually less villous than the lower ones : flower cluster compact when ses- sile among the leaves at the end of a branch or raceme-like when borne on an elongated branch : calyx lobes linear, densely villous : flowers in dried specimens 4-6 mm. in diameter, the limb of the Corolla bright blue: nutlets with a dorsal border of triangular teeth, these distinctly visible in the young nutlets soon after pol- lination and even discernible under a low power of the compound Microscope as soon as the flower is fully open ; teeth when mature about half the length of the body of the nutlet distinctly connate at the base and bearing minute bristles on their margins and apex. Type specimen in the United States National Herbarium, col- lected J uly 31, 1895, among rocks above timber line, at an eleva- 412 Wicut: ErRirricHum In NortH AMERICA tion of 12,000 feet, on a mountain northwest of Como, Colorado, by Crandall and Cowen (no. 36). E. argenteum hitherto identified as £. aretioides, differs from both the Alaskan plants with villous pubescence, which are its nearest relatives, in the following characters ; from £. Chamussonis in its smaller leaves and its usually somewhat elongated flowering branches, and from both Chamissonis and aretioides in its more silvery pubescence, its more villous calyx, its smaller flowers and the shorter teeth of the nutlets; it differs from other Rocky Mountain species in having nutlets with a toothed border, and has a more southern range, occurring on the high mountains of cen- tral Colorado and northeastern Utah. The specimens examined are as follows : CotoraDo: Rocky Mountains, Lat. 39°—41°, 1862, Hall & Harbour, 440. Near Boulder City, “alpine,” 1873, 7. NP at- terson, 26. Mountain northwest of Como, 12,000 ft. alt., 1895, Crandall & Cowen, 367. Gray's Peak, 12,000 ft. alt., June 19, 1873 ; /. M. Coulter, 1872; 12-13,000 ft. alt., A. Gray, July 18, 1892, C. S. Crandall. Saddle House, Pikes Peak, 12,500 ft. alt., 1896, F. H. Knowlton, 16. Central Colorado, 13,000 ft. alt, 1873, John Wolf. Without special locality or date, £. Palmer. Uran: Uinta Mountains, 12,000 ft. alt., 1869, Sereno Watson, 849. : » 5. ERITRICHUM ARETIOIDES (Cham.) DC. Myosotis aretioides Cham. Linnaea, 4: 443. 1829. Eritrichum aretioides DC. Prodr. 10: 12 5. 1846. Eritrichum nanum aretioides Herder, Act. Hort. Petrop. ¥° 535. 1871-1872. : Omphalodes nana aretioides Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 263- 1885. A tufted or matted plant of numerous sterile branches with overlapping leaves and fewer elongated sparingly leafy ones bearing a compact flower cluster at the end, the sterile branches 3-5 &™ high, the flowering ones exceeding these from 2-5 or even BS. cm., the whole plant villous with a rather loose or spreading . pubescence ; leaves of the sterile branches 5-12 mm. long, 1-2.5 _ mm. broad, oblanceolate or the upper ones sometimes nearly a linear, acute, or the lower ones rarely obtuse, those on the flower- ing branches linear or oblong-linear, obtuse or acute : calyx lobes Wicut: Erirricuum In NortuH AMERICA 413 oblong, acute or broadly acute: flowers in dried specimens 5—7 mm. in diameter, the limb sky-blue: nutlets about 1.5 thm, long on the inner angle, the teeth of the dorsal border about as long as the body of the nutlet, more or less connate at the base and bearing minute bristles on their margins and apex. A beautiful plant growing on sandy or gravelly soil near the shore from St. Lawrence Island and Port Clarence to Cape Lisburne in Alaska, and on Herald Island, St. Lawrence Bay, Kayne Island and Kamchatka, in Siberia. The original descrip- tion was based on specimens from St. Lawrénce Island and St. Lawrence Bay. Specimens have been examined as follows : ALASKA: Port Clarence, 1899, Coville & Kearney, 1970 ; 1901, F. A. Walpole, 460, 532, 984. Cape Riley, July 5, 1894, James F. White. Reindeer Station, July 3, 1894, james F. White. Cape Thompson, 1881, John Muir. SiBERIA: Herald Island, 1881, C. Z. Hooper. Whalen, July 18, 1894, James F. White. Kayne Island, 1853-56, C. Wright. nen 6. Eritrrichum CuHamissonis DC. Eritrichum Chamissonis DC. Prodr. 10: 125. 1846. Eritrichum nanum Chamissonis Herder, Act. Hort. Petrop. I: 535. 1871-72. Omphalodes nana Chamissonis Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 263. 1885. Very closely resembling the preceding but rather more densely villous, and the flower cluster sessile among the leaves at the ends of the branches, the latter however sometimes elongated I or 2 cm. in fruit; the closely overlapping leaves about 10 mm. long, 2~3.5 mm. broad, oblanceolate, but the lower portions covered by the successively overlapping leaves and the exposed portion obo- vate to ovate, obtuse or broadly acute: flower cluster compact : calyx lobes oblong, obtuse ; flowers in dried specimens 5-7 mm. in diameter, the limb of the corolla sky-blue: nutlets about 1.5 mm. long on the inner angle, the teeth of the dorsal border as long as the body of the nutlet, more or less connate at the base and bearing rather strongly marked bristles on their margins and apex, those at the apex showing a tendency to become divergent °r sometimes even slightly recurved. A common plant on St. Paul Island, Alaska, and also col- 414 WicuHt: ERitrichuM IN NortTH AMERICA lected on the main land at Port Moller, Alaska Peninsula. It was originally described from specimens collected at St. Lawrence Bay, Siberia, and Kamchatka. Specimens have been examined as follows : Axaska: St. Paul Island, August 3, 1891, /. JZ Macoun ; 1895, True & Prentiss, 40, 68; 1890, Wm. Palmer, 139; August 7, 1891, C. Hart Merriam; without date, Kusmischscheff ; without date, H. W. Elliott; Port Miller, July, 1890, C. H. Townsend. ee Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany Andrews, A. L. A Note upon recent Treatment of Habenaria hyper- borea and its Allies. Rhodora, 4: 79-81. Ap. Igo2. Ashe, W. W. Notes on some American Trees. Bot. Gaz. 33: 230- 234. Mr. 1go2. New species in Fraxinus, Tilia, and’ Crataegus. . Bean, W. J. Horse Chestnuts. Gard, Chron. III. 31: 187, 188. f. 57-60. 22 Mr. 1902, Bessey, C. E. The Morphology of the Pine Cone. Bot. Gaz. 33: 157-159. pl. & F. 1902. Blanchard, W. H. Our Chokeberries. Rhodora, 4: 55-57. Mr. Ig02. Caldwell,O.W. A Laboratory Manual of Botany. 12mo. i-ix, 1-107. New York, 1902. Chodat, R. Plantae Hasslerianae soit énumération des plantes récoltées au Paraguay. Bull. Herb. Boissier, II. 2: 297-312. 28 F. 1902; 382-403. 27 Mr. 1902. Includes new species and varieties in Vernonia (22), Stevia (2), Eupatorium ( 5) ; Conyza, Pterocaulon (2), Stenachaenium, Aspilia (3), Wedelia, Vigniera, Verbesina (2), Catea (3), Porophyllum, and Cuphea. Chodat, R. & Wilczek, E. Contributions a la flore de la république Ar- gentine. Bull. Herb. Boissier, II. 2: 281-296. f. 7. 28 F. 1902. Includes new species of Ranunculus, Cardamine, Draba, Sisymbrium (2), Acaena and Prosopis. Christ, H. Spicilegium Pteridologicum Austro-Brasiliense. Bull. Herb. Boissier, II. 2: 313-328. 28 F. 1902; 361-381. 27 Mr. 1902. Includes new species and varieties in Hymenophyllum (2), Trichomanes (2), Gymnogramme, and Polypodium (5). Clark, A. A few Plants of the Blue Hills Reservation [Mass.]. Rhodora, 4: 74-76. Ap. 1902. Cockerell, T. D. A. A new Currant from Arizona. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 15 : 99, Ioo. 25 Ap. 1902. Cogniaux, A. Une orchidée nouvelle de Costa-Rica. Bull. Herb. Boissier, Il. 2: 337, 338. fz. 27 Mr. 1902. Epidendrum biflorum Cogn., sp. nov. Coker, W.C. Notes on the Gametophyte and Embryo of Podocarpus. Bot, Gaz. 33: 89-107. pl. 5-7. F. 1902. 415 416 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Dame, L. L. & Brooks, H. Handbook of the Trees of New England. 12mo. i-xv. 1-196. ~/. 7-87. Boston, 1902. Davenport, G. E. ‘The evergreen Ferns of New England. Rhodora, 4: 49-55. Mr. Igoz2. Denniston, R. H. Contribution from the Pharmacognostical Labora- tory of the University of Wisconsin: Viburnum ellipticum Hook. Pharm. Archives, 5: 61-65. fl. z. Ap. 1902. [Illust.] Dufour, A. ‘Trailing and creeping Plants of Ohio. Ohio Naturalist, 2: 261. Ap. 1902. Eastwood, A. A descriptive List of the Plants collected by Dr. F. E. Blaisdell at Nome City, Alaska. Bot. Gaz. 33:,199-213-/. & 5 Mr. 1902. Fledysarum auriculatum sp. nov. Elwell, L. H. Cypripedium arietinum on Mt. Toby, Massachusetts. _ Rhodora, 4: 62. Mr. 1902. Elwes, H. J. Botanical Garden at Buenos Ayres. Gard. Chron. III. 98 92, 72.1 F. 2902. Fernald, M. L. A Cotton-grass new to North America. Rhodora, 4: 82. Ap. Igo2. Eriophorum polystachyon Vaillantii Duby. Fernald, M. L. Some little-known Plants from Florida and Georgia. Bot. Gaz. 33: 154-157. F. 1902. New species and varieties of lex, Lythrum, Sabbatia, Scutellaria and Cacalia. Grintzesco, J. Recherches expérimentales sur la morphologie et la physiologie de Scenedesmus acutus. Bull. Herb. Boissier, Il. 2: 2197 264. f. 1-3. 28F. 1902; 406-432. pl. 1-5 +f. 4-6. 27 Mr. 1902- Hall, J.G. An embryological Study of Zimnocharis emarginata. Bot. » Gaz. 33: 214-219. p/. 9. Mr. 1902. : Harger, E. B. Noteworthy Plants of Connecticut. Rhodora, 4° 84, 85. Ap. Igoz. Harshberger, J.W. The Botanical Gardens of Jamaica. Plant W 5: 41. Mr. 1go2. Hennings, P. Fungi blumenavienses II. A cl. Alfr. Méller lect Hedwigia, 41: 1-33. 5 Mr. 1902. = Includes new species from Brazil in Hypomyces, Nectria (5), Sphaer ostilbe, HWP crea (3), Calonectria (2), Ophionectria, Aschersonia, Aschersoniopsis (gen- —— : Ascopolyporus, Myriogenospora, Cordyceps (3), Rosellinia, Amphisphaerella, nae | Molleroclavus (gen. nov.), Stilbohypoxylon (gen. nov. ), Stictis, Midotiopsts ye nov.), Cenangium (2), Dermatea (2), Orbitia (2), Ombrophila (4)> bey (gen. nov.) (4), Mollisia, Trichobelonium, Gorgoniceps, Belonium, Er 1openes : tium (6), Dasyscypha, Lanzia (2), Chlorosplenium, Sclerotinia (2); Ciboria, : orld, INDEX TO ReEcENT LITERATURE 417 maria (3), Lachnea (2), Plicaria, Aleuria, Geopyxis (2), Discina, Ascobolus (2), Psilopezia, and Moellerodiscus (gen. nov.). Hennings, P. Fungi para enses, II. Cl. Dr. J. Huber collecti. Hed- wigia,.41: Beiblatt (15)-(18). 5 Mr. 1902. New species in Uredo (3), Stereum, Pterula, Nectria, Phyllachora, Xylaria (2), Aschersonia, Cercospora (2), and Stilbella. H[{ooker], J.D. Aster Tradescanti. Curt. Bot. Mag. III. 58: pv 7825. 1 Mr. 1902. Native of eastern North America. H[ooker], J. D. Calathea crocata. Curt. Bot. Mag. III. 58: £7. 7820. 1 F. 1902. Native of Brazil. H[ooker], J.D. Masdevallia elephanticeps. Curt. Bot. Mag. III. 58: pl. 7824. 1 Mr. 1902. Native of New Grenada. H[ooker], J.D. Minkelersia biflora, Curt. Bot. Mag. III. 58: pl. 7819. 1 F. 1902. Native of Mexico. Hfooker], J.D. Montrichardia aculeata. Curt. Bot. Mag. III. 58: pl. 7817. 1 F. 1902. Native of the West Indies and the Amazon Region. H[ooker], J. D. Passifiora spina est Curt.-Bot. Mag. III. 58: Ad. 7822. 1 Mr. 1902. Native of Nicaragua. H[ooker], J.D. Solanum Xanti. Curt. Bot. Mag. III. 58: f/. 7827. I F, 1g02. Native of California. Kellerman, W. A. & Jennings, 0, E. Smut infection Experiments. Ohio Naturalist, 2: 258. Ap. 1902. Kennedy, G.G. Plants new to eastern Massachusetts. -Rhodora, 4: 60, 61. Mr. rgo2. Knight, 0. W. The “ King-devil Weed ’’ in the Penobscot Valley. Rhodora, 4: 61,62. Mr. 1902. Knowlton, F.H. Change of Name of Ficus ? hesperta from Vicinity of Ashland, Oregon. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 15: 86. 25 Ap. Igo2. Leavitt, R. G. Notes on n Lycopodium. Rhodora, 4: 57-60. Mr. Ig02, Mackenzie, K. K. & Bush, B. F. The po oe of Missouri. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis. 12: 11-19. f/. I-4. 19 Mr. 1902. Includes three new species. is 418 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Masters, M.T. Aristolochia arborea. Gard. Chron. HI. 31: 186, 187. 22 Mr. 1902. Masters, M. T. Calochortus. Gard. Chron. II. 31: Suppl. LIV. 15 F. 1902. _[Illust.]. Masters, M. T. Santa Barbara. Gard. Chron. III. 31: 80. pl. 1 F. 1902. Illustration of Agave recurvata. : Meehan, T. Xyri's flexuosa. Meehan’s Monthly, 12: 69. p/. 5. My. > Ige2. Merrill, E. D. Notes on Sforobolus. Rhodora, 4: 45-49- Mr. 1902. New combinations and varieties. Metcalf, R. E. The climbing Fern in New Hampshire. Rhodora, 4: 83. Ap. Igo2. Meylan, C. Recherches sur les Weckera Mensziesii Hook. et turgida Jur. Bull. Herb. Boissier, Il. 2: 153-156. 31 Ja. 1902. Muldrew, W. H. Sylvan Ontario. A Guide to our native Trees and Shrubs. 1-67. Toronto, 1901. [Illust.] Newcombe, F.C. The Rheotropism of Roots. Bot. Gaz. 33: 1777 198. f. 7-7. Mr. 1902. Pfaff, T. Ivy Poisoning and its Treatment. Rhodora, 4: 43745 Mr. 1902. Pierce, N. B. Black Rot of Oranges. Bot. Gaz. 33: 234, 235- Mr. 1902. Alternaria citri Pierce sp. nov. Preston, C. E. Two instructive Seedlings. Bot. Gaz. 33: 150-154: J. 1-8. F. 1902. Prince, F.C. Some Plants of Intervale, New Hampshire. Rhodora, 4: 61. Mr. 1902. Quel, L. Echinocactus Knippelianus. Monats. fiir Kakteenkunde, 12: 9. 15 Ja. 1902. Rand, E.L. Hemicarpha in eastern Massachusetts. Rhodora, 4 se Ap. 1902. Robinson, B. LL, The New England Polygonums of the Section Auictu- _ aria. Rhodora, 4: 65-73. pl. 35. Ap. 1902- Polygonum Fowleri sp. nov. , icles Robinson, J. Concerning the Plants mentioned in Young’s Chroni® of the Pilgrim Fathers. Rhodora, 4: 81, 82. Ap. 19°? INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 419 Sargent, C.S. New or little-known North American Trees, IV. Bot. Gaz. 33: 108-125. F. 1902. New species in Prunus and Crataegus. Sanford,S.N.F. < 4. : Fic. 2. Diastase-secreting cells before the beginning of germination : end, — sperm; ¢/, diastase-secreting cells; @, diastase granules; #, nucleus; 5¢ scute cells; st, starch grains. >< 795. ACCOMPANYING THE SECRETION OF DIASTASE 435 Fic. 3. Shortly after the beginning of germination: d, diastase granules. >< 795. Fic. 4. The same cells the latter part of the first day of germination. The firs period of secretion : @, diastase granules; 7, nucleus. 795. Fic. 5. The condition of the cells after about three days of germination; cor- rosion of starch grains; s¢, starch grains; d@, diastase granules. >< 795. Fic. 6. Diastase-secreting cells during the fifth day of germination. > 795. Fic. 7. The extremely elongated diastase-secreting cells after about twenty-two days of germination. >< 795. Fic. 8. The corresponding cells of barley during secretion of the enzyme. The seeds had germinated about two days. < 795. All figures except the first were drawn from camera outlines. A historical Review of the proposed Genera of the Hydnaceae By Howarp J. BANKER The family of the Hydnaceae is distinguished from all other families of the Basidiomycetes by the fact of the hymenial surface being developed in the form of subulate or awl-shaped spines OF teeth. This characteristic renders it comparatively easy to dis- tinguish most members of the group. Yet there are species that grade insensibly into related families, so that it is impossible to draw hard and fast lines here as much as in any part of the plant world; thus through the genera Szs¢otrema and /rpex we may Pass by a natural transition to the family Polyporaceae, or, choosing a different route, we may make the transition just as naturally through the genera Phlebia and Merulius ; on the other hand we may pass with equal ease to the Thelephoraceae through Grandima and Thelephora, while the transition to the Clavariaceae is not likely to prove any more difficult. The earliest reference we have to a plant of the hydnaceous | type appears to have been by Bauhin, in 1651, in his Historiae Plantarum Universalis, 3: 828. As the reference is brief I quake it in full as a matter of curiosity, and as giving the historical ogi of this group of plants : “‘ FUNGUS PAENE CANDIDUS prona parte erinaceus. Raro naturae miraculo parte prona pro membranulis innumeris veluti aculels muricatus, erinaceum in memoriam revocat, unde ex argumento nomen imposuimus.” It is entirely probable that the plant oO referred to was Hydnum repandum. ‘ For the next century the group received little attention from botanists, and at the publication of the Species Plantarum in 17 53 but four plants had become distinguished in botanical ee During the past century and a half the group has grown to 44! ample proportions, constituting the distinct family Hydnaceae A embracing more than 450 species as recognized in — x ge Sylloge Fungorum. From this material numerous gene - been proposed with more or less substantial claims to validity. ~ 436 ; GENERA OF HYDNACEAE 437 is the purpose of this paper to review these claims chiefly from a historical standpoint, believing it will serve to clear the air for a more critical study of generic relationships in this family. Be- fore entering upon this discussion it will be proper to state the most important principles by which it is proposed to determine the historical status of a generic name. This much vexed question is still in a very unsettled state, but it does not seem advisable to take up the space of this paper by a full discussion of the principles here adopted. In general they will be found to conform closely to those set forth by Professor L. M. Underwood in his paper “A Review of the Genera of Ferns pro- posed prior to 1832.” * 1. Only generic names established in Linnaeus’ Species Plan- tarum, 1753, or later are considered.+ 2. No generic name is considered as established unless it is: (2) Associated with one or more previously described species which are referred to with sufficient directness as to be recognizable, or (2) Associated with some species which is described for the first time at the publication of the name itself. Generic names founded with no hint of a species with which the name can be permanently associated will not be considered as holding any priority rights against names capable of being anchored to definite species (cf Underwood, Z. &.). 3. Whenever a genus is established under a new generic name the name will be considered as permanently associated with the first-named species in the genus. This does not constitute such “ first-named species,” the ¢ype of the genus in any sense that in- volves the primary meaning of that term.t Nevertheless, the distinct designation of some other species as the “type” of his Senus by the author will be considered a sufficient ground for an €xception to the above rule. * Mem. Torrey Club, 6: 250. t This rule, laid down by the Rochester convention, compels us to ignore the older and more appropriate name Evinaceus for the leading genus of the family. t This is the key to my modification of Underwood’s rules. I have sought to ‘void every expression that seemed to involve the idea of ‘type species,”” believing there is an ambiguity in the conception to which is to be attributed much of the con- Toversy that rages about this term. Moreover it does not seem to me possible to deter- Mune the true biological type of any genus in the present state of our knowledge. 438 BANKER: HISTORICAL REVIEW OF As this paper is not intended to be a criticism of nomenclature it is not necessary to present further rules or to discuss the details of this subject. Therefore, with these principles as a guide, we will examine the genera which have been proposed in this family. ¥, fiyonum L. Sp. PL 1178. 1753 The genus was founded on four species, namely 7. imbricatum, repandum, tomentosum, and Auriscalpium in the order named. It is to be observed that all these species, the only members of the family known to Linnaeus, are stipitate forms. The form /Hydna was first used. In Flora Lapponica, 368, 1737, Linnaeus published the genus Hydna with two species which, from the descriptions there given and from his own citations in Sp. Pl. 2: 1178. 1753, ate clearly H. imbricatum and H. Auriscalpium respectively. In Genera Plantarum, 327, also published in 1737, he publishes the genus ffydna without naming any species but cites “ Erinaceus Dill.” Now Dillenius, Catalogus Plantarum circa Gissam nascentium 188, #/. r. 1719, figures and describes but one species which is evi- dently 7. repandum. Linnaeus also clearly so understood it, for in Sp. Pl.2: 1178 under H. repandumt he cites ‘‘ Flora Suecica, 1098,” and in the last-named reference he cites again “‘ Dill. giss. 188.” It may therefore be considered an open question whether we are to regard 7. imbricatum or H. repandum as the species with which the generic name is to be permanently associated, that is, to constitute the so-called ‘‘ type.” The technical decision must turn upon the determination whether the “Flora Lapponica”’ or the “ Genera Plantarum” both of which bear the date 1737, was published first But this is a laborious quibbling over trifles. Linnaeus originate the genus himself, and it is evident from his lists that /7. imbrica- tum ever stood foremost in his mind as the leading representative of his genus. In his Systema Naturae, 32. 1740, he changed the form of the name to Hyduum. Therefore the generic name Hydnum belongs permanently to H. imbricatum and becomes the proper name of the genus to which that species is referred. 2. SISTOTREMA Pers. Neues Mag. fiir die Bot. 1: 108. 1794 he The genus was founded on S. confluens Pers. (= Hydnum su lamellosum Bull.) and S. cinereum Pers. GENERA OF HyDNACEAE . 4389. 3. Hericium Pers. Neues Mag. fiir die Bot. 1: 109. 1794 This genus was established on Hydnum coralloides Schaef., a single species and is not Hericium of Fries, g. v. 4. Opontra Pers. Neues Mag. fiir die Bot. 1: 110. 1794 This genus was established on O. ferruginea Pers. and O. nivea Pers. and is not the Odontia of Fries, g. v. 5. Xytopon S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. Pl. 1: 649. 1821 This name was first given to a subgenus of Sistotrema by Per- soon in Syn. Fung. 552. 1801. It included Odontia quercina Pers. and six other species. Gray made it a genus of his family of the Sistotremideae with the species Sistotrema quercina Pers. and S. digitatum Pers. It has since been treated, when recognized, as a genus of the Polyporaceae, where it presumably belongs. It has | been included here only to make the historical discussion of the ) family complete. | 6. Dentinum S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. Pl. 1: 650. 1821 The genus was founded on Hydnum repandum L. and H. rufes- cens Pers, 7. Auriscatpium S, F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. Pl. 1: 650. 1821 The genus was based on Hydnum Auriscalpium L., a single species. 8. Sreccuertnum S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. Pl. 1: 651. 1821 This genus was established on Hyduum Daviesii Sow. (= H. ochraceum Pers.*), 7. gelatinosum Pers. and S. guercinum Gray (= Hydnum erinaceus Bull.). In his Key, on page 597, Gray uses the form Stecherina but, as he quotes Micheli for the source of the name, it is evident that the form used in the text is the correct one, * Gray quotes Hydnum ochraceum Pers. as a synonym. //. Daviesti was figured and named by Sowerby in Eng. Fungi, 15. 1797. The same species was described under the name of 7. ochraceum by Persoon in Obs. Myc. 1: 73. 1796, and he quotes as reference «Gmel, Syst. Nat. Linn. 2: 1440.’ The copy of Gmelin in the Library of the New York Botanical Garden is dated 1796 and on page 1440 is given ‘‘ 1. ochra- ceum Pers.’’ but without any reference, the preceding species, however, is given as “Hf. mucidum Persoon fung. ined.’ It is evident, therefore, that 1. ochraceum Pers. ted first published in Gmelin , Syst. Nat. Linn. 2: 1440, at least as early as 1796, but : tzel’s Thesaurus gives 1791, as the date of Gmel. 2. In this case, however, this difference in date is not important as even the later establishes Persoon’s priority. It would be a matter of interest to know the ground of Pritzel’s earlier date. 440 BANKER: HISTORICAL REVIEW OF 9. Puiesia Fr. Syst. Myc. 1: 426, 1821 The genus was founded on Merulius merismoides Fr. with three other species. 1o. Raputum Fr. Syst. Orb. Veg. 81. 1825 This genus was established on Hyduum pendulum (= Sisto- trema pendulum Alb. & Schw.) with three other species. That the species, simply named as Hyduum pendulum by Fries, in this in- stance is really Szstotrema pendulum of Albertini and Schweinitz is made unquestionably evident by a comparison of the text in Systema Orbis Vegetabilis, $1, with the text in the Conspectus Fungorum, 261. Fries himself always cites the Elenchus Fungo- rum, 149. 1828, as the place where he established the genus. But this must be regarded as a different genus having the same name, for, curiously enough, in the latter work, he describes a totally different species and evidently a new one under the name of pendulum. Cf. Irpex below. The name Radulum, however, is untenable, being excluded by Radula, established as a genus of the Jungermaniaceae, by Dumortier in Comment. Bot. Obs. 112. 1822.* I propose, there- fore, for the name of this genus Tylodon + based on T. Friesii (= Radulum pendulum Fries, Elenchus Fungorum, 149. 1828; not Radulum pendulum Fries, Syst. Orb. Veg. 81. 1825.) 11. Irpex Fr, Elench, Fung. 142. 1828 This genus was first published by Fries in Syst. Orb. Veg. 81. 1825; but without naming any species. In the Elenchus, 142, ten species are mentioned under /rpex, 1. pendulus standing first. This species is clearly our old friend of the Radu/um dis- cussion, Sistotrema pendulum Alb. & Schw., as may be seen by 4 comparison of Elench. Fung. 142, with Syst. Myc. 1: 413- more curious confusing of names it would seem could hardly be found in the work of a great systematist. The genus stands on the border line between the Hydnaceaé and the Polyporaceae and is thrown now to the one side and now to the other by the varying judgment of mycologists. * Of. M. A. Howe, Hepaticae and ‘Anthocerotes of California, Mem. T Club, 7: 157, note. { From riAy, a knot or callus, and ddotc. GENERA OF HYDNACEAE . 441 12. Hericium Fr. Syst. Orb. Veg. 88. 1825 The name was published in the above work without any spe- cies being given, but a reference is made to Syst. Myc. 1: 409. 1821, ‘“Hydna Gomphi.’’ In the latter work, under the section Gomphi, four species are described: Hydnum Caput-medusae, H. hystrix, H. echinus and H. ramularia ; we must therefore regard these as representing Hericium Fr. That the genus, moreover, is distinct from Hericium Pers. is positively established by Fries’ own comment in Syst. Orb. Veg. 88. “Cum Hericio Pers., cujus typus H. coralloides * * * non commutandum.” In Hym. Eur. 617. 1874, Fries retains only two of the original species, 1. hystrix and /7. echinus, while a wholly new species stands at the head of the list, WH. Notaristi. Although the name is untenable, it does not seem wise to propose a new one until the validity of the species composing it is more thoroughly established. 13. Opontia Fr. Epicrisis, 528. 1836-8 Fries based this genus on five species of which Hydnum barba- Jovis Bull. stands first, but of one of the following species, O. Jimbriata, he says “typus generis.” Fries first published the name in Obs. Myc. 149. 1815, as a subgenus of Hyduum with three species; Hyduum pinastri Fr. standing first and jimbriata not being mentioned. Fries’ name of Odontia, however, is preoccupied by Odontia Pers., which evidently stands for a very different group. I, there- fore, propose the name Etheirodon * based on E. fimbriatum (= Odontia fimbriata Fries, Epicrisis, 528). The Friesian groups of Hericium and Odontia are the ones com- monly known by these names and not the older genera of Persoon. The discussion of the above four genera well illustrates the loose methods of nomenclature formerly in vogue. 14. GRanpiniA Fr, Epicrisis, 527. 1836-8 This genus was established on G. polycocca Fr. with six other Species, 15. Kneirria Fr, Epicrisis, 529. 1836-8 This was established on Thelephora setigera Fr.(= Th. aspera Pers,).+ The name is untenable, having been used by Spach in * From é€erpa, a tuft of hair, and édotc¢, tooth. T Bull. Torrey Club, 25: 631. 1898. 442 BANKER: HISTORICAL REVIEW OF Hist. Nat. Veg. 4: 373. 1835, for a genus of the Epilobiaceae. For this reason Underwood proposed the name Kvnetffella in Bull. Torrey Club, 24: 205. 1897. The next year P. Hennings inde- pendently proposed precisely the same name, Die nat. Pflanzent. 1** : 139. 1898. But this name was found to be untenable, hav- ing been used by Karsten for another genus of the Hydnaceae, Krit. Ofv. Finlands Basids. 371. 1889. Underwood then proposed the name Pycuodon, Bull. Torrey Club, 25: 631. D. 1898. But this name had been anticipated four months previously by Sac- cardo, who had published the name NMeokneiffia in his Tab. Com. Gen. Fung. 11 Aug. 1898. Nunc requiescat in pace ! 16. Mucronia Fr. Summa Veg. Scand. 329. 1849 The genus was based on Hyduum calvum Alb. & Schw., 4 single species. The name was found to be preoccupied by Ben- tham for a genus of the Polygonaceae, Trans. ‘Linn. Soc. 17: 419: 1837. Fries himself, therefore, changed the name to Mucronella, Hym. Eur. 629. 1874. 17. GRAMMOTHELE Berk. & Curtis, Jour. Linn. Soc. 10 : 327. 1869 The genus was established on G. Jineata with three other species. 18. MucroneLra Fr. Hym. Eur. 629. 1874 This name was proposed as a substitute for Mucronia (q. %-) and is, therefore, based on Hyduum calvum Alb. & Schw. 19. SARCODON Quel. Clavis Hym. 195. 1878 : This genus was established on Hydnum imbricatum L. nic eighteen other species. The name is clearly a direct synony™ " Hydnum 1. 20. CaLopoNn Quel. Clavis Hym. 196. 1878 Quelet established this genus on Hyduum suaveolens SCOP- with twenty-one other species, 21. Dryopon Quel. Clavis Hym. 198. 1878 a The genus was founded on Hydnum umbellatum March. W! ‘ seven other species including Hydnum coralloides Schaef. - which Persoon had based his genus Hericium. Dryodon QU must, therefore, be considered a synonym of Hericium Pers. GENERA OF HyYDNACEAE 443 22. PLEURODON Quel. Clavis Hym. 198. 1878 The genus was established on Hydnum occidentale Paul. with seventeen other species. 23. Hypnum Quel. Clavis Hym. 200. 1878 Quelet published this name with thirty-one species, all resupi- nate in form, not one of which we have any reason to suppose was known to Linnaeus. No law of nomenclature would seem to justify one in regarding such a groupas Hydnum L.* Hydnum Quel. must be considered as a distinct idea from Hyduum L. and _ the name, therefore, preoccupied by Linnaeus. In a later work, the Enchiridion Fungorum, 1886, Quelet has wholly ignored any such genus as Hyduum; the species of his own. genus of that name being referred almost bodily to the genus QOdontia Pers., and the name of the family itself being changed from Hydnaceae to Erinaceae. 24. AURISCALPIUM Karst. Medd. Soc. Faun. et Fl. Fenn. 5: 27. 4579 This name was published with A. vulgare (= Hvdnum Auriscal- pium L..) and two other species. It is a direct synonym of Auris- calpium Gray, ¢. v. 25. Hypnetium Karst, Medd. Soc. Faun. et Fl. Fenn. 5: 27. 1879 This genus was founded on Hydnum suaveolens Scop. with eighteen other species. The name is a synonym of Ca/odon Quel. gq. v. 26. Gioiopon Karst. Medd. Soc. Faun. et. Fl. Fenn. 5: 28. 1879 The genus was established on Ayduum strigosum Sw. with two other species. 27. Friesires Karst. Medd. Soc. Faun. et Fl. Fenn. 5: 27. 1879 The genus was established on Hydnum coralloides Scop. (= H. coralloides Schaef.) and H. caput-ursi Fr., so the name is a syno- nym of Hericium Pers. * Karsten has performed the same sort of nomenclatural gymnastics by publishing the genus Hydnum with five resupinate species and then added the star feature of quot- ing the name of the genus as ‘‘Aydnum Linn.’’! Cf. Hydnum page 438. 444 BANKER: HIsToriIcAL REVIEW OF 28. CrEoLopHUS Karst. Medd. Soc. Faun. et Fl. Fenn. 5: a7... 1870 This genus was based on Hydnuum corrugatum Fr. and three other species. 29. CaLDESIELLA Sacc. Michelia, 1: 7. 1879 This genus was established on C. /talica, a single species, and placed in the Gasteromyceteae. Saccardo transferred it afterward to the Hydnaceae in Sylloge Fungorum, 6: 477 and conveys an impression of uncertainty as to its true status in his account. 30. Acia Karst. Medd. Soc. Faun. et Fl. Fenn. 5: 28. 1879 The genus was founded on Hydnum fusco-atrum Fr. with thirty other species. The name is untenable, as it is preoccupied for a genus of the Rosaceae, by Schreber, Gen. Plant. 2: 458. 1791. 31. Lopnarta Kalch. & MacOwan, Grevillea, 10: 58. 188! The genus was published with Z. Ziri//osa, a single species. 32. Tyropon Karst. Rev. Myc. 3: 19. 1881 The genus was founded on Hydnum repandum L. and H. ru- Sescens Pers. and is, therefore, a direct synonym of Dentinum Gray. Karsten evidently has had no knowledge of Gray’s work which has been sadly neglected even by Gray’s own countrymen. 33- PHELLopon Karst. Rev. Myc. 3: 19. 1881 This genus was established on Hydnum nigrum Fr. with two other species. - 34. CLimacovon Karst. Rev. Myc. 3: 20. 1881 The genus was established on Hydnum septentrionale Fr., 4 single species. 35. Lepropon Quel. Ench. Fung. 191. 1886 | The genus was based on Hydnum occidentale Paul. with eight other species. In accordance with the rules laid down, this name must be regarded as a synonym of the author’s own genus Pea _ don. We have less compunction in the rigid application of oUF rule in this case, since there is no evidence that Quelet was 8°V" erned by any rules whatever in his own work. Aa GENERA OF HyDNACEAE 445 36. Opontinia Pat. Hym. D’Eur. 147. 1887 The genus was established on Hyduum denticulatum Pers. with four other species. 37- PHAEODON Schroet. Krypt. Flora Schlies. 3: 458. 1888 The genus was established on Hydnum tomentosum * Schrad. with eight other species. H. tomentosum Schrad. is the same as Odontia ferruginea Pers., and hence Phaeodon Schroet. must be treated as a synonym of Odontia Pers. 38. GranpiniA Schroet. Krypt. Fl. Schles. 3: 450. 1888 This genus was based on Odontia crustosa Pers. with G. alutacea ; it is to be regarded as equivalent to Grandinia Fr.; otherwise the name is untenable. 39. KNEIFFIELLA Karst. Finlands Basids. 371. 1889 The genus was established on Hyduum barba-Jovis Bull., a single species. 40. ScLERODON Karst. Finlands Basids. 360. 1889 The genus was established on Hyduum strigosum Sw.,a single Species. Karsten quotes Gloiodon in the above reference as a Synonym of Sc/erodon. But the rules of priority compel us to re- gard Sclerodon as a direct synonym of Gloiodon.t 41. Amauropon Schroet. Krypt. Fl. Schles. 3: 461. 1889 This genus was founded on Sistotrema viride Alb. & Schw. a single species. 42. THWAITESIELLA Massee, Grevillea, 21: 2. 1892 The genus was based on 7. mirabilis (= Radulum mirabile B. & Br. Jour. Linn. Soc. 14: 61. 1875). Avsingle species. Patouil- lard has demonstrated that the genus is identical with Lopharia Kalch. & MacOwan and should be regarded as a synonym of the latter.t 43. AsTERopon Pat. Bull. Soc. Myc. 10: 129. 1894 The genus was established on A. ferruginosum, a single Species, * This name is untenable, having been used by Linnaeus for a stipitate species in Sp. Pl. 2: 1178. 1753. ; T This is a case that would seem to justify a method of residues in the determi- nation of “‘types.’’ But it seems to us a very exceptional case. t Bull. Soc. Myc. France 11: 13. 1895. 446 BANKER: HISTORICAL REVIEW OF 44. GRANDINIELLA Karst. Hedwigia, 34: 8. 1895 The genus was founded on one species, G. 4évescens. 45. Hypnetium Karst. Hedwigia, 35: 173. 1896 The genus was founded on Kueiffia subtilis Karst., a single species. The name is untenable, having been used by Karsten himself as the name of a mesopous genus in this same family, a synonym of Calodon Quel. 46. Hypnocuaete Bres. Hedwigia, 35: 287. 1896 This genus was established on one species, 17. badia. 47. HypnocHakETE Peck, Reg. Rep. 50: 113. 1897 The genus was established on H. setigera, a single species. The name is preoccupied by Bresadola as above. 48. KyerrFIELta Underw. Bull. Torrey Club, 24: 205. 1897 49. Knerrrietta Henn. Die nat. Pflanzenf. 1'**: 139. 1898 50. NEoKNerFFIA Sacc, Tab. Com. Gen. Fung. 11. 1898 51. Pycnopon Underw. Bull. Torrey Club, 25: 631. 1898 The above four names were successively proposed as substi- tutes for Kneiffia Fr. g.v. Neokneiffia prevails. 52. HypNocHagreLta Sacc. Tab. Com. Gen. Fung. 11. 1898 This name was proposed as a substitute for Hydnochaete Peck and is therefore based on H. setigera Peck. 53. Ecuinopontium Ellis & Everh. Bull. Torrey Club, 27: 49° 1900 This genus was established on the single species, /mé tinctorius E. & E. SUMMARY To sum up then, we have the following names for the genera of the Hydnaceae with their synonyms, It is probable that 4 t of these will be reduced to synonymy when a proper arrangemee of the groups is obtained. : Names free to be used are in full face; synonyms in Roa the species with which the generic name is to be permanen : associated follows the date in Italics. GENERA OF HYDNACEAE 447 Acia Karst. 1879, name preoccupied. Amaurodon Schroet. 1889. Szstotrema viride Alb. & Schw. Asterodon Pat. 1894. — SHEAR: Mycotocicat NoTEs AND NEW SPECIES 457 The spores are however quite different from those figured by Des- mazieres. The leaf figured by him appears to be that of Camellia rather than Magnolia, but the spores may possibly have been figured from the specimen on Magnolia to which he refers in his description. . No. 553 Rav. Fun. Amer. on persimmon (Diospyros) and 526 E. & E.N. A. F. on Camellia Japonica were distributed under this name but the material in the Department herbarium is old and poor, showing no spores. Whichever may prove to be the type of Desmazierés’ species, we believe the plant we have is sufficiently characteristic to deserve recognition as a variety at least. The fungus appears abundantly on apparently healthy leaves after they have been dampened and kept in a moist chamber for a week or ten days. Plectrothrix gen. nov. Sterile hyphae creeping, scanty ; fertile, erect scattered with more or less irregularly arranged spinose branches near the apex ; conidia globose, hyaline, borne singly on the tips of the branches. This appears most nearly related to the genus Monosporium Bon., as treated by Saccardo, but differs in the much simpler fer- tile hyphae with the peculiar spur-like branches, to which the name refers. The type of the genus is Plectrothrix globosa sp. nov. Evenly effused or slightly tufted ; sterile hyphae, scanty, hya- line or’ subhyaline or subhyaline, septate ; fertile hyphae, erect, evenly scattered over the matrix or sometimes in small groups, 3-5-septate, hyaline or slightly colored toward the base, 250-350 X 3-4 #4, apex acute with 3-9 short, conical or spur-like branches, Which are usually not longer than the diameter of the spores ; the lower sometimes prolonged and dichotomous at the tip ; conidia globose, hyaline, 15-20 » diam., contents homogeneous. On leaves of Vaccinum macrocarpon kept in a moist chamber in the laboratory, Dept. of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. Type material no. 1108, C. L. S. in Myc. Herb. U. S. Dept. Agricul- ture. This fungus followed regularly the appearance and matu- tity of Pestalozzia guepini vaccinit on cranberry leaves kept in a moist chamber from one to two weeks. BurEAv oF PLANT Inpustry, U.S. DEPT. AGRICULTURE, WASHINGTON, D. C. Studies in North American Discomycetes. Il. Some new or note- worthy Species from central and western New York By Eras J. DuRAND My studies in the Discomycetes extending over several years have brought to light many interesting forms which it is my plan to discuss in this and future papers. Many of these undoubtedly rep- resent undescribed species, while others present such interesting features of already known species that notes upon them will, it is hoped, lead toward a better understanding of our discomycete flora. I wish especially to acknowledge my indebtedness to Dr. H. Rehm, whose work upon the Discomycetes of central Europe will long - remain a model for workers elsewhere ; and of whose kindly as- sistance and critical opinions, always so freely extended, I have constantly availed myself. AscopoLus ATRO-Fuscus Phil. & Plow. Grevillea, 2: 186. pl. 24-/- f, Ab7A A. viridis Boud. Ann. Sci. Nat. V. 10: 217. pl. 5.f: 4: 1869. (Not Currey.) A. carbonicola Boud. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. 24: 310. 1877: Phacopesia Nuttallii E. & E. N. A. F. no. 2908. (Nomen ined.) Exsicc.: Phil. Elv, Brit. no. 47; E. & E. N. A. F. no. 2908: Ascomata scattered, sessile, at first spherical and closed, a expanding, becoming orbicular, flattened and scutellate, sometime* contorted, often attached to the substratum} by white myceli threads, I-10 mm. in diameter; when fresh yellow or greenish- yellow, but in drying and at maturity the disk becomes yellowish- brown, finally dark chestnut or almost black, and papillate — the projecting asci. The exterior usually remains yellowish-br own and furfuraceous, with the margin slightly inrolled. Excipulut parenchymatous throughout, composed of irregularly rounded pee of variable size, 15-50 » in diameter, the ectal ones projecting from the surface in groups. Hypothecium rather sharply differentiate? cells small, not more than 10 p in diameter. » Hymenium about 3 the total thickness of the cup at the base. Asci clavate-cylindr cal, apex rounded and blue with iodine, 150 x 12-1571 eT 458 Duranp: Stupies 1n NortH AMERICAN Discomycetes 459 8, brown, minutely verrucose, broadly elliptical, 18-25 x 9-15 4; paraphyses numerous, longer than the asci, hyaline, septate, fili- form, curved or circinate, sometimes irregularly knobbed at the apex, imbedded in a greenish-yellow jelly. On burnt wood and soil, New York, Durand, nos. 984, 985, 994, 992; W. Virginia, Nuttal//. Reported also from California, on dung, Harkness & Moore, and from Nebraska, on wet sandy ground, Clements. This species was described from specimens collected in Eng- land, on charcoal beds. It has been found elsewhere in similar situations in France, Germany and Switzerland. In September, 1900, it was my good fortune to find numerous plants of this species growing in a burnt-out swamp, near Canandaigua, N. Y. The ascomata were in all stages of development, and were attached to burnt wood and adjacent burnt soil. The above description was drawn from fresh plants. I have compared the specimen in N. A. F. no. 2908 with that in the Elv. Brit. no. 47, in my her- barium, and find them identical. DETONIA FULGENS (Pers.) Rehm; Rab. Krypt. Flora, 1°: 1269. 1896 Pesiza fulgens Pers. Myc. eur. 1: 241. 1822. Pseudoplectania fulgens Fckl. Symb. Myc. 324. 1869. Otidella fulgens (Pers.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 99. 1889. Barlaea fulgens (Pers.) Rehm, Rab. Krypt.-Flora, 1°: 930. 1894. Plants usually solitary but occasionally clustered, nearly sessile or with a short thick stem, attached by a yellowish mass of mycelial threads to the soil which it binds together. Ascomata cup-shaped, bowl-shaped, or rarely spread out flat, usually with € margin slightly incurved, commonly regular but often con- torted or split at the margin, 0.5-2.5 cm. in diameter ; disk clear yellow or orange-yellow, externally yellow at first but becoming greenish, finally yellowish-olive, smooth or pruinose. Excipulum entirely parenchymatous, cells small, the cortical ones rounded, 10-20 # in diameter, the medullary ones elongated and irregular, showing their hyphal origin. Hymenium about 4 the total thickness of the cup below. Asci narrowly clavate-cylindrical, @pex rounded, not at all blue with iodine, 125-150 x 9-IO#; Spores 8, uniseriate or subbiseriate, hyaline, smooth, globose, 5-8 diameter. Paraphyses slender, filled with orange granules above. 460 Duranp: Strupies IN NortTH AMERICAN DISCOMYCETES Fine specimens of this beautiful species were collected at Ithaca during the week of May, 1901 (Herb. Cornell, no. 5807). The locality was low warm beech woods, where the plants grew on the bare soil among leaves, or in clumps of moss, or rarely on frag- ments of rotten wood. Saccardo established the genus O¢idella for this species on account of its irregular form and spherical spores. In other words it was a spherical-spored Ofidea. An examination of fresh material shows that the irregularity of mature plants is certainly not suffi- ciently constant or peculiar to serve as a basis for generic distinction. Good illustrations are given by Cooke, Mycogr. A/. 53. fi 209; by Gillet, Disc. franc. p/. 38; and by Weberbauer, Pilze Nord- Deutschl. p/. 3. f. 7. Hitherto reported from this country only from Deerfield, Mass., and Yosemite Valley, Cal., Harness & Moore. CIBORIA LUTEOVIRESCENS (Rob.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 206. 1889 Peziza luteovirescens Rob. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 8: 188. 1847: Peziza pallidovirescens Phil. Grevillea, 6: 24. 1877. : Hymenoscypha luteovirescens (Rob.) Phil. Man. Brit. es 12%. 1887. Exsicc.: Phill. Elv. Brit., no. 122. ‘ Plants solitary, stipitate ; ascomata plane with a slight mater waxy-membranous, about 2 mm. broad, narrowed below to @ ee slender, flexuous stem, 0.5—2 cm. long, tapering downward ; whole plant greenish-sulfur-yellow when fresh. Cortex parenchyma cells rounded or polygonal, 12-15” in diameter. Me portion composed of slender hyphae loosely interwoven. * yee of the cup greenish-yellow when crushed. Asci clavate-cylin cal, apex rounded, becoming deep blue with iodine, 135-145 * a 104; spores 8, obliquely uniseriate, hyaline, continuous, ee elliptical, occasionally slightly unsymmetrical, 12-16 X ; 2 - paraphyses filiform, slightly thickened above, somewhat 10 than the asci. On partly buried petioles lying on the ground amon under beech trees, Churchville, N. Y., October 26, 1901- cept My plants agree with Phillips’s specimens in every wey. moe that the cups are smaller. This was also true of the Bone specimens described by Rehm. The length of the stem g leaves Duranp: Stupres 1n NortH AMERICAN Discomycetses 461 with the depth under ground of the petiole from which it springs. If the latter is on the surface the stem may be very short. Not previously reported from America. Ciboria sulfurella (E. & E.) Rehm, zx “iz. Helotium sulfurellum E. & E. Bull. Torrey Club, 10: 98. 1883. Bxsicc, : Ellis N. A. EF. no: 1276. Plants solitary, stipitate, ascoma at first vitelline- or sulfur- yellow, but on drying the disk becomes dark ochraceous, finally dark chestnut-brown or almost black, at first globose and closed, then expanding and becoming plane with a slight margin, waxy- membranous in texture, I-4 mm. in diameter; exterior yellow, becoming chestnut, paler than the disk, furfuraceous and longitu- dinally striate ; stem 1 mm. to 3 cm. long, slender and flexuous, tapering downward, darker and thinly tomentose below; cortex parenchymatous, cells about three times as long as broad, those of the sides and margin of the cup rounded, about Io in diam- eter ; medullary portion of the stem and cup of slender, loosely interwoven hyphae ; tomentum of slender threads, 4 y in diameter. Asci evenly clavate, apex slightly narrowed, rounded, becoming pale blue with iodine, 75-90 x 8-10; spores 8, obliquely uni- seriate or irregularly biseriate above, hyaline, smooth, continuous or possibly becoming —-septate at maturity, elliptical, navicular, 9-15 x 4-64; paraphyses filiform. Flesh of the cup chestnut- brown when crushed. On partly buried petioles of Fraxinus, West Chester, Pa. ; not uncommon in central and western New York, in autumn, occur- ring in moist woods, ravines and swamps where the host abounds. (Herb. Cornell, nos. 5635, 57 16). In my experience the species is confined to ash petioles, but Clements reports it as growing on dead limbs in Nebraska. Ciboria sulfurella is a very distinct species, resembling C. luteovirescens in form, size and habit, but differing in the color, in the strongly furfuraceous exterior and smaller asci. There is never any shade of green about the present species, but the ochra- ceous and chestnut tones are the ones most often met with. The color of the crushed flesh is quite different in the two species, Ciboria Americana sp. nov. _ Plants solitary, stipitate ; ascomata cup-shaped, usually becom- ing plane, or with the margin reflexed and umbilicate, thin, waxy- membranous, pale cinnamon to brown, 3-10 mm. in diameter ; 462 Duranp: Srupies IN NortH AMERICAN DISCOMYCETES stem 2-10 mm. long, slender, darker below, with the exterior of the cup delicately furfuraceous. Cortex very thin, of polygonal cells, 8-10 # in diameter, projecting in groups from the sides of the cup and upper part of the stem making the exterior furfur- aceous. Toward the base of the stem the cells are prolonged into short hairs, 4 in diameter. Hypothecium parenchymatous, cells rounded, 6-10 # in diameter. Medullary part of the stem and cup of slender hyphae loosely interwoven. Asci clavate, usually curved, about 75 x gy, apex rounded, not blue with iodine ; spores 8, biseriate, hyaline, smooth, continuous, eguttu- late, elliptical or ovate-elliptical, slightly unsymmetrical, 9-12 X 4-5 #; paraphyses filiform. On the inside of decaying involucres of Castanea vesca, lying on the ground among leaves. Not uncommon in Coy Glen and Enfield Ravine, in the vicinity of Ithaca, N. Y., October, 1901. (Herb. Cornell, nos. 7942 and 7950, the latter the type.) This species resembles Ciboria (or Rutstroemia) echinophila (Bull.) Sace. in size, color, habit and habitat, but differs from it in the smaller spores (in the latter “ 12-22 4-5 1,” Phillips; “ 16- 21x5 p,” Massee), which are not strongly curved, and which never, so far as observed, become septate. C. echinophila has been reported in America only by Schweinitz, from Bethlehem, | Pa., and his specimen may possibly have belonged to the present species. It may be that C. Americana will prove to be the Amet- ican representative of the European C. echinophila. Sclerotinia smilacinae sp. nov. Plants scattered on gregarious, long-stipitate ; sclerotia — 1-2 mm. in diameter, irregularly spherical, aggregated and He times coalesced into a thin crust-like mass 1-2 cm. in diameter; ascoma fleshy-leathery, closed and spherical at first, expanding f° cup-shaped, finally becoming campanulate, usually with a e638 < sion in the center, sometimes contorted or irregular, .75-3 ca Y diameter, bright cinnamon-brown, externally smooth; stem 2 : cm. long, 2-3 mm. thick, tapering downward, somewhat pee tose below. Cortex parenchymatous, cells irregular, Lose diameter ; hypothecium and medullary portion composed of oo der hyphae loosely interwoven. Asci narrowly cy lindrical, 8P rounded, slightly blue with iodine, 120-140x 6-8 /; ees obliquely uniseriate, hyaline, continuous, biguttulate, smooth, re ; rowly elliptical, 12-15 x 4-5 4; paraphyses scarce, filiform, little thickened above. Durand: Stupres IN NortTH AMERICAN Discomycetes 463 Attached to decaying rhizomes of Stmlacina racemosa, buried in rich humus, Fall Creek, Ithaca, N. Y., May 13, 1901 (Herb. Cornell, no. 5945). The plants are usually aggregated, a half-dozen springing from a single rhizome. The sclerotia are so small as to be easily over- looked, and seem ridiculously small for so large a plant. The spores germinate readily in nutrient agar made up with a decoction of Silacina rootstocks. The spores do. not become septate at germination. One or two germ-tubes are produced which branch profusely but do not throw off conidia. Cultures on agar and on sterilized rootstocks produced the minute sclerotia in great numbers. This species resembles S. éuderosa (Hedw.) Fckl. very closely, but differs in the sclerotia, which in the latter are large and tuber- ous, in the method of germination of the spores and in the host plant. The latter species is said to grow always in connection with the rhizomes of Anemone nemorosa. CYATHICULA MARCHANTIAE (Sommf.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 307. 1889 Peziza marchantiae Sommf. Sup. Fl. Lap. 295. 1826. Ascomata solitary, turbinate, sessile or with a short, thick stem substance fleshy-waxy, thin, translucent, pallid-white usually with a pale lilac tint, o. 5-2 mm. in diameter; disk plane or saucer- Shaped, the margin ornamented with ciliate teeth composed of bundles of narrow cells. Excipulum parenchymatous, cells poly- gonal, 15-18 indiameter. Asciclavate-cylindrical, not conspic- uously narrowed below, apex rounded, not blue with iodine, 60— 75 X 6-8; spores 8, 1—-2-seriate, hyaline, contiguous, smooth, vate-elliptical, 8-10 x 4, minutely 2-guttulate; paraphyses liform, flexuous, exceeding the asci. On living Marchantia polymorpha, Six-mile Creek, Ithaca, N. Y., November 3, 1901 (Herb. Cornell, no. 8 5¥3). The ascomata usually spring from the margin of the thallus, °r sometimes from the summits of the gametophores. One can- Not, of course, be certain that this is Sommerfelt’s species, but it Corresponds fully with the brief description given in Saccardo’s Sylloge. This in connection with the peculiar habitat renders it quite probable that ours is the form Sommerfelt had in mind. If this is true we have the interesting fact of the occurrence, in New 464 Duranp: StupiEs IN NortH AMERICAN DISCOMYCETES York State, of a species which has not been found before since its original discovery, in northern Europe, more than sixty years ago. Lacunum 1nguitinum (Karst.) Schroet. Krypt.-Fl. Schl. 3? : 96. 1893 Felotium inquilinum Karst. Myc. Fenn. I. 147. 1871. Lachnella inquilina Karst. Rev. Monog. 132. 1885. Trichopesziza inquilina (Karst.) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8: 424. 1889. Pezizella inquilina (Karst.) Rehm, Rab. Krypt.-Fl. 1: 675: 1892. Ascomata scattered or gregarious, each with a short but dis- tinct stipe, at first spherical and closed, later becoming plane with the margin upturned, when dry cupulate with the margin inrolled, 0.3-0.5 mm. in diameter, entirely white, but old specimens often becoming brownish, clothed externally with a thick coating of white hairs; hairs short, not more than 50 # long, 3-4 4 thick, hyaline, rarely septate, more or less irregularly curved or flexuous, the tips uncinate, obtuse, smooth or granular; asci clavate, nal rowed at the tips which are not blue with iodine, 35-45 x 5-6 i spores 8, biseriate, hyaline, continuous, smooth, clavate-cylindri- cal, 8-10 x 2 4; paraphyses abundant, scarcely exceeding the ascl, lanceolate-acute at the tips, 3 2 wide at the broadest part, hyaline, septa not seen. : On decaying stems and rootstocks of Eguisetum hyemale, lying on the ground in wet places, Ithaca, N. Y., April, May and Nov. (Herb. Cornell, nos. 1041, 5836 and 8457); London, Canada, Aug. (Dearness, 2323 !). This is distinguished among the white species of the genus 2 the character of the external hairs. These are sometimes 5° ar as to be easily overlooked, but in well-developed specimens ie lected in the spring they are quite prominent. Their Rte flexuous character and curved tips are peculiar. Not beto reported from America. Dermatella hamamelidis (Peck) Durand a Patellaria hamamelidis Peck, Rep. 33 : 32- pl. 2-/- 7-7 - Lecanidion hamamelidis (Peck) Sacc. Syll. Fung. 8 : 800. eee Dermatella hamamelidis E. & FE. Proc. Phil. Acad. Sa. 4 4 149. 1893. (as n. sp.) ae Exsicc.: E. & E. N. A. F., no. 2634. - DurAND: Strupries IN NortTH AMERICAN Discomycetes 465 Ascomata scattered or gregarious, originating beneath the epi- dermis but soon breaking through and becoming apparently sessile on the surface, 0.3-0.5 mm. in diameter, the whole plant dark reddish-brown, the disk plane scarcely margined ; excipulum minutely parenchymatous, brown. Asci broadly clavate, nar- rowed below to a short stout base, apex rounded, not blue with iodine, 65-110 ¢ x 15—20; spores 8, irregularly biseriate, at first hyaline and continuous, finally becoming yellowish and _three- septate, smooth, oblong-elliptical or oblong-fusiform, usually some- what inequilateral, 15-21 x 4-6 » ; paraphyses filiform, longer than the asci, the tips yellowish and cohering to form an epithecium. On a bark of dead limbs of Hamamelis Virginiana, New York, Peck, Fairman, Durand et al. (Herb. Cornell, nos. 923, 5808 and 7938); Penn., Elis; W. Virginia (Vuttall). Specimens may be collected almost any month in the year, but the best fruiting material is to be found in the late autumn. I have compared specimens authenticated by Dr. Peck as Patellaria hamamelidis Pk., with the specimen of Dermatella hamamelidis E. & E. in the N. A. F., no. 2634, also with material from Dr. Fair- man determined by Ellis, and find that the three represent a single species. The continuous spore is multiguttulate. The first sep- tum is near the middle. This is followed by one in each half simultaneously, or one half may be septated long before the other. A section shows clearly the erumpent habit of the ascomata. BotanicaL LABORATORY, CORNELL UNIVERSITY. , New or noteworthy North American Grasses By F. LAMSON-SCRIBNER AND ELMER D, MERRILL Agrostis occidentalis sp. nov. A rather stout, caespitose, glabrous perennial, about 12 dm. high, with numerous linear leaves, open lax panicles and awnless spikelets. Culms glabrous; sheaths shorter than the internodes ; ligule about 4 mm. long, obtuse, somewhat lacerate ; leaf blades plane, 2~3 dm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, scabrous on both surfaces. Panicles exserted, about 1.5 dm. long ; common axis and branches scabrous, the latter fasciculate at the nodes, spreading or ascending, naked below, flower-bearing above. Spikelets pale green ; empty glumes subequal, lanceolate, acuminate, strongly aculeolate-sca- brous on the keel, 3.5—4 mm. long; flowering glume 2.5-3 mm. long, acute and minutely 4-toothed at the apex, bearing at the base a tuft of hairs one fourth to one half as long as the glume. Palea wanting, Type specimen collected by C. L. Shear, no. 1644, in a moist glade, McMinnville, Yamhill county, Oregon, July 20, 1899. This species in habit resembles Agrostis virescens H.B.K., but is at once distinguished by its awnless flowering glumes. Elymus velutinus sp. nov. . A caespitose, densely pubescent, ashy-gray perennial about 8 dm. high, with numerous basal leaves, densely flowered spikes — and long-awned flowering glumes. Culms minutely pubescent ka puberulent throughout ; nodes puberulent, sheaths shorter than the internodes, densely pubescent with short hairs; ligule about ! mm. long, densely pubescent ; leaf-blades linear-lanceolate, firm, flat or with somewhat incurved margins, 1-1.5 dm. long, 5-8 ser wide, densely and softly pubescent with short hairs throughet Spike about 10 cm. long, the spikelets slightly exceeding internodes, and two at each node; empty glumes nearly equ ai linear-lanceolate, long-acuminate-awned, 1.5-2 mm. wide, me 15 mm. long, including the awn, very strongly scabrous ON nerves ; flowering glumes about g mm. long, scabrous, bee stout scabrous awn about 2 cm, in length. Palea about ¢4 the glume, scabrous, ciliate on the margins. Type specimen collected at Deep Creek, San Mountains, California, no. 2056, L. Abrams, July 30, 199% 466 : Bernardin© NOTEWORTHY NorTH AMERICAN GRASSES 467 A most distinct species with apparently no closely related forms in North America. It is at once recognized by its ashy- gray color, due to the short dense pubescence, its very scabrous, relatively broad outer glumes and scabrous long-awned flowering glumes. Elymus cinereus sp. nov. A rather stout, tufted perennial, about 10 dm. high, densely short-pubescent throughout, giving the whole plant an ashy-gray appearance. Culms stout, nearly glabrous where protected by the sheaths, elsewhere densely short-pubescent ; nodes pubescent ; sheaths shorter than the internodes, densely pubescent, ligule thin, truncate, 2 mm. long, densely short-pubescent ; leaf-blades firm, involute, 2-3 dm. long, about 5 mm. wide, densely short-pubescent on both surfaces. Spike about 15 cm. long, densely flowered, rachis puberulent. Spikelets usually two at each node, 3-4- flowered, empty glumes subequal, subulate, scabrous throughout, 10-15 mm. long, flowering glumes lanceolate, acuminate, scarcely awned, 9-10 mm. long, rather prominently strigose-pubescent throughout. Palea nearly equaling the glume, scabrous, ciliate on the margins. Type specimens collected by C. A. Purpus, no. 6050, dry plains, Pahrump Valley, Nevada, May—October, 1808. This species in aspect resembles Elymus velutinus, the pubes- cence of the two species being nearly the same but in other re- Spects is not closely related to that species. Its most prominent distinguishing characters are its subulate empty glumes, which are never more than 0.5 mm. wide, and awnless flowering glumes. It is evidently related to Elymus triticoides Buckl., although that spe- cies is glabrous, or at least not at all pubescent. ERAGROsTIS AMABILIS Wright & Arn. in Hook & Arn. Bot. Beechy’s Voy. 251. 1841 This very distinct and beautiful species was found rather abundantly along moist roadsides, at two stations in F lorida, Lloyd's and Live Oak, 65 miles apart, by Mr. A. H. Curtis, no. 6898, September 12, 1901. How has this grass a native of India become established in northern Florida? Eragrostis amabilis is own to florists as a desirable ornamental grass and is cultivated for ornamental purposes in the United States and it was suggested that its appearance in Florida might be explained from this fact, and that it was an escape from cultivation. Regarding this point Mr. Curtiss writes as follows: ‘‘I cannot believe Fvagrostis 468 LAMSON-SCRIBNER AND MERRILL: NEW AND amabilis an escape from cultivation, for in the ‘cracker’ country where it was found, nothing but most common things are culti- vated. At Lloyd’s where it is well established along roads in low grounds, there is only a dinner house and a couple of stores. It is possible that the grass may have been grown at the so-called Experiment Station at Lake City, 22 miles east of Live Oak, but it is doubtful.” This species is apparently well established in northern Floirad and should certainly be recognized as a constituent of the flora of that region. Festuca Elmeri sp. nov. A weak, caespitose, pale green perennial, 6-8 dm. high, with long, linear, thin leaves and lax panicles. Culms glabrous. Sheaths slightly shorter than the internodes, strongly striate, the lower ones crowded and marcescent, the upper ones minutely scabro-pubescent between the striae ; ligule a very short minutely ciliate ring ; leaf-blades 2-3.5 dm. long, 2-3 mm. wide, plane, striate, nearly glabrous beneath, minutely scabrous or scabro- pubescent on the nerves above, especially the upper ones. Pani- cles 1-2 dm. long, pale green, the axis glabrous, the branches scabrous, ascending, naked below, flower-bearing at and above the middle, the lower ones often 1 dm. long. Spikelets 7-9 ™™. long, 3- or 4-flowered ; empty glumes unequal, the first about 2.5 mm. long, linear-lanceolate, acute, the second 3-4 mm. long, obtuse, both slightly ciliate on the hyaline margins above ; flower- ing glumes about 5 mm. long, exclusive of the awn, lanceolate acuminate, prominently 5-nerved, rather strongly scabrous, cleft at the apex, forming two sharp teeth about 1 mm. long bearing between them a slender scabrous awn about 4 mm. in length. Palea very narrow, acuminate, 2-keeled, slightly exceeding the glumes, Type specimen collected by A. D, E. Elmer at Stanford Unt versity, Santa Clara county, California, no. 2101, April, 190% also secured by Le Roy Abrams from the same locality, no. 1646 May 14, 1901. This species resembles Festuca Jonesii Vasey, in its habit of growth and in its very thin leaves, but is distinguished from that species by its very short ligule, much narrower leaves, mor flowering unequal empty glumes, and rather strongly scabrous glumes, NoTeEWorRTHY NortTH AMERICAN GRASSES 469 KoELERIA BRACHYSTACHYS DC. Hort. Monsp. 120. 1813. This European species was found at Pensacola, Florida, by S. M. Tracy, June 1, 1901, and we also have a specimen from King’s Valley, California, collected by Mrs. R. M. Austin, July, 1882. By some European authors it is reduced to Koeleria phleoides, but although closely related to that species we believe it to be valid, being distinguished by its glabrous spikelets. In Koeleria phleoides the glumes are prominently pilose. SCLEROPOA RIGIDA (Linn.) Griseb. Spicil. Fl. Rumel. 2: 431. 1844 Poa rigida Linn, Amoen. Acad. 4: 265. 1759. Festuca rigida Kunth. Enum. 1: 392. 1833. This European species was introduced at Charleston, S. C., early in the nineteenth century, as it was considered by Elliott in his Sketch of the Botany of South Carolina and Georgia 1: 164. 1817.* It has also been found at Mobile, Alabama, on ballast, by Dr. Chas. Mohr, and at Fort Morgan, Alabama, by S. M. _ Tracy, no. 7212, April 27, 1901, and should, we believe, be con- sidered as a constituent of the flora of the southern United States. Sitanion marginatum sp. nov. A densely caespitose, bright green glabrous perennial, 2-3 dm. high with short, usually spreading leaves, rather short spikes, and broad empty glumes. Ligule short, membranaceous ; leaf-blades linear-lanceolate, the basal ones 5-9 cm. long, those of the culm shorter, glabrous beneath, scabrous on the rather prominent white, cartilaginous margins. Spikes 3-6 cm. long, exserted, rarely partly enclosed in the upper sheath. Spikelets crowded ; empty glumes lanceolate, 1-1.2 mm. wide, about 5 mm. long, acuminate into a spreading awn about 1.5 cm. long; flower- ing glumes glabrous, about 7 mm. long, bearing an awn similar to that of the empty glumes. Type specimen, no. 334. E. D. Merrill and E. N. Wilcox, col- lected on bare open slopes, Teton Mountains, above Leigh’s Lake, Wyoming, July 26, 1901, altitude about 3,300 m. A peculiar species very similar in habit to Szfanion glabrum, J. G. Smith, but on account of its relatively broad empty glumes must be placed in the section Elymoides in relation with Sztanion ROE U.S: Dept. Agr. Div. Agros. 29: II. 1901. 470 NoTreworTHY NorTH AMERICAN GRASSES planifolium to which it is not closely related. Its distinguishing characters are its habit of growth, lanceolate empty glumes, glabrous flowering glumes, and prominent cartilaginous leaf- margins. Trisetum Congdoni sp. nov. A caespitose, erect, rigid perennial 2-3 dm. high, with erect or ascending rigid leaves, and exserted, ovate, densely-flowered panicles 4-5 cm. long, 1.5 cm. in diameter. Culms minutely puberulent. Ligule ovate, hyaline, 2-3 mm. long; leaf blades 4-5 cm. long, 2~3 mm. wide, glabrous beneath, scabrous above, flat or somewhat involute toward the apex. Panicles slightly purplish, common axis pubescent, the short branches densely flowered, spikelets mostly 2-flowered ; empty glumes narrowly lanceolate, glabrous except on the scabrous keels, acuminate, I-nerved, the first about 6 mm. long, the second 8 mm. long; flowering glumes 6 mm. long, very strongly scabrous through- out, lanceolate, acuminate, cleft at the apex, and terminating 1 two slender teeth about 1 mm. long; awn inserted somewhat above the middle, spreading, scabrous, 7-8 mm. long. Palea equaling the glume. Type specimen collected by J. W. Congdon, Shadow Lake Trail, Mariposa county, California, 1899. This species is readily distinguished from forms of Trisetum subspicatum by its rigid leaves, peculiar panicles, narrow empty glumes, very scabrous longer flowering glumes and longer awns. New Species of Nemophila from the Pacific Coast By ALice Eastwoop (WITH PLATE 21) / Nemophila Brandegei sp. nov. Stems branching, erect, sparingly retrorsely pubescent. Leaves generally 5-lobed, with rounded, entire or occasionally lobed, mucronate divisions, clothed with appressed pubescence, denser and finer on the lower surface, somewhat pustulate on the upper ; petioles broad, dilated at base, ciliate on the margins especially at the base, about as long as the blade: peduncles 3-5 times as long as the leaves, erect in flower, recurved spreading later : calyx 7 mm. long, with lanceolate-subulate acute divisions extending almost to the base ; auricles narrowly linear, about half as long as the divisions of the calyx : corolla 3.5 cm. across, blue with dotted lines in the throat, paler at base ; tube hairy within, destitute of ap- pendages but with a double line of fine hairs between each filament : divisions obcordate, almost twice as long as the tube : filaments as long as the tube: anthers ovate-acuminate, dark brown: style di- vided almost to the middle, hairy below the lobes ; ovary sparingly hairy: no fruit. (PL 27, f ¥) This was collected near Japato, Fresno county, California, by mc... S, Brandegee, March 26, 1893. This is one of the largest flowered species of Vemophila and in general appearance approaches NV. insignis. The general habit of the plant, the much larger flow- ers, the difference in the inner part of the corolla tube all mark it as a distinct species. It is with pleasure that I name it in honor of Mr. Brandegee who has done so much for the herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences and for the Botany of the Pacific Coast, There are two forms on the same sheet, one much more luxuri- ant than the other. The flowers in both are similar, though those of the larger specimen may be a little larger. This specimen is not complete, so the others have been taken as the type. ¥ Nemophila macrocarpa sp. nov. Stems long, decumbent, weak, branching, more than 30 cm. long, r ibbed, glabrate near the base, retrorsely pubescent above ; internodes generally exceeding the leaves: leaves 3-5 lobed, with 471 472 Eastwoop: New Species OF NEMOPHILA linear-subulate subfalcate mucronate divisions: petioles about as long as the blade and as broad as the divisions: flowers on long, slender peduncles, which exceed the leaves and the internodes, in bloom from the earliest axils ; flowering calyx 7-9 mm. long, with triangular-subulate lobes, veiny, pubescent on the outer surface, glabrous within, ciliate on the margin: auricles linear, about half as long as the divisions, both increasing in length with age : corolla rotate-campanulate, white with dotted lines of blue-black radiating from the base, 2 cm. across, with rounded obtuse divisions a little longer than the tube; appendages as figured: stamens with fila- ments as long as the tube ; anthers ovate-acuminate : style not di- vided to the middle, hairy below : capsule oblong-orbicular, 6 mm. long: seeds dark brown, with some scales on the rough, tubercu- lated surface ; calyptra prominent. (//. 27, f. 2.) This was collected by Will Price in Humboldt county. There are two specimens, one collected at Jarnagan, July I, 1890, the type, the other fragmentary, from Kneeland Prairie collected, June 30, 1890. » Nemophila Johnsoni sp. nov. Stems low, densely and closely branching from the base, al- most caespitose, branching also above, sparingly hispid with _ downwardly appressed hairs, leafy with the internodes shorter than the leaves: leaves opposite, with the blades as long as the broad ciliate petioles, together 1-3 cm.; divisions 5-7, entire or lobed, mucronate, pubescent with appressed hairs which are more numet- ous on the upper surface and inclined to be pustulate at base of older leaves. Peduncles 3 or 4 tinies longer than the subtending leaves, sparingly hispid with spreading or reflexed hairs: calyx 4 mm. long, with the triangular-subulate lobes extending almost to - the base, veiny, finely appressed pubescent on both sides, ciliate the margin ; auricles narrowly linear, almost half as long 4 the divisions: corolla rotate-campanulate, 1 cm. long, pale ni with darker dots radiating in lines from the center : divisions sai thirds the entire length, obcordate, hairy on the tube and with two denser lines of hairs between the filaments: filaments ae longer than the tube of the corolla; anthers black, sagittate, mm. long : style divided to below the middle, the lower part an” ovary hispid with white hairs: capsule becoming 5 mm. 7 eter : immature seeds scaly, the calyptra prominent. (Pl. 21; J : This was sent to me by Mr. A. J. Johnson, of Astoria, On in whose honor it is named. He reports it as growing on We rocks at the head of tide water, on the Umquaw River, county, Oregon. Eastwoop: New Species of NEMOPHILA 473 Nemophila diversifolia sp. nov. Stems decumbent, 15 cm. high, branched from the base and above, with slender, weak, angled stems, canescently hirsute with fine white spreading hairs; lowest leaves opposite, with generally five petiolulate, 2~3-parted divisions, the ultimate lobes rounded and obtuse; upper leaves lobed, generally unequal, 1-3 lobes on one side, three or none on the other, cuneate at base, tapering to a short petiole: flowers on slender peduncles which are shorter than the leaves, generally recurving in fruit: divisions of the calyx oblong-linear, acute, appressed hairy on both sides, mar- gined by long and short cilia; auricles short, narrow: corolla open-campanulate, 3 mm. long, lobed half way with obtuse, orbicular divisions, 2.5 cm. wide; appendages at base triangular- attenuate, overlapping: filaments as long as the corolla tube: anthers linear-oblong: style divided one-third, lower part hairy: ovary globular, clothed with spreading hairs: capsule purple- spotted on lower part, flattened-globular: seeds immature. (7. 27,f. 4.) This belongs to *Section V. in the groups of small-flowered Nemophila, though the lower leaves are those of Section VI. It is nearest to WV. inaequalis Eastwood. It was collected by Mr. J. G. Congdon below Mormon Bar, Mariposa county, May 28, 1901. The type is in the Herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences. ’ Nemophila decumbens sp. nov. Stems many from the base, branching dichotomously above with numerous weak branches, decumbent or supported on other Plants, clothed with few fine recurved bristles ; internodes about as long as the alternate leaves : leaves thin, variously lobed and divided, scarcely two alike ; the lowest with petiolulate orbicular divisions : the uppermost oblanceolate, entire ; the others 2-5- lobed with the lobes generally broad, mucronate at apex, all cin- £reous with upwardly appressed hairs: petioles of lower leaves wing-margined, shorter than the blades; upper leaves almost Sessile : peduncles capillary, becoming recurved : upper ones longer than the subtending leaves, lower ones shorter: calyx with thin, vemy divisions 3.5 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide, hispid externally, and slightly so on the inside near the apex, the bristles on the margins rather short: auricles short, acute, deeper green than the sepals : corolla Totate-campanulate, white with purple dots in lines ; divi- sions broad, obovate, retuse, as long as the tube, thin hispid ex- Sra a * Bull. Torrey Club, 28 : 240. Igol. a 474 Eastwoop: New Species oF NEMOPHILA ternally ; appendages at base thin, attached by the long side, the free part unequally triangular: filaments as long as the tube of the corolla inserted a little above the base ; anthers oblong: ovary hispid ; style divided more than half, slightly hispid at base: seeds 3-4: capsule corrugated, pitted ; the calyptra flat, soon falling. This was collected by Mrs. Katherine Curran (Mrs. Brandegee) on Mt. Diablo, 1883. A CoRRECTION The name WVemophila inconspicua proposed by me (Bull. Tor- rey Club, 28: 144. 1901) is preoccupied, there being an earlier NV. inconspicua Henderson. For my species I would substitute the name Nemophila pratensis. Explanation of Plate 21 Fic. 1. Nemophila Brandegei Eastwood. All parts of this are enlarged to twice ‘the natural size except the leaves which are outlined from actual leaves. Fic. 2. Nemophila macrocarpa Eastwood. Corolla and calyx twice the actual size ; leaf the actual size; appendage at base of corolla five times the size. : Fic. 3. Nemophila Johnsoni Eastwood. Calyx and corolla twice the actual size; leaves the actual size. Fic. 4. Nemophila diversifolia Eastwood. Calyx and corolla twice the actual size ; d, c, ¢, f, g, outlines from actual leaves, Trichomanes radicans By ELizABETH G, BRITTON Having come to the conclusion that Poterophora Donnellii Wolle, originally described as a fresh-water alga, is a filamentous prothal- lium of a species of Zrichomanes, collected on trunks of trees in Florida by J. Donnell Smith, we have been somewhat surprised to learn that the only record for any species of this genus in Florida is a doubtful one. Chapman, in all three editions of his Southern Flora, states that 7: Petersii had been sent to him among mosses from Pensacola, Florida, without stating the habitat or name of collector. As the first leaves of both Vittaria lineata and Campyloneuron phyllitidis might readily be mistaken for a small species of Zrichomanes, there is some doubt as to whether this statement is correct. No specimens occur in Chapman’s original herbarium now in the Columbia University collections, and at Biltmore no further information can be obtained from Chapman’s later herbarium. Meanwhile I have made a curious set of discov- eries, and confirmed the opinion held by most students of North American ferns that the species known in our text-books as Trichomanes radicans is quite distinct from the species originally described by Swartz. Trichomanes radicans as collected by Swartz was from Jamaica, where it grew closely clinging to trees in the forest, and climbed by a long tomentose rootstock ; the fronds were sparse, on stipes I-3 inches long, margined by the decurrent tissue of the leaf, which is Ovate-lanceolate, sub-tripinnate, and dark green. The rachis was Partially margined. Leaflets patent, alternate ; pinnules alternate, Pinnatifid; lobes linear, apex bipartite and obtuse. Urceolate fructification subpedicellate, scarcely exserted, the lobes laciniate, membranous, cylindric. Columella long setaceous. Compared with 7: scandens L., he says it differs in the place where it was found, the angular rachis, which is not black; the laciniate ends of the lobes not bifid, and the shorter columella. __ This comparison raises the question as to what 7. scandens L. 'S, and here too we find a diversity of opinion, most authors having 475 476 BRITTON: TRICHOMANES RADICANS followed the English school in taking as the type the specimen in the Linnaean herbarium; whereas the Germans have gone to the original plates cited by Linnaeus, of pre-Linnaean authors, and taken that as the type. The Linnaean description is as follows : 8. TRICHOMANES scandens frondibus supradecompositis ; foliolis alternis, pinnis alternis oblongis serratis. “Adiantum scandens ramosissimum, laciniss retusis dissectum.” Plum. fil., 76 t., 93. 1705. “Darea ramosissima scandens.” Pet. fil., 102, t. 12, fig. 5. 1712. Habitat in America. If the type is Plumier’s figure on plate 93, of his Tractatus Filicibus Americanus, 1705, it must be noted that this is @ folio volume and the rhizome and part of one frond only is figured, yet it more than filled the plate with the upper part omitted, and the stipe of one frond is over a foot long, So that the fronds must have been two and a half feet long, with pinnae six to eight inches long, pinnate-pinnatifid, with linear lobes. In his description he says the rhizome is very long and stout, and that it is completely covered with dark fibers which cling closely to the bark of trees, like the ivy. The whole plant is remarkable for its great spread, being very long and branching, and giving rise to a great number of leaves, alternating on the stem, which, though delicate, are nevertheless stout; the stipes are naked, black and shining like ebony, and about as long as the leaf; the pinnae are alternate, about half a foot long, with alternate pinnules, which are about one inch long and are deeply cut into narrow, linear lobes, bearing the cup-shaped sporangia, with a membranous lid and the black bristle about a line long. The type locality is south of Leogano, Santo Domingo dense forests climbing on trunks of trees. ae The second Linnaean reference to Petiver’s Pteridographia es simply a copy of a portion of Plumier’s plate with the descriptive phrase cited by Linnaeus. Hooker and Baker, in the Synopsis Filicum state t den Bosch refers 7. scandens L. to T. Kunzeanum Hook. that 7. scandens of the Linnaean herbarium is described by mee on another page.” They recognize 7. Kunzeanum as a variety in hat “ Van «but BRITTON : TRICHOMANES RADICANS ATT T. radicans. We feel that the plant of the Linnaean herbarium should be restudied, as well as the type of 7. radicans, which must be at Stockholm. This would probably necessitate the study of all the species which have been reduced to synonyms of one or the other, such as 7. macroclados Kunze, T. Lindeni Presl, T. Mexicanum V. a. B., etc. For it is quite certain that the specimens in our collection which have come from various sources, include a great jumble of species from the West Indies, Central and South America and the United States. Hooker and Baker say that 7. radicans is a ‘‘ very widely diffused and variable plant,’’—and from the list of localities cited by them we do not doubt this would be true of their specimens so-called. It is quite certain, however, that our species from the Southern States is quite distinct, in spite of the fact that Eaton in his Ferns of North America says “the name proposed by Sturm, and pub- lished with a long description by Van den Bosch, is wholly super- fluous.” We feel that he is mistaken, and that it must be known as Trichomanes Boschianum Sturm. (Van den Bosch. Syn. Hymen. 160. 1868.) } This was recognized by Salomon in his nomenclator of the vascular cryptogams in 1883, but such has been the conservatism of North American botanists, that since Dr. Gray in 1852 referred the species discovered by Peters to 7. radicans, it has gone by this name in spite of the fact that it is totally unlike any other Specimens so-called, Liriodendron Celakovskii Velen. By Epwarp W. BERRY In 1881 Professor Velenovsky found a leaf in the Cretaceous Clays, near Kuchelbad, in Bohemia, which he subsequently de- scribed * under the above name. Following is his description: “Das Blatt im Umrisse rundlich, seicht dreilappig, der Mittellap- pen nicht viel langer als die seitlichen, vorne seicht ausgerandet, die seitlichen ebenfalls ausgerandet oder beinahe abgerundet. Der Primarnerv gerade, nicht zu stark, zur Spitze merklich verdunnt; in der oberen Halfte desselben entspringen noch 2-3 Paare von starkeren Secundarnerven. Beiderseits des Mittelnerven ent- springen am Grunde noch 2 Basalnerven, von denen der obere etwa in der Mitte seiner Lange noch ein langes Secundarastchen abzweigt, die feinere nervation ist unkenntlich. Der Blattstiel etwa 2 cm. lang, gerade, am Grunde stark.”’ This leaf is of considerable interest as it is the only specimen of Cretaceous age in Europe which has been referred to Lirioden- dron, the balance of the European species appearing in the later Tertiary (Oligocene, Miocene, and later) and greatly resembling the existing tulip-tree. A critical comparison convinces the writer that this leaf is in no wise related to Liriodendron, and the result seems worthy of publication inasmuch as it limits the known troduction of this genus into Europe to the Oligocene, and sug- gests that this introduction may have been from the northwest through Heer’s Liriodendron Procaccinii of the Eocene (or at the very latest Oligocene) of Greenland and Iceland. This species 17 turn is the logical descendant from forms similar to those found sg the Amboy Clays and related strata from New Jersey to Martha s Vineyard. Velenovsky is positive enough that his identification of this leaf is correct and he compares it to those forms of Liriodendron Meckii from Nebraska. While the two leaves are much the same size, Lirtodendron Meekii is oblong in its general outline while this * Die Fl. der Boehm, Kreideform., Beitrage zur Palaeont. des Oesterreich-Ungar™® und des Orient. E. v. Mojsisovics und M. Meumayr, 3 : 18 (43), A/- 6 ( 14), fe 478 BERRY: LIRIODENDRON CELAKOVSKII VELEN. 479 leaf is orbicular. Liriodendron Meekii is almost perfectly fiddle- shaped ; the apical lobes are not convergent; the lateral sinuses are in the basal half of the leaf, and are quite decided; the lateral lobes are basal and directed nearly laterally ; the secondaries are numerous, and the venation so far as known is that of Lirtodendron. Liriodendron Celakovskii is, on the other hand, a typically trilobed leaf with palmate venation, although the sinuses are shallow and the lobes not particularly well marked; the sinuses are in the apical half of the leaf and are directed downward, while the vena- tion is quite different from that of the former species, with few, and much curved secondaries. The genus Cissites which was originally proposed by Heer to include leaves presumably allied to Cissus, has been made to in- clude a variety of forms with more or less resemblance to Vitis, Platanus, Sassafras, Liriodendron, etc., by later authors. It is with Some of these that Velenovsky’s leaf shows a decided similarity. Lesquereux, in discussing his Cissites obtusilobus,* notes its tesemblance to Liriodendron Celakovskii, the venation being how- €ver strikingly different. A. Cissites which resembles this leaf is Cissttes salisburiacfolius, Ix. which} species has been referred successively to Populites and to Sassafras ; in fact it resembles some of the obtuse varieties of Sassafras cretaceum. “so called” very much. It is a somewhat larger leaf than Liriodendron Celakouskii and more decidedly tri- lobed ; in some of Lesquereux’s specimens which lack the decur- Tent base the venation is very similar to that of Lériodendron Celakovshit. Another species of Cissites which resembles this leaf is Les- quereux’s Cissites Harkerianus. The two leaves are exactly the Same size; the outline is the same, except for the slightly notched apex of Celakovskii and the somewhat decurrent base of Har- Rerianus. The venation is similar in the straight primaries and few greatly arched secondaries. ¢ Another species of analogous appearance is Hedera platanoidea Lx. His figure of this species (pl. 3,f. 5) resembles Liriodendron Lo ee * Fl. Dakota Group, 161. TAm. Jour. Sci. 46: 94. 1868. {See especially Cret. & Tert. Fl. St 3: 480 BERRY: LIRIODENDRON CELAKOVSKII VELEN. Celakovskii considerably in both size and outline, except for the unnotched apex ; the secondaries are more nearly straight, however, and there are no additional veins below the lateral primaries. Comparing Liriodendron Celakovskii with the existing Lério- dendron Tulipifera we note that, while the outline is not dissimilar from numerous ZL. 7x/ipifera leaves in my possession, the wide peti- ole enlarged at the base is widely different. The venation is decidedly different from any form of Liriodendron, living or extinct, which I have seen. It is most decidedly palmate, three veins ‘which may be called primaries and two lateral secondaries branch- ing from the summit of the petiole at the extreme base of the leaf blade. The primaries are straight and the lateral ones run directly to the tips of the obtuse lateral lobes. In L. Zudipifera what ‘answers to these primaries are seldom straight, do not form such an acute angle with the midrib, and in 99 per cent. of the leaves examined do not run directly to the tips of the lobes, but branch .and become more or less obliterated. The disposition of the tertiary system in the region of the sinus is different ; in L. Tulipifera a secondary generally runs toward the sinus, forking and striding it. In L. Tulipifera the secondaries are more numerous and branch from the midrib at approximately regular intervals, nor do they ascend in sweeping curves as in L. Celakovskit. : The base in Z. Tu/ipifera is not straight, but usually decurrent 9 the smaller leaves, and more or less obcordate in the larger. It would not be difficult to find additional analogues of the leafin lca tion, and while the writer's knowledge is far to limited to assign La dendron Celakovskii to its proper place, it would seem to be i! nearly related to that somewhat heterogeneous assemblage includ in Cissites. At least this seems to accord more nearly with its ye ral affinity than its reference to Liriodendron, and we May i in conclusion that it is not related to Liriodendron, which 8 the point of emphasis in the foregoing note. Passaic, N. J. Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany Ammidown, L. E. Saleratus as a Protection against Rhus-poisoning. Rhodora, 4: 105, 106. My. 1902. Andrews, L. Gleditschia triacanthos established in Connecticut. Rhodora, 4: 103, 104. My. 1902. Arthur, J.C. New Species of Uredineae, II. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 227-231. 24 Ap. 1go2. New species and varieties in Uromyces (2), Puccinia (5) and Uredo (2). Bacon, A. Some Cases of Poisoning by Cypripedium spectabile in Ver- mont. Rhodora, 4: 94-97. My. 1902. Barnes, W. D., Reppert, F. & Miller, H. H. The Flora of Scott and Muscatine counties [Iowa]. Proc. Davenport Acad. 8: 199-287, pl. 1, 2. "1902. Bissell, C. H. Some noteworthy Plants of Connecticut. Rhodora, 4: 98-100. My. 1902. Blodgett, F. H. The Dog’s-tooth Violet. Plant World, 5: 52, 53. Mr. 1902. Blomberg, C. Utricularia minor in Vinnicunnet, Massachusetts. Rhodora, 4: 102, 103. My. 1902. _*Bolley, H.L. Flax Wilt and Flax-sick Soil. Bull, North Dakota Exp. Sta. 50: 27-57. D. 1gOl. | Buckhout, W. A. Weeds in General: Two Newcomers into Penn- sylvania. Bull. Pa. Agric. Exp. Sta. 58: 1-8. Mr. 1902. Cockerell, T. D, A. The Name of a Western Aguilegia. Torreya, 2: 75. 14 My. 1902. Substitutes Aquilegia Mancosana ( Eastwood) for A. Eastwoodiae Rydb. Cook, M. T. Development of the Embryo-sac and Embryo of Castalia odorata and Nymphaea advena. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 211-220. bl. 12,173 +f. 72,2. 24 Ap. 1902. Coulter, J. M. The Dating of Periodicals. Jour. Bot. 40: 159, 160. Igo2, . Curtiss, A. H. Among Florida Ferns. Plant World, 5: 66~72. Ap. 1902. Earle, F.S. A Key to the North American Genera and Species of the Hygrophoreae, II. ‘Torreya, 2: 53,54. 12 Ap. 1902; 735 74- 14 My. 1902. ; 481 482 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Earle, F. S. Mycological Studies. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Garden, 2: 33I- 350. Ap. 1902. New species in Periconia (3), Hymenoscypha, Dimerosporium, Colletotrichum, Verticicladium, Sporoschisma, Puccinopsis, Russula (2), Pholiota, Flammula, Hebeloma (2), Cortinarius (2), Hypholoma, Psathyrella, Hypodermopsis, gen. NOv., Gloniella, Trematosphaeria, Metasphaeria, Xylaria, Sphaeropsts, Aecidium, Cercospora, Ohleriella gen. nov., Puccinia, Rhopographus, and Podosporium. Earle, F. S. The Flora of the Metamorphic Region of Alabama. Bull. Ala. Agric. Exp. Sta. 119: 43-120. Ap. Igo2. Eastwood, A. Some new Species of Pacific Coast Rises. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2: 241-254. p/. 237, 2g. Ap. 1902. Includes nine new species. Eggleston, W. W. The Discovery of Comandra livida and Lycopo- dium Sitchense on Mt. Washington. Rhodora, 4: 97, 99: My. 1902. Ellis, J. B. & Everhart, B. M. New species of Fungi from various Localities. Jour. Mycol. 8: 11-19. My. 1902. New species in many genera. : Falkenberg, P. Die Khodomelaceen des Golfes von Neapel und der angrenzenden Meeres-Abschnitte. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel, Monographie, 25: i-xvi, 1-754. p/. 1-24. 1901. A general monograph. Includes descriptions and figures of numerous exclusively American species. Fink, B. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Lichens of Minnesota. 6. Lichens of northwestern Minnesota. Minn. Bot. Studies, 2: 657- 729. Igo02. New species in Rinodina and Pertusaria. Fink, B. Ecological Distribution an Incentive to the Study of Lichens- Bryologist, 5: 39, 40. My. 1902. ; : Garman, H. Kentucky Forage Plants—The Clovers and their Allies. Bull. Ky. Agric. Exp. Sta. 98: 1-46. F. 1902. List of the native and cultivated Leguminosae of Kentucky. Griffin, H.H. Cantaloupe Blight. Bull. Colo. Agric. Exp. Sta om I2-I4. 1902. Grout, A. J. Additions to the recorded Flora of Long Island. Tor- reya, 2: 49-59. 12 Ap. I9go2. Grout, A. J. Current bryological Literature. Bryologist, 5: ais? My. 1902. Grout, A. J. Notes on my North American Musci Pleurocarpi. 8V® 1-4. Brooklyn, Mr. 1902. Harper, R.M. Notes on Lycopodium clavatum and its Variety gel stachyon. Rhodora, 4: 100-102. My. 1902. - INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 483 Harris, J. A., & Kuchs, 0. M. Observations on the Pollination of Solanum rostratum Dunal and Cassia Chamaecrista L. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull. 1: 15-41. ff. z. F. 1902. Harshberger, J. W. An ecological Sketch of the Flora of Santo Domingo. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 53: 554-561. p/. 37, 32. 1902. Harshberger, J. W. Cockscomb Fasciation of Pineapples. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 53: 609-611. 1902. Harshberger, J. W. The Botanical Gardens of Jamaica. Plant World, 5: 41-44. pl. 8, 9. Mr. 1902. Hasselbring, H. Canker of Apple Trees. Bull. Ill. Agric. Exp. Sta. 79: 225-239. Ap. Igoz. Hervey, E. W. Rare Plants about New Bedford [Mass.]. Rhodora, 4: 106, 107. My. 1goz. Hill, E. J. John Stuart Mill and botanical Study. Plant World, 5: 47-49. Mr. 1902. Hollick, A. Geological and botanical Notes: Cape Cod and Chappa- quidick Islands, Mass. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Garden, 2: 381-407. bl. 40, gz. Ap. 1902. Holzinger, J. M. Orthotrichum Hallii Sulliv. & Lesq. Bryologist, 5: 43, 44. pl. 5. My. 1902. H[ooker], J. D. Philodendron calophylium. Curt. Bot. Mag. III. 58: p/. 7827. 1 Ap. 1902. Native of Brazil and Guiana. House, H.D. The acaulescent Violets of central New York. Torreya, 2: 68-71. 14 My. 1902. Huntington, J. W. How I found Schistostega osmundacea. Bryolo- gist, 2: 52. My. 1902. Johnson, D. S. The Development of the Embryo Sac in Piper and Heckeria. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ. 21: 85, 86. Je. 1902. Johnson, D.S. The Germination of the Seed of Peperomia and cer- tain other Genera. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ. 21: 86. Je. 1902. Kaufman, P. An interesting Aroid. Plant World, 5: 75. Ap. 1902. Keller, I. A. A peculiar Condition of Oedogonium. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila, 53: 598-601. 1902. _ [Illust.] , W. A. Continuation of the Journal of Mycology. Jour. Mycol. 8: 1-3. My. 1902. Kellerman, W. A. Puccinia Pechii (De-Toni) Kellerm. Jour. Mycol. 8: 20. My. 1902. * 484 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Knowlton, F. H. Description of a new fossil Species of Chara. Torreya, 2: 71, 72. 14 My. 1902. [Illust.] Chara Springerae Knowlton. Knowlton, F.H. Suggestions for the Preservation of our Native Plants. Plant World, 5: 61-66. Ap. 1902. MacMillan, C. Observations on Prerygophora. Minn. Bot. Studies, 2 723-741. pl. 57-62. 1902. Maxon, W. R. Asingular Form of the Christmas Fern. Plant World, S273. A. ze.:- Ap. 1902. Mez, C. Myrsinaceae. Das Pflanzenreich, 4°: 1-437- f. 1-61. 6 My. 1go2. Includes numerous new species from America. Miyake, K. On the Starch of evergreen Leaves and its Relation to Photosynthesis during the Winter. Bot. Gaz. 33: 321-349 15 M. 1902. : Morgan, A. P. A new Genus of Fungi. Jour. Mycol. 8: 4; 5- My. Tg02. Acontium with three new species. Morgan, A. P. Notes on some Florida Myriostomas and Geasters. Jour. Mycol. 8: 3, 4. My. 1902. ‘ Nelson, A. Native Vines in Wyoming Homes. Bull. Wyo. Agric. Exp. Sta. 50: 1-15. Mr. 1902. Newcombe, F.C. The Rheotropism of Roots. Bot. Gaz. 33: 1777 198. f. 1-7. 22 Mr. 1902; 263-283. f. 8-17. 18 Ap. 19073 34 362. f. 14,15. 15 My. 1902. Niles, G.S. Derivation of Dog’s-tooth Lily. Plant World, 5: eS 52. Mr. 1go2. Paddock, W. Plant Diseases of 1901. Bull. Colo. Agric. Exp. Sta. 69: I-23. 1902. 4 Apple tree root rot ; apple tree rosette ; blackberry root disease ; cherry tree wou” parasite ; asparagus rust; aster wilt; currant cane disease; grape anthracnose 3 ie root disease ; plum leaf blight; potato diseases ; quince rust ; strawberry leaf bligh’? wheat stinking smut, | Piper, C. V. New and noteworthy Northwestern Plants, vi Torrey Club, 29: 221-226. 24 Ap. 1902. New species and varieties in Axtennaria (2), Madia, Cacaliopsts, Mentha, thyris, Lomatium (2), Astragalus and Philadelphicus, Prain, D. & Baker,E. Notes on Jndigofera. Jour. Bot. 40: both 1 F. 1902 ; 136-144. 1 Ap. 1902. Rich, W. P. Oak Island and its Flora. Rhodora, 4: 87-94 1902. Syn- My- INDEX To Recent LITERATURE 485 _ Roberts, H. F. The hardy Cata/pa. Bull. Kan. Agric. Exp. Sta. 108: 99-140. Ap. rgo2. Robinson, B. L. Veronica Chamaedrys in New England. Rhodora, 4: 107, 108. My. 1go2. Rolfs, F. M. Potato Failures. Bull. Colo. Agric. Exp. Sta. 7o: 1-20. Mr. 1902. Discusses Réizoctonia Solani (Kuhn) as a cause of disease in potatoes. Rusby, H. H. Official botanical Names. Druggists Circ. and Chem. Gaz. 45: 245, 246. D. tgor. Rusby, H. H. The poisonous Properties of Mountain Laurel. Drug- gists Circ. and Chem. Gaz. 46: 27. F. 1902. Rydberg, P. A. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora, VIII. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 232-246. 24 Ap. 1902. New species in Stan/eya (2), Thelypodium (2), Lepidium (2), Roripa (3), Lesque- rella, Physaria, Cardamine, Sophia (2),Draba(7),Geranium (2),Oxalisand Lupinus (4). Schumann, K. L£chinocactus ingens Zucc. Monats. fiir Kakteen- _kunde, 12: 72. 15 My. rgo2. _ [Illust.] Native of Mexico. Schumann, K. Echinocactus Texensis Hopff. Monats. fiir Kakteen- kunde, 12: 62. 15 Ap. rg02. [Illust.] Shear, C. L. Lewis David von Schweinitz. Plant World, 5: 45-47. pl. 10. Mr. 1902. Shoemaker, D. N. Notes on the Development of Hamamelis Vir-, siniana L. ~ Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ. 21: 86, 87. Je. 1902. Small, J. K. A Saxifrage from the Queen Charlotte Islands and its Relatives. Torreya, 2: 55. 12 Ap. 1902. Saxifraga Newcombei sp. nov. Small, J. K. A sea-beach Helianthus from Florida. ‘Torreya, 2: 74, 75- 14 My. 1902. Helianthus carnosus Small, sp. nov. Smith, J.D. Undescribed Plants from Guatemala and other Central American Republics, XXIII. Bot. Gaz. 33: 249-262. f/. 10, 11. 18 Ap. 1902. New species and varieties in Ouratea, Guarea, Matayba, Swartzia, Gurania, Gonzalea, Cestrum, Psychotria, Columnea, Bravaisia, Citharexylum, Aristolochia (2), Piper, Mollinedia, Ocotea (2), Zrema, Costus, Donnellia (gen. nov.) and Polypodium. Sprague, T. A. Hamadryas sempervivoides Hook. Ic. Pl. 28: pi. 2748. My. 1902. Stenzel,G.W. Abweichende Bliiten heimischen Orchideen mit einem Riickblick auf die der Abietineen. Bibliotheca Botanica, 10°: 1-136. p/. 7-6. 1902. r 486 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Stone, W. Viola renifolia in the Pennsylvanian Alleghanies. ‘Torreya, 2: 75- 14 My. 1902. Svedelius, N. Algen aus den Landern der Magellansstrasse und West- patagonien.—I. Chlorophyceae. Svenska Exped. Magellanslan- derna, 3: 283-316. p/. 16-78. 19g00. Includes two new species: Codium dimorphum and Siphonocladus brachyartrus. Tullsen, H. Is the Giant Cactus Doomed? Plant World, 5: 53- Mr. 1902. True, R. H. Sun Prints in Bryology. Bryologist, 5: 37, 38- p/ 4 +f. A. My. 1902. Walker, E. Root Rot [of the Apple]. Bull. Ark. Agric. Exp. Sta. 71: 29-32. 1902. Waters, C. E. An analytical Key for the Ferns of the Northeastern States, based on the Stipes. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ. 21: 83-85. Je. 1902. Webber, H. J. The Botanical Society of Washington. Science, I. 15: 895-898. 6 Je. 1go2. Includes list of members. Williams, R.S. A Preliminary list of Montana Mosses. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Garden, 2: 351-380. p/. 34-79. Ap. 1902. New species in Dicranum and Barbuda. Woods, A. F. Observations on the Mosaic Disease of Tobacco. Bull, U. S. Dep. Agric. (Plant Ind.). 18: 7-24. pl. 7-6. 15 My. 199?. Yendo, K. Corallinae verae of Port Renfrew. Minn. Bot. Studies 2: 711-722. pl. 51-56. 1902. New species in Cheilosporum and Corallina (2). TORREY ON SECRETION EPITHELIUM. PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 1. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1595 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895—18y2. Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1898). By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT : Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50. 1892-1894. Price $5.00. Vil. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00. Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00, Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00. Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150, 1897-1898. Price $5.00. Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00. Vol. 8. Nos. 176-. 1g01~-(current). List of separate numbers available on application. 3: A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896. Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y. The Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- barium material for any of the above named publications. Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. City. 4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- Sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Brown. Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2 642 Pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating everv Species described. Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for the three volumes ; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10.00. _5- Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) 1900. By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, :896-. Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & Co. New York, Price $1.00. 6 Moulds, Mildews, nd Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- wood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. Duodecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & Co. Price $1.50. 7. A Text-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations, Published by Longmans, Green & Co. New York. Price $3.00. UNDERWOOD’S Moulds, Mildews and Mushrooms. A Guide to the Systematic Study of the Fungi and Mycetozoa and their Literature. [Illustrated with ten heliotype plates, one colored. By LuctEN M. UNDERWOOD. 12mo. Pp. 236. Price $1.50 7 Contains synopses of the genera of fleshy and parasitic fungi, with historical sketch of the study of mycology in America, and copious references to the literature of the subject. Sufficiently technical for accuracy, but intended to enable the novice to recognize the systematic position of the ordinary fungi of fields and woods. Particular attention is paid to the edible species. HENRY HOLT & Co., 29 West 23d Street, NEW YORK. shaman Back numbers of the BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLus wanted to complete files, as follows: Vol. 7 (1880) Nos. 1, 9. Vol. 14 (1887) Nos, 1, 2. Vol. 8 (1881) Nos, 2, 10, 11. Vol. 15 (1888) any numbers. Vol. 9 (1882) Nos. ¢, 5. Vol. 16 (1889) Nos. 3, 4- Vol. 11 (1884) Nos. 1, 2, 3 Vol. 17 (1890) Nos.(4 8, 95 10 1% Vol. 12 (1885) Nos. 1, 2, 3. Vol. 18 (1891) No. 1. . . . Ki Contributions of duplicate numbers requested of members of the Club. Oth possessing numbers invited to state prices. ADDRESS TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB, city: CotumBsia University, NEW YORK sae -— aoe eee FoR SALE. VERMONT HERBARIUM MATERIAL: Including a set of the new Crataegus (some thirty species: fete piants.) New Species in Antennaria, Scirpus, Rubus, etc Many poet new and rare Vermont plants. Mt. Washington plants, 75 ig ap- Material guaranteed both as to quality and quantity. List sent 0 a plication. Price, $10.00 per hundred, post or express Pr¢P W. W. EGGLESTON: a 23 N. Main Street, RUTLAND, **’ WET AND DRY Cryptogamic and Phaenogamic PLANT MATERIAL collected and preserved especially EO Ci ASS Se Ws ar ow Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Glasses and Slides, Forceps, Scalpels and Needles. * Laboratory Note Book” of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., CAMBRIDGE, MASS. Everything Useful te Botanists. Living Plants and Their Properties By Pror. J.C. ARTHUR, Purdue University, and Pror. D. T. MacDouGaL, Sedford Park, New York City. _,,Atimely book of 12 chapters dealing with the special senses of plants, development of irrita- bility, compass plants, sensitive plants, effects of cold, growth of leaves, significance of color, com- parison of plants and animals, etc., in a non-technical manner. Original illustrations, interesting, comprehensive and thoroughly modern. Printedon enamelled paper, 30 illustrations, 242 +8 pages- marginal sub-titles. Handsomely bound in cloth. Postpaid, $1 25. Send orders to Dr. D. T. MacDoucat, Bedford Park, New York City, orto Morris anp Wit- son, University Book Store, Minneapolis, Minn. COMMENTS. It is a collection of delightfully written essays on certain of the more important and interesting features of li ving plants in the broadest sense. ‘he facts set forth are in all cases the latest results of investigationin the various lines, and the language is simple and non-technical.— Plant World Sens book will make an admirable addition to the scientific alcove of every pttlic library.—Prof. . E. Besszy. It is an interesting volume to all who care to know what science has recently discovered in the physiology and pathology of the vegetable kingdom.—New Vork World. A Text-Book of General Lichenology With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern United States. By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M.S., M.D. The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80 ; in cloth, $4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application. WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghamton, N.Y. ie eat PUBLICATIONS The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- taining notes, news and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all i ders of the Garden. To others, 10 cents a copy; $1.00 a year. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. I, 1900, viii + 213 pp. Vol. II, 1901, vili 4+ 204 pp. Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual ee of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying the results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, 449 ae 3 maps, and 12 plates, 1896-1900. $3.00. No. 6, 232 pp., 20 plates. Free to members of the Garden; to others, 50 cents. Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden, Vol. 1. An Annotated Aes alogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone Park, by Dr. Per Axel Ry , — assistant curator of the museums. An arrangement and critical discuen ae Pteridophytes and Phanerogams of the region with notes from the author’s fie athe and including descriptions of 163 new species. ix + 492 pp. Roy. 8vo, wi [Not tailed map. Price to members of the Garden, $1.00. To others, $2.00. offered in exchange. ] . h- Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from ) other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. No. 1. Symbiosis and Saprophytism, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. 2. New Species from western United States, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 3. The dichotomous Panicums » some new Species, by Geo. V. Nash. 4. Delphinium Carolinianum and related Species, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg: No. 5. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—I, by Dr. Per Axel pepe No. 6. Notes and Descriptions of North American Plants I and II, by Dr. Small. No. 7. Vegetative Reproduction and Multiplication in Zrythronium, erick H. Blodgett. : No. 8. Two new Species of Grimmia from Montana, by R. S. Williams. ‘ No. 9. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—I1, by Dr. Per Axel pe -No. 10. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—III, by Dr. Per Axel Ry te No, 11. Life-history of Schizea pusilla, by Elizabeth G. Britton and Alexandrina ; Taylor. No. 12. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—IV, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg: No. 13. Farther Studies on the Potentilleae, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg: jpeta No, 14. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—V, by Dr. Per Axel Ry is No. 15. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—VI, by Dr. Per Axel Ry No. 16. Vanishing Wild Flowers, by Elizabeth G, Britton. No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White. No, 18. Shrubs and Trees of the Southern States, by Dr. J. Ke Small. woke No. 19. The American Species of Limncrchis and Piperia, North of by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 20, The Morphology and Physiology of the Seedlings of Avisaema and A. Dracontium, by R. J. Rennert. No. 21. Two new Western Mosses, by R. S. Williams. No. 22. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—VII, by Dr. Per A All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to NEw YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN Bronx PARK, New YORK by Fred- triphyllum xel Rydberg: ESTABLISHED I851. EIMER & AMEND, MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, - 205, 207, 209 & an Third Ave, Corner of 18th Street. NEW YORK. SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATE? OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR BE March’s Szline “hemical Stone Ware. Schleicher % Schuell’s Chemically Pure and Common Filter Paper. Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome ters (Polariscopes)- Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Ba ances, etc. Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co., @ Paris, Platinum. H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. SPECIALTIES :— Bacterioscopica! Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass- ware, Porcelain from the Rova! Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure Hammeréd Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen” Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus and Chemicals fo Sugar Chemists. LABORATORY OUTFITS © St FOR — | : ; _ FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES ayp COLLEGES. Gtass-Btowinc, ETCHING, GRINDING AND REPAIRING. gu “MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. : _ A series of ebacal papers on botanical subjects. Established 1889. Price, i 33 oo per volume. Separate numbers supplied at following prices which are ae : net. The Mem: irs are not offered in exchange. : _ Volume 1, No. 1—Studies of the Types of various Species of the genus Carex. By L. H. Bailey. Price, $1.00. : No. 2.—A List of the Marine Alge hitherto observed on the Coasts of New _ Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C, Martindale. Price, 50 cents. No. 3—An Enumeration of the Hepaticz collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in _ South America, By Richard Spruce. Price, 75 cents. No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. — Vol. 2, No. 1.—On reserve Food Materials in Buds and surrounding Parts, onerney with two plates. By S8yron D. Halsted. (Only sold with full volumes, ) ee _ No. 2,—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna Mberoy Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala, es By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. aS Vol. 3, No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous Ter- ritory. ‘By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. (Only with full volumes. ) ‘No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadaceze with illustrations .of all the species. By Thomas Morong. Price, $2.00. : No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents, Aiea Vol. 4. No. 1.—Index Hepaticarum. Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien M. é Underwood. Price, 75 cents. : ; f ___No 2,—Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season © B02. By John K. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, 50 cents. _No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Planti collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang— By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. No. 4.—Arachis Pobre With three plates. By A. S. Pettit. Price, 5 oe No. 5-—Monograph of Physalis. By P. A. Rydberg. Price, 75 cen 5 of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North Amer: par the Botanical Club, A.A A.S. Price, $3.00. 2 ol. 6. Pie Se aad of the Plants collected in Bolivia by : Miguel lenry H. Rusby. Price, $1.2 age of the North pees Isotheciaceae and Brachythecia ~The Life fe Wistory ofS Sphacreila lacustris (Haematococcus pluvialis colored plat By Tracy Elliot Hazen. Price, 50 cents. - ucien he Review core the. Genera of Ferns proposed prior to 1832. By L paige ah Note on the Lichen Distribution i in the Upper Mississippi Valley. - . ; on and Anthocerotes of California. With thirty five plates: Avery” owe, rice, $2.00. a Was fe The Comparative Embryology of the Rubiaceae. With fifteen Price, $1.75. ec States and Gate. By A Ww. vans aiphlccen: By E. s. salmon, F.L.S. Price, $3.00" Genus | ister. By E. S, urgess. In Press. North American sordariaceae. By David if BULLETIN TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD ASSOCIATE Epirors NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON FRANCIS ERNEST LLOYD CARLTON CLARENCE CURTIS DANIEL TREMBLY MACDOUGAL MARSHALL AVERY HOWE HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS ANNA MURRAY VAIL CON TENES The Origin of Asplenium ebenoides: Margaret Slosson . 1+ + ee eet ew eis 487 Hepaticae of Puerto Rico (PLATES 22-24): Alerander W. Evans... oe es es 496 The Saltatory Origin of Species: Charles A. White»... 5+ + eee ee eee 51t New Western Plants: Alice Bastwood . 16 po ee ee ee es TNDEX To RECENT LITERATURE RELATING TO AMERICAN BOTANY PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB THe New Era Privtinc COMPANY LANCASTER, Pa, President, HON. ADDISON BROWN Vice- Presidents, e HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. JOHN K. SMALLS a ‘ ‘Treasur er, ay E ‘LLOYD cents. Aycan erE 1-6, ‘13, site 19-27 co ly of vals 7-18 are available, but the to be directed to the Edi VoL. 29 No. 8 BULLETEN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB AUGUST 1902 The Origin of Asplenium ebenoides By MARGARET SLOSSON The question whether Asplenium ebenoides R. R. Scott is or is not a hybrid between Asplenium platyneuron (L.) Oakes and Camp- fosorus rhizophyllus (L.) Link has long been a vexed one. In Order to ascertain the truth by crossing A. platyneuron and C. rhizophyllus, 1 began experiments several years ago which had been Suggested by Mr. George E. Davenport.* Partial description of these experiments, together with a discussion of the advantages and disadvantages of various methods of attempting the hybrid- izing of ferns, has been announced already, + but it is necessary to refer here to the method that Mr. Davenport suggested and which, with slight modification, was at first adopted. . This method consists of dividing prothalli of two species be- tween the archegonial and antheridial regions before fertilization has taken place and planting the archegonial section of a prothallus of one of the species close to the antheridial section of a prothallus of the other, so that antheridia and archegonia come in contact. The idea is that should fertilization subsequently take place it can only be Cross-fertilization and the resultant plant a hybrid. It should be Said that although the formation of plants of pure species from asexual growth, which sometimes occurs on prothalli, would not be prevented, yet plants arising in this way can be distinguished, according to Dr. Farlow, from plants springing from fertilized archegonia and can, therefore, be detected and removed. On experimenting, however, two objections to this method were encountered: (1) Nearly all of the sections of prothalli * Papers Pres. Boston Meet. (1898), 9. 1899. t Fernwort Papers (ined. }. [Issued 30 August. ] 487 488 SLosson: THE ORIGIN OF sent out branches and it appeared extremely probable that on the branches the organs that had been removed were often regener- ated. Each of the branches was shaped more or less like a complete prothallus, and many produced plants of pure ae borne, as in the normal prothalli, close to a sinus. I did ne wish to disturb the cultures sufficiently to make certain, but tt is not probable that all, if any, of these plants were the result of asexual growth; (2) Very many of the antheridial sections, — though possessing roots when planted, either died immediately or appeared to fade and remain faded for weeks, reviving only by sending out branches. The archegonial sections, on the contrary, though rootless when planted, as a rule quickly produced roots and grew rapidly. Since there appears to be no way of dividing prothalli that offers any certainty that the organs cut away will not be regenel- ated, it is evident that in attempting to cross species of ferns that method of dividing and bringing prothalli together is best in base the prothalli offer most quickly facilities for cross-fertilization, order that it may take place before regeneration of the organs. As antheridial sections that die or fade cannot be said to offer such facilities, in the experiments described further on whole prothall have been substituted for the antheridial sections. In cutting the | archegonial sections the incision has been made transversely close to the sinus of each prothallus in order to make certain of er ing archegonia only on the archegonial sections. Then, oe ing the section containing antheridia, the archegonial section ) : prothallus of one species has been planted against a whole pro SP SP YY x nts = 4; Fic. 1. X 4. The letters in the series uniformly refer to the same pia ‘ des Be Dd, Asplenium platyneuron ; B, hybrid artificially produced ; C, Asplenium ebenot Camplosorus rhizophyllus. halli thallus of the other species with the lower surfaces of the pr ee pressed close together, in the hope that when gntherori Be be set free on the whole prothallus some would reach an ASPLENIUM EBENOIDES 489 fertilize the archegonia on the archegonial section before that sec- tion could regenerate antheridia of its own. It is obvious that in seeking to discover the origin of A. eden- aides the removal of organs of A. platyneuron or C. rhizophyllus is only of use in so far as it may facilitate cross-fertilization, for A. ebenoides, while it combines characteristics of these two ferns and hence might be produced by their cross-fertilization, is so distinct from either that it could not possibly be produced by the cross- fertilization of either. For the same reason it could not be pro- duced by the asexual growth of either. Therefore if a plant of A. ebenoides should spring from prothalli of A. platyneuron and C. rhizophyllus that had been planted together and pure cultures had been insured, that plant must be considered proof that A. eben- oidestis a hybrid between A. platyneuron and C. rhizophyllus. SOLVY Fic, 2. In order to insure pure cultures, in my experiments the pro- thalli have been raised on sterilized earth in new flower-pots and kept under glass. Lack of success during several years in crossing A. platyneuron and C. rhizophyllus has not been caused by prothalli of these ferns failing to produce a hybrid when planted together, but by the difficulty in getting prothalli of both ferns in proper con- dition at the same time in order to plant them together. Almost 4S soon as that was overcome results followed. ; In the winter of IQOO—IQOI spores of these two ferns sown iN separate flower-pots developed prothalli in large numbers. During February and March archegonial sections were cut from the prothalli of C. rhizophyllus, planted in a third pot, and a whole Prothallus of 4. platyneuron planted close against each section. In 4 fourth pot archegonial sections of A. platyneuron were planted 490 SLossoN: THE ORIGIN OF against whole prothalli of C. rhizophyllus. In a fifth pot a few whole prothalli of both ferns were planted against each other. In all about fifty pairs of prothalli were planted. Now, if in the third pot antherozoids were set free on one of the whole prothalli of A. platyneuron and some were to fertilize the archegonia on the archegonial section of C. rhizophyllus in contact with that prothallus, in all probability some also would fertilize the archegonia on the whole prothallus. Hence, should a hybrid- plant develop, we would expect a plant of pure A. platyneuron to POLE Fic: 4... <4 develop at the same time. That is what occurred. In June # plant, unquestionably a hybrid between A. platyneuron and ‘ ; rhizophyllus, and a plant of pure A. platyneuron sprang UP ae ASPLENIUM EBENOIDES 491 side.* It is probable, then, that this hybrid-plant was. produced by archegonia of C. rhizophyllus fertilized by antherozoids of A. platyneuron, The following September a second hybrid-plant sprang up, but, as in the meanwhile plants both of pure A. p/aty- neuron and of pure C. rhizophyllus had been produced, the organs cut away had probably been regenerated, hence no conclusions can be formed as to whether this second plant is the result of the same cross as the first or of the reciprocal cross. Fic. 5. X 2%. Shortly before September, from the appearance of plants of pure C. rhizophyllus and pure A. platyneuron in the fourth pot, it became evident that in that also the organs cut away had probably been regenerated, so for convenience the contents of the fifth pot Were transferred to the fourth one. Two hybrid plants sprang up in it soon afterward, about the same time that the second hybrid Plant appeared in the pot with the June plant. The only fact that could lead one to suppose that the hybrid Plants in the two pots might represent reciprocal crosses is that in the one containing the June plant the leaves of both plants, When y oung, were truncate at the base, like leaves of young A. platy- * In this connection it is interesting to note that a pocket of rock containing a plant of 4. ebenoides, found by G, A. Woolson in Vermont, contained also a plant of 4. Platyneuron, 492 : Siosson: THE ORIGIN OF neuron, and in the other cuneate, like leaves of young C. r/uzo- phyllus. Later, the leaves of all four became cordate at the base, like leaves of mature C. rhizophyllus. There can be no doubt of the hybridity of these four plants: they have shown from the beginning a most curious combination of the characteristics of A. p/atyneuron and C. rhizophyllus. The leaves have varied from suberect to almost decumbent and, though none have taken root, some have rested their tips — upon the earth. That the leaf-blades are inter- mediate in outline between the leaf-blades of A. platyneuron and C. rhizophyllus may be seen from figures 1-7, in which the three ferns are shown in somewhat parallel stages of development, A representing leaves of A. platy- neuron, B and BB in f. 7, 2; 3) g and 7 leaves of the June plant of the hybrid, B in f. 5 a leaf, of one of the September plants of the hybrid from the fourth howe pot, and D leaves of C. rhizo- phyllus. The blades of the leaves of the hybrid combine fairly theif texture, which is characteristic of A, platyneuron but not of C. rhisophyllus, with veins forming slightly raised lines on the — of the leaf, which is characteristic of C. rhizophyllus but not of A. platyneuron. Their color, though a lighter and brighter gre? than that of C. rhizophyllus, suggests it. In one of the hybrid-plants in each pot the veins have been wholly free, and in the other, especially in the June plant, the veins, though mostly free, have formed a number of areolae. In all three ferns when very young the petioles are gree FIG. 6. . XX 855i ASPLENIUM EBENOIDES 493 but other coloring soon appears at their bases and spreads upward. In A. Platyneuron this coloring is at first light stramineous and spreads rapidly, involves in time the entire rachis and turns chest- nut brown or purplish-ebeneous, sometimes leaving touches of green. In C. rhizophyllus it seems to vary from light to dark brown and extends, ultimately, only part way up the petiole. In the hybrid it has been brown from the beginning, has now a dark purplish tinge, and extends some distance up the back of the rachis. The petioles themselves in C. rhézophyllus are more or less narrowly winged on the sides, in the hybrid, they are similar, though perhaps more slender, while in A. platyneuron they are wingless. The scales clothing the bases of the petioles in the three ferns are minute, acuminate, and reticulate in reddish-brown on an almost colorless background. In C. rhizophyllus they vary from lanceolate to lanceolate-deltoid or are occasionally ovate at base and narrowed suddenly above, and their margins are entire or some- times bear short cilia. In A. platyneuron they are elongate- linear or lance-linear and their margins bear cilia often long and Conspicuous. In the hybrid they are more or less intermediate in shape, resembling occasionally the scales of one parent more than those of the other, and their margins are entire or bear cilia vary- Ing in length, On comparing the hybrid plants with a large number of speci- mens of Asplenium ebenoides from Havana Glen, Alabama, and from Virginia, and with photographs of A. ebenoides from Virginia, Maryland, and Vermont, I find that the characteristics of the hy- brid are, with one exception, characteristics also of A. ebenotdes. This exception is the manner in which the base of the blade of the leaf varies, at different stages of development, in its resemblance to that of 4. platyneuron or of C. rhizophyllus. As already stated, in two of the plants of the hybrid when young the base of the blade resembled that of young A. p/atyneuron and in the other two that of young C. rhizophyllus, while in all four when “Older it resembled that of mature C. rhizophyllus. In young spec- ens of J. edenoides from Havana Glen, the only young wild Plant of this fern I have seen, the base of the blade resembles that of young C. rhizophyllus, while in older plants from Havana Glen 494 Stosson : THE ORIGIN OF and elsewhere it resembles in some of the leaves that of mature C. rhizophyllus and in others that of mature A. platyneuron. But, supposing A. ebenoides and the hybrid to have arisen in the same way, for some of the progeny of the same parents to resemble one parent and for others at the same stage of development to resemble the other, is so common an occurrence that no comment Is re- quired. From the figures, in which C-and CC represent leaves of A. ebenoides from Havana Glen, this varying resemblance of A. ebenoides and of the hybrid, at various stages of development, to C. rhizophyllus or A. platyneuron may be seen. It is especially notice- able in figures 1-3. Of characteristics possessed by A. edenoides and not by the hybrid I find but two: 1. Possession of sori. The lack of this characteristic in the hybrid is easily accounted for by the age of the plants. The plant are still growing and it is confidently expected that sori will de- velop upon older leaves. 2. Elongation and attenuation of the pinnae. But this char- acteristic is either not constant in A. ebenoides or else appears ™ different plants at different stages of development. It is very marked and seems to appear, as a rule, at an early age, in most specimens of A. ebencides from Havana Glen. On the other hand, Dr. Murrill tells me that it did not appear in his plants from bia ginia until they had been kept for some time in a greenhouse, in a favorable environment which caused them to develop luxuriantly. In one of his specimens that show no trace of it the blade of the leaf is fully 10.797 cm. long, about a third longer than that of the largest leaf of the hybrid plants, and well fruited. None of the leaves of the specimens of A. ebenoides found by Dr. C. E. Waters in Maryland show elongation and attenuation of the pinnae. s the utmost that can be said of the lack of this characteristic g leaves of the hybrid is that they resemble some leaves _ ebenoides rather than others. How close the resemblance ' be seen by comparing B and BB, f. 7, which represent ee ‘ the hybrid, with C and CC, f 7, which represent leaves © ebenoides, us Thus, on comparing. with A. ebenoides a fern pe to crossing A. platyneuron and C. rhizophyllus, it is found simile ASPLENIUM EBENOIDES 495 A. ebenoides in habit, coloring, texture, form of the leaf, venation, and character of the scales ; in short, it does not possess one char- acteristic that A. edencides does not possess at some time in its life history, and, though young, lacks of the characteristics of A. ebenordes only the possession of sori and elongation and attenua- tion of the pinnae, both of which are often absent in A. ebencides at the same age. Surely we have here convincing proof of the origin of A. ebenoides. Pic. J. xX DMs I am indebted to Dr. Lucien M. Underwood not only for the Privilege of examining his collection of specimens of A. ebenoides from Havana Glen, but also for many courtesies extended to me in the preparation of this paper; to Mr. William R. Maxon for a generous number of additional specimens of A. edenoides from Havana Glen; to Dr. W. A. Murrill for a photograph of A. ebenaides from Virginia and the loan of specimens and manuscript notes ; to Dr. H: H. Swift for photographs of A. edenoides from Vermont, and to Dr. C. E. Waters for photographs of A. ebenoides from Maryland. Hepaticae of Puerto Rico |, THE SPECIES OF LEPTOLEJEUNEA, INCLUDING AN ACCOUNT OF THEIR VEGETATIVE REPRODUCTION By ALEXANDER W. EVANS (WiTH PLATES 23-25 ) The genus Leffolejeunea is composed of minute tropical species which occur almost invariably on living leaves. A few of the species grow on ferns or on hairy plants, but most of them prefer the smooth and glossy evergreen leaves of trees and shrubs. They confine themselves to the upper surface of the leaves and at first form circumscribed patches, which are clearly defined. As the plants grow older the patches become confluent and lose their distinct outlines. The sterile axes of Leptolejeunea together with their leaves are at first very closely appressed to the matrix, but some of the later branches are ascending and those bearing peri- anths are suberect. The plants, however, never become densely matted together as is usual in the Lejeuneae. The genus has several peculiarities in common with Drepave- lejeunea. The underleaves for example are essentially the same in both and afford a convenient character for distinguishing them from other minute Lejeuneae. These underleaves are commonly minute even for the size of the plant and are built up in a Very regular way. We can distinguish in them two slender divisions and a basal portion, the latter consisting of a central rhizoid-beat- ing region surrounded (except at the base) by a single row © marginal cells. The basal portion is usually in the form of a trapezium and is attached to the axis by the shorter of its parallel sides. In some species it is more nearly rectangular and is then abruptly contracted just above the base. From the upper angles of this basal portion arise the two filiform or subulate division®» which are sometimes composed of a single row of cells throughout and are sometimes two or three cells wide in the lower part. i divisions vary from suberect to widely spreading and in cert” species form an angle of 180° or more with each other. In the 496 Evans: HeEpaticaE oF Purerto Rico 497 latter case the upper boundary of the underleaf is a straight or slightly convex line. The number of cells in the basal portion, the number of cells in the divisions and the angle which the di- visions form with each other vary within very narrow limits for a given species and are of much value in distinguishing between closely related plants. The rhizoids to which the underleaves give rise are numerous and of the usual type. They consist of simple or branched projections from the median cells of the basal portion and are not themselves divided into cells. The rhizoids secrete a gelatinous substance by means of which they attach the hepatic to its substratum. In a few species of Drepanolejeunca an underleaf sometimes develops a small, sucker-like disc, from which the rhizoids develop secondarily. Similar discs occur on the under- leaves of Odontoleyeunea* and also on the first underleaves of the leafy propagula in both Leptolejeunca and Drepanolejeunea. In the position of the ¢? inflorescence and in the general characters of the perianth, Leptolejeunca also agrees with Drep- anolejeunea. The 9 inflorescence is borne on an extremely short branch, which in some species is simple and in others gives rise to a single innovation. With the exception of the perichaetial bracts and bracteoles the leaves on the ? branch are abnormally devel- oped or rudimentary, and are commonly reduced to a single side- leaf and an underleaf. The perianth is dilated and sharply five- keeled in the upper part, and the keels, with rare exceptions, extend outward, and often slightly upward, as distinct projections or horns, The most reliable differences between the two genera are to be found in the shape of the leaves and in the characters drawn from the keels and horns of the perianths. In Leftolejyeunea the leaves are gradually dilated from a narrow base and are rhombic, ovate, or lanceolate in outline ; their apices, although sometimes acute, are scarcely acuminate and are usually plane. In Drepanolejeunea the leaves are abruptly dilated from a still narrower base, and are More or less triangular in outline, their apices are long and slender . and usually reflexed. In Leptolejeunea the keels and horns of the Perianth are smooth or nearly so, while in Drepanolejeunea, they S s & Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et And. 142. 1884. Also Goebel, Pflanzenbiologische childerungen, 1: 461. Sf. 66. 1889. 498 Evans: HEpATICAE OF PuEeRTO RIco are rough and often spinose. In Leftolejeunea also the leaves are usually ocellate and the inflorescence autoicous, while in Drepano- lejeunea, the leaves are rarely ocellate and the inflorescence is usually dioicous. It must be admitted, however, that there are species which it is difficult to assign definitely to either genus, and in such cases we must rely upon a combination of characters rather than upon any single generic difference. Four species of Lepéolejeunea are now known from Puerto Rico, all of which are widely distributed in the American tropics. The commonest of these is probably Z. e//iptica, which has already been recorded by Stephani. * The range of this abundant species extends through the islands of the Pacific into the East Indian archipelago. Leptolejeunea exocellata (Spruce) Lejeunea (Lepto-Lejeunea) exocellata Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et And. 195. 1884. Pale green, becoming brownish upon drying ; stems 0.05 mm. in diameter, closely adherent to substratum, once to thrice pinnate with widely spreading branches but less copiously branched than the preceding species: leaves distant, the lobe widely spreading, plane or nearly so when moist, appressed to substratum, ovate to obovate, 0.45 mm. long, 0.25 mm. wide, attached by a very short, oblique line of insertion, margin entire or nearly so, antical margin not arching across axis, apex obtuse to subacute ; lobule oblong- rhomboidal, inflated, 0.14 mm. long, 0.09 mm. wide, keel slightly arched or almost straight, usually continuous with postical margit of lobe, roughened from projecting cells, free margin plane, al pressed to basal ocellus of lobe, bicrenulate at the ape%s he passing by a straight line or by a lunulate sinus to end of keel’ leaf-cells thin-walled, plane or nearly so, averaging 15 /# in - eter at edge of lobe and 19 2 in the middle and at the base a gones and intermediate thickenings minute but usually distinct never confluent ; basal ocellus, the only one present, 50 Ae 27 # wide, projecting postically and forming a cylindrical vie with the plane lobule, usually overlapped and almost con fe by adjacent cells of lobe: underleaves distant with ere — * Hedwigia, 27: 285. 1888, Evans: HEpPATICAE OF PUERTO Rico 499 obliquely spreading, filiform divisions, each consisting of 3 or 4 cells in a single row, basal portion of underleaf rectangular or tapezoidal, 0.05 mm. long, 0.07 mm. wide, abruptly narrowed at the base, radicelliferous region surrounded by 6 marginal cells, 3 on each side, basal marginal cells curved inward, second marginal cells forming the rounded lower angles of the basal portion, third marginal cells meeting in the middle and giving rise at their junc- tion with the second cells to the filiform divisions of the under- leaf: inflorescence autoicous: 2 inflorescence borne ona very short branch without innovation; leaf at base of branch smaller than ordinary leaves, the lobe ovate to rotund, the lobule reduced to a single row of cells connate with the lobe; underleaf at base of branch broadening from a narrow base, bifid about one half with subulate lobes and a broad lunulate sinus ; bracts suberect or ob- liquely spreading, scarcely complicate, unequally bifid with narrow, long-pointed lobes and lobules, the lobes 0.45 mm. long, 0.07 mm. wide, margin entire; bracteole connate on both sides at the base, linear, shortly bifid with subacute divisions and sinus, margin entire, 0.35 mm. long, 0.07 mm. wide above connate base; peri- anth somewhat exserted, oblong or obconical from a narrow base, broad at the apex and with a short beak, 0.5 mm. long, 0.45 mm, _ Wide in upper part, terete below, sharply five-keeled above, the keels extending upward and outward as acute or truncate horns, smooth or slightly roughened near the apex: or inflorescence usually occupying a short branch, rarely terminal on a leading | branch ; bracts usually in 2 or 3 pairs, imbricated, strongly in- flated, shortly and subequally bilobed with obtuse divisions, keel crenulate or denticulate from projecting cells; bracteoles present at base of spike, bifid about one half with subulate lobes and ob- tuse or subacute sinus; antheridia in pairs: mature sporophyte Not seen ( p/. 2 3). On living leaves. Between Cayey and Aibonito, Heller (568, 569); near Mayaguez, Heller (4566 p. p., 4567 p. p.); Cayey, Evans (70a p. p.). LeproreyEuNEA ELLIPTICA (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Schiffn. Jungermannia elliptica Lehm. & Lindenb.; Lehmann, Pugillus, 5:13. 1833. , 500 Evans: HEpaTICAE OF PUERTO RICO Lejeunea elliptica Lehm. & Lindenb.; G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 403. 1845. Colura elliptica Trevis, Mem. r. Ist. Lomb. III. 4: 402. 1877. Lejeunea (Lepto-Lejeunea) elliptica Spruce, Hep. Amaz. et And. 194. 1884. Lepto-lejeunea elliptica Schiffn. Die nat. Pflanzenfam. 11°: 26. 1893. Pale green, becoming brownish or blackish upon drying ; stems 0.04. mm. in diameter, closely adherent to substratum, once to thrice pinnate with widely spreading branches: leaves distant, the lobe widely spreading, plane or nearly so when moist, appressed to substratum, oblong-ovate to oblong-lanceolate, 0.35 mm. long, 0.18 mm. wide, attached by a very short oblique line of insertion, margin entire, antical margin not arching across axis, apex rounded, obtuse or rarely subacute; lobule ovate, inflated, 0.01 mm. long, 0.08 mm. wide, keel slightly arched or almost straight, usually continuous with postical margin of lobe, roughened from project- ing cells, free margin plane and appressed to basal ocellus of lobe, bicrenulate at apex, then passing by a lunulate sinus to end of keel ; lobule often poorly developed ; leaf-cells thin-walled, plane or nearly so, averaging 13 in diameter at edge of lobe and 23/ in the middle and at the base, trigones and intermediate thicken- ings minute but distinct, never confluent ; ocelli 2 to 5 in number, arranged in a median, interrupted line, basal ocellus larger than _ the others, 45 » long, 25 » wide, projecting postically and forming a cylindrical water-sac with the plane lobule, sometimes partially overlapped by adjacent cells of lobe: underleaves distant with widely spreading, filiform divisions, each consisting of 2 oF 3 cells in a single row, the cells longer than in LZ. exoce//ata and with i bulging walls, basal portion broadly rectangular or trapezoidal, 0.04 mm. long, 0.07 mm. wide, abruptly narrowed at the base, radicelliferous region surrounded by 6 marginal cells as in the preceding species but with the second marginal cells sharply ans” lar instead of rounded : inflorescence autoicous or dioicous : er florescence borne on a very short branch without innovation ; } and underleaf at base of branch similar to those of L. exocellala bracts obliquely spreading, scarcely complicate, shortly and une equally bifid, the lobe oblong to obovate, acute to rounded at the. Evans: HepaTIcAE oF Puerto Rico 501 apex, sometimes indistinctly apiculate, entire, 0.4-0.5 mm. long, 0.08—0.14 mm. wide, lobule ovate to ligulate, obtuse ; bracteole connate on both sides at the base, linear, shortly bifid with obtuse sinus and obtuse or acute divisions, margin entire, 0.25 mm. long, 0.07.mm. wide above connate base; perianth slightly exserted, obconical from a narrow base, broad at the apex and with a short beak, 0.4 mm. long, 0.35 mm. wide, terete below, sharply fine- keeled above, the keels extending upward and outward as acute or truncate horns, smooth or slightly roughened near the apex ; or inflorescence usually occupying a short branch, rarely terminal ona leading branch; bracts and bracteoles as in L. erocellata ; antheridia in pairs: spores oblong, greenish, with a thick, brown- ish, minutely verruculose wall, averaging 23 in short diameter (pl. 24, f. 1-7). On living leaves. First collected by Sintenis (45, 136); 14 miles south of San Juan, Heller (678, 680) ; near Mayaguez, Heller (4566 p. p., 4567 p. p.); Cayey, Evans (70a p. p.). L. exocellata and L. elliptica are very closely related species. They are not only strikingly similar in appearance but are likely to grow mixed together on a single leaf, and for these reasons they have been much confused by students of the hepaticae. Even Spruce, who first recognized the first species, considered its validity aS somewhat doubtful and suggested that it might perhaps be looked upon as a variety of L. edliptica. According to its author, Z. exocellata may be distinguished from Z, elliptica by the following differences: the plants are a little larger, their leaves are sometimes narrowed at the base (2. @., obo- vate-lanceolate) and are constantly evrocellate, the leaf-cells are More indistinct and with somewhat thickened walls, the infrafloral Underleaf is conspicuously pentagonal and bicuspidate, the peri- chaetial bracts are narrower and the perianth is larger. Unfortunately several of these differences are not to be relied upon, and this applies particularly to those which concern the leaf- Cells. In his full descriptions of the two species in question, Spruce States that the cells of L. elliptica are “ valde leptodermes,” while Nose of L. exocellata are “intus sinuatae, parietibus, subincrassa- tis,” As a matter of fact the cell-walls are very thin in both Species but show almost invariably minute and distant trigones 502 ‘Evans: HEpATICAE OF PuERTO Rico and intermediate thickenings. These are a trifle larger in L. ellip- tica than in L. exocellata, but the difference is not at all striking. The species of Leptolejeunea when dried do not always assume their natural appearance upon the addition of water. Even boil- ing water is not always effective, and it is sometimes necessary to treat them with potash solution or some similar reagent before we can gain an accurate idea of their cells. This is probably one reason why the cell-structure is not always accurately described. The absence of ocelli in the leaves of L. exocellata is empha- sized by Spruce, and it is from this supposed character that the species derives its name. There is present,‘however, at the base of the lobe a large hyaline cell about three times as long as the neighboring cells. This cell, which would naturally be interpreted as an ocellus, occurs not only in Puerto Rico specimens, but also in South American specimens distributed by Spruce himself. The ocellus is more or less overlapped by the adjacent part of the lobe on the side toward the keel. This part is distinctly convex, and aes can see the ocellus clearly only by focussing through the cells which lie over it (p/., f. g). Sometimes the overlapping goes so far that the ocellus looks as if it were a foreign body inside the water-sa©s and possibly it has been so interpreted. In reality it takes direct part in the formation of the water-sac. It is not only longer than the neighboring cells, but greater in diameter and projects con- siderably beyond them toward the substratum. Here it comes into contact with the free edge of the lobule, which remains plane or nearly so (f. 5), and in this way a cylindrical sac is form open only at one end. The capacity of the sac is of ee increased by the convexity of the lobe between the ocellus - the keel, A similar ocellus occurs in Z. edliptica, but it is usually less concealed by overlapping cells. Except for this basal ocells the leaf of L. exocellata is truly “ exocellate,’’ and lacks the inter rupted row of ocelli, which is characteristic of L. e//iptica. ‘, The differences in the subfloral underleaves, as noted above, t not seem to be constant. It is sometimes difficult to make OF these structures at all on account of the numerous rhizoids ba ; they bear, but when well developed they are essentially alike the two species. . — ae ‘ to The remaining differences mentioned by Spruce seem Evans: HEpPATICAE OF PuERTO RICO 503 trustworthy. It may be added to these that the leaves of Z. elliptica are usually from 8 to 12 cells broad, while those of Z. exocellata are from 12 to 15 cells. The underleaves of the latter species also are rounded below instead of angular, and their slender divisions spread less widely and have more bulging cells than in L. elliptica. LEPTOLEJEUNEA STENOPHYLLA (Lindenb. & Gottsche) Schiffn. Leeunea stenophylla Lindenb. & Gottsche; G. L. & N. Syn. Hep. 769. 1847. Colura stenophylla Trevis, Mem. r. Ist. Lomb. III. 4: 402. 1877. Lejeunea (Lepto-Lejeunea) stenophylla Steph. Hedwigia, 29: 96. 1890. Leptolejeunea stenophylla Schiffr. Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 23: 596. 1897, Pale green, becoming yellowish or brownish upon drying ; stems 0.035 mm. in diameter, closely adherent to substratum, irregularly once or twice pinnate with widely spreading branches: leaves distant, the lobe obliquely spreading, plane or somewhat revolute along antical margin, straight or upwardly curved near the apex, lanceolate, 0.5 mm. long, 0.13 mm. wide, somewhat Narrowed toward the base and attached by an almost longitudinal line of insertion, margin entire or very slightly crenulate or dentic- ulate from projecting cells, apex acute or short acuminate : lobule ovate, strongly inflated, 0.12 mm. long, 0.09 mm. wide, keel slightly arched, smooth or nearly so, usually continuous with postical margin of lobe, free margin plane or strongly involute too, or including the apex, then lunulate to end of keel, apex formed bya single cell so strongly curved as to almost touch the end of the keel, forming in this way a circular opening into the Water-sac ; lobule often poorly developed; leaf-cells thin-walled and without trigones, plane or nearly so, averaging 17 x 12 4 at the edge of lobe and 20x 12in the middle and at the base ; ocelli I to 4, forming an interrupted median row, scarcely dis- Unguishable from the other cells: underleaves distant, 0.04 mm. ong, 0.15 mm. wide, with widely spreading filiform divisions, €ach consisting of (2 or) 3 cells in a single row, basal portion of underleaf broadly trapezoidal, cuneate at the base, the lateral Margins continuous with the divisions, radicelliferous region sur- rounded by 6 marginal cells: inflorescence dioicous: @? inflores- fence borne on a very short branch, innovating on one side with 504 Evans: HepaTICAE OF PuERTO RICO a short, simple and sterile innovation ; bracts obliquely spreading, scarcely complicate, unequally bifid, the lobe ovate, acute or acuminate, 0.35 mm. long, 0.12 mm. wide, margin irregularly denticulate, lobule varying from sharp-pointed to truncate, 0.17 mm. long, 0.009 mm. wide, margin as in lobe; bracteole more or less connate on both sides at the base, narrowly ovate, 0.35 mm. long, 0.1 mm. wide, bifid about one third with narrow, erect sharp-pointed lobes, and a narrow sinus, margin denticulate; perianth somewhat exserted, obconical, gradually narrowed toward base, 0.6 mm. long, 0.35 mm. wide, broad and truncate at the apex, and very shortly beaked, terete below, sharply 5- keeled above, the keels extending outward as triangular horns, acute to truncate at the apex, smooth or slightly roughened from projecting cells: or inflorescence occupying a short branch or terminal on a leading branch; bracts usually in 6 to 10 palls, imbricated, strongly inflated, shortly and subequally bifid, the lobe obtusely to acutely pointed, lobule blunter, keel strongly arched, cells in upper part forming a very narrow denticulate wing: bracteoles present at base of spike, small, bifid about one half, with erect-spreading pointed lobes and obtuse sinus: anthe- ridia in pairs: mature sporophyte not seen ( f/. 24, /. 8-7 6). On living leaves. Cayey, Evans (7ob). The specimens of L. stenophylla from Puerto Rico agree Very closely with those distributed in Hepaticae Cubenses Wrightianae- The latter were determined by Gottsche and the determination has since been confirmed by Schiffner. The species has also been reported from Mexico (the type-locality) and from Bolivia. L, stenophylla is very distinct from the two preceding species: It differs from them in its leaves, which are narrower and ben more sharply pointed ; in its leaf-cells, which lack local thicken- ings ; in the absence of a large basal ocellus ; and in the per of a subfloral innovation. Its underleaves also are very differ” in shape and are never angular below their spreading kit In its lobule, the apex of which is formed by a single tts curved cell, the species differs not only from ZL. elliptica and : exocellata but from nearly all the other members of the geo™ ; une. and approaches in this respect several species of Drepanoleseu! LEPTOLEJEUNEA HAMULATA (Gottsche) Schiffn. : Leeunea hamulata Gottsche ; Wright, Hep. Cubenses > eet Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 23: 587. 1897 (as synonym). Leptolejeunea hamulata Schiftn. 1. c. Evans : HEpATICAE OF PuERTO RIco 505 Brownish-green, growing in thin, irregular patches: stems prostrate, 0.06 mm. in diameter, irregularly pinnate, the branches widely spreading, those bearing propagula microphyllous : leaves distant to contiguous, the lobe obliquely spreading, plane or with slightly revolute margins near the apex, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, distinctly narrowed toward the base, 0.6 mm. long, 0.25 mm. wide, attached by an almost longitudinal line of insertion, margin denticulate except in basal region, the teeth usually projections of single cells, rarely composed of from 1 to 3 cells, antical margin somewhat more convex than postical, apex acute, tipped with a single cell or with 2 superimposed cells ; lobule oblong, 0.2 mm. long, 0.14 mm. wide, inflated toward base and along keel, plane and appressed to lobe in outer part, keel slightly arched, forming an almost continuous line with postical margin of lobe, free mar- gin involute toward base, passing beyond apex by a lunulate sinus to end of keel, apex formed by a single, strongly curved cell separated by a slight indentation from the inner part of the free margin; cells of lobe plane or nearly so, averaging 14 p at the edge, 23 x 13 w in the middle and at the base, thin-walled throughout or more rarely with indistinct and more or less con- fluent local thickenings ; ocelli indistinct, but present in well- developed leaves, varying in number from I to 6, usually 4, arranged in an interrupted longitudinal row, those near the base of lobe measuring 35 x 23 yz, those in outer part averaging 23 x 16 p: underleaves distant, basal portion trapezoidal in outline, often abruptly contracted at base, 0.05 mm. long, 0.09 mm. wide, Marginal cells 6, the second cells more or less bulging, divisions obliquely spreading, 3 or 4 cells long, 1 or 2 cells wide at base, the cells very slightly bulging, cluster of rhizoids sometimes replaced by a sucker-like disc: inflorescence dioicous: ? inflo- rescence borne on a very short branch, innovating on one side with a short, simple and sterile innovation ; underleaf at base of branch usually with a sucker-like disc ; bracts erect-spreading, complicate, Shortly and unequally bifid, the lobe ovate, 0.45 mm. long, 0.2 mm. wide, acute, sharply and irregularly denticulate above the middle : lobule oblong, 0.35 mm. long, 0.1 mm. wide, truncate to acute at the apex, denticulate ; bracteole connate on one side, oblong-obovate, 0.4 mm. long, 0.17 mm. wide, bifid about one third with acute divisions and sinus, margin irregularly denticulate Or Crenulate in upper part ; perianth obpyramidal, shortly rostellate, 9:55 mm, long, 0.45 mm. wide at apex, 5-keeled, the keels dilated and truncate in upper part, smooth or nearly so: é inflo- “scence terminal on a short branch ; bracts in 5 to 12 pairs, imbri- cated, strongly inflated, shortly bifid, the lobe obtuse, the lobule rounded, Margins subentire, keel strongly arched, denticulate in 506 Evans: HeEpaTICAE OF PUERTO RIco outer part; bracteoles limited to base of spike, similar to ordinary underleaves, but smaller and with more erect divisions : antheridia in pairs (p/. 25). On living leaves. Cayey, Evans (71 Pp. f.). The Puerto Rico specimens of L. hamulata agree closely with those distributed in Hepaticae Cubenses. Unfortunately they show no perianths and the description of this organ as given above is taken entirely from Schiffner. In all other respects the specimens are well developed. The close relationship which exists between the present species and L. stenophylla has already been commented upon by Schiffner. L. hamulata is the larger of the two species and differs also in its broader and less acuminate lobes with sharply denticulate margins. It must be acknowledged, however, that poorly developed speci- mens are sometimes difficult to determine. In the original description of Z. hamudata the lobule is said ” be “cylindrico-convolutus apice duobus dentibus validis hamatis conniventibus foramen rotundum includentibus armatus.” One of the teeth referred to is evidently the curved cell at the apex of the lobule, the other is apparently the fold at the junction of lobule and lobe. Until the lobule is flattened out by pressure this fold often resembles a tooth in a marked degree. A lobule of this character, although not unusual in Drepanolejeunea, is, according to Schiffner, almost unique in Leptolejeunea. He emphasizes it fact as one of the most important differences between L. hamulata and L. stenophylla. It is evident, however, from a study of the Puerto Rico specimens of the latter species that a normal \obule is built up on essentially the same plan as in Z. hamulata. Un- fortunately normal lobules are somewhat unusual and are largely replaced by rudimentary structures in which the true lobular char- acters are not apparent. In the Cuban specimens normal lobules are still more infrequent but may be demonstrated by car eful ga Aside from their lobules Z. stenophylla and L. hamulata resem A each other closely in their antheridial spikes, in the posse a subfloral innovation, in their perichaetial bracts and bracteo' ® and apparently also in their perianths. Most of these peculiarities will distinguish them from L. exocellata and L. elliptica. se ‘ f In addition to the ordinary method of reproduction, the fou Evans: HEpATICAE oF PuEeRTo Rico 507 Puerto Rico Leptolejeuneae exhibit a vegetative reproduction by means of leafy propagula. These arise just behind the leaves in the position usually occupied by normal branches. They are to be looked upon, therefore, as modified branches, the whole of the branch, with the exception of the basal sheath, taking part in the formation of the propagulum. Leafy propagula have already been noted in Plagiochila and in various other genera of the Jun- germanniceae, but in all cases which have been described they have arisen directly from leaf-cells or more rarely from indefinitely situated axis-cells. Goebel * ascribes the formation of these pro- pagula to the latent power retained by every cell of the liverwort (. ¢., of the gametophyte) to develop as if it were a spore—a power which is not made manifest until the plant becomes en- feebled. Propagula of this character are essentially different from those of Lepfolejyeunea, in which the reproductive bodies represent entire branches. The latter, although described for various mosses, + have not before been recorded for any of the leafy hepatics. The modifications in structure which are exhibited by the pro- pagula of Lepfolejeunea are in part explicable by their function as reproductive bodies and in part by the peculiar habitat of the Species, namely the smooth and glossy surface of evergreen leaves. These modifications are most pronounced in L. exocellata and L. elliptica, and the propagula of these two species, which are essen- tially alike, will be considered first. Instead of spreading widely as it would if it were a normal branch, a young propagulum grows toward the apex of the stem, lying above the leaves and parallel with the axis or only slightly diverging from it (f/. 23, f. 9). In assuming this position its axis curves abruptly near the base in such a way that the antical surface of the propagulum is turned downward, while the postical surface with its underleaves is turned upward. The first few leaves and underleaves of the propagulum (f. 70) are very different from those borne on ordinary axes. The leaves, although larger than the first leaves of a normal branch, are Shorter than typical leaves and are nearly as broad as long. Their * Organographie der Pflanzen, 277. 1898. TCf. Correns. Unters. iiber die Vermehrung der Laubmoose durch Brutorgane und Stecklinge, 1899. £. ¢., Plagiothecium elegans, p. 250. 508 Enans: HEPATICAE OF PuERTO RIco lobes are strongly squarrose and are sometimes completely reflexed, so that they come to lie parallel with the axis and with their apices pointing toward the base of the propagulum, The lobules are very rudimentary and in the reflexed leaves are turned forward, in this way obliterating the keel. The modified leaves, instead of being entire like ordinary leaves, are angular- dentate with from one to three teeth, one being at the apex, and the others (when present) on the outer edge. These teeth often end in the curious rhizoid-like processes (f r7) described by Schiffner * for Cheilolejeunea versifolia and for certain other hepaticae, but it is doubtful if they ever assume the function of rhizoids. As we pass from the base toward the apex of the pro- pagulum, we find all gradations between these modified leaves and the ordinary leaves of the species. ; The first two underleaves of the propagulum are perhaps even more remarkable than the leaves. They are larger than ordinary underleaves and their divisions often bend inward instead of diverging. The middle cells of the basal portion, which are more numerous than usual, do not produce rhizoids directly but develop instead, a large, orbicular, sucker-like disc (/ 72) composed of minute and closely united cells. This disc is entire on the marg!” and often projects slightly beyond the basal portion of the under- leaf. When a propagulum has developed several pairs of leaves, 1 becomes separated from the parent plant and develops into 4 new individual. The separation takes place at its junction with te parent-axis just within the basal sheath. The cells by which it 1S actually attached are few in number, often reduced apparently to a single one. These cells gradually become shriveled, and it re- quires very little force to tear them across and set the propagulum free. Probably in nature the force of a shower would be sufficient to bring about this result. It has already been stated that a pro- pagulum, while still attached, lies withits underleaves turned away from the substratum. This position cannot be very stable after separation takes place, because the propagulum would rest (a nothing except the edges and apices of its squarrose leaves. Pro : ably here again the force of dripping water is sufficient to Ove * Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 23 : 598. p/. 25. fg. 1897. Evans: HepaTicaAE oF Puerto Rico 509 turn it and at the same time to carry it a short distance away from its parent axis. By means of the discs on the underleaves, which have the power in common with rhizoids of secreting a gelatinous substance, the propagulum attaches itself firmly to the substratum. Some- times the attachment is made still firmer by rhizoids which grow out from the marginal cells of the disc (f 73). In the similar discs of Odontolejeunea the power of developing rhizoids is pos- sessed by all the cells of the disc, instead of by the marginal cells alone, as in these propagula. When the propagulum has thus established itself, its growing region continues to develop and pro- duces an axis bearing normal leaves and underleaves. The propagula of L. stenophylla are less highly specialized than those of the two preceding species. The branches upon which they are developed usually bear abortive leaves, consisting of a short lobe and an extremely rudimentary lobule, and the -growth of these branches is soon arrested by the production of the pro- pagula. In this species the first underleaf is larger than the suc- ceeding ones and shows a well-developed disc. The lobes of the first and second side-leaves are squarrose and more or less toothed and the lobule of the first leaf at least is very rudimentary. The third leaf, however, and sometimes even the second, develop nor- mal lobules, and the fourth and fifth leaves show fairly character- istic lobes. Leafy propagula of the type just described occur also in sev- eral species of Drepanolejeunea, Their discovery may likewise be expected in other epiphyllous Lejeuneae and especially in those which do not develop disc-shaped gemmae. ‘ YALE UNIVERsITy. Explanation of Plates The figures were drawn by the writer with the aid of the camera lucida. Most of them were prepared for reproduction by Miss Edna L, Hyatt. PLATE 23 Leptolejeunea exocellata (Spruce) Evans. 1. Stem with two perianths, a 2 in- florescence and a S inflorescence, postical view, X47. 2. Cells from middle of lobe, X 425, 3- Cells from apex of lobe, 300. 4. Cells from base of lobe, showing ocellus partially overlapped by adjacent cells, 400. 5. Transverse section through lobe and lobule, showing basal ocellus, 300. 6. Apex of lobule, >< 300. 510 Evans: HEPATICAE OF PuERTO RIco 7. Underleaf, x 300. 8. Bracts and connate bracteole, 67. 9. Stems with three young propagula in various stages of development, % 47. 10. Base of an established propagulum, 47. 11. Apex of one of the first leaves of a propagulum, >< 300. 12. Underleaf of propagulum with sucker-like disc, < 360. 13. Marginal cells of disc with rhizoids, < 360. Ten was drawn from a specimen collected by A. A. Heller near Mayaguez (no. 4567 /. 4.) ; the other figures were all drawn from specimens collected by the writer at Cayey (no. 70a /. .). PLATE 24 Leptolejeunea elliptica (Lehm, & Lindenb.) Schiffn. 1. Part of plant with peri- anth, postical view, « 45. 2. Cells from middle of lobe, enclosing an ocellus, 400. 3. Cells from base of lobe showing basal ocellus, 280. 4. Apex of lobule, X 280. 5. Underleaf, 280. 6. Q branch, postical view, 65. 7. Bracts and connate bracteole, 65. The figures were all drawn from specimens collected by A. A. Heller near Mayaguez (no. 4567 /./.). + Leptolejeunea stenophylla (Lindenb. & Gottsche) Schiffn. 8, Stem with perianth, postical view, 45. 9. 3 inflorescence, postical view, < 45. 10. Cells from middle of lobe, enclosing an ocellus, < 400. 11. Cells from apex of lobe, 280. 12. Cells from antical margin of lobe, 280. 13. Apex of lobule, 280. 14. Underleaf,, X 280. 15. Bract and connate bracteole, 65. 16. Perianth, X45. The figures were all drawn from specimens collected by the writer at Cayey (no. 70b). PLATE 25 Leptolejeunea hamulata (Gottsche) Schiffn. 1. Stem with Q inflorescence, Po tical view. 2. Part of stem, antical view. 3. Cells from middle of lobe. 4- Cells from antical margin of lobe. 5. Cells from apex of lobe, 6. Outer portion of lobule. 7- Underleaf. 8. Bract and bracteole. 9. Bract from same involucre. 10. Micro- phyllous branch showing a propagulum almost ready to become separated and the empty sheath of several older propagula, postical view. 11. An established propa gulum, becoming microphyllous in upper part. All the figures are drawn from spect mens collected by the writer at Cayey. The saltatory Origin of Species By CHARLES A. WHITE The following remarks refer to certain noteworthy cases of sudden specific mutation in the genus Lycopersicum, and the cor- related production of a new horticultural variety of tomato. These remarks will be followed by a comparison of the phe- nomena referred to with the mutation theory of Professor de Vries and with some of the results of his demonstrative experi- ments, * Without reference to the eight or nine other species of tomato that have been more or less satisfactorily recognized by botanists, Lycopersicum esculentum has, under American cultivation, become divided not only into a very large number of horticultural varieties, but into at least three distinct groups of those varieties. The varieties, as recognized by gardeners, are mainly, but not wholly, characterized by differences in quality, size and color of the fruit ; but the groups are phylogenetic in character and readily recog- nizable by differences of foliation and inflorescence, and of gen- eral habit and relative size of the plants. The color consistence form and size of the fruit, being varietal characters only, are not the exclusive property of any one of these three groups. Two of the groups are known to have originated from the other one; and each one of them embraces a part of the many known Varieties. The groups are so distinct from one another, and are characterized by such definite and heritable attributes, that if they c. had been found in the wild state, no botanist would hesitate to give them new specific names. Their origination under cultivation does not justify one in refusing to apply such names because horticulture does not change the mutative nature of plants. Its nurture and protection give more freedom for normal mutation, as well as for fluctuating and racial variation, than could occur in the wild state. Still, for descriptive purposes in the first part of this article, I will give them the non-systematic name of group, (22 oo TE ay eee Tae A * See Volume I. of Die Mutationstheorie. Versuche und Beobachtungen ueber die Entstehung von Arten im Pflanzenreich, Von Hugo de Vries. Leipzig, 1901. 511 512 WaAITE: THE SALTATORY and designate them as the atavic, solanoid and latifoliate groups respectively. The atavic group embraces those decumbent, more or less diffuse, plants with loose foliage, which represent Lycopersicum esculentum as it was first horticulturally known, and which now includes the majority of the most approved fruit-varieties. The solanoid group embraces those plants which are often sturdy and more or less upright in posture, and whose compact, rugose foliage has come to be known as the “ potato-leaf.” It is because the general aspect of the plants often suggests So/anum rather than Lycopersicum that this group name is given. The solanoid group embraces a considerable number of varieties, but not so many as does the atavic group. A conspicuous feature of the latifoliate group is the character of its leaves, whose petioles are decurrent and whose leaflets are few in number, broad, flattened, and sometimes have their borders entire. The most characteristic member of this group is the variety known to gardeners as the Mikado. It is also sometimes called Turner’s Hybrid, but becaus® it is so conspicuously unlike either of its parent forms I think as really originated in correlation with the specific mutation which produced the latifoliate group, and not by hybridization. Other known members of this group are yet very few. The members of each of these three groups are more or less true to their own Se as regards the characteristics of both group and variety, but ee cases of sudden mutation which I am about to describe constituté a special deviation from that rule as do also the cases of orig” mutation, which produced in correlation with that act, the first varieties of the solanoid and latifoliate groups. My observations were made while engaged in amateur a ing upon my house-lot in Washington, D. C., and were snes follows: In the spring of 1898 I purchased from a dea Washington two dozen tomato plants of the Acme ae transplanted them in my small garden. They produced a unifo crop, both fruit and plants answering in all respects to the repu characteristics of the Acme, the plants of which variety are ty Ar representatives of the atavic group. I selected seeds from ™ of the best plants of the crop and planted them in the same oe plot in 1899, expecting to grow another crop of Acme ome" ORIGIN OF SPECIES 513 from them. The seeds germinated promptly and the crop of thirty young plants grew well, but from their first appearance above ground they showed a marked difference from Acme plants. When they had reached the fruiting stage they had developed into typical representatives of the solanoid group, and not of their parent atavic group ; showing that the difference from their parent form was more than varietal in character. Furthermore, every plant of that crop possessed identically the same characteristics, all having shared equally and fully in the mutation. The new form was varietally characterized by an excellent quality of fruit, but it was different in flavor and shade of color from that of the Acme, and ripened earlier than did that of the parent plants. I saved no seed from the fruit of the new variety and therefore sup- posed it to be lost, as indeed it was. In 1900 I planted in the same garden-plot Acme tomato seed which I purchased from a seedsman who grew it on a Pennsyl- vania farm, more than a hundred miles from the place where the seed of my first crop was grown. These seeds also produced a uniform crop of typical Acme plants and fruit. I selected seeds from fruit of the best of that crop of thirty Acme plants and sowed them in my garden in the spring of 1901, and grew in that year also thirty plants from those seeds, again expecting to get a harvest of Acme tomatoes. On the contrary, the result was an exact dupli- cation of my experience of 1899, every plant and every fruit par- taking fully and uniformly in the duplicated mutation. * One naturally inquires whether mutation of any other variety than the Acme would have occurred in my garden, whether it is an inherent quality of that variety to give only one mutative result, and that toward the Solanoid group, and what are the natural and artificial conditions of my garden. I have made no €xperiments with any other varieties than the Acme and its progeny, the new One, and can therefore only refer to these. The Acme Variety is now about twenty-five years old, and has been one of * An account of these two mutations of identical character was published in Sci- Ste for November 29, 1901, but a sufficiently clear distinction between the combined Varietal and specific characteristics of the plants resulting from that mutation was not ein made. That statement also was written from a horticultural rather than from a ical standpoint. 514 WHITE: THE SALTATORY the most stable of the many known varieties of tomato; but of late years it has shown so much tendency to atavic reversion that gardeners are abandoning its cultivation. Possibly that senile decline of varietal characters with which the true specific attri- butes were long blended, has left the latter with more freedom for mutation, Still, it cannot be supposed that such a condition is the rule for all mutating plants, and it will presently be shown that mutation sometimes occurs in the first generation of a species following its own origin by mutation. Two dozen plants of the new variety from seed of the second mutation observed by me are now, July 15, 1902, growing vigor- ously in my garden and bearing characteristic fruit. Every plant's true to seed in both varietal and specific characteristics and the new variety, which I have called the Washington, gives promise of be- ing heritably stable. It shows no tendency to either varietal or specific change, although growing under the same conditions which attend both the mutations which I have described and with which it originated. There is nothing unusual in the physical conditions and en- vironment of my garden. The soil is clayey, formerly part of a cultivated field, fertilized with stable manure and sodium nitrate, and watered with Potomac water. The seeds were germinated in window boxes, in garden soil, and transplanted on different ground for each year, soon after the spring frosts ceased. 1 do not cer that any other case of mutation has ever occurred in the district which is occupied by the same soil and subject to the same en- vironing conditions, 4 The new fruit compares favorably with the most approve varieties, and is therefore horticulturally valuable. But that fact is of little importance compared with the biological questions which arise concerning the mutative origin of the plant which bore it. I shall, therefore, in this article make no further reference the fruit and discuss only the biological significance of the plan mutation of which it was the joint product. The new variety, however, will be of botanical interest as a demonstration So : heritable character of varieties originating in correlation with spe cific mutation. . > pieherte The sudden origination of new plant-forms having hithe the ORIGIN OF SPECIES 615 been believed by many persons to be always due to hybridization, I refer to the following facts as proof that there was no cross-fer- tilization in either of the two cases mentioned, and that the new form is therefore not a hybrid. In neither of the two cases men- tioned was any other variety of tomatoes grown with those which I planted, and no other grew in my neighborhood. Wind, or in- sect cross-fertilization was therefore quite improbable. Because I personally gathered, preserved and planted all my seed and culti- vated all my plants, I am sure no substitution of either seed or plants occurred. The fact that in both those cases of mutation every plant of the whole crop partook equally of that act is itself proof that cross-fertilization did not occur. If my Acme plants had received adventitious pollination, or if pollen had reached them from any other flowers than those of their connate crop as- Sociates, the results of that cross-fertilization would necessarily have been incomplete as to the whole crop. It would also have been various as to the kinds of hybrids produced had the pollen come from more than one variety. Even if it were credible that the first case of complete mutation of the whole crop might have been the result of cross-fertilization from some unknown source, it would still be too much to believe that exactly the same result could have been produced a second time in successive years by Such adventitious means. Therefore the question of hybridity is eliminated. The origination of this new form was, in both instances, salta- tory. It occurred in correlation with the ordinary function of in- traspecific reproduction and was therefore accordant with both physiological and phylogenetic law. It did not result from cross- fertilization, and it is therefore assumed to have been a spontaneous Tesult of some not yet ascertained exciting cause, and primarily due to some unknown determinate or predisposing cause. After I had reached the foregoing conclusion as to the nature of the mutations which I had witnessed, public announcement was made of the publication of Professor de Vries’ theory of mutation already referred to, and I at once began a comparison of his theory and observations with my observations which are described in the foregoing paragraphs. This comparison con- vinced me that my cases of mutation are similar in fundamental 516 WHITE: THE SALTATORY character to those described by Professor de Vries, and the brief discussion I shall give them will be in accordance with that con- viction. But to illustrate my remarks upon them it is necessary to briefly state the nature of his mutation theory and the methods he has pursued in demonstrating it; and also to show wherein it differs from the generally accepted Darwinian theory. For the sake of brevity these statements are mostly made in epigrammatic form. It is my purpose also, as far as possible, to present this brief sketch of the theory and its demonstration from the author’s point of view, albeit in words of my personal choosing.* The Darwinian theory of the origin of species by natural selection teaches that species have been produced from one another, through lines of genetic descent, by a process of evolu- tional variation which is immeasurably slow, even in its most accelerated cases; that one of the chief causes of specific change is the competitive struggle for existence to which all organisms are subjected; and that variation is incipient species-building. The enunciation of this theory was a strong and effective plea in favor of the origin of species by the operation of natural law as opposed to the then-prevailing belief that every organic form has arisen by a special act of creation. It has served a grand purpose, especially in establishing the doctrine of evolution on a firm basis, and if its candid and eminent author were now living he would be among the first to welcome any change in it that might prove to be necessary in view of later discovered facts. . The de Vriesian theory of mutation is in entire accore | natural law and also with the doctrine of the evolutional origin © species through lines of genetic descent, but it especially make? clear distinction between species and varieties and teaches the sud- den origination of the former whether they possess more or less strongly marked attributes. It also teaches a far more stable e"- tity of species than one can conceive of who unqualifiedly accept the Darwinian theory. Professor de Vries logically assumes th# the mutation theory is as applicable to animals as to plants, but he has formulated it only with reference to the latter. I shall make given by me ip ing gem 1902. d with * A somewhat fuller, but brief, statement of the mutation theory is the Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1901. An interest sketch of the theory by Professor de Vries is contained in Science for May 9 ORIGIN OF SPECIES 517 only a similar reference to the theory in following paragraphs, al- though my former paleontological work suggests a much wider application of it. The theory begins with a philosophical concept concerning the molecular constitution of the protoplasm of organisms, as set forth in the author’s treatise on intracellular pangenesis.* It assumes that the specific attributes of multicellular plants result from the special molecular constitution of their protoplasts, or cell contents ; and that these attributes are built up of sharply defined intracel- lular units, which normally combine in groups. This specific group-combination has much stability, but it is subject to change by sudden, independent action of some unknown determinate cause. That change is the initial step in mutation and consists of the addition, or substitution, of one or more units to an estab- lished group and the consequent rearrangement of the units of that group, forming a new one. Upon the integrity of the groups of units depends the stability of the specific attributes. Their normal tendency to stability is so great that initial group-changes do not occur in the somatoplasts of plants but only in the plasma of certain of their reproductive cells ; and they occur there only seldom. Ordinarily, when such a change occurs, it is only in the odplast of the germ cell of the ovule which is about to originate a new plant. If no change of Specific units occurs in the odplast the case is one of ordinary re- Production. If sucha change does occur in the odplast the case is - One of mutation as well as of reproduction, all the cells of the coming plant naturally partaking of the same specific attributes. It should be here remarked that such cases as the reputed or- igination of the nectarine from the peach are apparent exceptions to the rule just mentioned. That case being one of ordinary asex- ual reproduction and if it really was also a case of simultaneous Origination of a new species, initial mutative change must have ©ccurred in the plasma of the apical cell of the mutating bud. If Mutation may occur in correlation with asexual reproduction, mu- tative molecular change in pollen cells would seem to be unneces- Sary in mutating cases of sexual reproduction. Gh ppc aa * See Intracellulare Pangenesis. Von Hugo de Vries. Pp. 212, Jena, 1889. 518 WHITE: THE SALTATORY Mutation is, therefore, the saltatory origination of new organic species resulting from sudden molecular change in their initial protoplasts. The new species is at once such, without preliminary preparation, without intermediary gradation, and without any sub- sequent addition of attributes. Newly mutated species differ clearly and distinctly, but not widely, from the parent species. Wide differences between species of a genus indicate the death of intervening species. As a rule, mutation occurs, not by, or in connection with cross-fertilization, but in correlation with pure intraspecific sexual reproduction, and nevertheless independently of it. A new and stable specific form is thus produced, but the parent species remains intact. Mutation is, therefore, a strictly phylogenetic process, although plural cases occurring in one and the same mutating species are often randomly divergent in character. Hybridization occurs in nature, and very often in cultivation, but it is not mutation. Neither is it really phylogenetic in char- acter, but a result of ontogenal miscegenesis, with the groups of molecular specific units unbroken in each parent germinal portion. According to Mendel’s law, even fertile hybrids are sooner or later obliterated by the prepotency of one or the other of the parent forms. Mutation, being a normal process, does not produce monstrosi- ties, The latter are cases of distorted or abnormal ontogeny. Above all, variation is not mutation, nor are varieties incipient species. Ordinary fluctuating, or individual, variation is an insepar- able accompaniment of all plants, and racial variation also widely . prevails, but no kind of variation leads to mutation proper. ; Mutation, being a result of intracellular molecular change, !§ necessarily sudden, as is molecular substitution in chemical aces tion. One cannot concieve that molecular change could continue in action toward one result through immeasurable time. A species being suddenly produced implies that its normal state is one of at ~ least a considerable degree of stability. Species being normally stable and only incidentally part of the time-existence of each is therefore a mutative, part an immutative, period. The immutative period is, a5 @ rule, so very much longer than the mutative period that very few mut able plants exist simultaneously in any flora. Because of thes? mutable, a and a a ORIGIN OF SPECIES 519 facts, of the great prevalence of fluctuating varieties, and for other reasons, mutation has hitherto usually escaped observation, even by naturalists. When a new species originates by mutation in the wild state it is at once subject to the usual competitive struggle for existence, even with its parent form. Species not only do not originate by natural selection and the struggle for existence, but they perish thereby; and the number of species which have originated by mutation since the beginning and met an untimely death without having produced any progeny, is doubtless beyond human estimate. Acting upon the theory which is very briefly stated in the foregoing paragraphs, Professor de Vries formed a systematic plan for discovering and studying mutating plants. He selected from the flora of Holland more than one hundred species and trans- planted them in experimental gardens at Amsterdam, where he also sowed seed of those, and many other members of the Hol- land flora. He also made exhaustive studies of that flora in its wild state. The object of these experiments was not to produce horticultural varieties but to discover plants that were already in their natural mutative period among the multitude that were plainly immutative. He nurtured, protected and artificially pollinated the Plants thus growing under his care. In short, he fully supplied their natural wants, gave them much greater advantages of growth and development than the best wild conditions could afford, and relieved them from all the adverse conditions which they neces- sarily would have encountered in their wild habitat. Meanwhile he eagerly watched them all for any sign of mutation that might occur, The result was at least one grand success amid a multitude of failures. The failures were not due to the method of investigation, but to the fact that almost all the plants investigated were in their immutative period. The chief case of success was with plants of the American genus QOe¢nothera, the so-called evening primroses. One species, 0. Lamarckiana, proved to be in an exceptionally mutable condition. A few years ago it escaped from cultivation in certain parks in Holland and immediately began a most vigor- ©us multiplication and dispersion in a wild state. Among the abundant original plants thus produced, two new species soon ap- 520 - WHITE: THE SALTATORY peared which Professor de Vries believed had originated then and there by mutation from O. Lamarckiana. He transferred many of those plants and much of their seed to his experimental gardens and there verified that belief by obtaining a repetition of those two mutations under his direct observation. Furthermore, in the course of a few years of experimentation, he obtained by mutation from O. Lamarckiana five other new species, seven in all. A part of these new species proved to be also mutative, adding still other new ones to his list ; and all the new ones possessed, from the mo- ment of their origin, well-defined and heritable attributes. These mutations occurred in the progeny of plants which had received intraspecific artificial pollination. Interspecific pollination, or cross- fertilization, was not found to facilitate mutation, and hybridization was not sought for or desired. In view of the success of Professor de Vries’ experiments with Oenothera, and the fact that all except one or two per cent. of the species with which he experimented failed to show any sign of mutation; and the further fact that he experimented with only a part of the Holland flora, one infers that the proportion of immu- tative plants to the mutative may perhaps be as great throughout the plant kingdom as he found it to be in that flora. Recognizing the fundamental accordance of my observations with those of Professor de Vries, I assume that Lycopersicum 's, like Oenothera, in its mutative period and that L. esculentum has given mutative origin to two other species which, in previous para- graphs, I provisionally designated as groups. The fact that these two specific forms differ less from each other, and from their com mon parent ZL. esculentum, than do some other species from one another, does not affect the validity of the claim that they should also be regarded as distinct species. The facility with which all forms of Lycopersicum hybridize with one another also does not affect that claim because of the non-phylogenetic character * hybridization. I shall therefore apply the systematic aa . Lycopersicum solanopsis to the solanoid group, and the Jatifoliate group accordingly becomes L. datifoliatum ; but the atavic grouP must retain its original name of L. esculentum. : While the cases of mutation which I have observed ie esculentum, fundamentally accord with those which ProfessoF ORIGIN OF SPECIES 621 Vries observed in Oenothera Lamarckiana, they present some peculiar features, the chief of which are shown by the following comparisons. In none of his cases do specific attributes seem to have been complicated with varietal characters, unless one should except the case of O. manella. Perhaps a sufficient reason there- for is that most of the species of Oenothera have hitherto shown very little tendency toward variation. On the contrary, Lycoper- sicum solanopsis became divided into several varieties soon after its first mutation from Z. esculentum. 1 do not know in what variety it first appeared, but in the first of the two subsequent mutations, those which I observed, it appeared in a new variety, the Washington. Furthermore, in the next mutation, which was quite independent of the others, it appeared in the same variety. Indeed, in all the cases of specific mutation of Lycopersicum to which I have referred, some one horticultural variety seems to have been a conjunctive vehicle for the introduction of the new species, The scope of mutative action in Oexothera has been given in detail by Professor de Vries, but my observations show that in Lycopersicum the scope of that action is different in certain respects. He found mutation in Oenothera to act independently and separately upon the germ of each one of a very small number of seeds in an abundant fruitage of a large crop of plants; and that those seeds were usually subject, not to one and the same mutation, but to different specific mutations. I found in Lycoper- Sicum that one specific mutation acted completely and uniformly upon the germs of all the seeds, of all the fruits, of every plant of My crop of 1899, and that it acted in precisely the same manner in the crop of 1901. The suddenness of its action in the latter Crop especially, is shown by the fact that the Pennsylvania Acme seeds, planted in my garden in 1900, gave a full and uniform crop of true Acme plants; and that it was their seed which mutated So completely upun the same ground in 1901. In view of my Tepeated experience with the Acme variety one seems to be justi- in assuming that the determinate cause of mutation is now latent in every plant of that variety wherever grown, and that it quickly manifests itself when the flowering plants are brought under the influence of a favorable, exciting cause. 522 WHITE: ORIGIN OF SPECIES Again, Professor de Vries found that some of his newly mu- tated species of Oenothera were themselves immediately mutable. My observations of the mutation from Lycopersicum esculentum to L. solanopsis seem to indicate that the mutative act was coincident with impending varietal senility in the Acme variety, and that the resulting variety, the Washington, has no tendency to. mutate. Doubtless LZ. esculentum originated by mutation from some other pecific form of that genus, but no evidence seems to be obtainables that, although variable, it began to be really mutable until many years after the species became horticulturally known. These facts indicate that in some species the mutative period occufs in base part of their time-existence, and that in other species it occurs 1 another part of the same. Some of the observations made by myself in the cases of mu- tation of Lycopersicum are thus seen to be different from any of those made by Professor de Vries in cases of mutation of Oeno- thera ; but the facts which we have both observed are not in — flict. Their differences only indicate that the field of investigation which that distinguished botanist has opened in close contact with nature is a very broad one. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 15 July, 1902. New Western Plants By ALICE EAstwoop |, NEW SPECIES FROM COLORADO AND UTAH ' Castilleia scabrida Stems low, 5-10 cm. high, from a*perennial root, leafy, flower- ing from near the base or half way to the top. Entire plant can- €scent with a stiff scabrous and hispid pubescence: lower leaves linear-oblong, obtuse, 1~2 cm. long, 2-3 mm. wide, the midrib prominent ; upper leaves 3-5-cleft, with spreading divisions, the lower part broad, 3-ribbed; bracts similar to the upper leaves, colored: calyx obliquely gibbous at base, 2.5 cm. long, about equally cleft, hispid especially on the nerves ; divisions linear, 6-7 mm. long : corolla with half the galea extending beyond the calyx lobes: lower lip protuberant with acuminate divisions: stamens and style exserted, the latter surpassing the former : capsule ovate- acuminate, 15 mm. long, 8 mm. wide, distending the calyx as it ripens: seeds brown, shining as if varnished, linear-oblong to clavate, scrobiculate. This was collected at Grand Junction by Mrs. H. C. Long in the spring of 1890. The type is in the herbarium of the Califor- nia Academy of Sciences. v Lappula gracilenta Stems erect, 4-6 dm. in height, branching from the base or half way up with slender, spreading branches, hispid throughout with white hairs which are horizontally spreading on the stems and Margins of the leaves, appressed on the surfaces of the leaves and calyx, wanting on the corolla: leaves crowded at base, spatulate to oblanceolate, narrowed to a margined petiole of about the same length as the blade, together 2-8 cm. long, about 1 cm. wide, the earliest leaves shorter and broader in proportion: cauline leaves lanceolate, sessile, 6 cm. long, 1 cm. wide, becoming smaller as they ascend, entire or obscurely denticulate along the upper margin : internodes not quite equalling the lower leaves, surpassing the upper Ones: bracts generally alternating with the flowers, becoming Smaller and linear on the upper part of the racemes: pedicels Slender, recurved in fruit : divisions of the calyx extending almost to the base, linear, obtuse, 2-3 mm. long, spreading under the nut- lets : corolla blue, with white folds in the throat : divisions obovate, 523 524 Eastwoop: NEw 4 mm. long, 3 mm. wide, twice as long as the short tube : folds in the throat thick, each of 3 wart-like crests, the middle one largest: stamens on short filaments which are concealed by the large anthers, 1 mm. long, inserted below the folds and alternating with them: scales at the base of the corolla tube fleshy, in pairs: style short: stigma capitate : nutlets ovate, 3 mm. long, 2 mm. broad, the sur- face pubescent and having a few barbed bristles which are .5-2.5 mm. long, generally a long and short one alternating. This beautiful species grows in the cafions of Mesa Verde in southwestern Colorado whére the cliff dwellings are situated. The type specimens were collected by the author in Navajo Cafion, June 7, 1892. Type in the herbarium of California Academy of Sciences. ‘ Corydalis Wetherillii Annual or biennial, branched from the base and also above, with slender, erect stems and branches, 10-15 cm. high, glabrous and glaucous: leaves dissected, the lower on long slender petioles, twice-compound with 5 primary divisions on capillary petiolules, secondary divisions fan-shaped, 3—5-parted with ultimate divisions spatulate, entire, or 3-lobed, acute, minute : peduncles axillary from near the base to the top of the stems, 1 mm.—2 cm. long, with 1-3 flowers at summit as well as some abortive ones : bracts linear-act’ minute, entire or with a few teeth nearthe summit : sepals 2, mem branous, triangular, scale-like, less than 1 mm. long: corolla 2 cm long, the spur rounded at base, straight, 4 mm. long : outer petals pinkish, hooded but without dorsal crests ; inner yellowish, as long as the outer, with wing-like crests on the back: capsules secs or linear-lanceolate, straight or somewhat curved, 2 cm. long, tipped with the persistent style and disk-like stigma : seeds /- tened, orbicular, black, very glossy, 2 mm. in diameter, faintly marked under a 10-diameter lens with a fine quadrangular venation. This peculiar species was collected near Bright Angel Creek, one of the branches of the Colorado River which comes into . river nearly opposite Hans’ Trail. This trail is that taken by tourists who go into the cafion from the Flagstaff side. It is nam in honor of Mr. Alfred Wetherill who collected it in the summer of 1897. ; The foliage is more finely dissected than in any other specie _ known to me. It is perhaps more nearly related to the gr which contains C. aurea but it is quite distinct from that oF she other known species. The type is in the herbarium of the | fornia Academy of Sciences. WESTERN PLANTS 525 Il. TWO NEW SPECIES OF CAMPANULA FROM THE PACIFIC COAST ‘Campanula stylocampa Stems slender, erect, about 2 dm. high, simple, purplish, ribbed with scabrous angles, otherwise glabrous. Leaves alternate, ob- lanceolate to linear, acuminate, 2~3 cm. long, becoming smaller as they ascend, tapering to a sessile base, veinless except for the mid- rib, revolute and crisped-undulate along the margins, the lowest leaves ciliate at base: flowers solitary, terminating the stems: calyx with narrow, linear-subulate divisions, 8 mm. long, .5 mm. wide, glabrous, revolute and somewhat undulate at base: corolla divided almost to the base; divisions lanceolate, 1 3 mm. long, 4 mm. wide at base, with cucullate apex and undulate margin: anthers linear, 7 mm. long, on short, narrowly linear filaments 2 mm. long, abruptly widening to an orbicular base, 2 mm. wide, hairy along the margin: ovary urceolate, ribbed, opening under the calyx : style long, exserted, 12 mm., erect at base, then curved like a sickle downwards, 3-cleft at apex when developed: fruit not present. This unique species of Campanula was collected by George Fenwick near Dawson, N. W. Territory, in the summer of Igoo. The specific name arises from the peculiarly curved style in Which it differs from all other species of North American Cam- panulae. Type in the herbarium of California Academy of Sciences. ’ Campanula Baileyi _ Stems from creeping, filiform rootstocks, 6-12 cm. high, slender, simple, erect, glabrous, angled or ribbed, leafy up to the solitary, terminal peduncle. Lowest leaves cuneate or obovate, toothed along the apex, middle stem leaves elliptical-lanceolate, sharply serrate with a few teeth ; upper ones more distant, narrowly lanceo- late or entire: peduncles at first nodding, becoming erect, about 2.5 cm. long : divisions of the calyx triangular-subulate, acuminate, 1 cm. long, glabrous: corolla blue, 14 mm. long, with divisions mm. long, linear lanceolate, minutely cucullate at the apex: anthers 6 mm. long, linear, mucronate : filaments broadening from I'mm., as wide as the anthers, to 2 mm.: style not exserted, as long as the stamens: ovary turbinate, opening just below the divisions of the calyx : fruit not seen. This was collected by Mr. Vernon Bailey, in the mountains at the head of Canyon Creek, Trinity county, California, August, 1899. | While it is distinct from all other species of Campanula it prob- ably comes nearest to C. linnaeifolia Gray. Type in the her- | barium of California Academy of Sciences. Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany Abrams, L. R. Additions to the Flora of Los Angeles County, L Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 1: 87-89. 1 Jl. 1902. Arthur, J.C. Cultures of Uredineae in rg00 and 1gor. Jour. My- col. 8: 51-56. Jan. 1902. Includes three new species of Puccinia. Arthur, J.C. The Uredineae occurring upon Phragmites, Spartina and Arundinaria in America. Bot. Gaz. 34: 1-20. f. I-4: 16 Ji. 1902. Atkinson, G.F. Three new Genera of the higher Fungi. Bot. Gaz. 34: 36-43. f 1-37. - 16 Jl. rg02. Includes the new genera Zomycenella, Eoterfesia and Dictydole. Bain, S. M. The action of Copper on Leaves with special Reference to the injurious Effects of Fungicides on Peach Foliage. Bull. Tenn. Agric Exp. Sta. 15: 21-108. p/, 7-8. Ap. 1902. Ball, C. R. Johnson Grass. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry), 11: 1-24. pf. r +f. 7. 1902. Banker, H. J. A historical Review of the proposed Genera of Hyd- naceae. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 436-448. 25 Jl. 1902. Barrett, 0. W. The Fall of Porto Rican Forests. Plant World, 5: TiI-11I2. Je: 1902. Bentley, H. L. Experiments in Range Improvement in Central Texas. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry), 13: 1-72. fh 1,2. +f. 1-6. 1902. Berry, E. W. Liriodendron Celakovskii Velen. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 478-480. 25 Jl. 1902. Berry, E. W. Notes on the local Flora. Torreya, 2: 103-105- 1 Jl. 1902. Berry, E. W. Notes on the Phylogeny of Lirtodendron. 34: 44-63.f. 7. 16 Jl. 1902. Bessey, C. E. Fruit which act as Leaves. Plant World, 5° ae _Je. 1902. pee te Bissell, C. H. Biological Relation of Polygonum Hartwrt, htt amphtbium. Rhodora, 4: 104, 105. My. 1902. Polygonum amphibium Hartwrightii, new combination. ‘ns Blanchard, W.H. Some Vermont and New Hampshire ee o2- middle Connecticut Valley, I. Rhodora, 4: 129-133: sere 526 Bot. Gaz. INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 52T Boissieu, H. de. Le Sisyrinchium mucronatum Michx. (S. Bermudiana L. 7.4.), dans l’Am. Bull. Soc. bot. France, 48: 271-275. 7 Je. 1902. Brainerd, E. Two more rare Plants from Lake St. John, Quebec. Rhodora, 4: 128, 129. Je. 1902. Britton, E.G. Note on a Long Island Moss. Bryologist, 5: 66, 67. Jl. 1902. Britton, E.G. Note on a Long Island Moss. ‘Torreya, 2: 91. 12 Je. 1902. Britton, E. G. The Genus Sematophyllum. Bryologist, 5: 64-66. Jl. 1902. ss gS ; Britton, E.G. Zrichomanes radicans. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 475- 477. 25 Jl. 1goz. Chodat, R. & Wilczek, E. Contributions a la flore de la république Argentine. Bull. Herb. Boissier, [I. 2: 475-490. f 2-74. 30 Ap. 1902 5 521-544. f. r5~-27. 31 My. 1902. New species in Hoffmanseggia, Lathyrus, Astragalus, Patagonium (8), Anarthro- Phyllum (2), Astericum, Oligocladus (gen. nov.), Monnina, Euphorbia, Chenopo- dium, Nitrophila, Atriplex, Oxybaphus and Tresine. Clarke, C. H. New Missionary Work. Plant World, 5: 81-87. My. 1902. A plea for the preservation of wild flowers. Cockerell, T. D. A. A new Heliotropium. Bot. Gaz. 33: 378, 379- 15 My. 1902. Heliotropium xerophilum sp. nov. Collins, F.S. The marine Cladophoras of New England. Rhodora, @? T1127: pl. 36. Je. 190. Includes two new forms and a variety. Collins, J. F. Range of the typical Lycopodium complanatum. Rho- dora, 4: 154. Jl. 1902. Cook, M.T. Galls and Insects producing them. Ohio Nat. 2: 263- 278. pl. 19-21. 1902. Cook, M.T. Polyembryony in Ginkgo. Bot. Gaz. 34: 64, 65. f. I- #- 16 Jl. 1902. Copeland, E.G. The Mechanism of Stomata. Ann, Bot. 16: 327- 364. p/. 737. Je. 1902. Curtis, C. C. Some Observations on Transpiration. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 360-373. 20 Je. 1902. Curtiss, A. H. Among Florida Ferns. Plant World, 5: 66-72. Ap. 1902; gt, 92. My. 1902. 528 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Curtiss, A. H. The yellow Water Lily of Florida. Plant World, 5: 106-109. Je. 1902. [HIllust. ] Dandridge, D. Some American wild Roses. Garden, 62: 7,8. 5 Jl. 1902. i Dangeard, P. A. La Caryophyséme des Eugleniens. Le Botaniste, 7: 358-360. 10 Je. Igoz. Dangeard, P. A. Recherches sur les Eugléniens. Le Botaniste, 7: 97-357- pl. 1-44+f/. 1-53. to Je. 1902. Davy, J.B. Stock Ranges of Northwestern California. Bull. U. 5. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry) 12: 1-81. pl. 7-8 +f 1-4. 1902+ Durand, E. J. Studies in North American Discomycetes, II. Some new or noteworthy Species from central and western New York. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 458-465. 25 Jl. 1902. Includes new species in Ciboria (2), Sclerotinia, and Dermatella. Earle, F. S. A Key to the North American Species of Russula- Torreya, 2: 101-103. 1 Jl. 1902; 117-119. Au. 1902. Eastwood, A. A Flora of the South Fork of King’s River. Pub. Sierra Club, 27: 1-96. Je. 1902. Includes descriptions of species. Eastwood, A. A descriptive List of the Plants collected by Dr. F- E. Blaisdell at Nome City, Alaska. Bot. Gaz. 33: 126-149. f- I-3- 21 F. 1902; 199-213. f 4, 5. 22 Mr. 19023; 284-299. f. 6-10. 18 Ap. Igoz. ; New species and varieties in Tris, Anemone, Delphinium, Ranunculus, Cardane Draba, Hedysarum (2), Mertensia, Pedicularis, Pinguicula, Aster and Senecio. Eastwood, A. New Species from the Sierra Nevada Mountains of Cali- fornia. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. III. (Botany), 2: 285-293. 3 J® 1902. New species in Streptanthus, Polygonum, Eviogonum, Garrya, Convolvulus $Cas- tilleia, (3), Mimulus, Phacelia, Gilia, Cryptantha, Aster, and Madia. Eastwood, A. New Species of Wemophila from the Pacific Coast Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 471-474. 25 Jl. 1902. Includes five new species. it. Eggleston, W. W. The Stature attained by Auphrasia a Rhodora, 4: 108. My. 1902. Ellis, J. B. & Everhart, B. M. New Alabama Fungi. Jour. sc ‘8: 62-73. Je. 1902. ria Includes new species in Phyllosticta, Phoma (2), Macrophoma, meer Dothiorella, Sphaeropsis (3), Haplosporella (2), Diplodia, Botry adinloaee fe Ven= diplodia, Septoria, Hendersonia, Colletotrichum (2), Gloeosporium, Pastaleeit eC; turta, Nectria, Nectriella, Zignoella, Laestadia (2), Sphaerella, Didymella, wae pora, Phomatospora, Metasphaeria (3), Botryosphaeria, Hysterium, pease : nium (2), Godronia, Plasmopora, Cercospora (14), Stemphylium, and Vereine a INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 529 Fairchild, D. G. A precocious Poplar Branch. Bot. Gaz. 33: 461, 462. f.7r. 17 Je. 1902. Ferguson, M. C. A preliminary Study of the Germination of the Spores of Agaricus campestris and other basidiomycetous Fungi. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry), 16: 1-43. AZ. 7-3. 14 Je. 1902. Fernald, M. L. An anomalous Skullcap. Rhodora, 4: 137, 138. pi. 38. Je. 1902. Scutellaria Churchilliana sp. nov. Fernald, M.L. An Osmorrhiza new to eastern America. Rhodora, 4: 153, 154. Jl. 1902. Fernald, M. L. Contributions from the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, new series, no. XXI. Some new Spermatophytes from Mexico and Central America. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. 36: 491-506. Ap. Igor. New species and varieties in Fimbristylis (4), Cologania, Platanus, Croton, Alco- certa (nov. gen.), Exphorbia (6), Pernettya, Arctostaphylos (2), Parathests, Evolvulus, Lpomea, Cordia, Salvia (7), Monarda, Physalis, Solanum, Ruellia, Valeriana, Lobelia (3), Heterotoma (2), Brickellia, Xanthocephalum, Bigelovia Solidago, and Conyza. Fernald, M. L. Contributions from the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, new series, no. XXI. The Variation of some Boreal Carices. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts & Sci. 37: 495-510. Mr. 1902. Carex Pennsylvanica lucorum, new combination. Fernald, M.L. Contributions from the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, new series, no. XXII. The Northeastern Carices of the Section Hyparrhenae. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. 37: 447- 495. pl. 7-5. Mr. 1902. Includes new species, varieties and combinations. Fernald, M.L. The Chilian Empetrum in New England. Rhodora, 4: 147-151. Jl. 1902. Fernald, M. L. The Seneca Snakeroot in Maine. Rhodora, 4: 133, 134. Je. 1902. Floyd, F.G. Ranunculus abortivus encyclus in Massachusetts. Rho- dora, 4: 152. Jl. 1902. Galloway, B. T. Report of the Chief of the Bureau of Plant Industry for 1901. Ann. Rep. U.S. Dept. Agric. 43-94- 1901. Griffiths, D. Concerning some West American Fungi. Bull. Torrey Club, 29 : 290-301. f. 7-10. 26 My. 1902. New species in 7i//etia (2), Ustilago, Sorosporium (2), Gymnoconia, Puccinia (3), Aecidium (2) and Claviceps (?). 530 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Griffiths, D. Range Improvement in Arizona. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry), 4: 1-31. pl. 7-6 +f. 1-5. 1901. Griffiths, D. Forage Conditions on the northern Border of the Great Basin. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry), 15: 1-60. pl. I- 76. 1902. Grout, A. J. How shall our Wild Flowers be Preserved. Plant World, 5: to1-106. Je. 1902. Grout, A. J. Some Vegetable Air-Ships. Harper’s Month. Mag. 256-260. Jl. 1902. Harper, R. M. Notes on El/iottia racemosa. Plant World, 5: 87- 90. pl. 72. My. 1902. Harper, R.M. Zaxodium distichum and related Species, with Notes on some geological Factors influencing their Distribution. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 383-399. 20 Je. 1902. Recognizes Zaxodium imbricarium (Nutt.), as a distinct species. Harris,C.W. Lichens— 7heloschistes, Pyxine. Bryologist, 5: sila f. 1-7. Jl. 1902. Hennings, P. Myriangium mirabile P. Henn. n. sp. Sowie Bemer kungen iiber versch iedene andere Arten der Myriangiaceen. Hed- wigia (Beiblatt), 41: (54)-(56). 24 Ap. 1902. a. Hennings, P. Fungi nonnulli novi ex regionibus variis. Hedwig!4 (Beiblatt), 41: (61)-(66). 24 Ap. 1902. New species in Ustilago (2), Aecidium (2), Disciseda, Micropeltis, Lisonia, Aa Sphaeria, Pseudopeziza and Jsaria (2), from Mexico, Guatemala and South Ameri Hill, E. J. Fissidens grandifrons, its Habits and Propagation. Bry- ologist, 5: 56-58. Jl. 1902. [Illust.] Hollick, A. Notes on our common stemless Violets. Proc. Nat. Scl- Assoc. Staten Island, 7: 39. 10 My. 1902. Holm, T. On the genus Arcfophi/a Rupr. Ottawa Nat. 16: 77-85: pl. I. Je. 1902. Includes three new species, Holzinger, J. M. Seligeria tristichoides Kindb. Bryologist, 5 oe 64. Jl. 1902. tI H[ooker], J. D. Lchinocactus microspermus. Curt. Bot. Mag. Hl 58: p/. 7840. Je. 1902. Native of Argentina. Howe, M.A. An Attempt to introduce a Seaweed into the local Jour. N. Y. Bot. Garden, 3: 116-118. Je. 1902. Howe, M. A. Notes on American Hepaticae. Bull. Torrey 29: 281-289. 26 My. 1902. Erio- Flora. Club, INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 531 Kellerman, W. A. A new Species of Rhyttsma. Jour. Mycol. 8: 5°, 51. p/. z. Je. 1902. R. concavum on Ilex verticillata. Kirkwood, J. E. & Gies, W. J. Chemical Studies of the Cocoanut with some Notes on the Changes during Germination. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 321-359. p/. 79 +f. 1-5. 20 Je. 1902. Leavitt, R. G. Subterranean Plants of Zpiphegus. Bot. Gaz. 33: 376. f. 15 My. 1902. ; Leavitt, R. G. Subterranean Plants of Epiphegus. Plant World, 5: 114. Je. 1902. Lloyd, F.E. An interesting Irregularity in a Rose Flower. Torreya, 2: 90, 91. 12 Je. Igo2. MacDougal, D. T. Effect of Lightning on Trees. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Garden, 3: 131-135. 22. Jl. 1902. MacDougal, D. T. The Origin of Species by Mutation. Torreya, 2: 65-68. 14 My. 1902; 81-84. 12 Je. 1902; 97-101. 1 Jl. 1902. MacDougal, D. T. The Temperature of the Soil. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Garden, 3: 125-131. f. 19-27. Jl. 1902. M[asters], M.T. Passiflora actinia. Gard. Chron. III. 32: 15. f 6. 12 Jl. rgoz. Meehan, T. Rhamnus Carolinianus. Meehan’s Monthly, 12: 85, 86. Bl. 6. Je. 1902. Merrill, E. D. Notes on North American Grasses. Rhodora, 4: 142-147. Jl. 1g02. New combinations and species in Deschampsia, Poa, Panicularia (2), Bromus, and Elymus, Merrill, E.D. The North American Species of Spartina. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry), 9: 1-16. I9go02. Includes S. Bakeri Sp. nov. . Morgan, A. P. Morchellae—The Morels. Jour. Mycol. 8: 49, 50. Je 1go2. Morris, E.L. ‘*Occasional’’ Leaves of 7ri/iium. Plant World, 5: 92, 93. pl. 737. My. 1902. Nelson, A. Contributions from the Rocky Mountain Herbarium, III. Bot. Gaz. 34: 21-35. 16 Jl. 1902. Includes new species in Eriogonum (5), Malvastrum (3), Cerasus, Gentiana (2), Phacetia, Gilia (2), Lappula (3), Cryptanthe (2), Oreocarya, Mimulus (2), Pent- Semon, Synthyris (2) and Gaertneria (2). Nelson, A. New Plants from Wyoming, XIV. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 400-406. 20 Je. 1902. New species and varieties in Eriophorum, Hemicarpha, Trifolium, Mertensia (4), Castilleja, Plantago, and Helianthus, 532 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Niles, G. S. Habits of the deep-set Bulbs of Zvythronium. Plant World, 5: 109, 110. Je. 1902. Nye, H. A. The Blooming of Hepaticas. Rhodora, 4: 127, 128 Je. 1902. Overton, J. B. Parthenogenesis in Zhalictrum purpurascens. Bot. Gaz. 33: 363-375. pl. 72, 737. 15 My. 1902. Parish, S. B. A new California Rose. Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. I: Si. fe 7y il, TH07, Rosa Mohavensis sp. nov. _ Parish, S. B. Notes on two parasitic Plants. Torreya, 2: 105, 106. 1 Jl. 1902. Notes on Cuscuta and Phoradendron. Pierce, G. J. Forcible Discharge of the Antherozoids in Asterella Californica. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 374-382. f. 1-6. 20 Je. 199% Pieters, A. J., & Brown, E. Kentucky Bluegrass Seed. Bull. U.S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry) 19: 1-19. p/. 7-6. 1902. . Price, 0. W. American Private Forests. Harper’s Month. Mag: 1902: 210-214. Jl. 1902. Rand, E. L. The staminate Plant of Antennaria Pariinit. Rhodora, 4 =:353%, « li-s902- Rice, W.S. The Snow Plant of the Sierra Nevadas. Plant World, ; 5: 93,94. My. 1902. : Ricker, P.L. A preliminary List of Maine Fungi. Univ. of Maine Studies, 3: 1-86. Ap. 1902. Rimbach, A. Physiological Observations on the subterranean Organs of some Californian Liliaceae. Bot. Gaz. 33: 4°1-4?° pl. 14 17 Je. 1902. : Robinson, B. L. Further Stations for Veronica Chamaedrys- dora, 4: 152. Jl. 1902. Robinson, B. L. Protection of our Native Flora. Rhodora, 4° 137" 142. Jl. 1902. Robinson, B. L. Two new Hypericums of the Adpressum G Rhodora, 4: 135-137. p/. 77. Je. 1902. 9-4. : Rydberg, P. A. Our yellow Lady’s-Slippers. Torreya, 2) 4 : 12 Je. 1902. Salmon, E. S. Supplementary Notes on the Erysiphaceac: — Torrey Club, 29: 1-22. 28 Ja. 1902; 83-109. 25 F. 19) 210. pl. 9-1. 24 Ap. 1902; 302-316. 26 My. 190? Rho- roup- Bull. 181-_ INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 533 Schrenk, H. von. A Root Rot of Apple Trees caused by Zhelephora galactina Fr. Bot. Gaz. 34: 65. 16 Jl. 1902. Scribner, F. L. & Merrill, E. D. New or noteworthy North American Grasses. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 466-470. 25 Jl. 1902. Includes new species in Agrostis, Elymus (2), Festuca, Sitanion, and Trisetum. Shaw, C. H. ‘The Development of Vegetation in the morainal Depres- sions of the Vicinity of Wood’s Holl. Bot. Gaz. 33: 437-450. / 1-6. 17 Je. 1902. Shear, C. L. Mycological Notes and new Species. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 449-457. 25 Jl. 1902. Includes new species in Sculecotrichum, Cryptoporus (gen. nov.), Secotium, Sclero- derma, Cucurbitaria, Fusicladium, Illosporium, Phragmidium, Aecidium (2), Dia- trypella, Pleomassaria, Camarosporium, Haplosporella, Pestalozzia, Plectrothrix (gen. nov.) and Plectrothrix. Smith, R. E. The Parasitism of Botrytis cinerea. Bot. Gaz. 33: 421-436. f. 1, 2. 17 Je. 1902. Thaxter, R. Preliminary Diagnoses of new Species of Laboulbeniaceae, V. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 38: 9-57. Je. 1902. New species in Dimeromyces, Monoicomyces (2), Herpomyces (gen. nov.) (9), Cor- ethromyces, Acompsomyces (2), Acallomyces (gen. nov.), Stichomyces, Rhachomyves, Ceradomyces, Ecteinomyces (gen. nov.), Laboulbenia (40), and Coreomyces (gen. nov. ). Torrey, J. C. Cytological Changes accompanying the Secretion of Diastase. Bull. Torrey Club, 29 : 421-435. f/. 20. 25 Jl. 1902. Underwood, L.M. The Bracket Fungi. Torreya, 2: 87-90. 12 Je. 1902. Vaupel, F. Mexikanische und Westindische Kakteen. Monats. fiir Kakteenkunde, 12: 56-62. f. 15 Ap. 1902; 75-78. 15 M. 1902; 92-95. 15 Je. 1902. Ward, H.M. On the Relations between Host and Parasite in the Bromes and their brown Rust, Puccinia dispersa (Erikss). Ann. Bot. 16: 233-315. Je. 1902. Webb, J.E. A morphological Study of the Flower and Embryo of Spiraea. Bot. Gaz. 33: 451-460. f. 1-28. 17 Je. 1901. Webster, H. Clathrus columnatus in Lawrence, Massachusetts. Rho- dora, 4: 534, 125... Je. 1902- White, V.S. The Nidulariaceae of North America. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 251-280. pl. 14-18. 26 My. 1902. Q New species and varieties in Cyathia (2), Nidula (gen. nov.) (2) and Granu- ria (2). 534 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Wight, W. F. The Genus Zritrichum in North America. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 407-414. f. 20 Je. 1902. Includes new species and a new combination. Wilcox, E. M. Numerical Variation of the Ray Flowers of Com- positae. Bot. Gaz. 33: 462-465.f.7. 17 Je. 1902. Wilcox, E.N. Stipa Hassei not a good Species. Bot. Gaz. 34: 66. Fi 2. - 16 J ago: 22. 3 Butt. Torrey Cius, 29. BuLL_. Torrey CLvus, 29. PL. 23. SPTOLEJEUNEA ELLIPTICA (Lehm. & Lindenb.) Schiffn, SUNEA STENOPHYLLA (Lindenb. & Gottsche) Schiffn. LEPTOLEJEUNEA HAMULATA (Gottsche) Schiffn, oc PUBLICATIONS The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- taining notes, news and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- ners of the Garden. To others, 10 cents a copy; $1.00 a year. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. I, 1900, vili + 213 pp. Vol. II, 1901, vii 204 pp. Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying the results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, 449 pp: 3 maps, and 12 plates, 1896-1900. $3.00. No. 6, 232 pp., 20 plates. Free to all members of the Garden; to others, 50 cents. Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden, Vol. 1. An Annotated Cat- alogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone Park, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of the museums. An arrangement and critical discussion of es Pteridophytes and Phanerogams of the region with notes from the author’s field boo! and including descriptions of 163 new species. ix + 492 pp. Roy. 8vo, with de- tailed map. Price to members of the Garden, $1.00. To others, $2.00. [Not offered in exchange. ] _ Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journa other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. No. 1. Symbiosis and Saprophytism, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. No. 2. New Species from western United States, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 3. The dichotomous Panicums : some new Species, by Geo. V. Nash. No. 4. Delphinium Carolinianum and related Species, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 5. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—I, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 6. Notes and Descriptions of North American Plants I and II, by Dr .J.K. Small. No. 7. Vegetative Reproduction and Multiplication in Erythronium, by Fred- erick H. Blodgett. . No. 8. Two new Species of Grimmia from Montana, by R. S. Williams. No. 9. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—II, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg: No. to. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—IIT, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg: No, 11. Life-history of Schizea pusilla, by Elizabeth G. Britton and Alexandrina Taylor. No. 12. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—-IV, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 13. Farther Studies on the Potentilleae, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No, 14. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—V, by Dr. Per Axel wee No. 15. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—VI, by Dr, Per Axel Rydberg: No. 16. Vanishing Wild Flowers, by Elizabeth G, Britton. No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White. No. 18. Shrubs and Trees of the Southern States, by Dr. J. K. Small. ico. No, 19. The American Species of Limncrchis and Piperia, North — by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 20. The Morphology and Physiology of the Seedlings of Arisaema é and 4. Dracontium, by R. J. Rennert. No, 21. Two new Western Mosses, by R. S. Williams. dberg: No, 22. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—VII, by Dr. Per Axel BF All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX ParRK, NE riphyllu w YORK ory PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 1, MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-18y8. Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (189%). By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50. 1892-1894. Price $5.00, Vel. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00. Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00. Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125, 1896-1897. Price $5.00. Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00. Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00. 8 Vol. 8. Nos. 176-. 1g01~—(current). List of separate numbers available on application. 3. A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896. Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y The Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- barium material for any of the above named publications. Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. City. 4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the ro2d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor of Botany, 1891~1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Brown. Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2 642 pages ; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating every Species described. ee Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for the three volumes ; with the indexes and keys bound separ- " ately, $10.00. a 5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) rg00. By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, (896-. Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & Co. New York. Price $1.00. 5 es Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- wood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. Duodecimo, 236 aa: - plates. Published by Henry Holt & Co. Price $1.50. 7- A Text-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations. Published by Longmans, Green & Co. New York. Price $3.00. UNDERWOOD’S Moulds, Mildews and Mushrooms. A Guide to the Systematic Study of the Fungi and Mycetozoa and their Literature. Illustrated with ten heliotype plates, one colored. By Lucien M. UNDERWOOD. 12mo. Pp. 236. Price $1.50 ~e/ Contains synopses of the genera of fleshy and parasitic fungi, with historical sketch of the study of mycology in America, and copious references to the literature of the subject. Sufficiently technical for accuracy, but intended to enable the novice to recognize the systematic position of the ordinary fungi of fields and woods. Particular attention is paid to the edible species. HENRY HOLT & C@., 29 West 23d Street, NEW YORK. Back numbers of the BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLus wanted to complete files, as follows: Vol, 7 (1880) Nos. 1, 9. Vol. 14 (1887) Nos. 1, 2. Vol. 8 (1881) Nos, 2, 10, 11. Vol. 15 (1888) any numbers. Vol. 9 (1882) Nos, t, 5. Vol. 16 (1889) Nos. 3, 4- Vol. 11 (1884) Nos. 1, 2, 3 Vol. 17 (1890) Nos.(4 8, 9» 10 12 Vol. 12 (1885) Nos, 1, 2, 3. Vol. 18 (1891) No. 1. ; : ther Contributions of duplicate numbers requested of members of the Club. O possessing numbers invited to state prices. ADDRESS TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. pee COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, New YORK FOR SALE. VERMONT HERBARIUM MATERIAL. Including a set of the new Crataegus (some thirty specie>; pe piants.) New Species in Antennaria, Scirpus, Rubus, etc Many sli new and rare Vermont plants. Mt. Washington plants, 75 pret Material guaranteed both as to quality and quantity. List sent oan plication. Price, $10.00 per hundred, post or express PF W.W. EGGLESTON. vt. 23 N. Main Street, RUTLAND, . ESTABLISHED 1851. EKIMER & AMEND, MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus. 205, 207, 209 & an Third Ave,, Corner of 18th Street. NEW YORK. SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATE: OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR EB. March’s Szline “hemica! Stone Ware. Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemicalir Pure,and Common Filter Paper. | Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- ters (Polariscopes). Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Ba» @ ances, etc. | Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co., @ Paris, Platinum. & es H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. SPECIALTIES :—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass ware, Porcelain from the Rova! Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’ — Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus and Chemicals for _ Sugar Chemists. . LABORATORY OUTE ITS FOR Pe ee "FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSIT TES AND COLLEGES - Gtass-Browine, Ereame, Grixpixe AND REPAIRING. MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. A series of technical papers on botanical subjects. Established 1889. Price, — 8300 per volume. Separate numbers supplied at following prices which are strictly net. The Memoirs are not offered in exchange. Volume 1, No. 1-—Studies of the Types of various Species of the genus Carex. By L. H. Bailey. Price, $1.00. No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts of New Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. ee No. 3—An Enumeration of the Hepaticz collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby m_ South America, By Richard Spruce. Price, 75 cents, No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. ; Vol. 2, No. 1.—On reserve Food Materials in Buds and surrounding Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. (Only sold with full volumes, ) rate No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygata. — By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. a Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous Ter- No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadaceze with illustrations of all ha . No 1.—The North American Sordariaceae. The Clb has also published the following local catalogue : oe Preliminary Catalogue of Anthophyta and Pteridophyta "*P"* one hundred miles of New York, 1888. Price, 31.00. ORREY BOTANICAL CLUB, — Cotumaia University, NEW YORK resident, HON. ADDISON BROWN eee, Vice-Presidents, : -J. F. ALLEN, M.D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. “Tecor ting Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, = _ EDWARD S. BURGESS, Pu.D JOHN K. SMALL, Px.D., _Nonmal College, New York City. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York Cty Treasurer, F, E. LLOYD Columbia Patcy. ew York City. : ONS: Bulletin: Monthiy, established 1870. Price ze $3.00 numbers 30 cents, Of former volumes only 1-6, 13, and 19-27 cat Partial numbers only of vols. 7-18 are available, but the com be tadertalen. irs oencepatebepermig VoL, 29 No. 9 BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB SEPTEMBER, 1902 Notes on the biennial and perennial West American Species of Lappula By C. V. Piper In describing Lappula arida in this journal (28: 44) I briefly called attention to the value of the fornices or appendages in the throat of the corolla as one means of distinguishing that species from L. ciliata (Dougl.) Greene. Indeed it was largely by the character of this appendage that it became clear that the hand- some blue-flowered species common about Spokane, Wash., was identical with Douglas’ original, an authentic specimen of which is in the Gray herbarium. Douglas’ plant was in very young flower, so that it was only by comparing the throat appendages that it became certain that his plant was distinct from Z. arida. In the course of this examination I was struck with the different forms of the throat appendages, which prove on further study to be _ very constant and therefore a helpful means of identifying speci- mens in flower only, as well as of distinguishing species. In - describing LZ. arida, the fornices were said to be ‘not retuse.” This is an error, as in all the biennial and perennial American Species at least the appendage is notched. Briefly the appendage consists of an obcordate erect or connivent swelling, from the lower ventral face of which projects into the throat a protuber- ance. The size shape and surface of the appendage, the shape of the protuberance, and the relative dimensions of these parts _ furnish characters, which though difficult to describe, are found to be very reliable. In endeavoring to clear up the northwestern ‘Species, it became necessary to examine a large amount of mate- Mial. The following results are based on a study of the material in ee 535 : Tiamed 26 September] 536 PirpeER: West AMERICAN the Gray herbarium, of that in the California Academy of Science, and of that in the herbaria of Mr. W. C. Cusick and Professor L. F. Henderson, together with my own. Besides the species here considered there are several more undoubtedly distinct species ‘represented in the Gray herbarium, which owing to incomplete material it was not deemed wise to describe. It is very desirable in the future that collectors endeavor to secure both flowering and fruiting specimens of each species. The great bulk of the mate- rial in herbaria is either in flower or in fruit, so that it is often bid difficult to determine which goes with which. Belated flowers m fruiting material are unsatisfactory, as they are frequently much smaller than is typical and therefore apt to be misleading. So far as my experience goes in the field, the color of the flowers, contrary to what might be expected, is very constant. ‘While white-flowered specimens are notoriously common in blues, flowered plants, the present genus seems to be exceptional in this respect. Pile Owing to the great confusion of material in herbaria, a full list of the specimens examined is given under each species. Key to the Species Biennials or perennials; nutlets armed on the margins with free or subulate glochidiate prickles. ‘ : free I. Back of nutlets unarmed or with short glochidiate prickles ; marginal prickles to the base or nearly so. Corolla appendages smooth or merely papillate. uke Appendages broader than long: protuberance short, broad : flowers united flat ‘bunda. Flowers small, 4-6 mm. broad. 1. LZ. pe oy Flowers larger, 8-10 mm. broad. 2. - Set Appendages as long as broad: the oblong protuberance scarcely P flowers white. Foliage rather softly pubescent. Foliage harshly papillose-scabrous. 4: Ze Henderson. 4: Pe trachyphylla- Corolla appendages pubescent. ] das long, Flowers small, less than 5 mm. broad; appendage about as ser netorum short-pilose, the protuberance very small. 5. LP Flowers larger, 5-12 mm. broad. Appendage short-pilose. sea except Flowers white : pubescence rather harsh, mostly appres on the lower part of the stem and the Se yer atilis. Flowers blue: pubescence soft, not appressed. 7- pee . Flowers blue: pubescence smooth, very closely hae " cosiihie few bristles on the lower petioles. : SPECIES OF LAPPULA 537 Appendage hirsute, the hairs as long or longer : flowers bluish (or some- times white ?). 9. L. caerulescens, II. Back of nutlets unarmed or with short glochidiate prickles ; lateral prickles united for about half their length. Flowers greenish: corolla-lobes broadest at base; appendage smooth, much broader than long, lunate, the protuberance forming a short blunt tooth. 10. L. hispida, Flowers blue: corolla-lobes suborbicular ; appendages short-pilose ; protuberance short. Back of nutlets with glochidiate bristles. Flowers blue : pubescence fine, appressed. tr. L. ciliata. Flowers blue: leaves bristly, green. 12. L. setosa. Flowers white: leaves bristly, ashy-gray. 13. L. cinerea. Back of nutlets without glochidiate bristles. Back of nutlets coarsely granulate-scabrous, with central ridge faint or none. 14. L. ursina. Back of nutlets nearly smooth, with a prominent central ridge. 15. Z. scaberrima. TI. Back of nutlets with glochidiate prickles about as long as the marginal ones. Corolla white, rotate, the tube not exceeding the calyx ; appendage broader than long, short pilose. 16. L. Californica. Corolla blue or pink, short-salverform, the tube longer than the calyx. Corolla 10-15 mm. broad : appendages very large, one third as long as the corolla lobes ; protuberance equally long: pubescence velvety. 17. L. velutina. Corolla 6-8 mm. broad : appendages small, one sixth as long as the corolla- lobes, the protuberance very smal] : pubescence not velvety. 18. Z. nervosa, 1. LappuLa FLoRIBUNDA Greene, Pittonia, 2: 182. 1891 Echinospermum floribundum Lehm. Pugillus, 2: 24. 1830. Specimens of this species in fruit are very easily distinguished from fruiting specimens of the following, but flowering specimens are sometimes distinguishable only with difficulty. The only dif- ferences which seem to separate the two species in flower are the smaller corollas and denser racemes of L. floribunda. According to Cusick, Z. floribunda is always biennial in duration, L. diffusa Perennial. So far as fruiting material goes there seem to be but two species, but Dr. Rydberg has segregated a third supposed Species, Z, leptophylla Rydb. (Fl. Mont. 329. 1900), of which I have seen no specimen. It is said to be distinguished from Z. Sloribunda by having smaller flowers and thinner leaves. It is very desirable that collectors take careful note in the field as to whether variations in the size of the corolla are correlated with 538 Piper: West AMERICAN other differences. JL. floribunda as at present received shows some variation as regards the size of the flowers and also in pubescence. The following specimens are referred to this species. WasHincton: Yakima Region, July 1883, Brandegee, 986. OREGON: Without locality, 1881, Cusick, r78. CatirorniA: Lake Tahoe, Lemmon, without locality, 1874, Lemmon, 734; Susanville, Lassen county, 2 July 1892, Brandegee ; Lake City Pass, July, 1892, Mrs. R. M. Austin. Ipano: Hailey, 22 July 1895, Henderson, 3195; Challis Divide, 3 August 1895, Henderson, 3679. Nevapa: Ruby Valley, August 1868, Watson, 860. Uran: American Fork Cafion, 16 July 1895, WZ £. Jones; Provo, 8 July 1894, 42. E. Jones, 5594; Wasatch Mts., July 1869, Watson, 860. ; Arizona: Casnino, August 1883, Rusby, 746; Base of San Francisco Mt., September 1884, /. G. Lemmon & wife. Cotorapo: Near Dix P. O., 10 July 1898, Baker, Larle & Tracy, 471 ; Golden City, 8 June 1870, Greene, 306 ; Headwaters of Clear Creek, 1861, Parry, 290; Estes Park, 8 June 1884, /: Ball; Pagosa Springs, July 1899, Baker, 557; Canon City, June 1877, Brandegee ; Clear Creek Cafion, 10 June 1870, Greene y Without locality, Hall & Harbour, 437. Wyomine: Yellowstone Lake, 24 August 1899, 4. & E, Nel- son, 6647 ; Sybille Creek, 8 July 1894, A. Nelson, 348 ; between Sheridan and Buffalo, 15 June-15 July 1900, 7weedy, 3579- Montana: Without locality, 3 July 1883, Scribner, T7175 Glen Creek, 29 July 1899, A. & E. Nelson, 5561. Assintpora : Crane Lake, 9 June 1894, Macoun. SASKATCHEWAN : Without locality, 1858, Bourgeau. 2. LappuLa piFFusa Greene, Pittonia, 2: 182. 1891 Echinospermum diffusum Lehm. Pugillus, 2: 23. 1830. I have followed Dr. Gray in his interpretation of this species and as he compared his materal with the type it is doubtless correct According to this view Lehmann’s characterization of the corolla’ as white isanerror. It is barely possible however that Lehmann s original is a different plant from the one here considered, aS there are at least three white-flowered species in the Columbia Basin, SPECIES OF LAPPULA 539 whence the type of &. diffusum came, viz., L. Hendersoni, L. arida and L. Californica. It is impossible to reconcile either of the first two with the original description of Z. diffusum, but it is possible that it may prove to be identical with Z. Californica. The following specimens have been examined. _ Britisn Cotumsia: Above Lake Louise, 27 July 1895, Candy; Kicking Horse Lake, 11 August 1890, Macoun ; Lake Louise, 9 August 1898, /. R. Anderson; near Banff, 9 July 1891, Macoun, 676. WasHINGTON: Wenatchee Mts., 3 June 1900, Whited, 1258; Klickitat River, 27 June 1899, Fett, rorz,; without locality Vasey, 420; near Ellensburg, 21 May 1897, Piper, 2669; Blue Mts., 7 August 1897, Horner, 341 ; 11 June 1897, 727. Orecon: Near Snake River, 25 May 1898, Cusick, 1887 ; Stein’s Mts., 30 June 1898, Cusick; without locality, 1879, Cusick, 61g; Pine Creek, July 1893, Mrs. R. M. Austin, 121 ; Quartz Valley, Lake county, Mrs. R. M. Austin; Mt. Ashland, 9 July 1886, Henderson ; Wallowa River below the Lake, 10 August 1899, Cusick, 2323; Powder River Mts., August 1896, Piper, 2494. CaLiFoRNIA: Cottonwood Creek, White Mts., 13 July 1691, Coville and Funston, 1811; Siskiyou Mts., June 1884, Howell, 219; Sisson, Siskiyou county, 7. &. Brown, 327; near Mineral Springs, Tulare county, 4 August 1891, Coville & Funston, 1484; Janesville, Lassen county, 29 June 1892, Brandegee. Ipano: Banks of Kootenai River, 1861, Lyadl. Urau: Thistle, 29 June 1894, I £. Jones, 5529; without locality, 1891, Mrs. W. C. Dodd. Montana: Spanish Basin, Gallatin county, 26 June 1897, Rydberg & Bessey, 4895 ; Bridger Mts., 12 June 1897, Rydberg & Bessey, 4896. Echinospermum subdecumbens Parry (Proc. Davenport Acad. I: 48) is probably a synonym of Z. diffusa ; at least an authentic Specimen in young flower in the Gray Herbarium seems to be referable here. The specimen is from central Utah. v 3. Lappula Hendersoni sp. nov. Perennial, erect, 60-80 cm. high, rather sparsely and softly pu- cent with appressed hairs, leafy to the top: leaves green, thin, the 540 Piper: West AMERICAN radical spatulate-lanceolate ; cauline lanceolate, attenuate, — gradually reduced upward, the upper ones ciliate with long hat ) the middle ones 5~10 cm. long: flowering branches ace f arranged: cymes 5~-10-flowered: calyx-lobes lineata obtusish : corolla white, 10-12 mm. broad ; appendage as i as long, merely papillate, the protuberance oblong, short, peer : protruding into the throat: fruit (nearly mature) about | ae long, on longer recurved pedicels ; back of nutlets flat, muricu nike bearing a few scattered short glochidiate prickles; marg ite prickles flat, of two lengths, free to the base or nearly 7 ae longer ones equalling or exceeding the diameter of the back; inner face smooth, the oblong scar central. Clemens Mountain, Yakima county, Washington, 14 ee } 1892, L. F. Henderson (type). Specimen in herbarium Wash- ington State College. The following specimens are also confidently referred here : Wasuincton: Moist shady rocks, Klickitat county, June 1881, Suksdorf ; Upper Yakima, 1860, Lyall. r OrEGon : Cliffs along the Columbia River, August 1880, é J. Howell ; Deschutes, 1879, Howell; ‘ Hood River, Celilo, etc., June 1886, Henderson, 88. k A doubtful specimen is Howell’s no. 335, Rooster Rock, Ore., with blue flowers. 3 fruit. The Suksdorf and Henderson specimens have mature foe In these the back of the nutlet is more or less convex, with A oe central ridge, muriculate, bearing 10-12 short glochidiate bristles ; ventral surface sparsely muriculate, the oblong scar central. . 4. Lappula trachyphylla sp. nov. ‘ d Probably perennial, apparently about 60 cm. high : ae branches hispid: upper leaves sessile, lanceolate, eater hispid, nate, 4—5 cm. long, harshly scabrous on both faces with to the papillate-based hairs; upper leaves passing gradually si 10- bracts of the inflorescence: branches 10-1 5 cm. long, mates a 15-flowered: calyx-lobes attenuate, hispid, 4—5 rata OnE 5 2 mm. white, the tube not exceeding the calyx, the limb Bee: pro- broad ; appendages as broad as long, merely papillose, . nutlets tuberances small: pedicels decidedly longer than the fr er plane, 5 mm. long, the marginal prickles free to the base; bac i sks a vickies « vena ee muriculate, bearing several short glochidiate prickles ; vent muriculate, the scar central. SPECIES OF LAPPULA 541 A single fragmentary specimen in the Gray herbarium, col- lected by Winslow J. Howard in Montana. Associated with it are two inflorescences of L. diffusa. 5. LAPPULA PINETORUM Greene, Pittonia, 2: 182. 189gI Echinospermum pinetorum Greene ; Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 224. 1872. This species appears from the specimens to be an annual. The following specimens are in the Gray herbarium : New Mex.: Pinos Altos Mts., July and September 1880, Greene. Arizona: Santa Rita Mts., 13 July 1881, Pringle, 349; North Arizona, 1884, Lemmon, j2ii. 6. LAPPULA ARIDA Piper, Bull. Torrey Club, 28: 44. 1901 In addition to the specimens cited in the original description the following are referable here : ; WasHincton : Without locality, 1889, G. R. Vasey, 479. OrEGon: Camp Harney, 26 May 1885, Howell ; Camp Har- ney, 1875, Captain Bendire ; Drew’s Valley, Lake county, d/rs. R. M. Austin 282, This specimen is referred to L. arida with considerable hesitation. The two following species are very near allies, and further ma- terial may compel their reduction. In all three the fornices of the Corolla are practically identical. 7. Lappula saxatilis sp. nov. Perennial, about 30 cm. high, rather slender, cinereous through- Out with a fine short rather soft pubescence intermixed with some longer hairs, especially on the petioles of the lower leaves and Margins of the upper ones: radical and lower cauline leaves oblanceolate, acute, the petioles as long or nearly as long as the blades ; upper cauline lance-linear, sessile by broad bases ; bracts of the inflorescence leaf-like - branches 6—10-flowered; calyx hispid, the lobes 2-3 mm. long: corolla blue, rotate, about 7 mm. broad ; appendages pubescent, broader than long, exceeded by the obovate-oblong protuberance : fruit small, 3-4 mm. long ; marginal Prickles 4-5 on each side, subulate, glochidiate, slightly united at base; dorsal surface muriculate, bearing a few short glochidiate Prickles ; ventral surface smooth * scar central. Rocky sides of cafions, Klickitat River, Wash., 12 June 1885, f : W. N. Suksdorf, 592. Type specimen in Gray herbarium. 542 Piper: West AMERICAN Very close to Z. arida, differing in its smaller blue flowers, softer pubescence, and the smaller fruit without granulations on the ventral side. ‘8. Lappula Cusickii sp. nov. Perennial, erect or ascending, 15-30 cm. high, the caudex thickly clothed with old leaf bases, the whole plant pale bluish- green with a very closely appressed fine pubescence, except on the petioles where it is hirsute-ciliate : radical leaves lanceolate, acute, - 4-8 cm. long, the petioles equaling the blades; cauline leaves linear-lanceolate, acute, all but the lower sessile by broad bases, 2-5 cm. long: inflorescence corymbose, the false racemes 6-8- flowered: calyx-lobes linear, acute, 2 mm. long: corolla blue, 5-6 mm. broad ; appendages short pilose, about as long as broad, the protuberance oblong, as long or longer; immature fruit 5 mm. long, the back flat, muriculate, and bearing about 10 short glochidiate bristles; marginal prickles flat, separate and rather distant, all glochidiate, shorter than the diameter of the nutlet. Logan Mountains, eastern Oregon, 6500 feet altitude, in the shelter of juniper, 1 July 1901, W. C. Cusick, 2623. This species is related to L. arida, differing in its smaller blue flowers and the separate marginal prickles of the nutlet. 9. LapPULA CAERULESCENS Rydberg, Flora Montana, 328. 190° This species is readily distinguished from any other described species by the long hairs of the corolla-appendages. At least one other undescribed species represented in the Gray herbarium by too scanty material, has a very similar corolla-appendage, S° that this character alone can not be entirely relied upon. The species as here interpreted shows considerable variation as regards pubescence, and in some specimens the flowers are apparently white. Montana: Bridger Mts., 18 July 1897, Rydberg & Bessey; 4899. Wyomine: Mammoth Hot Springs, 30 June 1899, A. & & Nelson, 5602. Uran: Salt Lake City, May 1891, Eastwood ; Salt Lake City, 30 April 1898, W. Travers; Salt Lake City, May 1889 Sarah K. White; Wasatch Mts., May 1869, Watson, 860; Fue Valley, June 1874, 2. arry, 1772. Inthis plant the pubescence 1S hirsute, and it was included by Dr. Gray under Echinospermum SPECIES OF LAPPULA 543 ursinum. The fornix is exactly like that of the present species, but it is possible that fruiting material may show additional characters. NEvApDA: Battle Mts., June 1868, Watson, 860, Humboldt Mts., 27 May 18—, Beckwith. In the original description of this species the fruit was not described. The following are its characters as it occurs on the Nelson specimen above cited : Nutlets 3 mm. long; marginal prickles of two lengths, free to the base or nearly so, all glochidiate; back plane or with a more or less evident central ridge densely finely muriculate and bearing about ten short glochidiate prickles ; ventral surface finely rugose. 10. LAPPULA HISPIDA Greene, Pittonia, 2: 182. 1891 Echinospermum diffusum var. hispidum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. me. 225. 1882: EL. hispidum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 20: 259. 1884. This species differs from any other which I have examined in having the corolla-lobes broadest at base.. The species proper has been collected only by Cusick in eastern Oregon as follows: 1880, rocky hillsides of Pine Creek near the mouth, 855; 31 May 1808, hillsides near Snake River, 7906; 15 June 1808, Burnt River, 7906 ; without locality, 1885. The Wilcox specimen referred here by Dr. Gray in the orig- inal description belongs to ZL. cinerea as above. The Watson Specimen referred here with some doubt in the Synoptical Flora (2: 422) is an undescribed species. It. Lapputa ciniaTa Greene, Pittonia, 2: 182. 1891. Cynoglossum ciliatum Dougl.; Lehm. Pugillus, 2: 24. 1830. Echinospermum ciliatum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 225. 1882, ; The Original specimens of this species were collected by Douglas according to the note in Hooker's herbarium, ‘On the Stavelly banks of mountain streams near the head springs of the : Columbia ” ; according to the note in Bentham’s herbarium, _ “Kettle Falls and Spokan River, 1826.” The plant is quite common on the gravelly bluffs of Latah _ Creek and of the Spokane River within the environs of Spokane, 544 Prrer: West AMERICAN Wash. The following specimens agree exactly with the Douglas specimen in the Gray herbarium. Spokane, 1 June 1891, Henderson ; Spokane, 16 May and 2 July 18096, Piper, 2292; Hangman Creek, 18 May 1893, Sand- berg & Leiberg, 36. The following is a description of the fruit : Nutlets 5 mm. long; marginal prickles united for about half their length into a wing, all the prickles glochidiate ; back plane or usually with a faint central ridge, roughly muriculate and bearing eight or ten short glochidiate prickles; ventral surface smooth, the scar central. , 12. Lappula setosa sp. nov. Perennial, 30-60 cm. high, bristly hirsute throughout, without any finer pubescence : radical leaves linear-oblanceolate, obtuse oF acute, 6-10 cm. long including the petioles; cauline sessile of nearly so, linear or lance-linear, gradually reduced upwards ; calyx-lobe oblong-linear, obtuse, hispid, 3-4 mm. long: corolla bright blue, 12-15 mm. broad, the tube not exceeding the calyx; appendage semicircular, short pilose, the protuberance small : fruit 5 mm. long, the marginal prickles united for one half their length into a wing: dorsal surface nearly plane, granulate scab- rous, bearing a few very short glochidiate bristles ; ventral surface granulate, the narrowly triangular scar central. a OrEGon: Waldo, June 1884, in flower, Howell, 218. CALIFORNIA: Siskiyou Mountains, 17 June 1884, in fone’: Howell; Snow Mountain, 23 June 1892, in flower, Brandegee» Sierra Valley, July 18383 (type), in fruit, Lesezon. Specimen r herbarium California Academy of Science. A well-marked species, easily recognized by its large b flowers and bristly pubescence. Jue / 13. Lappula cinerea sp. nov. Perennial, erect, 40-60 cm. high, cinereous throughout oe appressed pubescence, some coarser hispid hairs intermixX€¢, ate larger of which are papillate at base: basal leaves linear OF we 3 lanceolate, obtusish, 6-10 mm. long; cauline similar, rather i reduced upwards: inflorescence in fruit loose, the branches ae em. long: calyx-lobes linear-lanceolate, acute: corolla white, tube 2 mm. long, the obovate-orbicular lobes 3 mm. long ; appe dages short-pilose, the crest semicircular in form, retuse af ad the protuberance on the inner side hemispherical, and se} ‘SPECIES OF LAPPULA 545 by a smooth depression from the pilose crest: nutlets 3-4 mm. long, the marginal prickles united at base for about half their length, all glochidiate ; dorsal surface with a faint central ridge, muriculate, and bearing 6-12 glochidiate bristles half as long as the marginal ones; inner face smooth, the oblong scar central. Salmon River bluffs, Idaho, altitude 2500 feet, 2 July 1895, L. F. Henderson, 3006. Type in the U.S. National herbarium, no. 231836. I would also refer here two specimens from Boise, Idaho ; one collected by A. Isabel Mulford, July and August, 1892, which in the Gray herbarium specimen is mixed with LZ. floribunda; the other collected June 1881, by Dr. 7. Z. Wilcox and referred by Dr. Gray to L. hispida. The fruit of the Wilcox specimen is rather larger than that of the type, being 5 mm. long. 14. LAppuLA uRSINA Greene, Pittonia, 2: 182. 1891 Echinospermum ursinum Greene; Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 1'7: 224. 1882. No other material has been seen of this species except that which was before Dr. Gray. Fendler 633 from New Mexico re- ferred here by Dr. Gray is very probably a distinct species unde- Scribed. Parry’s 172 collected in South Utah in 1874 is a form of Z. caerulescens. /15. Lappula scaberrima sp. nov. *_ Perennial, erect, 25-56 vemPhigh : stems softly hirsute below, hispid above : leavesCharshly hispid on both faces, the closely ap- Pressed short hairs with papillose bases; basal leaves spatulate- oblanceolate, obtuse, petioled ; cauline oblong-lanceolate, acutish : branches of the inflorescence with 15-25 rather densely crowded OWers : calyx hispid, the ovate-oblong lobe obtuse: corolla blue, the tube barely exceeding the calyx, the limb 5 mm. broad; ap- Pendages broader than long, papillose, the protuberance small : fruit ’5 mm. long on recurved pedicels about as long: nutlets with the Marginal prickles united into a wing, all glochidiate ; back smooth with a prominent heel ; ventral surface smooth, the trian- gular scar central, Cripple Creek, Colo., 3 August 1897, Eastwood, type, in herbarium Cal. Academy of Science. Above Idaho Springs, Colo., August and September 1874, Engelmann. 546 Piper: West AMERICAN A species probably nearest related to L. floribunda. The united marginal prickles and scabrous foliage easily distinguish it. - 16. Lappula Californica Echinospermum Californicum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 17: 225. 1882 (in part). Perennial, erect, leafy, green, 30-80 cm. high: pubescence fine and sparse, soft below, almost hispidulous above in fruiting spect- mens : lower leaves oblong-lanceolate, obtuse or acute, the petioles nearly as long as the blades ; middle leaves oblong-lanceolate, ses- sile by broad bases ; upper leaves lanceolate or even ovate, sessile or partly clasping, mostly acute : panicle in fruit open, the branches about 6-flowered : corolla white, its tube barely exceeding the calyx; appendage broader than long, puberulent, the protuberance small : nutlets granulate-muriculate on both faces ; dorsal face and margin bearing 20-30 glochidiate subulate separate prickles, as long 45 the diameter of the nutlets, with shorter ones intermixed; scat central, large, ovate-triangular. The following specimens are referred here. CALIFORNIA: Mt. Shasta, 6000 ft. alt., 23 August 1881, Pringle (type); Mt. Shasta, 5000 ft. alt., 1862, Brewer, 1416 ; Sisson, July 1892, Brandegee ; near Webber Lake, 1875, Lem- mon, 1204; Lake Tahoe, Lemmon, 205. Both the Lemmon specimens have the prickles of the fruit purple, and the nutlets apparently smooth on the ventral side ; Prattville, Plumas county, 2 April 1892, Brandegee ; Prattville, Plumas county, June 1878, R. M. Austin. Orecon: Near “ Three Sisters,” 5 August 1881, Hendersov Black Butte, Crook county, 19 July 1901, Cusick, 2680. /17. Lappula velutina sp. nov. Perennial (or perhaps biennial), tall and stout, 30-90 ¢™ be clothed throughout with a dense velvety pubescence : fons? cauline and radical leaves spatulate-oblanceolate, acutish, 8-10 cM. long ; cauline numerous, mostly sessile by broad bases, — : linear or lanceolate, acute or obtuse, gradually reduced mab 2~8 cm. long: inflorescence open, the branches 5-10 calyx densely pubescent, the oblong lobes obtuse: corolla blue oF sometimes pink, its tube 5 mm. long, much exceeding We * be the limb 10-12 mm. broad ; appendages very large and weet uous, one third as long as the corolla lobes, the deeply cordate cre" short-pilose, equalled in length by the oblong protuberanc® SPECIES OF LAPPULA 547 fruit 6-8 mm. long, shining, covered all over with subequal glo- chidiate separate prickles; ventral surface smooth, the scar central. This is apparently the commonest California species. It is readily distinguished from all others at a glance by its velvety pubescence, its large blue salverform corollas, and the very promi- nent corolla appendages. The following specimens have been examined, all from Cali- fornia: General Grant Grove, 20 July 1892 (type in herbarium California Academy of Science), Brandegee ; General Grant Park, I-13 July 1899, Eastwood ; Lake Tahoe, June 1900, Miss King ; Lake Tahoe, July 1895, Abraham; Lake Tahoe, Lemmon, Tu- lare county, June 1896, Purpus, 1777; Humboldt county, 1885, C. C. Marshall; Amador county, June 1886, Mrs, Wiley ; Arm- strong Station, 13 June 1895, G. Hansen, 1141; Summit, EI- dorado county, July 1899, Blaisdell, 96. __ The Cusick specimen was distributed as a new species but on further study it is thought best to refer it here. It has been a matter of some difficulty to decide upon a type for this species, inasmuch as Dr. Gray confused three very different plants under one name and did not definitely indicate a type either in the published description or in his herbarium. The difficulty is easily understood from his original description which follows : ae Comparatively large-flowered, perennial, with tube of the corolla surpassing the calyx and about the length of the lobes: nutlets of the globose fruit equally armed over the whole surface and margins with long and slender but flattish minutely glochid- late prickles, “E. Cauirornicum. £. diffusum Gray, Syn. Fl. (exéluding small-flowered Specimens which belong to the true Z. diffusum, and excl. syn. Kellog?) not of Lehm. Sierra Nevada, California, from Mount Shasta southward. This was taken for Leh- Mann’s Z, diffusum, because of his description of the corolla (‘ Corolla alba? magna, tubus calyce paullo longior sensim ampliatus’ ); and Californian specimens of the real £. diffusum were mixed with it, The original specimens of the latter do not have the €xserted tube of the corolla which marks the present species when in blossom, as does the fruit at maturity. It is the Z. mervosum of Kellog; but neither the leaves nor the Sepals are perceptibly nervose(the former not ‘ 3-5-nerved ’ nor the latter ‘ 3-nerved’), so that the name would be a false one.’’ It is perfectly clear that the flower characters of the above de- _ Scription were taken from the specimens L. velutina and L. nervosa 8S they alone have salverform corollas. The fruiting characters _ Were drawn from the Brewer and Pringle specimens, perhaps also 548 Piper: West AMERICAN from the Lemmon specimens. As the flower characters are the most important in separating Z. Californica and L. velutina, and presumably of Z. zervosa the fruit of which is unknown, one might justly lay stress on this element of the description. This course would either reduce ZL. Californica to a synonym of L. nervosa, OF compel its use for the other salverform-flowered segregate, L. velutina, The type range as given in the original description, however, points clearly to the Pringle and Brewer specimens as the type as only these Mt. Shasta species were before Dr. Gray. On the whole it has seemed to us best to retain the name L. Californica for this Mt. Shasta plant. We therefore designate the Pringle specimen as the type because it is in better condition than the Brewer specimen, South Sierras, Bolander, 2784 ; without locality, Bridges, 377+ without locality, Grav, 1872. 18. LAppuLA NERVOSA Greene, Pittonia, 2: 182. 1891. Echinospermum nervosum Kellogg, Proc. Calif. Acad. 2: 140. 1862. Perennial, erect, leafy, 20-40 cm. high, finely appressed pubes- cent throughout but green: leaves 3-8 cm. long, oblong-lineat i! somewhat oblanceolate, acute or obtuse, the upper sessile by broa bases, the lower narrowed into margined petioles : panicle rather natrow : calyx small, 2 mm. long: corolla blue, its tube 4-5 mes long, much exceeding the calyx, the limb about 6 mm. in diame- ter: appendage quadrate, minutely pilose, the protuberance _ small: fruit not seen. An apparently authentic fragment of the type is in the = herbarium, labelled “ Acad, Calif. sent by E. L. Greene.” Ths 8 matched by several specimens in the herbarium of the Californ# Academy of Sciences as below cited. The plant is clearly differ ent from L. Californica and from L. velutina, and should easily be : recognized by its small salverform corollas with small append- ages. : Catirornia: Summit, Placer county, 8-16 June 1898, 20 Eastwood ; Summit, Placer county, July 1876, Henry Ed ai : Summit, Placer county, 5 July 1886, Sonne, 69 ; Yosemite Vay May and June 1900, Bioletti ; without locality, 1872, Bolander- SPECIES OF LAPPULA 549 ¥19. Lappula Cottoni sp. nov. Perennial, erect, 40-60 cm. high, pale green throughout with appressed rather harsh white hairs, equally leafy to the top: leaves rather numerous, the radical spatulate, lanceolate, acute, petioled, 10-15 cm. long, the cauline linear or linear-lanceolate, acute, sessile or nearly so by broad bases, 2-5 cm. long: flowering branches racemosely arranged: lower bracts leafy, the upper much reduced: calyx-lobes linear, obtuse or acutish, 2-3 mm. long: corolla yellowish, 6-7 mm. broad, the lobes oval, broadest above the base: appendages broader than long, short pilose, the hemispherical protuberance nearly as long. North slope of Rattlesnake Mountains, Yakima county, Wash- ington, 11 May 1go1, /. S. Cotton, 360. Type in herbarium Washington State College. A species with the aspect of Z. Californica but with smaller yellowish flowers, very different corolla appendages and more leafy inflorescence, Some Mt. Desert Fungi By V.°S. .WHIre The country in the neighborhood of Bar Harbor forms a specially interesting collecting ground for the mycologist because of the quantity of wooded land which remains in spite of the constantly increasing clearings and improvements. The woods are moist and kept in this condition even in very dry weather by numerous springs, underground streams and rivulets. A system of paths originally begun by some of the first Boston visitors, modeled on that in use about the forests of Thiringen near Eisenach is maintained by the Village Improvement Society. The paths extend many miles in various directions ; pocket maps are to be had on which the paths are marked in different colors to correspond with the colors painted upon the trees at short intervals or on occasional signposts ; rude arrows formed by forked white birch branches indicate the entrace to these paths and are also placed at points of intersection, so that there can be no danger of going astray or, unnecessarily out of one’s way except from heedlessness. These paths though kept free from under- brush and occasionally cleared of dead wood, do not interfere with the natural beauty and wildness of the place and render the task of the collector a far easier and pleasanter one than it would otherwise be. The present list of fungi collected in the vicinity of Bar Harbor, Mount Desert, Maine, from 8 July to 15 Sep- tember 1901, by the writer have been determined principally by Professor Charles H. Peck, Professor F. S. Earle of the New York Botanical Garden, Professor Underwood of Columbia Unt- versity, Dr. W. A. Murrill of New York, and Mr. H. J. Banker of California, Pa., have also aided the writer in making determina- tions. Dried specimens with notes and in some cases water-color sketches have been deposited with the New York Botan! Garden. It is hoped that in the future this list may be greatly enlarged as the fungus flora becomes better known. The present list may serve as a preliminary supplement to Rand's fee Mount Desert Island from which the fungi were omitted. The 550 WuitTeE: Mr. Desert FunGI 551 one hundred and twenty species marked with an asterisk (*) are not found in Ricker’s List of Maine Fungi (April 1902). Preliminary List of Bar Harbor Fungi MYXOMYCETES ARCYRIA NUTANS (Bull.) Grev. ARCYRIA INCARNATA Pers, Dictypium CANCELLATUM (Batsch) Macbr. Futico septica (Link) Gmel. Common. LEocarPuS FRAGILIS (Dicks.) Rost. LycoGALA EPIDENDRON (Buxb.) Fr. ASCOMYCETES Family HypocREACEAE CORDYCEPS ENTOMORRHIZA (Dicks.) Fr. Only one specimen found. Hypocrea rurA (Pers.) Fr. One form. Hypomyces LacrirLuorum (Schw.) Tul. On Lactarius piper- atus. Plentiful. _ NEcTRIA EPISPHAERIA (Tode) Fr. Family CHAETOMIACEAE *CHAETOMIUM OLIVACEUM C. & E. Family DIATRYPACEAE Diatrypa sticma (Hoffm.) De Not. Family XYLARIACEAE HyYPOXYLON COHAERENS (Pers.) Fr. Common. Hypoxyion coccineum Bull. Very plentiful. XYLARIA POLYMORPHA (Pers.) Fr. | Family MoLtiisIACEAE * MOLLIsIA MELALEUCA Fr. Family HELOTIACEAE HELotium crrrinum (Hedw.) Fr. ‘ Family PEZzIZACEAE > Lacuyea nemispHarrica Wigg. Lacunea scurextata (L.) Sace. 552 Wuite: Mr. Desert FUNGI Dasyscypua Aaassizi (B. & C.) Sacc. Very plentiful in cer- tain localities. PrEzizA BADIA Pers. Widely distributed. Family GEOGLOSSACEAE GEOGLOssUM HIRSUTUM Pers. Found only once but growing in large quantities, LEPTOGLOSSUM LUTEUM (Peck) Sacc. Common on moss- grown decayed stumps. Lroria Lusrica (Scop.) Pers. Very plentiful in damp woods. BASIDIOMYCETES Family PuccINIACEAE GYMNOSPORANGIUM CLAVIPES C. & P. On Juniperus Virginiana. Family AURICULARIACEAE Auricutaria AuricuLa-Jupaz (L.) Schroet. Growing im large quantities in certain localities. Family TREMELLACEAE TREMELLODON GELATINOSUM (Scop.) Pers. Plentiful. Family THELEPHORACEAE CorticiuM EFFuscaTuM C. & E. CoRTICIUM INCARNATUM (Pers.) Fr. Plentiful. CRATERELLUS CoRNUCOPIOIDES (L.) Fr. Found only once but in large quantity on hard-packed woody path. *CRATERELLUS LUTESCENS (Pers.) Fr. Common. STEREUM HIRSUTUM (Willd.) Pr. Plentiful. STEREUM OCHRACEOFLAVUM Schwein. at THELEPHORA SCHWEINITzII Peck. Growing in large quantities. Family CLAVARIACEAE. CLAVARIA CRISTATA Pers. Common. *CLAVARIA CIRCINANS Peck. Common. CLAVARIA FUSIFORMIS Sowerby. Fairly abundant. CLAVARIA INAEQUALIS Miill. CLAVARIA PISTILLARIS L, Few specimens found. Waite: Mr. Desert Funai 553 Family HypDNACEAE. * HYDNUM ALBONIGRUM Peck. Found only in one locality. * Hydnum boreale Banker, sp. nov. Plant white to greenish, moist ; pileus thick, convex, undulate, 12-15 cm. wide; stem short, thick, flattened, the longer diameter three times the shortest (2 cm. by 7 cm.), 7 cm. long; teeth short, 5 mm. long, 0.5 mm. wide, the points rounded and somewhat knobbed when dry, decur- rent, brownish with white tips ; substance zonate within, the upper- most layer white spongy thick, the lower strata becoming darker, harder, and more compact, in the stem deep lavender color; my- celium purple, persistent ; odor unpleasant. In damp rich soil and leaf mould. HypNUM CARBUNCULUs Secr. (=H. ferrugineum Fr.) The peppery taste of this species has not been previously noted and is an important character. *Hydnum humidum Banker, sp. nov. Plant yellowish, be- coming brown, hygrophanous, pileus irregular, spongy, scrobicu- late, 9 cm. or more wide, stem stout, brownish, about 2 cm. long, 1.5 cm. thick ; teeth long, 5 mm., brownish with white tips ; sub- stance corky, hard when dry and gray like weathered wood but with streaks and spots that appear darker and cartilaginous, which cut as if gummy, zonate internally ; odor strong but not unpleas- ant; taste mild. In hard-packed wooded path. The fresh plant exudes water freely when pressed between the fingers. Hypnum repaNpum L. Fairly common. *Hypnum scrosicutatum Fr. Hypnum zonatum Batch. Family PoLyPORACEAE. DAEDALEA CONFRAGOSA POLYPOROIDEA Peck. Plentiful. Favotus atveotarius (DC.) Quel. Fairly abundant. PoLyporus ADUSTUS (Willd.) Fr. * POLYPORUS CARPINEUS Sower. PoLyporus caRNEUS Nees. Polyporus cHioneus Fr. Polyporus connatTus Wein. __* Potyporus conriuens (A. & S.) Fr. Plentiful. _ Poryporus evecans (Bull.) Fr. Fairly abundant. a POLYPORUS FOMENTARIUS (L.) Fr. 554 Wuite: Mr. Desert FUNGI POLYPORUS LEUCOPHAEUS Mont. POLYPORUS PERENNIS (L.) Fr. POLYPORUS PICIPES Fr. POLYPORUS PERGAMENUS Fr. Very common. Potyrorus ScHwEINitzu Fr. Plentiful. PoLYPORUS SCHWEINITZII DUALIS Peck. POLYPORUS SPLENDENS Peck. (P. oblectans of Ricker’s list, but that species is not likely American.) POLYPORUS SULFUREUS (Bull.) Fr. POLYPORUS VERSICOLOR (L.) Fr. Very common in all localities. POLYPORUS VAPORARIUS Fr, LENZITES SEPIARIA Fr. TRAMETES CINNABARINA (Jacq.) Fr. * TRAMETES RUBESCENS Fr. Family BoLeTAacEAE BoLetinus pictus Peck. Common in damp places, Sphag- num, etc. * BoLetus aLBus Peck. Only one plant seen. Botetus AMERICANUS Peck. Common in damp places. BoLetus cHRomapPEs Frost. Fairly common but scattered, rarely more than one plant in a locality. * BOLETUS CYANESCENS Bull. Common. * BOLETUs EDULIS Bull. Plentiful. * BOLETUS EDULIS CLAVIPEs Peck. Common. * BOLETUS FELLEUS Bull. Rather scarce. BoLETUS GRANULATUS ALBIPES Peck. Plentiful. * BOLETUS MINIATO-OLIVACEUS SENSIBILIS Peck. Common. * BOLETUs ORNATIPES Peck. Very common in woods. * BoLetus prperatus Bull. Common in woods and by road- sides. * BoLetus purrureus fumosus Peck, var. nov. Pileus contre: velvety, smoky brown, flesh creamy-yellow, changing t0 ane green where wounded ; tubes depressed about the stem, ye green, the mouths small, brownish-red, the dissepiments ee ‘: decurrent on the stem, changing to greenish-blue where hier ie stem tapering upward, yellow above, colored like the pileus ia ae bright yellow within, changing to bluish-green where ea: spores 10 long, 5 » broad. Wuite: Mr. Desert Funet 555 Pileus 4-14 cm. broad; stem 4-12 cm. long, 1~2.5 cm. thick at the top, 2.5-5 cm. thick at the base. Woods. July. This Boletus agrees so closely with B. purpureus in all its char- acters except color that it has seemed best to consider it a mere variety of that species, but future investigation may show it to be a distinct species. It does not appear to have any purple hues in either pileus or stem. *Boretus RusseLtti Frost. Under pines in dry soil; scarce. BOLETus SCABER Frost. Very common and variable. * BOLETUS SCABER MUTABILIS Peck. Common. * BOLETUS SCABER NIVEUS Peck. Common. _ * Boletus scabripes Peck, sp. nov. Pileus thick, broadly con- vex, firm, dry, glabrous, reddish-brown with a bloom; tubes con- vex in the mass, adnate or slightly depressed around the stem, brown, with very small round darker mouths; stem stout, equal, solid but spongy within, grayish-white, adorned with numerous small projecting black points; spores oblong, fusiform, 12-15 4 long, 4-5 » broad. Pileus about 15 cm. broad; stem about 1o cm. long, 2~3 cm. thick. Rich soil in woods. July. A fine large species but with a disagreeable taste. The black points on the stem are suggestive of those on the stem of B. scaber, but they are smaller and more Numerous, In drying the plants become black and exude a black juice with a strong odor. * BOLETUS SUBGLABRIPES Peck. In damp shady soil; only two plants found. Botetus sustureus Peck. Very plentiful all summer. Family AGARICACEAE (Cantharelleae) CANTHARELLUs AURANTIACUS (Wulf.) Fr. Plentiful._ CANTHARELLUS cIBARIUS Fries. Common and widely dis- tributed. * CANTHARELLUS FLAVICEPS Peck. Buk A CANTHARELLUS FLoccosus Schwein. Very plentiful in a few localities, 556 Wuite: Mr. Desert FUNGI CANTHARELLUS MULTIPLEX Underw. Two specimens. Spect- mens attaining a large size, some measuring nearly 17 cm. across. Trocta crispa (Pers.) Fr. Plentiful in a few localities. (Paxilleae) * PAXILLUS ATROTOMENTOSUs Fr. Found plentifully in one locality ; a very showy fungus. * PAXILLUS INVOLUTUS (Batsch.) Fr. Plentiful. * PHELLOPORUS RHODOXANTHUS (Schwein.) Peck. Only two plants found ; in widely different localities. ( Coprineae) * CoPRINUS ATRAMENTARIUS (Bull.) Fr. Plentiful. CoPRINUS ATRAMENTARIUS SILVESTRIS Peck. Found only im one locality but abundant there. * Coprinus PLUMBEUs Peck. A large quantity in damp weather. (Hygrophoreae) HyGropHorus CANTHARELLUs Schwein. Fairly common. * HycropHorus cHLoRoPHANUs Fr. Abundant in restricted localities. * Hycrorworus cocctneus Schaeff. In large quantities 7 damp weather. HyGropuorus conicus (Scop.) Fr. Abundant. Hycropnorus mintatus Fr. Found once or twice only. : * NYCTALIS ASTEROPHORA Fr. Growing on much-decayed specimens of Russula and Lactarius piperatus. This is a very strange species, in which the lamellae are almost entirely unde- veloped and the entire top of the fungus bears the spores. (Lactarieae) Lacrarius arrinis Peck. Pale form ; plentiful. : Lactarius cineREus Peck. Only two or three plants found. LacTaRIUs DECEPTIVvUS Peck. Plentiful. : Lacrarius DEticiosus (L.) Fr. Fairly common in certain localities. * LACTARIUS FULIGINOSUs Fr. _Plentiful. Lactarius GRisEus Peck. Plentiful in damp woods. WuiteE: Mr. DESERT FunNGI 557 Lactarius Hyscinus Fr, Plentiful in damp woods. Lactarius Insutsus Fr. Only one plant seen. * Lactarius MACULATUS Peck. Only two specimens found; a showy plant. * LACTARIUS PIPERATUS (Scop.) Fr. Common. * LacTarius sorpipus Peck. Found only once but then in large quantities. Lactarius susputcis (Bull.) Fr. Plentiful and widely distrib- uted. * LAcTARius TORMINOsUS (Schaeff.) Fr. Found twice. Lactarius THEIOGALUs (Bull.) Fr. Found in only one local- ity growing in leaf mould. Lacrarius uvipus Fr. Only a few plants found, some grow- ing on wood, Lactarius voLemus Fr. Common. * Russuta apusta (Pers.) Fr. Common. * Russuca BrEviPEs Peck. Plentiful. * RUsSULA BASIFURCATA Peck. Found several times. Russvuta DECoLoRANS Fr. Plentiful and widely distributed. * Russuta emetica Fr. Common. * Russuta FINGIBILIS Britz. Only found three times. RUSSULA FOETENS (Pers.) Fr. Common. * Russuta FRaGiuis (Pers.) Fr. Only a few plants found. Russuta inrecra (L.) Fr. Plentiful. * Russuta urea (Huds.) Fr. - Found only one. * RUSSULA MARIAE Peck. Fairly widely distributed. * RUSSULA NIGRICANS (Bull.) Fr. Found abundantly in a few localities, * Russuta puLcHRALIS Britz. Plentiful in one locality. * Russuta patustris Peck. By roadside; found several times. Russuta purpurtnA A. & S. White-stemmed form; found Only once but in large quantities. *“ RUssuLA PUELLARIS UMBONATA Peck. found, * Russuta rosacea Fr. Abundant. * Russuta scasriuscuta Peck. Apparently scarce. * Russuta sorpipa Peck. Plentiful. Only one plant 558 Waite: Mr. Desert FuNGI (Marasmieae) LENTINUS LEPIDEUS Fr. MarasMius ANDROSACEUs (L.) Fr. On hemlock needles after rain in large quantities. * MARASMIUS CONFLUENS Pers. Marasmius orREADES Fr. Forming large nearly complete fairy rings. MarasMius ROTULA (Scop.) Fr. Plentiful. * Marasmius viticota B. & C. Plentiful. PaNnus sTypticus (Bull.) Fr. Common. (Agariceae) (Evelatae. With neither volva nor annulus) * CLITOCYBE ECTYPOIDES Peck. Plentiful on damp banks. * CLITOCYBE INFUNDIBULIFORMIS Schaeff. Common. CLITOCYBE LACcCATA Scop. Common. *Clitocybe marginata Peck, sp. nov. ileus fleshy, rather thick, subcampanulate, becoming convex, obtuse or broadly um- bonate, glabrous or nearly so, dry, bay red verging to mahogany color, the margin at first involute, flesh yellow ; lamellae narrow, close, decurrent, yellowish, reddish on the edge; stem nearly equal, stout, hollow, glabrous, shining, yellowish marked with reddish longitudinal lines; spores subglobose, 5 / long, 4-5 B broad. Pileus 5-8 cm. broad; stem 5—8 cm. long, 6-12 ™™- sa Cespitose; growing around decaying stumps. Septem- Pr. A peculiar species well marked by the reddish edge of the lamellae, reddish lines of the stem and yellowish flesh of the pileus. It is referable to the second subsection of the Disciformes according to arrangement in Sy//oge Fungorum. Cuiropiius cagspitosus Peck. Found only once but in large quantities. * CLITOPILUS CARNEOALBUS With. Fairly abundant in certain localities. * CLITOPILUS PRUNULUS Scop. Very common in meadows. COLLYBIA ABUNDANS Peck. Growing in large clusters. * COLLYBIA COLOREA Peck. Growing in large quantities, singly and in clusters. White: Mr. Desert Funcr 559 COLLYBIA DRYOPHILA Bull. Common. *COLLYBIA FAMILIA Peck. Growing in great quantities over old decaying stumps. * COLLYBIA PLATYPHYLLA Fr, Common. CoLLyBIA RADICATA Relh. Common and variable. * COLLYBIA RADICATA FURFURACEA Peck. Found only once ; seven or eight fine plants growing about a much-decayed stump. CREPIDOTUS APPLANATUS Pers. Common. * CREPIDOTUS MALACHIUS B, & C. CREPIDOTUS VERSUTUS Peck. * ENTOLOMA cusprpatuM Peck. Growing in large quantities. | Entotoma GrAYANuM Peck. Only a few plants seen. * EnTOLoMA Peck Burt. Plentiful. * ENTOLOMA SALMONEUM Peck. Plentiful. * ENTOLOMA sinuAtuM Fr. One cluster of five specimens found ; a fine large species. * LEPTONIA ASPRELLA Fr. Short-stemmed form; fairly common. * LEPTONIA GRISEA Peck, Four or five plants found. * LeProniA FORMOSA Fr. Fairly common. * LEPTONIA SERRULATA (Pers.) Fr. A beautiful species which appears to be rare. * LEPTONIA SUBSERRULATA Peck. A few specimens found in Stass two hundred feet from the beach. Mycena corticota Schum. A beautiful little fungus 2 cm. high, growing on wood; only occasionally seen. * MycENA HAEMATOPODA Pers. Plentiful in certain localities. * Notanea conica Peck. Appears to be scarce; growing on wood. OMPHALIA CAMPANELLA Batsch. Growing as usual in large quantities on decaying wood. * OMPHALIA SCABRIUSCULA Peck. Plentiful. } PANAEOLUS CAMPANULATUS (L.) Sacc. * PANAEOLUS FIMICOLA Fr. Common after rains. NE ee (Jacq.) Fr. Plentiful, growing in dense clusters, * PLUTEUs cERVINUS Schaeff. Very common and variable ; a _ White variety found and also a scaly one corresponding to Agaricus - pre Pers, 560 Wuitre: Mr. Dessert FUNGI * PLUTEUS GRANULARIS Peck. Only one plant found. * PLUTEUS UMBROSUS Pers. Found twice on decaying wood. * TRICHOLOMA ALBOFLAVIDUM Peck. Plentiful. TRICHOLOMA aLBuM (Schaeff.) Fr. Growing singly in leaf mould. TRICHOLOMA DavistaE Peck. Plentiful. * TRICHOLOMA FALLAX Peck. On dead leaves and twigs after rain. * TRICHOLOMA FUMOSOLUTEUM Peck. Abundant. * TRICHOLOMA LUGUBRE Peck. Plentiful. * TRICHOLOMA RUTILANS Schaeff. Appears to be rare. * TRICHOLOMA VARIEGATUM Scop. Found only twice; a pretty species, (Velatae. Provided with a veil, but no volva) CORTINARIUS ARMILLATUS (A. & S.) Fr. Fairly abundant. * Cortinarius BERLESIANUS Sacc. & Cub. Only two plants found. * CORTINARIUS CORRUGATUS Peck. Found twice but in large quantities. * CORTINARIUS ERRATICUS Peck. Plentiful; growing in large semicircles in damp leaf mould. * CORTINARIUS MULTIFORMIS Fr. Plentiful. * CORTINARIUS SIMILARIS Peck. Two plants seen. CorTINA RIUS ToRVUS Fr. Plentiful in one locality. Cortinarius vioraceus (L.) Fr. Abundant. ; * Cortinarius Whiteae Peck, sp. nov. Pileus fleshy, hemi- spherical, becoming nearly plane with a lobed wavy or Ur egular margin, dry, glabrous, subpruinose, reddish or brownish-orange verging to tawny ; lamellae subdistant, deeply and broadly emar- ginate, reddish-brown becoming brownish-cinnamon ; stem long, equal, solid, fibrous, colored like the pileus, adorned with darker oe lines or striations ; spores subglobose, 7-8 # long, 7 # road. Pileus 6-12 cm. broad; stem 7-12 cm. long, 1.5-? ss thick. Woods. August. A large species intermediate paeetons Dermocybe and Telamonia, related to the former by its dry pier and to the latter by its general aspect and stout solid stem. It gives me pleasure to dedicate it to its discoverer, a most enthu- WHITE: Mr. Desert Func 561 siastic mycologist from whose specimens, notes, and colored sketch of the fresh plant the description has been derived. FLAMMULA FLAVIDA Pers. On fallen spruce in large quan- tities. * Flammula granulosa Peck, sp. nov. _Pileus thin, hemispher- ical, becoming convex, dry, densely squamulose, tawny ; lamellae thin, rather broad, subdistant, adnate or slightly decurrent, pale yellow becoming tawny ferruginous ; stem fleshy, rather slender, stuffed, glabrous or sometimes minutely squamulose, colored like the pileus ; spores elliptic, generally uninucleate, 7-8 » long, 4-5 -: broad. Pileus 1.5-3 cm. broad; stem 2.5~3 cm. long, 1.5—3 mm. thick. Decaying wood. August. This is a small species but easily recognized by the squamules of the pileus which give to its sur- face a granular appearance similar to that of the pileus of Lepiota granulosa. At the base of the stem there is a colored membra- nous disk by which the plant is attached to its place of growth. * FLAMMULA SAPINEA Fr. Appears to be scarce. FLaMMuLA spumosa Fr. Plentiful. * HYPHOLOMA CApNorpDES Fr. Found only once; growing singly and in clusters. * HyPHOLOMA HYDROPHILUM (Bull.) Sacc. A single cluster of five or six found in a hollow at foot of maple in decaying wood and leaf mould ; spores a rich purple red. HypHotoma InceRtuM Peck. Plentiful in paths singly or in clusters, “ HyPHoLoMA PERPLEXUM Peck. Plentiful. *INocyse Rimosa (Bull.) Fr. Two plants found in deep leaf mould in woods. * NaucorIA ERINACEA Fr. Only a few plants found. NAUCORIA SEMIORBICULARIS Bull. Large quantities found in lawn. * TUBARIA FURFURACEA Pers. A few specimens found in de- Caying leaves in damp woods ; a pretty little species. (Anunulatae. Provided with a veil which remains as a permanent annulus ; no volva) * Acaricus apruptus Peck. Many very large specimens found. 562 Wuite: Mr. Desert FUNGI Acaricus campestris L. Abundant in certain localities. ARMILLARIA MELLEA Vahl. Only one cluster found, which ts unusual for this species. * LepIoTa ILLINITA Fr, Found in only two localities. * LEPIOTA NAUCINOIDES Peck. A single plant found in lawn. * PHOLIOTA AGERICOLA Peck. Only two plants found. * PHOLIOTA CAPERATA Pers. Plentiful. *PHOLIOTA CERASINA Peck, In large clusters on decaying spruce. * PHOLIOTA SQUARROSOIDES Peck. Growing in large clusters; plentiful in certain localities. ; Srropnaria Howeana Peck. Only a few plants found in rich woods in leaf mould. STROPHARIA SEMIGLOBATA Batsch. Common in lawns. * STROPHARIA STERCOREA Fr, Abundant after rain. (Volvatae. Provided with a volva; usually also with a veil and annulus) * AMANITA CRENULATA Peck. Only a few specimens found. * AMANITA FLOCCOCEPHALA Atk. Three or four plants seen. AMANITA Frostrana Peck. Abundant. *AMANITA MAPPA Fr. Growing singly in rich soil. AMANITA Muscaria (L.) Fr. Abundant. *AMANITA MUSCARIA FORMOSA Gonn. & Rab. Fairly common. AMANITA PHALLOIDES Fr, Abundant. * AMANITA RUBESCENS Fr. Abundant. AMANITA SPRETA Peck. Rare. “AMANITA VERNA Fr. Fairly common. *AMANITOPSIS VAGINATA (Bull.) Roz. A white variety also found. *AMANITOPSIS VAGINATA FULVA (Schaeff.). Common. *AMANITOPSIS VAGINATA Crassivolvata Peck, var. nov. ee broadly convex or nearly plane in the mature plant, SU - umbonate, glabrous, viscid when moist, widely sulcate see the margin, creamy yellow; lamellae broad, close, free, W ffe 1 sometimes tinged with yellow ; stem long, equal, hollow or oe ae with cottony fibers, colored like but a little darker than the P! . i volva very thick, loose, white and woolly ; spores globose, 8-1 ; 2 broad. Pileus 7-10 cm. broad ; stem 15-20 cm. long, about em. thick. White: Mr. Desert Evunci 563 In damp soil. Although the sheathed Avmanitopsis is a very variable species, this large form is so well marked by the very thick felty volva that it seems best to separate it as a variety. It does not closely sheath the base of the stem as in the common form but spreads away above and assumes the shape of a wine glass or goblet. * AMANITOPSIS VOLVATA (Peck) Sacc. Growing singly ; three specimens found. Family SCLERODERMATACEAE SCLERODERMA VULGARE Hormen. Appears to be rare. * SCLERODERMA VERRUCOSUM (Pers.) Bull. Family LycoPERDACEAE Bovista pita B. & C. Common in fields. Bovista pLuMBEA Pers. Common in sandy ground near the ocean. *GEASTER FoRNIcATUS (Huds.) Fr. Found in one locality only. * LYCOPERDON ATROPURPUREUM Vitt. LycorpERDON GEMMATUM Batsch. Common. * Lycoperpon Peck More. LYCOPERDON PYRIFORME Schaeff. Common. LycopERDON SEPARANS Peck. LycopERDON SUBINCARNATUM Peck. Lycoperpon Turner E. & E. Family PHALLACEAE * DicTYOPHORA DUPLICATA (Bosc.) E. Fisch. Plentiful in Woods in one locality. *Moutinus caninus (Huds.) Fr. A few specimens only found. NEw York, N. Y., July 1902. Notes on migratory Plants By E. J. Hip It is always instructive to study the incoming and habits of introduced plants. This is especially true of those that have be- come troublesome weeds or may be such if the conditions favor their development. Some of those to be mentioned may be tran- sient visitors, or if persistent, harmless or acceptable additions to the indigenous flora; others are of a very different character. Those are chiefly noticed which have proved of the most interest, and the list does not claim to be complete. Chicago being $0 great a railroad center, where cars loaded with grain and stock come from so many places to the westward, and from which dump is taken to outlying districts, provides a region with added facilities for the appearance of foreign plants. Among harmless kinds are the following : CONVALLARIA MAJALIS, L. In the spring of 1899 this was found in the dune region near Miller, Ind. The conditions were such as would have led to the conclusion that it was indigenous had I not frequently been in the locality for several years before, OF had found it more abundantly. It was remote from any dwell- ing where such a plant might be cultivated, in a hollow among the sand hills. Iwas looking for Cypripedium acaule which grows ' the locality in just such depressions, and was surprised to find in one of these, hidden among the jackpines, the lily of the valley. The plants were beginning to bloom, it being the middle of May- In such locations the sands are somewhat moist and the gt ound considerably shaded. The plant most abundantly associated with it was VMaianthemum Canadense, and the Convallaria was as much at home and seemed as flourishing as these. It would be a pur zle to tell how it came to so wild and little-frequented 4 spot if introduced, as I suppose it must have been. : Cassia Tora L. This was obtained the same season beside a railroad track at Barrington, Ill., about thirty miles north of Chicago. This is quite a distance north of its ordinary range- 564 The « saceseitlcnccacana Hitt: Nores ON MIGRATORY PLANTS 565 pods were well formed, but it was so late in the season, Sept. 21, that it was doubtful if seeds would ripen. MENTZELIA NuDA (Pursh) Torr. & Gr. Anexample of this plant of the western plains was found last summer beside the track of the Santa Fé railroad, just west of this city. This would point to the line of its introduction. The handsome flowers were nearly two inches in diameter. ERYTHRAEA PULCHELLA (Sw.) Fries. A single specimen of this European plant was detected late in the fall of 1900 among some Lrachyactis angulatus, an introduction from the West which flourishes along the sides of unpaved streets at South Chicago. Last summer the little centaury plants were observed in great abundance in neighboring pastures and commons of the prairie. It was growing in the short grass like a native to the soil, and had the appearance of having always been there. The soil is sandy, naturally damp or even wet, but now dry for most of the season On account of drainage. It occurred in both dry and moist loca- tions, since the minute seeds are produced in countless numbers. It is well adapted, though an annual, to hold its place and spread rapidly. Lactruca putcHeita (Pursh) DC. This native of the North and Northwest was found last summer beside a railroad in the Western margin of the city. The plants were scattered along the edge of the roadbed for several rods, in a place where it was sub- ject to hard usage, which it seemed to endure well. As it was seeding freely and had this habit, it seemed likely to persist. Bromus tecrorum L. In an article in the Bulletin of the Torrey Club (June, 1899), I reported this as occurring beside a railroad east of Chicago, in the dune region of Indiana. It was first observed in 1897 in a single locality. Since then it has Spread extensively and now appears along the road in spots for Several miles. In some places the grass forms dense plats cover- ing several Square rods, but is mostly confined to ground within the railway inclosures. It flourishes finely in the sand, especially if a little damp, or quite moist in the spring. In such locations it attains a height of 12 to 18 inches. With its nodding panicles it _ 1S Not an unseemly plant for a railroad wayside. But its rather early fruiting and drying up expose it to fires from passing trains, though the seeds readily renew it annually. 566 Hitt: Nores ON MIGRATORY PLANTS HELIANTHUS PETIOLARIS Nutt. This was mentioned in the same article as growing along railroads both east and west of Chicago. I saw it first in 1897. It keeps its place in localities which it frequented then and has since considerably extended its range. It readily takes root in the dry soil of the railway em- bankments, sending the root down quite deep for an annual, and from its low habit escapes the destruction that is apt to befall taller plants by the trackmen. As yet it seems confined to such localities, Heviantuus ANNuUs L. The form from the western plains is the one here meant. I noticed it first in 1891, west of the city. It was growing in the dump from stock-cars thrown out in piles along the railway tracks. The following year it was seen growing under similar conditions east of the city. It still continues most abundant in the same kind of habitat, but of late I have met with it in fields, competing with indigenous species more common to such localities, such as H. grosse-serratus, H. giganteus, 71. doront- coides. These being perennials keep their ground where the soil is not much disturbed by means of their tuberous rootstocks, plenti- fully produced, and line the fence-rows and field-bordersin cultivated areas. But where the soil has been disturbed, and especially if left unused for a little while, HW. annuus seems the more agile plant and comes in, to make extensive patches sometimes. The larger leaves and flowers make it a more conspicuous plant than the native kinds, which it equals in height. Sometimes a few clumps or some scattered examples of the garden escape appear among them or 1n close proximity, and the stems, commonly taller, and the larger flowers, bring them into contrast very effectively. The western sunflower has become a weed, but is so easily destroyed and con- fined to unused stations that it can hardly be called troublesome. GRINDELIA SQUARROSA (Pursh) Dunal. Possibly the same cannot be affirmed as to the inoffensiveness of this and the plant next following. The gum-plant was reported as occurring here in 1891, being found at South Evanston, just north of Chicas® Since then it has been found in other localities, generally beside rail- roads. Last summer I came across it in stations relatively remote from railway tracks, and growing under conditions that led to the thought that it might become an unwelcome denizen of pastures. Hitt: Novres ON MIGRATORY PLANTS 567 These stations were in the southern part of Lake county, IIl., at Lake Zurich and near Barrington. Two considerable patches were seen in pastures and some examples by roadsides. Those found in pastures were the most instructive, and at Lake Zurich were care- fully examined, where the patch was of four or five square rods in extent. As the season had been very dry and the land chiefly used for dairying, the cows had cropped the pastures close, taking about everything edible. But the Grindedia seemed untouched and flourishing, and being in flower in early September made a fine display of golden yellow amid the parched surroundings. The grass which grew among it had been picked out and nibbled off close up to the stems. The only hint of service was apparently experimental, for some of the plants showed by their branching that the main stem had been taken off at an earlier stage of growth, and the most probable explanation was that the animal had tested something unfamiliar, and finding the gummy, bitter plant unpala- table afterward left it quite alone. If allowed to grow and ripen the seed, as some heads were already mature, a good crop would be furnished for the coming year. SISYMBRIUM ALTIssiMuM L. As this has been found more common in the vicinity of Jackson Park, the opinion has been ex- Pressed that it was introduced to this region at the time of the Columbian Exposition in 1893. But from other collectors I learn of its appearance in the vicinity of Chicago about 18go at least. It now occurs in various places, sometimes a tall branch- ing weed, as the name indicates, at others low, subglobose, widely branching, of a habit that suggests a good tumble weed. I have seen it chiefly in the latter form, but have not caught it discharg- ing the functions of a tumble weed, which the shape and rather stiff branches would enable it to do if detachable from the ground. Vast number of seeds are produced on these thickly set branches. Metirorus arpa Desv. The rest of the plants to be noticed are the troublesome kinds, some of long standing, others of more recent introduction. Among those whose behavior has most oe terested me is the white melilot, the sweet clover of our mothers gardens, For a dozen or more years I have seen no weed make -Sfeater progress in overrunning waste grounds. It seems strange that a plant I knew in childhood as a harmless garden-flower, a 568 Hitt: NOTES ON MIGRATORY PLANTS bunch of which grew by the side of nearly every farmhouse, should have become so troublesome. I have since seen it flourish- ing by waysides in localities where it was then known chiefly as a flower, but nowhere in such abundance as it shows here. Acres of the weed can be seen in the waste ground along the drainage canal and railroads running parallel with it, as well as on the de- bris of the numerous quarries of limestone. City lots whose soil is in any way disturbed are apt to be stocked with it. As it can attain a height of six or seven feet—three or four feet being a com- mon height, and branching freely—it soon overshadows the more humble plants and becomes the one in possession almost exclu- sively. In richer soil, especially of bottom lands, its most impor- tant competitor is the great ragweed, Ambrosia trifida, which grows higher and is apt to supplant it. Being often xerophytic in habit it frequents dry localities, such as hard clay hills and banks, rubbish-heaps of limestone chips and intermingled dirt from quar- ries. It is a common weed between the grassy border of a high- way and the well-beaten track, where the ground is sufficiently disturbed to permit its seeds to germinate but not enough used to destroy the plants. It readily takes root on a hilly slope or bank on which the rains cut out gullies, washing away the soil so as t0 prevent less hardy plants gaining a foothold. Here in a sense it may serve a useful purpose in holding the soil or preparing for other growth. AMARANTUs BLITOIDES Watson. This is one of our most Pel sistent weeds. As nearly as I can learn it appeared in the vicin- ity of Chicago early in the seventies. I saw it first in 1875, after it had become well established, but not covering any great area. Since that time it has spread extensively and become common, particularly along waysides and railways. It bears a great deal of trampling, and grows where it is subject to very hard usage much like the knotgrass, Polygonum aviculare. Being prostrate, it cannot be mown down like the white melilot, but must be pulled or dug up. It is now the most common of our amaranths except in cultivated ground, where the tumble-weed, A. 8” aecl- ans, is better adapted to the abrupt and frequent disturbances of soil due to cultivation, The prostrate plant cannot take advantage of the wind for dissemination. It is often quite troublesome ' Hitt: Novres ON MIGRATORY PLANTS 569 lawns, rooting in any spot where the grass is thin, or at the inner edge of the curbstone, the stems creeping in the grass too low to be reached by the lawn mower, or hanging over the edge and perhaps rooting in the gutter if not disturbed for some weeks. It is not uncommon to find mats in favorable situations with stems three or four feet long. SALSOLA Tracus L, This was reported from this region in 1890 or a little before. I have carefully watched it since first seeing it about that time, for the notoriety it had gained in the Northwest called particular attention to it. During this interval it has spread throughout our area, but is not as conspicuous or hardly as plentiful as it was four or five years ago, since it spread very rapidly at first. It is now a common weed of waste ground, struggling with others found in such associations. No systematic effort has been made to exterminate it so far as I have seen or been able to learn. First appearing most commonly along railroad lines, it shares the lot of other growth removed by the trackmen. Little is seen along country roadsides or in cultivated fields. In some vacant lots not far from my dwelling, where the soil was considerably exposed by the plotting of streets and construction of sewers but not occupied for residence, it became abundant soon after making its appearance there, but has since mostly disap- peared. Here it was left to natural conditions and no effort was made to get rid of it. It was a dry, sandy soil, and such grasses _ as Festuca tenella and Sporobolus vaginaeflorus and plants of sim- ilar habit proved more than a match for it. I do not think it will be the troublesome weed under such conditions of cultivation as Prevail in the Atlantic States as we were led to expect, or that eastern farmers need to be much alarmed by the inroad of the Russian thistle, It will add another to the list of weeds to be contended with and take its place among the rest, no more bur- densome in some respects than others, mainly troublesome when the leaves and branches become stiff in late summer and autumn, and by its ability to be rolled about by the wind, and lodge in obstructed corners. The individual plants are now on the aver- age much smaller than at first, less branched and more upright in 8rowth, and, consequently, less favorably adapted to rolling. Their form changes as they are crowded by other plants, of which 570 Hitt: NoTes ON MIGRATORY PLANTS they get the start by their superior ability to spread, but with which they must subsequently contend ; or because the plants, when the ground is well stocked with seeds, come up thickly and crowd one another. It is probable, too, that it loses in vigor under less favorable conditions. It stands no chance whatever in maintaining itself against a growth of the common grasses. Lacruca Scariota L. I noticed this first in 1885. It was infrequent then, but has since become one of the most common weeds, more generally diffused than Sa/sola Tragus, Its copious pappus permits its easy propagation, and like the dandelion it springs up in pastures and meadows as well as in waste ground. But as stock devour it when tender, little comes to maturity in pastures, but more in meadows and the neglected parts of culti- vated fields. Its stiff and rather prickly habit make it more re- pulsive when grown, but even then the leaves are eaten. Cutcaco, ILL., April 1902. Some hymenomycetous Fungi from South America By EDWARD A. Burt In February, 1901, there was sent to me for determination a package of very interesting Hymenomycetes, collected by Profes- sor C. F. Baker in Santa Marta, United States of Colombia, in December, 1898. I am indebted to Professor W. G. Farlow for the privilege of confirming the determinations of some of the ‘Species by my comparison with authentic specimens in the Curtis herbarium and to Dr. Lars Romell for his sharing with me several of the species described in his Hymenomycetes Austro-Americanti. Lenzires striata Swartz. Nos. 12 and 20. Inno. 12 the Spores are hyaline, even, inequilateral, 8-g x 4-4% pu. LenzITEs REPANDA (Mont.) Fr. No. 27. Lenzires Parisoti Fr. No. 29. This specimen has the sub- stance of the pileus slightly darker than in no. 27 and the lamellae slightly darker and more porose-anastomosing. Bresadola, in Fungi Kamerunenses, p. xxxv, and Romell, in Hymenomycetes Austro-Americani, p. 11, regard Lenzttes repanda and L. Palisoti as but forms of Lenzites applanata Fr., a species varying in color and other characters with age. : Potyporus Fruticum B. & C. On under side of green coria- ceous leaves, no. 19. The fructifications of the specimens sent to me are about 3—5 mm. in diameter — only about one third the diam- eter of authentic specimens collected in Cuba by Wright (422) but are certainly the same species. The spores, as seen with the microscope in sections, are melleous, even, allantoid or flattened on One side, 3~3.5 x 1.5~2 #2; no setae present in the hymenium. Fomes carngus Nees. No. 211. Potystictus ARENICOLOR B. & C. No. 35. Potysticrus FLABELLUM Mont. No. 21. 1s by Bresadola. Po.ysricrus urrsutus Fr. No. 210. : Potysticrus LicnorpEs Mont. No. 25. Probably this species _ but immature ; the tubes are only barely forming and do not show _ Spores and setae. This determination 571 572 Burt: HymMeNnomycetous Funct FrRoM SouTH AMERICA PoLysticrus MoDEsTUs Kunze. No. 30. olystictus albo- cervinus Berk, is a synonym. POLYSTICTUS NILGHERIENSIS Mont. No. 15. This specimen is paler than the description of this species seems to indicate but agrees well with specimens in the Curtis herbarium from Hills- borough, North Carolina, determined by Berkeley. POLYSTICTUS SECTOR SCHIZODES B. & C. No. 209. POLYSTICTUS TRICHOMALLUs Berk. & Mont. No. 18. POLYSTICTUS UNDIGER (B. & C.) Sacc. No. 28. Described as Polyporus undigerus B. & C. in Fungi Cubenses, No. 282. The Cuban specimens in the Curtis herbarium, collected by Wright (457), are smaller but certainly the same species. TRaMETES FIBROsA Fr. No. 13. Has been compared with the specimen in the Curtis herbarium, collected in South America by Spruce (20), which is, perhaps, not specifically distinct from Trametes hydnoides (Swartz) Fr. TRAMETES FUMOSOAVELLANEA Romell (PoLYPORUS VERECUNDUS B.& C.?). No.212. This agrees in all respects with the authentic specimen of his Zrametes fumosoavellanea received from Romell but differs from the authentic specimen of Polyporus verecundus in the Curtis herbarium, collected in Cuba by Wright, “7s Cubenses (220), in having the tubes stratose—three layers present —in the thickest part of the pileus. The other gross characters are so similar to those of P. verecundus and so characteristic that I regard the present collection as probably the older, more fully developed fructification of the same species. : Trametes Srepuensi Berk.? No, 11. The specimen sterile, HEXAGONIA VARIEGATA Berk. No. 23. LacHNoctapium Brasiiense (Lev.). No. 14. Thelephora Brasiliensis Lev. STEREUM ILLUDENS Berk. No. 24. Vertical sections thr pi gh the pileus show in the hymenium the peculiar branched cystidia, resembling minute bottle brushes, by which the species 'S sie distinguished from the more common Stereum gausapatum Fr. an S. subpileatum B, & C. STEREUM PAPyRINUM Mont. No. 26. MIDDLEBURY COLLEGE, MIDDLEBURY, VT. Stak Three new Plants from Washington By J. S. Corron Glyceria latifolia Culms 70-120 cm. high, smooth and glabrous; sheaths usu- ally exceeding the internodes, loosely embracing the culm, rough ; ligule 2-3 mm. long, scarious, truncate; leaves 7 or 8, the blades flat, 20-30 cm. long, 6-10 mm. broad, linear, acute, rough on both sides : panicle ample, 20-30 cm. long, open; branches in twos and threes, spreading, ascending, branching from near the middle ; lower branches 10-15 cm. long: spikelets 3 mm. long, 4-7- usually 5-flowered; empty glumes I-1.5 mm. long, obtuse, I-nerved : flowering glumes 2 mm. long, very broad, distinctly 7- nerved, scabrous ; palet equalling the flowering glume. This species differs from G. nervata Trin. in its much larger Size and broader more numerous leaves. It also shows some re- semblance to G. Americana but differs from that species in its smaller more obtuse glumes and in having a much more coriace- Ous palet. Specimens examined: Railroad Creek, Okanogan county, Elmer, 721 (type); Seattle, Piper; Seattle, Smith, 942; Cas- cade Mts., Lyall, 490 ; Stampede Pass, 4 Oct. 1892, Henderson ; West Klickitat county, Suksdorf, 1136. Astragalus Olympicus Perennial, spreading from a stout woody root, the branches about 20 cm. long, densely ashy pubescent throughout : leaves 2-3 cm. long ; leaflets 6-8 pairs, 8-12 mm. long, oblong, sub- acute ; stipules membranaceous, triangular, 4 mm. long : peduncles two to three times as long as the leaves: raceme about I0- ©wered: flowers on short pedicels, the bracts linear, acuminate, longer than the pedicels: calyx-tube 7 mm. long, pubescent with White and black hairs intermixed, the teeth nearly as long as the be, equal, acute: corolla greenish-white, tinged with purple, adout 10 mm, long: pod t-celled, inflated, membranaceous, glabrous, oblong, 20-25 mm. long, 6-12 mm. wide, acute at each £nd ; stipe slightly exceeding the calyx tube ; sutures not inflexed. Olympic Mts., Clallam county, July 1900, 4. D. E. Elmer. . Belonging to the Section /nffati and probably nearest related to A. Suksdorfii Howell. 575 574 Cotton: THREE NEW PLANTS FROM WASHINGTON ' Orthocarpus barbatus Annual, slender, erect, simple or sometimes sparseyl branched above, 10-20 cm. high, minutely pubescent and sparsely hispid : leaves 2-4 cm. long, deeply 5-cleft, the lobes linear-attenuate ; uppermost leaves passing into the bracts of the spike: spike 3-5 cm. long, its bracts oblong, acute, 10-15 mm. long, about 7 mm. wide ; the lower ones more or less 3—5-cleft, the upper merely 3-5-toothed : calyx sparsely hispid, 9 mm. long, its lobes deeply 2-cleft into subulate teeth; teeth nearly as long as the tube: corolla yellow, 12 mm. long, with a simply saccate lip incon- spicuously 3-toothed, and a moderately smaller triangular galea whose tip is straight and surpasses the lip about 1.5 mm. and is densely pubescent ; the rest of the corolla nearly glabrous : anthers 2-celled, the cells equal, oblong, and covered with a few long hairs ; capsule ovoid, acute, dark brown to blackish. This species is closely allied to O. tenuifolius Benth., but is dis- tinguished by its acute bracts, and its galea which is straight and densely pubescent. The rest of the corolla is nearly glabrous while in O. tenuifolius it is finely puberulent. The capsule 1s broader just below the middle, not elliptical as in O. tenuifolius. Type collected at the junction of Crab and Wilson creeks, Douglas county, 19 June 1893, Sandberg & Leiberg, 234- Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany Abrams, Le R. A new AHemizonia from California. Torreya, 2: 122. 2 Au. 1902. Hemizonia grandifiora Abrams. Ashe, W. W.’ Some new Pennsylvania Thorns. Ann. Carnegie Mu- seum, IT: 387-398. My. 1902. Includes 16 new species of Crataegus. Britton, N. LL. An undescribed Species of Hydrophyllum. Torreya, 2: 123. 2 Au. 1go2. Lydropiryllum patens sp. nov. Buchenau, F. Tropaeolaceae. Das Pflanzenreich, 4": 1-36. St I-14. 8 Jl. 1902. Carpenter, I. The Protection of Native Plants. Plant World, 5:. 129, 130. Jl. rgo2. Chesnut, V. K. Problems in the Chemistry and Toxicology of Plant Substances. Science, II. 15: 1016-1028. 27 Je. 1902. Chester, F. D. Sundry Notes on Plant Diseases. Bull. Del. Agric. Exp. Sta, $22 1-16. - Jes 20n2:. . Cockerell, T. D. A. Notes on Sphaeralcea and Malvastrum. Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 1: 106-108. 2 Au. 1902. Cook, 0. F, Zodlogical Nomenclature in Botany. Science, II. 16: 3°, 31. 4 Jl. 1g02. Davy, J.B. The cultivated Guavas and their botanical Differences. Rept. Calif, Agric. Exp. Sta. 1898-1901, Part I: 86-88. I9g02. Doty, H. A. The Milkweed’s Story. of Chairman, Section G, A. A. A. S. : ano ng, W. F, The new Laboratory and Greenhouse for Plant Phys- ology at Smith College. Science, II. 15: 933-937- f. 1-6. 13 Je. Ig02, 575 576 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Hall, H. M. A botanical Survey of San Jacinto Mountain. Univ. Cal. Pub. Bot. 1: 1-140. p/. r-rg. 7 Je. 1902. New species in Alymus, Stipa, Oxytheca, Potentilla (2) and Erigeron and various new names. Harper, R. M. Notes on the Lafayette and Columbia Formations and some of their botanical Features. Science, II. 16: 68-70. 1! ji. 1902. Howe, M. A. A Note on the Vitality of the Spores of Marsilea. Torreya, 2: 120-122. 2 Au. 1902. Kraemer, H. On the Continuity of Protoplasm. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 41: 175-180. p/. 27. Ap. 1902. Lloyd, F.E. Vivipary in Podocarpus. Torreya, 2: 113-117 if toh 2 Au. Igo02. Mackenzie, K. K., Bush, B. F., e#a/, Manual of the Flora of Jack- son County, Missouri. 8vo.° 1-19, 1-242. Kansas City, 19°? Meehan, T. Monarda menthaefolia. Meehan’s Monthly, 12: 117; 118. pf. 8. Au. 1902. Miller, E.R. Ueber das atherische Oel von Asarum arifolium. der Pharmazie, 240: 371-385. I Je. 1902. [Illust.] Mills, J. W. Notes on Diseases of the Orange. Bull. Calif. Agric. Exp. Sta. 138: 39-42. Ja. 1902. Norton, J. B.S. Sclerotinia fructigena. Science, U. 16: 34. 4J) 1902, Parish, S.B. Through Desert and Mountain in southern California. Plant World, 5: 120-128. Jl. 1902. Peirce, G. J. Studies on the Coast Redwood, Sequoia eee Endl. Proc. Cal, Acad. Sci. (Botany), Ill. 2: 83-106. pl. 14 T1901. Peirce, G. J. The Root-tubercles of Bur Clover (Medicago apes lata Willd. ) and of some other leguminous Plants. Proc. Cal. Sci. (Botany) III. 2: 295-328. pi. 29. 21 Je. 1902: Pollard, C. L. A new Station for the gray Polypody- Pla 5: 133, 134. Jl. 1902. ia: Pollard, C. L. Plants used for Cuban Confectionery. Plant World, 131, 132... Jl. 1902. Poesild, M. P. Bidrag til en Skildring af Vege Gronland, 25: 91-308. pl. 7-6. 1902. Archiv nt World, m tationen. Medd. ° ESTABLISHED 1851, AMEND, MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus. 205, 207, 209 & au Third Ave,, Corner of 18th Street. NEW YORK. SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATE! OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR E. March’s Szline “hemical Stone — Schleicher & Schuell’s Chemically Pure and Common Filter Paper. Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- . ters (Polariscopes)- Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bas ances, ¢tc. Le Brun F. iekiesteniie x Co., © Paris, Platinum. J H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. ee SPECIALTIES: —Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass- ware, Porcelain from the Roval Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’ — : | aces Chemintee "LABORATORY OUTFITS” TENS FOR FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES AND COLLEGES ey _Gtass-Biowine, Ercuinc, GRINDING AND REPAIRING. Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus and Chemicals fot eae - MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. is deries of technical papers on botanical subjects, Established 1889. Price, = ; 33 00 per volume. Separate numbers supplied at following prices which are Baines net. ~The Memoirs are not offered in exchange, , _. Volume J, No. 1-—Studies of the Types of various Species of the genus Carex. > By L..H: Bailey. Price, $1.00. No. 2,—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts of New _ Jersey and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. ae No, 3—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in _ South America, By Richard Spruce. Price, 75 cents. zt No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. _ Vol. 2, No. 1.—On reserve Food Materials in Buds and surrounding Parts, _ with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. (Only sold with full volumes, ) _._._ Ne. 2,-Gentributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna- © _ Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. eee No. 4—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygata. _ By William E. Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous Tet- a‘ ritory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. (Only with full volumes.) ea No. 2A Revision of the North American Naiadacee with illustrations of all a ee the: species. By Thomas Morong. Price, $2.00. No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. By Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. ee Vol. 4, No. 1.—Index”Hepaticarum. Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien M. Underwood. ‘Price, 75 cents. besa _ No 2.—Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia Se the Season of 1892, By John K. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, 50 cen 1. itt No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by y Miguel Bang—Hl. — : y Henry H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. ds _ No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea. With three plates. By A. S. Pettit, Price, 50 cents. | No. 5-—Monograph of Physalis. By-P. A. Rydberg. Price, 75 cents, Vol. §. List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North Amer- ay Prepared by the Botanical Club, A.A. A,S, Price, $3.00. sees Vol. 6. No, 1.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Je Bang—1U1, ; By Henry H. Rusby. Price, $1.25. aie 0. 2—A Revision of the North American Isotheciaceae and Brachytheci, Abel Joel Grout. Price, 50 cents. Bi No. 3.—The ae History of Sphaerella lacustris (Haematococcus pluvia a © colored plates, T Elliot Hazen. Price, 50 cen jen och Rare ofthe Gena of Ferns proposed fot 1832 BEE : wood. Price, 50 cents. al By Notes on the Lichen Distribution i in the Upper Mississippi ie ley. eee Price, 25 cents. Jates. ee and Anthocerotes of California. With thirty five P: Price, $3.00." fifteen od : si ri ath Embryology of the Rubiaceae. With : nest L Price, $1. The Lejeunene of the Unired Slates and Canada. By A. W. Evans em: ha Erysiphaceae, By E. S.Salmon,F.L.S. Price, $300 leva Gis Genne Aster. By E. S, surgess. Tn Press. ths, No, 1.—The North American Sordariaceae. By David oa plates, Price g1 aber ed the lotowing Io local catalogue: ee ; 3 logue of Anthophyta and Ptaridophyt® ete : ndr i miles of New York, 1888, Price, $1.00 RE BOTANICAL CLUB, a MBIA ected NEW York or EpITror LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD ‘Associate Eprrors’ Sha Coltection of Cuban. Peridophyta, with Descriptions of four new v Species: Lucien the’: Nova Genera” of Humboldt, Bonpland sn Kunth : Fohn Hendiey Barnhart Peery to ot pith America. 1 THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB resident, HON. ADDISON BROWN eas Vice-Presidents, T. F. ALLEN, M.D. HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. . Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, _EDWARD S. BURGESS, Px.D., JOHN K. SMALL, Px.D., : Normal College, New York City. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City Treasurer, F, E. LLOYD Columbia University, New York City. Meetings the second Tuesday and last Wednesday of each month alternately at ne Co of Pharmacy and the New York Botanical Garden. f CA TIONS: Bulletin Monthly, established 1870. Price $3.00 per = viewed cents. ag former = onemct ely 1-6, 13, and Seer Le is a established: ‘1901. Price $1 00 per year. Address + the ed- _ all A. Howe, New York Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York ook VoL. 29 - No. 10 BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB OCTOBER, 1902 Notes on a Collection of Guban Pteridophyta, with Descriptions of four new Species By Lucien M. UNpERWooD AND WILLIAM R. Maxon Early in the present year a party consisting of Messrs. Charles Louis Pollard and William Palmer of the United States National Museum, and Dr. Edward Palmer left Washington on a brief col- lecting expedition to eastern Cuba. Out of some 425 numbers of Plants secured no less than 144 are Pteridophyta. These have been placed in our hands for determination. In the following fhotes four species — one in each of the genera A/sophila, Polypo- dium, Asplenium, and Diplazium — are described as new. Several Others, mentioned below as probably undescribed, we have not Cared to diagnose at the present time on account of insufficient or Sterile material. The other notes are in the nature of comments On rare species and unusual forms or in explanation of nomencla- torial confusion. : Alsophila gracilis sp. nov. _ Stipes elongate, slender, deeply triple-grooved on the anterior ace, about 7 mm. in the greatest diameter, pale brown, densely armed with short spines; pinnae 30-35 cm. long with 14-16 pairs of deeply pinnatifid pinnae, the lowest 1-2 cm. from the main ichis ; pinnules 6—8 cm. long, 1.5-1.7 cm. wide, formed of about ,. 13 segments on either side; lower pinnules on short stalks (5 mm. or less) which diminish upward so that the uppermost Pinnules are sessile ; segments oblong-falcate, coriaceous, smooth "fn both sides, the margins crenate, incurved ; the apex attenuate and crenate ; veins mostly once-forked, bearing the globular sori hear the middle. _ The species is founded upon sheets no. 403248 and no. 3247 in the U. S. National herbarium, representing no. 255 31 October] 577 578 UNDERWOOD AND MAxon: NOTES ON A collected by Charles L. Pollard, Dr. Edward Palmer, and William Palmer in the vicinity of Baracoa, Santiago province, Cuba, Feb- ruary 1-7, 1902. A sheet of the same number in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden has a longer portion of the stipe. Both herbaria contain earlier specimens collected in eastern Cuba by Charles Wright and distributed (no. 951) as A/sophila nitens J. Sw. ANEMIA HIRTA Sw. ? Numbers 121 and 4o1 are well matched by a sheet in the U. S. National herbarium (no. 26037) from Jamaica. They repre- sent what Jenman regarded as the true Anemia hirta of Swartz, and are presumably what Swartz had in hand when describing this species. They are, however, scarcely the plant represented by Plumier’s plate 157 (which Swartz cites), from Martinique. ORNITHOPTERIS sp. The specimens of number 2 32, though probably representing an undescribed species, are sterile and therefore unsatisfactory for purposes of description. ELAPHOGLOssUM apopuM (Kaulf.) Schott Acrostichum apodum Kaulf. Enum. Fil. 59. 1824. Elaphoglossum apodum Schott, Gen. Fil. p/. 15. 1834- Acrostichum platyneuron Feé, Mém. Fam. Foug. 2 : 43. pl. 4- J. 1. 1844-45; non L. ie The plants collected as no, 152 are certainly identical with hae s species, judging from both the admirable plate and descriptions but we do not feel justified in regarding Feé’s species as distinct from the Acrostichum apodum of Kaulfuss. Hooker and Greville published (Ic. Fil. 1 : p/, 99. 1829), a figure of A. apodum which matches several sheets at hand, under this name, as well as the new material (no. 152). Feé recognized A. apodum as a distinct species ; but Moore in transferring A. platyneuron to Elaphoglos- sum (Ind. Fil. 364. 1862), hazards the suggestion «An E. apo- dum.” Whether or not the two are one, the name Elaphoglossum platyneuron is not available, for the reason that Acrostichum plaiy- neuron Feé is antedated by the Linnaean Acrostichum platy neuron, COLLECTION OF CUBAN PTERIDOPHYTA 579 LomaAriopsis WrIGHTII Mett. Of this there are two numbers, both collected near Baracoa — a single sheet of no. 150, but no. 220 in some quantity — and both are quite sterile. The species was described in Eaton’s “Filices Wrightianae et Fendlerianae’’? (Mem. Am. Acad. II. 8: 195. 1863) and is readily distinguishable by the remarkable abruptly caudate apices of the pinnae. Polypodium cryptum sp. nov. Plant of small stature, 10-17 cm. high. Rootstock creeping, I-2 cm. long, about 5 mm. thick ; stipes variable in length, com- monly 1.5 to 2 times the length of the lamina, articulated, some- what pubescent, and of a dull greenish straw color: laminae lan- | ceolate, 4.5—7.5 cm. long, greatest width about 2 cm., simple, | pinnately lobed, or for the most part partially pinnate below, the lowermost pair of lobes commonly developed into distinct sessile or very short-stipitate orbicular or orbicular-cordate pinnae, the hext pair rarely approaching this condition, the upper lobes merely broad obtuse crenations which decrease gradually toward the tapering obtuse apex; venation free, the midvein of each lobe giv- ing off on either side about 4 usually simple veinlets which are enlarged at their extremities : sori somewhat immersed, broadly ¢lliptical, borne one to the veinlet almost exactly half way from the midve into the extremity. The species is based on sheet no. 403232 in the U. S. National herbarium, representing specimens collected as no. 231 by Charles L. Pollard, Dr. Edward Palmer and Wm. Palmer in the Vicinity of Baracoa, Santiago province, Cuba, February 1-7, T902. The specimens are not in the best condition for study, hav- _ Mg somewhat of a weatherbeaten appearance. They are, however, uniform in size and general appearance, appear quite mature and — ae of such peculiar general morphology that we have thought it St to describe them as a new species which we refer with more °r less hesitation to the genus Polypodium. The anomalous fea- tures are the hidden venation, the unique lobation and the im- __ Mersed sori. The venation is indeed very well concealed and can _ Scarcely be discerned except by holding the unmounted plant | wards strong light. Only the basal veinlets of the lowermost _ lobes in the larger fronds fork commonly and these only once or _ “ice, most of the veinlets being simple. 580 UnpDERWOOD AND MAXON: NOTES ON A _ POLYPODIUM CRYPTUM - 2 naked Stoutish suberect rootstock : stipe 15 COLLECTION OF CuBAN PTERIDOPHYTA 581 A majority of the plants have the appearance of being quite glabrous ; but careful examination of a more perfect specimen shows that the lower portions of the stipe possess an inconspicuous soft stellate pubescence which becomes more scattering above but is rather noticeable on the midvein and lower veins of the frond, and that the margin of the frond is sparingly ciliate. GONIOPHLEBIUM PILOSELLOIDES (L.) J. Sm. To this species we have referred numbers 47, 181 and 182. There is to be observed considerable variation, particularly in the shape of the sterile leaf ; but the specimens are undoubtedly all teferable to the single species. CAMPYLONEURON REPENS (L.) Presl. The need of a critical study of the group to which this species belongs, in connection with the types preserved in European her- baria, permits no closer determination of no. 184 than the above Which is to be considered merely tentative. ADIANTUM FRUCTUOSUM Poppig We have not seen herbarium material of this species, but judg- ing from the excellent description there can be little doubt that under no. 66 we have the plant described by Péppig in Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 4: 113. 1827, and later by Kunze in Linnaea, 9: 81. 18 34. : ADIANTUM FRAGILE Sw. ; The specimens of no. 421, although very uniform, are unusual M the shape of the segments which are narrowly cuneate and often Somewhat bilobed. Otherwise they seem quite typical. STRUTHIOPTERIS Sp. The material comprising number 146 consists of sterile leaves Paly.. The species, which is probably undescribed is one ot the ‘tveral forms to which the name Lomaria attenuata Willd. is usu- ally given, Asplenium venustum sp. nov. tufted from a nearly Plant 3 5-67 cm. high. Leaves closely ss cm., dull grayish- ‘ : . inate re wn: lamina ovate-lanceolate, the apical portion long acuminate, 582 UNDERWOOD AND MAxon: NOTES ON A once or twice cleft below, otherwise similar to the pinnae ; pinnae 5-7 pairs, linear, subcoriaceous, subopposite below, alternate above, ordinarily diverging from the axis at anangle of about 30°, the 3 or 4 lowermost pairs 11-15 cm. long and 7~—11 mm. broad (at the broadest point, which is about one third the distance from base toward apex); base of pinna narrowly and very obliquely cuneate (becoming stipitate), apparently never auricled, the superior por- tion only a trifle wider than the inferior ; margin unequally biser- rate (in large fronds occasionlly triserrate), the teeth rather slender, aute and outwardly curved; veins very oblique, forking usually once; sori I1-2.7 cm. long, borne on the anterior branch and nearly parallel to the midvein ; indusium firm. The above description is drawn from two sheets, nos. 403185 and 403298 in the U. S. National herbarium, representing no. 139 collected by Charles L. Pollard and Wm. Palmer on “ slopes and summit of El Yunque, near Baracoa, Santiago province, Cuba. Alt. 1000-2000 feet, January 30-31, 1902. “ The spe- cies seems to us very distinct; certainly it has nothing to do with Asplenium erosum L.,* with it has, in one instance, been confused, — we refer to the reference here of Wright’s no. 1043 4 “var. pinnis angustissimis.’ + Wright’s no. 1043 as represented in the National herbarium (sheet no. 26435) is exactly our plant, though the fronds bear an additional pair or two of pinnae. Re- ference to Sloane’s plate 33, fig. 2, cited by Linnaeus under A. erosum, is sufficient to disprove any supposed alliance with the plants there represented. Asplenium venustum is easily distinguished by the extreme narrowness of the pinnae, their peculiar hacked appearance on a¢- count of the acute flaring teeth, and by their extremely oblique gradually narrowed bases. Sheet no. 403185 bears a typical plant 3.8 dm. high, comprising 10 overlapping fronds. Sheet no. 403298 contains a juvenile plant and a single detached frond 6.7 dm. high. AsPLENIUM MONTEVERDENSE Hooker This rare species was described in Species Filicum, 3: 195° 1860 and figured in Hooker’s 2d Century of Ferns, p/. 4/- 1861. It was founded on C. Wright’s no. 1029 collected, in 1859 “under overhanging rocks near Monte Verde, on the eastern side * Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 2: 1539. 1764. See ee 7 Sauvalle, Fl. Cubana, 211. 1878. COLLECTION OF CUBAN PTERIDOPHYTA 583 of Cuba.”” The specimens of the present collection (no. 117) are much larger than the original, or indeed than the other specimens we have seen, which are: (1) Matanzas, Cuba, 1849, Rugel, 9 (C); (2) Eastern Cuba, 1856-1857, Wright, 856 (Y). Except in size the plants (117) agree well with the original description and plate. Diplazium aemulum sp. nov. Plant 40~6o0 cm. high. Leaves borne ina close crown on a rather slight erect rootstock : stipes 1-2 dm., sparingly paleaceous below with firm dark brownish linear or linear-lanceolate long at- tenuate scales: large mature lamina broadly lanceolate, broadest just below the middle, dark green, paler beneath, comprising 20 or less pairs of lanceolate pinnae, the lowermost of which diverge from the rachis at an angle of about 70°, the uppermost at from 45° to 60° : pinnae spreading, subopposite below, soon becoming alternate above, the largest 1 dm. long by 1.7 cm. wide, lanceo- late, terminating rather abruptly in a serrulate attenuate somewhat falcate apex, the base cuneate (the lower edge much more ob- liquely so than the upper), the margin pinnatifid into shallow ob- tusish lobes (about 12), which are regularly serrate by the free Fepeatedly forking veinlets extending to the margin ; sori linear, curved, averaging 5 mm., borne on the first anterior of each group of veinlets ; indusia both single and double, the former perhaps Predominating. Type specimen, no. 403220 in the U. S. National herbarium Collected on the « slopes and summit of El Yunque, near Baracoa, Santiago province, Cuba, January 30-31, 1902, by Charles L. Pollard and William Palmer ; no. 179, altitude 1000-2000 feet.” We would also refer here no. 1 59, same data. The type sheet consists of a rather small plant about 4 dm. high and a single detached fully matured leaf measuring about 6 dm. The latter is larger than most of the specimens distributed, So that the measurements here given probably represent nearly the Maximum for the species. The shallow lobation so character- istic of the larger pinnae is manifest in the smaller ones in less degree and commonly only as an irregular double serration. Drvopreris LoncHopes (D. C. Eaton) Kuntze ___ Aspidium lonchodes D. C. Eaton, Mem. Am. Acad. II. 8: 210. 1863, 584 UNDERWOOD AND MAxon: CUBAN PTERIDOPHYTA Dryopteris lonchodes Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2:813. 1891. This species was described from nos. 1007 and 1008 of Wright’s Cuban plants. The specimens (no. 239) of the present collection agree closely with the type and represent a remarkably distinct species. We have seen no other specimens. Polystichum aquifolium nom. nov. Polystichum ilicifolium Feé, Gen. Fil. 279. 1850-52. Not P. tlicfolium Moore, Ind. Fil. 94. 1858, which is Aspzdium ilicifolium Don, Prodr. Nep. 3. 1825. We have little hesitation in pronouncing the Polystichum ilict- folium of Feé, described from specimens collected by Linden in Santiago province, Cuba, quite distinct from P. riangulum or any other species of this group. The name d/icifolium is quite unten- able by reason of Don’s species having been properly transferred to Polystichum by Moore. Feé's choice of a specific designation was, however, so much to the point that we can do no better than substitute aguifolium, the long-used generic name for the holly. No. 420 comprises specimens collected near El Cobre, San- tiago province, Cuba, by Messrs. Charles L. Pollard and William Palmer, February 21-24, 1902, which are identical with Fee's plants as represented by p/. 6. f. 4 in his 6th Mémoir (1854)- DanakEa noposa (L.) J. Sm.? A sterile leaf or two of a Danaea, collected as number 14?, show certain differences from the true Danaea nodosa, notably the extreme closeness of the venation which averages 18 veinlets per centimeter ; but neither stipe nor sporophyll being at hand it seems best not to separate as a distinct species. Dates of the “ Nova Genera” of Humboldt, Bonpland and Kunth By JoHN HENDLEY BARNHART Every student of systematic botany is familiar with the abbre- viation ‘“ H.B.K.,” and this at once brings to his mind the great Seven-volume work, ‘‘ Nova genera et species plantarum,” com- monly credited to Humboldt, Bonpland and Kunth; although the editorial work upon it was wholly Kunth’s, and Baron von Humboldt’s only contribution appears to have been the introduc- tory essay. This work was the most extensive of several which constituted the botany of Humboldt and Bonpland’s “ Voyage,” and different from the rest in the language employed, this being Written in Latin, the others exclusively in French. Having occasion recently to determine the date of publication of a certain portion of this work, and knowing that as it appeared in parts the title-page dates could not be depended upon, I under- took to ascertain the pagination and dates of all the original fas- cicles. The only recent reference to this subject which could be found was in a paper published in the Journal of Botany for June, 1901.* The authors of this paper appear to have been investigat- ing the facts surrounding the publication of the zoological portion of Humboldt and Bonpland’s “ Voyage,” and to have accumu- lated incidentally considerable information relating to the botan- ical volumes ; and a debt of gratitude is certainly due them for ‘Placing their results within the reach of all. Messrs, Sherborn and Woodward seem to have given us an accurate and fairly complete account of the “ Plantes équinox- iales,” “ Melastomes,” “ Rhexies,” “ Mimoses "and “ Graminées” of the Voyage reports, but as much cannot be said of their attempt to elucidate the “« Nova genera.” On one page they give a sum- Mary of the seven volumes, showing that these consist of 55, 51, 57, 39, 54, 68 and 66 sheets or signatures respectively ; on the following pages they list the fascicles as announced from time to time in the « Bibliographie de la France,” from which it would 2208 Keer ance an ee ccur, Sherborn, C. D., & Woodward, B. B. The Dates of Humboldt and Bonpland’s Voyage.”” Jour. Bot. 39 : 202~205. Je. 1901. 585 586 BARNHART: DATES OF THE NovA GENERA OF appear that the volumes contained about 89, 98, 91, 63, 86, 106 and 119 signatures respectively ; after which they merely remark, “The sheeting of the French records isa mystery to both of us].” It is well known, or ought to be, that the “‘ Nova genera” appeared simultaneously in two editions, one of folio size, the other in quarto. It is not so well known, except to those who have tried to verify references in the wrong edition, that the two differ widely in pagination ; the only printed mention of this fact which I have seen is a brief note by Dr. Otto Kuntze,* and he does not seem to have had access to a copy of the fourth volume of the folio edition. The matter in the two editions is the same; they were issued in the same number of fascicles (36), and at the same time ; and the plates were alike in the two editions, except for the width of the margin; but, the quarto page being much smaller, the text extended over a greater number of pages, $0 that each quarto fascicle consisted of many more pages than the corre- sponding folio fascicle, and the quarto volumes are thicker than the folio ones. Messrs. Sherborn and Woodward described the quarto volumes ; nearly all of their quotations from the “ French records” refer to the folio edition ; it was for this reason that they were mystified. The “ Bibliographie de la France,’ upon which they were obliged to rely almost wholly for the list they g!v® repeatedly mentions the quarto edition, and in many cases specifies the “sheeting” of the quarto parts; it is difficult to see how they could overlook this fact, although it may well have added to their perplexity. The folio edition seems to have been prepared so that sub- scribers to the entire series of “Voyage” reports might _ them of uniform size; the quarto edition, that botanists might secure this particular work at a reduced price. The latter, prob- ably because of its cheapness and consequent greater accessibility to the average student, is the one almost invariably cited es botanists ; it. is the one always referred to by Kunth himself, ie his later works. While convenient, this practice is not strictly logical ; for, as the fascicles were issued without breaking pe tures, those numbered correspondingly never contained precisely _ *Kunte,O. Rev. Gen, 32: 156. 28 S. 1898. Humso.tpt, BonpLanp AND KuntH 587 the same text in the folio and in the quarto form. In many instances, in order to determine with exactness the date of publi- cation of a new genus or species, it would be necessary to find out whether it first appeared in a folio or a quarto fascicle. A table showing the genera and species concerned, with the original place and date of publication, might prove useful in determining some question of priority ; but sucha list would be of very doubtful value until we are more certain than we can be at present of the exact pagination of every fascicle. It is very important, as men- tioned by Sherborn and Woodward, that any one possessing the original fascicles, or any of them, should submit them to some bibliographer who would publish a careful description of them ; but it must not be forgotten that contemporary evidence is the best, for a fascicle may appear to be in its original form, when actually altered in important particulars. Before proceeding to a consideration of the probable contents of each part, it may be well to take a general survey of the pagi- nation, signatures, etc., of the completed volumes. In this con- nection it must be remembered that the quadruple title-page in each volume took an entire quarto signature or two folio ones, While these were counted in numbering neither the signatures nor the pages. In some cases the French journal seems to have counted the title-pages in giving the number of signatures in a Part, in other cases, not; and the uncertainty in this respect, together with the fact that the title-pages were probably published with the first part of most of the volumes, but with the last part Of one or two, causes most of the trouble in definitely assigning certain pages to each fascicle. It must also be borne in mind that @ single sheet forms four folio pages, but eight of quarto size, so that while the quarto volumes and fascicles have more pages than the folio, they have fewer signatures. The plates and title-page _ dates are the same in both editions; it is only in the text that they differ, fe ‘Vou, Fouro Text. Quarto Text. PLATES. Dare. I. (8), xlvi, (2), 302 pp. (8), lviii, (2), 377 PP- 1-96. 1815 (2), 8734 (=-a-i, k-m, 1-76) sign. (1), 543¢ (=a-h, 1-48) i a sign. a (8), 324 pp. (8), 404 (2) pp. 97-192. 1817 (2), 8z sign. (1), 5034 (=1-51) sign. 588 BARNHART: Dates OF THE NOVA GENERA OF III. (8), 356 pp. (8), 456 pp. 193-300. 1818 (2), 89 sign. (1), 57 sign. IV. (8), 247 pp. (8), 312 pp. 301-412. 1820 (2), 62 sign. (1), 39 sign. V. (8), 338 (2), pp. (8), 432 pp. 413-512. 1825 (2), 85 sign. (1), 54 sign. VI. (8), 420 (2) pp. (8), 542 pp. 513-600. 1823 (2), 105% (= 1-106) sign. (1), 6734 (=1-68) sign. VII. (8), 399 pp. (8), 506 pp. 601-700, 1825, (2), 100 sign. (1), 651/ (=1-66) sign. VoLuME I This volume, in the folio form, presents little difficulty. It is true that fasc. 1 and 2 are noticed together in the B. F.* for 3 F. 1816, while it is quite likely that they were separately published, one or both of them before the end of the year 1815 (the title- page date). As we have absolutely no data indicating the pages at which they were separated, however ; and as I have no strong evidence even in support of the supposition that they appeared separately, fasc. 1-2 will be treated here as a ‘‘ double number.” The fascicles forming Volume I folio were noticed as follows: Eanes i2: 44 sign, g¢ pl. B.F.3F. 1816. “se Ka 20 se 25 pl. B. F, II My. “é T . Ae 253% ‘“* 27 pl. B..F. 22 An... In all, 89% signatures and 96 plates, precisely as the folio volume is described above, and we need have no hesitation in as- signing data as follows: Fasc. 1-2. T.-p., pp. i-xlviii, 1-120, g/. r-gg. Ja. 1816 (or D. 1815 ?) is 3- Pp. 121-200, pl. 45-69. My. “ 4. Pp. 201-302, pl. 70-96. Au “ The B. F. gives no descriptions of fasc. 1-4 in the quarto form, and the following division is simply a provisional one, b upon the supposition that the corresponding quarto and ae parts contained approximately the same matter: a supposition Which is warranted by the known facts in the case of many of the later fascicles. ee Fasc. 1-2. T.-p., pp. i-lx, 1-152, p/. 1-44. Ja. 1816 (or D. ngs : ee Pp. 153-256, pl. 45-69. acl ea Pp. 257-377, pl. 70-96. SoS See * In the following discussion the references to the ‘¢ Bibliographie de ea ah will be so frequent that its title will be abbreviated to ‘* B. F.’’ T Not 2 My. as given by Sherborn and Woodward. HumBotpt, Bonptanp aNpD KuntH §89 VotumE II This volume consisted of fasc. 5-8. Unfortunately fasc. 5 is badly mixed in the B. F. It is noticed 3 My. 1817, but is called the fourth fascicle (an error corrected 13 D. 1817, in noting the next fascicle *), and although the description, “13 feuilles et demie, plus 25 planches,” is accompanied by the statement “ in- folio,” it is evident from the price named that it was the quarto edition which the bibliographer had in hand. There is little doubt, however, that fasc. 5 contained, in the folio form, pp. 1- 80, and in the quarto, pp. 1-96, and the B. F. is no doubt correct in saying 25 plates, viz., p/. Q7-121. Fasc. 6, 7 and 8 are given by the B. F. as follows :” Fase. 6. Folio, 18 sign. Quarto, 12 sign. 25 i. 13 D. 1817. ges £ ‘¢ 17 sign. ‘© arsign, 22 pl. 28F. 1818. cee ‘« 50 sign. ‘*. 2¢men. *. 3¢ fl. 6 Je. 1818. The record in the case of fasc. 8 is certainly very puzzling. Sherborn and Woodward suggest that the “ 34” plates may be a typographical error for “‘ 24,” but there is no need to suppose such an error, for there is little doubt that ten plates (793~202) belong- ing to the following volume appeared with this fascicle. It is the record of the text which is surprising. These three fascicles alone (6, 7 and 8), according to the B. F., contained 85 signatures, folio, while the entire volume had only 83, sitle-pages included ! We are left only two explanations : either the B. F. is in error, the folio fasc. 8 consisting of about 26 signatures, the quarto of about 16; or, as is liable to occur in any such work as this, fasc. 8 may have contained a second printing of some of the previously pub- lished text, which in its original form was not satisfactory to the authors, The probable pagination and dates of fasc. 5-8 are as follows : Fouio Fasc. 5. T.-p. pp. 1-80 (with reprint of vol. I, pp. 301-302 ?), pl. g7-121. Ap. Sd om Pp 81-152, pl. 122-140. = “7. Pp. 153-220, pv. 147-168. 181 We Be Pp. 221~324 (+ ?), pl. 169-202. Je. i. iS > : = * «Cette sixiéme livraison est la deuxiéme du second volume ; c’est la cinquiéme : (et non la quatriéme), qui a paru en mai dernier.’ ie hee 590 BARNHART: Dates OF THE NoVA GENERA OF QUARTO Fasc. 5. T.-p., pp. 1-96, p/. 97—-raz. Ap. 1817 ‘« 6, Pp. 97-192, p/. 122-146. bE ee ‘« 7. Pp. 193-280, p/. 747-768. F, 1818 «* 8. Pp, 281-406 (+ ?), p/. 169-202. jee Vo.umeE III The third volume consisted of five fascicles, nos. 9-13; although plates 193-202 had appeared with fasc. 8. The B. F. gives the data for these fascicles, in folio, as follows : Fasc. 9. 20 signatures, 25 plates. 30. 1818. SG | ep s eA iets 13 F. 1819. A PE FO nbs yee ge GLEE ‘e eee pee? | _ i Rea 27 N. gp Me ER AS i oi 11 Mr. 1820. The number of signatures agrees exactly with the description of the volume given above, so that we have no hesitation in decid- ing upon the pagination. We have here mention of only 99 plates, however, while the volume contained 108, one of which was issued twice, as will be mentioned further on ; and this, with the distinct statement of the B. F. that fasc. 13 completed the third volume, is additional evidence that the B. F. was correct ie assigning 34 plates to fasc. 8. If more evidence is desired, it ‘es not lacking. The ‘“ Allgemeine Repertorium” of Leipzig, in its first mention of this work,* reviews the folio edition as far as Vol. IIT, page 148, plate 242; evidently to the end of fasc. 10 (“ 1818,” by the way). Now if fasc. 10 ended with plate 24? and contained 15 plates, it must have begun with plate 228; if fasc. 9 ended with plate 227, and contained 25 plates, it must have begun with plate 203 ; but the volume began with plate 193» " therefore, plates 193-202 must have appeared with fasc. 5 and the B. F. must be correct in assigning 34 plates to that fascicle — or, if it contained only 24, there must have been 25 plates in oer 10, instead of 15 as stated. At least, the B. F. is consistent with itself in this matter, and I prefer to accept its statements until they are proven incorrect. : Plate no. 216 was published in fasc. 9, the name upon it read- ing “ Aragoa juniperina.’’ ‘When this species was reached in the _ text, however, in fasc. 10 (page 121 of the folio, page 156 of ME * Allg. Repert. 18193: 132-136. HumBoLpT, BonpLtaNnp AND KuntTH 591 quarto), it was called “ Avagoa cupressina”; and later (not with fasc. 10, but probably with fasc. 13), a new plate numbered “216” appeared. The new plate bore the corrected name, and upon it the original detail figures were replaced by entirely new ones. Fasc. 9 contained the descriptions of certain new species of Nicotiana and Heliotropium, which had been published by Leh- mann, under the same or in some cases under different names, only a short time before. This greatly annoyed Kunth, who thought that Lehmann should have awaited the appearance of this portion of the ‘‘ Nova genera”’ before issuing his work. A letter written by. Kunth in this connection, with Lehmann’s reply, may be found in the first volume of Flora.* In noting fasc. 9-13, the B. F. mentions the quarto edition several times, but gives the number of signatures only in the case of fasc. 10, when there were twelve. There is little doubt of the Pagination, however, and we may, sum up this volume thus : Fotro Text. Quarto TExT. PLarss. Date. Fase. 9. T.-p., pp. 1-72. T.-p., pp. 1-96. 2037-227. S. 1818. Tae Rp... 73-148. Pp. 97-192. 228-242. F. 1819. “In, Pp. 149-224. Pp. 193-288. 243-267. ji. aa “* 12. Pp. 225-296. Pp. 289-384.’ 268-292. ose ** 13. Pp. 297-356. Pp. 385-4506. 293-300, 216 bis. Mr. 1820. VotumeE IV Volume IV comprised fasc. 14~18, the last of which was not given to the public until late in the year 1820; although, as we shall see, the entire text was in print, and to a limited extent ac- cessible, two years earlier. According to Sherborn and Wood- _ Wood, fasc. 14 contained Vol. III, pp. 417-456, and Vol. IV, pp. 1-72. It is apparent that they were led to this conclusion by Some evidence that this fascicle ended with page 72 (which is true of the quarto) ; but as 72 pp. in their quarto edition made only 9 Signatures, and the B. F. stated that fasc. 14 consisted of 14 sig- Natures, they decided that this fascicle must have contained the last five signatures (which would be pp. 417-456 of the quarto) m= Vol. I — is other words, their confusion of the two edi- tions in this case led them into grave error. The B. F. distinctly States that fasc. 13 completed the third volume, and there can be ‘20 doubt that this was the case. ° _ *Flora, 1: 601-607. 20 D. 1818. 592 BARNHART: DATES OF THE NOVA GENERA OF Sherborn and Woodward, in describing fascicle 15, say of the plates: ‘25 pls. 326-340.’ This is plainly either a clerical ora typographical error ; the 25 plates were nos. 326-349, two plates bearing the number “ 332.” i The B. F. gives us quite complete data for this volume: Fasc. 14. Folio, 14 sign. Quarto, 9 sign. 25 plates. 15 Ap. 1820. see Le “* 16 sign. fs 10 sign. oe ge 27 My. “ DRS tee ‘€ 42 sign. es 9 sign. Pe Sages 22jl. “ ah ae < 32 sion, ee 8 sign. Pde 168) 33% ie |S mS } Sen: ne 4 sign. \ & ge 24 De The “13” plates credited to fasc. 18 probably should be 15 ; and in counting the folio signatures the title-pages, which in this case seem to have come out with the last fascicle of the volume instead of the first, must have been reckoned as one instead of two. This gives the following summary. Foto Text, Quarto Text. PLATES. Date. Fasc. 14. Pp. 1-56. Py. 3-43; JO1-325. Ap. AG EPS S7~120, Pp. 73-152. 726-332 bis, 3372-349- My. be «16. Pp. 121-168. Pp. 153-224. 350-37 3+ ji. % Soeg: Pe 260-016, Pp. 225-288. 374-397: S. a ** 18. Pp. 217-247, t.-p. Pp. 289-312, t.-p. 798-472. D. It will be noted that these five fascicles followed one another with unprecedented rapidity ; and “thereby hangs a tale.” ws the 26th of October, 1818, in order to fix the date of publication of this volume, Kunth presented a complete copy of the téxt to the Academy of Sciences of Paris. It consisted of loose sheets of the folio edition, and had a manuscript title-page, on which was set forth the fact that the printing was begun in September, 1817, and completed in September, 1818. At this time the publication of Volume III had only just begun, and Kunth had no idea of offering Volume IV to the public until it was reached in its turn after the completion of Volume III; in fact, the plates of Volume IV had not been engraved. Yet Kunth hurried the text through the press, and took this method of securing its advance publication. Henri Cassini, one of the members of the Academy, had de- voted his leisure “for the past eight or nine years,” as he tells % to the study of the Compositae, and was at that time recogni” as the foremost living authority upon that group of plants. Volume IV of the “Nova genera” comprised the Compositaé, : Be : _ Humsoipt, BonrpLanp AND KunTH 593 and the Compositae only ; was it any wonder, then, that Cassini re- garded the “extraordinary precipitancy ” of Kunth, in presenting this copy to the Academy; as a decidedly personal affair ? Cassini criticised Kunth for issuing the work in this way, in loose sheets, with a manuscript title, and without plates ; in the folio form, too, “qui n’est probablement consacré qu’a un petit nombre d’exem- plaires,”” while the quarto is the one more generally distributed and usually quoted. But especially did he protest against the recognition of this method of publication, as it contained no guar- antee that the work as finally issued to the public would be identi- cal with the copy presented to the Academy. Kunth insisted that Volume IV was printed simply because the funds were available and the manuscript had been completed for Several years; he pledged his honor that the work as finally issued to the public would be identical with the copy presented to the Academy, except for the alteration of one short and unimportant Paragraph to which Cassini had objected; and he further molli- fied the latter by presenting him with a copy of the volume in dispute, on the first of December, 1818. On his part Cassini agreed to accept the latter date as the actual date of publication. A delicate question is here involved. We cannot insist that this volume was not published in 1818 because it was not offered for Sale at that time, for some works whose due publication is never - questioned (Linnaeus’ “‘ Hortus Cliffortianus”’ is a famous exam- ple) were never offered for sale until at length second-hand copies fame into the market. It is universally agreed that as long as all copies of a printed work remain in the hands of the author, its Status is the same as that of a manuscript, even if he permits it to be inspected by others. But does the distribution of one or two Copies constitute publication? The question here is almost iden- tical with that involving the date of publication of Fournier's _“ Mexicanas Plantas, Pars II. Gramineae.” This bears the date 1886 upon the title-page, and was not accessible to the general ‘Public until that year; but Bentham had a copy of the text as farly as 188 I, and repeatedly cited it ; nor is it certain that other complimentary copies were not issued in advance. __ We come now to consider the single change in Volume IV After it was first printed. A note, near the bottom of page 243, 594 BARNHART: DATES OF THE NovA GENERA OF in the “ addenda et corrigenda,”’ read originally as follows: “ Pars hujus operis, quae de Compositarum familia tractat ; jam ante tres fere annos a me finita, illo tempore, a clarissimo Henrico Cassini, leviter quidem, ob magnam specierum et generum copiam inspecta est. Quo factum est, ut nomina et characteres generum nos- trorum novorum non retinens, Ampherephis speciei tertiae, in her- bario illustr. Jussieu asservatae, tanquam distincto generi, nomen Centhratheri imponeret.’’ Immediately and indignantly did Cas- sini resent this implied reflection upon his honor, and brand it as a falsehood ; and although Kunth maintained that no offense had been intended by the original staement, the objectional paragraph was modified until, as finally presented to the subscribers to the “Nova genera,” it took this harmless form: ‘Pars hujus operis quae de Compositarum familia agit, jam exeunte anno 1815 a me ad finem perducta, nonnisi mense septembre 1817 typis describi coepta est, absoluta eodem mense 1818, vulgata 1820. Interea celeberrimus Cassinius, observationum mearum inscius, Compost tas summa diligentia raraque sagacitate scrutari continuavit sectio- nesque et genera proponere: quo factum est, ut eorum complura diversis nominibus a Cassinio et me nuncupata exstent; quod semper usu veniet, quotiescunque duo in plantas examinandas aeque exercitati botanici eandem familiam investigant generaque ea instituere necesse judicant et instituunt. Ampherephis specie duas in herbario Humboldtiano observavi, tertiam in herbario Jus- siaeano, cui nomen a me inventum tunc stylo cerussato adscribere haud neglexi, Celeberrimus Cassinius vero non animadverten®, opinor, id nomen ibi jam a me appositum esse, plantae Jussiaeanae nomen Centratheri imposuit.”’ Those wishing to learn further particulars of this controversy should consult the papers by Cassini and Kunth, published ” volume 89 of the “ Journal de physique, de chimie et d'histoire naturelle ;” * and those who do not acknowledge that the volume was published until issued in parts in 1820, should not overlook * Cassini, H. Analyse critique et raisonnée du quatriéme volume de ouvrage de M. Kunth, intitulé, Nova genera et species plantarum. Jour. phys. 89: 5-33: 18109. “gue et Kunth, C. S. A une article de M. Cassini, ayant pour titre : Amadyse gears vi raisonnée du quatritme volume du Nova genera et species plantarum aequinoct! : Jour. phys. 89: 278-284. O, 1819. HumBotpt, BonpLAND AND KuntH 595 the fact that the new genera were all listed and criticised by Cas- sini in this “ Journal de physique”’ during the preceding year, VoLuME V This volume consisted of fasc. 19-23, and the B. F. furnishes quite a complete account of them, except in the case of quarto fasc, 21, which probably was composed of 12 signatures. Fasc. 19. Folio, 16 sign, Quarto,9 sign. 24 plates. 26 My. 1821. ini 20. 14 6é “ec 8 a3 24 ‘6c 29 S. “ec a3 21. 6 16 “e 3 a “cc 20 “cc 23 F. 1822. se 22. 6é 15 <é “é 10 “se 20 a3 29 Je. “ce Pit BBe OEMs he AO Nacho TP Ly a 22 Mr. 1823. The pagination and plates were probably as follows : Fasc. Fouro Text. Quarto TexT. Puates. a T.-p., pp. 1-56. T.-p., pp. 1-64. 473-476. F a0.. Pp. 57-212. Pp. 65-128. 437-460. U- te Pp. 113-176. Pp. 129-224. 461-480. vom Pp. 177-236. Pp. 225-304. 481a-b, 482, 483, 4832, 484-498. 23. Pp. 237-338. Pp. 305332. 4990-6, 500-512. The two unnumbered pages of the folio edition following page -338, and the corresponding pages of the quarto edition, may have appeared at a later date. VotumeE VI Six fascicles constituted this volume, viz. nos. 24-29. Of these the B. F. gives data for quarto fasc, 24-26, and all the folio fascicles. There is evidently some error in the number of plates assigned to fasc. 24, unless many of the earlier plates were re- issued at this time. This makes the numbers of the plates in fach fascicle of this volume quite doubtful : 37 plates. 19 Ap. 1823. “ce “ee Quarto, 10 sign. Fasc, 24, Folio, 28 sign. s “ y2sign, 15 30 Au. 25. 27 sig. oe ee ge a Se a ae s* 37 *« 16 sign. yaaa’ 24 jr : “i R8. “45 sign. wm 21 Au. 6s 29. ee sign. 15 “e 4 5 In noting the folio, the title-page seems to have been counted 8S one signature ; and the two unnumbered pages forming signa- ture 106, at the end of the volume, do not seem to have been _ included, and may have appeared with a later fascicle. From the _ description in Férussac’s Bulletin (cited by Sherborn and Wood- 596 BARNHART: DATES OF THE Nova GENERA OF. ward) we can fix the pagination of quarto fasc. 28, and indirectly that of the preceding and following fascicles. record of this volume as I understand it : Fasc. ee 24. Folio, 25. Me Pp. 26, SS Pp. 2: oe Pp. 28, 6 Pp. 29. at Pp. T.-p., Pp. 1-108. 109-176. 177-236. 237-300. 301-360, Quarto, T.—p., Pp. 1-72. 361-420 (27). * Pp. 73-168. Pp. 169-240. Pp. 241-320. Pp. 321-392. Pp. 393-542. The following isa Pl. 513-522? Pi, 523-537? Pl. 538-552 ? Pl. 553-569 ? Pl. 570-585 ? Pl, 586-600? In this volume, for the first time, the proportionate size of the corresponding folio and quarto parts is widely at variance. VotumE VII The final volume was published in fasc. 30-36. As the B. F. says that fasc. 30 (folio) was composed of 13 signatures, while it quite certainly contained only pp. 1-48, the other signature very likely consisted of the ‘addenda et corrigenda”’ of Volumes V and VI. It may have represented the title-pages of Volume Vil, but as these are dated 1825, they were probably issued with the last part (fasc. 36). Fasc. 36, too, is said to have been composed of 29 signatures ; if so, some 18 ofthese must have been re-issues of earlier portions of the work. The B. F. mentions the quarto edition several times, but fails to give its sheeting. Its record of the folio is this : Fasc. 30. 13 signatures. 15 plates. 13 N. 1824. ose 16 +t be a aes 26: De’ ‘€ 430) 16 ‘6 rs 19 E.’. wees: ‘cc 33- I5 te 15 “ 14 My. ‘“c oe, eae Ba 5 wh f ee 15 - 1 go yh sé 36. 29 “c ja 3 D. “6 The probable pagination is given herewith, but it must be con fessed that in the case of the quarto this is largely guess work. Fasc. Foto Text. Quarto Text. PLaATEs. 30: Pp. eas, red bov-ery. Ne 3I. Pp. 49-112. Pp. 57-144. 616-630. D. 5 32. Pp. 113-176. Pp. 145-224. 631-645. F. sae 33- Pp. 177-236. Pp. 225-296. 646-659 659 bis. My. 34. Pp. 237-296. Pp. 297-376. 660-661 bis, 662-673. Je f 35- Pp, 297-356. Pp. 377-448. 674-688 bis, 689-690. Je 36. Pp. 449-506(-++?). 697-700. N. Pp. 357-399(+ ?). Humpo.pt, BonrptanpD AND Kunru which are simply guesses. RESUME tion of a given page or plate. probabilities. Fasc. Vor. Fouto Text, pp. QuARTO TExT, PP. PLateEs. Dare. I. i-xlviii, 1-120, i-Ix, 1-152? r 44! Ja. 1816, [B I2I—200. 153-256? 45- 69! My. * [B. 201-302. 257-377? wo~ O61 Bs 8 TB. II. 1- 80! I- 96. g7-r2z1! Ap. 1817. [B. 81-152, 97-192! F22-tg6l Dix [B. 153-220. 193-280. 147-108! -F. 1818. [B. 221-324. 281-406. 1op-toR! Ne [B. IIT. I- 72. I- 96! 27-0! Ss lB. 73-148! 97-192. 228-242 ¥F. 1819. [B. 149-224. 193-288. sap~me7 Tt Nes [B. 225-206. 289-384. 268-292? N. * [B. 297-356. 385-456. 293-3007 Mr. 1820. [B. IV. I— 56. I 72. jor-z25/ Ap. “ [B. 57-120. 73-152. 3726-349! My. “ [B. 121-168. 153-224? 350-3777/ Ji. _** [B. 169-216. 225-288 ? 3743971 *S. [B. 217-247. 289-312. 398-gi2z! D, * [B. (Entire folio text of Volume IV. accessible at Paris from 26 O. 1818. y. I- 56. I- 64. 413-430. My. 1821. [B. 57-112, 65-128. gepdhe. tM EB. 113-176. 129-224. got~g8o. ¥. 1822. [B. 177-236. 225-304. g81a—gg8. Je. “* [B. 237-338. 305-332.43 > ggga—s2. Mr. 1823. [B. VI. 1-108. I- 72. 513-522? Ap. * [B. 109-176. 73-168. 523-5977 Au. “ [B. 177-236. 169-240. 578-552? Jan. 1824. [B. 9 ee a 241-320. 553-509? Ap. “ [B. 301-360. 321-392! 570-585? Au. “ [B. 361-420. 393-542. 586-6007 5S. ** [B. ; VIL. 1- 48! 1- 56. éor-6r15/ N. “ [B. 49-112. 57-144. 616-6701 DD. [B. 113-176. 145-224. 631-645 / F. 1825. = [B. 177-236. 225-296. 646-659 bis! My. “ [B. 237-296. 297-376. 660-677! Je. “ [B. 397-356. 377-448. 674-690! Jl. * [B. 357-399. 449-506. 6gr-yoo! N. “. B. ts Deh rah Ded af tat ay Ph taf a Pah a Pah ayy lad a Se Su a El i Big eh 597 The following résumé is intended merely as an aid to those who may wish to determine quickly the probable date of publica- Consequently all details of title- pages, repeated plates, etc., are omitted. Data which seem to me certain beyond a reasonable doubt are indicated by an exclamation point (!), while a mark of interrogation (?) accompanies those The unmarked data are chiefly strong 3 F.J 11 My.] 31 Au. ] 3 My.] 13 D.] 28 F.j 6 Je.J 30.) 13 F.] 17 J.J 27 N.] 11 Mr.] 15 Ap. ] 27 My. } 22 Jl.) 16 S.J 24 D.] 26 My.] 29 S.] 22 Fut 29 Je.J 22 Mr. } 19 Ap.] 30 Au.] 24 Ja.] 24 Ap.] 21 Au. | 48.] 13 N.] 25 D.] 19 F.] 14 My.] 18 Je.] 30 J.J 3D.J 598 BARNHART: DATES OF THE NovA GENERA There is little doubt that the first two fascicles were dated “1815,” and that fascicle 10 was dated “‘1818”’; and it is not certain that these fascicles were not actually issued before the close of those years. In fact, all of the dates under which notices appeared in the “ Bibliographie de la France” may be as much as six or eight weeks later than the actual publication of the fascicles. TARRYTOWN. N. Y. : The Polyporaceae of North America, 1, The Genus Ganoderma * By WiLtiaAm ALPHONSO MURRILL It is evident, even to the beginner in mycology, that the present classification of the higher fungi is not satisfactory. This is par- ticularly true of the group containing Polyporus and its allies, which is at present very imperfectly divided into genera, and con- tains many species which are confused and uncertain, because of _the incompleteness of the original descriptions. Before the group can be reduced to order, full descriptions must be had of all its Species, the type specimens in Sweden, England, Germany, and elsewhere must be examined, and sufficient knowledge gained of the life and habits of each plant to determine its natural position in the group. In this paper an attempt is made to present in order the members of the “ /ucidus” group of Polyporus occurring in North America. A large number of the specimens examined have been collected during several years past by Professor Lucien M. Underwood, and by various contributors to his private herba- rium. The extensive literature and large collections of the New York Botanical Garden and Columbia University have also been Most generously placed at the writer’s disposal. I desire also to express my appreciation of the many courtesies €xtended me by Professor Paul Magnus, Mr. P. Hennings, Pro- fessor Kjellman, Professor T. M. Fries, Professor H. Von Post, Mr. Lars Romell, Mr. W. B. Hemsley, Mr. George Massee and others, while studying forms of this group in Germany, Sweden, and England. HisToRY OF THE GENUS The Species upon which this genus was founded was first described in its immature form as an agaric, but when perfect Specimens were obtained it was placed in Boletus, a genus es- tablished by Dillenius in 1719 to include all pore-bearing fungi, ~ later adopted by Linnaeus, although Micheli had erected * Read by invitation before the Botanical Society of America, Pittsburg, June, - 1902, 599 600 Murritt: THE Po_yporACEAE OF NorTH AMERICA the genus Polyporus as early as 1729. Polyporus was used by Persoon in his Synopsis only as a subgenus under Boletus, from which position it was later raised by Fries to equal rank — with Boletus and made to include the woody forms of pore- bearing fungi. In 1851, Fries tried the experiment of breaking Polyporus wp into Fomes, Polystictus, and Poria, a division which, though discontinued in his later works was resurrected by Cooke in his Praecursores in 1885 and adopted by Saccardo and others since. When a systematic arrangement of the Polyporaceae of Fin- land was undertaken by Karsten (Rev. Mycol. 1881), one of the new genera established was Ganoderma, which was based upon the laccate character of pileus and stipe and embraced Polyporus lucidus only. In Karsten’s “ Finlands Basidsvampar ” published in 1889, Ganoderma is characterized as follows : ‘‘ Basiderna 4- sporiga, n. klotrunda, cystiderna icke anmarknings varda. 5p0- rerna aggrunda eller elliptiska, vartiga, gulbrunaktiga.”’ Although no mention is here made of the laccate pileus and stipe, N° other species are included with G. /ucidum in the genus. As am synonym of Ganoderma, Karsten here mentions Placodes Quél., which genus was erected in 1886 to include a variety of forms which were “covered with a hard crust, without zones or concen- trically sulcate, persistent, woody.” Along with P. luctdus in one of the subdivisions are placed also P. dryadeus, P. resinosus, P. erubescens, and P. helveolus, The transfer of G. Jucidum from Ganoderma Karst. to Phaeoports Schroet. in Schroeter’s flora of Silesia was a violation of modern principles and consequently could not meet with general favor. In 1887, Patouillard, following the lead of Quélet, extended the range of Ganoderma to include all forms of Polyporaceae with colored spores, adhering tubes and shining crusted pilei ; and in 1889 he published a partial monograph of the genus as extended, listing forty-eight species, which were arranged in subgroups upon spore characters, As to the wisdom of so broad a treatment of we genus mycologists appear to be divided. The following synoPs” includes only those species which, while essentially alike in interna structure, possess a shining varnished surface produced by exudation and hardening of a reddish juice similar to that found G. pseudoboletus, MourritL: THe PoryporaceaE or Nortu America 601 Synopsis of the North American Species 1. Context pallid to tawny. Pie * Context umbrinous-chestnut, 5. 2. Spores over 6 1 long, verrucose, ferruginous. SS Spores less than 6 long, smooth, pale ; pileus less than 3 cm. broad, margin en- tire ; tubes not stratified. 4. G. parvulum. 3- Context ochraceous to fulvous; plants stipitate or sessile, growing on deciduous ees, 4. Context pallid; plants usually stipitate, annual, growing on hemlock. 1. G. ¢sueae. 4. Plants stipitate, or rarely sessile, perennial ; margin of pileus truncate at maturity. 2. G. pseudoboletus, Plants sessile, annual ; margin of pileus acute. 3. G. sessile, 5. Spores smooth, pale yellowish-brown. 6. Spores roughly echinulate, dark brown ; pileus sessile, very thick, its diameter decreasing downward ; context less than one third the length of the tubes. 5. G. Ocrstedii. 6. Pileus zonate, even; tubes not stratified. 6. G. zonatum. Pileus sulcate, azonate ; tubes stratified. 7. G. sulcatum. 1. Ganoderma tsugae sp. nov. A conspicuous reddish-chestnut fungus growing on dead or dying hemlock. Pileus corky to woody, fan-shaped, convex above, concave below, 4-20 X 5~25 x I-4 cm.;* surface gla- brous, uneven, concentrically sulcate, laccate, lustrous, yellowish- ted to mahogany-colored, at length black ; margin light-yellow, acute, becoming concolorous, truncate, and marked with many Shallow furrows, often undulate and at times more or less lobed: Context soft-corky, radiate-fibrous, white or nearly so, I-3 cm. thick ; tubes annual, 0.5—0.75 cm. long, 6-4 to a mm., brown Within, mouths circular or polygonal, white to light-cinnamon, €dges obtuse, becoming acute: spores ovoid, obtuse at the Summit, attenuate and truncate at the base, verrucose, yellowish- Own, 9-11 x 6-8 p: stipe lateral, ascending, frequently forked, cylindrical, equal, 2-20 x 1-4 cm., resembling the pileus in color, surface and context. This fungus occurs only on 7suga Canadensis, wpon the decay- ing trunks and roots of which it is very abundant. In West Vir- ginia and New York it has been found full grown as early as June, but it may not reach maturity until autumn, when it speedily de- * These figures indicate length, breadth and thickness respectively. When the stipe 4s lateral the pileus is an outgrowth from it and length is measured in the direction of “Ss growth. . When the pileus is sessile, the tubercle marking the beginning of growth May be considered a lateral stipe much reduced. When the question of length is i Settled, breadth and thickness need no explanation. 602 Murritt: THe PoLtyporAcEAE OF NortH AMERICA cays or falls a prey to insects. So subject is it to insect attack that recognizable specimens are rare in the herbarium. As its ordinary host is confined to America, there is no reference to it in European literature, unless the plants found on Picea excelsa by Karsten in Sweden belong here rather than with G. pseudoboletus. Extensive collections of various forms of this species were made by Professor Underwood at Syracuse, N. Y., in July 1884, and at West Goshen, Conn., August 1896. Miss A. M. Vail brought specimens from Tyringham, Mass., in August 1897." Professor G. F. Atkinson has figured the species in plate 66 of his work on mushrooms. Wherever the hemlock grows it appears to be common, It is nearly related to G. pseudoboletus, but is annual, grows on coniferous trees, decays soon after maturity, and is usually much lighter in weight and paler in substance. 2. Ganoderma pseudoboletus (Jacq. ) Agaricus pseudoboletus Jacq. Flor. Austr. 1: 26-27. pl. 44. 1773. Boletus rugosus Jacq. Flor. Austr. 2: 44. pl. 169. 1774: Boletus lucidus Leyss. Flora Halensis, 300. 1783. Boletus obliquatus Bull. Herb. de la France, f/. 7. 1789: pl. 459. 1790. Polyporus lucidus Fries, Syst. Myc. 1: 353. 1821. Polyporus laccatus Pers. Myc. Eur. 2: 54. 1825. Polyporus Curtisti Berk. Kew Gard. Misc. 1: 101. 1849. A large fungus common on decaying trunks and stump® of deciduous trees conspicuous on occount of its brilliant varnia appearance. Pileus corky to woody, usually kidney-shape¢, convex above, concave below, 2-20 x 2-25 x I-5 cm., yellow to reddish-chestnut or black; surface glabrous, shining, laccate, broadly sulcate and usually marked with concentric lines oF bands of a darker color; margin white or light yellow, sterile, eee acute, becoming truncate, sulcate, and concolorous as new stra : are added ; context soft-corky or woody, radiate-fibrous, cone” trically banded, ochraceous above, tawny next to the hymen tubes one- to many-layered, the strata varying in distinctnes® 0.5-2 cm. long, 3-5 to a mm., brown within ; mouths circular © hemlock eorge, iD * During the summer of 1902 fine specimens have been collected in the grove of the New York Botanical Garden by Messrs. Burnham and G Connecticut by Miss White, and in Ohio by Professor A. D. Selby. MurriLL: THe Potyporacear or NortH AMERICA 603 hexagonal, white or yellow, at length brown, dissepiments entire, obtuse, becoming acute : spores ovoid, obtuse, at the summit, at- tenuate and truncate at the base, yellowish-brown, verrucose, gQ-It X 5-6: stipe lateral, excentric, central, or wanting, erect to as- cending, 0-30 x 0.5-4 cm., equal, irregular, or enlarging above, concolorous, glabrous, shining, laccate, the substance similar to the context and darker at the center. On living or dead trunks, stumps, or roots of oak, alder, hazel, maple, willow, honey-locust, sweet-gum, and beech in Sweden, Germany, Bavaria, France, England, America and Australia. American material has been examined from New York, New Jersey, Delaware, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Kentucky, Michigan, Vir- ginia, North Carolina, South Carolinia, Georgia, Florida, Alabama, Mexico, and Nicaragua. This fungus has been found fossil in the lake dwellings of Switzerland and has been known for a long time on account of its conspicuous coloring caused by a thick glutinous juice which ex- udes from its surface and dries upon it as a thin lustrous coating, Albino or semi-albino forms occur where the coating is lacking or incomplete. In age the varnish disappears and the pileus takes on @ grayish weather-beaten appearance. As the young pileus begins to form at the end of the stipe it is white or yellow in color with- out varnish and somewhat resembles an unexpanded agaric. It is this stage that Jacquin figured and described in his Flora Aus- triaca as Agaricus pseudoboletus, Several immature plants were found by him in a grove growing about the base of a dead oak trunk. The description he gives is quite a good one and, taken with the fine colored plate, leaves no doubt as to the identity of the specimens. The succeeding year he collected several mature Plants which he described as Boletus rugosus as follows :— “Fungus speciosus putridis arborum truncis innascitur, totus lignoso-coriaceus . persistens, Stipes durus, inaequalis, badius, vernice veluti obductus, calamum ve Policem crassus ratione_voluminis ipsius fungi, pileum gerit plerumque subdimidiatum, dum laterali ejusdem parti adnecitur. Hic superne planus est, rugosus primum, ex Tubro badius et nitidissimus, tandem hepaticus minusque nitens. Corticis pauca Substantia est interne coriacea, holoserisea, cinnamomea, tenax atque ad fomitem 4pta. Substantia tubulosa concolor, crassa, a corticosa separabilis, subtilissime Potosa ; subtus punctata, in principio pallens, sensim magis ciaameniens ad cibum inepta. Fungi duo, ex eodem loco exorti, et majores, ie tabula proponentets hine atque illiuc spectati. Tum fungulus minor; et fungi pars, ut pateant in- ~ teriora.”’ 604 Murritt: THe PotyporAcCEAE oF NorrH AMERICA The specimen upon which Leysser’s Boletus ucidus is founded was collected by Curtis on a decaying hazel stump near London in November, 1780, and figured in Flora Londinensis, 4: pl. 224. Leysser’s description is as follows :— “ Boletus lucidus stipitatus, pileo coriaceo castaneo lucido sulcis circularibus, poris minutissimis, albis, stipite laterali.” Specimens collected by Rev. M. A. Curtis in South Carolina seemed to Berkeley sufficiently distinct from Leysser’s plant to constitute a new species, which he thus describes in Kew Garden Misc. 1: 101. 1849 :— **Pileus excentric, soft-corky, sulcate, zonate, ochroleucous, in places sanguine- lacquered ; stipe elongated, rugose, sanguine-lacquered; hymenium from ease ochraceous, pores punctiform.’’ A special study of many specimens called Polyporus Curtisu Berk. shows them to be only variations of G. pseudoboletus due to age, rapidity of growth, and perhaps to differences in the host. The yellowish form so common in the southern part of the United States is figured by Bulliard and Gillet as also occurring in France, while farther north the color is usually darker and more lustrous, the texture firmer, and the hymenium less stratose. These differ- ences are not sufficiently constant, however, to enable one to separate the forms geographically. : Another interesting variation observed by Langlois in Low. siana is so distinct from the ordinary form of the plant that it might easily deceive the skilled mycologist. Specimens in the Underwood herbarium have the stipe exactly central, the pileus very even and thin, at first deeply infundibuliform with white margin, at length becoming nearly plane, reddish-brown, and pol- ished, with the margin concolorous. 3. Ganoderma sessile sp. nov. A large sessile plant, with wrinkled varnished cap and i margin, found on decaying deciduous trees. Pileus corky woody, dimidiate, sessile, imbricate or connate at times, conchate, thickest behind, thin at the margin, 5-15 x 7-25 x I-3 ae yellow to reddish-chestnut, at length opaque dark brown, suriay glabrous, _laccate, shining, radiate-rugose, concentricall cate, usually marked near the margin with alternating bay 4° tawny zones; margin very thin and acute, usually curved down- Mourritt: THE PoLyporacEAE oF NortH AMERICA 605 ward, often undulate, not becoming truncate, white, at length con- colorous: context soft-corky or woody, radiate-fibrous, concen- trically banded, ochraceous-fulvous ; tubes 0.5—2 cm. long, 5-3 to amm., brown within, mouths circular or angular, white to gray- ish-brown, edges thin, entire: spores ovoid, obtuse at the summit, attenuate and truncate at the base, verrucose, yellowish-brown, 9— Il x 6-8 yp. This species occurs on deciduous trees and has the general habit of G. pseudoboletus, from which it differs in being annual and Sessile, with a very acute margin and a more rugose surface. So far as I have been able to determine, it does not occur in Europe, and has not yet been figured. Specimens have been collected by Professor L. M. Underwood on decaying oak at Greencastle, Ind., Oct. 1894, and lat White Plains, N. Y., May 1897, and on dead Sycamore at Fort Lee, N. J., May 1899, and March Igol. Plants collected by Morgan in the Miami Valley, Ohio, Dec. 1894, were placed under G. pseudoboletus and referred to in the following note: “As it grows in this region, the stipe is always more or less deformed and often wanting; the pilei, when sessile, are sometimes imbricated and connate.” In Dec, 1896, it was found by C. F. Baker, at Auburn, Ala., and in Nov. 1897, Rev. A. B. Langlois collected it near St. Martinsville, La., on decaying logs in low woods and marked it “ Perhaps a form of F. /uctdus ?”’ Miss Sadie F. Price has recently sent to the New York Botanical Garden from Bowling Green, Ky., two specimens of this plant collected on oak in Nov. 1gor, and Feb. 1902. Specimens sent to Kew by American collectors are included there under G. pseu- doboletus. 4. Ganoderma parvulum sp. nov. A very small sessile fungus shining bay above and honey- yellow below. Pileus woody, nearly circular in outline, attached Y 4 point, convex above, plane or convex below, thickest behind, *%X 2.5 x 1 cm.; surface glabrous, laccate, azonate, slightly tuber- cular, very lightly marked with a few concentric furrows, margin _ acute: context soft-woody, pale ochraceous, 0.5 cm. thick, with ‘ark horny radiations from the point of attachment : tubes not Stratified, 3 mm. long, 5 to a mm., umbrinous within, mouths Poly gonal, honey-yellow, dissepiments entire, obtuse : spores sub- a globose, smooth, pale yellowish-brown, 4 X 5 /. : oe Collected by C. L. Smith in Nicaragua during the winter of 606 Murritt: THE PoLtyporRACEAE OF NortH AMERICA 1891-1892. This beautiful little plant is closely related in habit and general appearance to the American species of Ganoderma occurring farther north, but it is of much smaller size and its spores are quite distinct in form, size and color. It is possible that the specimens I have are not quite mature. 5. Ganoderma Oerstedii (Fries) Polyporus Oerstedi Fries, Nov. Sym. 63. 1851. Pileus reniform, ungulate-applanate, gibbous at the base, a foot in diameter ; surface horny-incrusted, very glabrous, adorned with shallow furrows, which almost disappear with age, shining reddish chestnut becoming almost black ; margin very obtusely truncate and marked with concentric furrows, the upper annual growths exceeding the lower; context partly hard and horny and partly floccose, umbrinous next to the tubes, more tawny beneath the cuticle, very thin in older specimens, the tubes forming the prin- cipal part of the pileus: tubes contiguous and hence indistinctly stratified, 3-5 cm. long, umbrinous within, mouths lighter in color, dissepiments entire, obtuse: spores broadly ellipsoid, truncate, very dark yellowish-brown, abundantly and roughly echinulate, Il xX Oy. Two imperfect specimens of this plant are in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, one collected by C. L. Smith in Nicaragua, and the other by C. T. Townsend on an orange tree in Jamaica. These specimens, while corresponding with the Friesian types at Upsala, hardly justify any considerable departure from the Friesian description. * 6. Ganoderma zonatum sp. nov. A soft laccate fungus of medium size marked with numerous tawny and chestnut-colored zones. Pileus very soft-corky, S€S~ sile, dimidiate, applanate or convex above, concave below, g!4- brous, zonate, not sulcate, 5 x 7 x 1.5 cm.; margin velvety, acute, becoming obtuse and concolorous: context very soft, floccos®, radiate-fibrous, concentrically banded, 0.5 cm. thick, chocolate brown: hymenium velvety, not stratose, tubes I cm. long, 3-4 ad a mm., umbrinous within ; mouths white to umbrinous, regular, polygonal, stuffed at first with whitish material, covered 0.5~? vars from the margin with yellowish or reddish varnish ; dissepimen® entire, obtuse to acute: spores elongated ellipsoid, smooth, p4 yellowish-brown, 8-10 x 4-6 p. MurriLL: THe PoLtyporacEAE oF NortH AMERICA 607 Collected by Professor Underwood in Florida. Closely re- lated to G. sudcatum, but differing in general appearance, size of pores, and in the extent and arrangement of varnish upon the hy- menium. A similar coating of varnish exists in G. sudcatum and G. pseudoboletus at times, but in neither of these has it been found as a broad distinct marginal band. This band is sometimes split by the growth of the margin and a zone of pores appears between the two laccate portions. Additional material may reveal the ex- istence of intermediate forms connecting this species with G. su/- catum. 7. Ganoderma sulcatum sp. nov. A large sessile plant without zones, but marked with a few conspicuous concentric furrows. Pileus corky, dimidiate, sessile or arising from a lateral tubercle, plane or convex above, thickest behind, 8 x 11 x 2 cm.; surface laccate, glabrous, azonate, fulvous to chestnut, deeply sulcate ; margin rounded, velvety, ochroleu- cous, at length concolorous: context very soft, floccose, radiate- fibrous, concentrically banded, 1 cm. thick, umbrinous-chestnut : tubes indistinctly stratified, 1.25 cm. long, 4-5 to a mm., umbri- nous within, mouths whitish or yellowish, at length umbrinous, dissepiments entire, obtuse ; spores ellipsoid, pale yellowish-brown, smooth, 8-10 x 4-6 yp. This plant was collected on soft palmetto logs in Florida by Mr. C. G. Lloyd, January, 1897; type in New York Botanical Garden. It is very nearly related to G. zonatum. SPECIES INQUIRENDAE Fomes incrustatus Fries, collected in Costa Rica by Oersted. Pileus 5-7 cm. broad, sordid umbrinous, laccate : context scanty, Pallid, tubes concolorous ; stipe central, torulose, unequal. This Species was not transferred by Patouillard to the genus Gano- derma, G. nutans (Fries) Pat., also collected by Oersted in Costa Rica. Pileus scarcely 2 cm. broad, orbicular, pallid to bay-black, lac- Cate ; context scanty, pallid, pores pallid to brown ; stipe long, Slender, twisted as though climbing, recurved at the apex, giving the pileus the appearance of nodding; spores ovoid, brown, _ &chinulate, 12-15 X 104. Specimens seen in foreign herbaria appear to be very distinct. | Fries’ description in Novae Symbolae 61-62 is quite full and can- 608 Murritt: THe PoLyPpoRAcEAE oF NortH AMERICA not be improved upon at this time on account of lack of material for critical study. G. nitens (Fries.) Pat. On trunks in tropical America. Pileus large, sessile, semiglobose, chestnut to black, shining, hanging by a process behind ; context umbrinous, tubes very long and slender. It is quite possible that this is not a distinct species. G. neglectum Pat. Pileus sessile, 8-10 cm. broad, reddish- black, shining; context brown, tubes white, very short ; spores globose, yellow, roughly echinulate, 11 — 12 4. On trunks in Nicaragua, New York Cry. Index to recent Literature relat ng to American Botany Abrams, L. R. New or little known Southern California Plants. Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 1: 67-69. 1 Je. 1902. New species and subspecies in Azbes, Heuchera and Castilleja (2). Allen, E.T. The western Hemlock. Bull. U.S. Dept. Agric. (For- estry) 33: 1-55. p/. 1-12 +f. 1-5. 1902. Account of Tiuga heterophylla with list of trees of Oregon and Washington, pp. 54, 55. Andrews, L, F lowering Plants and higher Cryptogams growing upon the Summit of Meriden Mountain. Rep. Board of Education of State of Conn. 1901: 349-357. Ig0T. List of 287 species, Ashe, W. W. New East American Thorns. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 18: 17-28. 1902. Sixteen species proposed as new. Bacon, A. E. Anagallis arvensis and caerudea in Vermont. Rhodora, 4: 185,186. S. 1902. Beal, W. J. Ashort History of the Botanical Department and Re- Port of the Exercises of the Laying of the Corner Stone of the Bo- tanical Laboratory. 8vo. 1-37. Lansing, 1893. Beardslee, H. C. Notes on the Amanitas of the southern Appala- chians. Part I. Subgenus Amanitopsts. 1-5. pl. I-}. S. 1903. (Published by Lloyd Library). Beardslee, H.C. Boletus Betula. Mycological Notes, 10: 97, 98. SF. 57, 58. §. 1902. Bessey, E. A. Seeds and Plants (Inventory). Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry), 5: 1-79. 18 Ja. 1902. Bissell, C. H. & Andrews, L. Flora of the Town of Southington, Conn., and its Vicinity. 8vo. 1-118. 1902. List of 1,200 species with stations. (Braunton, E.] Pilocereus Schottii. Cal. Horiculturist, 1: 17. Ja. ‘902, [Illust.] unton, E.] Distribution of Cacti in the United States. Cal. Floriculturist, i: 88, ¥g9. Ja. r903. Te Burin, T. J. & Blair, J.C. Bitter Rot of Apples. Bull. Ill. Agric. 7 ont Exp. Sta. 77: 351-366. Jl. rgo2. [Illust.] ee 609 610 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Bush, B. F. The North American Species of 7riodia. ‘Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 12: 64-77. p/. 10, rz. 9 Je. 1902. Bush, B. F. The North American Species of Chaerophylium,. ‘Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 12: 57-63. 9 Je. 1902. Chaerophyllum reflexum sp. nov. Chamberlain, E. B. Audacomnium heterostichum from Maine. Rho- - dora, 4: 169. Au. 1902. Christ, H. Spicilegium Pteridologicum Austro-Brasiliense. Bull. Herb. Boissier, Il. 2: 545-560. 30 My. 1902; 633-650. 3° Je. 1902 ; 689-708. 31 Jl. Igoz. New species and varieties in Doryopteris (2), Pteris (2), Blechnum, Asplenium, Diplazium, Aspidium (2), Phegopteris, Oleandra, Cystopteris, Cyathea, Alsophila Gleichenia, Aneimia (7), and Lycopodium (7). Collier, A. J. Notes on the Vegetation. Reconnaissances in the Cape Nome and Norton Bay Regions, Alaska, in 1900. 164-174. 1907: Preliminary list of plants of the region. Collins, F.S. An Algologist’s Vacation in eastern Maine. Rhodora, 4: 174-179. S. 1902. Collins, J. F. Distinctive Features of /ris Hookeri. Rhodora, 4° 179, 180. pl. 399. S. 1902. Copeland, E.B. Two Fern Monstrosities. Bot. Gaz. 34: 142-144 J-I-5§. 21 Au. 1902. Dandridge, D. Shrubs in August. Garden, 62: 150, 151. 3° Au. 1902. Davenport, G. E. Notes on New England Ferns. Rhodora, 4: 157~ 166. Au. rgo2. Discusses the validity of the genus Vephrodium. Delabarre, E.B. Report of the Brown-Harvard Expedition to ar vak, Labrador, in the Year 1900. Bull. Geog. Soc. Phila. 3: 65- 212. Ap. 1902. Includes list of plants, pp. 177-201. (Dickens, A.] Grapes. Bull. Kan. Agric. Exp. Sta. 110: 223-259 Jl. 902. [Illust.] Dietel, P. Bemerkungen iiber Uropyxis und verwandte Rostpilzgat tungen. Hedwigia (Beiblatt), 41: (107)-(113)- 23 Je. 1902: Driggs, A.W. Notes on the Flora of Connecticut. Rep. Board © Education of State of Conn. 1901: 328-348. 1901- Gives various additions to state catalogue of 1895. INDEX TO REcENT LITERATURE 611 Earle, F.S. Some Fungi from Porto Rico. Muhlenbergia, 1: 10- ao... Jl. 1901. Includes new species in Me/iola (4), AMelanospora, Endothia, Guignardia, Lem- bosia, Cercospora, Cercosporidium (gen. nov.), Cercosporidium and Aecidium. To which A. A. Heller adds a list of ‘Other Porto Rican Fungi,’’ pp. 18-21. Eastwood, A. New western Plants. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 523- 525. 30 Au. 1902. Includes new species in Castil/cia, Lappula, Corydalis and Campanula | 2). Ellis, H. Mescal: A Study of a divine Plant. Pop. Sci. Monthly, 61: 52-71. My. 1902. Fernald, M.L. Taraxacum palustre in America. Rhodora, 4: 155, 156. Au. 1902. Fernald, M. L. Aster undulatus x Novi-Belgit. Rhodora, 4: 186, 187. S. 1902. A new hybrid. Fox, W.F. A History of the Lumber Industry in the State of New York. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Forestry), 34: 1-59. pi 7-79. I go2, Greene, E. L. Some Phacelia Segregates. Pittonia, 5: 17-23. 9 S. Igo2. Includes several new species, Greene, EL. Segregates of Viola Canadensis. Pittonia, 5: 24-29. 9S. 1902. Includes several new species. Greene, E. L. Some new acaulescent Violets. Pittonia, 5: 29-32. 9S. 1902. Includes several new species. Greene, E.L. New or critical Species of Acer. Pittonia, 5: 1-4. 9S. 1902. Includes six new species. Greene, E.L. A new study of Microseris. Pittonia, 5: 4-16. 9S. 1902, Includes several new species. Greenman, J. M. Monographie der nord- und centralamerikanischen Arten der Gattung Senecio. Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 32: 1-33. ? ne Igo2. but, A. J. Notes on Vermont Mosses. Rhodora, 4: 180-183. 8. Igo2. 612 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Hansen, G. Lilium pardalinumand L. Humbolti. Gard. Chron. IIL. 32: 36. 19 Jl. 1902. Harris, J. A. Normal and teratological Thorns of Gleditschia tria- canthos L. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 11: 215-222. pl. 21-25. 24 D. tgor. Harshberger, J. W. How Fungi gain Entrance to living Trees. Forest Leaves, 8: 88-91. D. 1gor. Heald, F. D. The Electrical Conductivity of Plant Juices. Bot. Gaz. 34: 81-92. f. 7-2. 21 Au. 1902. Heller, A.A. Nomina nuda. Muhlenbergia, 1: 24-26. 9 Au. 1901. Heller, A. A. Four southwestern Plants. Muhlenbergia, 1: 27—-29- - g Au. Igor. New species in Draba, Petalostemon and Vernonia. Heller, A. A. Some Inaccuracies—I. Muhlenbergia, 1: 30. 9 AU. Igol. Hennings, P. Fungi S. Paulenses. I. a Cl. Puttemans collecti. Hed- wigia, 41: 104-118. f. a, 6, c. 23 Je. 1902. _ New species in Puccinia (3), Uredo (4), Dimerosporium, Asterina (2), Aster idium (3), Lycosphaerella (2), Phylladron (4), Dothidella, Auerswaldia, Ps seudo- Sraphis, Cocconia ? Puttemansia (gen. nov.), Phyllosticta (3), Ascochyta, phe”) Opstsy Diplodia (2), Pseudo-melasmia (gen. nov.), Pestalozzia (3), Tetracrium (gen. nov,), Periconia, Helminthosporium, Cercospora (4), Macrosporium, and Epicoccum. Hennings, P. Fungi Costaricenses. I. a Cl. Dr. H. Pittier Mis. Hedwigia (Beiblatt), 41: (100)-(105). 23 Je. 1902. New species in Uromyces, Uredo, Corticium, Pleosphaerulina, Phyllachora (2), Tophrina, Aschersonia, Hainesia, and Triposporium. Hillman, FH. The Seeds of Rescue Grass and Chess. Bull. U- > Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry), 25: 1-4. f 7-3. 1902. Hoffmann, R. Virulence of the wild Parsnip. Rhodora, 4: 188 S. 1902. H{ooker], J.D. Begonia angularis. Curt. Bot. Mag. III. 50: 7842. 1 Ji. 1go2. Native of Brazil. Hfooker], J. D. Heterotoma lobelioides. Curt. Bot. Mag. Ul. 58: FJ. 7849. 1 Au. 1902. Native of Mexico and Guatemala. 8: H[ooker], J.D. Gelsemium sempervirens. Curt. Bot. Mag. IIL. 5 J. 7851. 1 Au. 1902. Native of the southern United States. INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 613 H{ooker], J.D. LZpidendrum Endresii. Curt, Bot. Mag. III. 58: pl. 7855. 1S. 1902, _ Native of Costa Rica. Hopkins,C.G. Alfalfaon Illinois Soil. Bull. Ill. Agric. Ex. Sta. 76: 311-349. Jl. 1902. [Illust.] Jones, L. R. The Pringle and Frost Herbaria. Rhodora, 4: 171- 174. 5S. 1902. Jones, L. R. Field Meeting of the Vermont Botanical Club. Rho- dora, 4: 189, 190. S. 1902. Contains list of plants found near Burlington, Vermont. Jones, M. E. Contributions to Western Botany, No. 10. 1-90. 1 Je. 1902. [Tllust.] Includes a revision of 4//ium and contains several new species. Kingsmill, A. Plants and Flowers in the West Indian Islands. Gar- den, 62: 54,55. 26 Jl. 1902. Klebahn, H. Kulturversuche mit Rostpilzen. Zeitschrift fiir Pflan- zenkr, 12: 17~44. 12 My. 1902; 132-151. 15 Jl. 1902. Leavitt, R.G. Seed Dispersal of Viola rotundifolia. Rhodora, 4: 183, 184. S. 1902. Lee, L. A. Aguilegia Canadensis flavifora in Maine. Rhodora, 4: 169. Au. 1902. Lelong, B. M. Culture of the Cyrus in California. 8vo. 1-267. pi. 1-27 + f. Sacramento, 1902. Lindroth, J. I. Die Umbellifereen-Uredineen. Acta Soc. Faun. et Fl. Fenn. 22: 1-224. 1902. Lloyd, C.G. The Geastrae. 8vo. 1-44. f 7-80. Cincinnati. Je. - Igo2. Includes a new species from Florida. Lloyd, C. G. Mycological Notes. 81-96. 7/ 47-56. Cincinnati. Ap. 1 go2. Includes Hypocrea (Podocrea) Lioydii, sp. nov. Loew, 0. The Relation of Lime and Magnesia to Plant Growth. I. Liming of Soils from a Physiological Standpoint. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry) 1: 1-35. 4 O. 1901. Macbride, T. H. Notes on the Forest Distribution in Iowa. Proc. Towa Acad. Sci. 3: 96-101. 1896. MacFarlane, W. D. Beitrige zur Anatomie und Entwicklung von Zea Mays (Dissertation). 8vo. 1-79. Gottingen, Ig00. 614 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Mackenzie, K. K. & Rush, B. F. New Plants from Missouri. Trans. Acad, Sci. St. Louis, 12: 78-89. p/. 12-17. 9 Je. 1902. Includes new species and a variety in Muhlenbergia, Lris, Portulaca, Delphinium, Prunus (new comb.), Hypericum, Scutellaria, Physalis (2), Solidugo and Senecio. Mackenzie, K. K., Bush, B. F., ef a/. Manual of the Flora of Jack- son County, Missouri. 8vo, i-xix, 1-241. Kansas City. 1902. Includes brief descriptions of 1,141 species. Macoun, W. T. Notes on the Arboretum and Botanic Garden, Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Can. Ottawa Nat. 16: 123-129. S. 1902. [Masters, M.T.] ayia gaillardioides. Gard. Chron. III. 32: 61. J; 26 Jl. r902. (Masters, M.T.] Phoenix Canariensis in California. Gard. Chron. Ill. 32: 81. f, 2 Au. 1902. May, D. W. The Relation of Lime and Magnesia’ to Plant Growth. II. Experimental Study of the Relation of Lime and Magnesia to Plant Growth. Bull. U.S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry), 1: 37-53: pl. t-3. 4D. 1901. McCallum, W. B. On the Nature of a Stimulus causing the Chane . of Form and Structure in Proserpinaca palustris. Bot. Gaz. 34: : 93-108. f. 1-710. 21 Au. 1902. Meehan, T. Monotropa uniflora. Meehan’s Monthly, 12: 133) 13+ pl. 9. §S. 1902. Moulton, D. H. Annual Meeting of the Josselyn Society. Rhodora, 4: 188, 189. S. 1902. Contains a list of plants found near Machias, Maine. Nelson, E. Notes on certain species of Antennaria. Bot. Gat. 34: 114-124. 21 Au. Igo2. Includes one new subspecies. Nelson, E. The Shrubs of Weta ac. Bull. Wyoming Agric. raed Sta. 54: 1-47. Jl. 1902. {Illust. ] Norton, A. H. New Stations for Pe/tandra and Conopholis in wie Rhodora, 4: 168, 169. Au. 1902. : Nat. Olive, E,W. Monograph of the Acrasieae. Proc. Boston Soc. ‘# Hist. 30: 451-513. p/. 5-8. Au. 1902. fig Olmstead, F. E. A working Plan for Forest Lands neat “ i. Bluff, Arkansas. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Forestry) 32: nade 4 I-9+f. I-9. 1902. INDEX TO Recent LITERATURE 615 Orton, W. A. Some Diseases of the Cowpea. I. The Wilt Disease of the Cowpea and its Control. . Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry), 17: 1-22. pl. r-4+f. 22 Ap. 1902. Pammel, L. H. Some desirable Shrubs for the Lawn. Rep. Iowa State Hort. Soc. 35: 194-196. 1900. Parish, S. B. The southern California Sunflowers. _Cal. Floricul- turist, I: 5. Ja. 1902. [IHust.] Patterson, F. W. A Collection of economic and other Fungi pre- pared for Distribution. Bull. U.S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry) 8 : gt. 3 F. xg02. Perkins, J. Nachtrag zur Monographie der Monimaceae in Engler’s - Pflanzenreich, Heft IV. Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 31: 743-748. 29 Au. Igo2. Includes new species in Mollinedia (3) and Stparuna (3). Perkins, J. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Styracaceae. Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 31: 478-480. 10D. 1901; 481-488. 29 Au. rgoz. Ten new species of Styrax from tropical America. Perkins, J. Monographische Ubersicht der Arten der Gattung Zést- anthus (Gentianaceae). Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 31: 489-494. 29 Au. 1902. Includes three new species from North America. Phelps,C.S. The Soy Bean as a Forage and Seed Crop. Bull. Storrs [Conn.] Agric. Exp. Sta. 22: 1-20. Ap. Igol. Plowright,C.B. The Willow-Melampsorae. Gard. Chron. III. 32: 55, 56. 26 Jl. 1902. Preston, C.E. Peculiar Stages of Foliage in the Genus Acacia. Am. Nat. 36: 727-734. f. 1-10. S. 1902. Purdy, C. A Revision of the Genus Calochortus. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. (Botany) III. 2: 107-158. p/. 15-19. 14 D. Igo!. Includes five new species. Ramaley, F. The Trichome Structures of Zrodium cicutarium. Bot. Gaz. 34: 140-142. f. r-rg. 21 Au. 1902. Ramirez, J. Sinonimia vulgar y cientifica de las Plantas Mexicanas. _ 4to. 1-157. Mexico, 1902. Reed, H. S, _A Survey of the Huron River Valley. I. The Ecology _ Of aglacial Lake. Bot. Gaz. 34: 125-139. f.i-g. 21 Au. 1902. 616 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Rich, W. P. Juncus Torreyi and Ellisia Nyctelea in Massachusetts. Rhodora, 4: 170. Au. 1902, Sargent, C.S. Additions to the Flora of Massachusetts. Rhodora, 4: 166, 167. Au. 1902. Schneider, A. Contributions to the Biology of Rhzzobia. I. Rhizo- dium mutabile in artificial Culture Media. Bot. Gaz. 34: 109-I13« pl. zr. 21 Au. Igo2. Schott, P. C. Anatomische Bau der Blatter der Gattung Quercus (Dissertation). 8vo. 1-53. p/. 7-37. Breslau, 1900. Schumann, K. Zchinocactus cylindraceus. Monats. fiir Kakteen- kunde,<12: 122. 15 Au. 1902. _ [Illust. ] Schumann, K. Marantaceae. Das Pflanzenreich, 4: 1-184. sg as 23. 8 Jl. 1902. Scofield, C. S. The Algerian Durum Wheats, Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry), 7: 1-48. p/. 7-78. 1902. Scribner, F.L. Records of Seed Distribution and Codperative Exper: ments with Grasses and Forage Plants. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry), 10: 1-23. 1902. Selby, A. D. The Prevention of Onion Smut. Bull. Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. 131: 47-51. Ja. 1902. Selby, A.D. & Hicks, J.F. Spraying Grape Rot, The Relation of Grape Spraying to Public Health, Bull. Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. 13°: 29-46. Ja. Ig02. Shaw, E. L. Carex aurea in Connecticut. Rhodora, 4: 168. Au. 1902. Shinn, C. H. Experiments with deciduous Fruits. Bull. Cal. Agric Exp. Sta. 141: 1-48. Je. 1902. [[llust.] Shinn, J.T. unularia cruciata ‘in Fruit.’’ Torreya, 2: 124. 7 Au. 1902. Slosson, M. The Origin of Asplenium ebenoides. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 487-495. f. 1-7. 30 Au. 1902. Solms-Laubach, H. Graf zu. Rafflesiaceae. Das Pflanzenreich, 4”: I-19. f. 1-73. 5 N. 1901. Solms-Laubach, H. Graf zu. Hydnoraceae. Das Pflanzenreich, 4": 1-9. f. 1-5. 5 N. 1901. PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 1. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895—18y8. Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. Vol. 2. A Monograph of thé North American Potentilleae (189%). By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00, Vel. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00. Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00, Vol. . 101-125, 1896-1897. Price $5.00. Vol. Vol. Vol. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1go01. Price $5.00. Nos. 176~. 1901—(current). List of separate numbers available on application. 3. A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896. Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y. The Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- barium material for any of the above named publications. Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. City. 4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the outhern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the ro2d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- Son Brown. Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2 642 Pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating every Species described. ee Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, 9-00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10.00. a 5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) rgc0. By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, (896-. : Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt Co. New York, Price $1.00. : . M Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- Cod, Professor of Botany, 1896-. c Duodecimo, 236 eae ii plates. Published by Henry Holt & 0. Price $1.50. 7A ah bck of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-- — g__ Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations, Published by Longmans, _ Green & Co. New York. Price $3.00. oI AUR & Z & UNDERWOOD’S Moulds, Mildews and Mushrooms. A Guide to the Systematic Study of the Fungi and Mycetozoa and their Literature. [Illustrated with ten heliotype plates, one colored. By Lucien M. UNDERWOOD. 12mo. Pp. 236. Price $1.50 x7. Contains synopses of the genera of fleshy and parasitic fungi, with historical sketch of the study of mycology in America, and copious references to the literature of the subject. Sufficiently technical for accuracy, but intended to enable the novice to recognize the systematic position of the ordinary fungi of fields and woods. Particular attention is paid to the edible species. HENRY HOLT & CoO., 29 West 23d Street, NEW YORK. Red eS Back numbers of the BULLETIN OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLus wanted to complete files, as follows: Vol. 7 (1880) Nos. 1, 9. Vol. 14 (1887) Nos, 1, 2. Vol. 8 (1881) Nos. 2, 10, 11. Vol. 15 (1888) any numbers. Vol. 9 (1882) Nos. 1, 5. Vol. 16. (1889) Nos. 3, 4- Vol. 11 (1884) Nos. 1, 2, 3 Vol. 17 (1890) Nos.(4 8, 9, 10 12 Vol. 12 (1885) Nos, 1, 2, 3, Vol. 18 (1891) No. I. Contributions of duplicate numbers requested of members of the Club. Other possessing numbers invited to state prices, ADDRESS TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB, ColLumBiA UNiveRsITY, NEW YORK ciry- 3) ha Lichens of Southern California FOR SALE in Sets of 100 Species, at $10.00 per Set, each containing typical Pacific and also about 20 New Species. Address Dr. H. E, HASIE, Soldiers’ Home, Los Angeles Co., Californis- WET AND DRY Cryptogamic and Phaenogamic PLANT MATERIAL coliected and preserved especially ~Ore: CLASS SW a. Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Glasses and Slides, Forceps, Scalpels and Needles. “Laboratory Note Book” of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., Pror. D. T. MacDouaat, fedford Park, New York City. ,,,4 timely book of r2 chapters dealing with the special senses of plants, development of irrita- bility, Compass plants, sensitive plants, effects of cold, growth of leaves, significance of color, com- parison of plants and animals, etc.,in a non-technical manner. Original illustrations, interesting, comprehensive and thoroughly modern. Printed on enamelled paper, 30 illustrations, 242 +8 pages- marginal sub-titles, Handsomely bound in cloth. Postpaid, $1 25. : Send orders to Dr. D. T. MacDoucat, Bedford Park, New York City, or to Morris AnD WIL- Son, University Book Store, Minneapolis, Minn, COMMENTS. fi It is a collection of delightfully written essays on certain of the more important and interesting atures of li ving plants in the broadest sense. ‘The facts set forth are in all cases the latest resulis of ‘Avestigationin the various lines, and the language is simple and non-technical.—P/ant World. book will make an admirable addition to the scientific alcove of every pttlic library.—Prof. C. E. Bessry. h It is an interesting volume to all who care to know what science has recently discovered in the Physiology and pathology of the vegetable kingdom.—New York World. 8 me ang A Text-Book of General Lichenology With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern United States. By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M.S., M.D. The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their orphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. € Octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80 ; in cloth, $4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application. PUBLISHED BY WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghamton, N.Y. Rs Sign a “FLORA DE FILIPINAS”’— Blanco. Edition de Luxe. 4 folio vols. text (Latin and Spanish on the same page). 2 vols (480) beautifully colored, lithographed plates. Published at Manila, 1877-1883—Ed. Vidal. Price reduced from $320 to $200; handsomely bound. — Positively only New Copies Available! (See ‘‘ The Inhabitants of the Philippines,” page 62). ELLA P. AMILON, N. E. Cor 19th and Chestnut Streets, Philadelphia, Pa. PUBLICATIONS The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- taining notes, news and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- bers of the Garden. To others, 10 cents a copy; $1.00 a year. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. I, 1900, viii + 213 pp. Vol. II, 1901, viii + 204 pp. Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying the results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Vol. I, Nos, 1-5, 449 PP 3 maps, and 12 plates, 1896-1900. $3.00. No. 6, 232 pp., 20 plates. Free to members of the Garden; to others, 50 cents. Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden, Vol. 1. An Annotated Cat- alogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone Park, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of the museums. An arrangement and critical discussion of A Pteridophytes and Phanerogams of the region with notes from the author’s field ee and including descriptions of 163 new species. ix + 492 pp. Roy. 8vo, with de- tailed map. Price to members of the Garden, $1.00. To others, $2.00. , [Not offered in exchange. ] _ Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of om nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from Jourm other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. No. 1. Symbiosis and Saprophytism, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. No. 2. New Species from western United States, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 3. The dichotomous Panicums: some new Species, by Geo. V. Nash. No. 4. Delphinium Carolinianum and related Species, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 5. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—I, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 6. Notes and Descriptions of North American Plants I and II, by Dr. j.K. Small. No. 7. Vegetative Reproduction and Multiplication in Erythronium, by Fred- erick H. Blodgett. No. 8. Two new Species of Grimmia from Montana, by R. S. Williams. No. 9. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—II, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg: No. 10, Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—III, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No, 11. Life-history of Schizea pusilla, by Elizabeth G. Britton and Alexandrina No. 12. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—-IV, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg: No. 13. Farther Studies on the Potentilleae, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No, 14. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—V, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 15. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—VI, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 16. Vanishing Wild Flowers, by Elizabeth G, Britton. No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White. No. 18. Shrubs and Trees of the Southern States, by Dr. J. K. Small. ve No. 19. The American Species of Limncrchis and Piperia, North of Mexico, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 20, The Morphology and Physiology of the Seedlings of Arisaema triphylum and 4. Dracontium, by R. J. Rennert. No. 21. Two new Western Mosses, by R. S. Williams. dberg: No. 22, Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—VII, by Dr. Per Axel Ry All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN pies BRONx PaRK, NEw YORK ESTABLISHED 1851, MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, 205, 207, 209 & 2 Third Ave, Corner of 18th Street. NEW YORK. SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATF OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR E March's Szxline Chemical Stone Ware. Schleicher 4 Schuell’s Chemically Pure and Common Filter Paper. Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- ters (Polariscopes)- Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bas ances, etc. Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co... @ Paris, Platinum. * H. Tronesdorff’s C. P. Chemicals. : _ SPECIALTIES: —Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass- i ware, Porcelain from the Rovai Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem ee ian and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’: Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparatus and Chemicals fot : : Sugar Chemists. LABORATORY OUTFITS eee FOR Ele FERTILIZERS, ASSAYERS, UNIVERSITIES ann COLLEGES _ Gtass-Biowine, Ercuinc, GRINDING AND REPAIRING MEMOIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. A series of technical papers on botanical subjects. Established 1889 Price, — $300 per volume. Separate numbers supplied at following prices which are strictly, net. The Memvirs are not offered in exchange, Volume 1, No. 1—Studies of the Types of various Species of the genus Carex. _ By L. H. Bailey. Price, $1.00. |. + No. 2.-A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts of New ee ans Saas Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. ‘ : » No. 3.—An. Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in _ South America, By Richard Spruce. Price. 75 cents. __ No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. _ Vol. 2, No. 1.—On reserve Food Materials in Buds and surrounding Parts, with two plates. By Byron D. Halsted. (Only Sold with full volumes. ) gare _ No. 2.—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna — Murray Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. _ No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala. By William E, Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. _. Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolina and contiguous Ter- ritory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. (Only with full volumes.) _ No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacez with illustrations of all the species. By Thomas Morong. Price, $2.00. ; 3 No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. — By Henry H. Rusby. Price, so cents. ae >| _ Vol. 4, No. 1.—Index Hepaticarum. Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien M. erwood. Price, 75 cents. re fos No 2.Report on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season 0” 1892. By John K. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, 50 cents. a _ No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang—Il.— By Henry H. Rusby. Price, go cents. Spar No. 4.—Arachis hypogaea. With three plates. By A. S. Pettit. Price, 50 cents. 0. §.—Monograph of Physalis. By P. A. Rydberg. Price, 75 cents. aie ol. 5. List of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North Amer repared by the Botanical Club, A.A. A.S. Price, $3.00. et No, teens Reiteerations of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel By Henry H. Rusby. Price, $1.25. _ = as oA te cate aden CE oct Oe peninees Tsotheciaceae and Brachythecia. _ juvialis). Price, so cents. roe aes Sphaerelia lacustris (Haematococcus p cents. F.L.S Price, $3. dnt POSS. By David Griffit N prt ~ Vor. 29 - NOVEMBER, 1902 No. 11. BUELETIN TorrEY BorANicat CLUB EpIToRr LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD ASSOCIATE EDITORS NATHANIEL LORD BRITTON FRANCIS ERNEST LLOYD CARLTON CLARENCE CURTIS DANIEL TREMBLY MACDOUGAL MARSHALL AVERY HOWE HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS ANNA MURRAY VAIL CONTENTS “Aaerican Ferns—1] Vv. ae The Genus Gyvtne- New and noteworthy Northwestern Plants—~ - : oP ae ofthe Synopsis Filicum: Lucien VE Paper ae 642 nite “us Underzvood — rigs Es 617 Supplementary Notes on the Erysiphaceaé: ps 08 the fossil Fruits and Lignites of E. S. Salmon, F.LS. oh has ae randon, Vermont (PLAre 25): A. INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE RELATING ee 635 | TO AMERICAN BOTANY i). 26. / wo 65a PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB ~ Tue New Era PrintTinG CoMPANY : LANCASTER, Pa. + President, HON. ADDISON BROWN Vice- Presidents, _-HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. = Corresponding Secretary, JOHN K. SMALL, Px.D. Botanical Garden, Bronx Park, New York City: and last Wednesday of each month alternately at Botanical Garden. VoL. 29 No. Il BULLE TIM OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB NOVEMBER, 1902 American Ferns—IV, The Genus Gymnogramme of the Synopsis Filicum By Lucien Marcus UNDERWOOD 3 For too long a period the study of systematic botany in Am- erica was in a more or less servile condition dominated by English €as emanating mainly from Kew. A quarter of a century ago sa Gray stood practically alone in the study of the higher flora America. Bentham and Hooker’s masterpiece, then about com- eted, was taken as authoritative, and the Kew rules dominated €very action where personal preference did not supersede all rules. little before this time had come the culmination of the work of a lifetime on the systematic study of ferns which was destined to €xert a more wide-spread influence than Kew had exerted among € higher plants even. The Species Filicum of the elder Hooker Which had followed the earlier publications of that distinguished man while he was associated with his still more acute compeer, Gr ville, had represented a lifetime of study on one of the largest $0) fections of ferns that had ever been brought together, and was mpleted in 1864. The notes and corrections to this series. during the twenty years of publication had been incorpor- in Hooker’s own copy of the work, and he had commenced to: out a revision in abridgement under the now familiar title of S psis Filicum, when his career was somewhat suddenly termi- ed by death. John Gilbert Baker, who afterwards became for Y years the keeper of Kew herbarium, was entrusted to push revision to a close, the first edition appearing in 1868, and second with an extensive appendix in 1874. This work with ple references to the more complete Species Filicum has had markable and world-wide influence, and being the only general [Issued 28 November] 4617 618 UnpERwoop: THE GENUS GYMNOGRAMME work containing a systematic treatment of the ferns of the entire world in a convenient form, has been adopted as a guide to practi- cally all the great collections of ferns. On this account, but not without many silent and published protests, its conclusions re- garding the limitations of both genera and species have been very widely adopted. Protests against the irrational treatment of genera in this useful work are nothing new and did not originate far from the head- quarters of the work itself, for no more vigorous restrictions have ever been drawn on its generic arrangement than those of John Smith, the distinguished gardener of Kew, where the present col- lection of living ferns notable among the great collections of the world, was largely brought together through the energy and in- fluence of this careful worker and furnished the living material on which Smith based a generic system for ferns vastly more logical than anything that Kew has ever produced in the natural arrange- ment of this group. Smith’s results do not differ very widely from those of Moore, another English protester against the Kew system ; from those of Fée, the -brilliant but somewhat isolated worker at Strasburg ; and especially from those of the most liberal of all fern systematists, Carl B. Presl of Prag. Were the specific limitations of the fern systematists at Kew to be characterized by a single word, it would be conglomeration — the essence of a practice somewhat vulgarly known as “ lumping, —and one who desires to do honest and critical work to-day ' forced to unravel the tangles into which specific limitation has been twisted, in connection with the ample materials that this noblest of all fern collections affords, by tracing the threads of m5 tangle back to their original type localities, and by introducing into their understanding the element of geographic distribution which has always cut too slight a figure in the determinations of the Kew pteridographers. We can best illustrate this condition by a specific case. Under the species Lomaria attenuata, Synops® Filicum gives (p. 176) the following distribution : ‘« America from the West Indies and Guatemala southward to Brazil and Juan a nandez ; Polynesian Islands, Norfolk Island, Mauritius, Bourbon, Fernando Po Cape Colony.” When we come to examine the specimens of this seemingly OF THE SyYNopsiIs FILIcUM 619 widespread species, which from the above statement, apparently disregards all known laws of geographic distribution, we find as we might expect that the species as treated at Kew is a conglom- erate of several not very closely related species that have been miscellaneously grouped together, and the whole covered by what Dr. Giesenhagen has recently and not inappropriately called a “ Kautschukdiagnose.”” We find that the original species bearing this name came from Mauritius whence it was originally described by Swartz (not Willdenow as the misleading practice of citing only the galvanizer instead of the original author would lead us to Suspect) and was appropriately named attenuata from the long attenuate tip of the leaf which does not appear in the more com- mon species of the West Indies, which all the botanists who have Studied it down to the acute and lamented Jenman, following the misleading of Kew have confused with this characteristic Mauritian Species which appears to be endemic in that island.* In a similar way another West Indian member of the same genus has been confused with Lomaria procera originally described from New Zealand, but which this comprehensive but inaccurate guide re- Ports from “Mexico and West Indies southward to Chili; Malayan and Polynesian Islands, N. Zealand, S, Australia, Van Dieman’s Land and S. Africa,”’ These are by no means isolated cases for the whole work bristles With such distributional absurdities, some even more pronounced. In Synopsis Filicum more than in Species Filicum, there are Many species reduced to synonymy frequently when the spe- _cimens had never been seen by the author. Kunze’s species have been slaughtered wholesale and many of them will have to be re- Vived, and the same is true of many of the species of Fée. In the Kew copy of the works of the latter author many of the species are penciled as being equivalent of this and that species already _ described, leaving scarcely any of them to stand as “ good species.” Ina number of instances Mr. Baker has redescribed some of Fée’s een aa *With such a wide range of possibilities involved in the elastic description of L. attenuata, it is not surprising that even Mr. Davenport was misled by it into calling ingle’s no. 4999 L. attenuata, for surely it is little more diverse in general habit than Some other things that have been included in this species, although Pringle’s plant is Properly & member of a distinct genus, Plagiogyria biserrata. The same error was “pied by C, 1. Smith in his Plantae Mexicanae, 2063, which is also P. diserrata. 620 UNDERWOOD: THE GENUS GYMNOGRAMME species as new. In the case of Acrostichum mollissimum the Kew copy of Fée’s notable work on the ferns of Brazil is marked opposite this species “‘ = Axdertii,” a plant originally described from Mauritius and naturally having nothing to do with the American species, although some recent fern writers have continued to call this an American species. When the same plant came in from St. Vincent collected by Smith, it was described as Acrostichum Smithit Baker, but it exactly matches both Fée’s figure and his type. Up to the time of Baron Eggers’ visit to the West Indies only one species of Lygodium had been described from Santo Domingo. _ This was figured by Plumier on plate 92 of his Traité des Fougeres, and from his description and plate was called Aydroglossum oligostachum by Willdenow. The constant habit of neglecting _ type localities for species led the next specimens from this island collected by Eggers to be described as a new species, Lygodium gracile Baker. In addition to Eggers’ specimen the plant had been collected on Santo Domingo by the botanists of the U.S Commission of Inquiry, sent out when annexation was being con- sidered, and specimens collected then are represented both in the U. S. National herbarium and in that of Columbia University: All these specimens represent one species and correspond admit- ably with Plumier’s plate on which Willdenow’s species was based.* I refer to this incident in this connection to emphasize the im- portance of the problem of type localities so often utterly neglected in systematic work among ferns. Naturally this undue conglomeration at Kew has led te a wide misconception of the extent and diversity of fern species. In the second edition of Synopsis Filicum we have approximately 2,700 species of ferns described as representing ‘‘all known ferns up to the year 1874. To these must be added the 1,100 species included by Mr. Baker in his supplementary list of new species published in 1891, and the 565 species of other pteridophyte me * The synonymy of this species will then be: LYcoptum oLicosracuyum (Willd.) Desv. Ann. Soc, Linn. de Paris, 6: 205: fydroglossum oligostachyum Willd. Sp. Pl. 5:81. 1810. Lygodium gracile Baker, Jour. Bot. 26: 35. 1888. : The further exploration of the island of Haiti will doubtless clear Up teries concerning ferns based on Plumier’s plates. 1827 many mys~ OF THE’ Synopsis FiLticum 621 from his Handbook of the Fern Allies (1887). This enumeration, however, is conservative and entirely inadequate. In the Schi- zaeaceae sixty species are included in Synopsis Filicum ; Prantl, who monographed this family in 1881, included eighty-nine spe- cies and that without having seen the Kew collection, which would have enabled him to add a number of species to his list. Synopsts Filicum gives twenty-two species of Polypodium § Niphobolus. In Giesenhagen’s recent monograph of Wiphobolus (1901) we have fitty species, and had he consulted the more ample range of ma- terials in the Kew herbarium he would certainly have found addi- tional species for his admirable monograph. In Kuhn’s Chaetop- terides nine species of /Jamesonia are placed under the new genus Psilogramme where Synopsis Filicum had reduced them to one, From the collection of materials at Kew included there under the Single cover marked Aspidium juglandifolium we have been forced to separate no less than eight well-marked species of Phanerophlebia and the tale is not all told yet. Synopsis Filicum teduced the world’s species of Botrychium to six, and Mr. Baker reiterates this number in his summary of new ferns in 1891 ; Prantl enumerated fifteen species in his synopsis in 1884, and this number is still too small as we have now at least that number of well estab- lished species of the genus within the limits of the United States alone. A paper by Miiller* describing six species in the small §enus Vittaria has been entirely passed over in both Species Filicum and Synopsis Filicum. In Die natiirlichen Phlanzenfamilien (1901) Hieronymus gives 559 species of Selaginella against the 335 Species recorded by Baker in 1887. Such examples as these show the extreme conservatism and incompleteness of this work and it is more than likely that when the next enumeration of the Pteridophytes is made the number of existing species will reach Six thousand, and perhaps more, for the species published as new during the last decade form a surprising list. But it is the treatment of genera in this work that we wish more “specially to consider, for there could scarcely be a more unnatural Or artificial system of genera than the Synopsis Filicum contains hiker - : : * Miiller, K. : Einige Worte iiber die Bedeutung des Zellenbaues fiir die Klassifi- _ Son, nebst Beschreibung sechs neuer arten der Farnngattung Vi#farta. Bot. Zeitung, 9? 537-548. 1854. 622 UnpDERWOOD: THE GENUS GYMNOGRAMME following almost exactly the lead of the earlier Species Filicum. It is not too much to say that for the pteridophytes it represents a system as antiquated and artificial as the so-called sexual system of Linnaeus for flowering plants. As might be expected Synopsis Filicum is moulded on the old "conceptual idea that a genus is a definition framed in set characters, instead of the modern evolutionary idea that a genus is a group of closely related species. This of necessity reduces the author's position to the inclusion of notorious absurdities. Having defined Polypodium as with “ Sori on the back of the lobes, round or rarely oblong, not more than twice as long as broad,” it becomes neces- sary to include in one genus such diverse plants as Dipteris, Phegop- teris Dryopteris, Arthropteris tenella, Cyclophorus acrostichoides, and Cheiropteris palmatopedata in the same genus with Polypodium pul- 4re irrespective of any other character than the possession of round and naked sori! Habit also plays little part in the arrangement of genera and subgenera in the Hookerian system. Note if you will a striking example presented in the section Hemidictyum of the immens® and cumbrous genus Asplenium. This is characterized as having “« Veins anastomosing towards the margin. Sori single” and among its four species two such absolutely diverse plants as Ceter- ach* and Hemidictyum marginatum are included. If we should search the whole range of the Polypodiaceae we could scarcely find two species more remote in their natural affinities, and yet here they stand not only in the same genus but in the same subgenvs placed almost side by side! There is nothing more astoundingly incongruous in the whole Linnaean system. Among the many incongruities among genera, the genus Gre nogramme is one of the most irrational and unnatural conglomer” ations that appear in the Synopsis Filicum. It forms the largest genus of the tribe Grammitideae of the Hookerian arrangement * The near allies of Ceterach which forms a distinct genus whose name . agi ent on the settlement of the question of generic types, are strangely scattered = ee opsis Filicum, In addition to the common European species they are panes ee a mans which there appears under 3 Euasplenium.- A. aureum which page subspecies of 4. Ceterach 3 and Gymnogramme cordata which appears 19 . tab- tribe as its indusium is wanting. Thus are natural relationships violated by cies lishment of artificial lines and genera which are limited by definition only. OF THE Synopsis FILicumM 623 with Wotholaena, Monogramma, Antrophyum, Vittaria, Hemionitis, and several smaller genera, associated in this tribe by the posses- sion of sporangia arranged in lines not covered by an indusium. In this way the most variable and ephemeral of all the structures possessed by the ferns, namely the membranous indusium which as a peripheral structure, a mere flattened trichome, more subject to variation than any other single structure, is made the artificial character by which genera are united into tribes and by which the individual genera are characterized, to the exclusion of real char- acters based on more fundamental portions of the plant anatomy or on habit relations which so often are real guides to blood rela- tionship. Notholaena is simply a non-indusiate complex of the Pterideae, in part related to Cheilanthes and in part related to Pe/- laea; Vittaria is properly the type of a tribe in which some of the smaller genera will associate themselves; while Gymmo- gramme as represented by the ninety-eight species described in Synopsis Filicum is the most unaccountable and unnatural collec- tion of misfits that ever figured in the pages of a treatise on syste- matic botany. With the possible exception of Hemuonitis, no part of Gymnogramme as here treated has any natural relation to the other genera with which it is associated, and the removal of its broken fragments almost bodily to the tribe Pterideae by Diels ‘in his treatment of the family in Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien give them no more secure a resting-place, for the diverse sections of the genus are related some to one tribal alliance and some to another, while some may have to form a tribe by themselves with No very close relations to any other known forms. The genus Gymnogramma was established by Desvaux * in 1811 based on thirteen species in the order named below: Sec. 1. Frondibus pinnatis. I. G. RUFA ( Preris ruffa L., Acrostichum rufum L.). 2. G. TOMENTOSA (Asplenium tomentosum Lam. ). 3- G. ACROSTICHOIDES ( Hemienitis acrostichoides Sw. ). Sec. 2. Frondibus bipinnatifidis. 4. G. FILIPENDULAEFOLIA (Asplenium filipendulacfolium Aubert). 5. G. TRIFOLIATA (Acrostichum trifoliatum L.). Sec. 3. Frondibus bipinnatis. 6. G. Japonica (Hemionitis Japonica Thunb. ). * Desvaux, Berl. Mag. 5: 304. 1811. (Copy in the New York Public Library. ) 624 UnpDERWooD: THE GENUS GYMNOGRAMME 7. G. LEPTOPHYLLA ( Polypodium leptophyllum L. ). Sec. 4. Frondibus tripinnatifidis. 8. G. CHAEROPHYLLA Desv. 9. G. TARTAREA (Acrostichum tartareum Cav., Hemionitis dealbata Willd. ). 10. G, SULPHUREA (Acrostichum sulphureum Sw.). II. G. AUREA ( Hemionitis aurea Willd. ). Sec. 5. Frondibus decompositis. 12. G. ROSEA ( Hemionitis argentea Willd.). 13. G, FLExUOSA Desv. It thus contains representatives of six or more genera as now understood, and the species were arranged, as was common during the first quarter of the last century, in the inverse order of com- plexity of leaf division. The first species mentioned under Gym- nogramma was Pteris ruffa \.., which thirteen years earlier had stood as the sole type of the genus Gymuopteris established by Bernhardi.* The latter name must therefore stand for the group which contains its monotype in spite of the fact that various bot- anists, including Diels, who wrote the Polypodiaceae for Die na- tirlichen Phlanzenfamilien, have used Gymnopteris for an entirely different group of plants. Whether the name Gymnogramma must pass forever into synonymy or be applied to some of the other spe- cies it originally contained, will be dependent on the final settlement of the question of generic types. And not only this, but the settle- ment of this problem will also affect all the generic groups later established on any of the species involved in the original Gymne- gramma, There can never be generic stability until this problem is eternally settled, and the only ground on which it ever can be _ * As Bernhardi’s genus is cited as late as 1875 by no less an authority on — than John Smith himself (Historia Filicum, p, 138) as ‘+ founded by Bernhardi in 1800, on the Acrostichum quercifulium of Retzius’’ it is desirable to know exactly _ Bernhardi did in Jour. fiir die Botanik, 1799: 297. 1799 (not 1800: 121, a5 cited by Pfeiffer!). His genus Gymnopteris is no. 3 and is placed under ‘‘ /. Sporangus gyro instructis’? and under “A. Nudis,’’ as follows : “<3. GYMNOPTERIS. Sforangia pedicellata lineatim aggregata. tichium rufum L.”’ i It was not till 1806 that Bernhardi (Neues Journal fiir die Botanik, 17 + 20) Sites anew account of Gymmopteris under which he cites two species by name “ ape discolor (Osmunda Forst.)’? and ‘** * * quercifolia (Acrostichum Retz. )’ among numerous other groups which he denominates as ‘‘familiae’’ under the genus- The only safety in accurate systematic work is to consult the original paper? on genera and species are described. _ We cannot depend on many of the traditional ide based on ancient and hurried examination of original descriptions without a new Ver" E. g-» Acros- OF THE Synopsis FILICUM 625 settled is in our own country, and the only body that can ever settle it are the botanists of America. Should American botanists take a stand in this matter that can be agreed upon it matters not whether the slower conservatives of Europe follow or not. Following the numbered species of Gymnogramme in Synopsis Filicum over twenty have stood as the types * of genera already established : No. 2. LeproGRAMMA J. Sm., 1841. (Includes also nos, I-11.) No. 12. DiGRAMMARIA Presl, 1836. No. 13. STEGNOGRAMMA Blume, 1828. No. 14. PTEROZONIUM Fée, 1850-52 ; also the first species under Zrichiogramme Kuhn, 1882. Represented also by P. cyclophylla, asecond South American species, No. 15. AUSTROGRAMME Fourn., 1873. No, 16. HeEcisTorreris J. Sm., 1842. No. 19. G¥MNopTeRis Bernh., 1799; also the first species mentioned under Gym- nogramma Desv., 1811, and Neurogramma Link, 1841. (Includes also nos. 17, 18, 23, 32.) No. 21. PLeuRosorus Fée, 1850-52. No. 24. PstLoGRAMME Kuhn, 1882. | (Includes also nos. 25-30, 36, 38-42, 48- 49.) No. 31. AsPLENIOPSIS Mett., 1882. No. 35. CONIOGRAMME fF Fée, 1850-52. No. 37. Eriosorus Fée, 1850-52. No 44. ANOGRAMMA Link, 1841. (Includes also nos. 45, 46.) No. 51. TRISMERIA Fée, 1850-52. No. 54. CERopTeris Link, 1841. (Includes also nos. 52-57-) _ No. 62. SyncramMa J. Sm., 1845. (Includes also nos. 58-65. ) No. 66. SyYNAMMIA Presl, 1836.f No. 76. SELLIGUEA Bory, 1824. (Includes also nos. 68-82. ) No. 83. DicryocRAMME Fée, 1850-52. No. 84. Bommerta Fourn, 1876. (Includes also no. 43.) Besides this No. 20 is a species of Ceterach, No. 33 (Gymno- s’amme Houghtoni Hook.) may belong to the same genus, and two or three others are too little known to enable us to be certain of their relations. These facts alone will show that there has been a decided op- * By type I mean here the first species described under the genus where no type is Stated or implied. : “ } Contogramme was founded on three species of which C. Javanica is first figur ed. eels has united Dictyogramme with this and indicates only a single ao While there are evidently several. . : : _ =Presl founded this on two species, Grammitis elongata Sw. and Polypodium trt- “m Cav., figuring the latter. John Smith in reviewing Presl’s work refers the first Species perhaps probably to Phymatodes and limits Presl’s genus to the second. 626 UNDERWOOD: THE GENUS GYMNOGRAMME position in almost every quarter against the Kew conception of this genus and it is to be said that the genera named above represent in most cases valid genera. Of the series, Digrammarta, Stegno- gramma, Aspleniopsis, Coniogramme, Syngramma, and presumably Selliguea and Dictyogramme represent exclusively Old World genera. Leptogramma, Austrogramme, Pleurosorus, Gymmnopterts, Anogramma, and Ceropteris are found on both continents ; while Pterozonium, Hecistopteris, Psilogramme, Bommeria, Trismeria, and Synammia are so far as known exclusively American. The genera and species represented in North America are as follows: I. Leprocramma J. Sm.; Hook. Jour. Bot. 4: 51. 1841 (Based on L. asplenoides (Sw.) and six other species.) 1. LEpToGRAMMA P1LosuM (Mart. & Gal.) Gymunogramme pilosa Mart. & Gal. Mem. Acad. Sci. Bruxel- les, 15:—(27). pl. g.f.r. 1842. (Type from Orizaba, Galeotti, 6267, 6268.) Hab, Mexico. 2. LeprocramMa Linxranum (Pres!) J. Sm.; Hook. Jour. Bot. 4: 52. 1841 Grammitis Linkiana Presl, Tent. Pterid. 209. 1836. Gymnogramme Linkiana Kunze, Linnaea, 18: 310. 1844- Fab. Mexico, Confused in Synopsis Filicum with L. diplazioides (Desv.) from Haiti, as is also Leptogramma rupestre Klotzsch, Linnaea, 20: 415. 1847, from Colombia, likewise a distinct species. 3. LeproGRAMMA GRACILE (Heward) J. Sm.; Hook. Jour. Bot. Ac RS: tRat Gymnogramma gracile Heward, Mag. Nat. Hist. Il. at 632 1838. Hab. Jamaica. 4. Leptogramma diplazioides (Desv.) Gymnogramma diplazicides Desv. Ann. Soc. Linn. de Paris, 6: 214. 1827, Hab, West Indies to South America. OF THE Synopsis FILICUM 627 It is probable that this list will be somewhat extended when Fée’s collection becomes better known. As stated in an earlier paper of this series this genus is closely related to Phegopteris and will form a member of the tribe Asfi- dieae, It has no near relation to any other group of this group. II. Hecisropreris J. Sm. Lond. Jour. Bot. 1: 193. 1842 ( Monotypic ) I. HeEcistopreris puMILA (Spreng.) J. Sm. Lond. Jour. Bot. 1: 193. 1842 Gymnogramma pumila Spreng. Tent. Supp. ad Syst. Veg. Linn. 31, 1828. (Type from Guiana.) ffab. Trinidad and Guatemala to Guiana. This genus has somewhat uncertain relations. Diels places it among the VirraRIEAk, with which it has doubtful affinity. III. Gymnopreris Bernh. Schrader’s Jour. fiir die Botanik, 1799: 297. 1799 (Monotypic, based on Preris ruffa L.=Acrostichum rufum L.*) 1, GYMNOPTERIS RUFA (L.) Bernh. Schrader’s Jour. 1799: 297. 1799 Preris ruffa L. Sp. Pl. 1074. 1753. (Based on Sloan, p/. 45./. 7, from Jamaica.) Acrostichum rufum L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 1525. 1763. * Besides the North American species the genus Gymmnofteris contains the fol- lowing : . Gymnopteris tomentosa ( Lam.) Asplenium tomentosum Lam. Encyc. Meth. Bot. 2: 308. 1786. (Zype from Brazil. ) : ‘ Gymnopteris vestita ( Wall.) Grammitis vestita Wall. Cat. Pl. n. 12, 1828. (Type from India.) Gymnogramme vestita Hook. Ic. Pl. 2: pl. 115. 1837. Gymnopteris Miilleri (Hook. ) Gymnogramme Miilleri. Hook. Sp. Fil. 5: 143. pl. 295. 1864. (Type from Australia, £, Miiller. : sa Gymnopteris Gardneri ( Baker) Cymnogramme Gardneri Baker, Syn. Fil., Ed. 2, 515. 1874. (Type from Brazil, Gardner Att < Gymnopteris Delavayi (Baker) Gymnogramme Delavayi Baker, Annals Bot. 5 : 484. 1891. (Type from Yun- nan, China, De/avay. ) 628 UnpbeErRwoop: THe GENUS GYMNOGRAMME Hab. West Indies from Cuba and Jamaica to Guatemala, Hon- duras, Nicaragua, and throughout South America to Paraguay. 2. Gymnopteris subcordata (D. C. Eaton & Dav.) Gymnogramme subcordata D. C. Eaton & Dav. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 5: 138. pl. 76. 1897. flab, Mexico, Ymala and Lodiego, Palmer. 3. Gypmnopteris ferruginea (Kunze) Gymnogramme ferruginea Kunze, Linnaea g: 34. 1835. (Type from Peru, Poeppig.) flab, Guatemala to Peru. IV. PstLoGRAMME Kuhn, Chaetop. 12. 1882 (Based on Gymnogramme elongata Hook. & Grev. and twenty- two other species. *) 1. PsttoGRamMe Warscewiczit (Mett.) Kuhn, Chaetop. 17. 1882 Gymnogramme Warscewiczii Mett. Ann. sc. nat. V. 2: 211. 1864. (Type from Colombia.) flab, Costa Rica to Colombia. 2. PsILOGRAMME FLEXUOSA (H.B.K.) Kuhn, Chaetop. 19. gine _ Grammitis flexuosa H.B.K. Pl. Aequin. 2: 167. pf 138. 1809. (Type from Caracas.) Cryptogramma retrofracta Hook. & Grev. Bot. Misc. 3: 385. fl. 112. 1833. (Type from Peru.) Hab, Costa Rica to Bolivia. 3. Psilogramme Domingensis (Baker). Gymnogramme Domingensis Baker, Annals Bot. 5: 485. 1891. (Type from Causal, Santo Domingo.) Hab, Santo Domingo. *In founding the genus Psilogramme, Kuhn commits the error of absorbing #9 earlier named genus, extending its characters, and placing the whole under a new a He divides his genus into two sections : 2.1, Jamesonia, which is a valid genus esta! ; lished by Hooker and Greville, and 3 2, Eupsilogramme. By this saving .Wo indicated what species he regarded as typical of his new genus and we take 8 ges his Psilogramme in a narrower sense than originally established by excluding Andine Jamesonia which even at Kew has always been regarded a valid genus- s here taken up Psilogramme is nearly the equivalent of Gymnogramme % Eugy ne gramme of Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, although Kubn (1882) had pene * the genus Gymnogramme to what Link in 1841 called Anogramma. In Die natirlic Phattlantiiovn tad te ike dst 5c enue te accented as valid. { . 3 { : OF THE Synopsis FILicum 629 4. Psilogramme schizophylla (Baker) Gymnogramme schizophylla Baker, Jour. Bot. 15: 266. 1877. (Type from Jamaica, Jénman, 16.) fTab, Jamaica. The synonymy of the other species which are South American may be found in Kuhn, Joc. cit. V. Anocramma Link, Fil. Sp. in Hort. reg, bot. Berl. 137. 1841 (Based on Gymnogramma leptophylla and G. chaerophylla.) I, ANOGRAMMA LEPTOPHYLLUM (L.) Link, / c. 137 Polypodium leptophyllum L. Sp. Pl. 1092. 1753. (Type from southern France.) flab, West Indies, Mexico; Mediterranean region, Canaries, Madeira. 2. ANOGRAMMA CHAEROPHYLLUM (Desv.) Link, / c. 138 Gymnogramma chaerophylla Desv. Berl. Mag. 5: 305. 1811. flab. West Indies to Paraguay. _ The Guatemalan specimens referred to this species in Synopsis Filicum are fragmentary, but indicate a possibly distinct species. VI. Trismeria Fée, Genera Filicum, 164. 1850-52 (Based on three species of which Acrostichum trifoliatum Pohl is first as 7. argentea ; Acrostichum trifoliatum LL. is second as S & aurea; and T. microphylla Fée, ¢. c. 165, from Peru is the third.) I. TRISMERIA TRIFOLIATA (L.) Diels. * Die nat. Pflanzenf. x*: 465. 1899 Acrostichum trifoliatum L.. Sp. Pl. 1070. 1753. Trismeria aurea Fée, Genera Filicum, 165. 1850-52. flab. West Indies to Brazil. Species with silvery powder as indicated by Fée are unknown to me in collections. A second species, Zrismeria longipes (Baker) Diels., occurs in Paraguay. VII. Crropreris Link, Fil. Sp. in Hort. reg. bot. Berol. cult. 141. 1841 (Based on five species of which C. calomelaena is first named.) * Diels, Zoc. cit., credits this species to Fée, but Fée did not take up the Linnaean Name, 630 UNDERWOOD: THE GENUS GYMNOGRAMME Synopsis of the North American Species Leaves more or less pentagonal in outline. Lower basal divisions of lowest pinnae deeply pinnatifid; powder yellow or rarely white ; upper surface smooth, dark green. 1. C, triangularts. Lower basal divisions of lowest pinnae only slightly sinuate-lobed ; powder white ; upper surface viscous. 2. C. viscosa. Leaves elongate-triangular or lanceolate-ovate in outline. Venation distinctly pinnate. ; Pinnules blunt, entire or with rounded lobes at the base ; powder white. Texture coriaceous or firm ; pinnules broad, usually expanded. ' : 3. C. tartared. Texture herbaceous; pinnules smaller and narrower with strongly revo- lute margins. 4. C. Peruviana. Pinnules acute, entire or with one or more acute lobes at base. Powder white. 5. C. calomelanos. Powder golden yellow. 6. C. chrysophylia. Venation flabellate or pseudo-flabellate. Powder white. 7. C. triangulata. Powder yellow. 8. C. sulphurea. “1, Ceropteris triangularis (Kaulf.) Gymnogramma triangulare Kaulf. Enum, Fil. 73. 1824. Stipes densely clustered from a very short rootstock, pale chestnut brown or sometimes blackish ; lamina pentagonal, 4-10 cm. long, equally wide, with 6-7 pairs of opposite pinnae gradu- ally ending in a short apex: lowest pinnae unequally triangular, the lowest outer divisions much produced, broad, pinnatifid, the segments on the lower side considerably larger, the upper ee more or less pinnatifid, all with broad segments; second pair © pinnae lanceolate, pinnatifid with broad short segments, the lower outer division scarcely produced; upper pinnae becoming merely sinuate or the extreme uppermost entire ; upper surface smooth ; lower surface covered with yellow or occasionally white powder ‘ sporangia in lines following the forking veins, sometimes confluen when old. Ffab. California to Alaska (?); common. Commonly know? as the “ gold fern” or “ golden back.” A In the Kew herbarium there are three scrappy Nuttallian spect mens each marked with an asterisk and a name in Nuttall’s at acteristic hand. Two of these are from Oregon and the third 1 imens from Santa Barbara, California. One of the Oregon Baer marked “ *ziscosa’’ is apparently the same as var. viscosa of D. if Eaton, which we can now with more ample materials separate a distinct species. All of Nuttall’s forms have white powder and OF THE Synopsis FILIcumM 631 that feature is not uncommon in C triangularis. There are, how- €ver, indications in our collections of a third species with white powder from Lower California. ‘2. Ceropteris viscosa (D. C. Eaton) Gymnogramme triangularis var. viscosa D. C. Eaton, Ferns of N. Am. 2: 16. pl. 40, J. §. Jaoe Stipes clustered from a very short rootstock, chestnut brown, shining, slender: lamina more or less pentagonal with 6-7 pairs of pinnae which disappear gradually in the more or less tapering apex ; lowest pair of pinnae deeply pinnatifid, the lowest basal divisions elongate and slightly and irregularly sinuate or lobed, the remaining divisions almost entire ; second pair of pinnae pinnatifid with the lowest outer division mostly narrow and elongate, upper pinnae becoming less and less pinnatifid, the uppermost almost entire ; upper surface viscous; lower surface covered with white Powder ; sporangia on the veins, soon confluent. Hab, California. The following collections have been ex- amined : So, California, 1888, /. G. Lemmon, Temecula, I May, 1893, W. G. Wright; Santa Catalina Island, 1889, Georgia M. Rose (all in herb. Underwood) ; Avalon, Santa .Catalina Island, March, 1901, Blanche Trask (herb. New York Botanical Garden). In the herbarium of Columbia University is a single leaf of this Species collected at “San Diego, Dry Hills,” by C. C. Parry, on the Mexican Boundary Survey. 3. CEROPTERIS TARTAREA (Cav.) Link, Fil. Sp. in Hort. reg. bot, Berol. cult. 141. 1841 : Acrostichum tartareum Cav. Descr. de las Plantas, 242. 180r. (Type from Peru.) ’ _ lab. West Indies and Mexico to Peru. In a paper by B. Shimek * this species, wrongly attributed to Linnaeus, is reduced to a variety of C. calomelanos as had hitherto been advocated by Baker and others, but the two are abundantly distinct, as can be seen by the study of any large collection. _ 4 Ceropreris PERUVIANA (Desv.) Link, Fil. Sp. in Hort. reg. bot. Berol. cult. 142. 1841 - Gymnogramma Peruviana Desv. Berl. Mag. 5: 329. ‘ (Type from Peru.) | OS Saeer spay Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa, 4: 191. 1891. I8Il. 632 UnpDERWoOOD: THE GENUS GYMNOGRAMME Ceropteris plicata Fee, Mem. 8: 81. 1857. Ceropterts Schaffneri Fée, Mem. 8: 80. 1857. We have examined North American specimens as follows : Vera Cruz: Orizaba, Miller, 1643; Calcareous bluffs near Orizaba, 4000 ft., Pringle, 6078. Jauisco: Gravelly bluffs near San Marcos, Pringle, 4377: Both in the herbarium of Columbia University. 5. CEROPTERIS CALOMELANOs (L.) Link Fil. Sp. in Hort. reg. bot. Berol. cult. 141. 1841 (as C. calomelaena) Acrostichum calomelanos L. Sp. Pl. 1072. 1753: (Type from West Indies based on Sloan, f/. 30. f. 2 and Plumier, pl. 40.) fab. West Indies, general, and Mexico to Brazil. _ 6. CEROPTERIS CHRYSOPHYLLA (Sw.) Link, Fil. Sp. in Hort. res. bot. Berol. cult. 143. 1841 ; Acrostichum chrysophyllum Sw. F\. Ind. occ. 3: 1598. 1806. (Type from Martinique, based on Plumier, f/. 44.) Hab. West Indies. ; Although not covered beneath by a waxy powder but in the young state by fine rusty hairs, is it probable that Gymnas Hookeri J. Sm. belongs to this genusas it agrees perfectly in hab! and every other character save this. A single specimen meee in the collection of the New York Botanical Garden. Gym"? gramme Bommeri Christ from Costa Rica which we have mee? may also belong here. Other species of gold and silver tty from South America occur in collections and there are ne of two or three additional species from Central America ee West Indies, but present material is too scanty for properly ¢ acterizing the latter. 7. Ceropteris triangulata (Jenm.) Gymnogramme triangulata Jenm. Bull. Bot. Dep. Jamaica, 4 206. 1897. (Type from Moody’s Gap, Jamaica.) Oe Hab. Jamaica, Moody’s Gap, 1900, Clute, 162. (Herb. derwood.) : 1850-1852 8. CEROPTERIS SULPHUREA (Sw.) Fée, Gen. Fil. 183. _ Acrostichum sulphureum Sw. Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl. 129. {Fess Gee 4 Reed. eee, 4 1788. OF THE Syncpsis FILIcuM 633 flab. West Indies. The last species with another from Africa is placed by Diels in a genus distinct from the other gold and silver ferns but the pre- ceding species is quite intermediate between this and the other West Indian species in its venation. VIII. Bommerta Fourn. ; Baillon, Dict. de Bot. 1: 448. 1876. Bull. Soc. Bot. de France, 27: 327. 1880 (Based on Gymnogramme Ehrenbergiana Mett. and G. pedata Kaulf.) : 1. BommMerta ExRENBERGIANA (Klotzsch) Fourn. Bull. Bot. Soc. de France, 2'7: 328. 1880 Stenogramme Ehrenbergiana Klotzsch, Linnaea, 20: 411. 1847. (Type from Mexico, Ehrenberg, 662.) Gymnogramme podophylla Hook. Syn. Fil. §: 152. pl. 296. 1864. (Type from Orizaba, Miller, 779.) fab. Mexico. A single, sterile leaf occurs in the Meissner herbarium (Columbia University). 2. Bommeria hispida (Mett.) Gymnogramme hispida Mett. Linnaea, 36: 72. 1869. (Type from New Mexico, Wright, 879.) Bommeria Schaffneri Fourn. Bull. Bot. Soc. de France, 27: 327. 1880. (Type from Escabrillos prope San Luis Potosi, Schaf/- ner, 6, Hab. New Mexico and Arizona to Central Mexico. 3- Bommerra pepata (Sw) Fourn. Bull. Bot. Soc. de France, ae 27: 327. 1880 : fLemionitis pedata Sw. Syn. Fil. 20. 209. pl. 7. f- 3. 1806. (Original country unknown to Swartz but the original specimen _ had been sent to him by Cavanilles.) . fab. Mexico. The first species has anastomosing veins while in the others _ the veins are free; until the type species of the genus is better : known it will be somewhat uncertain whether all the species thus - 88gregated together by Fournier should thus remain. They are all characterized by a pedate habit. _ The American species (Gymnogramme elongata (no. 66) and G. Mexicana (no. 67) which are referred in Synopsis Filicum ko § 634 UNDERWOOD: THE GENUS GYMNOGRAMME Selliguea have little in common with the old world representatives of that genus. While no. 66 was the type of Syzammia Presl, it has been referred to Phymatodes by John Smith, and surely this treatment is quite satisfactory, as the plant differs from Phymatodes only in its slightly elongated sori. G. Mexicana, judging from Fée’s figures, will follow G. elongata. Gymnogramme hetero- phlebia Gilbert, Bull. Torrey Club, 26: 325. 1897, from Vene- zuela, is another species of Phymatodes described long ago from South America as Polypodium persicariacfolium Schrad., so that Selliguea based by Bory on S. Feei from Java is to be regarded as an exclusively old world genus. SUMMARY 1. The genus Gymnogramme as treated at Kew, far from being a natural group of plants, contains among its species a number of generic groups, several of which bear no close phylogenetic rela- tions to the others or to each other ; some of these belong to dif- ferent tribes even. 2. Certain of these genera are related to the Polypodieae, others to the Aspidicae, one possibly to the Vittarieae, but more are dis- tinctly related to the Asplenieae, possessing every asplenioid char- acter except the indusium. s 3. The tribe Grammitideae as recognized in Synopsis Filicum has no good ground for recognition as a natural group of genre 4. The members of Gymnogramme of the Synopsis Filicum have little relationship with the tribe Pterideae with which, for the most part, they are associated in Die natiirlichen Pflanzenf amilten. 5. The name Gymnogramma being a typonym of the mono typic Gymnopteris established thirteen years earlier, disappears from botanical nomenclature. 6. While the genera are largely represented in the American tropics, some belong exclusively to the old world, and ae have a wide distribution throughout tropical and warm tempera regions. 7. The two species hitherto referred to Gymnogramme ee ring within the limits of the United States represent tw distin genera, Ceropteris and Bommeria. A third species (Ceropter’s © cosa) is added from southern California. bee win a SK Notes on the fossil Fruits and Lignites of Brandon, Vermont By F. H. KNow tron (WITH PLATE 25) It is now almost fifty years since Professor Edward Hitch- cock published * the first account of the interesting lignitic deposit at Brandon, Vt. Many of the most characteristic species of fruits were figured and a general discussion given of the geological con- ditions under which they occur with an indication of the probable Stratigraphic position. Later, in 1861, Professor Leo Lesquereux published an elaborate paper in which he gave careful descriptions of the species, with a discussion of the relationships of the flora with those of certain European deposits. These two articles were published without change, in 1862, in Hitchcock’s Geology of Ver- mont, + and were further supplemented by a letter from Professor J. W. Bailey, t to show specimens of the lignite and fruits which had been submitted for microscopical study. Professor C. H. Hitchcock described § a single species of Carfolithes in 1862, which completes the list of articles relating to the subject, with the exception of oc- casional mention in works on geology, etc. Professor Hitchcock’s account of the geology and mode of oc- currence of this deposit is very complete, and I venture to give it in full : “In the autumn of 1851 Professor Shedd, of Burlington, pre- sented me with a few specimens of beautifully preserved fruits from Brandon, Vt. They were converted into brown coal, and retain exactly their original shape and markings. [Early in the spring of 1852 I visited Brandon, and found that the fruits Were obtained from a bed of brown coal connected with the white clays and brown hematite of that place. I perceived~at once that an interesting field was open before me, and ever since I have been endeavoring to exploit it. * * * I shall first give a description of * Am. Journ. Sci. II. 15: 95-104. 1853. t Pp. 226-234 ; 714-718. : ft Op. ctt., 239, 240. @ Portland Soc. Nat. Hist. 1: 95. p/. 7. f. 5. 1862. por 636 KNOWLTON: FossiL FRUITS AND the topography and geological associations of this carbonaceous deposit.” Geologists are aware that along the west base of the Green and Hoosac Mountains, from Canada to New York, occur numerous beds of brown compact and fibrous hematite iron ore. That in Brandon lies between two and three miles of the village ; the Sue face rises slightly and exhibits clay, drift and limestone rock in place. According to my measurements with the anéroid barom- eter, Brandon village is 465 feet above the ocean, and the ps: mine 520 feet above the same. A short distance east of the mine the Green Mountains rise rapidly. : At this spot we find the following varieties of substances in juxtaposition : 1. Beautiful kaolin and clays, colored yellow by ochre, rose- color by manganese (?), and dark by carbon. 2. Brown hematite and yellow ochre. Ores of manganese. Brown coal. Beds of gravel connected with the clays. Drift overlying the whole. 7. Yellowish limestone underlying the whole. The position of the clays is difficult to determine exactly, as there seems to have been a good deal of disturbance of the strata, perhaps only the result of slides. The coal, in a few places, shows itself on the surface. In one spot a shaft has been carried through it only a few feet below the surface, and this has also been done to the same bed nearly 100 feet below the surface. In both places it was about 20 feet thick. I found it to be the conviction of ARE miners that the mass of coal formed a square column of that thick- ness descending almost perpendicularly into the earth, in the midst of the clay. My own impression was that it is a portion of an = tensive bed, having a dip very largely towards the northwest ; perhaps separated from other portions of the bed by some distur” bance of strata. ; From the above account it will be observed that this ore has the appearance of almost complete isolation in the midst . much older and totally different strata, and it is not strange that! : excited the attention and wonder of geologists, and the question ©" Se eee LIGNITES OF BRANDON, VERMONT 637 its age became at once the subject of speculation. From purely geological data Hitchcock concluded that it must be Pliocene, or possibly still newer Tertiary in age, while Lesquereux, from a con- sideration of the flora and its general resemblance to that of Oeningen, inclined to place it in the Miocene. Dana has sug- gested that it may possibly be as old as the Eocene, a conclusion which later investigation will probably not sustain, LIGNITE The mine mentioned by Professor Hitchcock has long since fallen into neglect, and is now almost entirely filled up. The min- ing of iron was stopped more than thirty years ago and the only industry remaining is the mining and manufacture of mineral paints. The only trace remaining of this extensive lignitic de- posit is the mass of minute fragments scattered about the mouth of the shaft, and among which, by long and careful search, a few fruits are still to be found. Fora description of the appearance of the lignite as it appeared when first taken from the mine, recourse must be had to Hitchcock’s description, which is as follows: ‘‘ The greater part of the carbon of this deposit is in a condition between that of peat and bituminous coal. It is of a deep brown color, and nearly every trace of organic structure, save in the lig- nite and fruits, is obliterated. It burns with great facility with a moderate draught, and emits a bright yellow flame, but without bituminous odor. “Interspersed through the mass of carbonaceous matter above described occurs numerous masses of lignite. In all cases Which have fallen under my observation they are the broken por- tions of stems or branches of trees and shrubs, varying in size from that of a few lines to a foot and a half in diameter. They all ap- pear to have been drift wood. This lignite, in all cases, retains and exhibits upon a first fracture its organic structure. Yet gen- erally it is quite brittle, and when broken across the fibers, it has the aspect of very compact coal, which admits of a good polish.” The largest specimen obtained by Professor Hitchcock was four feet in length and sixteen inches in largest diameter. It is now in the museum of Amherst College. The largest specimen in my possession was given me by Dr. D. W. Prime, of Brandon. 688 KNOWLTON: FossiL FRUITS AND It is almost twelve inches long and four inches broad. It breaks up very readily into small irregular fragments which appear desti- tute of structure on their transverse fracture, but when split along certain lines, notably in the direction of the medullary rays, very plain structure may be observed even with the naked eye. In general the only specimens that can be obtained for examination are small fragments hardly an inch in length. Most of the ma- terial upon which the following examination is based was kindly placed at my disposal by Professor H. M. Seely, of Middlebury College, and Professor George H. Perkins, of the University of Vermont. Hitchcock was of the opinion that little if any of this lignite could be regarded as coniferous, while Bailey, in his letter before referred to, states positively that the woods “are mot coniferous.” Contrary to these statements and my expectations, a large propor- tion of the lignite examined proved to be undoubtedly coniferous in character. These later results are perhaps due to improved methods of study, or possibly its character may differ in different parts of the area. This latter supposition seems hardly probable, however, as the area from which it was obtained has always been so limited.* When specimens prepared as indicated above are placed under the microscope, a glance suffices to show that they have been much crushed and distorted by pressure. In transverse section the lumen of the cells is seen to be almost entirely obliterated, and they have been distorted in other ways. But by repeated Selections of material and its careful study, points that have been especially favored during the processes of fossilization, are usually to be found, and from a study of these areas, in numerous examples, a pretty complete idea can be formed of its nature and appeal ance when living. The large specimen in my possession, men- tioned above, was found to be undoubtedly coniferous. Selected sections from it show clearly the characteristic pits s on the radial * To prepare this lignite for examination by transmitted light the directions give? by Griffith and Henfrey in the Micrographic Dictionary, second edition, P- 178, es very satisfactory, The specimens are to be macerated in a strong solution of carbo nate of potash for a few days, when they may be cut into thin sections with a razor beste - : ight These thin pieces are boiled for a few moments in nitric acid, or until they bigger pa brown in color. They are then washed out in pure water and mounted in glycer LIGNITES OF BRANDON, VERMONT 639 walls (f 9). The walls of the tracheids were also found to be thickened spirally on their interior. In longitudinal tangential section the ends of the medullary rays show plainly (f. ro). They have been considerably distorted, yet their arrangement can be made out. They are usually simple; that is consist of a single layer of cells, yet scattered among these are a few compound rays with a single included resin-duct, a well-known character of the genus Pinus. Indeed, after a careful study I am scarcely able to distinguish the Brandon lignite from a species of Pityoxylon described by Schmalhausen* from the Eocene and Braunkohle of southwestern Russia. The material studied by Schmalhausen was better preserved and he was able to work out the details of structure in a more satisfactory manner than is the case with the Brandon material. Yet on the whole I am inclined to regard them as of only varietal difference. Schmalhausen has named the Russian species Pityoxylon microporosum. For the Brandon form I propose the name Pityoxylon microporosum Brandonianum. The type is described as follows: Annual rings plainly marked, rather thick ; medullary rays moderately numerous, the simple ones 1—7 cells high, the larger enclosing the resin duct about 18 cells high; wood-cells marked by numerous lines, the Pores small and remote; pores on the medullary rays large, oval, I—2 to the width of each wood-cell. The Brandon form differs in the narrower annual rings and the smaller size of the cells in general. It is not well enough pre- Served to show markings on the medullary rays if these be present. The walls of the tracheids are thickly covered with fine spiral lines and the bordered pits are also smaller than in the type. The con- tents of the resin-tubes can not be made out.* While as already stated the bulk of the lignite examined Proved to be coniferous, I fortunately secured one small but well ee * Beitr. z. Tertidr-Flora Siid-West-Russlands : Palaeont. Abhandl. von Dames u. Keyser, 1: 33 88 > 1: 334. pl. ar. f. 1-7. 1884. . t At this point my study was interrupted and consists of a few scattered notes on a few species. It had been my intention to take up each form and subject in a ah Microscopical study. As I can not hope to finish it along these lines for some time, i ever, I present the following fragments with due apologies for their disconnected nature, and in the hope that they may prove of some value should any one desire to take up the investigation. 640 KNOWLTON: Fost FRuiTS AND preserved piece that was with equal certainty dicotyledonous. The accompanying figure (/. 7) shows it in longitudinal tangential section, and brings out the fact that it was provided with large dotted ducts and numerous medullary rays, the latter of about uniform size and two or rarely three layers of cells side. It sug- gests a wood allied to Betula, but of this I am uncertain. One of the most abundant and conspicuous of the fruits was named Carpolithes Brandonianus by Lesquereux. As may be seen from the figures 1, 2, it is a large flat fruit with the opening a little below the apex. It has been suggested that its affinity is possibly with the living /effersonia diphylla, the well-known twin-leaf. Un- fortunately most of the material at my disposal could not be used for sections, and I was obliged to confine my investigations to im- perfect specimens. A section through the basal portion showed the thick fruit to be made up of very thick-walled tissue in which the lumen was reduced to a mere point (f. 77, 72). It had been so distorted that its true relationship could not be made out, more especially as the sections could not be made in the same plane through the whole fruit. Its appearance is shown in the two figures. I was not at the time able to secure working material 0 the capsule of /Jeffersonia, so I am unable to speak of the relation- ship beyond the superficial resemblance, which is really striking. Among the fruits sent me by Professor Seely and which were afterward sent to Lesquereux, was a single small nearly spherical fruit named Carya globulosa by Lesquereux himself. This was the first intimation of the existence of a species under this name, and for a time it proved a complete puzzle. Subsequently in look- ing over the collections belonging to the U. S. National Museum I found a small box containing fruit under this name, and in the catalogue the information that the species was unpublished. __ This fruit may be described as follows (f. 3-5): Specimens almost completely spheroidal in shape, being only very slightly compressed at the apex. Some of the fruits have retained what seems to have been a thin outer covering or exocarp which entirely enveloped them. Through this thin exocarp the wrinkling °F _ toughening of the true capsule is very plainly discernible, and in ___ this condition they really very much resemble some living species s se uglans or ficoria, which are provided with an indehiscent exocarp- LIGNITES OF BRANDON, VERMONT 641 When this center covering is removed, several valves become apparent, and when the specimen has been macerated in the pot- ash solution, may be very readily separated into six nearly equal valves, This shows that it can not possibly belong to either Hicoria or Juglans, for which, when still covered with the exocarp, it might be mistaken. In its decorticated condition this capsule bears a very strong resemblance to species of Cucumites detected in the London clay by Bowerbank, particularly the six-valved form of his C. varzadiles. It is also similar to what Lesquereux has called Apezbopsis, but all things considered it is probably best referred to the former genus. In view of the fact that the Carya globulosa was never actually published, it may be appropriate to name it in honor of Lesquereux Who first detected it, It may be called Cucumiites Lesquereuxit, Explanation of Plate 25 Fic. 1, Carpolithes Brandonianus Lesq. Lateral view. Fic. 2. Carpolithes Brandonianus Lesq. Front view. Fic. 3. Cucumites Lesquereuxii sp. nov. Basal view. Fic. 4. Cucumites Lesquereuxti sp, nov. Split along median line. Fic. 5. Cucumites Lesquereuxti sp, nov. Transverse section. Fic. 6. Aristolochites sp. Fic. 7. Tricarpellites fissilis Lesq. Fic. 8. Tricarpellites fissilis Lesq. : Fic. 9. Pityoxylon microporosum Brandonianum var. nov. Radial. Fic. 10. Pityoxylon microporosum Brandonianum, tangential. Fic. 11. Carpolithes Brandunianus Lesq. Section near base, X 310. Fic. 12. Carpolithes Brandonianus Lesq. Section near base, X 90. Fic. 13. Aristolochites. Section near middle, X 310. Fic. 14. Dicotyledonous wood. Tangential section, 310. New and noteworthy Northwestern Plants—VII By C. V. PIPER ‘Lupinus brachypodus sp. nov. Perennial, from a stout simple or branched caudex, 5-12 cm. high, loosely appressed-hirsute throughout, silvery : leaflets 5-7, unequal, lanceolate or somewhat oblanceolate, acute or acuminate, 8-18 mm. long, greener above ; petioles 3-5 times as long as the leaflets ; stipules subulate, small: flowering stems equalling or little exceeding the foliage, bearing one to two leaves: raceme dense, 2-4 cm. long; bracts subulate, 5-6 mm. long, nearly equalling the flowers, somewhat persistent ; pedicels very short: calyx brac- teolate, the bracts minute ; upper lip two-cleft for half its length; lower lip minutely 2-toothed at the apex, one fourth longer than the upper: corolla 7-8 mm. long, blue, over twice as long as the calyx ; standard broadly oval, glabrous on the back; wings ob- long, slightly longer than the standard; keel coarsely ciliate, deep violet at the tip: young pods silky-villous : ovules. about three. Dry stony bottoms of a small stream, margin of Barren Valley, eastern Oregon, 12 June 1901, Cusich, 2562. This plant is nearest related to Z. aridus Douglas. /TriFoLium arcuatum Cusickii var. nov. Differing from the type essentially in its leaflets which are linear, 3-4 cm. long, 2-5 mm. wide. Moist meadows of Camp Creek, Maurey’s Mt., eastern Oregon, 2 July 1901, Cusick, 2628. Also Clover Creek, Blue Mts., Orego™ 1886, Cusick. ’ Arctostaphylos obtusifolia sp. nov. Much branched shrub, about 1 m. high; bark dark ree smooth ; young twigs glandular-pubescent : leaves bright gree) ovate, obtuse, the bases usually truncate, sometimes — glabrous except the petioles and the bases of the midribs, ~~ pubescent ; blades 2~3 cm. long, about twice the petioles : sere terminal, pendulous, 3—4 cm. long, its reddish branches glen ne bracts reddish, ovate-triangular, obtuse, glandular ; pedicels & brous, 4~6 mm. long, 3-4 times as long as the bracts : cal pink, ovate, obtuse, 1.5 mm. long : corolla pale pink, ib the 5-6 mm. long, sparsely hairy within: filaments hairy 4 Pate Piper : NEW AND NOTEWORTHY NORTHWESTERN PLANTs 643 broadened bases : fruit globose, 8-9 mm. in diameter, the nutlets not united. In great thickets about Black Butte, eastern Oregon, 30 July 1901, Cusick, 2688a. “Phlox lanata sp. nov. Perennial from a stout woody caudex, densely tufted; annual Shoots about 2 cm. long, one-flowered : leaves subulate, sharply cuspidate, distinctly bisulcate, 6-7 mm. long, densely white woolly €xcept near the tips: calyx woolly, the lobes subequal, cuspidate, 6-7 mm. long: corolla pubescent at base within, the tube 1 cm. long, the orbicular lobes half as long, purple: style one fourth the length of the corolla-tube. _ Flat top of Stein’s Mt., Oregon, 4,000 feet altitude, 10 June 1901, Cusick, 2557. This is a very distinct species nearest related to P. canescens T.&G. It is much more woolly than any other North American Species, “Allocarya jucunda sp. nov. Low annual, branching from the base, prostrate or ascending, the branches, 5-10 cm. long, rather sparsely bristly throughout : leaves linear-oblong, obtuse, 1-2 cm. long, bristly-hirsute, except- ing the glabrous upper face: racemes loose, the bracts gradually reduced: flowers white : calyx bristly, the acute lobes slightly roader at base: nutlets narrowly trigonous, 1.25 mm. long, rather ght colored, somewhat vitreous-shining ; back very obscurely eeled, with about five low transverse rugae extending to the Margin, not at all muriculate ; ventral surface keeled, with obscure oblique rugae extending to the margin; scar basal, linear, the sur- founding margin not sharply edged. . Margin of Christmas Lake, eastern Oregon, 5 August 1901, Cusick, 2723, 2724. Ce he species here proposed is very close to A. Cusicki Greene and to 4, hispidula, but differs in the characters of its nutlets and Ves, “Mertensia Cusickii sp. nov. Whole plant pale green throughout, with a fine closely ap- Pressed oAanenilng ee erect, 30-45 cm. high, leafy to the top: Tadical leaves oblong-ovate or oblong, obtuse, veiny, the blade 48 ‘m. long, the petiole as long or longer: cauline sessile or nearly “a oblong or lance-oblong, mostly acute, 4-8 cm. long: panicle » the peduncles exceeded by the leaves: pedicels and bracts 644 Piper: NEw AND NOTEWORTHY NORTHWESTERN PLANTS hardly as long as the corollas: calyx pubescent, the lobes lance- ovate, acute, 4 mm. long: corolla blue, 10 mm. long, the ampliate limb as long as the tube: anthers as long as the filaments. Dry soil, Stein’s Mt., eastern Oregon, 7,000 feet altitude, 18 June 1901, Cusick, 2532. The species here proposed is quite different from any of those recently published. The pubescence of the plant here described is very much more marked than on any similar plant known to the writer. : ¥ Lonicera sororia sp. nov. Shrub 5-1 m. high: bark pale: young shoots sparsely glan- dular: flowering branches with three or four pairs of leaves: leaves thin, green and nearly glabrous, except the ciliate margins, all short-petioled, 2~4 cm. long, the lower one or two pairs elliptic- oblong, the obtuse apex mucronate; upper two pairs obovate, cuneate at base, acute or acuminate, especially the uppermost pair: bud-scales triangular-ovate, acute, persisting on the stem at least two years: fruiting peduncles about 2 cm. long, sparsely stipitate-glandular : fruit red, as large as a pea, formed of the two completely united ovaries: seeds 3 mm. long, finely reticulated : _ flowers not seen. Wet forests, Cycan Mts., eastern Oregon, 14 August 1901, Cusick, 2759. This is closely related to L. conjugialis Kellogg, from whic obovate leaves would seem to separate it. h its ANTENNARIA PARVIFOLIA Nutt. The type of this species is in the herbarium of the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences. It is by no means a satisfactory specimen to identify. Two opinions have been expressed in regard to i; the first by Dr. P. A. Rydberg (Flora Montana, 412), who 7 gards it as identical with A. rosea Eaton; the other by Professor E. L. Greene (Pittonia, 3: 280), who identifies it with 4. mucre- phylla Rydb. Mr. Elias Nelson, in his recent revision, Proc. u. S. Nat. Museum, 23: 708, accepts Professor Greene’s view, though he states in the introduction that he had not een the Le I am totally unable to agree with either of the above decisions, but would regard the plant as probably A. aprica Greene. ¥e M. L. Fernald has also examined the plant at my request and too thinks it A. aprica, : A, microphylla Rydb. seems to me a valid species. PIPER: 1 R: NEW AND NOTEWORTHY NORTHWESTERN PLANTS 645 - Aster Elmeri sp. nov. Perennial, erect, about 1 m. high: stems rather stout, pubes- cent in a line except near the base: leaves rather distant, ample, ee. 2—3 cm. broad, scarcely reduced up to the inflo- a roudly lanceolate, acute, coarsely serrate, glabrous or - ate except the scabrous margins, all narrowed at bases into road petioles : inflorescence loose, with rather few heads, these ge mere peduncles 2-5 cm. long : involucre broadly tur- i. , the bracts coriaceous, linear-oblong, acute, ciliate, green for a ‘a one half or one third, not at all squarrose, imbricated in dise-A wad ranks, the innermost and longest nearly equalling the oh. orets: rays pale violet, about 10 mm. long: pappus dirty- In rich bottoms of Sinlahekin Basin, near Loomiston, Okano- §an county, Wash., August 1897, A. D. £. Elmer, 571. A well marked species of doubtful relationship. “Aster diabolicus sp. nov. & Perennial, erect, about 1 m. high, leafy to the top: stem sparsely > “SSnaiog : Raves thin, green, linear or linear oblanceolate, acute tin 2 tuse, scabrous on the margins, entire or nearly so, the cau- . 3-10 cm, long, sessile by broad bases, the basal 10-14 cm. Ge 8, Narrowed with a broad sparsely ciliate petiole : inflorescence _ Yery loose, the heads mostly solitary, terminating long branches, ond cm. long: heads 1 cm. high, rather large: involucral bracts oa y green, linear or linear-lanceolate, acute, ciliate, loosely ap- Mos a in about two series, shorter than the disk-florets: rays . » 10-14 mm. long: pappus sordid. Gravelly bars of Squaw Creek, Crook county, Oregon, 17 July 1901, Cusick, 2670. A handsome species, closely related to A. amplus Lindley. “ Aster Wattii sp. nov. Perennial, branched from the middle, 40 cm. high, rough- leaves all entire, thickish, te, all but the lowermost 15 mm. broad: heads 1.5 involucral bracts all ee Cent throughout, leafy to the top: : at, acute and bluntly cuspida __osile by broad bases, 2—7 cm. long, 7— 646 Preer: NEw anp NoTEworTHY NORTHWESTERN PLANTS The species is allied to A. foliaceus Lindley. It is a very dif- ferent plant from A. foliaceus pubescens Gray. ¥ Aster (MAcHAERANTHERA) glossophyllus sp. nov. Biennial or perhaps perennial from a stout root : stems branch- ing from the base, the whole plant finely puberulent ; leaves scat- tered, oblong-spatulate, obtuse but mostly cuspidate, the basal at- tenuate into broad petioles, the others sessile, 1-3 cm. long, only the midrib evident : heads mostly terminating few-bracted branches, these with the involucre glandular, about 1 cm. broad, 6-8 mm. high : involucre hemispherical, the rigid bracts in 3-4 series, linear, acute or acuminate, ciliate at apex, only the tips green, these more or less squarrose: rays violet, few, 1 cm. long: pappus sordid: style-branches subulate: akenes pubescent. Black Butte, eastern Oregon, 19 July 1901, Cusick, 2680. Most nearly related to A. Pattersoni Gray. / Aster vaccinus sp. nov. Perennial, erect, .5—1 m. high: stems glabrous or sparsely pilose above: leaves distant, pale-green, glabrous, entire nes scabrous-ciliate, the lower ones broadly lanceolate, acute, nat- rowed at base into broad petioles, 10-15 cm. long, 3 cm. broad : cauline lanceolate, acute, sessile by broad bases, 2-8 cm. long : inflorescence loose, its leaves much reduced: heads scattered, mostly solitary, terminating the branches: involucre hemispher- ical, the bracts numerous in about three ranks, the outer succes sively shorter, linear-lanceolate, acute, minutely ciliate, green for the terminal half, not equalling the disk-florets, the outermost passing into the narrow bracts of the branches: rays blue oF a violet, 8-12 mm. long: pappus sordid. Stream banks, Cow Valley, Malheur county, Oregon, 4 sit 1901, Cusick, 2782 (type); also no. 2785, head of Antone Creek, Blue Mts., Oregon, in moist soil, in black pine forests, 7,000 ie altitude, 26 Sept. 1901. This species is quite closely allied to A. adscendens Lindley. Supplementary Notes on the Erysiphaceae By E. S. Satmon, F.L.S. ADDENDA I have lately received from Professor Shotaro Hori a very in- interesting Uncinula from Japan (Tokio; coll. K. Yoshino, 6 Nov. 1901). The fungus presented these characters : __ Perithecia truly amphigenous, mycelium subpersistent, very thin, effused ; perithecia 85-120 in diam., cells of outer peri- thecial wall 10-14 4 wide; appendages 9-21, from slightly ex- ceeding the diameter of the perithecium to 1.5 times its diameter, Straight or slightly curved throughout their length, simple, color- less, aseptate, stout, about 7 # wide in the lower half, not or only slightly enlarged upwards ; apex closely coiled, not swollen, some- @ times slightly helicoid, basal part of appendage becoming refractive _ 4nd thick-walled ; asci 4-6, broadly ovate, 45-50 x 28-30 /, stalk _ Very short ; spores usually 4-6, rarely 3 or 7, very rarely 8, ellip- _ old, rounded at the ends, 18-19 x IOP. |. From typical U. Sengokui Salm., the above fungus differs only p, the usually fewer appendages and in the fewer slightly smaller foc. The appendages also of the present form are, perhaps, more frequently Straight, but otherwise, in shape, size, stoutness, etc., “Sree perfectly with those of typical U. Sengokut, When, as is often the case, the appendages are few and distant, the present form Somewhat approaches U. De/avayi Pat., but that species ffers in the larger cells of the outer wall of the perithecium, in the Still fewer appendages which are distinctly swollen upwards, and m the larger asci and spores. When, however, the appendages ae more numerous, the present form is seen clearly to be mor- Phologically inseparable from U. Sengokui, of which it must, at any ‘ate for the present, be considered a small form. U. Sengokui is oly known on Celastrus articulatus (from Komaba, Tokyo), while form described above was collected on Fraxinus Bunge ane . Var. pubinervis Wenz. This occurrence is especially interest- eScause hitherto the only Uncinula known to occur on Frax- Was U. fraxini Miyabe (on Fraxinus longicuspis), a species ‘RAT _ in Russia is S. mors-uvae to be considered indigenous, 648 SALMON : SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON ERYSIPHACEAE quite distinct from U. Sengokuz in the longer narrower appen- dages, and the regularly 8-spored asci, etc. I have also received from Professor Shotaro Hori some beau- tiful specimens of Uncinula verniciferae P. Henn. with. perfectly ripe perithecia. These specimens were collected, some on the leaves of Rhus vernicifera DC. (Prov. Hidachi, Japan; 10 Oct. 1901), and some on the fruit of R. swccedanea L. (Prov. Idzumo, Japan, coll. F. Tanaka, 12 Oct. 1901; and Prov. Miye, coll. N. Miura, 17 Oct. 1g01).- An examination of this material shows U. verniciferae to possess these characters : Amphigenous on leaves and fruit, mycelium subevanescent on the leaves, persistent on the fruit; perithecia gregarious or scat tered, subglobose, black, very variable in size, 80-140 y in diam., cells of outer: perithecial wall about 15 » wide ; appendages variable in number, 15~35, or rarely as few as 6, equalling, to 134 times exceeding, the diameter of the perithecium, simple, or very rarely forked towards the apex, colorless, aseptate, about 6 wide at the base, lower half becoming thick-walled, refractive, and often rough, narrowed into a closely coiled sometimes helicoid apex ; ascl 3-9 broadly ovoid, 45-60 x 35-45 , stalk short ; spores 6-8, rarely 5, ellipsoid, 20 x 11-12. : U. verniciferae is extremely variable in the size of the perithe- cium and in the number of its appendages, but may be readily recos- nized by the appendages being narrowed upwards to the closely coiled apex, _ With regard to the reported occurrence of Sphaerotheca mors- uvae in Belgium (ane, p. 94), I am now able to state on the authority of Professor E. Marchal that this record was due to @ mistake, and is to be expunged. Quite recently, however, Hennings (1) has reported the occ rence of S. mors-uvae in Russia—‘ Government of Moskau, Gut Michailowskoje,” where it was collected by Mr. N. A. Mossolow in July 1901. Hennings (2. c.) observes of the fungus : ae selbe tritt anscheinend epidemisch auf kultivierten Stachelbect” a auf. Eine Einschleppung des Pilzes aus Nordamerika oder au e 4 anderen Gebieten hat zweifellos nicht stattgefunden, sondern ¢5 dieser Pilz jedenfalls in Russland heimisch.” Magnus (2), 0" ‘ r other hand, has expressed his opinion that neither in Ireland oa but that © has been introduced from North America. The reason that Mag” SALMON: SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON ERYSIPHACEAE 649 nus gives in support of his view is that if the fungus were indige- nous to Ireland or Russia it would have certainly have been ob- served before, and would have spread to other countries. With the object of obtaining further knowledge on the circum- _ Stances of the outbreak of the present fungus in Russia, I wrote to Mr. N. A. Mossolow and to Professor A. de Jaczewski, Vegetable Pathologist to the Minister of Agriculture, St. Petersburg. From the former I received the following information: ‘The infected gooseberry bushes were planted several years ago, and were bought in Petersburgh and in Riga. Various kinds of gooseber- ries were affected by the disease. The summer of 1go1, when the disease appeared in Michailowskoje, was very hot and dry. We found the fungus in great abundance only on the fruit of the $0oseberries and not on the branches. The fruit garden in which the gooseberries are growing is surrounded by the park and woods on one side; on the other side by a hedge of Cratacgus. The fruit garden consists of apple trees, cherries, raspberries, strawber- ties, currants and a few hardy plants, Radws caesius,” etc. Pro- fessor A. de Jaczewski writes: ‘(I do not know of the fungus having been found anywhere else in Russia than in the neighbor- hood of Moskau. I do not think, however, that there is any -feason to believe that the parasite could have been introduced into Russia from America. We have a great many American fungj (on cultivated and wild plants) which could not have been intro- duced in any way (L/asmopora Cubensis, Phytopthora phaseoli, Exo- basidium Platydiscus), It is very probable that the Sphacrotheca is to be found in many localities here, but we have so few mycolo- gists in Russia that there are scarcely afy investigations on this — Subject, so that our knowledge on the geographical distribution of fungi in Russia is very defective.” he LITERATURE. 28; Hennings, P. Uber die Verbreitung und das Vorkommen von _ Sphaerotheca mors-uvae (Schw.), dem Stachelbeer-Meltau, in Russ- _ land. Gartenfl. 51: 170, 171. 1902. Magnus, P. Ueber den Stachelbeer-Meltau. /. ¢., 245-247- Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany Areschoug, F. W. C. Untersuchungen iiber den Blattbau der Man- grove-Pflanzen. Bibliotheca Botanica, 11%: 1-92. p/. J-13. 1902. Arthur, J. C. New Species of Uredineae—I. Bull. Torrey Club, 28: 661-666. 30D. roor. New species in Puccinia (5), Aecidium (3), Peridermium, Gymnosporangium, and Roestelia (2). Ashe, W. W. & Ayres, H. B. Trees of the Southern Appalachians. Message from the President of the United States, etc. Appendix A, 93-106. 1902. _ To this is added a list of shrubs of the same region by W. W. Ashe, pp. 107-109. Ayres, H. B. & Ashe, W. W. Forests and Forest Conditions in the Southern Appalachians. Description of the Southern Appalachian Forests. Message from the President of the United States, etc. Appendix A. 45-59. f/. 37-49; 69-91. pl. 56, 57. 1902. Barnhart, J. H. Dates of Elliott’s Sketch. Bull. Torrey Club, 28: 680-688. 30 D. 1gor. Britton, E.G. How the wild Flowers are protected. Plant World, S * t§tH857. Au. rge2. Britton, E. G. Octodiceras Julianum, its Propagation, Distribution and History. Bryologist, 5: 83, 84. S. 1902. [Illust.] Burt, E.A. Some hymenomycetous Fungi from South America. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 571, 572. 25S. 1902. Campbell, D.H. On the Affinities of certain anomalous Dicotyledons. Am. Nat. 36: 7-12. f. 7, 2. Ja. 1902. Campbell, D. H. Recent Investigations upon the Embryo Sac of Angiosperms. Am, Nat. 36: 777-786. f 7-5. O. 1902. Cardot, J. & Theriot, I. The Mosses of Alaska. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. 4: 293-372. pl. 17-23. 31 Jl. 1902. Includes new species in Cynodontium, Dicranum, Trichostomum (2), B arbula (4)s Rhacomitrum, Ulota, Orthotrichum, Entosthodon, Webera, Bryum (10), P olytrichums Brachythecium, Plagiothecium, and Hypnum (2). Chandler, H. P. A Revision of the Genus Wemophila. Bot. es 34: 194-215. p/. 2-5. 25S. 1902. Clark, H.W. Flora of Eagle Lake and Vicinity. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1901: 128-192. 7, I-7. 1902. Contains a list of plants. ae 650 Clinton, G. P. Apple Scab. Bull. Ill. Agric. Exp. Sta. 67: 109-156. D. gor. Includes bibliography with 172 titles. Cockerell, T. D. A. Flowers and Insects in New Mexico. Am. Nat. | INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 651 j 36: 809-817. O. 1902. | Cook, M. T. The Vegetation of abandoned Rock Quarries. Proc. | Ind. Acad. Sci. 1901: 266-272. f. I-g. 902. Cook, 0. F. The American Origin of Agriculture. Pop. Sci. Monthly, 61: 492-505. O. 1902. Copeland, E. B. The Rise of the Transpiration Stream: An historical and critical Discussion. Bot. Gaz. 34: 161-193. f. 25S. 1902; 260-283. 24 O. 1902. Cotton, J. S. Three new Plants from Washington. Bull. Torrey Club, 20: 573, 574. 25S. 1902. New species in Glyceria, Astragalus, and Orthocarpus. Coulter, S. Contributions to the Flora of Indiana. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1901: 297-303. 1902. Crawford, J. Root Relations of Pogonia verticillata. Plant World, 4: 53, 54. Mr. 1gor. Dandeno, J. B. An Investigation into the Effects of Water and aqueous Solutions of some of the common inorganic Substances on foliage Leaves. Trans. Can. Inst. 7: 238-350. D. 1901. Davidson, A. Sphaerostigma erythran. sp. Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. #+ 118, 1139. p/. 9. 1 N. 1902. : Day, M.A. Herbaria of New England. Rhodora, 3: 67-71. Ap. 1901; 206-208. Jl. 1901; 219-222. Au. 1901; 240-244. S. 1901 ; 255-262. O. 1901; 281-283. N. 1901; 285-288. D. Igor. DeCandolle, C. Piperaceae. Symb. Antill. 3: 161-274. 15 Au. 1902. New species in Piper (21) and Peperomia (6) with Latin diagnoses of all the species of the West Indies, Dobson, W. R. Rice Weeds in Louisiana. Bull. La. Agric. Exp. | Sta. 61: 402-437. 1900. Dorner, H. B. Effect of the Composition of the Soil upon the minute Structure of Plants. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1901: 284-288. 1902. [Illust. | Douglass, E. A Cretaceous and Lower Tertiary Section in south- central Montana. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 41: 207-224. Ap. 1902. ‘Hiller, M.-F. The germinative Power of the Conidia of Aspergil 652 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Eastwood, A. Notes on Californian Species of De/phinium. Bull. Torrey Club, 28: 667-674. 30 D. 1go1. Includes notes on De/phinium decorum and diagnoses of six new species and varieties. Fairchild, D. G. The Sensitive Plant as a Weed in the Tropics. Bot. Gat. 34: 228-230. f. 25S. 1902. Fernald, M. L. The Relationships of some American and Old World Birches. Am. Jour. Sci. IV. 14:. 167~194. pl. 5, 6. S. 1902. Fowler, J. The Flora of St. Andrews, New Brunswick. Suppl. 32d Ann. Rep. Dept. Marine and Fisheries, Fisheries Branch. Sessional Paper, No. 22a: 41-48. 1902. Freeman, W. H.. Correlation of Forestry and the Sciences. Proc. Ind, Acad. Sci. rg01: 54-58. 1902. Golden, K. E. A Study of the Histology of the Wood of certain Species of Pines. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. IgOI: 292-297. f. 1902. Green, S. G. Forestry in Minnesota. 8vo. 1-401. f. 1-63. St Paul, rgoz. Grout, A.J. Brachythecium Nelsoni, n. sp. Bryologist, 5: 75- P!- 7- S. 1902. Halsted, B. D. Report of the Botanist. Rep. N. J. Agric. Exp. Sta. 22: 385-459. pl. I-73. 1902. _ Experiments in crossing lima beans, tomatoes, cucumbers, egg plants, sweet ii salsify, etc. Plant breeding at the various Experiment Stations. Asparagus rust, © blight, broom rape on clover, on tomatoes, grass ergot, corn smut, cucumber blight, : ; } f grape mildew, tulip mould, seedless tomatoes, dimorphism in buckwheat. A study © dodders. Harshberger, J. W. The Germination of the Seeds of Carapa Guia- nensts Aubl. Proc. Acad. Sci. Phila. 54: 122-126. 1902- Hedgcock, G.G. The Relation of the Water Content of the Soil to certain Plants, principally Mesophytes. Bot. Survey Nebraska. Studies in the Vegetation of the State, II. 5-79. 31 O. 1902+ Hennings, P. Einige neue Cordyceps-arten aus Surinam. Hedwig 41: 167-169. 5 Au. 1902. Includes six species. Heydrich, F. Das Tetrasporangium der Florideen, ein Vorlaufer q sexuellen Fortpflanzung. Bibliotheca Bot. 11: 1-9. p/ 7: 479 Hill, E. J. Notes on Migratory Plants. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 5°4 570. 25S. 1g02. : _ oryzae. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1901: 272-275. 1902- INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 65¢ Holzinger, J.M. Catharinea (Pstlopilum) Tschuctschica. Bryologist, 5: 80-82. A/. 8 S. 1902. Holzinger, J. M. The Duration of Claytonia Chamissoi Ledeb. Plant World, 4: 41-43. pi ge Mie toort H[ooker], J. D. Masdevallia Schroederiana. Curt. Bot. Mag. III. 58: p/. 7859. 1 O. 1902. Native of Peru? Jeffrey, E.C. The Structure and Development of the Stem in the Pteridophyta and Gymnosperms. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, B. 195: 119-146. pl. 7-6. 11 Je. 1902. Kirkwood, J.E. The Vegetation of northwestern Oregon. Torreya, 2: 129-134. 30 Au. 1902. Knowlton, F. H. Fossil Hickory Nuts. Plant World, 4: 51, 52. Mr. roor. Knowlton, F. H. Notes on the Origin of Cultivated Plants; the Apple. Plant World, 5: 145-147. Au. 1902. Kraemer, H. The Pith Cells of Phytolacca decandra. Torreya, 2: T4I-143. 30 Au. 1902. Kurtz, F. Quelques mots a propos du discours de Mr. A. Gallardo “La Botanique a la République Argentine.’’ Com. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, 1: 336-342. 6D. 1gol. Long, W. H., Jr. Fungus Spores as Bee-Bread. Plant World, 4: me Si. Mr. rg01. Lindroth, a ie 8 Mykologische Mitteilungen. Acta Societatis Pro Fauna et Flora Fennica, 20°: 1-29. p/. 3 Mr. 1901. Tncludes new combinations and species in Puccinia (2), Uromyces, and Aecidium. Lindroth, J. I. Uredineae Novae. Meddelanden Stockholms Hégs- kolas, 4°: 1-8. Igol. New species in Caeoma, Puccinia' (6), and Aecidium. Hoyd, F. E. Mutual Irregularities in opposite Leaves. Torreya, 2: 137-139. 30 Au. 1902. MacDougal, D.T. Prof. de Vries’s Experiments upon the Origin of Species, Independent, 1902: 2283. 25 S. 1902. MacMillan, C. Suggestions on the Classification of Seeds. Bot. Gaz. 34: 224-228. 25S. 1902. un, J. Catalogue of Canadian Plants. Part VII. Lichenes and _ Hepaticae. 8vo, i-v, 1-318, i-xix. Ottawa, 1goz. Includes list of 196 hepaticae, 614 lichens and many additions to the previous list of 654 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE [Masters, M. T.] Cereus dasyacanthus and Houlleti. Gard, Chron. III, 32: 252, 253. f: 84, 85. 40. 1902. Mearns, E. A. Two new Species of poisonous Sumachs from the States of Rhode Island and Florida. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 15: 147-149. 20 Je. Igo2. R. littoralis and R. Floridana, Meehan, T. Contributions to the Life History of Plants. No. XVI. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 54: 33-36. 1902. Notes on the Bartram oak and Lobelia. Meehan, T. Lrigeron Philadelphicus. Meehan’s Monthly, 12: 101, 163, 7. 7. . ji. 1902. Mutchler, F. A Collection of Myxomycetes. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. I90l: 291, 292. 1902. Collected near Bloomington, Indiana. Ostenfeld, C. H. Aalophila Aschersonii, n. sp. Botanisk Tidsskrift, 24: 239, 240.7. 77. Jl. 1902. Native of St. Croix, West Indies. Osterhout, G.E. A corrected Name. Bull. Torrey Club, 28: 689- 30 D. 1901. Substitutes A/entzelia speciosa for M. aurea Osterhout, not A. aurea Nutt. Parish, S. B. The southern California Species of Calochortus. Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci. 1: 102-106. p/. 8. 2 Au. 1902; 120-125- N. 1902. Includes C. striatus, new species. ‘Patouillard, N. Champignons de la Guadeloupe recueillis par oe P. Duss. Bull. Soc. Mycol. de France, 17: 171-186. 15 ee 1902. [Illust.] ” New species in Collybia, Favolus, Trogia, Crepidotus (5), Melanopus, ea se Plerula (3), Lycogalopsis, Lycoperdon, Mycenastrum, Coleospermum, Ti pirate tium, Rosellinia, Hypomyces (2), Hypocrea, Ackermannia (gen. nov.) (2), gone, Mycogala, Phieospora, Hobsonia, and Stilbum. Peirce, G. J. Extrusion of the Gametes in Mucus. Torreya, 2+ 134” 137- 30 Au. 1902. oe Piper, C. V. Notes on the biennial and perennial West Baie . Species of Lappula. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 535-549- 26S. 19 Includes nine new species. Pollard, C. L. The Families of Flowering Plants. ae Suppl. 3: 1-6. Ja.; 7-14. F.; 15-22. Mr.; 23-27- ie 2 a5. My. g-k5.- ¥e:: 45~6i. Ji; 5359. Av.; 5F2F 69-76. O.; 77-84. N.; 85-91. D. 1g00. [Illust.] _ Plant World, INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 655 Pollard, C. L. The families of Flowering Plants. Plant World, Suppl. 4: 93-188. f. 76-766. Ja.-D. 1901. Published in monthly instalments of eight pages each. Pollard, C. L. & Cockerell, T. D. A. Four new Plants from New Mexico. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 15: 177-179. 6 Au. 1902. New species in Viola, Primula, and Achillea. Postelsia. The Year Book of the Minnesota Seaside Station. 12mo. I-220. A/. r-26. St. Paul, 1902. Rehder, A. Webb’s ‘Study of Sfiraea.’’ Bot. Gaz. 34: 246. 25S. 1902. Robinson, B.L. Flora of the Galapagos Islands. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. 38: 77-270. pl. 1-3. O. 1902. New species in Glossophora, Dasya, and Herpophylion (gen. prov.) by W. G, Far- low ; Chloris, Pilea, Phoradendron, Froelichia, Telanthera (3), Mollugo, Bursera, Acalypha (3), Euphorbia, Cereus (2), Opuntia, Miconia, Hydrocotyle, Acnistus, Justicia, Microcarpum, and Scalesia (5), by the author, Schumann, and others. Rydberg, P, A. A new Station for /sofria affinis. Torreya, 2: 143. 30 Au. Igo2. Sargent, C. S. Newor little known North American Trees—II. Bot. Gaz. 31: 1-16. 21 Ja. tgot. New species of Geditsia and Crataegus (7). Smith, R. E. Growing China Asters. Bull. Mass. Agric. Exp. Sta. 79: 1-26. F. 1goz. Discusses wilt or stem rot and yellow disease or blight. Stone, G. E. & Smith, R. E. Report of the Botanists: Rep. Mass. Agric. Exp. Sta. 14: 57-85. Ja. 1902. ; Notes on the dying of cut-leaved birches ; the present status of chrysanthemum rust 'n Massachusetts ; the effects of desiccation on soil; melon failures ; stem — and wilt diseases ; the present status of asparagus rust in Massachusetts; and sterilization of soil _™ greenhouses for fungous diseases. --Tischler, G. Die Berberidaceen und Podophyllaceen. Versuch einer _ Morphologisch-biologischen Monographie. Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 31: 396-727. f. 7-370. 29 Au. 1902. Torrey, H. B. An unusual Occurrence of Dinoflagellata on the Cali- fornia Coast. Am. Nat. 36: 187-192. f. 2-3. Mr. 1902. : Trelease, W. Thirteenth Annual Report of the Director. Rep. Mo. Bot. Garden, 13: 13-26. 1902. % » W. The Yucceae. Rep. Mo. Bot. Garden, 13: 27-133. d?. 7-99. 1902. _ An elaborate revision of the entire tribe. . 656 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Urban, I. Bibliographia Indiae occidentalis botanica, continuatio II. Symb. Ant. 3: 1-13. 1 Mr. 1902. Urban, I. Notae biographicae peregrinatorum Indiae occidentalis bo- tanicorum. Symb. Ant. 3: 14~158. 1 Mr. rgoz. Vries, H. de. My Primrose Experiments. Independent, 1902: 2285- 2288. 25S. 1902. Webber, H. J. & Orton, W. A. Some Diseases of the Cowpea. Il. A Cowpea resistant to Root Knot (Heterodera radicicola). Bull. U. S- Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry), 17: 23-38. p/. 5-6. 22 Ap. 1902. Webster, H. A Form of the bitter Boletus. Rhodora, 4: 187, 188. S. 1902. White, C. A. The saltatory Origin of Species. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 511-522. 30 Au. rgo2. Includes two new species of tomato of the De Vresian type. White, D. Description of a fossil Alga from the Chemnng of New York with Remarks on the Genus Wadicserites Sternberg. Rep. N. Y. State Paleontologist, 1901. 593-605. p/. 3, 4. 1902. Wildeman, E. de. Nemopanthes Canadensis DC. Ic. Select. hort. Thenensis, 3: 1. p/. rz. D. rgor. Wildeman, E. de. Symphoricarpos oreophilus A. Gray. Ic. Select. hort. Thenensis, 3: 69-72. pl. 98. My. 1902. A North American species. _ Wildeman, E. de. Piper unguiculatum Ruiz et Pav. Ic. Select hort. Thenensis, 3: 77-79. pl. r00. My. 1902. _ A species from the West Indies and South’ America. Williams, E. F. Noteworthy Carices at Sudbury, Massachusetts: _ Rhodora, 4: 167, 168. Au. 1902. . _ Woodworth, C.W. Orange and Lemon Rot. Bull. Calif. Agric: Exp: eo Bia 449: 1~13. F. 1902. FOSSIL FRUITS AND LIGNITES. PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY t. MEMOIRS OF THE DEPARTMENT : Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893- 1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-18y8. Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (1893). By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50, 1892-1894. Price $5.00, Vel. 3. Nos. 51-75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00. Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895-1896. Price $5.00. Vol. 5. Nos. 101-125. 1896-1897. Price $5.00. Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1898. Price $5.00. Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1901. Price $5.00. 8 Vol. 8. Nos..176-. 1901—(current). List of separate numbers available on application. 3. A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895-1896. Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y. The Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- barium material for any of the above named publications. Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. City. 4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor of Botany, 1891-1896 ; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son Brown. Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages ; Vol. 2 642 pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating every species described. ee Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for the’ three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10.00. : ae 5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) rg00. By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Proféssor of Botany, 1896-. Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & Co. New York. Price $1.00. 6 Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- wood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. Duodecimo, 236 paces 10 plates. Published by Henry Holt & Co. Price $1.50. 7. A Text-book of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clarence Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895-. Octavo, 360 pages; $7 illustrations. Published by Longmans, -Green & Co. New York. Price $3.00. UNDERWOOD’S Moulds, Mildews and Mushrooms. A Guide to the Systematic Study of the Fungi and Mycetozoa and their Literature. Illustrated with ten heliotype plates, one colored. By Lucien M. UNDERWOOD. 12mo. Pp. 236. Price $1.50 ez. Contains synopses of the genera of fleshy and parasitic fungi, with historical sketch of the study of mycology in America, and copious references to the literature of the subject. Sufficiently technical for accuracy, but intended to enable the novice to recognize the systematic position of the ordinary fungi of fields and woods. Particular attention is paid to the edible species. HENRY HOLT & CoO,, 29 West 23d Street, NEW YORK. Fah es Back numbers of the BULLETIN oF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLuB wanted to complete files, as follows: Vol. 7 (1880) Nos. 1, 9. Vol. 14 (1887) Nos. 1, 2. Vol. 8 (1881) Nos. 2, 10, 11. Vol. 15 (1888) any numbers. Vol. 9 (1882) Nos. t, 5. Vol. 16 (1889) Nos. 3, 4- Vol. 11 (1884) Nos. 1, 2, 3 Vol. 17 (1890) Nos.(4 8, 95 10 1% Vol. 12 (1885) Nos. 1, 2, 3. Vol. 18 (1891) No. 1. Se ther Contributions of duplicate numbers requested of members of the Club. O possessing numbers invited to state prices. ADDRESS TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB, ciry: Cocumesia University, NEw YORK aa Lichens of Southern California FOR SALE in Sets of 100 Species, at $10.00 per Set, each contai typical Pacific and also about 20 New Species. Address ‘Dr. H. E. HASIE, Soldiers’ Home, Los Angeles Co., Californ!#- ning WET AND DRY Cryptogamic and Phaenogamic PLANT MATERIAL collected and preserved especially FOr CLASS - SU Ds. Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Glasses and Slides, Forceps, Scalpels and Needles. “Laboratory Note Book” of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., Pror. D. T. MacDoucAatL, Redford Park, New York City, A timely book of 12 chapters dealing with the~special senses of plants, development of irrita- bility, compass plants, sensitive plants, effects of cold, growth of leaves, significance of color, com- pari-on of plants and animels, etc., in a non-technical manner. Original illustrations, interesting, comprehensive and thoronghly modern. Printed on enamelled paper, 30 illustrations, 242 +8 pages- marginal sub titles. Handsomely bound in cloth Postpaid, $1 25. Send orders to Dr. D. T. MacDoucaL, Bedford Park, New York City, orto Morris AND WIL- Son, University Book Store, Minneapolis, Minn COMMENTS. It is a collection of delightfully written essays on certain of the more important and interesting features of li ving plants in the broadest sense. The facts set forth are in all cases the latest results of iNvestigationin the various lines, and the language is simple and non-technical.— Plant World Cc as book will make an admirable addition to the scientific alcove ot every pttlic library.—Prof. . E. Bessry. s It is an interesting volume to all who care to know what science has recently discovered in the Physiology and pathology of the vegetable kingdom.—New York World. A Text-Book of General Lichenology With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern United States. By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M.S., M.D. The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their orphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80 ; in cloth, $4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application. PUBLISHED BY WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghamton, N.Y. “FLORA DE FILIPINAS’’— Blanco. Edition de Luxe. 4 folio vols. text (Latin and Spanish on the same page). 2 vols (480) beautifully colored, lithographed plates. Published at Manila, 1877-1883—Ed. Vidal. Price reduced from $320 to $200; handsomely bound. _ Positively only New Copies Available! (See ‘‘ The Inhabitants of the Philippines,” page 62). ELLA P. AMILON, N. E. Cor. 19th and Chestnut Streets, Philadelphia, Pa. PUBLICATIONS The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- taining notes, news and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- bers of the Garden. ‘To others, 10 cents a copy; $1.00 a year. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. I, 1900, viii + 213 pp. Vol. II, 1901, viii+ 204 pp. Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying — the results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Vol. I, Nos. I-5, 449 PP-> 3 maps, and 12 plates, 1896-1900. $3.00. No. 6, 232 pp., 20 plates. Free to all members of the Garden; to others, 50 cents. Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden, Vol. 1. An Annotated Cat- alogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone Park, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of the museums. An arrangement and critical discussion of the Pteridophytes and Phanerogams of the region with notes from the author’s field book — and including descriptions of 163 new species. ix-+ 492 pp. Roy. 8vo, with de- tailed map. Price to members of the Garden, $1.00. To others, $2.00, [Not — offered in exchange. ] _ Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals - other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. No. 1, Symbiosis and Saprophytism, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. No. 2. New Species from western United States, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 3. The dichotomous Pantcums : some new Species, by Geo. V. Nash. No. 4. Delphinium Carolinianum and related Species, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 5. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—I, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 6. Notes and Descriptions of North American Plants I and II, by Dr. J. K. Small. No. 7. Vegetative Reproduction and Multiplication in Erythronium, by Fred erick H, Blodgett. ; No. 8. Two new Species of Grimmia from Montana, by R. S. Williams. No. 9. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—II, by Dr. Per Axel Rydbe No. 10, Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—III, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg No. 11. Life-history of Schiza pusilla, by Elizabeth G. Britton and Alexandrina Taylor. No. 12, Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—IV, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg _ No. 13. Farther Studies on the Potentilleae, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg. No. 14. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—V, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg: : No. 15. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—VI, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg: _ No. 16. Vanishing Wild Flowers, by Elizabeth G, Britton. ee No. 17. The Tylostomaceae of North America, by V. S. White. No. 18. Shrubs and Trees of the Southern States, by Dr. J. K. Small. No, 19. The American Species of Limncrchis and Piperia, North of Means by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg, oe No. 20, The Morphology and Physiology of the Seedlings of Arisaema triphylium and 4. Dracontium, by R. J. Rennert. soe No. 21. Two new Western Mosses, by R. S. Williams. ene: No, 22, Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—VII, by Dr. Per Axel hap ____ All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to eee New York BOTANICAL GARDEN ee Bronx Park, Nw YORK © ESTABLISHED 1851 EIMER & AMEND, — MANUFACTURERS AND IMPORTERS OF ‘Chemicals and Chemical Apparatus, 205, 207, 209 & au Third Ave., NEW YORK. Corner of 18th Street. SOLE AGENTS FOR THE UNITED STATE OF NORTH AMERICA, FOR : ey BE. March’s Szline “hemical Stone Ware. ‘ Schleicher % Schuell’s “Chemically Pure and Common Filter Paper. Doctor C. Scheibler’s Saccharome- ters (Polariscopes). Prof. Jolly’s Specific Gravity Bas | oognees. etc. S Le Brun F. Desmontes & Co. ao Paris, Platinum. oe H. T'ronesdorff’s C.F, Chemicals. SIALTIES :—Bacterioscopical Apparatus, Normal Graduated Glass- ce are, Porcelain from the Rovai Berlin and Meissen Factories, Bohem — jan and German Glassware, Filter Papers, Agate Mortars, Pure = ‘Hammered Platina, Balances and Weights, Copperware, Bunsen’ Burners and Combustion Furnaces, Apparat 3s ee Chemicals - - "Chemists. : _ LABORATORY ouTF ITS wa FOR ; — ASSAY ERS, UNIVERSITIES AND COLLEGES - :, : ‘Ercaine, Guspixe AND Rerawine _‘MEHIRS OF THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB. a series of technical papers on botanical aubsects - Established 1889. Price, $300 per volume, Separate numbers supplied at following prices which are re. at The Memcirs are not offered in exchange. Volume 1, No. 1-—Studies of the Types of various Species of the genus Carex. By L. H. Bailey. Price, $1.00. No. 2.—A List of the Marine Algz hitherto observed on the Coasts of New * ele and Staten Island. By Isaac C. Martindale. Price, 50 cents. No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Hepatice collected by Dr. H. H. exec’ in South America, By Richard Spruce. Price. 75 cents. ‘No. 4.—On Seedless Fruits. By E. Lewis Sturtevant. Price, 75 cents. Vol. 2, No. 1.—On reserve Food Materials in Buds and surrounding» ‘Parts, with two plates. By Syron D. Halsted. (Only sold with full volumes, ) No. 2—Contributions to the Botany of Virginia, with two plates. By Anna Marry Vail and Arthur Hollick. Price, 75 cents. ; No. 4.—A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus Polygala. : ‘illiam E, Wheelock. Price, 75 cents. - ‘Vol. 3. No. 1.—On the Flora of Western North Carolma and contiguous Ter~ fitory. By John K. Small and A. A. Heller. (Only with full yolumes. ) : No. 2.—A Revision of the North American Naiadacee with illustrations of ¢ species. By Thomas Morong. Price, $2.00. So ae _3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang. Henry. H. Rusby. Price, 50 cents. ate Bh. Vol. se No. 1.—Index” Hepaticarum. Part 1, Bibliography. By Lucien ™ erwood. Price, 75 cents. o 2.—R -on the Botanical Exploration of Virginia during the Season By John K. Small and Anna Murray Vail. Price, Sie cents. No. 3.—An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang—Il Rusby. Price, 50 cents. 4.—Arachis hypogaea. With three pistes. By A. S.. Pettit. Price, so-cents merersph of Physalis. By P.A. Rydberg. Price, 75 cen! t of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta of Northeastern North A Amer the Botanical Club, A.A A.S. Price, $3.00. fe Sy An Enumeration of the Plants collected in Bolivia by: sy . Ri Price, $1.2 ee. Hoenig of nie North American Isotheciaceae snl Brach: Price, gO cents. boi e Hi of Sphaerella facpsteli (Haematococcus 2 . Teey. liot' Hazen. © Price, 50 cents. erns- proposed snes to 1832. DECEMBER, 1902 EDITOR LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD ASSOCIATE Eprrors AN NEL LORD BRITTON — FRANCIS ERNEST LLOYD TON CLARENCE CURTIS ” DANIEL TREMBLY mAcpovGAL LL . AVERY HOWE . HERBERT MAULE RICHARDS _ ANNA MURRAY VAIL CONTE NTS He Basis f for the Mendetian aes! : hey Exahented of ide Plants See rs Oocan eras 657°) 6 Dre. H. Rusby in South America, 3885 1886, XX XIL: 7. H. Rusby. ator Mur- Report on a small Collection of fossil” ‘Plaines 662 | ~ from the Vicinity of Porcupine oe: sa ‘ : tana ( Puare 26): F. #7. re nowlton ¢ us Underuiood ; 669 | INDEX TO RECENT Lrreratu RE RELA TING Flora—IX: . | , 16 American Botany - te 1 two | Gane Indexes oon LISHED FOR THE cu ce Ea Privtina | Company. President, HON. ADDISON BROWN Vice- Presidents, HENRY H. RUSBY, M.D. Corresponding Secretary, ee K, SMALL, PaD. cents, Of former volumes only 1-6, 13, and 19 VoL. 29 No. 12 BULLETIN OF THE, TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB DECEMBER, 1902 A cytological Basis for the Mendelian Laws By WILuiamM AusTIN CANNON In the decade following the year 1860, Gregor Mendel, an abbot of the Roman Church, experimented in the garden of his abbey i in Briinn with plant hybrids. This experience led him to results and conclusions now believed by students of heredity to be of great importance. These were published in the Verhandlung des Naturforschenden Vereins of Brinn and were lost to the view of scientists until their rediscovery about two years ago by de Vries, Correns, and Tschermak. The plants experimented with by_ Mendel were mainly species of Pisum, Phaseolus, and Hieracium, and, although the results were in a measure contradictory, those founded upon his pea experiments were uniform, and constituted the basis for his conclusions, namely, those expressed by the “ Men- delian Laws.” The essential conception of Mendel may be briefly Stated as follows : ; | When one pure form (A) is crossed vith another pure form (a) e hybrid of the primary cross shows the A characters only. n, however, the hybrid plants of this generation are fertilized among themselves and produce offspring the a characters are first Seen, and in a definite proportion to the form bearing the 4 char- cters, These constitute the hybrids of the second generation. f now the hybrids of the second generation are fertilized in sucha Manner that plants with a characters are crossed with those bear- the same characters, and likewise plants bearing the opposing la icters with forms like themselves, the resulting hybrids will I ve in a manner characteristic of the respective cross. That is he plants with a characters will be found to transmit those ara SB ilsy tee “fixed”; and (2) When the plants (65T : 658 CANNON: A CYTOLOGICAL Basis with A characters are fertilized with other plants with the same characters, that is to say, if inbred, two sorts of hybrids will result : one portion will bear only the A characters, which may be demon- strated by inbreeding as before, and one portion, apparently also with 4 characters only, will be found to vary just as the hybrids of the primary cross varied, 7. ¢., this portion is really mixed or hybrid. The hybrids that bear the a characters are known as the “‘recessives” ; they do not appear in the first generation, and those with the A characters are called the “ dominants,”’ and they mask in the first generation the recessives. This general scheme may be better understood if tabulated as follows : Generations T ll , Ul iv Halide € BE ib scacd) seuenas thers G ccbcedgsansesave qeLicecccvevnccccves® ete. (male or : female). , TE. i csidevevessese YB SET: ele. 4 24 (a)... oe SA se 3 2 PA ests ervecsse Ao ee ete | [ naa 1A pe pe cstate pe en A, cee ett. (male or female). Fic 1. Explanation: 4: dominant character; @: recessive character ; A (a) a hybrid having both characters of which (a) is masked by 4. Not only do the hybrids vary thus in a regular manner but there is also a definite proportion of recessives (a), and dominants (A), as the table indicates. That is, referring to the table, in the second generation one fourth of the offspring is recessive (2), and three fourths apparently dominant (A) only, but really composed 4 of the two sorts (A(a)) one third of these being dominant (pure), and two thirds mixed (A(a)). The latter continue in the succeed- _ ing generation to vary just as the hybrids of the primary cross varied, 7. ¢., one fourth of their offspring bearing recessive, see ee fourth bearing dominant characters, and one half being both domi- _ fant and recessive. : : The regularity in the variation as just described in the second _ and later generations is accounted for by supposing that = FOR THE MENDELIAN LAws 659 hybrids of the first generation organize germ cells which are of pure descent, and that these unite in fertilization according to the laws of chance. Taking a specific case by way of illustration, we can imagine the following to take place when the sex cells A(a) of say the second generation meet each other in fecundation. The pollen, which is of pure descent, unites with the egg, which also is of pure descent, and the chances of union may be thus expressed: 4a; AA; aa; aA. So that it happens, since the anther forms two sorts of germ cells and the ovary also two sorts, that in this way one half of the hybrids of say the third gen- eration will be of mixed descent, and one half of pure, the latter being equally recessive and dominant. The results as calculated by the laws of chance, are thus seen to be precisely the same as what is found empirically to occur. Such are the more essential facts and conclusions of the dis- covery by Mendel, and upon them are based the two so-called “laws”’ of Mendel, namely, the law of dominance and that of the splitting of the hybrid race. The latter alone concerns us at present. We now arrive at the interesting question, Is there a cytological basis for Mendel’s law of the splitting of the hybrid race ? Bateson has recently suggested the idea that the ‘essential part of the discovery (of Mendel—the italics are my own) is the evidence that the germ cells or gametes produced by cross-bred organisms may in respect of given characters be of the pure parental types and consequently incapable of transmitting the opposite char- acter.” (The italics are in the original.) This notion has also been expressed by others, or may be implied from their conclusions. Assuming such to be the case, how may we account morpholog- ically for the purity of the sex cells? Do the sex cells, which are thus shown by experiment to be ‘ pure, arise by normal maturation mitoses, such as take place in pure taces, or are the divisions irregular, abnormal, and peculiar to each hybrid organism? It has, I think, generally been felt by botan- ists that the variations in the hybrids were, in some manner, con- ; nected with that of the formation of the sex cells from which they arose, and this has apparently received cytological support. For _ instance, both Guyer, from his morphological studies of hybrid 660 CANNON: A CYTOLOGICAL Basis pigeons, and Juel, from studies of hybrid Syringa, arrive at the conclusion last given, although this must be implied from Juel’s results, as for example, his account of how a Syringa hybrid pollen grain may become pure as respects the chromosomes of its nucleus. The pigeon hybrid was a fertile one and the Syringa infertile ; the possibility thus comes up of the variation in the hybrid pigeons being caused and brought about by the normal, rather than the irregular maturation mitoses. I have for two years past been studying the spermatogenesis of a fertile cotton hybrid, and I have attained results similar to those of Guyer. In the case of the cot- ton, however, the abnormal divisions were so clearly such, that sex cells arising from them would, in all likelihood, not be capable of continuing the race. It, therefore, seemed to me that, at least in the cotton, variation in the hybrid offspring must come about either because the maturation mitoses were such as would induce them, or quite independently of these nuclear divisions, since, i fertile hybrids the mitoses are normal. The nuclear divisions from which the pollen grains arise, as commonly understood by botanists to take place, would surely not induce the variation in the hybrids after the regular manner de- manded by the law of Mendel, and, believing that this variation does not occur independently of these divisions, I venture to Sug” gest a kind of maturation division which would, I believe, account for the variation as above given, and at the same time agree fully with the present day observations on the divisions if not with the conclusions derived therefrom. This matter finds an apparently adequate explanation if we ac- cept the results of Riickert and others (Wilson, The Cell, 257 and 273) based on the study of pure forms of both vertebrates a0 invertebrates. These results may be stated in brief as follows: The chromosomes derived from the father and the mother une in synapsis and separate in the metaphase of one of the maturation divisions, and also a single longitudinal division occurs, $0 that the end is attained that the chromatin is distributed in such a WaY that two of the cells receive pure paternal, and two cells p ternal chromosomes, and no cells receive chromosomes from both is the father and the mother. In this manner é¢ has been demonstf ated eae : that pur € races of animals may, and normally do, organise Sev cel a of pure descent, — ure Mae. FOR THE MENDELIAN Laws 661 Now since such is shown to be the case in pure races of ani- mals, I suggest that the sex cells of fertile animal hybrids are formed in a similar way, and thus we may have in animals a cyto- logical basis for variation in accord with the Mendelian conception. And I further suggest that this is the case in plants as well. This notion is, I am well aware, squarely opposed to the present con- ception of the nature of the maturation mitoses in plants, but I submit (1) That the optical effect in the dividing sex nucle would be the same in either case, and (2) That closer study of the early stages in the spermatogenesis of plants would give a result entirely analogous to the results drawn from analogous morphological studies of animals. NEW YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN. Studies in the Asclepiadaceae—VI, Notes on the Genus Rouliniella By ANNA MURRAY VAiL A close examination of herbarium specimens variously labelled Roulinia Jacquinii, R. unifaria and R. racemosa show that there are several species which if not new are at least deserving of rec- ognition; and this is an attempt to straighten out some of the species of a most interesting little genus. About twenty-one or twenty-two species can be enumerated, ranging from Texas to Argentina; but as the genus is but poorly represented, even in foreign herbaria, it is difficult without careful dissection to determine whether all the species credited to Roulinia are correctly placed. Rouliniella Roulinia Decne.; D. C. Prod. 8: 516. 1844; Schumann, Die nat. Pflanzenfam. 4?: 255. 1895. Not Brongniart, 1840. The seven species enumerated here all bear small flowers and are closely related. The available material of the South American species is at present too scanty to study with any kind of satisfac-_ tion.* Key to the Species Crown-segments not exceeding the stigma, 1. R. unifaria. Crown-segments barely exceeding the stigma, conspicuously 3-lobed. 2 2. R. Columbiana. Crown-segments exceeding the stigma, long-ligulate. Flower-buds sub-globose. Central lobe of the’ crown-segments obscurely 3-toothed at the apex ; fone buds obtuse. e2 ™ 3. X- Palmert. — Central lobe of the crown-segments entire ; flower-buds acutish. Ae fs racemosa. - Flower-buds ovate, acute or sub-acuminate. Central lobe of the crown-segments truncate at the apex. 5. %. 45” _ Central lobe of the crown-segments acute at the apex. 6. A foetida. Central lobe of the crown-segments very long and slender, undulate. osa. : 7. R. Jaliscana. — 2 nying fi Uk cee joa. _ *The accompanying figures represent : 4, the bud ; ¢, the crown (diagramma! _ enlarged) ; /, the expanded flower, and are all magnified four diameters ; f, the ee : : VaIL: STUDIES IN THE ASCLEPIADACEAE 663 — 1. Rouliniella unifaria (Scheele) Gonolobus unifarius Scheele, Linnaea, 21: 760. 1848. Roulinia unifaria Engelm. Mex. Bound. Surv. 160. 1850. A slender climbing and twining vine. Stems pale gray-green when fresh, striate, glabrous or minutely pubescent in lines on the upper portion and somewhat sulcate : leaves opposite, on petioles I—4 cm. long ; blades 3—7 cm. long, ovate, somewhat hastately cor- date, gradually acuminate, glabrous, thin, the auriculate basal lobes rounded, with a broad open sinus and a few glands at the base of the midvein above: peduncles longer than the petioles and as long as or exceeding the leaves: racemes as long or longer than the leaves, 7-12-flowered: rhachis minutely pubescent or puberulent in lines: flowers globose in bud: pedicels stout, I cm. long or less, pubescent : calyx-segments lanceolate-oblong, 4 mm. long, with a gland in each sinus : corolla 4~6 mm. long, white ; segments 3 mm. long, linear-oblong, 2.5 mm. wide, broadly obtuse or nearly trun- cate, thin, 3-veined, the callous thickened margins revolute ; crown attached to the base of the column, 5-parted to near the base ; segments erect, not exceeding the anthers, min- utely 3-lobed, the middle one Fic. I. slightly the longest, the lateral os lobes with thin infolded margins at the base within: anther- _ wings small ; anther-tips semi-orbicular, inflexed on the OS conic stigma: pollinia elliptical-ovoid ; caudicles broad at the attachment, orange-red on the upper margin ; corpuscle obtuse at the apex : follicles 6 cm. long, ovate, acuminate with an obtuse apex, coriaceous, glabrous: seeds 5 mm. long: coma I cm. long. (Fig. 1.) Type locality: On the Upper Guadeloupe River, near New _ Braunfels, Texas. Thickets, Kerr county, Texas, to “Mts. of _ Muerte,” New Mexico. Wright; western Texas to El Paso, Wright, 546; near Kerrville, Heller, 7899 (distributed as Am- pelanus ligulata) ; Mexican Boundary Survey, 70. 7059. : Bie. BES cited by Hemsley, for Roulinia unifaria from “North of Monclova, Coahuila,” Palmer, 829 are Roulintella Pat- 664 VaIL: STUDIES IN THE ASCLEPIADACEAE meri. J have not seen any true RX. wnifaria as yet from Mexico. It closely resembles R. racemosa in general appearance, but in the : latter species the leaves are commonly larger, the segments of the crown are 3-lobed, the central lobe long and acutely ligulate and the pollinia are oblanceolate in outline on very long slender cau- dicles. The crown-segments of 2. wzifaria are not long-ligulate and the pollinia are merely oblong in outline, the caudicles being very short and broad. a 2. Rouliniella Columbiana sp. nov. A twining vine up to 7 m. long. Stems puberulent or gla- brate, slender: petioles channelled, 2-4 cm. long or somewhat shorter than the blades: leaves opposite ; blades 3.5—8 cm. long, ovate-oblong, abruptly acuminate at the apex, the cordate basal lobes rounded, spreading, yellowish-green on both surfaces, spar- ingly pubescent with scattered hairs : racemes about the length of | a 10-20-flowered: peduncles and pedicels puberulent, channelled: calyx-segments 2.5 mm. long, lanceolate, minutely puberulent : flow- ers sub-globose in bud, about 5 mm. in diameter when mature: corolla-seg- ments 2 mm. long, 4p parently pale yellow, ob- long, obtuse or acutis when dry, the margins revo" lute; crown 5-parted ; S¢S- j ments white, 3-lobed, hood- like, the central lobe longer and incurved over the stigma, the lateral lobes with a narrow callous incurving ridge or crest on the inner side: anther-tips scarious, inflexed, conspicuous : pollinia oblong on broad caudicles. Follicles not seen. (/ig. 2-) U.S. Cotomeia : Bonda, thickets on the lowlands near the rivet, 1898-99, rare: Herbert H. Smith, 1668. Flowers Oct.—Nov. Type in the herb. of the New York Botanical Garden. Fic. 2. 3. Rouliniella Palmeri (S. Wats.) Roulinia Palmeri S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 18: 115- 1 8383. _A slender twining nearly glabrous vine. Stems with a narrow : puberulent line: leaves on slender 3-4 cm. long petioles ; blades av cordate-hastate, with a wide open basal sinus, acuminate at ™ VaiL: STUDIES IN THE ASCLEPIADACEAE 665 apex, 3-8 cm. long, grayish-green, thin: inflorescence sub-corym- bose : peduncles 3—5 cm. long, 5—7-flowered : flowers sub-globose in bud: calyx-segments slender, linear-lanceolate, 4-5 mm. long puberulent: corolla greenish-white, obtuse in the bud; segments somewhat crisped and revolute on the margin, a little longer than the calyx: crown-segments united at the base, quadrate, 3-lobed at the apex ; middle lobe triangular, acutish or obtuse, obscurely 3-toothed at the apex, a little longer than the infolded lateral lobes: stigma nearly flat: pollinia oblong; caudicles broad, with an orange-colored spot along the upper margin : follicles 10 cm. long, some- what spongy when dry, Fic wrinkled, glabrous: seeds 7 ee mm. long, glabrous, crenate along the apex: coma 2.5—3 cm. long. (Fig. 3.) Mexico: Mountains 24 miles northeast of Monclova, State of Coahuila, September 1880; Palmer, 829. 4. Rouliniella racemosa (Jacq.) Cynanchum racemosum Jacq. Select. Am. 81. p/. 54. 1788. Roulinia racemosa Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 422. 1891. A much branched twining vine. Stems angled, slender, gla- brous except for a narrow pubescent line: leaves on petioles 2-4 ~~ - cm. long ; blades ovate-cordate, 6-9 cm. long, long-acuminate, with broadly rounded basal lobes and open sinus: inflor- escence racemose, shorter than the leaves: peduncles 4—7 cm. long, 10-20-flowered : flowers 5 mm. in diameter, sub-globose in bud: calyx-segments lanceo- late, acuminate, with a gland in each sinus: corolla greenish- white; margins of the lobes crisped : crown-segments united at base, obtusely 3-lobed at the summit ; central lobe ligulate, twice or more longer than the lh 666 VaIL: STUDIES IN THE ASCLEPIADACEAE infolded lateral lobes: stigma rounded at the apex, scarcely conic: pollinia oblong; caudicles broad and short, with a deep orange-yellow spot along the upper margin; corpuscle large, bright red. Fruit not seen. (/ig. 4.) Type locality, Cartagena, U. S. Colombia. GuaTEMALA: Patulul, Depart. Solola, alt. 3000 pp., Heyde et Lux, 6349, January, 1894. VENEZUELA: near Tovar, Fendler, 1055 (in herb. Gray). 5. Rouliniella lignosa sp. nov. A woody vine. Stems pale grayish-brown, glabrous : branches 2-3 dm. long or more, somewhat angled, minutely tomentulose in lines, becoming glabrate: leaves opposite, on petioles 1.5-4 cm. long ; blades ovate or sub-lanceolate, cordately hastate, 3-6 cm. long, gradually acuminate, rather thick, yellowish-green, glabrous above, minutely pubescent on the veins beneath; basal lobes rounded, short, with an open sinus, glandulose at the base of the midvein: peduncles longer than the petioles, pubescent: racemes slender, 5—7 cm. long, exceeding the leaves, 9-15- flowered : buds ovate: bract- eoles very small, setaceous- pedicels 7-9 mm. long, slender, pubescent: calyx -segments ovate-lanceolate, 1 mm. long, puberulent with a minute gland in each sinus: corolla 5-parted to near the base, dull yellowish- purple, acute in the bud ; seg- . ments 6 mm. long, acute, minutely hispidulous on the inner surface, with a callous ridge within the membranous whitish revolute margins: crown attached to the base of the column, 5-parted to the base; Se¢S~ ments very thin, with somewhat involute lateral margins, PrO- longed into a long-ligulate obtuse or truncate apex, which is nearly as long as the corolla-segments: anther-wings very narrow an slender, not salient at the base: anther-tips ovate, inflexed over _ the barely conic, obscurely 5-rayed stigma: pollinia broadly ob- } long-ovoid ; caudicles broad ; corpuscle obtuse at the apex. Fol- licles not seen. (Fig. 5.) Mexico: State of Jalisco, Rio Blanco, 1886, Palmer, 3/4: , (herb. Columbia University): “Cynanchum parviflorum ae. FG, 4. eae VAIL: STUDIES IN THE ASCLEPIADACEAE 667 in herb, Kew: Oaxaca, Gluesbreght (also in herb. Kew). The last two specimens are cited in Hemsley, Biol. Centr. Am. 2: 329 under Roulinia Jacquini. Differing from R. unifaria and R. racemosa in its more woody stem and lighter green thicker leaves. It has the crown-segments of R. racemosa but the pollinia of R. unifaria. 6. Rouliniella foetida (Cav.) Asclepias foetida Cav. Ic. 2: 45. pl. 158. 1793. Cynanchum foetidum H.B.K. Nov. Gen. Sp. 3: 202. 1818? Roulinia Jacquinii DC. Prodr. 8: 517. 1844. Exel. syn. A slender twining vine. Stems glabrous or with a narrow puberulent line: petioles slender, 3-7 cm. long: leaves opposite ; blades ovate or some of the smaller ones ovate-lanceolate, 5-11 cm. long, acuminate at the slender apex, cordate at the base with open sinus and rounded basal lobes, puberulent on the veins be- neath: flowers 8-12 mm. in diameter in small sub-umbellate clusters ; buds ovate : peduncles minutely puberulent, 2-3 cm. long, commonly shorter than the petioles: calyx 1.5 mm. long ; segmenis linear-oblong, acutish at the apex, minutely ciliate, with a large gland in _ €ach sinus: corolla 6-7 mm. long, dull-greenish, fleshy, glabrous on the outer surface, _ whitish or cream color? with __ two raised puberulent callous Tidges or crests along the Fic. 6. Upper portion within ; crown- ee ST sehte che very thin, 5, the lateral margins infolded and adnate to the inner surface, the long ligulate apex very ayehaien - long as the corolla segments or nearly so: anther-wings os = Narrow : pollinia oblong, on short broad pale yellow ees oe corpuscle reddish, rounded at the apex, narrower at ae i ana Stigma barely conic, 5-rayed : follicles angled and winged. follicles not seen. (Fig. 6.) ; Mexico: Oaxaca, Galeotti, 1538 (in herb. Kew); near Oaxaca, alt. 1600 m., 1896, C. Conzatti, 217+ Valley de Etla, Sept. 1895, C. Alvares, 768; Huitzo, alt. 1700 m., 13 Aug. 1897, C. Conzatti & V. Gonzales, 336 (in herb. Gray). 668 VaiL: STUDIES IN THE ASCLEPIADACEAE The plant from which the Cavanilles figure was drawn is said to have been grown at the Royal Botanic Garden, Madrid; and was native of Mexico. It agrees well with the specimens just cited, though in detail the central lobe of the crown-segments seem shorter. 7. Rouliniella Jaliscana sp. nov. A twining vine. Stems glabrous, angled: branches glabrous or with a narrow puberulent line above : petioles channeled ? 2-7 em. long or more, glabrous or minutely puberulent: leaves opposite ; blades 4-12 cm. long,ovate-oblong, abruptly acuminate at the apex, trun- cate at the base, dark green or glabrous above, paler, glabrous or minutely puber- ulent on the veins beneath : racemes shorter than the leaves, 8—1 2-flowered: buds ovate : peduncles minutely puberulent in lines, chan- neled : calyx-segments ob- long, obtuse, 2 mm. long, minutely ciliate, oblong- linear: corolla-segments js 4-5 mm. long, broadly Fic. 7. obtuse or truncate at the obtuse somewhat ligulate revolute apex, with a narrow callus incurving ridge or crest 0” each side near the middle within : crown-segments white, 3-lobed, the lateral lobes infolded within ; the central lobe long-ligulate, very slender, undulate, nearly as long as the corolla-segments : anther-wings very short, corneous : stigma s-rayed, flattish : anther tips semi-orbicular, inflexed : pollinia oblong, pyriform on long slender caudicles : corpuscle lozenge-shaped. Follicles not see™ (4g. 7.) Mera: State of Jalisco, Palmer, 3845 State of Jalisco, Pringle, 4494 ; Orizaba, Botteri, (Type in herb. of the New York Botanical Garden.) New York Boranicat GARDEN. 7 | | j | | q ] | | | American Ferns—V. A Review of the Genus Danaea Es By Lucien Marcus UNDERWOOD While the two genera Marattia and Angiopteris have received Various attention at the hands of botanists, systematic and other- wise, the American genus Danaea has always been passed over and, except for the additions of species which have been made to it from time to time, has never received a special revision. There are numerous papers on the morphology, anatomy, and develop- ment of both Marattia and Angiofteris, but almost nothing has _ been done with any of the much more simple species of Danaea. De Vriese and Harting monographed the family Marattiaceae in 1853 * but did not include the genus Danaea. In Synopsis Filicum, 1874, Baker recognized eight species of Marattia, one of Angiopteris, one of Kaulfussia, and thirteen of Danaea, although De Vriese and Harting had separated thirty Species of Marattia (which they has distributed among five genera), _ four of Kawlfussia, and sixty of Angiopteris. In New Ferns, 1892, _ Baker adds two species of Danaea, bringing the number now rec- Ognized at that centre to fifteen: Besides the above genera, the family contains the old world genus Archangiopteris recently es- tablished with one Chinese species. We have two species of Marattia (MZ. lava and WM. alata) in tropical North America and a third species (MW. Douglasit) in the Sandwich Islands. _ The genus Danaea is strictly American, extending from Cuba and southern Mexico to Brazil, and is represented by ferns of a More or less coarse habit. The leaves are simply pinnate (or ple in one South American species) and dimorphous, the sporo- lls being usually much smaller, with the under surfaces of the covered with the parallel linear synangia, each composed of cells or cavities opening by a terminal pore. Danaea thus forms: a group that is easily recognized when the sporophylls are present. Like its living and fossil congeners Danaea has free Veins as would be expected in a simple and probably very old type of fern allies, ar We Voice & Having , Monographie des Marattiacées. Folio, i-viii, 1-60, 7. acide et Ditenaert. 1853. B69 a _ Tepresents a distinct species of which we have drawn up a MSS. descrip 670 UnpErRwoop: A REVIEW A study of the material represented in the principal Ameri- can herbaria together with that in the Berlin, Kew, and Cosson * herbaria in Europe has led me to recognize a larger number of species from north of the Isthmus of Panama than has been usual. A preliminary study is here presented in the hope that it will serve to bring out additional light regarding several of the species now imperfectly known. Synopsis of the North American Species Pinnae of sterile leaves 2.5-8 cm. broad. Stipes without nodes ; sporophylls with 8-10 pairs of pinnae which are 12-18 cm. long and rounded at the base. 1, D. nodosa. Stipes with 1-3 nodes.f Leaves rounded and abruptly acuminate at the apex ; lowest pinnae scarcely half as large as the upper. 2. D. poly we? si Leaves tapering to the apex. 3. D. elliptica. © Pinnae of sterile leaves under 2.5 cm. wide. Leaves with a single terminal pinna; stipes nodose. Veins mostly simple, only rarely forking. Veins I mm. or more apart. Intercostal spaces about 6 to I cm. 4. D. alata. : Intercostal spaces 8-10 to I cm. 5. D. Fendlert. Veins less than I mm. apart. Intercostal spaces 12-13 to I cm. 6. D. stenop ae Intercostal spaces 18-19 to I cm. 7. D. cuspidata. Veins mostly forked. : Margins eroded and curly throughout. 8. D. crispa. Margins entire or serrate at the apex. : : ae Pinnae of sterile leaves acuminate at apex ; sporophylls 0h fe 5-7 cm. long. 9. D. Jamar Pinnae of sterile leaves merely acute. i: ; : -4.% cm. long. ‘ Sporophylls with pinnae only 3-4.5 ¢ = -D. Wrightii- Sporophylls with pinnae 8-9.5 cm. long. 11. D. Mast sie ve Leaves with a pair of terminal pinnae; veins forked’} intercostal spaces #0°" to I cm. 3. De : pao fap De eens ae orld * The Cosson herbarium in Paris is one of the finest private herbaria 10 pa . and is specially rich in materials from South America, It is particularly intere aay students of ferns because it has incorporated with it Fée’s extensive page tne types from the West Indies, Mexico, Guiana, and Brazil. We have been ‘a 4 debted to M. Barratte, the custodian, for his kindness in permitting us to rich collection while in Paris in 1900. : char- _ TA species from Guadeloupe with nodose stipes resembles D. nodosa he pare acter of its foliage, but has sporophylls with only 5-6 pairs of pinnae. tion but this a had perhaps best wait more complete information before publication. OF THE GENUS DANAEA 671 Ee 1. Danara noposa (L.) Sm. Act. Taur, § 2420-94. 9.0 f. 17 E Acrostichum nodosum L.. Sp. Pl. 1070. 1753. (Type from Martinique and Santo Domingo, Plumier, pl. 108.) Danaea longifolia Desv. Berl. Mag. 5: 307. 1811; Sturm, Fl. Bras. 2': 157. pl. rz. 18509. A stout coarse plant with long broad pinnae and no nodes to the stem. Stipes strong, 40-60 cm. long, erect, covered with fine furfuraceous scales ; sterile leaves with 6 to 12 pairs of pinnae, which are 16-30 cm. or more long, 3-8 cm. wide, stalked and obtuse at the base, abruptly narrowed and acuminate at the apex ; veins free or forked near the base, close, the intercostal spaces 13-15 to I cm.; sporophylls with 8-10 pairs of pinnae which are 14-18 cm. long, 1.5—2 cm. wide, obtuse at base, acuminate at apex. - Moist woods, West Indies generally and Mexico to Brazil. The rachis is darkened and nodular at the insertion of the pinnae but below the laminathe stem is free from nodes. A sub-species § angustifolia, Moore, Ind. Fil. 287. 1861 (Danaea angustifolia Presl, Suppl. Tent. Pterid. 35. 1845) will require more field study to dis- tinguish more clearly. North American specimens have been seen as follows : : Cusa: La Guinea, Wright, 7815, KECN ;* Monte Verde, _ Wright, 924, CEKN. Puerto Rico: Sintenis, 2596, K; ibid., 1757, N. SANTO Dominco : Eggers, 2737, K; [ Plumier]. ) Jamaica: 1344, Purdie, KE; 1884-5, Balch, C; Jenman, 92, K; Clute, 270a, U. . Martinioue: Husnot, 259, K [Plumier]. GuapELoupr: L’ Hermmicr, 215, KE; Mazé, 64, K. Dominica: Eggers, 963 K. ST. VINCENT : Guilding, K; Smith, 1129, c; _. Grenapa: Sherring, KC. Trintpap: Fendler, 129, CKEUN. Panama: Cuming, 1125, K. a ie ee ee ected ‘ * As noted in a previous paper of this series these letters refer to the herbaria in ich the specimens noted have been seen. B= Berlin ; C = Columbia University nd New York Botanical Garden herbarium, now incorporated together ; Co —= Cosson herbarium at Paris; E—D,C. Eaton’s herbarium, New Haven, Conn.; G= Gray - -arium, Cambridge, Mass,; K = Kew herbarium ; N —National herbarium, Wash- ington, D. C., and U = the author's private herbarium. 672 UnpbEerRwoop: A REVIEW 2. DANAEA POLYMORPHA Leprieur; Baker, Annals Bot. 5: 499. 1891; New Ferns, 116. 1892 Stipes of sterile leaves with one or two nodes, bearing 3—4 pairs of pinnae and an enlarged terminal one, the lowest pair scarcely half as large as the upper; terminal pinnae 15-20 cm. long, 5-6 cm. wide, abruptly acute at base, rounded at the apex and abruptly acuminate ; upper pinnae 10~12 cm. long, 4 cm. or more wide, broadest above the middle, obovate, rounded and abruptly acumi- nate at the apex ; lowest pinnae similar but smaller, 7-9 cm. long, 3 cm. or less wide ; all the pinnae distinctly stalked ; veins forked, about I mm. apart above the furcation ; stipe of sporophylls up to 45 cm. long, with one or two nodes, and bearing 3—5 pairs of pinnae and a larger terminal one which is 12-13 cm. long and about 3 cm. wide; stalk of terminal pinna about 3.5 cm. long, of the lateral 5-8 mm. GuaveELoure : Mazé, 483, 1028 (type), K. Although Baker’s description was based on Mazé’s plants in the Kew herbarium there are plants in the Cosson herbarium collected and named by Leprieur himself from Guiana. These are mostly smaller and have fewer pinnae than the Kew material. 3. Danaga ELtiprica Sm.; Rees’ Cyclopedia, 11 : —(82). 1819: (Type from Jamaica, Sloane, p/. gz. f. 7) A low coarse plant with 7—9 wide elliptic pinnae and nodose stems. Rootstock long, creeping ; stipes 15-35 cm. long, more OF less furfuraceous, usually with two distinct nodes ; lamina of sterile leaf with 7~9 pinnae which are 12-15 cm. or more long, 3-4 sae wide, acute at base and terminate in a slender acuminate ape*; veins mostly forked near the base, the intercostal spaces about 10 to 1 cm.; laminae of sporophylls with g—13 pinnae which are 6- cm. long, 2 cm. or less wide, acute at base and tapering at ape*» synangia oblique. Common from the West Indies to Brazil. Cusa: Lomo del Gato, Wright, 1816, CKEN. Jamaica: Jenman, 6, K; Purdie, K. St. Vincent: Guilding, K. _ Sr. Lucia: /. Gray, K; H. B. Murray, K. GuapELoure: Mazé, 1067, K. Dominica: 1839, Dr. Imray, N. : Grenapa: Sherring, CK; Murray & Filiott, K. K ‘Trinipap: Fendler, 28, CKUEN ; 1897, Hart, CK; has She OF THE GeENus DANAEA 673 In the report on Fendler’s Trinidad ferns Professor D. C. Eaton remarks: “The distinctions between this and D. nodosa are by no means clear. Mr. Charles Wright, who has had good oppor- tunities for observing both in Cuba, considered them forms of but one species.” With Eaton’s herbarium before me there seems to be no reason for any such confusion. The Cuban specimens of this species are slightly smaller but the above characters hold quite constantly. Jenman also calls attention to intergrading forms but says they can be distinguished readily by the nodose character of the stems of this species. 4. DANAEA ALATA Sw. Syn. Fil. 167. 1806. (Type from Mar- tinique, Plumier, A/. 70g) ; A coarse plant with distant simple veins and broadly winged tachises, Rootstock unknown (except from Plumier’s figure) ; Stipes stout, more or less rusty scurfy, usually with one node ; rachises broadly alate ; pinnae 11-12 pairs, the lower 2-3 pairs smaller and widely separate, the upper gradually closer, rounded obtuse and unequal-sided at base, the apex more tapering, long- Pointed and denticulate ; sterile pinnae 12-16 cm. long, 2—2.2 cm. Wide ; veins mostly simple, the intercostal spaces about 6 to I €m.; sporophylls with 8-10 pinnae, which are linear, 8.5 cm. long, 7 mm. wide, abruptly acute at base, taper-pointed at apex, € upper gradually narrower, the terminal much like the rest. St. Vincent: Guilding, K; 1834, Macrea, E; Smith, 279, K. GrenapA: Sherring, C. [Marrinigue: Plumier.] ee ee _ Guilding’s St. Vincent plant agrees perfectly with Plumier’s bl. x 09 on which the species was founded, and I cannot compre- hend how Jenman * could have been led to refer to this plate as Tepresenting D. stenophylla, which is a wholly distinct species, and which has been well figured by its author. 19770 5. Danaea Fendleri sp. nov. A somewhat slender plant with small sporophylls and simple veins. Rootstock moderately slender, creeping or ascending ; Stipes of sterile leaves 12-15 cm. long, with I—3 nodes ; som —9 pairs beside the terminal one, opposite, peri cm, — €xcept the lowest pair, short, cuneate at base with the upper s Bull. Bot. Dept. Jamaica, 5: 189. Au. 1898. 674 UnpERWoop: A REVIEW slightly more produced, 6-9 cm. long, 1.5—2 cm. wide, abruptly short-pointed with the apex sharply denticulate: veins mostly simple, the intercostal spaces 8-9 to 1 cm.; stipes of sporophylls 14-24 cm. long with about 9-11 pairs of pinnae besides the ter- minal, unequally rounded at base, sharp-pointed, 6—g cm. long, 2 cm. wide ; rachis winged; terminal pinna about the length of those of the upper pairs. Southern West Indies. - Trinipap: Fendler, 147, C (type) EKN. GRENADA: Sherring, K. Dominica: Nicholls, 194, K. St. Lucia: H. B. Murray, K. ?>Martinigue: Hahn, 59, K. This plant approaches D. fendleri very closely but has the pinnae slightly larger. The species approaches D. a/ata closely but is smaller, has more closely placed veins, and a very different habit. 6. DANAEA STENOPHYLLA Kunze, Die Farrnkrauter, I: 55- pl. 28. 1840 A small species with long-stalked sporophylls and closely placed simple veins. Rootstock unknown; rachises covered with a scurfy brown pubescence ; sterile leaf with about 14 pairs of narrow pinnae and a similar terminal one, all short- stalked, about 1.7 cm. apart, rounded at base, tapering ae gradually to a sharply denticulate point, 11-14 cm. long, Lor cm. wide ; veins mostly simple, the intercostal spaces about 12 to I cm.; stipe of sporophyll elongate, 65 cm. long, with 12-14 pairs of pinnae besides the terminal, 7-8.5 cm. long, 5-7 pes wide, short-stalked, accurately rounded at base and rather aD- ruptly acute at apex. GuapELoure: L’ Herminier, 213, K (ex. herb. Fee). This species appears to be known only from this island, though Jenman confused another species with it and reported it as “ plenti- ful” in Jamaica. Presl (Suppl. Tent. Pterid. 38. 1845) made this species the type of the genus Heterodanaca, but we see now no reason for separating it from the rest of the genus. 7. Dawara cuspipata Liebm. Mex. Bregner, 155- 1849 Stipe of sterile leaves with mostly two nodes, 25 oF ee oe long ; pinnae 14-19 pairs, 8.5-10 cm. long, about 1.5 nee rather blunt at base, tapering gradually into a long-acu OF THE GENUS DANAFA 675 point ; veins mostly simple, occasionally forked close to the mid- rib, very close, the intercostal spaces 18-19 to } cm.; margins slightly undulate, serrate toward the apex; stipes of sporophylls up to 50 cm. long, usually with two nodes ; pinnae about 15 pairs, narrow and elongate, 8-9 cm. long, about 7 mm. wide, rounded at base, tapering in upper third to a slender point; synangia grow- ing smaller and more oblique towards the sterile serrulate apex. Mexico: Chinantla, Zzedmann, B. GuaTEMALA: Pansamala, H. von Juerckheim (J.D. S. 998), SK. This species has been little known since its original collection by Liebmann. The fact that there was no specimen at Kew was sufficient reason for passing it over in Synopsis Filicum with Moore's doubtful reference of the plant to D. stenophylla which is possibly its nearest ally but from which it is clearly distinct, There is a single fragmentary specimen at Berlin and this compares very closely with the later Guatemalan collections, but both were er- toneously placed under D. stenophylla. Its specific rank was main- tained by Fournier ; further field study will determine its position more closely. 8. Danaga crIspA Endres; Reich. f., Bot. Zeitung, 30: 489. 1872. (Type from Costa Rica) We have seen only scrappy specimens in the herbarium of J. Donnell Smith, and can add nothing to the original description. 122579. Danaea Jamaicensis sp. nov. A low, coarse plant with acuminate sterile pinnae and narrow Pointed pinnae on the sporophylls. Rootstock unknown ; stipes Pale, 18-24 cm. long, with 2-4 nodes; sterile leaves with a ter- ~Minal and 11-12 pairs of pinnae, about 2 cm. apart except the lowest pair which is smaller, 10-14 cm. long, 1.7-1.9 cm. wide, _ tapering rather abruptly into a slender deeply serrate acuminate _ point ; veins mostly forked, the intercostal spaces about 1 2—14 to I cm. (measured above the furcations); sporophylls with about 8-12 pairs of pinnae, about 2 cm. apart, short-stalked, 5-7 cm. long, 5-7 mm. wide, obtuse at base and tapering at apex ; rachis Somewhat alate above. “Jamaica: Clute, 105, U (type) N; Jenman, 83, K; Purdie, K; Harris, 7307, K> Hart, ©. This appears to be the species confused by Jenman with D. enophylla with which it has little in common, while both the Kew 676 UnpDERWoop: A REVIEW specimens enumerated above are placed under D. Moritziana. D. Moritziana is from Colombia and has the pinnae of the sterile leaf. quite different in shape, tapering toward the cuneate base and much more gradually toward the apex; intercostal spaces 16-17 to 1 cm. According to Jenman it is “plentiful in moist stony for- ests 5,000 ft. altitude.” It is not impossible that the true D. Moritziana will also be found in Jamaica but so far we have seen no specimens. fy \ 10. Danaea Wrightii sp. nov. A low-growing coarse plant with blunt sterile pinnae, small nar- row pinnae on the sporophylls and forked veins. | Rootstocks almost woody ; stipes of sterile leaves 24-28 cm. long, usually with two nodes ; pinnae 8-12 pairs, about 2 cm. apart, with a ter- minal pinna considerably longer than those of the upper pairs, all distinctly stalked, unequally rounded or blunt at the base, 6-7 ¢™. long, 2 cm. or less wide, the margin becoming serrulate toward the blunt apex ; lower pairs of pinnae smaller and more distant (3-4 cm.); veins mostly once forked, the intercostal spaces 11-15 to I cm.; stipe of sporophylls stout, rusty-scurfy, with 8-12 pairs of pinnae, 3-4.5 cm. long, 6-8 mm. wide, distinctly stalked ( 5-8 mm.), the lower pair often distant and smaller, al] blunt at both ends and mucronate at apex. “Cusa: La Guinea, “abundant on the steep northern declivity,” Wright, 1066, E (type) KN. Puerto Rico: Sintenis, 4681 C, (sterile specimens but appat ently the same species). 5 This species is clearly distinct from any other of our series in the elongate terminal pinna and the long-stalked short blunt pinnae of the sporophylls. age ~*' "tr. Danaea Mazéana sp. nov. Rootstock unknown ; stipes of sterile leaves stout, 30-35 C™ long, brownish, with 2-4 nodes ; pinnae 11-14 pairs, about 2 oe apart, with a terminal pinna slightly longer than those adjacen’ II-12 cm. long, about 2 cm. wide, acute and serrate at apen: veins mostly forked, the intercostal spaces (measured above re _ tions) 12-13 to 1 cm.; stipes of sporophylls 40-50 cm. long, W! 2-3 nodes and 13-14 pairs of narrow pinnae, 1.7—2 cm. apart, 9.5 cm. long, 6-7 mm. wide, the lower pairs rather smaller a” more distant, short-stalked, rounded at the base, and narrowed C _ a rounded point at the apex. Pa ene Sach ) f OF THE GENUS DANAEA 677 GuADELOuPE: Masé, “ 17, 143, 485” (two sheets), K.* Al- though both are exactly alike, one of the Kew sheets is marked D. stenophylla by Baker, and the other occurs under cover with D. alata with neither of which it is closely related. The plant is known only from the type collection. 2' “12, Danaea Jenmani sp. nov. Rootstock (as far as known) horizontal, rather stout ; stipes brown scurfy, those of sterile leaf 10-11 cm. long, usually with one node; pinnae 7-9 pairs, opposite, 2—3 cm. apart, obtuse at base with a short pedicel, 4.5—6 cm. long by 1.8 cm. wide, abruptly short-pointed, the margin more or- less serrulate at the apex; rachis scurfy, more or less alate; veins mostly forked, the inter- costal spaces about 12 to 1 cm. above the furcations ; basal and terminal pairs of pinnae shorter than the others ; sporophylls with about 11 pairs of pinnae, 5-8 mm. apart, 3 cm. long, 5 mm. wide, mostly blunt and short-stalked. _ Jamaica: Jenman, 66, K (type); woods above Tweedside, between that property and New Castle, 1882, Miss Taylor, K. This is the species called D. alata by Jenman, and although he calls it “frequent” in Jamaica it appears to be very rare in Collections. It is clearly characterized as the only species with abruptly pinnate leaves and has little in common with D. alata. SPECIES INQUIRENDAE -DANAEA ELATA Liebm. Mex. Bregner, 154. 1849. (Type from Hacienda de Jovo, Vera Cruz, Mexico.) This is doubtless a well-founded species and is so accredited y Fournier, but we have seen no specimens. DanaEA MEDIA Liebm. Mex. Bregner, 154. 1849. (Type tom Hacienda de Jovo, Vera Cruz, Mexico.) ee Reduced by Fournier to a synonym of J. eliptica, probably ightly, but as we have seen no specimens it is safer to leave the Matter in doubt, especially as Moore refers it to D. alata. Sesh yge ee “s * The Kew herbarium is the most fortunate possessor of the finest collection of the ferns of the French West Indies anywhere to be found. The: collections were ce Principally in Guadeloupe by Mazé and afford superior information a oa ae! ‘this island. Many of the specimens had been studied by the lamented gia oe ee ere are numerous species noted as new by both Fournier nisl Mest hime ih Sheets bear curious numbers, of which the present is an example, occurring on _ 1840. (Type from French Guiana.) 678 UnpEerwoop: A REVIEW Danaca WenpLANDI Reich. f., Bot. Zeitung, 30: 490. 1872. (Type from Costa Rica, Wendland.) We have seen no specimens of this species, which appears to _be known only from its original collection. DaNnakEa sp. Pinnae about 30 pairs, 7.5 cm. long, 1.5 cm. wide, or the lower slightly smaller, truncate at base, abruptly long- acuminate at apex ; veins mainly free with occasional ones forked, the intercostal spaces about 11 to 1 cm.; rachis continuously winged throughout, the wing 1 mm. wide. _ Nicaracua: Chontales, Seemann, 218, K ; a single sterile leaf but wholly different from any other species in that extensive col- lection. In Biologia Cent. Amer. 3: 697 this plant is referred to D. Moritziana with which it has little in common. Dana sp. Pinnae 12—12 pairs; veins simple, close, the inter- costals about 17 to 1 cm.; rachis winged, the wings broadest just below each pair of pinnae and becoming narrower and almost wanting just above them. Costa Rica: J. J. Cooper, K; two sterile leaves only but with characters unlike any known species. Baker (Jour. Bot. 25: 20. 1887) says of it: “Danaea Moritsiana var. or perhaps a distinct species.” It is surely not the former. DANAEA oLiGosorA Fourn. said to have been collected in Guad- eloupe but apparently never described. Said by Baker (Annals Bot. 5: 499) not to differ materially from D. polymorpha. The remaining described species of the genus are as follows : . Danaga Avucusti Karst.; Kunze, Linnaea, 20: 2. 1847- (Type from Venezuela.) : Danaka busta Presl, Suppl. Tent. Pterid. 36. 1845. (Type from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.) DanakA HumILIS Moore, Ind. Fil. 286. 1861. (Type from Peru, Spruce, 4769.) (Moore also gives Colombia and Ecuador in its distribution.) Danaga Leprieurut Kunze, Die Farrnkrauter, 1: 137- pl. bo; Danaza Morirziana Presl, Suppl. Tent. Pterid. 35- 1845. o (Type from Venezuela, Moritz 257.) (Synopsis Filicum eve . = ‘its distribution as ‘Columbia to Peru.’’) OF THE GENUS DANAEA 679 DANAEA NIGRESCENS Jenm. Gard. Chron. III. 24: 413. 1898. (Type from Guiana.) ; ? DANAEA PALEACEA Raddi, FI. Bras. 76. pl. 5. f. 2. 18109. (Type from Brazil.) A doubtful species on which Presl founded the genus Danacopsis. Danaea SELLOWIANA Presl, Suppl. Tent. Pterid. 37. 1845 ; Corda, Beitr. Fl. Vorw. p/. 57. f. 78-23. 1845. (Type from Brazil.) DANAEA SERRULATA Baker, Jour. Bot. 19: 208. 1881; Hook. Ic. Pl. pl. 2699. (Type from Colombia, Kalbreyer, 1352.) DANAEA SIMPLICIFOLIA Rudge, Pl. Guian. 1: 24. pl. 36. 1835. (Type from Guiana.) DANAEA TRICHOMANOIDES Spruce; Moore, Ind. Fil. 288. 1861. (Type from Peru, Spruce, 4710.) 3 DANAEA TRIFOLIATA Reich.; Kunze, Anal. Pter. 4. p/. 2. 1837. (Type from Surinam.) Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—IX By P. A. RYDBERG THE NYCTAGINIACEAE OF THE ROCKY MOUNTAIN REGION The family Nyctaginiaceae has been sorely neglected by the systematic botanists in this country. Until lately we have had not even an attempt at a monographic work since Dr. Gray’s notes were published in the Botany of the United States and Mexican Boun- dary Survey in 1859. Gray’s treatment there as a whole can scarcely be regarded as an improvement on that by Choisy, pub- lished ten years earlier in De Candolle’s Prodromus, and of course, both are now out of date. Professor Heimerl’s treatment in Dvze naturlichen Phanzenfamilien is as good as could be expected from a European monographing an almost exclusively American family ; but this gives little help beyond the genera. Recently there has appeared a revision of the family by Marcus E. Jones * as it is represented on the Great Plateau. As the territory covered by Jones practically includes that treated in this article, it would seem superfluous to duplicate the work ; but I have had the advantages of a large library and the rich collections of Columbia University, _ the United States National herbarium, and the New York Botan- ical Garden. These advantages are, however, somewhat balanced _ by Mr. Jones’ longer field experiences. Jones’ paper is valuable because it gives fuller descriptions of many poorly known species, descriptions drawn by a botanist who knows the species in the field. It is deplorable, however, that this paper in many places shows a good deal of carelessness, especially in the matter of cit ing publications. Under Allionia, it has for instance : “5. A. GLABER ¢ (Wats.) Kuntze, Am. Nat. 76,” and “7. A. AGGREGATA (Vahl) Spreng. Ic. 5 437.” In the first case, one would suppose that Kuntze published the combination in the American Naturalist, while the fact is that Wat- _ Son there published Oxydaphus glaber, on which Adlionia glabra is 2. bee. ee m * Contributions to Western Botany, 10: 34-54. June, 1902. 7 This should have been A. glabra. 680 —_ RypBERG.: STUDIES ON THE Rocky Mountatn Frora 681 If interpreting the second case in a similar way, one would come to the conclusion that Oxybaphus aggregatus Vahl was pub- lished in Vahl's Icones, if not in Sprengel’s Icones ; but neither is the case, for.no book with that title was ever paki ad by either Vahl or Sprengel. From Mr. Jones’ citation no one could imag - ine that Ic. 5 437, stands for Cavanilles’ Icones, where Mirabilis aggregata appeared, This is not the earliest appearance of the name aggregata, however, for this was originally published by Ortega * as Calyxhymenia aggregata. As Cavanilles’ plant is differ- ent from Ortega’s, the former being Adlionia decumbens (Nutt.) Spreng., the latter 4. agregata (Ortega) Spreng. as shown below, Jones citation becomes not only unintelligible but also incorrect. It would have been much better to leave out the citation of publi- cations altogether, which by the way is advisable for anyone who does not possess good library facilities. Key to the Genera of the Rocky Mountain Region Bracts distinct. Fruit crested or winged ; bracts in a whorl at the base of the head-like cluster ; perianth salverform. x. Abronia, Fruit globular, neither crested nor winged ; bracts attached each to a pedicel of the umbel-like or corymbose inflorescence ; perianth funnelform. 2. Hermidium. Bracts united. Fruit neither strongly tubercled nor or winged. Fruit not ribbed ; involucre herbaceous, little if any enlarging in fruit, not be- coming membranous, Stamens usually 5; involucres campanulate, not enlarged in fruit. 3. QOuamoclidion. Stamens 3; involucre rotate, somewhat enlarged in fruit in the manner of the next genus, but not membranous. 4. Altioniella. Fruit ribbed; involucre rotate, in fruit becoming much enlarged and mem- branous. 5. Allionia. Fruit with two rows of strong tubercles on the back and surrounded by two toothed inflexed wings. 6. Wedelia. ABRONIA Juss. Gen. 448. 1789 _ Tricratus L) Her. ; Willd. Sp. Pl. 1: 807. 1799. Cycloptera Nutt.; Gray, Am. Jour. Sc. II. 15: 319. 1853. In the original publication, no type species was mentioned. The genus was described from a plant collected on De la Peirouse’s Journey in California and cultivated by Mr. Colignon. Hooker in _ * Nov. aut Rar. Pl. 8: f/. rz. 1798 (or 9?)- 682 Rypperc: STUDIES ON THE Rocky MounTAIN FLoRA his Exotic Flora, pl. 193 & 194, identifies Colignon’s plant as Abronia umbellata. The type of 7ricratus is the same, and that of Cycloptera is A. cycloptera. Fruit narrowly winged or crested ; wings or crests not completely encircling the fruit. Fruit biturbinate, z. ¢., tapering at both ends, irregularly ridged or crested. Flowers about 2 cm. long ; limb 5-10 mm, wide. Bracts broadly obovate, over I cm. long. 1. A. fragrans. Bracts ovate-lanceolate, less than I cm. long. 2. A. nudata. Flowers about 1 cm. long ; limb 3-5 mm. wide; bracts ovate to lanceolate- ovate, about 5 mm. long. Petioles of the stem-leaves shorter than the very thick blades ; plant low, about 1 dm. high. : 3. A. pumila. Petioles of the stem-leaves much longer than the moderately thick blades ; plant slender, 2-4 dm. high. 4. A. ammophila. Fruit turbinate or obpyramidal, 7. ¢., almost truncate above, distinctly winged ; the wings very broad above. Plant almost acaulescent ; stem and leaves greatly surpassed by the long peduncles. 5. A. nana. Plant with an elongated stem. Bracts broadly ovate or obovate, acute or obtusish. Stem distinctly viscid-pubescent ; leaves scabrous-puberulent ; bracts I-1,5 cm. long. Blades of the stem-leaves elliptic; bracts broadly obovate, 12- I5 mm. wide, obtusish. 6. A. salsa. Blades of the stem-leaves lanceolate; bracts oval, acute, about 6-7 mm. wide. 7. A. fallax. Stem finely puberulent or glabrous ; leaves glabrous ; bracts 5-8 mm. long. Stem puberulent. 8. A. elliptica. Stem glabrous. g. A. glabra. Bracts oblong-lanceolate or lanceolate, attenuate or cuspidate. Stem glabrous. 10. A. lanceolata. Stem more or less pubescent. Stem puberulent ; wings with double lamina, coriaceous. 11. A. Carletont. Stem villous ; wings with single lamina, membranous. ; 12. A. villosa. Fruit completely surrounded by the broad netted-veined membranous wings. Flowers 3 cm. or more long ; limb about 1 cm. wide ; peduncles longer than the leaves. 43. ve cycloptera. Flowers 1.5~2 cm. long; limb about 5 mm. wide. Stem glabrous or nearly so ; peduncles often nearly equalling the leaves. 14. A. pedunculata. Stem densely pubescent ; peduncles at least in flower much shorter than the leaves. 15. 4. micrantha. 1. ABRONIA FRAGRANS Nutt.; Hook. Kew Journ. 5: 261. 1853 _ On the plains from South Dakota to Montana, Idaho, New _ Mexico and Kansas. : Se LET RypBERG: STUDIES ON THE Rocky MounTAIn Fiora 683 v 2. Abronia nudata sp. nov. Perennial, stems very long and decumbent, sparingly hispidu- lous: leaves thick, glabrous ; petioles 2-10 mm. long; blades broadly lanceolate, obtusish, 2-5 cm. long: peduncles 4-6 cm. long, almost glabrous : bracts ovate-lanceolate, less than I cm. long: flowers many, about 2 cm. long; limb 5-6 mm. wide: achenes very irregular, the inner ones of the head bipyramidal, thickest a little above the middle, crested, 8-10 mm. long, those of the margin very obliquely ovoid-fusiform, scarcely at all crested. This species is nearest related to A. fragrans and A. ammo- Phila. From the former it differs in the small bracts, smaller leaves and almost glabrous stem; and from the latter in the much longer flowers and the scanty or no pubescence. Montana: Colgate, near Glendive, 1892, Sandberg, Mac- Dougal & Heller, 1016 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Garden). 3. Abronia pumila sp. nov. Perennial, caespitose: stems ascending, about 1 dm. long, puberulent : leaves very thick, minutely puberulent ; petioles 1~2 cm. long, those’ of the stem-leaves usually shorter than blades ; these 1.5~3 cm. long, oval, elliptic or somewhat ovate: peduncles 2-3 cm. long, puberulent : bracts elliptic-ovate or lanceolate, 7-8 mm. long, short-acuminate: flowers about 12 mm. long; limb ~ about 3 mm. wide: fruit bipyramidal, 2. ¢., tapering towards both ends but more so downwards, the greatest breadth being about one third from the apex, merely crested or the inner ones somewhat winged. Dr. Heimerl referred this to A. truncata Torr., but the fruit is very unlike that of that species. A. pumila is nearest related to A. ammophila, from which it differs mainly in the thicker and short- _ petioled leaves and the dwarfed habit. ~ Uran: Emery, 1894, WZ E. Jones, 54459 (type in U. S. Nat. herb.); six miles up Salida Cafion, 5476a. 4. ABRONIA AMMOPHILA Greene, Pittonia, 4: 226. 1900 Abronia arenaria Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Garden, 1:137. 1900. Not Menz. 1827. Yellowstone National Park. 5. Apronra NANA S. Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. 16: 294. Southern Utah to Arizona and southern California. 1870 _ -‘magnis, scariosis diversa.’* To me it seems that the plant 684 RypBperG: SrTuDIES ON THE Rocky Mountrain FLorA . 6. Abronia salsa sp. nov. Abronia fragrans S, Wats. King’s Rep. 5: 284. 1871. Not Nutt. Perennial : stem ascending, 3-4 dm. high, densely viscid-pubes- cent especially above, stout: leaves very thick, puberulent ; petioles 2-3 cm. long ; blades oval or elliptic, obtuse, or the lowest rounded oval, 3-5 cm. long, 1-3 cm. wide : peduncles 5—7 cm. long, densely viscid-pubescent ; bracts rounded obovate, about 15 mm. long and often as broad, pubescent: flowers many, about 2 cm. long witha limb about 4 mm. wide : fruit about 1 cm. long, similar to those of A, lanceolata and A. fallax but the wings are rather thicker. The sheets in the National Herbarium bear the following Jabel- ing by Dr. Heimerl : ““Adronia fragrans Nutt. (ad formam ellip- ticam (Nelson) accidens /);” but neither A. sa/sa nor A. elliptica A. Nelson have the fruit of 4. fragrans, and therefore can not be regarded as forms of that species. A. salsa differs from A. eéliptica in the stouter viscid-pubescent stem, the larger bracts and flowers. It grows in sandy saline soil at an altitude of 1000-1300 m. Uran: Salt Lake City, 1869, S. Watson, 965 (type in herb. Columbia University); same locality, Capt. Stansbury, and 1871, _ Hayden ; Silver Reef, 1894, M. E. Jones ; Grand Junction, 1900, S. G. Stokes. ’ 7. Abronia fallax Heimerl sp. nov. Perennial ; stem erect, almost shrubby below, branched, straw- color or white, viscid-pubescent above: leaves thick, puberulent, erect; petioles 1-2 cm. long; blades of the lower oval, of the upper long-lanceolate, 2-5 cm. long, I-1.5 cm. wide, obtuse OF the upper acute : peduncles 1-2 cm. long, densely viscid-pubes- cent; bracts 5-6, oval, about 1.5 cm. long, 6-7 mm. wide: flowers thany, about 15 mm. long: fruit with the wings about 6 mm. wide and 8 mm. long, cuneate-obpyramidal. The type in the U. S. Nat. herbarium bears the following tf marks from the hand of Dr. Heimer]: “ Adronia fallax m.—? Hy- brida ex A. fi ragrans et A. turbinata.— Ab A. fragrans anthocar- _— pints alis apice transverse dilatatis, ab A. turb. bracteis capitulorum has little to do with A. fragrans and is less related to A. turbinale » : “is a letter lately received from Dr. Heimerl, he has authorized me to use his RypDBERG: STUDIES ON THE Rocky MowunTaIN Frora 685 than to A. e/liptica A. Nelson. From this it differs in the upright stem, which is decidedly viscid-pubescent instead of merely pu- berulent. Urau: Salt Lake City, 1879, MW. E. Jones, 1 337 (type in U.S. Nat. herb., also in herb. Columbia University). 8. ABRONIA ELLIPTICA A. Nelson, Bull. Torrey Club, 26: 7. : 1899 Wyoming and Colorado. / 9. Abronia glabra sp. nov. Perennial : stem ascending, about half a meter high, glabrous, straw-colored: leaves thick, glabrous; petioles 1-2 cm. long ; blades oval to oblong, 1-4 cm. long, obtuse : peduncles oval, 2-4 cm. long, glabrous; bracts obovate or about 5 mm. long, acute: flowers 12-15 mm. long, numerous: fruit cuneate-obpyramidal, with the wings 4-5 mm. wide and 7-8 mm. long: wings very thick, of two lamina, semi-cordate at the apex: wingless tip of the fruit very short. This species is intermediate between A. e//iptica and the next Species. From the former it differs in the glabrous stem and the Stricter habit, from the latter in the broader and shorter bracts and the smaller flowers. CoLorapo: Grand Junction, 1883, 17. £. Jones (type in U. S. Nat. herb.). v10. Abronia lanceolata sp. nov. Perennial : stem glabrous, decumbent, several decimeters long: leaves rather thick; glabrous ; petioles 2-3 cm. long; blades ob- long-oval, 2-5 cm. long, I-1.5 cm. wide: peduncles 5-15 cm. long; bracts 6-8, lanceolate, acute or acuminate, about I cm. ong: flowers numerous, about 1.5 cm. long, with a limb 4-5 mm. wide: fruit with the thin wings about 8 mm. wide and about as long, cuneate-obpyramidal in outline, puberulent: wings Strongly reticulate, semicordate at the apex, where the tip of the achene extends for about 2 mm. . The type was labeled A. fragrans, which species it resembles in general habit, but it is easily distinguished both by the narrow bracts and the strongly winged fruit. These characters place it Nearer A. Carletoni Coult. & Fisher which is of a different habit and has a puberulent stem. A. /anceolata grows in drifting sand. 686 RypBerG: STUDIES ON THE Rocky MounTAIN FLorA Ipauo: Idaho Falls, 1901, Merrill & Wilcox, 870. (Type in herb. N. Y. Botanical Garden.) 11. ABRONIA CARLETONI Coult. & Fisher, Bot. Gaz. 1'7: 349. 1892 Colorado. 12. ABRONIA VILLOSA S. Wats. Am. Nat. '7: 302. 1873 Southern Utah to Arizona and California. 13. ABRONIA CYCLOPTERA A. Gray, Am. Journ. Sci. II. 15: 319. 1853 From Wyoming to Texas and Arizona. 14. Abronia pedunculata (M. E. Jones) Abronia micrantha pedunculata M. E. Jones, Proc. Cal. Acad. II. 5: 716. 1895. In the Navajo Basin of eastern Utah. 15. ABRONIA MICRANTHA Torr. Frem. Rep. 96. 1845 From South Dakota to Montana and New Mexico. 2. HERMIDIUM S. Wats. King’s Rep. 5: 296. 1871 A monotypic genus. I. HERMIDIUM ALIPEs S. Wats. Z/. c. Nevada and western Utah. 3- QUAMOCLIDION Choisy ; DC. Prod. 13°: 429. 1849 This genus was based on two species, of which the second was referred doubtfully to the genus. The first had before been known as a species of Mirabilis, viz., M. trifora Benth. The type of the genus Mirabilis Lis M. Jalapa . In the latter the filaments are united at the base, the fruit is not viscid and the corolla is salvet-. shaped with a long tube and broad limb. In Quamoclidion the filaments are distinct, the fruit viscid and the corolla from nearly cylindrical to bell-shaped but with a small limb. In Mirabilis the flowers are solitary and in the typical species of Quamoclidion 3-6 in the involucre ; but as the number of flowers are not of value 4S _ 4 generic character I have here included a species with one-flow- ered involucres, SOT nate ee 3 RyDBERG : STUDIES ON THE Rocky Mounrain Fiora 687 Involucre 5—6-flowered : perianth elongated funnelform. I. QO. multifiorum. Involucre 1-flowered : perianth open-campanulate. 2. Q. laeve. 1. QUAMOCLIDION MULTIFLORUM Torr.; Gray, Am. Journ. Sc. II. 153325. = 3654 Oxybaphus multiflorum Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 2: 237. 1828. Nyctaginia Torreyana Choisy; DC. Prod. 137: 430. 1849. Mirabilis multifiora A. Gray; Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 173. 1859. Choisy, who had not seen any specimens of this species and who believed that it had distinct bracts, referred it to Nyctaginia ; but it is evidently congeneric with and closely related to Mirabilis trifora Benth., the type of Quamoclidion. Q. multiflorum ranges from Colorado and New Mexico to Arizona and California. 2. Quamoclidion laeve (Benth.) Oxybaphus laevis Benth. Bot. Sulph. 44. 1844. O. glabrifolius var. crassifolius Choisy ; DC. Prod. 137: 431. = 1849. O. glabrifolius Torrey, Pac. R. R. Rep. 4: 131. 1857. Not Vahl. : Mirabilis Californica A. Gray ; Torr. Mex. Bound. Surv. 173. 1859. O. Californicus Benth. & Hook. Gen. 3: 4. 1880. This species has quite often been included in Oxybaphus, 2. e., Allionia, and often in Mirabilis. Professor Heimer, in his treat- Ment of the Nyctaginiaceae in Die natiirlichen Lflanzenfamilien, Merges Oxybaphus into Mirabilis ; but associates this species with the one-flowered species of A/lonia. It is evident that if A//onia is to be treated as a distinct genus, | QO. laeve can not be included in the latter genus for it lacks the es- - Sential characters viz., the ribbed fruit and the enlarging and mem- _branous hie alukre: It is evidently closer related to Quamoclidion than any other genus. The only important difference between it and the typical species is the open short perianth and the flowers Solitary within each involucre. The species ranges from Utah to Arizona and California. 4. Allioniella gen. nov. Bracts five, united into a gamophyllous viscid rotate involucre, 688 RypBERG: STUDIES ON THE Rocky MounTaiIn FLorRA which enlarges somewhat in fruit but does not become membra- nous : flowers in each involucre 3: perianth open, short funnel- form : stamens 3, distinct : fruit ellipsoid, neither angled nor ribbed, very indistinctly tubercled, glabrous. Only one species. “1. Allioniella oxybaphoides (A. Gray) Quamoclidion oxybaphoides A. Gray, Am. Journ. Sc. I. 15: 320. 1853. Mirabilis oxybaphoides A. Gray, Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv. 173. 18509. Oxybaphus Wrightii Hemsl. Biol. Cent. Am. 3: 3. 1882. Allionia oxybaphoides Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 533. 1891. From the many synonyms can be seen that this species has been moved from one genus to another. Most botanists have — regarded it as an A//onia (Oxybaphus), which it resembles most in general habit, the perianth and the number of stamens; but it lacks the most essential characters of that genus, ViZ., the ribbed fruit and the membranous involucre. It is, therefore, more closely related to the Mirabilis series; and could be included in genus Quamoclhidion had it not the open A/lonia-like perianth, only three stamens and a flat rotate involucre. It is, therefore, better to regard it as the type of a new genus, intermediate between Allionia and Quamoclidion, A. oxybaphoides grows from southern Colorado to western Texas and Arizona; also in northern Mexico. 5. ALLIONIA Loefl. It. Hisp. 181. 1758 Vitmania Turra; Cav. Ic. 3: 53. 1794. Not Vitmanma Vahl. 1794. Oxybaphus 1 Her.; Willd. Sp. Pl. 1: 185. 1797. Calyxhymenia Ortega, Nov. aut Rar. Pl. Hort. Matr. 5. 17 of: Calymenia Pers. Syn. 1: 36. 1805. The genus was based on a plant which a year later received : the specific name A. violacea L. Vitmania and Oxybaphus were __ both based on Mirabilis viscosa Cav.; Calyxhymenia on C. agit _ folia and Calymenia on six species without the type being desig RypBErRG: Srupies oN THE Rocky Mountain Frora 689 Key tothe Species Leaves from cordate to broadly ovate-lanceolate : all distinctly petioled. Leaves cordate. I, A. nyctaginea. Leaves ovate, rounded or cuneate at the base. 2. A. floribunda. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, oblong or linear, sessile or only the lower short-petioled. Involucres in open terminal cymes. Stem more or less hirsute as well as viscid. Leaves ovate or broadly oblong, as well as the stem conspicuously hir- sute, 3. A. hirsuta, Leaves linear-lanceolate, almost glabrous; stem sparingly hirsute or glabrous except under the nodes. 4. A. pilosa. i Stem glabrous below, not hirsute, viscid-puberulent above. Flowers solitary in the involucre on short slender pedicels ; fruit nearly glabrous. 5. A. glabra. Flowers 2-3 in the involucres, subsessile ; fruit decidedly pubescent. Leaves of the cymes much reduced and bract-like, upper portion of the stem densely and finely puberulent. —6.._- A. bracteata. Leaves of the cymes neither much reduced nor bract-like. Leaves erect or ascending ; lobes of the involucre rounded or broadly triangular-ovate. Plant prostrate or diffuse; involucres and branches of the inflorescence densely viscid hairy, 7. A. diffusa. Plants more simple, erect or ascending ; branches of the inflorescence usually merely viscid-puberulent. Leaves from ovate or obovate to linear-lanceolate, usually over 5 mm. wide. 8. A. lanceolata. Leaves narrowly linear, less than 5 mm. wide, g. A. linearis. Leaves divergent; lobes of the involucre elliptic or oval. oy 10. A. divaricata. Involucres on solitary axillary peduncles, rarely also in small dense terminal clusters. Leaves oblong, lanceolate or linear-lanceolate. Stem hirsute. 11. A. aggregata. Stem glabrous. 12. A. decumbens. Leaves narrowly linear. 13. A. Bodinit. I. ALLIONIA NycTAGINEA Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 100. 1803 Oxybaphus nyctagineus Sweet, Hort. Brit. 1: 334. 1825. A well-known and common plant growing in rich soil from Illinois and Saskatchewan to Wyoming, New Mexico and Louisiana. * 2. ALLIONIA FLORIBUNDA (Choisy) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 533. 1891 AA. ovata Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 1: 97. 1814. Not Oxybaphus ovatus Vahl. 1806. he Allionia Cervantesii has been reported from Colorado, but the specimens on which this assertion has been made belong in all cases I know to Adlioniella oxybaphoides. 690 RypBperGc: STUDIES ON THE Rocky MounTAIN FLORA O. floribundus Chois ; DC. Prod. 137: 433. 1849. A. nyctaginea ovata Morong, Mem. Torrey Club, 5: 146. 1894. In dry soil from Missouri and South Dakota to Wyoming, New Mexico and Texas. 3. ALLIONIA HIRSUTA Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 2: 728. 1814 Oxybaphus jursutus Sweet, Hort. Brit. 1: 334. 1825. In sandy soil from Minnesota and South Dakota to Colorado. /4. Allionia pilosa (Nutt.) Calymenta pilosa Nutt. Gen. 1: 26. 1818. Oxvbaphus pilosus Sweet, Hort. Brit. 1: 334. 1825. This has been confused with the preceding, but I think it amply distinct. So it was regarded by Nuttall and by Sweet. It is perhaps nearer related to A. floribunda and Nuttall cites A. ovata Pursh as a synonym; but it is well to note that Nuttall describes the stem of his species as pubescent, which does not agree with Pursh’s plant. A. pilosa grows in dry sandy soil from Wisconsin and North Dakota to Texas and Louisiana. 5. ALLion1A GLABRA (S. Wats.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 533. 1891 Oxybaphus glaber S. Wats. Am. Nat. '7: 301. 1873. A rare plant from the arid districts of southern Utah, Arizona, and New Mexico. /6, Allionia bracteata sp. nov. A branched, more or less viscid perennial: stem glabrous below, densely viscid-pubescent above, 4-12 dm. high, erect OF ascending: leaves subsessile; blades oblong to linear-lanceolate or linear, 3-9 cm. long, thick, mostly ciliate, glabrate: leaves © the inflorescence elliptic or oblong, to lanceolate, reduced,: less than 1 cm. long, more or less viscid-pubescent : involucres often numerous in terminal cymes, 10-14 mm. wide; lobes broadly ovate, obtuse: perianth white or pale, about 10 mm. broad: fruit oblong-obovate, 5—5.5 mm. long, prominently 8-ribbed, apiculate, _ constricted near the base. This species has been mistaken for A. /inearis and A. a/bida, _ but is easy distinguished by the reduced leaves of its inflorescence: __ It grows in dry rocky soil. * Ee eT ree ee ee RypDBERG : STUDIES ON THE Rocky Mountain Frora 691 Missouri: Malden, 1894, Bush, 459 (type in herb, Columbia University) ; Wayne, 1900, 825 ; also Courtney, 1891 ; McDonald county, 1893, 370. Soutu Daxorta: Spring Basin, 1891, 7. A. Willams. ALABAMA: Selma, 1888, A/cCarthy. 7. ALLIONIA DIFFUSA Heller: Minn. Bot. Stud. 2: 33. 1898 On dry plains, from North Dakota and Wyoming, to Kansas, New Mexico and Arizona. 8. Allionia lanceolata sp. nov. A, albita Rydb. Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. 3: 520. 1896. Not Walt. 1788. A branched perennial. Stems erect or ascending, glabrous below, viscid-pubescent with short hairs, 4-15 dm. high: lower leaves short-petioled, the upper sessile ; blades lanceolate or ovate- lanceolate to almost linear, 3-10 cm. long, very thick, obtuse or blunt at the apex : involucres numerous, in terminal cymes, I~1.5 cm. wide; lobes rounded ovate, sometimes acutish : perianth pink, about 10 mm. broad: fruit obovoid, 4.5—5 mm. long, with usually 4-5 broad ribs and finely tuberculate faces. This has usually gone under the name of Ad/zonta albida which it resembles in habit, but that species has white perianths and sharply acute or acuminate thin leaves. A. a/bida is confined to South Carolina and Georgia and is represented by A. /anceolata in the West. The latter grows in dry soil on the plains, from Minnesota and Wyoming to Tennessee and Texas. Cotorapo: Estes Park, Larimer county, Osterhout, 15.56 (type in herb, N. Y. Botanical Garden). 9. ALLIoNIA LINEARIS Pursh, Fl. Am, Sept. 2: 728. 1814 Ca'ymenia angustifolia Nutt. Gen. 1: 26. 1818. Oaybaphus angustifolius Sweet, Hort. Brit. 1: 334. 1826. In dry soil on the plains, from Minnesota to Montana, Arizona, Mexico and Louisiana. 10. Allionia divaricata sp. nov. _ Avsiender perennial. Stems usually solitary, erect, 6-10 dm. high, glabrous and shining up to the viscid-puberulent inflores- cence: leaves more or less distinctly petioled, usually spreading ; 692 RypBperG: STUDIES ON THE Rocky MountTAIN FLORA blades glabrous, thickish, linear to linear-lanceolate, acute, 5-10 em. long: involucres numerous, in terminal cymes about 1.5 cm. wide, cleft below the middle into elliptical or oval obtuse lobes: perianth pink, about 8 mm. wide: fruit oblong-obovoid, slightly compressed, bluntly angled and not strongly tubercled, strigose. Perhaps closest related to A. /nearis, but distinguished by the thinner divergent leaves, the form of the involucre and the fruit. Cotorapo: Durango, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy, 512 (type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Garden). Arizona: Bakers Butte, Mogollon Mountains, 1887, Mearns, 253. 11, ALLIONIA AGGREGATA (Ortega) Spreng. Syst. 1: 384. 1825 Calyxhymenia aggregata Ortega, Nov. aut Rar. Pl. 8: 7. re ee 1798 (or 1799?). Oxybaphus aggregatus Vahl, Enum. 2: 41, in part. 1806. This is not the plant named O. aggregatus by Torrey, Watson and others, from Arizona and northern Mexico, but one that is closely related to A. hirsuta and generally has been confused with it. It differs mainly in the axillary solitary peduncles and in this respect is analogous to 4. Bodinii. Vahl evidently had two plants confused, citing as synonyms Calyxhymenia aggregata Ortega and Mirabilis aggregata Cavanilles, both illustrated and closely related species of Allionia. Ortega’s plant, which was the first published,” _ is densely hirsute, while Cavanilles’ plant is glabrous. Vahl, in his diagnosis, describes it as glabrous but remarks in parentheses “according to Ortega hirsute.”’ ; A. aggregata grows in dry soil from Wisconsin to Texas and © New Mexico, also in northern Mexico. 12, ALLIONIA DECUMBENS (Nutt.) Spreng. Syst. 1: 384. 1825 Mirabilis aggregata Cav. Ic. 5: 22. pl. 437. 1799. Oxybaphus aggregatus Vahl, /. c. in part. Calymenia decumbens Nutt. Gen. 1: 26. 1818. Oxybaphus decumbens Sweet, Hort. Brit. 1: 334. 1826. o _ *I have not been able to find the exact date of Ortega’s fascicle in which the ae ee _ Scription appears. The ten fascicles were published in 1797-1800 ; but Cavanilles cites | - Ortega, which indicates that the latter’s description was published first. RYDBERG: STUDIES ON THE Rocky MounTAIN Frora 693 This species stands in the same relation to A. Janceolata as the preceding does to A. /irsuta and the following to A. Linearis, dif- fering mostly in the mode of blooming. One of the reasons for holding them as distinct species and not as forms of the species mentioned is that their ranges are different, A. aggregata and A. decumbens extending further south into Mexico and the Gulf states, while their cymose analogues are northern, and the range of A. Bodinii is more limited than that of A. dinearis. A. decumbens grows in dry soil on the plains, from Missouri-and South Dakota to Wyoming, Mexico and Mississippi. 13. AxtiioniA Bopinit (Holz.) Morong, Mem. Torrey Club, 5: 354. 1804 Oxybaphus Bodinit Holz. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 1: 287. 1893. In dry soil from western Kansas to Utah and western Texas. 6. WEDELIA Loeff. Iter. Hisp. 180. 1758 Allionia L. Syst., Ed. 10, 890, in part. 1759. The genus was based on a plant which the following year received the specific name Adfonia incarnata L. I. WEDELIA INCARNATA (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 533. 1892 Allionia incarnata L. Syst., Ed. 10, 890. 1759. a From western Texas and southern Colorado to California, An Enumeration of the Plants collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South America, 1885-1886, XXXII By H. H. RusBy (Continued from Bull. Torrey Club, 28: 313. 21 My. 1901) BURMANNIACEAE Burmannia tenella Benth. Kew Journ. 7: 10. 1855. Yungas, _ 6000 ft. (no. 858) and Mapiri, 2500 ft., May 1886 (no. 859). Growing in leaf mould, in deep forest shade. fork Ayre SCITAMINEAE 2 Costus spicatus (Jacq.) Sw. Prod. Veg. Ind. Occ. 11. Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 1295). Growing in a ravine, in deep shade. (Same as Bang’s nos. g12 and 1248.) Costus Guanaiense sp. nov. Leaf-sheaths densely and long appressed yellowish-hirsute : stems 6-8 dm. high, very stout, leafy at the top: leaf-blades ° 2.5-3 dm. long, 5 or 6 cm. broad, oblong, short-acuminate : floral bracts about 5 cm. long, 3 cm. broad, thick, rigid, brown, strongly nerved, the foliaceous tips about 1 cm. long, 6 or 7 mm. broad, obtusish, appressed or reflexed at the tip: fruit densely yellowish- _ Sericeous, 1.5 cm. long, and more than half as broad, oval or slightly broader above, the fruiting calyx-segments 1.75 cm. long, about half as broad, oval, thick, rigid, about 15-ribbed, the ribs strong and sharp; seed black, 2.5 mm. long, broadly oval, coarsely and bluntly tuberculate. Guanai, 2000 ft., May 1886 (no. 2225). Costus phlociflorus sp. nov. _ Minutely puberulent under the lens. Stems erect, slender for the genus, about 4 dm. high, leafy only at the summit, clothed with bladeless sheathes below: leaves 1-1.5 dm. long, 3-4 ©™: broad, oblanceolate or obovate, rather abruptly acuminate and acute: floral bracts 2-2.5 cm. long, closely surrounding the _ perianth-tube, abruptly keeled near the summit with a broad yellowish keel about 5 mm. long, about 19-nerved, the nerves very fine: perianth bright crimson, drying deep-purple, the See" 2... 694 e : -ments horizontally spreading, 1-2 cm. long and nearly as broad. SS : COLLECTED IN SourH AMERICA, 1885-1886 695 Falls of Madeira, Brazil, Oct. 1886 (no. 229). The handsomest species known to me in this handsome genus. Near C. lanceolatus Peterson. : Ethanium racemosum (R. & -P.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 689. Mapiri, 2500 ft., May 1886 (no. 2778 = Bang, no. 1237, printed “ Etherium,’”’ Mem. Torrey Club, 6: 123). Ethanium sp. Mapiri, 5000 ft., May 1886 (no. 2784). Flower Scape only preserved. Ethanium sp. Sorata, 10,000 ft., Feb. 1886 (no. 2781), insame condition as last. No. 2231, from Mapiri, 2500 ft., May 1886, leaf specimens, is apparently of the same species. ‘schnosiphon gracilis (Rudge) Kérn, Bull, Soc. Nat. Mose. 35: 94. 1862. (Maranta gracilis Rudge, PI. Guian. Rar. 8: pl. 3.) Junc. Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios, Aug. 1886 (no. 2228). Stromanthe spectabilis Lem. Jard. Fleur. p/. goz. Yungas, 4000 ft., 1885 (no. 2224). The same as Burchell’s no. 2040, and Bang’s no. 513. Calathea capitata (R. & P.) Lindl. Bot. Reg. pl s270. (Maranta c. R. & P. Fl. Per. 1: 3. pu. 5.) Guanai, 2000 ft., May 1886 (no. 2227). Calathea grandifolia (A. Dietr.) Lindl. Bot. Reg. p/ 1210. (Maranta g. A. Dietr. Sp. Pl. 1: 26.) Falis of Madeira, Brazil, S* Oct. 1886 (no. 2226). | 7 Calathea (Monosticha) divaricata sp. nov. Minutely puberulent: stems very slender, about 5 dm. ae in my specimen, sheathed only at the base, the sheaths — petioles 4 or 5 cm. long: leaves .75~1.5 dm. long, 2-4 on ses oblong, acute: peduncle 1 dm. long, very slender, sprea "s ori- zontally or slightly deflexed, strongly costate: heads su : emis- Pherical, about 2 cm. broad, rather loosely flowered, bracts I-1.5 em. long, broadly ovate, obtuse, strongly nerved : anthers ae Spicuous, exceeding the bracts, nearly 4 mm. long, slender, acutish, tapering toward the base. (Dissection material wanting.) Mapiri, 5000 ft., April 1886 (no. 2233). Canna Brittoni sp. nov. : t: leaf-blade _ Strongly glaucous throughout: stems very stout (but nha cect 4 dm. long, 3.75 dm. broad, rhomboidally atone very slightly cordate at the base, blunt at the apex, the principa 696 Russpy: AN ENUMERATION OF THE PLANTS nerves about 45 pairs, meeting the midrib at an angle of about 50°: bracts .8-1.5 dm. long, lance-oblong, obtuse, imbricated, the racemes about 1.5-2.5 dm. long, somewhat panicled or solitary : pedicels 3 cm. long, very stout, strongly flexed at the apex: perianth about 6 cm. long, the divisions of the calyx 7 cm. long, 1.5 cm. broad, lanceolate: petals adnate to the androecium about one third of their length: anther 2.5 cm. long, narrowly linear, divisions of the androecium only 3, as long as the petals, oblong, I-I.5 cm. broad: style fleshy, dark, flattened, 5 mm. broad, ob- tuse: pod 5 or 6 cm. long, oval, rounded at both ends, tipped by the persistent sepals: seeds blackish, smooth, a little more than I cm. long and broad. _ Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 2857). The same as Bang’s no. 2417, of which Mr. Bang says: “ Plant about 10 ft. high, forming — a bush, the flowers white; in wet forest soil at Sacramento, Aug. 1894. Local names ‘“Chias,” ‘‘ Tacara.” Seeds very hard, used in weighing “gold.” Fleliconia cannoides A. Rich. Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. 15: Suppl. 24. pl.g. 1831. Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 2221), and junc. of Rivers Beni and Madre de Dios, Aug. 1886 (no. 2223). The same as Bang’s no. 4112 and the same collected by Holton. Fleliconia Bahai L. Mant. 2: 211. Reis, 1500 ft., June 1886 (no. 2222). Heliconia psittacorum L. f. Suppl. 158. Junc. of Rivers Beni ° and Madre de Dios, Aug. 1886 (no. 2230). BROMELIACEAE _ Ananas sativus Schult. f. Syst. 7 : no. 1283. Mapiri, 2500 ft., May 1886 (no. 2851). The plant grows in a perfectly wild state, along forest-roads, distant from habitations. : Billbergia (Helicodea) Boliviensis Baker, sp. nov. : Acaulis, foliis lanceolatis tenuiter lepidotis aculeis marginalibus ‘minuto, pedunculo elongato, bracteis superioribus magnis patulis tubellis, floribus in spicam simplicem subdensam dispositis, bractels minutis, ovario oblongo subtiliter sulcato albo lepidoto, sepalis oblongis ovario duplo longioribus, petalis viridulis angustis longe unguiculatis, serratabilus petalis longioribus. . Leaves few in a rosette, 1.5—2 ft. long, about an inch broad at _ the middle: peduncles shorter than the leaves : lower bract-leaves _ appressed, those towards the base of the spike spreading, bright COLLECTED IN SouTH America, 1885-1886 697 red, 4-5 in. long: spike 6 in. long: ovary .25 in. long : petals an inch longer than the calyx, with a narrow blade and long slender claw. Allied to B. decora Papp. et Endl. Nov. Gen. 42. pl. 157 (B. Baraginniana Lemaire), figured lately in the Botanical Magazine, Pl. 6937. ; Unduavi, 8000 ft., Oct. 1885 (no, 2853). Pitcairnia consimilis Baker, Journ, Bot. Ig: 269. 1881.: Yun- gas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 2847) and Vic. la Paz, 10,000 ft., Apr. 1885 (no. 2845). Growing upon shaded, rocky banks. The same as Mandon’s no. 1173: Fitcairnia pulverulenta R. & P. Fl. Per. 3: 86. pi. 259. Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 2844). Puya Brittoniana Baker, sp. nov. Foliis ensiformibus acuminatis subpedalibus facie glabris dorso tenuiter albo-lepidotis aculeis marginalibus magnis patulis cas- taneis, floribus in spicam simplicem cylindricam dense lanuginosam dispositis, bracteis magnis ovalis acuminatus, sepalis lanceolatis, petalis latis calyce duplo longioribus, genitalibus petalis brevioribus. Leaves a foot long, moderately firm in texture, .60-.75 in. broad, low down, tapering gradually to a long spine : upper leaf- bracts of the peduncle large, and very acuminate: spike 214-3 in. diam., densely coated with loose brown wooly pubescence : flower bracts 2 in. long: sepals .60-.75 in. long: petal-blade .25—.35 in. broad. ; : Near P. pyramidata, Schultes = Puya pyramidata Ruiz et Pavon. Fl. Peruv. III. 34. /. 257. Ingenio del Oro, 10,000 ft., Mar. 1886 (no. 2849). Growing upon exposed, grassy and rocky hills. : Puya sp. Vic. la Paz, 10,000 ft., Apr. 1885 (no. 2846, an probably no. 2850, also. Differs from P. coerulea Lindl. in its longer pedieels, and is doubtless a distinct species, but represented Only by portions of the inflorescence. Cottendorfia Rusbyi Baker, sp. nov. Acaulis, foliis lanceolatis subpedalibus 5 atonal lepidotis, pedunculo foliis aequilongo bracteis Deh aaierey floribus parvis in paniculam amplam laxam ramis rece talis floris secundis dispositis, bracteis minutis sepalis oblongis, pe oblanceolatis, calyce duplo longioribus. 698 Russy: AN ENUMERATION OF THE PLANTS Leaves about a foot long, 1—1.25-in. broad at the middle, very thin in texture for a bromeliad, quite entire: peduncle about as long as the leaves: panicle a foot long; central branchlets rather compound, 4-5 in. long: flower-bracts very small: pedicels .08—.20 in. long, articulated at the apex: sepals .o8 in. long: stamens shorter than the petals: capsule oblong, membranous, as long as the petals, dehiscing septicidally. Only two very rare species of this genus are known previously. It is perfectly distinct from Dyckza, under which it is mentioned in the Genera Plantarum, both in structure and habit. Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 2541). Growing upon rocky, partly shaded banks. Lillandsia floribunda H.B.K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. 1: 292. Yun- gas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 2163). lillandsta recurvata L. Sp. Pl. 287. Ingenio del Oro, 10,000 ft., Mar. 1886 (no. 2165). Tillandsia propingqua Gay, F\. Chil. 6: 1 sg... View da Paz, to 000 ft., Apr. 1885 (no. 2164). Growing upon apple trees. Lillandsia sphaerocephala Baker, Journ. Bot. 26: 141. 1888. Vic. la Paz, 10,000 ft., Apr. 1885 (no. 2848). Terrestrial, upon sunny, gravelly and rocky banks. The same as Mandon’s no, 1188. Lillandsia complanata Benth. Bot. Sulph. 173. Vic. la Paz, 10,000 ft., Oct. 1885 (no. 2855). Tillandsia (Allardtia) micrantha Baker, sp. nov. _Acaulis, foliis paucis loratis obtusis tenuiter lepidotis, pedunculo foliis aequilongo, bracteis parvis adpressis, spicis pluribus lanceolatis distichis in paniculam amplam dispositis, bracteis floribus oblong!s obtusis, calyce bractea aequilongo sepalis obtusis. : Leaves above a foot long, .25 in. broad at the middle: panicle a foot long, consisting of 20-30 dense distichous spikes, 1.5—2 1”. long, .25 in. broad, the upper sessile, the lower peduncled : branch- bracts at most an inch long: flower-bracts oblong-navicular, .15 in. long: petal-blade minute. Allied to 7. spiculosa Griseb., but panicle much more compound. Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 2852) (no. 2232 is the inflor- escence only of a species of 7i//andsia). HAEMODORACEAE __ Aiphidium floribundum Sw. Prod. Veg. Ind. Occ. 1: 17: bee Mapiri, 5000 ft., Apr. 1886 (no. 2529). COLLECTED IN SouTH AMERICA, 1885-1886 699 IRIDACEAE Orthrosanthus Chimboracensis (H.B.K.) Baker, Gard. Chron. 2: 67. 1876. (Moraea Chimboracensis H.B.K. Nov. Gen. et Spi Fe 322. Sorata, 10,000 ft., Feb. 1886 (no. 700). Sisyrinchium iridifolium H.B.K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. 1: 324. Vic. La Paz, 10,000 ft., Apr. 1885 (no. 693) and Sorata, 8000 ft., Feb. 1886 (no. 694). The same as Mandon’s no. 1211. Sesyrinchium junceum E. Meyer in Presl. Rel. Haenk. 1: 118. Unduavi, 8000 ft., Oct. 1885 (no. 699). The same as Mandon’s no. 1222. Sisyrinchium Mandoni Baker, Journ. Bot. 14: 269. 1876. Sorata, 10,000 ft., Feb. 1886 (no. 696). The same as Mandon’s No. 1217. “| Stsyrinchium leucanthum Colla in Mem. Acc. Torin. 39: 18. 1836. Unduavi, 8000 ft., Oct. 1885 (no. 695). Stsyrinchium tinctorium H.B.K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. 1: 324. Ingenio del Oro, 10,000 ft., Mar. 1886 (no. 697), and Mapiri, 5000 ft., Apr. 1886 (no. 698). AMARYLLIDACEAE Hippeastrum Mandoni Baker, Handb. Amaryll. 49. Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 2454). -Hippeastrum equestre Herb. App. 31. Yungas, 4000 ft., 1885 {no. 2453), fide Baker. Hymenocallis Quitoensis Herb. App. 44. Yungas, 4000 tt, 1885 (no. 2452). nett Ligtu Linn. Diss. Alstroem. 10: Am. Acad. Os 254. Near Valparaiso, Chile, June 1885 (no. 5 54). Bomarea brevis (Herb.) Baker in Journ. Bot. 20: 202. 1882. (Sphaerine brevis Herb. Amaryll. 108. p/. 78, 7. 7.) Unduavi, 10,000 ft., Oct. 1885 (no. 570). : Bomarea distichophylla (Herb.) Baker, Zc. Unduavi, 8000- 9000 ft., Oct. 1885 (nos. §71 and 574). — Bomarea edulis (Tussac) Herb. Amaryll. 111. (Alstroemeria edulis Tussac, Fl. Antill. 1: 109. A/. 74.) Yungas, 6000 ft., I - ¥ Nos. 568 and 1031), and Sorata, 8000 ft., Feb. 1886 (no. 565). Mr. Baker so refers these three, with the following three of Mr. Bang’s collection. To me, however, they appear to represent 700 Russpy: AN ENUMERATION OF THE PLANTS three distinct species, as follows: First, no. 568 and Bang’s no. 5934; second, nos. 565 and 1031 and Bang’s no. 2915; third Bang’s no. 2037. Bomarea formossissima (R. & P.) Griseb. ex Baker, Handb. Amaryll. 153. Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 566). Lomarea glaucescens (H.B.K.) Baker, Journ. Bot. 20: 201. 1882. (Alstroemeria glaucescens H.B.K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. I: 282.) Unduavi, 8000 ft., Oct. 1885 (no. 572). Bomarea multiflora (L. f.) Mirbel, Hist. Nat. Pl. g:72. 1804. Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 564). The same as Bang’s nos. 1930 and 2038. Bomarea tomentosa (R. & P.) Herb. Amaryll. 117. (Adstroe- meria tomentosa R. & P. Fi. Per. 3: 62. pl. 292, a). Unduavi, 8000 ft., Oct. 1885 (no. 563). Bomarea acutifolia Herb. Amaryll. 112? Yungas, 4000 ft., 1885 (no, 569) and Sorata, 13,000 ft., Feb. 1886 (no. 567). Bomarea (Sphaerine) Boliviensis Baker sp. nov. Caule suberecto subpedali, foliis lanceolatis membranaceis dorso hispidis, umbellis pauciradiates, bracteis paucis parvis foliaceis, pedi- cellis pubescentibus bracteolatis simplicibus vel furcatis, perianthit segmentis parvis aequilongis, staminibus perianthio brevioribus. Stem leafy for less than a foot. Leaves 2-3 in. long, .35—5 in. broad: rays of the umbel about an inch long: perianth seg- ments .5 in. long. Allied to B. drevis Baker (Mathews, 1660). Vic. La Paz, 10,000 ft., Apr. 1885 (no. 573). DIOSCOREACEAE _ Dioscorea cymosula Hemsi. Biol. Cent. Am. Bot. 3: 355- -Guanai, 2000 ft., May 1886 (no. 1449). _ _Dioscorea furcata Griseb. in Mart. Fl. Bras. 1: 45. Guanal, 2000 ft, May 1886 (no. 532), and Mapiri, 5000 ft., Apr. 1886 (no. 1047). The same as Mandon’s no. 1230, Tweedie’s no. 1877 from Tucuman and Balansa’s no. 626 from Paraguay. ; Dioscorea multiflora Griseb. in Mart. Fl. Bras. 1: 35. Guanab 2000 ft., May 1886 (no. 556). Dioscorea polygonoides H. B. ex Willd. Sp. Pl. 4: 795: _ Mapiri, 5000 ft., Apr. 1886 (no. 557). COLLECTED IN SourH AMERICA, 1885-1886 701 Dioscorea angustifolia sp. nov. Sparsely short-pilose: stems stout, terete, purple: petiole (but one seen) 1 dm. long, very stout; blade 1.75 dm. long, 3 dm. broad, strongly cordate, 5-lobed, the sinuses narrow, rounded at the termination, extending three fourths of the way to the base, the lobes ovate or obovate, terminating in a very short broad obtuse point, the middle 5-ribbed, the others 2-ribbed, the ribs connected by straightish secondaries: leaf thin, deep-green, the venation sharply prominent and pubescent underneath: staminate panicle (but one seen) 2 dm. long, loosely much-branched, the branches elongated, slender or filiform, loosely flowered: bracts deciduous, ovate, attenuate, two thirds as long as the fully-grown bud: perigone thickened, divided nearly to the base, sparsely pilose without, the segments 3 mm. long, oblong or very little broader above the middle, obtuse, the midrib broad and stout, almost a keel: stamens two-thirds as long as the perigone seg- ments, adnate one sixth of the length of the latter, the filaments Stoutish, the anthers .5 mm. long, truncate. Species near D. frifida, but that has not the loosely paniculate inflorescence of this. Mapiri, 5000 ft., May 1886 (no. 534). Dr. Britton says the Same as Burchell’s no. 10,031. Dioscorea Mandoni sp. nov. Calyx-tube pubescent, the rachis slightly so : branchlets angled : petioles (but two seen) 6-8 cm. long, gradually dilated downward and broadly channelled, ribbed; blades 1.4 dm. long, exclusive “of the basal lobes, and of about the same breadth, cordate, the basal lobes about 5 cm. long, rounded, nearly meeting, the sinus rounded at the petiole insertion, the summit of the leaf abruptly contracted into an acumination about a cm. long and broad ; pri- _ mary ribs 7, the latter bordering the lobes for a short distance, then throwing off one to three branches, yellowish, oe ae ‘underneath : one pistillate spike seen, 3.5 dm. long, including si peduncle which is 1 dm. long, very slender, drooping, very sun flowered: bracts about half the length of the ovary, narrowly lanceolate and alternate: perianth-tube of the freshly synaitie flower 5 mm. long, lance-oblong, grayish-pubescent, the - s Nearly 3 mm. long, oblanceolate, acutish : stigmas I mm. long, thick, strongly recurved, lobed or cut at the summit. Guanai, 2000 ft., May 1886 (no. 533). Jo The same as Mandon’s no. 1232, the fruit of which is 2.5-3 cm. long, half as broad, ellipsoidal, but slightly broader above, 702 Russpy: AN ENUMERATION OF THE PLANTS shining, the beak very short and broad, light-brown, the nerves barely perceptible. LILIACEAE Smilax floribunda Kunth Enum. Pl. 5: 229. Mapiri, 5000 it; Apr. 1886 (no. 558). Smilax phylloloba Griseb. in Mart. Fl. Bras. 1: 21? Guanai, 2000 ft., May 1886 (no. 560). ’ Smilax irrorata Griseb. in Mart. Fl. Bras. 1: 10. Reis, 1500 ft., June 1886 (no. 561). Excremis coarctata (R. & P.) Baker in Journ. Linn. Soc. 15: 320. 1876. Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 2504@) and Mapiri, 5000 ft., Apr. 1886 (no. 2856). The same as Bang’s no. 2277. Nothoscordum striatum (Jacq.) Kunth Enum, Pl. 4: 459- (Alhum striatum Jacq. Coll. Suppl. 51.) Near Valparaiso, Chile, June 1885 (no. 581). Milla andicola (Kunth) Baker in Journ. Linn. Soc. 11 ( 1870): 381. (Nothoscordum andicolum Kunth 1. c. 643.) Vic. La Paz 10,000 ft., Apr. 1885 (no. 579), and Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 580). The same as Mandon’s no. 1235. Also collected by Bang. Miersia Rusbyi Britton, sp. nov. Minutely puberulent under a lens: bulb ovoid or broadly pyri- form : leaves few, narrowly linear or filiform: scapes 1.5—2.5° dm. long, very slender, slightly thickened upward, the several flowers loosely umbelled : bracts 1-2 cm. long, thin and delicate : pedicels 2-5 cm. long, filiform, striate : perianth-segments regularly acumi- nate from the base to the acute apex, the sepals nearly 1.5 cm., the — petals a little more than 1 cm. long. I find my specimens labelled “‘ Yungas, Bolivia, 6000 ft., 1885," but it is my impression that they were collected near Llai-Ilai, Chile, under shrubbery on a shaded hillside (no. 2540). . PONTEDERIACEAE Eichornia crassipes (Mart.) Schum. in DC. Monog. Pharm. 4° 527. (Pontederia crassipes Mart. Nov. Gen. et Sp. 1: 9.) Falls of Madeira, Brazil, Oct. 1886 (no. 509). Eichornia pauciflora Seub. in Mart. Fl. Bras. 1: 91. Reis, 1500 ft., June 1886 (no. 553). COLLECTED IN SouTH AMERICA, 1885-1886 703 COMMELINACEAE (Determined by Mr. C. B. Clarke) Commelina Cuitensis Benth. Pl. Hartw. (no. 258). Sorata, 8000 ft., Feb. 1886 (no. 847). The same as Mandon’s no. 1238. Commelina elliptica H.B.K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. 1: 259. Mapiri, _ 2500 ft., May 1886 (no. 848). A common weed in Cinchona and coffee plantations. Dichorisandra hexandra (Aubl.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 721. (Commelina hexandra Aubl. Pl. Guian. 1: 35. Dichorisandra Au- - bletiana Schult. f. Syst. 7: 1181). Mapiri, 2500 ft., May 1886 _ (no. 1230). Dichorisandra inaequalis Presl. Rel. Haenk. 1: 140. Yungas, 6000 'ft., 1885 (no. 1231). d Dichorisandra pubescens Mart.; Schult. f. Syst. 7: 1186. _ Yungas, 4000 ft., 1885 (no. 1232). 2 Dichorisandra villosula Mart.; Schult. f. Syst. 7: 1185. _ Mapiri, 5000 ft., Apr. 1880 (no. 1233). o — -‘Lradescantia multifiora Swz. Prod. Veg. Ind. Occ. 57. Mapiri, 5000 ft., Apr. 1886 (no. 1369). Campelia Zanonia (L.) H.B.K. Nov. Gen. 1: 264. Guanai, 000 ft., May 1886 (no. 1228), and Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 1229). JUNCACEAE Luzula gigantea Desv. Journ. Bot. 1: 145. 1808. Unduavi, 0,000 ft., Oct. 1885 (no. 58). 7 Luzula racemosa Desv. 1 c. 162. Vic. La Paz, 10,000 ft., Pr. 1885 (nos. 59 and 60), Sorata, 13,000 ft., Feb. 1886 (no. 82), and Unduavi, 8000 ft., Oct. 1885 (no. 57). Juncus Chamissonis Kunth, Enum, 3: 348. Sorata, 10,000 it., Feb. 1886 (no. 181). Juncus ae eee in Brem. Abl. 6: 405. 1879? Vic. La Paz, 10,000 ft., “Apr. 1885 (no. 61), and Sorata, 13,000 ft, Feb, 1886 (no. 180). The same as Bang’s no. 73 and 1076. Dr. Buchenau thinks it may be /. brevifolius Quitensts Buch. PALMAE Geonoma sp. Yungas, 4000 ft., 1885 (no. 2860). af _ Martinezia sp.? Guanai, 2000 ft., May, 1886 (no. 2862). T04 Russpy: AN ENUMERATION OF THE PLANTS © CYCLANTHACEAE Carludovica sp. Mapiri, 2500 ft., May 1886 (no. 2431). AROIDEAE (Determined by Mr. N. E, Brown) Spathantherum Orbignyanum Schott. Bonplandia, 165. 1859. Sorata, 8000 ft., Feb. 1886 (no. 2433). Also collected by Man- don and Bang. Stenospermation Mathews Schott. Gen. Aroid. Pt. 70? Un- duavi, 8000 ft., Oct. 1885 (no. 2432). Anthurium violaceum (Sw.) Schott. Melet. 1: 22. Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 2427). The same as Bang’s no. 2307 pp. Anthurium indecorum Schott. Oecstr. Bot. Zeitschr. 350. 1858. Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (no. 2428). Anthurium gracile Lindl. Bot. Reg. pl. 1635. Yungas, 6000 ft., 1885 (nos. 2429 and 2430). ALISMACEAE Alisma tenellum Mart. in Schult. f. Syst. 7: 1600. Reis, 1500 ft. June 1886 (no. 55 5). Report on a small Collection of fossil Plants from the Vicinity of Porcupine Butte, Montana * By F. H. KNow.tron (WitH PLATE 26) The following report is based on a small collection of fossil _ plants made by Mr. Walter Harvey Weed, of the U. S. Geological Survey, in July, 1892. They come from the sandstone series above the bend of the Sweet Grass, west of Porcupine Butte, Mon- tana, and embrace about twenty pieces of matrix. Only the four following species of plants have been determined, although’ there are fragments of stems, apparently of grasses, and others of dicoty- ledonous leaves. GLYPTosTRObBUS EuroparEus UNGER Heer Glyptostrobus Europaeus Ungeri Heer, Fl. Tert. Helv., 3: 159. 1859; Lesquereux, Cret. & Tert. Fl., 222. p/. 26. f. r-7°. 1883. The collection contains a number of small fragments that with _ very little doubt belong to this form as described and figured by Lesquereux. It is probably the same as that identified by New- berry as G. Europaeus Unger, in his Later extinct Floras of North America (24. pl. 26. f. 6-8), but, as I have stated in another place (Catalogue of the Cret. & Tert. Pl. of N. A., 113), much con- fusion still exists regarding the status of these forms, which can . only be settled by an adequate series of well-preserved specimens. ONOCLEA SENSIBILIS FossiLis Newb. (/%. 26) Onoclea sensibilis fossilis Newb., Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist., 9: 39. Ap. 1868; Lesquereux, Ill. Cret. & Tert. Plants, p/. 8. f. I-9,; f. 1-5. 1878; Newberry, Later extinct Floras, 8. p/. 23. wes od, 7. iF. 1898. This form was first described by Newberry in 1868, from ma- terial obtained by Dr. F. V.-Hayden, near the mouth of the Yel- lowstone River, in Montana, in what are now known as the Fort Union beds. It has since been collected in approximately the same locality, and also along the North Saskatchewan, in beds of * Published by permission of the Director of the U. S. Geological Survey. 705 706 Know tron: Fosstt PLANTS FROM PORCUPINE BUTTE the so-called Canadian upper Laramie, which is of the same age as the Fort Union. Dr. Newberry based his determination entirely on the sterile fronds, and until the present time no fruit appears to have been found. This little collection made by Mr. Weed fortunately con- tains undoubted specimens of the fertile fronds, thus proving the correctness of Dr. Newberry’s identification of the material with Onoclea. At first thought it hardly seems probable that a form now liv- ing could have been in existence in carly Tertiary times, and have been so little modified in coming down to us. This view appealed strongly to Dr. Newberry, and he sought diligently for characters by which to separate them. On this point he speaks as follows : ‘Varying as the living Oxoclea does, in size, outline, and nervation of the sterile frond—from six inches to three feet in height, from a finely reticulated to an open dichotomous nervation, from a bi- pinnate frond, with remote obovate pinnules, to a pinnate form with wave-margined pinnae and broadly alate rachis—it plainly in- cludes all the characters of the fossils before us, and I, therefore, find it impossible to separate them.’’ Asa matter of fact, about the only point of difference lies in the somewhat more robust habit of the fossil forms, and this obviously can have but little weight. This close similarity is still further emphasized by the fertile fronds which are here figured for the first time. The best of the several fruiting fragments, shown in PY. 26, f. 7, is quite well preserved, and does not exhibit any particular difference from the fruit of living examples. It has, as may be seen, a strong rachis and the numerous berry-like pinnules arranged along the slender branches, exactly as in the living fronds. For the present at least it seems impossible to do more than retain it under the above name. ARALIA NOTATA? Lesq. Aralia notata Lesq., Tert. Fl., 237. pl. 39. f. 2-4. 1878. The collection contains fragments of two large leaves that appear to belong to this species. Tilia Weedii sp. nov. Leaf large, of firm texture, broadly cordate-ovate or nearly orbicular in outline, rounded above (apex not preserved) and KNOWLTON: Fossit PLANTS FROM PorcuPINE Butre 707 broadly rounded below to a cordate, very slightly unequal-sided base ; margin not well preserved but apparently coarsely toothed ; nervation palmate, strongly 5-ribbed from the base ; central or mid- rib strong, somewhat flexuose, with about 4 pairs of alternate strong secondaries, which arise at an angle of about 45°, arch ¢ \ i | | } } | | | | ye Hy) eas: ys} i My we 3 Fic. 1. Zilia Weedit, sp. nov. upward and produce a few apps the nae ee sidan i inal teeth : upper ar]; Se as the = ee pater ‘ a a bow and passing up h with from 7-9 secondary ; ae on ably end in the teeth ; e others, arising nearly at a 708 KwNnowtton: Fossitt PLANTS FROM PORCUPINE BUTTE right angle to the midrib, slightly arching upward and provided on the lower side with some 6 or 8 secondary branches, which also apparently fork and end in the teeth; nervilles numerous, strong, mostly percurrent and unbroken ; finer nervation producing quad- rangular areas. The example figured was the only specimen contained in the collection ; unfortunately it is not perfectly preserved, especially in its margin. It appears to have been very broadly cordate-ovate or almost orbicular. As now preserved it is 11 cm. in length and about 10 cm. in width. From the configuration it seems hardly probable that it was more than 1 or 2 cm. longer or 1 cm. wider when living. The base is distinctly cordate, with well-rounded lobes. The margin, as already stated, is not well preserved, but from the manner in which the veins fork it was probably toothed throughout, with the veins ending in these teeth. The nervation is well shown in the figure. aS) On account of lack of knowledge regarding the margin it is impossible to compare this leaf closely with other species. At first sight it seems to be identical with Vzurnum antiquum (Newb.) Hollick,* which was called V. tilioides by Ward,+ but this species is not strictly palmately ribbed, although approaching it in some specimens. The most important point of difference is in the sec- ondaries, these being distinctly dichotomous in V. antiguum, and _ branching on the lower side in the leaf under consideration. 3 It may be compared with Zilia populifolia Lesq.,t from Floris- sant, Colorado, this species being of about the same size. It has the margins deeply and regularly serrate, but appears to differ essentially in nervation. It is 5-ribbed from the base, as in ours, but the midrib is perfectly straight, with more numerous thin, _ Straight secondary branches, and the upper pair of ribs do not arch upward but pass straight to the margin on the same angle that they. arise. The secondary branches are also thinner. They __ fork, however, sending branches into the teeth, as presumably the present one does. Among living species this form seems to approach most closely to 7. Americana, which agrees well in size and nervation. The * Later Extinct Floras, 128. /. 33. f. 1, 2. a t Types of the Laramie Flora, 107. pl. 50-52. f. 1, 2. ae tCret. & Tert. Fl., 179. pl. 34. f. 8 Know._ton: Fossir Plants From Porcupine Burre 709 living species is usually more unequal-sided at base than the fossil, but there is variation in this respect, certain of the leaves being almost regular below. In the fossil leaf the midrib is propor- tionally thicker, more zigzag and the first pair of lateral ribs more curved upward. The nervilles and finer nervation are practically the same. I have named this species in honor of the collector. AGE OF THE BEDs AS INDICATED BY THE PLANTS The number of species, although small, is sufficient to give a pretty clear idea of the age. Four species have been enumerated, three of which were previously known. Of these Onoclea sensibilis Sossilis has only been found in the Fort Union beds, at the mouth of the Yellowstone and in the Canadian Upper Laramie. Aralia notata was described originally from the Fort Union and has only been found in beds of similar.age in the Yellowstone National Park. Glyptostrobus Ungeri, if this be the proper name by. which to call it, is abundant in the Fort Union beds, and has also been found elsewhere. The new species (Zi/ia Weedit) is of uncertain affinity _and is therefore of little value in this instance. The things it most resembles belong to the Fort Union. Taking into account the locality whence these plants came the character of the material and the species as above enumerated, I do ‘not hesitate to say that the beds in which they occur should be referred to the Fort Union. Explanation of Plate 26 Fic. 1, Fruiting frond of Onoclea sensibilis fossilis Newb. Fics. 2-4. Sterile fronds of same. Index to recent Literature relating to American Botany Andrews, F. M. Die Wirkung der Centrifugal Kraft auf Pflanzen. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 38: 1-40. f/. 7. f. 7-15. 1902. Arechavaleta, J. Contribucion al conocimiento de la Flora de la Republica Uruguaya. Anales Museo Nacional de Montevideo, 4: 1-28. 1go02. [lllust.] New species in M/onnina (4), Cordia, Hypericum, and Friocaulon. Bailey, W. W. Plant Stations in Rhode Island. Rhodora, 4: 198, 199. O. 1902. Barnhart, J. H. Dates of the ‘‘ Nova Genera’’ of Humboldt, Bon- pland and Kunth. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 585-598. 31 O. 1902- Beadle, C. D. New Species of Thorns from the southeastern States, IJ. Biltmore Bot. Studies, 1: 51-137. 30 Ap. 1902. Includes 105 new species. Beadle, C. D. Studies in Philadelphus. Biltmore Bot. Studies, I: 159-161. 30 Ap. 1902. Includes three new species and a variety. Beadle,C.D. Two drupaceous Trees from Alabama. Biltmore Bot. Studies, 1: 162, 163. 30 Ap. 1902. ; Includes two new species of Prunus. Boynton, G. L. Notes from a Collector’s Field-book. Biltmore Bot. Studies, 1: 143-150. 30 Ap. 1902. Gerardia Georgiana sp. nov, ‘Boynton, F. E. Studies in the Genus Amorpha. Biltmore Bot. Studies, I: 138-140. 30 Ap. Igo2. Includes four new species and combinations. Boynton, F. E. ‘Two new southern Species of Coreopsis. Biltmore Bot. Studies, 1: 141, 142. 30 Ap. 1902. Brenner, W. Klima und Blatt bei der Gattung Quercus. Flora, 90: 114-160. p/. 7-77. 4D. 1901. Brenner, W. Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der Gattung Quercus. Flora, 90: 466-470. 30 Ap. 1902. Campbell, D.H. Studies on the Gametophyte of Se/agined/a. Annals Bot. 16: 419-428. p/. 79. S. 1902. Cannon, W. A. Field notes on Rhododendron Catawhiense. ‘Torreya, 2: 161-169. f. 7-g. 25 N. 1902. , 710 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 711 Celakovsky, L. J. Die Berindung des Stengels durch die Blattbasen. Flora, 90: 433-465. f. r—rr. 30 Ap. Igo2. Chapin, P. Einfluss der Kohlensiure auf das Wachsthum. F lora, OI: 348-379. pl. 27 +f. 7. 40. 1902. Clark, J. A. Catalogue of Publications relating to Botany in the de- partmental Library. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Library) 42: 1-242. 1902. Cockerell, T. D. A. Some New Mexico Plants. T orreya, 2: 154-156. 30 S. Igoz. Astragalus simulans and Aragallus pinetorum Veganus are described as new. Cook, 0. F. A deciduous tropical Tree. Plant World, 5: 171-173. S. 1902. Cushman, J. A. Studies of localized Stages of Growth in some com- mon New England Plants. Am. Nat. 36: 865-885. p/. 7-5. N. 1902. Deane, W. Cal/una vulgaris in New Hampshire. Rhodora, 4: O. 1902. Earle, F.S. A Key to the North American Speces of Lactarius.—I. Torreya, 2: 139-141. 30Au. 1902; II. 2: 152-154. 30S. 1902. Earle, F.S. A much-named Fungus. Torreya, 2: 159, 160. 30 S. 200. Igo2. Notes on synonymy of Passalora fasciculata (C. & E.) Earle. Endriss, W. Monographie von Pilostyles ingae (Karst. ) (Pilostyles Ulet Solms-Laub.). Flora, 91: 209-236. p/. 20. + f. 7-29. 10 Jl. 1902. Ernst, A. Chromosomenreduction, Entwickelung des Embryosackes und Befruchtung bei Paris guadrifolia L. und Tritium grandifiorum Salisb. Flora, 91: 1-46. p/. 2-6. 10 Jl. 1902. Evans, A. W. A new Hepatic from the eastern United States. Bot. Gaz. 34: 372-375- pl. 12. 20 N. 1902. Diplophylleia apiculata sp. nov. Evans, A. W. Notes on New England Hepaticae. Rhodora, 4 207-213. N, 1902. Fairchild, D. G. Berseem: the great Forage and soiling Crop of the Nile Valley. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry) 23: 1-20. pl. I-14. 30 Au. 1902. Fairchild, D. G. Spanish Almonds and their Introduction into Amer- ica. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry) 26: 1-16. pl. 1-8: 1902. 712 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Fernald, M. L. Preliminary Lists of New England Plants—X. Carex. Rhodora, 4: 218-230. N. 1902. Fernald, M.L. Two northeastern Veronicas. Rhodora, 4: 191-195. O. 1902. Fernald, M.L. Variations of G/aux in America. Rhodora, 4: 213- 216. N. 1go2z. Freeman, E.M. Experiments on the brown Rust of Bromes (Pwuc- cinta dispersa). Annals Bot. 16: 487-494. S. 1902. Freidenfelt, F. Studien iiber die Wurzeln krautiger Pflanzen. Flora, QI: 115-208. p/. 76-19 + f. r-20. 10 Jl. Igo2. Goebel, K. Die verschiedene Ausbildung der Fruchtkérper am Stereum hirsutum. Flora, 90: 471-476. 30 Ap. 1902. Goebel, K. Morphologische und biologische Bemerkungen: Ueber die Pollenentleerung bei einigen Gymnospermen (f. 7-73). Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Boragoids (f. 7-6). Flora, 91: 237- 263. 10 Jl. 1902. Goebel, K. Ueber Homologien in der Entwickelung minnlicher und weiblicher Geschlechtsorgane. Flora, 90: 279-305. f.I-9. 30 Ja. 1902. Golenkin, M. Die Mycorrhiza-aihnlichen Bildungen der Marchantiaceen. Flora, 90: 209-220. p/. 77. 30 Ja. 1902. Graves,C.B. Valerianella in New England. Rhodora, 4: 195, 196. O. Igo2. Greene, E.L. A Fascicle of new Compositae. Pittonia, 5: 55, 56. 18S. 1902; 57-64. 8N. 1902. Includes new species in Gaillardia (2), Laciniaria (2), Erigeron (2), Chryso- thamnus (12), Thelesperma and Vernonia. Greene, E.L. New Species of Afocynum. Pittonia, 5: 64-66. 8N. 1902. . _ Includes five new species. Greene, E. L. New Species of Zrigeron. Pittonia, 5: 67-71. 8 N. = 1902. Includes ten new species. : Greene, E. L. A Study of Zuthamia. Pittonia, 5: 72-80. 8 N. goa: _ Includes ten new species. Greene, E. L. New species of Monardella. Pittonia, 5: 80-87. 8 _N. 1902. : _ Includes fourteen new species. é ry. INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 713 Greenman, J. M. A new western Camassia. Bot. Gaz. 34: 307, 308. 240. 1902. Camassia Suksdorfii, sp. nov. Gunthart, A. Beitrige zur Bliithenbiologie der Cruciferen, Crassula- ceen und der Gattung Saxifraga. Bibliotheca Botanica, 11*: i-ix. I-97. pl. I-1T. 1902. Hall, W. L. & Schrenk, H. von The hardy Catalpa. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Forestry) 37: 1-58. p/. 1-727 +f. 1-2. 1902. Harbison, T.G. A Sketch of the Sand Mountain Flora. Biltmore Bot. Studies, 1: 151-157. 30 Ap. 1902. Harbison, T. G. New or little-known Species of Zri/ium, Il. Bilt- more Bot. Studies, 1: 158. 30 Ap. I1go2. Trillium decumbens, sp. nov, Harper, R. M. A Visit to Okefinokee Swamp in southern Georgia. Torreya, 2: 156-158. 30S. 1902. Hartley, C. P. Injurious Effects of premature Pollination. Bull. U S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Ind.) 22: 1-39. pl. 7-g. 4 0. 1902. Haupt, H. Zur Secretionsmechanik der extrafloralen Nektarien. _ Flora, 90: 1-41. 4 D. 1901. Hazen, T. E. The Habitat of the slender Cliff-brake. Torreya, 2 176. 25 N. 1902. Hill, E.J. The Etymology of Columbine. Plant World, 5: 175- 177. S. 1902. Hollick, A. Fossil Ferns from the Laramie Group of Colorado. Tor- reya, 2: 145-148. pl. 3, g. 30S. 1902. Includes Anemia supercretacea, A. robusta, Acrostichum Haddeni, Polystichum fiillsianum, Gleichenia rhombifolia, and Stenopteris (?) cretacea, spp. nov. ‘Hopkins, L. S. A rare Freak of the Z77i/dium. Plant World, 5: 182, 183. S. rg02.. [Illust.] Howe, M. A. Caloglossa Leprieurii in Mountain Streams. Torreya, 2: 149-152. 305. 1902. : Hunger, F. W. T. Ueber das Assimilationsapparat der Dictyotaceen. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 38: 70-82. 1902. Husmann, G.C. The Manufacture and Preservation of unfermented _ Grape Must. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry) 24: 1-9. — pl. +f. 1-4. 6N. 1902. Jaccard, P. Gesetze der Pflanzenvertheilung in der alpinen Region. _ Flora, 90: 349-377. 30 AP- 1902. 714 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Johnson, D. S. On the Development of certain Piperaceae. Bot. Gaz. 34: 321-340. ~/. 9, 10. 20N. Igoz. Jones, L.R. Povonia afinis in Vermont. Rhodora, 4: 216, 217. N. 1902. Juel, H.O. Ueber Zellinhalt, Befruchtung und Sporenbildung bei Dipodascus. Flora, 91: 47-55. pl. 7-8. 10 Jl. 1902. Karsten, G. Ueber «ie Entwickelung der weiblichen Bliithen bei einigen Juglandaceen. Flora, 90: 316-333. p/. 72. 30 Ja. 1902. Kaufman, P. A carnivorous Bog. Plant World, 5: 183, 184. 5S. 1902. Knowlton, F. H. Notes on the fossil Fruits and Lignitesof Brandon, | Vermont. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 635-641. f/. 25. 28 .N. 1902. | Knowlton, C. H. The Occurrence of Hmpefrum in Franklin County, | Maine. Rhodora, 4: 196,197. O. 1902. Kraemer, H. The Structure of the Starch Grain. Bot Gaz. 34: 341- 354- pl. 13 + f. 1-74. 20N. 1902. Land, W.G. A morphological Study of 7iuja. Bot. Gaz. 34: 249- 259. pl. 6-8. 24 0. 1902. Leisering, B. Die Verschiebungen an Helianthusknépfen im Ver- laufe ihrer Entwickelung von Aufbliihen bis zur Reife. Flora, 90: — 378-432. pl. 13-15. 30 Ap. 1902. Lepeschkin, W. Die Bedeutung der Wasser absondernden Organe fiir die Pflanzen. Flora, 90: 42-60. 4S. 1901. Loew, 0., Aso, K. & Sawa, S. Ueber die Wirkung von Manganver- bindungen auf Pflanzen. Flora, 91: 264-273. f. 7. 10 Jl. 1902- Meierhofer, H. Beitrige zur Anatomie und Entwickelungsgeschichte der Utricularia-Blasen. Flora, 90: 84-113. pl. 2~10. 4S. 1901- Moll, J. W. Das Hydrosimeter (ein Apparat, um unter constanten Druck Fliissigkeiten in Pflanzen zu pressen). Flora, 90: 334-34?: Pi F< 90. Ja-1902: Murrill, W. A. The Polyporaceae of North America.—I. The Genus Ganoderma. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 599-608. 31 O. 1902. Includes six new species. Muth, F. Untersuchungen iiber die Entwickelung der Inflorescenz und der Bliithen, sowie iiber die angewachsenen Achselsprosse von Sym- phytum officinale. Flora, 91: 56-114. pi. g-15. 10 Jl. 1902. _ Neger, F. W. Beitrige zur Biologie der Erysipheen (2 Mittheilung)- Flora, 90: 221-272. f. 7-27. 30 Ja. 1902. INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE 715 Nelson, A. Contributions from the Rocky Mountain Herbarium, IV. Bot. Gaz. 34: 355-371. 20 N. 1902. Includes new species, varieties and combinations in Atriplex (6), Chenopodium (5), Dondia (3), Abronia (2), Allionia, Enomegra (gen. nov.), Draba, Lesquerella, Opulaster, Anogra, Lavauxia, and Crataegus ( cae Neubert, R. Untersuchungen iiber die Nutationskriimmungen des Keimblattes von 4/ium. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 38: 119-144. 1902. Newcombe, F. C. The sensory Zone of Roots. Ann. Bot. 16: 429-447. f. 24. S. 1902. Olive, E. W. Monograph of the Acrasieae. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 30: 451-513. pi. 5-8. Au. 1902. Olmstead, F. E. A working Plan for Forest Lands near Pine Bluff, Arkansas. Bull. U. S. Dept. Agric. (Forestry) 32: 1-48. fl. z-ro +f. I-9. 1902. Pammel, L. H. Our vanishing wild Flowers. 173-175. pl. 16-20. S. 1902. Piper, C. V. New and noteworthy Northwestern Plants. rey Club, 29: 642-646. 28 N. 1902. Includes new species in Lupinus, Trifolium, Arctostaphylos, Phlox, Allocarya, Mertensta, Lonicera and Aster (5). Pollard, C. L. Frank Hall Knowlton, M.S., Ph.D. Plant World, 5: 168-170. S. 1902. Potts, G. Zur Physiologie des Dictyostelium mucoroides. 281-347. f. 1-4. 40. 1902. Rice, W. S. A carnivorous Plant. 1902. [Illust. ] Rich, W. P. Lists of New England Plants — IX. Polygonaceae. Rhodora, 4: 203-206. O. 1902. Rydberg, P. A. Is the white-fruited Strawberry of Pennsylvania a native Species? ‘Torreya, 2: 158, 159. 3° S. 1902. Salmon, E. S. Bryological Notes. Journ. Bot. 40: 273-279. f/. 4go. 1 Au. 1902. : Supplementary notes on Amomodon Toccoae Sulliv. & Lesq. are included. Addenda. Salmon, E. S. Supplementary Notes on the Erysiphaceae. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 647-649. 28 N. 1902. Schnegg, H. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Gattung Gunnera. 4 90: 161-208. f 7-28. 4 D. 1901. Schmidle, W. Notizen zu einigen Siisswasseralgen. 150-163. 5 Au. 1902. Includes Schizothrix Guadeloupeana, Sp. NOV. Plant World, 5: Bull. Tor- Flora, 91: Plant World, 5: 180-182. S. Flora, Hedwigia, 41: 116° INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Scorgie, A. M. /asione montana in Massachusetts. Rhodora, 4: 199. O. 1902. Selby, A. D. Germination of the Seeds of some common cultivated Plants after prolonged Immersion in Liquid Air. Bull. Torrey Club, 28: 675-679. 30D. 1901. Shaw, E. L. New Station for Polypodium vulgare var. cambricum. Rhodora, 4: 197, 198. O. 1902. _ Shibata, K. Die Doppelbefruchtung bei Monotropa uniflora. Flora, 90: 61-66. p/. 7. 4D. Igor. Shinn, J. T. Lunularia cructafa in Fruit. Bryologist, 5: 76, 77: S. Ig02. Skinner, R. P. Manufacture of Semolina and Macaroni. Bull. U.S. Dept. Agric. (Plant Industry) 20: 1-31. pd. 7-5 +f. 1-6. 7 F. 1902. Snow, L. M. Some Notes on the Ecology of the Delaware Coast. Bot. Gaz. 34: 284-306. Map +f. 1-10. 240. 1902. Stephani, F. Hepaticae novae Dussianae, II. Symb. Antill. 3: 274- 279. 15 Au. Igo2. New species in Riccia (2), Metzgeria, Jungermannia, Plagiochila (2), Tsotachts, Odontolejeunea, Pycnolejeunea, and Taxilejeunea. Stolz, F. Zur Biologie der Laubmoose. Flora, 90: 305-315- 3° Ja. 1902. are Stuart, W. Some Additions to the Flora of Indiana. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1901: 282-284. 1902. Stuart, W. Spore Resistance of loose Smut of Wheat to Formalin and hot Water. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. t901: 275-282. 1902. Thaxter, R. Preliminary Diagnoses of new Species of Laboulbeni- aceae. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. 38: 1-57. Je. 1902- as New species and varieties in Dimeromyces, Monoicomyces (2), Herpomyces (gen. _ -‘nov.), (9), Corethromyces, Acompsomyces (2), Acallomyces (gen. nov.), Stichomycess Rhachomyces, Ceraiomyces, Ecteinomyces (gen. nov.), Laboulbenia (47), and Coreo- myces (gen. nov.), Thomas, M. B. Forestry in Indiana. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1901 : | 33-54- 1902. Tischler, G. Ueber die Bildung von ‘ verjiingten’’ Stimmchen bei o alternden Weiden. Flora, 90: 273-278. f. 1-4. 30 Ja. 1902. Toumey, J.W. A Study in Plant Adaptation. Pop. Sci. Monthly, OT: 483-491. f 7-6. O. 902. : _ Underwood, L.M. American Ferns —IV. The Genus Gymnogramme . = INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE T17 of the Synopsis Filicum. Bull. Torrey Club, 20: 617-634. 28N. 1902. One new species in Cerofteris. Underwood, L. M. Two new Species of Se/agine//a in the southern Flora. Torreya, 2: 172, 173. 25 N. 1902. Selaginella acanthonota and S. Sherwoodit. Underwood, L. M. & Maxon, W. R. Notes on a Collection of Cuban Pteridophyta, with Descriptions of four new Species. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 577-584. 31 O. 1902. [Illust.] New species in A/sophila, Polypodium, Asplenium, and Diplazium ; Polystichum aquifolium nom. nov, Vochting, H. Ueber den Sprossscheitel der Zinaria A aehies Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 38: 83-118. A/. 2, 7. 1902. Vogler, P. Die Anwendung der Variationsstatistik zur Untersuchung von Plankton Diatomeen. Flora, 91: 380-383. 4 O. 1902. Webster, H. A new Mushroom for the Market. Rhodora, 4: 199. O. 1902. Whetzel, H. H. Notes on Apple Rusts. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1go1: 255-261. 1902. Whetzel, H. H. Notes on the Genus Stemonitis. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1901: 261-266. 1902. White, V.S. Some Mt. Desert Fungi. Bull. Torrey Club, 29: 550- 563. 26 S.. 1902. Includes new species and varieties in Hydnum (2), by Banker, Boletus (2), Clito- cybe, Cortinarius, Flammula, and Amanitopsis, by Peck. Wiedersheim, W. Ueber den Einfluss der Belastung auf die Aus- bildung von Holz- und Bastkérper bei Trauerbaumen. Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 38: 46-69. 1902. Wildeman, E. de. Cereus hamatus Scheidw. nensis, 3: 89-93. p/. 203. Jl. 1902. A species from the environs of Tampico. - Wildeman, E. de. Menziesia pilosa Juss. nensis, 3: 95-97. p/. rog. 1 Jl. 1902. Winton, A. L. Beitrige zur Analonne des Beerenobstes. Zeitschr. fiir Untersuch. der Nahrungs- und Genussmittel, 5: 785-814. /. 20- we. tS. 190%, Worsdell, W. C. The Evolution of the vascular Tissue of Plants. Gaz. 34: 216-223. f. 1-7. 25 S. 1902. Ic. Select Hort. The- Ic. Select Hort. The- Bot. 718 INDEX TO RECENT LITERATURE Wright, J.S. Some Drug Adulterants of Note. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1901: 254. 1902. Youse, L. The Plant Ecology of Winona Lake. Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci. 1901: 192-204. f. 7-7. 1902. Zahlbruckner, A. Schedae ad ‘* Kryptogamas exsiccatas.’’ Ann. k. k. nat. Hofmus. 17: 257-281. 1902. Includes Microg aena Hassei sp. nov. from California. Abacopteris, 131 Abies, 23, 27, 29, 31-33, 450 Abronia, 681-686 Abutilon, 362 Acalypha, 362, 365, 368 Acanthophyllum, 198, 199 Acer, 97, 98 Acia, 447 Aconitum, 149-151, 181 Acrophorus, 131 627, 629, 632, 671 Actinostemma, 181 Adenoderris, 131 Adenostegia, 231 Adesmia, 200, 202 Adiantum, 581 Adonis, 214 : Aecidium, 31, 112, 153, 299, 309, 459 Aesculus, 200 Agaricus, 73, 561, 562, 602, 603 Agropyron, 291, 293 Agrostis, 466 Albugo, 61 Alchemilla, 87 Alisma, 704 Allionia, 680, 681, 687-693 Allioniella, 681, 687, 688 Allocarya, 643 Alnus, 97, 200, 203, 204, 215, 454 Alphitomorpha, 303 Alsophila, 577 -Alstroemeria. 699 Althagi, 185 Amanita, 562 Amanitopsis, 562 marantus, 568 ~Amaurodon, 445, 447 Amblia, 128, 131, 132 Ambrosia, 567 -Amelanchier, 200 -Amphiblestra, 131 -Amphicarpaea, 183 -Ananas, 696 Acrostichum, 136, 578, 620, 623, 624, GENERIC INDE A Antrophyum, 623 Apeibopsis, 641 Aplotaxis, 198. Aquilegia, 145, 146, 183, 300 Arabis, 89 Arachnion 252 Arachniopsis, 287-289 Aragoa, 590, 591 Aralia, 706, 709 Arctium, 89, 192 Archangiopteris, 669 Arctostaphylos, 642 Arcyria, 551 Argemone, 160 Arisaema, 37-54 Aristida, 294 Armillaria, 562 Artemisia, 18. I91 Arthropteris, 131, 622 Arum, 37 | Asclepias, 667 Ascobolus, 458 Aspergillus, 170 Aspidium, 122,,126-129, 131-'34, 136, 583, 584, 621 Asplenium, 175, 487-495, 581, 582, 622, 623, 627 Aster, 18, 181, 184, 191, 214, 645, 646 Asterodon, 445, 447 Astragalus, 185, 224, 225, 573 Atractobolus, 252 Atragene, 155-158 Atrichum, 162 Atriplex, 453 Aucuba, 365, 367, 371 Auricularia, 552 Auriscalpium, 439, 443, 447 Avena, 196 Ballota, 181 Barlaea, 459 Bartonia, 173, 174 Bartsia, 90 Bathmium, 129, 131-133 Begonia, 367 Berberis, 14, 15, 107, 117 Betula, 15, 105, 204, 305, 640 Bicuculla, 160 Bidens, 89, I91 Bigelovia, 192, 294 Bilbergia, Blepharostoma, 282, 284-286 Bocconia, 214 Boletus, 206, 554, 555, 599, 602, 603 719 720 Bommeria, 626, 633 Bonarea, 699, 700 Botrychium, 621 Botrytis, 61, 95, 170 Bouteloua, 293, 294 Bouvardea, 297 Bovista, 563 Bowlesia, 185, 191 Brachyactis, 567 Brachythecium, 67 ‘Brassica, 181 Bromus, 195, 196, 565 Brousonnetia, 204 Bupleuron, 89 Burmannia, 694 Cacaliopsis, 222 Caesalpinia, 200 Calamintha, 89, 194 Calathea, 695 Caldesiella, 444, 447 Calendula, 89, 191% Calla, 37 Calocladia, 303 Calodon, 443, 446, 447 Caltha, 91, 183, 184, 214 Calymenia, 688, 690-692 Calyptridium, 79 Calyxhymenia, 681, 688, 692 Campanula, 525 Camarosporium, 455 Camellia, 456 Campelia, 703 Camptosorus, 487, 495 Campyloneuron, 475, 581 Camtodium, 136 Canna, 695 GENERIC INDEX Commelina, 703 Coniogramme, 625 Convallaria, 564 Cooperia, III Coprinus, 556 Cornus, 106, 107, 197, 204 Corticium, 552 Cordylanthus, 231 Coreopsis, 89 Cortinarius, 560 Cordyceps, 551 Corylus, 14, 15, 105-107, 203, 204, 206, 524 Costus, 694 Cotoneaster, 214 Crataegus, 83, 84, 200, 649 Craterellus, 552 Creolophus, 444, 447 Crepidotus, 559 Crepis, 89 Cryptoporus, 450 Chaerophyllum, 186 Chaetonium, 551 Chaetopteridis, 6, 21 Cheilanthes, 125, 135, 623 Cheiropteris, 136, 622 Cheilolejeunea, 508 Chelone, 194 Chermes, 23 Chionanthus, 105 Chloris, 292, 293 Choriactis, 137, 142, 143 Ciboria, 460-462 Cineraria, 15, 191 Cissites, 479 Cladosporium, 93 Clavaria, 73, 201, 552 _ Cantharellus, 71, 555, 556 : Claviceps, 64, 300, 301 i Carludovica, 704 4, 3 3 Can Cleiodendron, 89 Clematis, 155-157, 183 Climacodon, 444, 447 Clintonia, 76 Clitocybe, 558 Clitopilus, 558 Cnicus, 89, 191, 197 Crucibulum, 268-270, 272, 274 Cryptogramma, 628 Cucumis, 19 /Cucumitis, 641 Cucurbitaria, 452 Cupressus, 383 | Cyathia, 252, 257, 258, 263, 265, 266 Cyathus, 251, 252, 256-268, 270, 274+ EW ond bs Cyathicula, 463 Cyathoides, 273 Cycas, 367, 368, 372 Cycladenia, 77 ; eee 128, 131, 133, 136 | Cyclopeltis, 130-133, 135 Cyclophorus, 622” Cycloptera, 681, 682 Castalia, 211, 220 GENERIC INDEX Cyclosorus, 129, 130, 136 Cynanchum, 665, 667 Cynoglossum, 410, 413, 543 Cyperus, 401 Cypripedium, 564 Cyrtomium, 127, 128, 131, 133, 136 Cystopteris, 131 Cytisus, 181 Dacryobolus, 252 Daedalea, 553 Danaea, 584, 669-679 Danaeopsis, 679 Dasyscypha, 23, 24, 26, 27, 29, 33, 552 Daucus, 99 Delphinium, 146-149, 181, 187 Dennstaedtia, 125 Dentium, 439, 444, 447, 448 Dermocybe, 560 Dermatella, 464, 465 Desmodium, 181-183, 200 Detonia, 459 Diatrypa, 551 Diatrypella, 454 -Dichasium, 131 Dichoresendra, 703 Dictydium, 551 Dictyophora, 563 Dictyopteris, 129, 131-133, 136 Didymochlaena, 127, 128, 129, 131, 133, 135 Dinebra, 196 Dioscorea, 700, 701 Diospyros, 457 Diplazium, 583 Dipsacus, 131 Dipteris, 127, 131, 133, 136, 622 _ Distichlis, 292, 293 cinum, 197 _ Draba, 240-242 Drepanolejeunea, 496-510 Drosera, 429 : _ Dryodon, 447 ‘Dryomenes, 131 _ Dryopteris, 124-129, 132, 134, 584 Echinops, 181 Echinospermum, 537-539) 54%, 543, 545- 136, 583, Echium, 191, 192 Eichornia, 702 Elaphoglossum, 578 Elymus, 292, 293, 466, 467 Elymoides, 469 Embothrium, 200, 202 Entoloma, 72, 559 Epilobium, sa 87, 97 721 Erigeron, 184 Eriocoma, 293 Eriophorum, 400 Eritrichum, 407-410, 412 Erysiphe, 1-22, 83-109, 181-210, 302- 316, 647-649 Erythraea, 565 Erythronium, 217 Ethanum, 695 Etherodon, 441, 447 Eunephrodium, 126 Enomymus, 104, 365 Eupatorium, 185, 191, 194 Euphrasia, 90 Euphorbia, 90, 91, 95, 191, 192, 198, 304, 449 Eurhynchium, 66 Excoecaria, 200 Excremis, 702 Exoascus, 61 Exobasidium, 649 Fadyenia, 130, 131, 133, 136 Fagopyron, 214 Fagus, 15 Falcaria, 186 Favolus, 553 Festuca, 206, 294, 468, 469, 569 Ficus, 365, 368, 369, 373 Filix, 125 Fimbriata, 374 Flammula, 561 : Fomes, 206, 447, 448, 571, 600, 607 Fragaria, 87 Fraxinus, 15, 200, 206, 207, 461, 647 Friesites, 447 Fritillaria, 75 Fuchsia, 365, 37! Fuligo, §51 Fusicladium, 449, 452 Galeopsis, 194 Galium, 14, 17, 186, 193 Ganoderma, 600-602, 604-608 Gardenia, 365, 368, 371 Geaster, 143, 563 | Geoglossum, 552 | Geonoma, 703 Geopyxis, 137-140, 143 Geranium, 87, 182, 124, 185, 242, 243, 304 Geum, 87, 182 Gloeosporium, 300, 301 Gloiodon, 443, 445, 447; Glyceria, 573 Glyptostrobus, 383, 398, 399, 795, 7°9 Gnaphalium, 406 Goniophlebium, 531 Gonolobus, 663 Grandinia, 436, 441, 445, 447 Grandiniella, 446, 447 Grammitis, 626-628 448 722 GENERIC INDEX Grammothele, 447 | Isopyrum, 182 Granularia, 272-280 | Grindelia, 252, 300, 566 | Jamesonia, 621 Gymnoconia, 296 posta 640 Gymnogramma, 130, 617-634 | Juglans, 200, 302, 640 Gymnopteris, 627 | Juncus, 401, 703 Gymnosporangium, 61 | Jungermannia, 281-284, 286-288, 499 | Juniperus, 388 Hamamelis, 465 | Justicia, 365, 368, 371 Haplodiction, 131 | Haplosporella, 455 | Kantia, 282 Hecistopteris, 627 | Kaulfussia, 669 Hedera, 9, 11, 97, 479 | Kneiffia, 441, 446 Helianthus, 191, 405, 406, 566 | Kneiffiella, 442, 445 Heliconia, 696 | Kleinia, 362 Heliotropium, 591 | Koeleria, 469 Helotium, 461, 464, 551 Helvella, 74 | Lachnea, 551 Hemicardion, 131, 132 | Lachnella, 464 Hemicarpha, 400, 401 | Lachnocladium, 572 Hemidictyum, 622 | Lachnum, 449, 464 Hemionitis, 623 | Lactarius, 556, 557 Hericium, 436, 441, 443, 445, 447 | Lactuca, 565, 570 Hermidium, 681, 686 | Lamium, 194, 206 Hesperaster, 173, 174 |Lappa,1q “ Heterodanaea, 674 | Lappula, 523, 535-548 Heuchera, 182 'Lastrea, 128, 131, 134 Hexagonia, 572 _Lathyrus, 103, 109, 182, 186, 302, 304 Hibiscus, 91, 98, 214 | Lecanidion, 464 Hicoria, 640 | Lejeunea, 498, 500, 503, 504, Hieracium, 182, 191, 657 | Lentinus, 72, 558 Hippeastrum, 699 Lenzites, 554, 571 Hofimanseggia, 303 Leotia, 552 Holcus, 195 Lepidozia, 282, 284-287 Hutchinsia, 239 Lepidium, 233, 234 Hydnellum, 443, 446, 447 Lepidoneuron, 131, 132 Hydnochaeta, 446, 447 Lepiota, 562 Hydnochaetella, 446, 447 Leptodon, 444, 448 Hydnum, 436-448, 553 Leptonia, 555 Hydroglossum, 620 Leptoglossum, 552 Hydrophyllum, II, 191 Leptogramma, 130-132, 626 Hygrohypnum, 67 Leptolejeunea, 496, 500, 501, 503, 504, Hygrophorus, 60, 70, 556 506, 507 Hymenocallis, 699 Lesquerella, 236, 237 Hymenoscypha, 460 Lilium, 214 Hypericum, 182 Limnobium, 67 Hypholoma, 561 Lindsaea, 131 Hypocrea, 551 Liriodendron, 478-480 Hypoderris, 131 Locellina, 72 Hypolepis, 131 Lolium, 195 Hypomyces, 551 Lomaria, 618, 619 Hypopitis, 76 Lomariopsis, 579 Hypoxylon, 551 Lomatium, 223, 224 ec ee Il, 14, 18, 98, 105, 108, 644 Ilex, . : haria, ’ » 44 448 Tllosporium, 452 rie say Sogn m Impatiens, 89 Lupinus, 182, 244, 642 Inocybe, 561 Luzula, 703 Inula, 14, 191 Lycogala, 557 Irpex, 436, 440, 448 Lycoperdon, 563 mete, 695 Lycopersicum, 182, 511, 512, 520-522 9 131 Lycopodium, 388 GENERIC INDEX Lycodesmia, 191 Lygodium, 620 Macrosporium, 98 Madia, 222 Magnolia, 200, 204, 455, 457 Malva, 214 Maianthemum, 564 Marasmius, 71, 558 Marattia, 669 Marchantia, 463 Marrubium, 197 - Martinezia, 703 Melachroia, 141, 142, 144 Melampsora, 63 Melanopyrum, 82, 90 Melilotus, 567 Meniscium, 126, 127, 128, 133, 136 Menispermum, 106 Mentha, 91, 182, 223 Menzelia, 563 Menziella, 173, 174 Mertensia, 402-404, 643 Merulius, 436, 440, 448 Mesochlaena, 131, 136 Microsphaera, 1-3, 5, 7, 12, 14, 17; 18, 21, 64, 89, 103-109, 181, 183-186, 199, 208, 304, 305 Miersia, 702 Milla, 702 Mirabilis, 681, 686, 687, 692 Mollisia, 551 Monilia, 105 Monogramma, 623 Monosporium, 457 Monotropa, 75, 76 Mucronella, 442, 448 Mucronia, 442, 448 Mutinus, 563 Mycena, 559 Myoschilos, 105 Myosotis, 19, 182, 191, 407, 412 Myriococcum, 252 Naias, 214 Nasturtium, 235, 236 Naucoria, 561 Nectria, 551 Neillia, 84 Neokneiffia, 442, 446-448 Nephrodium, 122, 124, 125, 127-130, 132-134, 136 Nephrolepis, 128, 129, 131-134 Nerium, 368 _Neurophila, 471-474 Nicotiana, 59! _ Nidula, 251, 271, 272 -Nidularia, 252, 258, 259, __ 267, 269-277 _Niphobolus, 621 Notholaena, 623 262-264, 266, 723 Nothoscordum, 702 Nyctaginia, 687 Nyctalis, 556 Nymphaea, 220 Odontia, 439, 441, 443, 445, 447 Odontinia, 445 Odontochisma, 282 Odontolejeunea, 497, 509 Oenothera, 519, 521 Oidium, 2, 13, 15,17, 19, 87, 88, 91, 95, 98, 181, 185, 187-189, 192, 193, 195, 196, 198, 303 Oleandra, 126-128, 131, 133 Omphalia, 71, 559 Omphalodes, 410, 412, 413 Onobrychis, 182, 206 Onoclea, 705, 706, 709 Oospora, 87, 88 Opuntia, 367 Ornithopteris, 578 Orthocarpus, 78, 79, 574 Orthrosanthus, 699 Oryza, 35 Oryzopsis, 299 Otidea, 143, 460 Otidella, 459, 460 Ovularia, 187 Oxalis, 243, 244 Oxybaphus, 680, 681, 687-693 Pallavicinia, 286 Panaeolus, 559 Panetaria, 191 Panicum, 35, 231 Panus, 558 Papaver, 159, 182 | Pappophorum, 293 Pastinaca, 186 Patellaria, 464, 465 Paulownia, 204 Paxillus, 556 Pedicularis, 90, 185 Pelargonium, 365 Pellaea, 623 Penicillium, 170 Pertusaria, 206 Pestalozzia, 456, 457 Peucedanum, 304 Peziza, 137, 138, 141, 256, 259, 264, 269, 449, 459, 460, 463, 552 Pezizella. 464 Phaeodon, 445, 448 Phaeopeziza, 458 Phanerophlebia, 128, 131-133, 621 Phaseolus, 182, 214, 657 Phegopteris, 121, 125, 129, 130, 132, 1335 135, 622, 627 Pheliodon, 444, 447, 448 Phellophorus, 556 Philadelphus, 225, 226 Phlebia, 436, 440, 448 724 GENERIC INDEX Phlebogonium, 131, 132 Quamoclidion, 681, 686, 688 Phlox, 643 Quercus, 76, 95, 96, 102, 103, 105, 106, Phlomis, 191, 194 | 108, 200, 203, 208 Pholiota, 562 Phragmidium, 230, 453 Radula, 440 Phymatodes, 634 | Radulum, 440, 445, 447, 448 Phyllactinia, 1, 2, 14, 15, 18, 101%, 189, | Ranunculus, 7, 14, 18, 158, 159, 182-184 199, 200-208 | Rhabdosciadium, 182, 185 Physalis, 182, 191 | Rhamnus, 432 Physaria, 237 | Rhizopus, 170 Phytophora, 649 Rhus, 102, 648 Phtheirospermum, 89, 90 Ribes, 37, 94, 200-202 Picea, 23, 27, 32, 449, 602 Riccia, 289 Pilaea, I9g1 Richardia, 367 Pinus, 26, 27, 31, 78, 84, 388, 450, 452, Riddellia, 297 OIG Robinia, 182, 187, 452 Pisum, 182, 657 Roripa, 235 Pisolithes, 253 Rosa, 91, 303 Pitcairnia, 697 Rottboellia, 228 Pityoxylon, 639 Roulinia, 662-665, 667 Placodes, 600 Rouliniella, 662-668 Plagiogyria, 619 Rubus, 87, 182, 649 Plasmopara, 649 Rumex, 227 Platanus, 479 Russula, 70, 557 Plantago, 89, 91, 165, 185, 191, 206, 405 | Ruta, 198 _Plecosorus, 135 Rutstroemia, 462 Plectania, 136, 143 Plectrothrix, 457 Sagittaria, 215 Pleocnemia, 129, 131, 133 Sagenia, 129, 131-133, 136 Pleomassaria, 445, 455 Salix, 4, 10, 97 -Pleurodon, 448 Salsola, 569, 570 Pleurospermum, 182 Pleurotus, 559 Plicaria, 142 Pluteus, 559, 560 Poa, 62, 195, 206, 469 Salvia, 115, 116, 191, 194 Sambucus, 108 | Sarcodon, 447, 448 | Sarcoscypha, 143, 144 Sassafras, 479 Podopeltis, 129, 131-133 Saussurea, 197, 198 Podophacidium, 138, 141, 142, 144 Saxifraga, 89, 230, 302 Podosphaera, 21, 83-85, g1 Scabiosa, 182, 214 Polemonium, 305 Polyangium, 252 Polygonum, 304 Scleropoa, 469 Polysaccum, 253 Sclerotinia, 462, 463 _Polypodium, 121, 123, 124, 126, 129, 130~ | Scolecotrichum, 449 Scleroderma, 451, 563 Sclerodon, 445, 447, 448 132, 134, 579, 622, 624, 629, 634 Scutellaria, 10, 27, 87, 194 pings 45° 553, 554, 571, 599, 602, | Secotium, 450, 451 604, Sedum, 182 Polystichum, 126-129, 131, 133, 135, 584 | Selaginella, 621 Polystictus, 571, S7m. Selliguea, 634 Populus, 10, 97, 200, 479 Senecio, 89, 191 Poria, 600 : Sequoia, 383, 386 Potamogeton, 215 Shepherdia, 91 la, 13, 77, 78, 85, 403 Sidalcea, 80, 81 85, 303 Sitanion, 469, 470 lectania, 459 Sistostrema, 436, 438-440, 448 Sisymbrium, 182, 186, 238, Pteris, I31, 451, 623, 624, 627 Siaytachean: 699 coe ccinia, 3, 63, I10-114, 116, 227-231, Smelowskia, 239 Smilacina, 463 as : Smilax, 73, 702 » 442, 446, 448 Solanum, 512 _ ) » 200 sles Solidago, 1g1 Se es GENERIC INDEX Sonchus, 2 Sophia, 238, 239 Sorosporium, 291, 295, 296 Sparganium, 214 Sparmannia, 365 Spathantherum, 704 Sphaerotheca, 1, 3, 11-13; 16-18, 20, 21, 79, 84, 87, 89-96, 103, 183-185, 197; 198, 304, 456, 649 Sphaerobolus, 252 Sphagnum, 286 Spiraea, 13, 18 Spirogyra, 161, 163 Sporobolus, 229, 569 Stanleya, 232 Steccherium, 439, 448 Stecherina, 439 Stegnogramme, 131, 633 Stenospermation, 704 Stephensia, 572 Stereum, 552, 572 Stipa, 292, 293, 296, 298 Stromanthe, 695 Stropharia, 562 Struthiopteris, 131, 581 Styrax, 105 Symphytum, Ig! Synammia, 634 Synchytrium, 61 Synthyris, 223 Syringa, 14, 17, 107, 200, 660 Tagetes, 192, 194 Taraxacum, 13, 17, 9° Tarzetta, 142 Taxodium, 383, 385-387, 397 Tectaria, 126, 127, 129, 132, 134, 136 Teichospora, 452 Telaranea, 282, 284-287 Telamonia, 282, 284, 560 Teucrium, 194 Thalictrum, 197 Thelephora, 311, 441, 447, 552, 572 Thelobolus, 252 Thelypteris, 128 Thelypodium, 233 Thesium, 182 Thlaspi, 235 Thwaitesiella, 445, 447» 448 725 Trametes, 572 Tremellodon, 552 Trichocladia, 12, 105, 197 Tricholoma, 69, 71, 560 | Trichomanes, 475-477 | Trichopeziza, 464 _ Tricratus, 681, 682 Trifolium, 81, 82, 182, 401, 402, 642 | Trigonella, 214 Trisetum, 470 | Trismeria, 629 Triticum, 196 Trogia, 556 Tsuga, 601 -Tubaria, 561 Tylodon, 440, 444, 447, 448 Ulmus, 10, 99, 456 | Uncinula, 1-4, 6, 9-11, 18, 20, 96-103, 199 | 208, 647 | Uredo, 231 _Urnula, 137-143 'Uromyces, 227, 228 -Urtica, 182, 206 | Ustilago, 292-294 Vaccinium, 83, 203, 456, 457 Vaillantia, 214 ‘Valeriana, 182 Valerianella, 102, 182 Verbascum, 185, 191, 192, 197 | Verbena, 195 -Verbesina, 114, 115 Veronica, 87-89 Vesicaria, 236 _ | Viburnum, 18, 708 Vicia, 108, 109, 182, 185, 186 Viola, 206 Vitis, 18, 99, 100, 479 -Vitmania, 688 _Vittaria, 475, 621, 623 | Wedelia, 681, 693 | Willughbya, 191 Woodsia, 125 Xanthium, 90 Xanthoxylum, 4 Ximenesia, 115 Tilia, 9, 97, 100, 107, 200, 208, 706-709 | Xiphidium, 698 Tillandsia, Tilletia, 35, 36, 290, 294 Torula, 87, 88, 195, 196 Torulus, 182 Tradescantia, 703 Tragopogon, 87, 185 | Xyloria, 551 | Xylodon, 439, 448 | Zelkovia, 101 Zephyanthes, 454 Zinnia, I9gt © BuLL. ToRREY CLUB, 29. eS nes , \ 1s Ne ' NY \\ » = Yoo | { oe ee ee 4 PUBLICATIONS BY OFFICERS AND STUDENTS OF THE DEPART- MENT OF BOTANY, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 1. MEMorIRsS OF THE DEPARTMENT : Vol. 1. A Monograph of the North American Species of the Genus” Polygonum (1895). By John Kunkel Small, Fellow in Botany, 1893~ 1895 ; Curator of the Herbarium, 1895-18yé. Quarto, 178 pages, 84 plates. Price $6.00. Vol. 2. A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae (189%). By Per Axel Rydberg, Fellow in Botany, 1896-7. Quarto, 224 pages, 112 plates. Price $6.00. 2. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE DEPARTMENT: Vol. 1. Nos. 1-25. 1886-1892. Price $5.00. F, Vol. 2. Nos, 26-50. 1892-1894. Price $5.00. Vil. 3. Nos. 51~75. 1894-1895. Price $5.00. Vol. 4. Nos. 76-100. 1895~1896. Price $5.00. Vol. 6. Nos. 126-150. 1897-1848. Price $5.00. — Vol. 7. Nos. 151-175. 1898-1go1. Price $5.00. Vol. 8. Nos. 176-. 1901-(current). List of separate numbers available on application. 3. A Text-book of General Lichenology (1896). By Albert Schneider, Fellow in Botany, 1895~1896. _ Octavo, 230 pages, 76 plates. Price $4.25 (cloth) ; $3.80 (paper). Published by Willard N. Clute & Co. Binghamton, N. Y. The Department invites propositions relative to exchanges of her- barium material for any of the above named publications. Address Professor L. M. Underwood, Columbia University, N. Y. City. 4. An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United States, Canada, and the British Possessions from Newfoundland to the Parallel of the Southern Boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d Meridian (1896-1898). By Nathaniel Lord Britton, Profes- sor of Botany, 1891-1896; Emeritus Professor 1896-, and Hon. Addi- son. Brown. Three volumes, royal octavo. Vol. 1, 612 pages; Vol. 2 642 pages; Vol. 3, 588 pages; 4162 figures in the text, illustrating every species described. Published by Charles Scribner’s Sons, New York. Price, in cloth, $9.00 for the three volumes; with the indexes and keys bound separ- ately, $10.00. 5. Our Native Ferns and their Allies. (Sixth Edition) r9co. By Lucien Marcus Underwood, Professor of Botany, :896-. Duodecimo, 158 pages, 35 figures. Published by Henry Holt & Co. New York, Price $1.00. 6 Moulds, Mildews, and Mushrooms. By Lucien Marcus Under- — wood, Professor of Botany, 1896-. dhe ei Duodecimo, 236 pages, 10 plates. Published by Henry He Co. Price $1.50. ae Pee Teubnook of General Botany (1897). By Carlton Clar Curtis, Assistant in Botany, 1892-1895 ; Tutor in Botany, 1895- — Octavo, 360 pages; 87 illustrations, Published by Sonewen! Green & Co; New York. - Price $300) 2 3 4 Vol. 5. Nos. to1-125, 1896-1897. Price $5.00. 6 7 8 UNDERWOOD’S Moulds, Mildews and Mushrovms. A Guide to the Systematic Study of the Fungi and M ycetozoa and their Literature. Illustrated with ten heliotype plates one colored. By Lucien M. UNDERWOOD. 12mo. Pp. 236. Price $1.50 xez. Contains synopses of the genera of fleshy and parasitic fungi with historical sketch of the study of mycology in America, and copious references to the literature of the subject. Sufficiently vechnical for accuracy, but intended to enable the novice to recognize the systematic position ot the ordinary fungi of fields and woods. Particular attention is paid to the edible species. HENRY HOLT & Co., 29 West 23d Street, NEW YORK. Back numbers._of the BULLETIN OF THE TorREY BOTANICAL CLuB wanted to complete files, as follows: Vol, 7 (1880) Nos. 1, 9. Vol. 14 (1887) Nos, 1, 2 Vol. 8 (1881) Nos. 2, 10, II. Vol. 15 (1888) any numbers. Vol. 9 (1882) Nos. ¢, 5. Vol 16 (1889) Nos. 3, 4. Vol. 11 (1884) Nos. 1, 2, 3 Vol. 17 (1890) Nos.(4 8, 9, 10, 12. Vol. 12 (1885) Nos. 1, 2, 3. Vol. 18 (1891) No, 1. Contributions of duplicate numbers requested of members of the Club. Other possessing numbers invited to state prices. ADDRESS TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK CITY. Lichens of Southern California FOR SALE in Sets of 100 Species, at $10.00 per Set, each containing typical Pacific and also about 20 New Species. Address Dr H. E. HASIE, Soldiers’ Home, Los Angeles Co., California. WET AND DRY Cryptogamic and Phaenogamic PLANT MATERIAL coliected and preserved especially ne, ClASS SS. Microscopes, Lenses, Cover Glasses and Slides, Forceps, Scalpels and Needles, “Laboratory Note Book” of high grade Drawing Paper with alternate blank and ruled pages. Glassware, Stains, Mounting Paper, etc. Cambridge Botanical Supply Co., nl scant ly Pror. D, T. MacDoucat, Bedford Park, New York City. Atimely book of 12 chapters dealing with the special senses of plants, development of irrita- bility, compass plants, sensitive plants, effects of cold, growth of leaves, significance of color, com- parison of plants and animals, etc., in a non-technical manner. Original illustrations, interesting, comprehensive and thoroughly modern. Printed on enamelled paper, 30 illustrations, 242 +8 pages- marginal] sub titles. Handsomely bound in cloth Postpaid, $1 25. : Send orders to Dr. D. T. MacDoucat, Bedford Park, New York City, orto Morris anp Wi1- son, University Book Store, Minneapolis, Minn. COMMENTS. It is a collection of delightfully written essays on certain of the more important and interesting features of Ji ving plants in the broadest sense. [he facts set forth are in all cases the latest results of investigationin the various lines, and the language is simple and non-technical.— Plant World. The book wil] make an admirable addition to the scientific alcove of every pi tlic library.—Prof, C. E. Bessey. It is an interesting volume to all who care to know what science has recently discovered in the physiology and pathology of the vegetable kingdom.—New York World. A Text-Book of General Lichenology With Descriptions and Figures of the Genera Occurring in the Northeastern United States. By ALBERT SCHNEIDER, M.S., M.D. The only modern work on North American Lichens, including a discussion of their Morphology and Physiology, with a special reference to the phenomena of symbiosis. Large octavo, 230 pages, 76 full-page plates. Price in paper, net, $3.80 ; in cloth, $4.25. Sample pages will be sent on application. PUBLISHED BY WILLARD N. CLUTE & COMPANY, Binghamton, N.Y. “FLORA DE FILIPINAS”— Blanco. Edition de luxe. 4 folio vols. text (Latin and Spanish on the same page). 2 vols (480) beautifully colored, tith graphed plates. Published at Manila, 1877~18*3—Ed. Vidal. Price reduced from $320 to $20 ; handsomely bound. — Positively only New Copies Available! (See ‘The Inhabitants of the Philippines,”’ page 62). ELLA P. AMILON, N.E Cor 1rgth and Cnestnut S 'eets, Philadelphia, Pa. PUBLICATIONS OF The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- taining notes, news and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- bers of the Garden. ‘To others, 10 cents a copy; $1.00 a year. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. I, 1900, viii + 213 pp. Vol. II, 1got, viii 204 pp. Vol. IIT, 1902, viii +- 244 pp. Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports of the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying the results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, 449 pp-, 3 maps, and 12 plates, 1896-1900. $3.00. No. 6, 232 pp., 20 plates. Free to all members of the Garden; to others, $1.00, No. 7, 408 pp., 8 plates. Free to all members of the Garden; to others, $1.50. . Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden, Vol. 1. An Annotated Cat- alogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone Park, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of the museums. An arrangement and critical discussion of the Pteridophytes and Phanerogams of the region with notes from the author’s field book and including descriptions of 163 new species. ix 4+ 492 pp. Roy. 8vo, with de- tailed map. Price to members of the Garden, $1.00. To others, $2.00. [Not offered in exchange. ] Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. Vol. I. Inclusive of Nos. 1-25, vi+- 400 pp. 35 figures in text and 34 plates. $5.00 not including postage. CURRENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH. _ No, 26. Chemical studies of the cocoanut with some notes on the changes — _ during germination, by Mr. J. E. Kirkwood and Dr. W. J. Gies. a0 es 27. Some Mt. Desert fungi, by Miss V. S. White. No, 28. Fossil ferns of the Laramie group of Colorado, by Dr. Arthur Hollick. No. 29. The bic wmenad of North America—I. The Genus Ganoderma, by Pe Dr, W. A. Manril. os ia. Cae ae a I, 1903. . ea of the Garden, Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon e Growth and Development, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. Be Including the author's extensive researches upon etiolation and upon the influence _ of light upon the growth and development of plants, xii+310pp. 175 figures. _Price‘to members of the Garden $1.00. To others $2.00.